George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography - Get a Free Blog

GEORGE BUSH: THE UNAUTHORIZED 

BIOGRAPHY 

By 

Webster G. Tarpley & Anton Chaitkin

Introduction…………………………………………………….AMERICAN CALIGULA 

I……………………………………………THE HOUSE OF BUSH: BORN IN A BANK 

II…………………………………………………………………THE HITLER PROJECT 

III……………………………RACE HYGIENE: THREE BUSH FAMILY ALLIANCES 

IV……………………………………THE CENTER OF POWER IS IN WASHINGTON 

V………………………………………………………………….POPPY AND MOMMY 

VI……………………………………………………………..BUSH IN WORLD WAR II 

VII…………………….SKULL AND BONES: THE RACIST NIGHTMARE AT YALE 

VIII………………………………………………………THE PERMIAN BASIN GANG 

VIIIb…………………..THE BAY OF PIGS AND THE KENNEDY ASSASSINATION 

IX………………………..BUSH CHALLENGES YARBOROUGH FOR THE SENATE 

X………………………………………………….…..RUBBERS GOES TO CONGRESS 

XI…………………………UNITED NATIONS AMBASSADOR, KISSINGER CLONE 

XII……………………………………………CHAIRMAN GEORGE IN WATERGATE 

XIII………………………………..BUSH ATTEMPTS THE VICE PRESIDENCY, 1974 

XIV……………………………………………………………………BUSH IN BEIJING 

XV………………………………………………………………………..CIA DIRECTOR 

XVI……………………………………………………………………..CAMPAIGN 1980 

XVII………………………...THE ATTEMPTED COUP D'ETAT OF MARCH 30, 1981 

XVIII……………………………………………………………………..IRAN-CONTRA

XIX…………………………………………………THE LEVERAGED BUYOUT MOB 

XX……………………………………………………...THE PHONY WAR ON DRUGS 

XXI……………………………………………………………………………….OMAHA 

XXII…………………………………………………BUSH TAKES THE PRESIDENCY 

XXIII……………………………………………………………THE END OF HISTORY 

XXIV……………………………………………………….THE NEW WORLD ORDER 

XXV…………………………………………………………………..THYROID STORM 

INTRODUCTION: American Caligula 

The thesis of this book is simple: if George Bush were to be re- elected in November 

1992 for a second term as the president of the United States, this country and the rest of 

the world would face a catastrophe of gigantic proportions. 

The necessity of writing this book became overwhelming in the minds of the authors in 

the wake of the ghastly slaughter of the Iraq war of January-February 1991. That war was 

an act of savage and premeditated genocide on the part of Bush, undertaken in 

connivance with a clique in London which has, in its historical continuity, represented 

both the worst enemy of the long-term interests of the American people, and the most 

implacable adversary of the progress of the human species. 

The authors observed George Bush very carefully as the Gulf crisis and the war unfolded, 

and had no doubt that his enraged public outbursts constituted real psychotic episodes, 

indicative of a deranged mental state that was full of ominous portent for humanity. The 

authors were also horrified by the degree to which their fellow citizens willfully ignored 

the shocking reality of these public fits. A majority of the American people proved more 

than willing to lend its support to a despicable enterprise of killing. 

By their role-call votes of January 12, 1991, the Senate and the House of Representatives 

gave their authorization for Bush's planned and imminent war measures to restore the 

Emir of Kuwait, who owns and holds chattel slaves. That vote was a crime against God's 

justice. 

This book is part of an attempt to help them to survive anyway, both for the sake of the 

world and for their own sake. It is intended as a contribution to a process of education 

that might still save the American people from the awesome destruction of a second Bush 

presidency. It is further intended as a warning to all citizens that if they fail to deny Bush 

a second term, they will deserve what they get after 1993.

As this book goes to press in the autumn of 1991, public awareness of the long-term 

depression of the American economy is rapidly growing. If Bush were re-elected, he 

would view himself as beyond the reach of the voters and the popular will; with the 

federal deficit rising beyond a billion dollars a day, a second Bush administration would 

dictate such crushing austerity as to bring the country to the brink of civil war. Some 

harbingers of what might be coming are described in the last chapter of this book. Our 

goal has been to assemble as much of the truth about Bush as possible within the time 

constraints imposed by the 1992 election. Time and resources have not permitted us 

meticulous attention to certain matters of detail; we can say, nevertheless, that both our 

commitment to the truth and our final product are better than anything anyone else has 

been able to muster, including news organizations and intelligence agencies with 

capabilities that far surpass our own. 

How can we hope to fight the mightily Bush power cartel with a biography, a mere book? 

We have no illusions of easy success, but we were encouraged in our work by the hope 

that a biography might stimulate opposition to Bush and his policies. It will certainly, if 

only by virtue of its novelty, pose a new set of problems to those seeking to get Bush reelected. 

For although Bush is now what journalists call a world leader, no accurate 

account on his actual career exists in the public domain. 

The volume which we submit herewith to the court of world public opinion is, to the best 

of our knowledge, the first and only book- length, unauthorized biography of George 

Bush. It is the first approximation of the truth about his life. This is the first biography 

worthy of the name, a fact that says a great deal about the sinister power and obsessive 

secrecy of this personage. None of the other self-announced biographies (including 

Bush's campaign autobiography) can be taken seriously; each of these books is a pastiche 

of lies, distortions and banalities that run the gamut from campaign panegyric to the 

Goebbels Big Lie to fake but edifying stories for credulous children. Almost without 

exception, the available Bush literature is worthless. 

But with Bush, this is only the beginning of the problem. Bush's family pedigree 

establishes him as a network asset of Brown Brothers, Harriman, one of the most 

powerful political forces in the United States during much of the twentieth century, and 

for many years the largest private bank in the world. It suffices in this context to think of 

Averell Harriman negotiating during World War II in the name of the United States with 

Churchill and Stalin, or of the role of Brown Brothers, Harriman partner Robert Lovett in 

guiding John F. Kennedy's choice of his cabinet, to begin to see the implications of 

Senator Prescott Bush's post as managing partner of this bank. Brown Brothers, Harriman 

networks pervade government and the mass media. Again and again in the course of the 

following pages we will see stories embarrassing to George Bush refused publication, 

documents embarrassing to Bush suspiciously disappear, and witnesses inculpatory to 

Bush be overtaken by mysterious and conveniently timed deaths. The few relevant facts 

which have found their way here and there into the public domain have necessarily been 

filtered by this gigantic apparatus. This problem has been compounded by the corruption 

and servility of authors, journalists, news executives and publishers who have functioned 

more and more as kept advocates for Bush.

George Bush wants key aspects of his life to remain covert. At the same time, he senses 

that his need for coverup is a vulnerability. The need to protect this weak flank accounts 

for the steady stream of fake biographical and historical material concerning George, as 

well as the spin given to many studies of recent history that may never mention George 

directly. Over the past several months, we have seen a new book about Watergate that 

pretends to tell the public something new by fingering Al Haig as Deep Throat, but 

ignoring the central role of George Bush and his business partners in the Watergate affair. 

We have a new book by Lt. Col. Oliver North which alleges that Reagan knew 

everything about the Iran-contra affair, but that George Bush was not part of North's 

chain of command. The latter point merely paraphrases Bush's own lame excuse that he 

was "out of the loop" during all those illegal transactions. During the hearings on the 

nomination of Robert Gates to become Director of Central Intelligence, nobody had 

anything new to add about the role of George Bush, the boss of the National Security 

Council's Special Situation Group crisis staff that was a command center for the whole 

affair. These charades are peddled to a very credulous public by operatives whose task 

goes beyond mere damage control to mind control-- the "MK" in the government's MK 

Ultra operation. 

Part of the free ride enjoyed by George Bush during the 1988 elections is reflected in the 

fact that at no point in the campaign was there any serious effort by any of the so-called 

news organizations to provide the public with something approaching an accurate and 

complete account of his political career. At least two biographies of Dukakis appeared 

which, although hardly critical, were not uniformly laudatory either. But in the case of 

Bush, all the public could turn to was Bush's old 1980 campaign biography and a newer 

campaign autobiography, both of them a tissue of lies. 

Early in the course of our research for the present volume it became apparent that all 

books and most longer articles dealing with the life of George Bush had been generated 

from a single print-out of thoroughly sanitized, approved and canonically admitted 

"facts" about Bush and his family. We learned that during 1979-1980, Bush aide Pete 

Roussel attempted to recruit biographers to prepare a life of Bush based on a collection of 

press releases, news summaries, and similar pre-digested material. Most biographical 

writing about Bush consists merely of the points from this printout, strung out 

chronologically and made into a narrative through the interpretation of comments, 

anecdotes, embellishments, or special stylistic devices. 

The canonical Bush-approved printout is readily identified. One dead giveaway that 

became a joke among the authors of the present study was the inevitability with which 

the hacks out to cover up the substance of Bush's life refer to a 1947 red Studebaker 

which George Bush allegedly drove into Odessa, Texas in 1948. This is the sort of detail 

with which such hacks attempt to humanize their subject, in the same way that 

horseshoes, pork rinds, and country and western music have been introduced into Bush's 

real life in a deliberate and deceptive attempt to humanize his image. It has been our 

experience that any text that features a reference to Bush's red Studebaker has probably 

been derived from Bush's list of approved facts, and is therefore practically worthless for

serious research into Bush's life. We therefore assign such texts to the "red Studebaker 

school" of coverup and falsification. 

Some examples? This is from Bush's campaign autobiography, Looking Forward, ghostwritten 

by his aide Vic Gold: 

Heading into Texas in my Studebaker, all I knew about the state's landscape was 

what I'd seen from the cockpit of a Vultee Vibrator during my training days in the 

Navy. [fn 1] 

Here is the same moment as recaptured by Bush's crony Fitzhugh Green, a friend of the 

Malthusian financier Russell Train, in his George Bush: An Intimate Portrait, published 

after Bush had won the presidency: 

He [Bush] gassed up his 1948 Studebaker, arranged for his wife and son to follow, and headed for 

Odessa, Texas. [fn 2] 

Harry Hurt III wrote the following lines in a 1983 Texas magazine article that was even 

decorated with a drawing of what apparently is supposed to be a Studebaker, but which 

does not look like a Studebaker of that vintage at all: 

When George Herbert Walker Bush drove his battered red Studebaker into Odessa in the summer 

of 1948, the town's population, though constantly increasing with newly-arrived oil field hands, 

was still under 30,000. [fn 3] 

We see that Harry Hurt has more imagination than many Bush biographers, and his 

article does provide a few useful facts. More degraded is the version offered by Richard 

Ben Kramer, whose biography of Bush is expected to be published during 1992, and is 

thus intended to serve as the campaign biography to pave the way for Bush's second 

election victory. God help us. Cramer was given the unenviable task of breathing life 

once more into the same tired old printout. But the very fact that the Bush team feels that 

they require another biography indicates that they still feel that they have a potential 

vulnerability here. Cramer has attempted to solve his problem by recasting the same old 

garbage into a frenetic and hyperkinetic, we would almost say hyperthyroid style. The 

following is from an excerpt of this forthcoming book that was published in Esquire in 

June, 1991: 

In June, after the College World Series and graduation day in New Haven, Poppy packed up his 

new red Studebaker (a graduation gift from Pres), and started driving south. [fn 4] 

Was that Studebaker shiny and new, or old and battered? Perhaps the printout is not 

specific on this point; in any case, as we see, our authorities diverge. 

Joe Hyams's 1991 romance of Bush at war, the Flight of the Avenger, does not include 

the obligatory "red Studebaker" reference, but this is more than compensated by the most 

elaborate fawning over other details of our hero's war service [fn 5]. The publication of 

Flight of the Avenger, which concentrates on an heroic retelling of Bush's war record, and

ignores all evidence that might tend to puncture this myth, was timed to coincide with the 

Gulf crisis and Bush's war with Iraq. This is a vile tract written with the open assistance 

of Bush, Barabara Bush, and the White House staff. Flight of the Avenger recalls the 

practice of totalitarian states according to which a war waged by the regime should be 

accompanied by propaganda which depicts the regime's strong man in an appropriately 

martial posture. In any case, this book deals with Bush's life up to the end of World War 

II; we never reach Odessa. 

Only one of the full-length accounts produced by the Bush propaganda machine about 

their candidate neglects the red Studebaker story. This is Nicholas King's George Bush: A 

Biography, the first book-length version of Bush's life, produced as a result of Pete 

Roussel's efforts for the 1980 campaign. Nicholas King had served as Bush's spokesman 

when he was US Ambassador to the United Nations. King admits at the beginning of his 

book that he can be impugned for writing a work of the most transparent apologetics: "In 

retrospect," he says in his preface, "this book may seem open to the charge of puffery, for 

the view of its subject is favorable all around." [fn 6] Indeed. 

Books about Barbara Bush slavishly rehearse the same details from the same printout. 

Here is the relevant excerpt from the warmly admiring Simply Barabara Bush: A Portrait 

of America's Candid First Lady, written by Donnie Radcliffe and published after Bush's 

1988 election victory: 

With $3,000 left over after he graduated in June, 1948, he headed for Texas in the 1947 red 

Studebaker his father had given him for graduation after George's car died on the highway. [fn 7] 

Even foreign journalists attempting to inform their publics about conditions in the United 

States have fallen victim to the same old Bush printout. The German author and reporter 

Rainer Bonhorst, the former Washington correspondent of the Westdeutsche Allgemeine 

Zeitung, in his 1988 book George Bush: Der neue Mann im Weissen Haus, named a 

chapter of this Bush political biography "Im roten Studebaker nach Texas." Bonhorst 

writes as follows: 

Dann war da noch die Sache mit dem roten Studebaker. Sie spielt--gleich nach dem 

Weltkriegseinsatz-- eine zweite zentrale Rolle in der Lebensgeschichte des George Bush. Es ist die 

Geschichte seiner Rebellion. Der Schritt, der aus dem steifen Neuenglaender einen laessigen 

Texaner machte, aus dem reich geborenen Patriziersohn einen Selfmademann. [...] Also packten 

George und Barbara Bush, 24 und 23 Jahre alt, er gerade mit dem Studium fertig, sie vorzeitigaus 

ihrer Universitaet ausgeschieden und seit ein paar Monaten Mutter, ihr Baby und ihre Koffer und 

luden sie auf ihr knallrotes Studebaker-Coupe. "Ein supermoderner, schnittiger Wagen, allerdings 

etwas laut fuer den neuenglischen Geschmack," erinnerten sich die Bushs spaeter. Aber 

schliesslich ging es ja ab nach Texas. [fn 8] 

We see that Bonhorst is acutely aware of the symbolic importance assumed by the red 

Studebaker in these hagiographic accounts of Bush's life. 

What is finally the truth of the matter? There is good reason to believe that George Bush 

did not first come to Odessa, Texas, in a red Studebaker. One knowledgeable source is 

the well-known Texas oil man and Bush campaign contributor Oscar Wyatt of Houston.

In a recent letter to the Texas Monthly, Wyatt specifies that "when people speak of Mr. 

Bush's humble beginnings in the oil industry, it should be noted that he rode down to 

Texas on Dresser's private aircraft. He was accompanied by his father, who at that time 

was one of the directors of Dresser Industries." "I hate it when people make statements 

about Mr. Bush's humble beginnings in the oil industry. It just didn't happen that way," 

writes Mr. Wyatt. [fn 9] Dresser was a Harriman company, and Bush got his start 

working for one of its subsidiaries. One history of Dresser Industries contains a 

photograph of George Bush with his parents, wife, and infant son "in front of a Dresser 

company airplane in West Texas." [fn 10 tris] Can this be a photo of Bush's arrival in 

Odessa during the summer of 1948? In any case, this most cherished myth of the Bush 

biographers is very much open to doubt. 

Fawning biographies of bloodthirsty tyrants are nothing new in world literature. The red 

Studebaker school goes back a long way; these writers of today can be usefully compared 

with a certain Gaius Velleius Paterculus, who lived in the Roman Empire under the 

emperors Augustus and Tiberius, and who thus an approximate contemporary of Jesus 

Christ. Velleius Paterculus was an historian and biographer who is known today, if at all, 

for his biographical notes on the Emperor Tiberius, which are contained within 

Paterculus's history of Rome from the origins down to his own time. 

Paterculus, writing under Tiberius, gave a very favorable treatment of Julius Caesar, and 

became fulsome when he came to write of Augustus. But the worst excesses of flattery 

came in Velleius Paterculus's treatment of Tiberius himself. Here is part of what he writes 

about that tyrannical ruler: 

Of the transactions of the last sixteen years, which have passed in the view, and are fresh in the 

memory of all, who shall presume to give a full account? [...] credit has been restored to 

mercantile affairs, sedition has been banished from the forum, corruption from the Campus 

Martius, and discord from the senate- house; justice, equity and industry, which had long lain 

buried in neglect, have been revived in the state; authority has been given to the magistrates, 

majesty to the senate, and solemnity to the courts of justice; the bloody riots in the theater have 

been suppressed, and all men have had either a desire excited in them, or a necessity imposed on 

them, of acting with integrity. Virtuous acts are honored, wicked deeds are punished. The humble 

respects the powerful, without dreading him; the powerful takes precedence of the humble without 

condemning him. When were provisions more moderate in price? When were the blessings of 

peace for abundant? Augustan peace, diffused over all the regions of the east and the west, and all 

that lies between the south and the north, preserves every corner of the world free from all dread 

of predatory molestation. Fortuitous losses, not only of individuals, but of cities, the munificence 

of the prince is ready to relieve. The cities of Asia have been repaired; the provinces have been 

secured from the oppression of their governors. Honor promptly rewards the deserving, and the 

punishment of the guilty, if slow, is certain. Interest gives place to justice, solicitation to merit. For 

the best of princes teaches his countrymen to act rightly by his own practice; and while he is the 

greatest in power, he is still greater in example. 

Having exhibited a general view of the administration of Tiberius Caesar, let us now enumerate a few 

particulars respecting it. [...] How formidable a war, excited by the Gallic chief Sacrovir and Julius Florius, 

did he suppress, and with such amazing expedition and energy, that the Roman people learned that they 

were conquerors, before they knew that they were at war, and the news of the victory outstripped the news 

of the danger! The African war too, perilous as it was, and daily increasing in strength, was quickly 

terminated under his auspices and direction. [...] What structures has he erected in his own name, and those 

of his family! With what dutiful munificence, even exceeding belief, is he building a temple to his father!

[...] With what perfect ease to the public does he manage the raising of troops, a business of constant and 

extreme apprehension, without the consternation attendant on a levy! [fn 11 ] 

All of this was written in praise of the regime that crucified Jesus Christ, and one of the 

worst genocidal tyrannies in the history of the world. Paterculus, we must sadly conclude, 

was a sycophant of the Tiberius administration. Some of his themes are close parallels to 

the propaganda of today's Bush machine. 

In addition to feeding the personality cult of Tiberius, Paterculus also lavished praise on 

Lucius Aelius Sejanus, the Prefect of the Pretorian Guard and for many years Tiberius's 

number one favorite, second in command, and likely successor. In many respects Sejanus 

was not unlike James Baker III under the Bush regime. While Tiberius spent all of his 

time in seclusion on his island of Capri near Naples, Sejanus assumed day to day control 

of the vast empire and its 100,000,000 subjects. Paterculus wrote of Sejanus that he was 

"a most excellent coadjutor in all the toils of government...a man of pleasing gravity, and 

of unaffected cheerfulness...assuming nothing to himself." That was the voice of the red 

Studebaker school in about 30 AD. Paterculus should have limited his fawning to 

Tiberius himself; somewhat later the emperor, suspecting a coup plot, condemned 

Sejanus and had him torn limb from limb in gruesome retribution. 

But why bring up Rome? Some readers, and not just registered Republicans, may be 

scandalized by the things that truth obliges us to record about a sitting president of the 

United States. Are we not disrespectful to this high office? No. One of the reasons for 

glancing back at Imperial Rome is to remind ourselves that in times of moral and cultural 

degradation like our own, rulers of great evil have inflicted incalculable suffering on 

humanity. In our modern time of war and depression, this is once again the case. If 

Caligula was possible then, who could claim that the America of the New World Order 

should be exempt? Let us therefore tarry for a moment with these old Romans, because 

they can show us much about ourselves. 

In order to find Roman writers who tell us anything reliable about the first dozen 

emperors, we must wait until the infamous Julio-Claudian dynasty of Julius Caesar, 

Augustus, Tiberius, Caligula, Claudius, Nero and the rest had entirely passed from the 

scene, to be supplanted by new ruling houses. Tiberius reigned from 14 to 37 AD; 

Caligula, his designated successor, from 37 to 41 AD; and Nero from 54 to 68 AD. But 

the first accurate account of the crimes of some of these emperors comes from Publius 

Cornelius Tacitus, a very high Roman official, and it appeared about 115-117 AD, late in 

the reign of the emperor Trajan. It was feasible for Tacitus to write and publish a more 

realistic account of the Julio- Claudian emperors because one of the constant themes of 

Trajan's propaganda was to glorify himself as an enlightened emperor through 

comparison with the earlier series of bloody tyrants. 

Tacitus is important because he manages to convey something of how the destructiveness 

of these emperors in their personal lives correlated with their mass executions and their 

genocidal economic policies. Tacitus was familiar with the machinery of Roman Imperial 

power: he was of senatorial rank, served as consul in Italy in 97 AD, and was the

governor of the important province of western Anatolia (today's Turkey) which the 

Romans referred to simply as Asia. Tacitus writes of Tiberius: 

...his criminal lusts shamed him. Their uncontrollable activity was worthy of an oriental tyrant. 

Free-born children were his victims. He was fascinated by beauty, youthful innocence, and 

aristocratic birth. New names for types of perversions were invented. Slaves were charged to 

locate and procure his requirements. [...] It was like the sack of a captured city. 

Tiberius was able to dominate the legislative branch of his government, the senate, by 

subversion and terror: 

It was, indeed, a horrible feature of this period that leading senators became informers even on 

trivial matters-- some openly, many secretly. Friends and relatives were as suspect as strangers, 

old stories as damaging as new. In the Main Square, at a dinner-party, a remark on any subject 

might mean prosecution. Everyone competed for priority in marking down the victim. Sometimes 

this was self-defense, but mostly it was a sort of contagion, like an epidemic. [...] I realize that 

many writers omit numerous trials and condemnations, bored by repetition or afraid that 

catalogues they themselves have found over-long and dismal may equally depress their readers. 

But numerous unrecorded incidents, which have come to my attention, ought to be known. 

[...] Even women were in danger. They could not be charged with aiming at supreme power. So they were 

charged with weeping: one old lady was executed for lamenting her son's death. The senate decided this 

case. [...] In the same year the high price of corn nearly caused riots. [...] 

Frenzied with bloodshed, [Tiberius] now ordered the execution of all those arrested for complicity with 

Sejanus. It was a massacre. Without discrimination of sex or age, eminence or obscurity, there they lay, 

strewn about-- or in heaps. Relative and friends were forbidden to stand by or lament them, or even gaze 

for long. Guards surrounded them, spying on their sorrow, and escorted the rotting bodies until, dragged to 

the Tiber, they floated away or grounded -- with none to cremate or touch them. Terror had paralyzed 

human sympathy. The rising surge of brutality drove compassion away. [fn 12] 

This is the same Tiberius administration so extravagantly praised by Velleius Paterculus. 

The other Latin author who writes about these Julio-Claudian emperors was Gaius 

Suetonius Tranquillus, who is far less able than Tacitus to fathom the great issues of 

imperial policy which these degenerate emperors influenced. Suetonius is a tabloid 

version of Tacitus, and he concentrates on the horrors and perversions of the emperors in 

their personal sphere, as well as the bloodbaths they ordered. Since many readers over the 

centuries have found these chronicles highly accessible, Suetonius has always been 

widely read. 

Because of lacunae in the manuscripts of Tacitus's work that have come down to us, 

much of what we know of the rule of Caligula (Gaius Caesar, in power from 37 to 41 

AD) derives from Suetonius's book known as The Lives of the Twelve Caesars. The 

character and administration of Caligula present some striking parallels with the subject 

of the present book. 

As a stoic, Caligula was a great admirer of his own "immovable rigor." His motto was 

"Remember that I have the right to do anything to anybody." He made no secret of his 

bloodthirsty vindictiveness. Caligula was a fan of the green team in the Roman arena, and

when the crowd applauded a charioteer who wore a different color, Caligula cried out, "I 

wish the Roman people had but a single neck." At one of his state dinners Caligula burst 

into a fit of uncontrollable laughter, and when a consul asked him what was so funny, he 

replied that it was the thought that as emperor Caligula had the power to have the throats 

of the top officials cut at any time he chose. Caligula carried this same attitude into his 

personal life: whenever he kissed or caressed the neck of his wife or one of his 

mistresses, he liked to remark: "Off comes this beautiful head whenever I give the word." 

Above all, Caligula was vindictive. After his death, two notebooks were found among his 

personal papers, one labelled "The Sword" and the other labelled "The Dagger." These 

were lists of the persons he had proscribed and liquidated, and were the forerunners of the 

enemies' lists and discrediting committee of today. Suetonius frankly calls Caligula "a 

monster," and speculates on the psychological roots of his criminal disposition: "I think I 

may attribute to mental weakness the existence of two exactly opposite faults in the same 

person, extreme assurance and, on the other hand, excessive timorousness." Caligula was 

"full of threats" against "the barbarians," but at the same time prone to precipitous retreats 

and flights of panic. Caligula worked on his "body language" by "practicing all kinds of 

terrible and fearsome expressions before a mirror." 

Caligula built an extension of his palace to connect with the Temple of Castor and Pollux, 

and often went there to exhibit himself as an object of public worship, delighting in being 

hailed as "Jupiter Latiaris" by the populace. Later Caligula would officially open temples 

in his own name. Caligula was brutal in his intimidation of the senate, whose members he 

subjected to open humiliations and covert attacks; many senators were "secretly put to 

death." "He often inveighed against all the Senators alike." "He treated the other orders 

with like insolence and cruelty." Suetonius recites whole catalogues of "special instances 

of his innate brutality" towards persons of all walks of life. He enjoyed inflicting torture, 

and revelled in liquidating political opponents or those who had insulted or snubbed him 

in some way. He had a taste for capital executions as the perfect backdrop for parties and 

banquets. Caligula also did everything he could to sully and denigrate the memory of the 

great men of past epochs, so that their fame could not eclipse his own: "He assailed 

mankind of almost every epoch with no less envy and malice than insolence and cruelty. 

He threw down the statues of famous men...," and tried to destroy all the texts of Homer. 

Caligula "respected neither his own chastity nor that of any one else." He was reckless in 

his extravagance, and soon emptied out the imperial treasury of all the funds that old 

Tiberius had squirreled away there. After that, Caligula tried to replenish his coffers 

through a system of spies, false accusations, property seizures, and public auctions. He 

also "levied new and unheard- of taxes," to the point that "no class of commodities was 

exempt from some kind of tax or other." Caligula taxed all foodstuffs, took a fortieth of 

the award in any lawsuit, an eighth of the daily wages of the porters, and demanded that 

the prostitutes pay him a daily fee equal to the average price charged to each individual 

customer. It is rumored that this part of Caligula's career is under study by those planning 

George Bush's second term. Caligula also opened a brothel in his palace as an additional 

source of income, which may prefigure today's White House staff. Among Caligula's

more singular hobbies Suetonius includes his love of rolling and wallowing in piles of 

gold coins. 

Caligula kept his wife, Caesonia (described by Suetonius as "neither beautiful nor 

young") with him until the very end. But his greatest devotion was to his horse, whom he 

made consul of the Roman state. Ultimately Caligula fell victim to a conspiracy of the 

Praetorian Guard, led by the tribune Gaius Chaerea, a man whom Caligula had taken 

special delight in humiliating. [fn 13] 

The authors of the present study are convinced that these references to the depravity of 

the Roman Emperors, and to the records of that depravity provided by such authors as 

Tacitus and Suetonius, are directly germane to our present task of following the career of 

a member of the senatorial class of the Anglo-American elite through the various stages 

of his formation, apprenticeship, intrigues, and ultimate ascent to imperial power. The 

Roman Imperial model is germane because the American ruling elite of today is far 

closer to the world of Tiberius and Caligula than it is to the world of the American 

Revolution or the Constitutional Convention of 1789. The leitmotiv of modern American 

presidential politics is unquestionably an imperial theme, most blatantly expressed by 

Bush in his slogan for 1990, "The New World Order," and for 1991, the "pax 

universalis." The central project of the Bush presidency is the creation and consolidation 

of a single, universal Anglo-American (or Anglo-Saxon) empire very directly modelled 

on the various phases of the Roman Empire. 

There is one other aspect of the biographical-historical method of the Graeco-Roman 

world which we have sought to borrow. Ever since Thucydides composed his 

monumental work on the Peloponnesian war, those who have sought to imitate his style - 

-with the Roman historian Titus Livius prominent among them-- have employed the 

device of attributing long speeches to historical personages, even when it appears very 

unlikely that such lengthy orations could have been made by the protagonists at the time. 

This has nothing to do with the synthetic dialogue of current American political writing, 

which attempts to present historical events as a series of trivial and banal soap-opera 

exchanges which carry on for such interminable lengths as to suggest that the authors are 

getting paid by the word. Our idea of fidelity to the classical style has simply been to let 

George Bush speak for himself wherever possible, through direct quotation. We are 

convinced that by letting Bush express himself directly in this way, we afford the reader a 

more faithful-- and damning-- account of Bush's actions. 

George Bush might agree that "history is biography," although we suspect that he would 

not agree with any of our other conclusions. There may be a few peculiarities of the 

present work as biography that are worthy of explanation at the outset. 

One of our basic theses is that George Bush is, and considers himself to be, an oligarch. 

The notion of oligarchy includes first of all the idea of a patrician and wealthy family 

capable of introducing its offspring into such elite institutions as Andover, Yale, and 

Skull and Bones. Oligarchy also subsumes the self- conception of the oligarch as 

belonging to a special, exalted breed of mankind, one that is superior to the common run

of mankind as a matter of hereditary genetic superiority. This mentality generally goes 

together with a fascination for eugenics, race science and just plain racism as a means of 

building a case that one's own family tree and racial stock are indeed superior. These 

notions of "breeding" are a constant in the history of the titled feudal aristocracy of 

Europe, especially Britain, towards inclusion in which an individual like Bush must 

necessarily strive. At the very least, oligarchs like Bush see themselves as demigods 

occupying a middle ground between the immortals above and the hoi poloi below. The 

culmination of this insane delusion, which Bush has demonstrably long since attained, is 

the obsessive belief that the principal families of the Anglo-American elite, assembled in 

their freemasonic orders, by themselves directly constitute an Olympian Pantheon of 

living deities who have the capability of abrogating and disregarding the laws of the 

universe according to their own irrational caprice. If we do not take into account this 

element of fatal and megalomaniac hubris, the lunatic Anglo-American policies in regard 

to the Gulf war, international finance, or the AIDS epidemic must defy all 

comprehension. 

Part of the ethos of oligarchism as practiced by George Bush is the emphasis on one's 

own family pedigree and blood line. This accounts for the attention we dedicate in the 

opening chapters of this book to Bush's family tree, reaching back to the nineteenth 

century and beyond. It is impossible to gain insight into Bush's mentality unless we 

realize that it is important for him to be considered a cousin, however distant, of Queen 

Elizabeth II of the House of Mountbatten-Windsor, or that his wife Barbara does not wish 

us forget that she is in some sense a descendant of President Franklin Pierce. 

For related reasons, it is our special duty to illustrate the role played in the formation of 

George Bush as a personality by his maternal grandfather and uncle, George Herbert 

Walker and George Herbert Walker, Jr., and by George H.W. Bush's father, the late 

Senator Prescott Bush. In the course of this task, we must speak at length about the 

institution to which George Bush owes the most, the Wall Street international investment 

bank of Brown Brothers, Harriman, the political and financial powerhouse mentioned 

above. For George Bush, Brown Brothers Harriman was and remains the family firm in 

the deepest sense. The formidable power of this bank and its ubiquitous network, wielded 

by Senator Prescott Bush up through the time of his death in 1972, and still active on 

George's behalf down to the present day, is the single most important key to every step of 

George's business, covert operations, and political career. 

In the case of George Bush, as many who have known him personally have noted, the 

network looms much larger than George's own character and will. The reader will search 

in vain for strong principled commitments in George Bush's personality; the most that 

will be found are a series of characteristic obsessions, of which the most durable are race, 

vanity, personal ambition, and settling scores with adversaries. What emerges by contrast 

is the decisive importance of Bush's network of connections. His response to the Gulf 

crisis of 1991 will be largely predetermined, not by any great flashes of geopolitical 

insight, but rather by his connections to the British oligarchy, to Kissinger, to Israeli and 

Zionist circles, to Texas oilmen in his fundraising base, to the Saudi Arabian and Kuwaiti 

royal houses. If the question is one of finance, then the opinions of J. Hugh Liedtke,

Henry Kravis, Robert Mosbacher, T. Boone Pickens, Nicholas Brady, James Baker III 

and the City of London will be decisive. If covert operations and dirty tricks are on the 

agenda, then there is a whole stable of CIA old boys with whom he will consult, and so 

on down the line. During much of 1989, despite his control over the presidency, Bush 

appeared as a weak and passive executive waiting for his networks to show him what it 

was he was supposed to do. When German reunification and the crumbling of the Soviet 

empire spurred those --primarily British- networks into action, Bush was suddenly 

capable of violent and daring adventures. As his battle for a second term approaches, 

Bush may be showing increasing signs of a rage-driven self-starter capability, especially 

when it comes to starting new wars designed to secure his re-election. 

Biography has its own inherent discipline: it must be concerned with the life of its 

protagonist, and cannot stray too far away. In no way has it been our intention to offer an 

account of American history during the lifetime of George Bush. The present study 

nevertheless reflects many aspects of that recent history of US decline. It will be noted 

that Bush has succeeded in proportion as the country has failed, and that Bush's 

advancement has proceeded pari passu with the degradation of the national stage upon 

which he has operated and which he has come to dominate. At various phases in his 

career, Bush has come into conflict with persons that were intellectually and morally 

superior to him. One such was Senator Yarborough, and another was Senator Frank 

Church. Our study will be found to catalogue the constant decline in the qualities of 

Bush's adversaries as human types until the 1980's, by which time his opponents, as in the 

case of Al Haig, are no better than Bush himself. 

As for the political relevance of our project, we think that it is very real. During the Gulf 

crisis, it would have been important for the public to know more about Bush's business 

dealings with the Royal Family of Kuwait. During the 1992 presidential campaign, as 

Wall Street's recent crop of junk-bond assisted leveraged buyouts line up at the entrance 

to bankruptcy court, and state workers all across the United States are informed that the 

retirement pensions they had been promised will never be paid, the relations between 

George Bush and Henry Kravis will surely constitute an explosive political issue. 

Similarly, once Bush's British and Kissingerian pedigree is recognized, the methods he is 

likely to pursue in regard to situations such as the planned Romanian-style overthrow of 

the Castro regime in Cuba, or the provocation of a splendid little nuclear war involving 

North Korea, or of a new Indo-Pakistani war, will hardly be mysterious. 

The authors have been at some pains to make this work intelligible to readers around the 

world. We offer this book to those who share our aversion to the imperialist-colonialist 

New World Order, and our profound horror at the concept of a return to a single, 

worldwide Roman Empire as suggested by Bush's "pax universalis" slogan. This work is 

tangible evidence that there is an opposition to Bush inside the United States, and that the 

new Caligula is very vulnerable indeed on the level of the exposure of his own misdeeds. 

It will be argued that this book should have been published before the 1988 election, 

when a Bush presidency might have been avoided. That is certainly true, but it is an 

objection which should also be directed to many institutions and agencies whose

esources for surpass our modest capabilities. We can only remind our fellow citizens that 

when he asks for their votes for his re-election, George Bush also enters that court of 

public opinion in which he is obliged to answer their questions. They should not waste 

this opportunity to grill him on all aspects of his career and future intentions, since it is 

Bush who comes forward appealing for their support. 

We do not delude ourselves that we have said the last word about George Bush. But we 

have for the first time sketched out at least some of the most salient features and gathered 

them into a comprehensible whole. We encourage an aroused citizenry, as well as 

specialized researchers, to improve upon what we have been able to accomplish. In so 

doing, we recall the words of the Florentine Giovanni Boccaccio when he reluctantly 

accepted the order of a powerful king to produce an account of the old Roman Pantheon: 

NOTES: 

SI MINUS BENE DIXERO SALTEM AD MELIUS DICENDUM PRUDENTIOREM ALTERUM 

EXCITABO. 

BOCCACCIO, GENEALOGIA DEORUM GENTILIUM 

1. George Bush and Vic Gold, Looking Forward, (New York: Doubleday, 1987), p. 47. 

2. Fitzhugh Green, Looking Forward, (New York: &Hippocrene, 1989), p. 53. 

3. Harry Hurt III, "George Bush, Plucky Lad," Texas Monthly, June, 1983, p. 142. 

4. Richard Ben Cramer, "How He Got Here," Esquire, June, 1991, p. 84. 

5. Joe Hyams, Flight of the Avenger (New York, 1991), p. . 

6. Nicholas King, George Bush: A Biography (New York, Dodd, Mead, 1980), p. xi. 

7. Donnie Radcliffe, Simply Barbara Bush, (New York: Warner, 1989), p. 103. 

8. Rainer Bonhorst,George Bush, Der neue Mann im Weissen Haus, (Bergisch Gladbach: Gustav Luebbe 

Verlag, 1988), pp. 80- 81. 

9. See "The Roar of the Crowd," Texas Monthly, November, 1991. See also Jan Jarboe, "Meaner Than a 

Junkyard Dog," Texas Monthly, April 1991, p. 122 ff. Here Wyatt observes: "I knew from the beginning 

George Bush came to Texas only because he was politically ambitious. He flew out here on an airplane 

owned by Dresser Industries. His daddy was a member of the board of Dresser." 

10. Darwin Payne, Initiative in Energy (New York: Simon and Shuster, 1979), p. 233. 

11. John Selby Watson (translator), Sallust, Florus, and Velleius Paterculus (London: George Bell and Son, 

1879), pp. 542-546.

12. Cornelius Tacitus, The Annals of Imperial Rome (Penguin, 1962), pp. 193-221. 

13. Gaius Suetonius Tranquillus, The Lives of the Twelve Caesars (New York: Modern Library, 1931), pp. 

165-204, passim. 

Chapter - I - The House of Bush: Born in a Bank 

Who is George Bush? How did he become the 41st U.S. President? 

He is said to be a man of the "old establishment," who "chose to seek his fortune as an 

independent oilman...." @s1 

In fact, Bush was never "independent." Every career step in his upward climb relied on 

his family's powerful associations. The Bush family joined the Eastern Establishment 

comparatively recently, and only as servitors. Their wealth and influence resulted from 

their loyalty to another, more powerful family, and their willingness to do anything to get 

ahead. 

For what they did, Bush's forebears should have become very famous, or infamous. They 

remained obscure figures, managers from behind the scenes. But their actions--including 

his father's role as banker for Adolf Hitler--had tragic effects for the whole planet. 

It was these services to his family's benefactors, which propelled George Bush to the top. 

Prescott Goes to War 

President George Herbert Walker Bush was born in 1924, the son of Prescott S. Bush and 

Dorothy Walker Bush. We will begin the George Bush story about a decade before his 

birth, on the eve of World War I. We will follow the career of his father, Prescott Bush, 

through his marriage with Dorothy Walker, on the path to fortune, elegance and power.

Prescott Bush entered Yale University in 1913. A native of Columbus, Ohio, Prescott had 

spent the last five years before college in St. George's Episcopal preparatory school in 

Newport, Rhode Island. 

Prescott Bush's first college year, 1913, was also the freshman year at Yale for E. Roland 

( "Bunny" ) Harriman, whose older brother (Wm.) Averell Harriman had just graduated 

from Yale. This is the Averell Harriman who went on to fame as the U.S. ambassador to 

the Soviet Union during World War II, as a governor of New York State, and as a 

presidential advisor who was greatly responsible for starting the Vietnam War. 

The Harrimans would become the sponsors of the Bushes, to lift them onto the stage of 

world history. 

In the spring of 1916, Prescott Bush and "Bunny" Harriman were chosen for membership 

in an elite Yale senior-year secret society known as Skull and Bones. This unusually 

morbid, death-celebrating group helped Wall Street financiers find active young men of 

"good birth" to form a kind of imitation British aristocracy in America. 

World War I was then raging in Europe. With the prospect that the U.S.A. would soon 

join the war, two Skull and Bones "Patriarchs" , Averell Harriman (class of 1913) and 

Percy A. Rockefeller (class of 1900), paid special attention to Prescott's class of 1917. 

They wanted reliable cadres to help them play the Great Game, in the lucrative new 

imperial era that the war was opening up for London and New York moneycrats. Prescott 

Bush, by then a close friend of "Bunny" Harriman, and several other Bonesmen from 

their class of 1917 would later comprise the core partners in Brown Brothers Harriman, 

the world's largest private investment bank. 

World War I did make an immense amount of money for the clan of stock speculators 

and British bankers who had just taken over U.S. industry. The Harrimans were stars of 

this new Anglo-American elite. 

Averell's father, stock broker E.H. Harriman, had gained control of the Union Pacific 

Railroad in 1898 with credit arranged by William Rockefeller, Percy's father, and by 

Kuhn Loeb & Co.'s British-affiliated private bankers, Otto Kahn, Jacob Schiff and Felix 

Warburg. 

William Rockefeller, treasurer of Standard Oil and brother of Standard founder John D. 

Rockefeller, owned National City Bank (later "Citibank" ) together with Texas-based 

James Stillman. In return for their backing, E.H. Harriman deposited in City Bank the 

vast receipts from his railroad lines. When he issued tens of millions of dollars of 

"watered" (fraudulent) railroad stock, Harriman sold most of the shares through the Kuhn 

Loeb company. 

The First World War elevated Prescott Bush and his father, Samuel P. Bush, into the 

lower ranks of the Eastern Establishment.

As war loomed in 1914, National City Bank began reorganizing the U.S. arms industry. 

Percy A. Rockefeller took direct control of the Remington Arms company, appointing his 

own man, Samuel F. Pryor, as the new chief executive of Remington. 

The U.S entered World War I in 1917. In the spring of 1918, Prescott's father, Samuel P. 

Bush, became chief of the Ordnance, Small Arms and Ammunition Section of the War 

Industries Board.@s2 The senior Bush took national responsibility for government 

assistance to and relations with Remington and other weapons companies. 

This was an unusual appointment, as Prescott's father seemed to have no background in 

munitions. Samuel Bush had been president of the Buckeye Steel Castings Co. in 

Columbus, Ohio, makers of railcar parts. His entire career had been in the railroad 

business-- supplying equipment to the Wall Street-owned railroad systems. 

The War Industries Board was run by Bernard Baruch, a Wall Street speculator with 

close personal and business ties to old E.H. Harriman. Baruch's brokerage firm had 

handled Harriman speculations of all kinds.@s3 

In 1918, Samuel Bush became director of the Facilities Division of the War Industries 

Board. Prescott's father reported to the Board's Chairman, Bernard Baruch, and to 

Baruch's assistant, Wall Street private banker Clarence Dillon. 

Robert S. Lovett, President of Union Pacific Railroad, chief counsel to E.H. Harriman 

and executor of his will, was in charge of national production and purchase "priorities" 

for Baruch's board. 

With the war mobilization conducted under the supervision of the War Industries Board, 

U.S. consumers and taxpayers showered unprecedented fortunes on war producers and 

certain holders of raw materials and patents. Hearings in 1934 by the committee of U.S. 

Senator Gerald Nye attacked the "Merchants of Death" -- war profiteers such as 

Remington Arms and the British Vickers company --whose salesmen had manipulated 

many nations into wars, and then supplied all sides with the weapons to fight them. 

Percy Rockefeller and Samuel Pryor's Remington Arms supplied machine guns and Colt 

automatic pistols; millions of rifles to Czarist Russia; over half of the small-arms 

ammunition used by the Anglo-American allies in World War I; and 69 percent of the 

rifles used by the United States in that conflict.@s4 

Samuel Bush's wartime relationship to these businessmen would continue after the war, 

and would especially aid his son Prescott's career of service to the Harrimans. 

Most of the records and correspondence of Samuel Bush's arms- related section of the 

government have been burned, "to save space" in the National Archives. This matter of 

destroyed or misplaced records should be of concern to citizens of a constitutional 

republic. Unfortunately, it is a rather constant impediment with regard to researching 

George Bush's background: He is certainly the most "covert" American chief executive.

Now, arms production in wartime is by necessity carried on with great security 

precautions. The public need not know details of the private lives of the government or 

industry executives involved, and a broad interrelationship between government and 

private-sector personnel is normal and useful. 

But during the period preceding World War I, and in the war years 1914-1917 when the 

U.S. was still neutral, interlocking Wall Street financiers subservient to British strategy 

lobbied heavily, and twisted U.S. government and domestic police functions. Led by the 

J.P. Morgan concern, Britain's overall purchasing agent in America, these financiers 

wanted a world war and they wanted the United States in it as Britain's ally. The U.S. and 

British arms companies, owned by these international financiers, poured out weapons 

abroad in deals not subject to the scrutiny of any electorate back home. The same 

gentlemen, as we shall see, later supplied weapons and money to Hitler's Nazis. 

That this problem persists today, is in some respect due to the "control" over the 

documentation and the history of the arms traffickers. 

World War I was a disaster for civilized humanity. It had terrible, unprecedented 

casualties, and shattering effects on the moral philosophy of Europeans and Americans. 

But for a brief period, the war treated Prescott Bush rather well. 

In June, 1918, just as his father took over responsibility for relations of the government 

with the private arms producers, Prescott went to Europe with the U.S. Army. His unit 

did not come near any fire until September. But on August 8, 1918, the following item 

appeared on the front page of Bush's home-town newspaper: 

High Military Honors Conferred on Capt. Bush 

For Notable Gallantry, When Leading Allied Commanders Were Endangered, Local Man 

is Awarded French, English and U.S. Crosses. 

International Honors, perhaps unprecedented in the life of an American soldier, have 

been conferred upon Captain Prescott Sheldon Bush, son of Mr. and Mrs. S.P. Bush of 

Columbus. 

Upon young Bush ... were conferred: Cross of the Legion of Honor, ... Victoria Cross, ... 

Distinguished Service Cross.... 

Conferring of the three decorations upon one man at one time implies recognition of a 

deed of rare valor and probably of great military importance as well. 

From word which has reached Columbus during the last few days, it appears as if the 

achievement of Captain Bush well measures up to these requirements.

The incident occurred on the western front about the time the Germans were launching 

their great offensive of July 15.... The history of the remarkable victory scored later by 

the allies might have been written in another vein, but for the heroic and quick action of 

Captain Bush. 

The ... three allied leaders, Gen. [Ferdinand] Foch, Sir Douglas Haig and Gen. [John J.] 

Pershing ... were making an inspection of American positions. Gen. Pershing had sent for 

Captain Bush to guide them about one sector.... Suddenly Captain Bush noticed a shell 

coming directly for them. He shouted a warning, suddenly drew his bolo knife, stuck it up 

as he would a ball bat, and parried the blow, causing the shell to glance off to the right.... 

Within 24 hours young Bush was notified ... [that] the three allied commanders had 

recommended him for practically the highest honors within their gift.... Captain Bush is 

23 years old, a graduate of Yale in the class of 1917. He was one of Yale's best- known 

athletes ... was leader of the glee club ... and in his senior year was elected to the famous 

Skull and Bones Society....@s5 

The day after this astonishing story appeared, there was a large cartoon on the editorial 

page. It depicted Prescott Bush as a small boy, reading a story-book about military 

heroism, and saying: "Gee! I wonder if anything like that could ever truly happen to a 

boy." The caption below was a rehash of the batting- away- the-deadly-shell exploit, 

written in storybook style.@s6 

Local excitement about the military "Babe Ruth" lasted just four weeks. Then this somber 

little box appeared on the front page: 

Editor State Journal: 

A cable received from my son, Prescott S. Bush, brings word that he has not been 

decorated, as published in the papers a month ago. He feels dreadfully troubled that a 

letter, written in a spirit of fun, should have been misinterpreted. He says he is no hero 

and asks me to make explanations. I will appreciate your kindness in publishing this 

letter.... 

Flora Sheldon Bush. 

Columbus, Sept. 5.@s7 

Prescott Bush later claimed that he spent "about 10 or 11 weeks" in the area of combat in 

France. "We were under fire there.... It was quite exciting, and of course a wonderful 

experience." @s8 

Prescott Bush was discharged in mid-1919, and returned for a short time to Columbus, 

Ohio. But his humiliation in his home town was so intense that he could no longer live 

there. The "war hero" story was henceforth not spoken of in his presence. Decades later,

when he was an important, rich U.S. Senator, the story was whispered and puzzled over 

among the Congressmen. 

Looking to be rescued from this ugly situation, Captain Bush went to the 1919 reunion of 

his Yale class in New Haven, Connecticut. Skull and Bones Patriarch Wallace Simmons, 

closely tied to the arms manufacturers, offered Prescott Bush a job in his St. Louis 

railroad equipment company. Bush took the offer and moved to St. Louis--and his 

destiny. 

A Thoroughbred Marriage 

Prescott Bush went to St. Louis to repair his troubled life. Sometime that same year, 

Averell Harriman made a trip there on a project which would have great consequences 

for Prescott. The 28- year-old Harriman, until then something of a playboy, wanted to 

bring his inherited money and contacts into action in the arena of world affairs. 

President Theodore Roosevelt had denounced Harriman's father for "cynicism and deepseated 

corruption" and called him an "undesirable citizen." @s9 For the still- smarting 

Averell to take his place among the makers and breakers of nations, he needed a financial 

and intelligence-gathering organization of his own. The man Harriman sought to create 

such an institution for him was Bert Walker, a Missouri stock broker and corporate 

wheeler- dealer. 

George Herbert ( "Bert" ) Walker, for whom President George H.W. Bush was named, 

did not immediately accept Harriman's proposal. Would Walker leave his little St. Louis 

empire, to try his influence in New York and Europe? 

Bert was the son of a dry goods wholesaler who had thrived on imports from 

England.@s1@s0 The British connection had paid for Walker summer houses in Santa 

Barbara, California, and in Maine-- "Walker's Point" at Kennebunkport. Bert Walker had 

been sent to England for his prep school and college education. 

By 1919 Bert Walker had strong ties to the Guaranty Trust Company in New York and to 

the British-American banking house J.P. Morgan and Co. These Wall Street concerns 

represented all the important owners of American railroads: the Morgan partners and 

their associates or cousins in the intermarried Rockefeller, Whitney, Harriman and 

Vanderbilt families. 

Bert Walker was known as the midwest's premier deal-arranger, awarding the investment 

capital of his international-banker contacts to the many railroads, utilities and other 

midwestern industries of which he and his St. Louis friends were executives or board 

members. 

Walker's operations were always quiet, or mysterious, whether in local or global affairs. 

He had long been the "power behind the throne" in the St. Louis Democratic Party, along

with his crony, former Missouri Governor David R. Francis. Walker and Francis together 

had sufficient influence to select the party's candidates.@s1@s1 

Back in 1904, Bert Walker, David Francis, Washington University President Robert 

Brookings and their banker/broker circle had organized a world's fair in St. Louis, the 

Louisiana Purchase Exposition. In line with the old Southern Confederacy family 

backgrounds of many of these sponsors, the fair featured a "Human Zoo" : live natives 

from backward jungle regions were exhibited in special cages under the supervision of 

anthropologist William J. McGee. 

So Averell Harriman was a natural patron for Bert Walker. Bert shared Averell's passion 

for horse breeding and horse racing, and easily accommodated the Harriman family's 

related social philosophy. They believed that the horses and racing stables they owned 

showed the way toward a sharp upgrading of the human stock--just select and mate 

thoroughbreds, and spurn or eliminate inferior animals. 

The First World War had brought the little St. Louis oligarchy into the Confederateslaveowner-oriented 

administration of President Woodrow Wilson and his advisors, Col. 

Edward House and Bernard Baruch. 

Walker's friend Robert Brookings got into Bernard Baruch's War Industries Board as 

director of national Price Fixing (sic). David R. Francis became U.S. ambassador to 

Russia in 1916. As the Bolshevik Revolution broke out, we find Bert Walker busy 

appointing people to Francis's staff in Petrograd.@s1@s2 

Walker's earliest activities in relation to the Soviet state are of significant interest to 

historians, given the activist role he was to play there together with Harriman. But 

Walker's life is as covert as the rest of the Bush clan's, and the surviving public record is 

extremely thin. 

The 1919 Versailles peace conference brought together British imperial strategists and 

their American friends to make postwar global arrangements. For his own intended 

international adventures, Harriman needed Bert Walker the seasoned intriguer, who 

quietly represented many of the British-designated rulers of American politics and 

finance. 

After two persuasion trips west by Harriman,@s1@s3 Walker at length agreed to move 

to New York. But he kept his father's summer house in Kennebunkport, Maine. 

Bert Walker formally organized the W.A. Harriman & Co. private bank in November 

1919. Walker became the bank's president and chief executive; Averell Harriman was 

chairman and controlling co-owner with his brother Roland ( "Bunny" ), Prescott Bush's 

close friend from Yale; and Percy Rockefeller was a director and a founding financial 

sponsor.

In the autumn of 1919, Prescott Bush made the acquaintance of Bert Walker's daughter 

Dorothy. They were engaged the following year, and were married in August, 

1921.@s1@s4 Among the ushers and grooms at the elaborate wedding were Ellery S. 

James, Knight Woolley and four other fellow Skull and Bonesmen from the Yale Class of 

1917.@s1@s5 The Bush-Walker extended family has gathered each summer at the 

"Walker country home" in Kennebunkport, from this marriage of President Bush's 

parents down to the present day. 

When Prescott married Dorothy, he was only a minor executive of the Simmons Co., 

railroad equipment suppliers, while his wife's father was building one of the most 

gigantic businesses in the world. The following year the couple tried to move back to 

Columbus, Ohio; there Prescott worked for a short time in a rubber products company 

owned by his father. But they soon moved again to Milton, Mass., after outsiders bought 

the little family business and moved it near there. 

Thus Prescott Bush was going nowhere fast, when his son George Herbert Walker Bush-the 

future U.S. President--was born in Milton, Mass., on June 12, 1924. 

Perhaps it was as a birthday gift for George, that "Bunny" Harriman stepped in to rescue 

his father Prescott from oblivion, bringing him into the Harriman-controlled U.S. Rubber 

Co. in New York City. In 1925 the young family moved to the town where George was to 

grow up: Greenwich, Connecticut, a suburb both of New York and of New Haven/Yale. 

Then on May 1, 1926, Prescott Bush joined W.A. Harriman & Co. as its vice president, 

under the bank's president, Bert Walker, his father-in-law and George's maternal 

grandfather--the head of the family.@s1@s6 

The Great Game 

Prescott Bush would demonstrate strong loyalty to the firm he joined in 1926. And the 

bank, with the scope and power of many ordinary nations, could amply reward its agents. 

George Bush's Grandfather Walker had put the enterprise together, quietly, secretly, 

using all the international connections at his disposal. Let us briefly look back at the 

beginning of the Harriman firm--the Bush family enterprise--and follow its course into 

one of history's darkest projects. 

The firm's first global lever was its successful arrangement to get into Germany by 

dominating that country's shipping. Averell Harriman announced in 1920 that he would 

re-start Germany's Hamburg- Amerika Line, after many months of scheming and armtwisting. 

Hamburg-Amerika's commercial steamships had been confiscated by the United 

States at the end of the First World War. These ships had then become the property of the 

Harriman enterprise, by some arrangements with the U.S. authorities that were never 

made public. 

The deal was breathtaking; it would create the world's largest private shipping line. 

Hamburg-Amerika Line regained its confiscated vessels, for a heavy price. The Harriman

enterprise took "the right to participate in 50 percent of all business originated in 

Hamburg" ; and for the next twenty years (1920-1940), the Harriman enterprise had 

"complete control of all activities of the Hamburg line in the United States." @s1@s7 

Harriman became co-owner of Hamburg-Amerika. The Harriman-Walker firm gained a 

tight hold on its management, with the not-so-subtle backing of the post-World War I 

occupation of Germany by the armies of England and America. 

Just after Harriman's public statement, the St. Louis press celebrated Bert Walker's role in 

assembling the money to consummate the deal: 

"Ex-St. Louisan Forms Giant Ship Merger" 

"G. H. Walker is Moving Power Behind Harriman-Morton Shipping Combine...." 

The story celebrated a "merger of two big financial houses in New York, which will 

place practically unlimited capital at the disposal of the new American-German shipping 

combine...." @s1@s8 

Bert Walker had arranged a "marriage" of J.P. Morgan credit and Harriman family 

inherited wealth. 

W.A. Harriman & Co., of which Walker was president and founder, was merging with 

the Morton & Co. private bank--and Walker was "[p]rominent in the affairs of Morton & 

Co.," which was interlocked with the Morgan-controlled Guaranty Trust Co. 

The Hamburg-Amerika takeover created an effective instrument for the manipulation and 

fatal subversion of Germany. One of the great "merchants of death," Samuel Pryor, was 

in it from the beginning. Pryor, then chairman of the executive committee of Remington 

Arms, helped arrange the deal and served with Walker on the board of Harriman's 

shipping front organization, the American Ship and Commerce Co. 

Walker and Harriman took the next giant step in 1922, setting up their European 

headquarters office in Berlin. With the aid of the Hamburg-based Warburg bank, W.A. 

Harriman & Co. began spreading an investment net over German industry and raw 

materials. 

From the Berlin base, Walker and Harriman then plunged into deals with the new 

dictatorship of the Soviet Union. They led a select group of Wall Street and British 

Empire speculators who re-started the Russian oil industry, which had been devastated by 

the Bolshevik Revolution. They contracted to mine Soviet manganese, an element 

essential to modern steelmaking. These concessions were arranged directly with Leon 

Trotsky, then with Feliks Dzerzhinsky, founder of the Soviet dictatorship's secret 

intelligence service (K.G.B), whose huge statue was finally pulled down by prodemocracy 

demonstrators in 1991.

These speculations created both channels of communication, and the style of 

accomodation, with the communist dictatorship, that have continued in the family down 

to President Bush. 

With the bank launched, Bert Walker found New York the ideal place to satisfy his 

passion for sports, games and gambling. Walker was elected president of the U.S. Golf 

Association in 1920. He negotiated new international rules for the game with the Royal 

and Ancient Golf Club of St. Andrews, Scotland. After these talks he contributed the 

three-foot-high silver Walker Cup, for which British and American teams have since 

competed every two years. 

Bert's son-in-law Prescott Bush was later secretary of the U.S. Golf Association, during 

the grave political and economic crises of the early 1930s. Prescott became USGA 

President in 1935, while he was otherwise embroiled in the family firm's work with Nazi 

Germany. 

When George was one year old, in 1925, Bert Walker and Averell Harriman headed a 

syndicate which rebuilt Madison Square Garden as the modern Palace of Sport. Walker 

was at the center of New York's gambling scene in its heyday, in that Prohibition era of 

colorful and bloody gangsters. The Garden bloomed with million-dollar prize fights; 

bookies and their clients pooled more millions, trying to match the pace of the 

speculation-crazed stock and bond men. This was the era of "organized" crime--the 

national gambling and bootleg syndicate structured on the New York corporate model. 

By 1930, when George was a boy of six, Grandpa Walker was New York State Racing 

Commissioner. The vivid colors and sounds of the racing scene must have impressed 

little George as much as his grandfather. Bert Walker bred race horses at his own stable, 

the Log Cabin Stud. He was president of the Belmont Park race track. Bert also 

personally managed most aspects of Averell's racing interests-- down to picking the 

colors and fabrics for the Harriman racing gear.@s1@s9 

From 1926, George's father Prescott Bush showed a fierce loyalty to the Harrimans and a 

dogged determination to advance himself; he gradually came to run the day-to-day 

operations of W.A. Harriman & Co. After the firm's 1931 merger with the British- 

American banking house Brown Brothers, Prescott Bush became managing partner of the 

resulting company: Brown Brothers Harriman. This was ultimately the largest and 

politically the most important private banking house in America. 

Financial collapse, world depression and social upheaval followed the fevered 

speculation of the 1920s. The 1929-31 crash of securities values wiped out the small 

fortune Prescott Bush had gained since 1926. But because of his devotion to the 

Harrimans, they "did a very generous thing," as Bush later put it. They staked him to 

what he had lost and put him back on his feet. 

Prescott Bush described his own role, from 1931 through the 1940s, in a confidential 

interview:

I emphasize ... that the Harrimans showed great courage and loyalty and confidence in us, because 

three or four of us were really running the business, the day to day business. Averell was all over 

the place in those days ... and Roland was involved in a lot of directorships, and he didn't get down 

into the "lift- up-and-bear-down" activity of the bank, you see-- the day- to-day decisions ... we 

were really running the business, the day to day business, all the administrative decisions and the 

executive decisions. We were the ones that did it. We were the managing partners, let's 

say.@s2@s0 

But of the "three or four" partners in charge, Prescott was effectively at the head of the 

firm, because he had taken over management of the gigantic personal investment funds of 

Averell and E. Roland "Bunny" Harriman. 

In those interwar years, Prescott Bush made the family fortune which George Bush 

inherited. He piled up the money from an international project which continued until a 

new world war, and the action of the U.S. government, intervened to stop him. 

Notes for Chapter I 

1. Washington Post, Aug. 16, 1991, p. A1. 

2. Gen. Hugh S. Johnson to Major J.H.K. Davis, June 6, 1918, file no. 334.8/168 or 334.8/451 in U.S. 

National Archives, Suitland, Maryland. 

3. Bernard M. Baruch, My Own Story (New York: Henry Holt and Co., 1957), pp. 138-39. Baruch related 

that "our firm did a large business for Mr. Harriman.... In 1906 Harriman had [us] place heavy bets on 

Charles Evans Hughes in his race for Governor of New York against William Randolph Hearst. After 

several hundred thousand dollars had been wagered, [our firm] stopped. Hearing of this, Harriman called ... 

up. `Didn't I tell you to bet?' he demanded. `Now go on.'|" 

4. Alden Hatch, Remington Arms: An American History, 1956, copyright by the Remington Arms Co., pp. 

224-25. 

5. The Ohio State Journal, Columbus, Ohio, Thursday, Aug. 8, 1918. 

6. The Ohio State Journal, Friday, Aug. 9, 1918. 

7. The Ohio State Journal, Friday, Sept. 6, 1918. 

8. Interview with Prescott Bush in the Oral History Research Project conducted by Columbia University in 

1966, Eisenhower Administration Part II; pp. 5-6. The interview was supposed to be kept confidential and 

was never published, but Columbia later sold microfilms of the transcript to certain libraries, including 

Arizona State University. 

9. Theodore Roosevelt to James S. Sherman, Oct. 6, 1906, made public by Roosevelt at a press conference 

April 2, 1907. Quoted in Henry F. Pringle, Theodore Roosevelt (New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 

1931), p. 452. Roosevelt later confided to Harriman lawyer Robert S. Lovett that his views on Harriman 

were based on what J.P. Morgan had told him.

10. See The Industries of St. Louis, published 1885 by J.M. Elstner & Co., pp. 61-62 for Crow, Hagardine 

& Co., David Walker's first business; and p. 86 for Ely & Walker. 

11. See Letter of G.H. Walker to D.R. Francis, March 20, 1905, in the Francis collection of the Missouri 

Historical Society, St. Louis, Missouri, on the organization of the Republicans and Democrats to run the 

election of the mayor, a Democrat acceptable to the socially prominent. The next day Walker became the 

treasurer and Francis the president of this "Committee of 1000." See also George H. Walker obituary, St. 

Louis Globe-Democrat, June 25, 1953. 

12. Letter of Perry Francis to his father, Ambassador David R. Francis, Oct. 15, 1917, Francis collection of 

the Missouri Historical Society. "... Joe Miller left for San Francisco last Tuesday night, where he will 

receive orders to continue to Petrograd. I was told by Mildred Kotany [Walker's sister-in-law] that Bert 

Walker got him his appointment through Breck Long. I didn't know Joe was after it, or could have helped 

him myself. He will be good company for you when he gets there...." 

13. Private interview with a Walker family member, cousin of President Bush. 

14. Prescott Bush, Columbia University, op. cit., p. 7. 

15. St. Louis Globe Democrat, Aug. 7, 1921. 16. This is the sequence of events, from Simmons to U.S. 

Rubber, which Prescott Bush gave in his Columbia University interview, op. cit.,) pp. 7-8. 

17. Public statement of Averell Harriman, New York Times, Oct. 6, 1920, p. 1. 

18. St. Louis Globe-Democrat, Oct. 12, 1920, p. 1. 

19. Sports-as-business has continued in the family up through George Bush's adult life. Bert's son George 

Walker, Jr.--President Bush's uncle and financial angel in Texas--co-founded the New York Mets and was 

the baseball club's vice president and treasurer for 17 years until his death in 1977. The President's son, 

George Walker Bush, was co-owner of the Texas Rangers baseball club during his father's presidency. 

20. Prescott Bush, Columbia University, op. cit., pp. 16-22.

Chapter - II - The Hitler Project 

Bush Property Seized--Trading with the Enemy 

In October 1942, ten months after entering World War II, America was preparing its first 

assault against Nazi military forces. Prescott Bush was managing partner of Brown 

Brothers Harriman. His 18-year-old son George, the future U.S. President, had just begun 

training to become a naval pilot. On Oct. 20, 1942, the U.S. government ordered the 

seizure of Nazi German banking operations in New York City which were being 

conducted by Prescott Bush. 

Under the Trading with the Enemy Act, the government took over the Union Banking 

Corporation, in which Bush was a director. The U.S. Alien Property Custodian seized 

Union Banking Corp.'s stock shares, all of which were owned by Prescott Bush, E. 

Roland `` Bunny '' Harriman, three Nazi executives, and two other associates of 

Bush.@s1 

The order seizing the bank `` vests '' (seizes) `` all of the capital stock of Union Banking 

Corporation, a New York corporation, '' and names the holders of its shares as: 

`` E. Roland Harriman--3991 shares '' 

[chairman and director of Union Banking Corp. (UBC); this is `` Bunny '' Harriman, described by 

Prescott Bush as a place holder who didn't get much into banking affairs; Prescott managed his 

personal investments]

`` Cornelis Lievense--4 shares '' 

[president and director of UBC; New York resident banking functionary for the Nazis] 

`` Harold D. Pennington--1 share '' 

[treasurer and director of UBC; an office manager employed by Bush at Brown Brothers 

Harriman] 

`` Ray Morris--1 share '' 

[director of UBC; partner of Bush and the Harrimans] 

`` Prescott S. Bush--1 share '' 

[director of UBC, which was co-founded and sponsored by his father-in-law George Walker; 

senior managing partner for E. Roland Harriman and Averell Harriman] 

`` H.J. Kouwenhoven--1 share '' 

[director of UBC; organized UBC as the emissary of Fritz Thyssen in negotiations with George 

Walker and Averell Harriman; managing director of UBC's Netherlands affiliate under Nazi 

occupation; industrial executive in Nazi Germany; director and chief foreign financial executive of 

the German Steel Trust] 

`` Johann G. Groeninger--1 share '' 

[director of UBC and of its Netherlands affiliate; industrial executive in Nazi Germany] 

`` all of which shares are held for the benefit of ... members of the Thyssen 

family, [and] is property of nationals ... of a designated enemy country.... '' 

By Oct. 26, 1942, U.S. troops were under way for North Africa. On Oct. 28, the 

government issued orders seizing two Nazi front organizations run by the Bush-Harriman 

bank: the Holland-American Trading Corporation and the Seamless Steel Equipment 

Corporation.@s2 

U.S. forces landed under fire near Algiers on Nov. 8, 1942; heavy combat raged 

throughout November. Nazi interests in the Silesian-American Corporation, long 

managed by Prescott Bush and his father-in-law George Herbert Walker, were seized 

under the Trading with the Enemy Act on Nov. 17, 1942. In this action, the government 

announced that it was seizing only the Nazi interests, leaving the Nazis' U.S. partners to 

carry on the business.@s3 

These and other actions taken by the U.S. government in wartime were, tragically, too 

little and too late. President Bush's family had already played a central role in financing 

and arming Adolf Hitler for his takeover of Germany; in financing and managing the 

buildup of Nazi war industries for the conquest of Europe and war against the U.S.A.; 

and in the development of Nazi genocide theories and racial propaganda, with their wellknown 

results. 

The facts presented here must be known, and their implications reflected upon, for a 

proper understanding of President George Herbert Walker Bush and of the danger to

mankind that he represents. The President's family fortune was largely a result of the 

Hitler project. The powerful Anglo-American family associations, which later boosted 

him into the Central Intelligence Agency and up to the White House, were his father's 

partners in the Hitler project. 

President Franklin Roosevelt's Alien Property Custodian, Leo T. Crowley, signed Vesting 

Order Number 248 seizing the property of Prescott Bush under the Trading with the 

Enemy Act. The order, published in obscure government record books and kept out of the 

news,@s4 explained nothing about the Nazis involved; only that the Union Banking 

Corporation was run for the `` Thyssen family '' of `` Germany and/or Hungary ''--`` 

nationals ... of a designated enemy country. '' 

By deciding that Prescott Bush and the other directors of the Union Banking Corp. were 

legally front men for the Nazis, the government avoided the more important historical 

issue: In what way were Hitler's Nazis themselves hired, armed and instructed by the 

New York and London clique of which Prescott Bush was an executive manager? Let us 

examine the Harriman-Bush Hitler project from the 1920s until it was partially broken 

up, to seek an answer for that question. 

Origin and Extent of the Project 

Fritz Thyssen and his business partners are universally recognized as the most important 

German financiers of Adolf Hitler's takeover of Germany. At the time of the order seizing 

the Thyssen family's Union Banking Corp., Mr. Fritz Thyssen had already published his 

famous book, I Paid Hitler,@s5 admitting that he had financed Adolf Hitler and the Nazi 

movement since October 1923. Thyssen's role as the leading early backer of Hitler's grab 

for power in Germany had been noted by U.S. diplomats in Berlin in 1932.@s6 The order 

seizing the Bush-Thyssen bank was curiously quiet and modest about the identity of the 

perpetrators who had been nailed. 

But two weeks before the official order, government investigators had reported secretly 

that `` W. Averell Harriman was in Europe sometime prior to 1924 and at that time 

became acquainted with Fritz Thyssen, the German industrialist. '' Harriman and Thyssen 

agreed to set up a bank for Thyssen in New York. `` [C]ertain of [Harriman's] associates 

would serve as directors.... '' Thyssen agent `` H. J. Kouwenhoven ... came to the United 

States ... prior to 1924 for conferences with the Harriman Company in this connection.... 

''@s7 

When exactly was `` Harriman in Europe sometime prior to 1924 ''? In fact, he was in 

Berlin in 1922 to set up the Berlin branch of W.A. Harriman & Co. under George 

Walker's presidency. 

The Union Banking Corporation was established formally in 1924, as a unit in the 

Manhattan offices of W.A. Harriman & Co., interlocking with the Thyssen-owned Bank 

voor Handel en Scheepvaart (BHS) in the Netherlands. The investigators concluded that

`` the Union Banking Corporation has since its inception handled funds chiefly supplied 

to it through the Dutch bank by the Thyssen interests for American investment. '' 

Thus by personal agreement between Averell Harriman and Fritz Thyssen in 1922, W.A. 

Harriman & Co. (alias Union Banking Corporation) would be transferring funds back and 

forth between New York and the `` Thyssen interests '' in Germany. By putting up about 

$400,000, the Harriman organization would be joint owner and manager of Thyssen's 

banking operations outside of Germany. 

How important was the Nazi enterprise for which President Bush's father was the New 

York banker? 

The 1942 U.S. government investigative report said that Bush's Nazi-front bank was an 

interlocking concern with the Vereinigte Stahlwerke (United Steel Works Corporation or 

German Steel Trust) led by Fritz Thyssen and his two brothers. After the war, 

Congressional investigators probed the Thyssen interests, Union Banking Corp. and 

related Nazi units. The investigation showed that the Vereinigte Stahlwerke had produced 

the following approximate proportions of total German national output: 

50.8% of Nazi Germany's pig iron 

41.4% of Nazi Germany's universal plate 

36.0% of Nazi Germany's heavy plate 

38.5% of Nazi Germany's galvanized sheet 

45.5% of Nazi Germany's pipes and tubes 

22.1% of Nazi Germany's wire 

35.0% of Nazi Germany's explosives.@s8 

Prescott Bush became vice president of W.A. Harriman & Co. in 1926. That same year, a 

friend of Harriman and Bush set up a giant new organization for their client Fritz 

Thyssen, prime sponsor of politician Adolf Hitler. The new German Steel Trust, 

Germany's largest industrial corporation, was organized in 1926 by Wall Street banker 

Clarence Dillon. Dillon was the old comrade of Prescott Bush's father Sam Bush from the 

`` Merchants of Death '' bureau in World War I. 

In return for putting up $70 million to create his organization, majority owner Thyssen 

gave the Dillon Read company two or more representatives on the board of the new Steel 

Trust.@s9 

Thus there is a division of labor: Thyssen's own confidential accounts, for political and 

related purposes, were run through the Walker-Bush organization; the German Steel 

Trust did its corporate banking through Dillon Read. 

The Walker-Bush firm's banking activities were not just politically neutral moneymaking 

ventures which happened to coincide with the aims of German Nazis. All of the 

firm's European business in those days was organized around anti-democratic political 

forces.

In 1927, criticism of their support for totalitarianism drew this retort from Bert Walker, 

written from Kennebunkport to Averell Harriman: `` It seems to me that the suggestion in 

connection with Lord Bearsted's views that we withdraw from Russia smacks somewhat 

of the impertinent.... I think that we have drawn our line and should hew to it. ''@s1@s0 

Averell Harriman met with Italy's fascist dictator, Benito Mussolini. A representative of 

the firm subsequently telegraphed good news back to his chief executive Bert Walker: `` 

... During these last days ... Mussolini ... has examined and approved our c[o]ntract 15 

June. ''@s1@s1 

The great financial collapse of 1929-31 shook America, Germany and Britain, weakening 

all governments. It also made the hard-pressed Prescott Bush even more willing to do 

whatever was necessary to retain his new place in the world. It was in this crisis that 

certain Anglo-Americans determined on the installation of a Hitler regime in Germany. 

W.A. Harriman & Co., well-positioned for this enterprise and rich in assets from their 

German and Russian business, merged with the British-American investment house, 

Brown Brothers, on January 1, 1931. Bert Walker retired to his own G.H. Walker & Co. 

This left the Harriman brothers, Prescott Bush and Thatcher M. Brown as the senior 

partners of the new Brown Brothers Harriman firm. (The London, England branch of the 

Brown family firm continued operating under its historic name--Brown, Shipley.) 

Robert A. Lovett also came over as a partner from Brown Brothers. His father, E.H. 

Harriman's lawyer and railroad chief, had been on the War Industries Board with 

Prescott's father. Though he remained a partner in Brown Brothers Harriman, the junior 

Lovett soon replaced his father as chief executive of Union Pacific Railroad. 

Brown Brothers had a racial tradition that fitted it well for the Hitler project! American 

patriots had cursed its name back in U.S. Civil War days. Brown Brothers, with offices in 

the U.S.A. and in England, had carried on their ships fully 75 percent of the slave cotton 

from the American South over to British mill owners. Now in 1931, the virtual dictator of 

world finance, Bank of England Governor Montagu Collet Norman, was a former Brown 

Brothers partner, whose grandfather had been boss of Brown Brothers during the U.S. 

Civil War. Montagu Norman was known as the most avid of Hitler's supporters within 

British ruling circles, and Norman's intimacy with this firm was essential to his 

management of the Hitler project. 

In 1931, while Prescott Bush ran the New York office of Brown Brothers Harriman, 

Prescott's partner was Montagu Norman's intimate friend Thatcher Brown. The Bank of 

England chief always stayed at the home of Prescott's partner on his hush-hush trips to 

New York. Prescott Bush concentrated on the firm's German activities, and Thatcher 

Brown saw to their business in old England, under the guidance of his mentor Montagu 

Norman.@s1@s2 

Hitler's Ladder to Power

Adolf Hitler became Chancellor of Germany January 30, 1933, and absolute dictator in 

March 1933, after two years of expensive and violent lobbying and electioneering. Two 

affiliates of the Bush-Harriman organization played great parts in this criminal 

undertaking: Thyssen's German Steel Trust; and the Hamburg-Amerika Line and several 

of its executives.@s1@s3 

Let us look more closely at the Bush family's German partners. 

Fritz Thyssen told Allied interrogators after the war about some of his financial support 

for the Nazi Party: `` In 1930 or 1931 ... I told [Hitler's deputy Rudolph] Hess ... I would 

arrange a credit for him with a Dutch bank in Rotterdam, the Bank fu@aur Handel und 

Schiff [i.e. Bank voor Handel en Scheepvaart (BHS), the Harriman-Bush affiliate]. I 

arranged the credit ... he would pay it back in three years.... I chose a Dutch bank because 

I did not want to be mixed up with German banks in my position, and because I thought it 

was better to do business with a Dutch bank, and I thought I would have the Nazis a little 

more in my hands... . 

`` The credit was about 250-300,000 [gold] marks--about the sum I had given before. The 

loan has been repaid in part to the Dutch bank, but I think some money is still owing on 

it.... ''@s1@s4 

The overall total of Thyssen's political donations and loans to the Nazis was well over a 

million dollars, including funds he raised from others--in a period of terrible money 

shortage in Germany. 

Friedrich Flick was the major co-owner of the German Steel Trust with Fritz Thyssen, 

Thyssen's long-time collaborator and occasional competitor. In preparation for the war 

crimes tribunal at Nuremberg, the U.S. government said that Flick was `` one of leading 

financiers and industrialists who from 1932 contributed large sums to the Nazi Party ... 

member of `Circle of Friends' of Himmler who contributed large sums to the SS. 

''@s1@s5 

Flick, like Thyssen, financed the Nazis to maintain their private armies called 

Schutzstaffel (S.S. or Black Shirts) and Sturmabteilung (S.A., storm troops or Brown 

Shirts). 

The Flick-Harriman partnership was directly supervised by Prescott Bush, President 

Bush's father, and by George Walker, President Bush's grandfather. 

The Harriman-Walker Union Banking Corp. arrangements for the German Steel Trust 

had made them bankers for Flick and his vast operations in Germany by no later than 

1926. 

The Harriman Fifteen Corporation (George Walker, president, Prescott Bush and Averell 

Harriman, sole directors) held a substantial stake in the Silesian Holding Co. at the time 

of the merger with Brown Brothers, Jan. 1, 1931. This holding correlated to Averell

Harriman's chairmanship of the Consolidated Silesian Steel Corporation, the American 

group owning one-third of a complex of steel-making, coal-mining and zinc-mining 

activities in Germany and Poland, in which Friedrich Flick owned two-thirds.@s1@s6 

The Nuremberg prosecutor characterized Flick as follows: 

`` Proprietor and head of a large group of industrial enterprises (coal and iron mines, steel 

producing and fabricating plants) ... `Wehrwirtschaftsfuh@aurer', 1938 [title awarded to 

prominent industrialists for merit in armaments drive--`Military Economy Leader'].... 

''@s1@s7 

For this buildup of the Hitler war machine with coal, steel and arms production, using 

slave laborers, the Nazi Flick was condemned to seven years in prison at the Nuremberg 

trials; he served three years. With friends in New York and London, however, Flick lived 

into the 1970s and died a billionaire. 

On March 19, 1934, Prescott Bush--then director of the German Steel Trust's Union 

Banking Corporation--initiated an alert to the absent Averell Harriman about a problem 

which had developed in the Flick partnership.@s1@s8 Bush sent Harriman a clipping 

from the New York Times of that day, which reported that the Polish government was 

fighting back against American and German stockholders who controlled `` Poland's 

largest industrial unit, the Upper Silesian Coal and Steel Company.... '' 

The Times article continued: `` The company has long been accused of mismanagement, 

excessive borrowing, fictitious bookkeeping and gambling in securities. Warrants were 

issued in December for several directors accused of tax evasions. They were German 

citizens and they fled. They were replaced by Poles. Herr Flick, regarding this as an 

attempt to make the company's board entirely Polish, retaliated by restricting credits until 

the new Polish directors were unable to pay the workmen regularly. '' 

The Times noted that the company's mines and mills `` employ 25,000 men and account 

for 45 percent of Poland's total steel output and 12 percent of her coal production. Twothirds 

of the company's stock is owned by Friedrich Flick, a leading German steel 

industrialist, and the remainder is owned by interests in the United States. '' 

In view of the fact that a great deal of Polish output was being exported to Hitler 

Germany under depression conditions, the Polish government thought that Prescott Bush, 

Harriman and their Nazi partners should at least pay full taxes on their Polish holdings. 

The U.S. and Nazi owners responded with a lockout. The letter to Harriman in 

Washington reported a cable from their European representative: `` Have undertaken new 

steps London Berlin ... please establish friendly relations with Polish Ambassador [in 

Washington]. '' 

A 1935 Harriman Fifteen Corporation memo from George Walker announced an 

agreement had been made `` in Berlin '' to sell an 8,000 block of their shares in

Consolidated Silesian Steel.@s1@s9 But the dispute with Poland did not deter the Bush 

family from continuing its partnership with Flick. 

Nazi tanks and bombs `` settled '' this dispute in September, 1939 with the invasion of 

Poland, beginning World War II. The Nazi army had been equipped by Flick, Harriman, 

Walker and Bush, with materials essentially stolen from Poland. 

There were probably few people at the time who could appreciate the irony, that when the 

Soviets also attacked and invaded Poland from the East, their vehicles were fueled by oil 

pumped from Baku wells revived by the Harriman/Walker/Bush enterprise. 

Three years later, nearly a year after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, the U.S. 

government ordered the seizure of the Nazis' share in the Silesian-American Corporation 

under the Trading with the Enemy Act. Enemy nationals were said to own 49 percent of 

the common stock and 41.67 percent of the preferred stock of the company. 

The order characterized the company as a `` business enterprise within the United States, 

owned by [a front company in] Zurich, Switzerland, and held for the benefit of 

Bergwerksgesellschaft George von Giesche's Erben, a German corporation.... ''@s2@s0 

Bert Walker was still the senior director of the company, which he had founded back in 

1926 simultaneously with the creation of the German Steel Trust. Ray Morris, Prescott's 

partner from Union Banking Corp. and Brown Brothers Harriman, was also a director. 

The investigative report prior to the government crackdown explained the `` NATURE 

OF BUSINESS: The subject corporation is an American holding company for German 

and Polish subsidiaries, which own large and valuable coal and zinc mines in Silesia, 

Poland and Germany. Since September 1939, these properties have been in the 

possession of and have been operated by the German government and have undoubtedly 

been of considerable assistance to that country in its war effort. ''@s2@s1 

The report noted that the American stockholders hoped to regain control of the European 

properties after the war. 

Control of Nazi Commerce 

Bert Walker had arranged the credits Harriman needed to take control of the Hamburg- 

Amerika Line back in 1920. Walker had organized the American Ship and Commerce 

Corp. as a unit of the W.A. Harriman & Co., with contractual power over Hamburg- 

Amerika's affairs. 

As the Hitler project went into high gear, Harriman-Bush shares in American Ship and 

Commerce Corp. were held by the Harriman Fifteen Corp., run by Prescott Bush and Bert 

Walker.@s2@s2

It was a convenient stroll for the well-tanned, athletic, handsome Prescott Bush: From the 

Brown Brothers Harriman skyscraper at 59 Wall Street--where he was senior managing 

partner, confidential investments manager and adviser to Averell and his brother `` 

Bunny ''--he walked across to the Harriman Fifteen Corporation at One Wall Street, 

otherwise known as G.H. Walker & Co.--and around the corner to his subsidiary offices 

at 39 Broadway, former home of the old W.A. Harriman & Co., and still the offices for 

American Ship and Commerce Corp., and of the Union Banking Corporation. 

In many ways, Bush's Hamburg-Amerika Line was the pivot for the entire Hitler project. 

Averell Harriman and Bert Walker had gained control over the steamship company in 

1920 in negotiations with its post-World War I chief executive, Wilhelm Cuno, and with 

the line's bankers, M.M. Warburg. Cuno was thereafter completely dependent on the 

Anglo-Americans, and became a member of the Anglo-German Friendship Society. In 

the 1930-32 drive for a Hitler dictatorship, Wilhelm Cuno contributed important sums to 

the Nazi Party.@s2@s3 

Albert Voegler was chief executive of the Thyssen-Flick German Steel Trust for which 

Bush's Union Banking Corp. was the New York office. He was a director of the Bushaffiliate 

BHS Bank in Rotterdam, and a director of the Harriman-Bush Hamburg- 

Amerika Line. Voegler joined Thyssen and Flick in their heavy 1930-33 Nazi 

contributions, and helped organize the final Nazi leap into national power.@s2@s4 

The Schroeder family of bankers was a linchpin for the Nazi activities of Harriman and 

Prescott Bush, closely tied to their lawyers Allen and John Foster Dulles. 

Baron Kurt von Schroeder was co-director of the massive Thyssen-Hu@autte foundry 

along with Johann Groeninger, Prescott Bush's New York bank partner. Kurt von 

Schroeder was treasurer of the support organization for the Nazi Party's private armies, to 

which Friedrich Flick contributed. Kurt von Schroeder and Montagu Norman's 

prote@aage@aa Hjalmar Schacht together made the final arrangements for Hitler to enter 

the government.@s2@s5 

Baron Rudolph von Schroeder was vice president and director of the Hamburg-Amerika 

Line. Long an intimate contact of Averell Harriman's in Germany, Baron Rudolph sent 

his grandson Baron Johann Rudolph for a tour of Prescott Bush's Brown Brothers 

Harriman offices in New York City in December 1932--on the eve of their Hitlertriumph.@s2@s6 

Certain actions taken directly by the Harriman-Bush shipping line in 1932 must be 

ranked among the gravest acts of treason in this century. 

The U.S. embassy in Berlin reported back to Washington that the `` costly election 

campaigns '' and `` the cost of maintaining a private army of 300,000 to 400,000 men '' 

had raised questions as to the Nazis' financial backers. The constitutional government of 

the German republic moved to defend national freedom by ordering the Nazi Party

private armies disbanded. The U.S. embassy reported that the Hamburg-Amerika Line 

was purchasing and distributing propaganda attacks against the German government, 

for attempting this last-minute crackdown on Hitler's forces.@s2@s7 

Thousands of German opponents of Hitlerism were shot or intimidated by privately 

armed Nazi Brown Shirts. In this connection we note that the original `` Merchant of 

Death, '' Samuel Pryor, was a founding director of both the Union Banking Corp. and the 

American Ship and Commerce Corp. Since Mr. Pryor was executive committee chairman 

of Remington Arms and a central figure in the world's private arms traffic, his use to the 

Hitler project was enhanced as the Bush family's partner in Nazi Party banking and trans- 

Atlantic shipping. 

The U.S. Senate arms-traffic investigators probed Remington after it was joined in a 

cartel agreement on explosives to the Nazi firm I.G. Farben. Looking at the period 

leading up to Hitler's seizure of power, the Senators found that `` German political 

associations, like the Nazi and others, are nearly all armed with American ... guns.... 

Arms of all kinds coming from America are transshipped in the Scheldt to river barges 

before the vessels arrive in Antwerp. They then can be carried through Holland without 

police inspection or interference. The Hitlerists and Communists are presumed to get 

arms in this manner. The principal arms coming from America are Thompson 

submachine guns and revolvers. The number is great. ''@s2@s8 

The beginning of the Hitler regime brought some bizarre changes to the Hamburg- 

Amerika Line--and more betrayals. 

Prescott Bush's American Ship and Commerce Corp. notified Max Warburg of Hamburg, 

Germany, on March 7, 1933, that Warburg was to be the corporation's official, designated 

representative on the board of Hamburg-Amerika.@s2@s9 

Max Warburg replied on March 27, 1933, assuring his American sponsors that the Hitler 

government was good for Germany: `` For the last few years business was considerably 

better than we had anticipated, but a reaction is making itself felt for some months. We 

are actually suffering also under the very active propaganda against Germany, caused by 

some unpleasant circumstances. These occurrences were the natural consequence of the 

very excited election campaign, but were extraordinarily exaggerated in the foreign press. 

The Government is firmly resolved to maintain public peace and order in Germany, and I 

feel perfectly convinced in this respect that there is no cause for any alarm whatsoever. 

''@s3@s0 

This seal of approval for Hitler, coming from a famous Jew, was just what Harriman and 

Bush required, for they anticipated rather serious `` alarm '' inside the U.S.A. against their 

Nazi operations. 

On March 29, 1933, two days after Max's letter to Harriman, Max's son, Erich Warburg, 

sent a cable to his cousin Frederick M. Warburg, a director of the Harriman railroad 

system. He asked Frederick to `` use all your influence '' to stop all anti-Nazi activity in

America, including `` atrocity news and unfriendly propaganda in foreign press, mass 

meetings, etc. '' Frederick cabled back to Erich: `` No responsible groups here [are] 

urging [a] boycott [of] German goods[,] merely excited individuals. '' Two days after that, 

On March 31, 1933, the American-Jewish Committee, controlled by the Warburgs, and 

the B'nai B'rith, heavily influenced by the Sulzbergers (New York Times), issued a 

formal, official joint statement of the two organizations, counseling `` that no American 

boycott against Germany be encouraged, '' and advising `` that no further mass meetings 

be held or similar forms of agitation be employed. ''@s3@s1 

The American Jewish Committee and the B'nai B'rith (mother of the `` Anti-Defamation 

League '') continued with this hardline, no-attack-on-Hitler stance all through the 1930s, 

blunting the fight mounted by many Jews and other anti-fascists. 

Thus the decisive interchange reproduced above, taking place entirely within the orbit of 

the Harriman/Bush firm, may explain something of the relationship of George Bush to 

American Jewish and Zionist leaders. Some of them, in close cooperation with his family, 

played an ugly part in the drama of Naziism. Is this why `` professional Nazi-hunters '' 

have never discovered how the Bush family made its money? 

The executive board of the Hamburg Amerika Line (Hapag) met jointly with the North 

German Lloyd Company board in Hamburg on Sept. 5, 1933. Under official Nazi 

supervision, the two firms were merged. Prescott Bush's American Ship and Commerce 

Corp. installed Christian J. Beck, a long-time Harriman executive, as manager of freight 

and operations in North America for the new joint Nazi shipping lines (Hapag-Lloyd) on 

Nov. 4, 1933. 

According to testimony of officials of the companies before Congress in 1934, a 

supervisor from the Nazi Labor Front rode with every ship of the Harriman-Bush line; 

employees of the New York offices were directly organized into the Nazi Labor Front 

organization; Hamburg-Amerika provided free passage to individuals going abroad for 

Nazi propaganda purposes; and the line subsidized pro-Nazi newspapers in the U.S.A., as 

it had done in Germany against the constitutional German government.@s3@s2 

In mid-1936, Prescott Bush's American Ship and Commerce Corp. cabled M.M. 

Warburg, asking Warburg to represent the company's heavy share interest at the 

forthcoming Hamburg-Amerika stockholders meeting. The Warburg office replied with 

the information that `` we represented you '' at the stockholders meeting and `` exercised 

on your behalf your voting power for Rm [gold marks] 3,509,600 Hapag stock deposited 

with us. '' 

The Warburgs transmitted a letter received from Emil Helfferich, German chief executive 

of both Hapag-Lloyd and of the Standard Oil subsidiary in Nazi Germany: `` It is the 

intention to continue the relations with Mr. Harriman on the same basis as heretofore.... '' 

In a colorful gesture, Hapag's Nazi chairman Helfferich sent the line's president across 

the Atlantic on a Zeppelin to confer with their New York string-pullers.

After the meeting with the Zeppelin passenger, the Harriman-Bush office replied: `` I am 

glad to learn that Mr. Hellferich [sic] has stated that relations between the Hamburg 

American Line and ourselves will be continued on the same basis as heretofore. 

''@s3@s3 

Two months before moving against Prescott Bush's Union Banking Corporation, the U. 

S. government ordered the seizure of all property of the Hamburg-Amerika Line and 

North German Lloyd, under the Trading with the Enemy Act. The investigators noted in 

the pre-seizure report that Christian J. Beck was still acting as an attorney representing 

the Nazi firm.@s3@s4 

In May 1933, just after the Hitler regime was consolidated, an agreement was reached in 

Berlin for the coordination of all Nazi commerce with the U.S.A. The Harriman 

International Co., led by Averell Harriman's first cousin Oliver, was to head a syndicate 

of 150 firms and individuals, to conduct all exports from Hitler Germany to the United 

States.@s3@s5 

This pact had been negotiated in Berlin between Hitler's economics minister, Hjalmar 

Schacht, and John Foster Dulles, international attorney for dozens of Nazi enterprises, 

with the counsel of Max Warburg and Kurt von Schroeder. 

John Foster Dulles would later be U.S. Secretary of State, and the great power in the 

Republican Party of the 1950s. Foster's friendship and that of his brother Allen (head of 

the Central Intelligence Agency), greatly aided Prescott Bush to become the Republican 

U.S. Senator from Connecticut. And it was to be of inestimable value to George Bush, in 

his ascent to the heights of `` covert action government, '' that both of these Dulles 

brothers were the lawyers for the Bush family's far-flung enterprise. 

Throughout the 1930s, John Foster Dulles arranged debt restructuring for German firms 

under a series of decrees issued by Adolf Hitler. In these deals, Dulles struck a balance 

between the interest owed to selected, larger investors, and the needs of the growing Nazi 

war-making apparatus for producing tanks, poison gas, etc. 

Dulles wrote to Prescott Bush in 1937 concerning one such arrangement. The German- 

Atlantic Cable Company, owning Nazi Germany's only telegraph channel to the United 

States, had made debt and management agreements with the Walker-Harriman bank 

during the 1920s. A new decree would now void those agreements, which had originally 

been reached with non-Nazi corporate officials. Dulles asked Bush, who managed these 

affairs for Averell Harriman, to get Averell's signature on a letter to Nazi officials, 

agreeing to the changes. Dulles wrote: 

Sept. 22, 1937 

Mr. Prescott S. Bush 

59 Wall Street, New York, N.Y.

Dear Press, 

I have looked over the letter of the German-American [sic] Cable Company to Averell 

Harriman.... It would appear that the only rights in the matter are those which inure in the 

bankers and that no legal embarrassment would result, so far as the bondholders are 

concerned, by your acquiescence in the modification of the bankers' agreement. 

Sincerely yours, 

John Foster Dulles 

Dulles enclosed a proposed draft reply, Bush got Harriman's signature, and the changes 

went through.@s3@s6 

In conjunction with these arrangements, the German Atlantic Cable Company attempted 

to stop payment on its debts to smaller American bondholders. The money was to be used 

instead for arming the Nazi state, under a decree of the Hitler government. 

Despite the busy efforts of Bush and Dulles, a New York court decided that this 

particular Hitler `` law '' was invalid in the United States; small bondholders, not parties 

to deals between the bankers and the Nazis, were entitled to get paid.@s3@s7 

In this and a few other of the attempted swindles, the intended victims came out with 

their money. But the Nazi financial and political reorganization went ahead to its tragic 

climax. 

For his part in the Hitler revolution, Prescott Bush was paid a fortune. 

This is the legacy he left to his son, President George Bush. 

An Important Historical Note: 

How the Harrimans Hired Hitler 

It was not inevitable that millions would be slaughtered under fascism and in World War 

II. At certain moments of crisis, crucial pro-Nazi decisions were made outside of 

Germany. These decisions for pro-Nazi actions were more aggressive than the mere `` 

appeasement '' which Anglo-American historians later preferred to discuss. 

Private armies of 300,000 to 400,000 terrorists aided the Nazis' rise to power. W.A. 

Harriman's Hamburg-Amerika Line intervened against Germany's 1932 attempt to break 

them up. 

The 1929-31 economic collapse bankrupted the Wall-Street-backed German Steel Trust. 

When the German government took over the Trust's stock shares, interests associated 

with Konrad Adenauer and the anti-Nazi Catholic Center Party attempted to acquire the

shares. But the Anglo-Americans--Montagu Norman, and the Harriman-Bush bank-made 

sure that their Nazi puppet Fritz Thyssen regained control over the shares and the 

Trust. Thyssen's bankrolling of Hitler could then continue unhindered. 

Unpayable debts crushed Germany in the 1920s, reparations required by the Versailles 

agreements. Germany was looted by the London-New York banking system, and Hitler's 

propaganda exploited this German debt burden. 

But immediately after Germany came under Hitler's dictatorship, the Anglo-American 

financiers granted debt relief, which freed funds to be used for arming the Nazi state. 

The North German Lloyd steamship line, which was merged with Hamburg-Amerika 

Line, was one of the companies which stopped debt payments under a Hitler decree 

arranged by John Foster Dulles and Hjalmar Schacht. 

Kuhn Loeb and Co.'s Felix Warburg carried out the Hitler finance plan in New York. 

Kuhn Loeb asked North German Lloyd bondholders to accept new lower interest 

steamship bonds, issued by Kuhn Loeb, in place of the better pre-Hitler bonds. 

The Opposition 

New York attorney Jacob Chaitkin, father of coauthor Anton Chaitkin, took the cases of 

many different bondholders who rejected the swindle by Harriman, Bush, Warburg, and 

Hitler. Representing a women who was owed $30 on an old steamship bond--and 

opposing John Foster Dulles in New York municipal court--Chaitkin threatened a writ 

from the sheriff, tying up the 30,000 ton transatlantic liner Europa until the client 

received her $30. (New York Times, January 10, 1934, p. 31 col. 3). 

The American Jewish Congress hired Jacob Chaitkin as the legal director of the boycott 

against Nazi Germany. The American Federation of Labor cooperated with Jewish and 

other groups in the anti-import boycott. On the other side, virtually all the Nazi trade with 

the United States was under the supervision of the Harriman interests and functionaries 

such as Prescott Bush, father of President George Bush. 

Meanwhile, the Warburgs demanded that American Jews not `` agitate '' against the 

Hitler government, or join the organized boycott. The Warburgs' decision was carried out 

by the American Jewish Committee and the B'nai B'rith, who opposed the boycott as the 

Nazi military state grew increasingly powerful. 

The historical coverup on these events is so tight that virtually the only expose@aa of the 

Warburgs came in journalist John L. Spivak's `` Wall Street's Fascist Conspiracy, '' in the 

pro-communist New Masses periodical (Jan. 29 and Feb. 5, 1934). Spivak pointed out 

that the Warburgs controlled the American Jewish Committee, which opposed the anti- 

Nazi boycott, while their Kuhn Loeb and Co. had underwritten Nazi shipping; and he 

exposed the financing of pro-fascist political activities by the Warburgs and their partners

and allies, many of whom were bigwigs in the American Jewish Committee and B'nai 

B'rith. 

Given where the Spivak piece appeared, it is not surprising that Spivak called Warburg 

an ally of the Morgan Bank, but made no mention of Averell Harriman. Mr. Harriman, 

after all, was a permanent hero of the Soviet Union. 

John L. Spivak later underwent a curious transformation, himself joining the coverup. In 

1967, he wrote an autobiography (A Man in His Time, New York: Horizon Press), which 

praises the American Jewish Committee. The pro-fascism of the Warburgs does not 

appear in the book. The former `` rebel '' Spivak also praises the action arm of the B'nai 

B'rith, the Anti-Defamation League. Pathetically, he comments favorably that the League 

has spy files on the American populace which it shares with government agencies. 

Thus is history erased; and those decisions, which direct history into one course or 

another, are lost to the knowledge of the current generation. 

NOTES: 

1. Office of Alien Property Custodian, Vesting Order No. 248. The order was signed by Leo T. Crowley, 

Alien Property Custodian, executed October 20, 1942; F.R. Doc. 42-11568; Filed, November 6, 1942, 

11:31 A.M.; 7 Fed. Reg. 9097 (Nov. 7, 1942). See also the New York City Directory of Directors (available 

at the Library of Congress). The volumes for the 1930s and 1940s list Prescott Bush as a director of Union 

Banking Corporation for the years 1934 through 1943. 

2. Alien Property Custodian Vesting Order No. 259: Seamless Steel Equipment Corporation; Vesting Order 

No. 261: Holland-American Trading Corp. 

3. Alien Property Custodian Vesting Order No. 370: Silesian-American Corp. 

4. The New York Times on December 16, 1944, ran a five-paragraph page 25 article on actions of the New 

York State Banking Department. Only the last sentence refers to the Nazi bank, as follows: `` The Union 

Banking Corporation, 39 Broadway, New York, has received authority to change its principal place of 

business to 120 Broadway. '' 

The Times omitted the fact that the Union Banking Corporation had been seized by the government for 

trading with the enemy, and even the fact that 120 Broadway was the address of the government's Alien 

Property Custodian. 

5. Fritz Thyssen, I Paid Hitler, 1941, reprinted in (Port Washington, N.Y.: Kennikat Press, 1972), p. 133. 

Thyssen says his contributions began with 100,000 marks given in October 1923, for Hitler's attempted `` 

putsch '' against the constitutional government. 

6. Confidential memorandum from U.S. embassy, Berlin, to the U.S. Secretary of State, April 20, 1932, on 

microfilm in Confidential Reports of U.S. State Dept., 1930s, Germany, at major U.S. libraries. 

7. Oct. 5, 1942, Memorandum to the Executive Committee of the Office of Alien Property Custodian, 

stamped CONFIDENTIAL, from the Division of Investigation and Research, Homer Jones, Chief. Now 

declassified in United States National Archives, Suitland, Maryland annex. See Record Group 131, Alien 

Property Custodian, investigative reports, in file box relating to Vesting Order No. 248.

8. Elimination of German Resources for War: Hearings Before a Subcommittee of the Committee on 

Military Affairs, United States Senate, Seventy-Ninth Congress; Part 5, Testimony of [the United States] 

Treasury Department, July 2, 1945. P. 507: Table of Vereinigte Stahlwerke output, figures are percent of 

German total as of 1938; Thyssen organization including Union Banking Corporation pp. 727-31. 

9. Robert Sobel, The Life and Times of Dillon Read (New York: Dutton-Penguin, 1991), pp. 92-111. The 

Dillon Read firm cooperated in the development of Sobel's book. 

10. George Walker to Averell Harriman, Aug. 11, 1927, in the W. Averell Harriman papers at the Library 

of Congress (designated hereafter WAH papers). 

11. `` Iaccarino '' to G. H. Walker, RCA Radiogram Sept. 12, 1927. The specific nature of their business 

with Mussolini is not explained in correspondence available for public access. 

12. Andrew Boyle, Montagu Norman (London: Cassell, 1967). 

Sir Henry Clay, Lord Norman (London, MacMillan & Co., 1957), pp. 18, 57, 70-71. 

John A. Kouwenhouven, Partners in Banking ... Brown Brothers Harriman (Garden City: Doubleday & 

Co., 1969). 

13. Coordination of much of the Hitler project took place at a single New York address. The Union 

Banking Corporation had been set up by George Walker at 39 Broadway. Management of the Hamburg- 

Amerika Line, carried out through Harriman's American Ship and Commerce Corp., was also set up by 

George Walker at 39 Broadway. 

14. Interrogation of Fritz Thyssen, EF/Me/1 of Sept. 4, 1945 in U.S. Control Council records, photostat on 

page 167 in Anthony Sutton, An Introduction to The Order (Billings, Mt.: Liberty House Press, 1986). 

15. Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression--Supplement B, by the Office of United States Chief of Counsel for 

Prosecution of Axis Criminality, United States Government Printing Office, (Washington: 1948), pp. 1597, 

1686. 

16. `` Consolidated Silesian Steel Corporation - [minutes of the] Meeting of Board of Directors, '' Oct. 31, 

1930 (Harriman papers, Library of Congress), shows Averell Harriman as Chairman of the Board. 

Prescott Bush to W.A. Harriman, Memorandum Dec. 19, 1930 on their Harriman Fifteen Corp. 

Annual Report of United Konigs and Laura Steel and Iron Works for the year 1930 (Harriman papers, 

Library of Congress) lists `` Dr. Friedrich Flick ... Berlin '' and `` William Averell Harriman ... New York '' 

on the Board of Directors. 

`` Harriman Fifteen Corporation Securities Position February 28, 1931, '' Harriman papers, Library of 

Congress. This report shows Harriman Fifteen Corporation holding 32,576 shares in Silesian Holding Co. 

V.T.C. worth (in scarce depression dollars) $1,628,800, just over half the value of the Harriman Fifteen 

Corporation's total holdings. 

The New York City Directory of Directors volumes for the 1930s (available at the Library of Congress) 

show Prescott Sheldon Bush and W. Averell Harriman as the directors of Harriman Fifteen Corp. 

`` Appointments, '' (three typed pages) marked `` Noted May 18 1931 W.A.H., '' (among the papers from 

Prescott Bush's New York Office of Brown Brothers Harriman, Harriman papers, Library of Congress), 

lists a meeting between Averell Harriman and Friedrich Flick in Berlin at 4:00 P.M., Wednesday April 22,

1931. This was followed immediately by a meeting with Wilhelm Cuno, chief executive of the Hamburg- 

Amerika Line. 

The `` Report To the Stockholders of the Harriman Fifteen Corporation, '' Oct. 19, 1933 (in the Harriman 

papers, Library of Congress) names G.H. Walker as president of the corporation. It shows the Harriman 

Fifteen Corporation's address as 1 Wall Street--the location of G.H. Walker and Co. 

17. Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression--Supplement B, op. cit., p. 1686. 

18. Jim Flaherty (a BBH manager, Prescott Bush's employee), March 19, 1934 to W.A. Harriman. 

`` Dear Averell: 

In Roland's absence Pres[cott] thought it advisable for me to let you know that we received the 

following cable from [our European representative] Rossi dated March 17th [relating to conflict 

with the Polish government]....'' 

19. Harriman Fifteen Corporation notice to stockholders Jan. 7, 1935, under the name of George Walker, 

President. 

20. Order No. 370: Silesian-American Corp. Executed Nov. 17, 1942. Signed by Leo T. Crowley, Alien 

Property Custodian. F.R. Doc. 42-14183; Filed Dec. 31, 1942, 11:28 A.M.; 8 Fed. Reg. 33 (Jan. 1, 1943). 

The order confiscated the Nazis' holdings of 98,000 shares of common and 50,000 shares of preferred stock 

in Silesian-American. 

The Nazi parent company in Breslau, Germany wrote directly to Averell Harriman at 59 Wall St. on Aug. 

5, 1940, with `` an invitation to take part in the regular meeting of the members of the 

Bergwerksgesellsc[h]aft Georg von Giesche's Erben.... '' WAH papers. 

21. Sept. 25, 1942, Memorandum To the Executive Committee of the Office of Alien Property Custodian, 

stamped CONFIDENTIAL, from the Division of Investigation and Research, Homer Jones, Chief. Now 

declassified in United States National Archives, Suitland, Maryland annex. See Record Group 131, Alien 

Property Custodian, investigative reports, in file box relating to Vesting Order No. 370. 

22. George Walker was a director of American Ship and Commerce from its organization through 1928. 

Consult New York City Directory of Directors. 

`` Harriman Fifteen Corporation Securities Position February 28, 1931, '' op. cit. The report lists 46,861 

shares in the American Ship & Commerce Corp. 

See `` Message from Mr. Bullfin, '' Aug. 30, 1934 (Harriman Fifteen section, Harriman papers, Library of 

Congress) for the joint supervision of Bush and Walker, respectively director and president of the 

corporation. 

23. Cuno was later exposed by Walter Funk, Third Reich Press Chief and Under Secretary of Propaganda, 

in Funk's postwar jail cell at Nuremberg; but Cuno had died just as Hitler was taking power. William L. 

Shirer, The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1960), p. 144. Nazi 

Conspiracy and Aggression--Supplement B, op. cit., p. 1688. 

24. See `` Elimination of German Resources for War, '' op. cit., pp. 881-82 on Voegler. 

See Annual Report of the (Hamburg-Amerikanische-Packetfahrt-Aktien-Gesellschaft (Hapag or Hamburg- 

Amerika Line), March 1931, for the board of directors. A copy is in the New York Public Library Annex at 

11th Avenue, Manhattan.

25. Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression--Supplement B, op. cit., pp. 1178, 1453-54, 1597, 1599. 

See `` Elimination of German Resources for War, '' op. cit., pp. 870-72 on Schroeder; p. 730 on 

Groeninger. 

26. Annual Report of Hamburg-Amerika, op. cit. 

Baron Rudolph Schroeder, Sr. to Averell Harriman, Nov. 14, 1932. K[night] W[ooley] handwritten note 

and draft reply letter, Dec. 9, 1932. 

In his letter, Baron Rudolph refers to the family's American affiliate, J. Henry Schroder [name anglicized], 

of which Allen Dulles was a director, and his brother John Foster Dulles was the principal attorney. 

Baron Bruno Schroder of the British branch was adviser to Bank of England Governor Montagu Norman, 

and Baron Bruno's partner Frank Cyril Tiarks was Norman's co-director of the Bank of England throughout 

Norman's career. Kurt von Schroeder was Hjalmar Schacht's delegate to the Bank for International 

Settlements in Geneva, where many of the financial arrangements for the Nazi regime were made by 

Montagu Norman, Schacht and the Schroeders for several years of the Hitler regime right up to the 

outbreak of World War II. 

27. Confidential memorandum from U.S. embassy, Berlin, op. cit. 

28. U.S. Senate `` Nye Committee '' hearings, Sept. 14, 1934, pp. 1197-98, extracts from letters of Col. 

William N. Taylor, dated June 27, 1932 and Jan. 9, 1933. 

29. American Ship and Commerce Corporation to Dr. Max Warburg, March 7, 1933. 

Max Warburg had brokered the sale of Hamburg-Amerika to Harriman and Walker in 1920. Max's brothers 

controlled the Kuhn Loeb investment banking house in New York, the firm which had staked old E.H. 

Harriman to his 1890s buyout of the giant Union Pacific Railroad. 

Max Warburg had long worked with Lord Milner and others of the racialist British Round Table 

concerning joint projects in Africa and Eastern Europe. He was an advisor to Hjalmar Schacht for several 

decades and was a top executive of Hitler's Reichsbank. The reader may consult David Farrer, The 

Warburgs: The Story of A Family (New York: Stein and Day, 1975). 

30. Max Warburg, at M.M. Warburg and Co., Hamburg, to Averill [sic] Harriman, c/o Messrs. Brown 

Brothers Harriman & Co., 59 Wall Street, New York, N.Y., March 27, 1933. 

31. This correspondence, and the joint statement of the Jewish organizations, are reproduced in Moshe R. 

Gottlieb, American Anti-Nazi Resistance, 1933-41: An Historical Analysis (New York: Ktav Publishing 

House, 1982). 

32. Investigation of Nazi Propaganda Activities and Investigation of Certain Other Propaganda Activities: 

Public Hearings before A Subcommittee of the Special Committee on Un-American Activities, United 

States House of Representatives, Seventy Third Congress, New York City, July 9-12, 1934--Hearings No. 

73-NY-7 (Washington: U.S. Govt. Printing Office, 1934). See testimony of Capt. Frederick C. Mensing, 

John Schroeder, Paul von Lilienfeld-Toal, and summaries by Committee members. 

See New York Times, July 16, 1933, p. 12, for organizing of Nazi Labor Front at North German Lloyd, 

leading to Hamburg-Amerika after merger.

33. American Ship and Commerce Corporation telegram to Rudolph Brinckmann at M.M. Warburg, June 

12, 1936. 

Rudolph Brinckmann to Averell Harriman at 59 Wall St., June 20, 1936, with enclosed note transmitting 

Helfferich's letter. 

Reply to Dr. Rudolph Brinckmann c/o M.M. Warburg and Co, July 6, 1936, in the Harriman papers at the 

Library of Congress. The file copy of this letter carries no signature, but is presumably from Averell 

Harriman. 

34. Office of Alien Property Custodian, Vesting Order No. 126. Signed by Leo T. Crowley, Alien Property 

Custodian, executed August 28, 1942. F.R. Doc. 42-8774; Filed September 4, 1942, 10:55 A.M.; 7 F.R. 

7061 (No. 176, Sept. 5, 1942.) July 18, 1942, Memorandum To the Executive Committee of the Office of 

Alien Property Custodian, stamped CONFIDENTIAL, from the Division of Investigation and Research, 

Homer Jones, Chief. Now declassified in United States National Archives, Suitland, Maryland annex. See 

Record Group 131, Alien Property Custodian, investigative reports, in file box relating to Vesting Order 

No. 126. 

35. New York Times, May 20, 1933. Leading up to this agreement is a telegram which somehow escaped 

the shredder and may be seen in the Harriman papers in the Library of Congress. It is addressed to Nazi 

official Hjalmar Schacht at the Mayflower Hotel, Washington, dated May 11, 1933: `` Much disappointed 

to have missed seeing you Tuesday afternoon.... I hope to see you either in Washington or New York 

before you sail. 

with my regards W.A. Harriman '' 

36. Dulles to Bush letter and draft reply in WAH papers. 

37. New York Times, Jan. 19, 1938.

Chapter -III- Race Hygiene: Three Bush Family 

Alliances 

``The [government] must put the most modern medical means in the service of this knowledge.... 

Those who are physically and mentally unhealthy and unworthy must not perpetuate their 

suffering in the body of their children.... The prevention of the faculty and opportunity to procreate 

on the part of the physically degenerate and mentally sick, over a period of only 600 years, would 

... free humanity from an immeasurable misfortune.'' 

``The per capita income gap between the developed and the developing countries is increasing, in 

large part the result of higher birth rates in the poorer countries.... Famine in India, unwanted 

babies in the United States, poverty that seemed to form an unbreakable chain for millions of 

people--how should we tackle these problems?.... It is quite clear that one of the major challenges 

of the 1970s ... will be to curb the world's fertility.'' 

These two quotations are alike in their mock show of concern for human suffering, and in 

their cynical remedy for it: Big Brother must prevent the `` unworthy '' or `` unwanted '' 

people from living. 

Let us now further inquire into the family background of our President, so as to help 

illustrate how the second quoted author, George Bush@s1 came to share the outlook of 

the first, Adolf Hitler.@s2 

We shall examine here the alliance of the Bush family with three other families: Farish, 

Draper and Gray. 

The private associations among these families have led to the President's relationship to 

his closest, most confidential advisers. These alliances were forged in the earlier Hitler 

project and its immediate aftermath. Understanding them will help us to explain George 

Bush's obsession with the supposed overpopulation of the world's non-Anglo-Saxons, and 

the dangerous means he has adopted to deal with this `` problem. ''

Bush and Farish 

When George Bush was elected Vice President in 1980, Texas mystery man William (`` 

Will '') Stamps Farish III took over management of all of George Bush's personal wealth 

in a `` blind trust. '' Known as one of the richest men in Texas, Will Farish keeps his 

business affairs under the most intense secrecy. Only the source of his immense wealth is 

known, not its employment.@s3 

Will Farish has long been Bush's closest friend and confidante. He is also the unique 

private host to Britain's Queen Elizabeth II: Farish owns and boards the studs which mate 

with the Queen's mares. That is her public rationale when she comes to America and 

stays in Farish's house. It is a vital link in the mind of our Anglophile President. 

President Bush can count on Will Farish not to betray the violent secrets surrounding the 

Bush family money. For Farish's own family fortune was made in the same Hitler project, 

in a nightmarish partnership with George Bush's father. 

On March 25, 1942, U.S. Assistant Attorney General Thurman Arnold announced that 

William Stamps Farish (grandfather of the President's money manager) had pled `` no 

contest '' to charges of criminal conspiracy with the Nazis. Farish was the principal 

manager of a worldwide cartel between Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey and the I.G. 

Farben concern. The merged enterprise had opened the Auschwitz slave labor camp on 

June 14, 1940, to produce artificial rubber and gasoline from coal. The Hitler government 

supplied political opponents and Jews as the slaves, who were worked to near death and 

then murdered. 

Arnold disclosed that Standard Oil of N.J. (later known as Exxon), of which Farish was 

president and chief executive, had agreed to stop hiding from the United States patents 

for artificial rubber which the company had provided to the Nazis.@s4 

A Senate investigating committee under Senator (later U.S. President) Harry Truman of 

Missouri had called Arnold to testify at hearings on U.S. corporations' collaboration with 

the Nazis. The Senators expressed outrage at the cynical way Farish was continuing an 

alliance with the Hitler regime that had begun back in 1933, when Farish became chief of 

Jersey Standard. Didn't he know there was a war on? 

The Justice Department laid before the committee a letter, written to Standard president 

Farish by his vice president, shortly after the beginning of World War II (Sept. 1, 1939) 

in Europe. The letter concerned a renewal of their earlier agreements with the Nazis: 

Report on European Trip 

Oct. 12, 1939 

Mr. W.S. Farish 

30 Rockefeller Plaza 

Dear Mr. Farish: ... I stayed in France until Sept. 17th.... In England I met by appointment the 

Royal Dutch [Shell Oil Co.] gentlemen from Holland, and ... a general agreement was reached on

the necessary changes in our relations with the I.G. [Farben], in view of the state of war.... [T]he 

Royal Dutch Shell group is essentially British.... I also had several meetings with ... the [British] 

Air Ministry.... 

I required help to obtain the necessary permission to go to Holland.... After discussions with the 

[American] Ambassador [Joseph Kennedy] ... the situation was cleared completely.... The 

gentlemen in the Air Ministry ... very kindly offered to assist me [later] in reentering England.... 

Pursuant to these arrangements, I was able to keep my appointments in Holland [having flown 

there on a British Royal Air Force bomber], where I had three days of discussion with the 

representatives of I.G. They delivered to me assignments of some 2,000 foreign patents and we 

did our best to work out complete plans for a modus vivendi which could operate through 

the term of the war, whether or not the U.S. came in.... [emphasis added] 

Very truly yours, F[rank] A. Howard@s5 

Here are some cold realities behind the tragedy of World War II, which help explain the 

Bush-Farish family alliance--and their peculiar closeness to the Queen of England: 

• Shell Oil is principally owned by the British royal family. Shell's chairman, Sir Henri 

Deterding, helped sponsor Hitler's rise to power,@s6 by arrangement with the royal 

family's Bank of England Governor, Montagu Norman. Their ally Standard Oil would 

take part in the Hitler project right up to the bloody, gruesome end. 

• When grandfather Farish signed the Justice Department's consent decree in March 

1942, the government had already started picking its way through the tangled web of 

world-monopoly oil and chemical agreements between Standard Oil and the Nazis. Many 

patents and other Nazi-owned aspects of the partnership had been seized by the U.S. 

Alien Property Custodian. 

Uncle Sam would not seize Prescott Bush's Union Banking Corporation for another seven 

months. 

The Bush-Farish axis had begun back in 1929. In that year the Harriman bank bought 

Dresser Industries, supplier of oil-pipeline couplers to Standard and other companies. 

Prescott Bush became a director and financial czar of Dresser, installing his Yale 

classmate Neil Mahlon as chairman.@s7 George Bush would later name one of his sons 

after the Dresser executive. 

William S. Farish was the main organizer of the Humble Oil Co. of Texas, which Farish 

merged into the Standard Oil Company of New Jersey. Farish built up the Humble- 

Standard empire of pipelines and refineries in Texas.@s8 

The stock market crashed just after the Bush family got into the oil business. The world 

financial crisis led to the merger of the Walker-Harriman bank with Brown Brothers in 

1931. Former Brown partner Montagu Norman and his prote@aage@aa Hjalmar Schacht 

paid frantic visits to New York that year and the next, preparing the new Hitler regime 

for Germany.

The most important American political event in those preparations for Hitler was the 

infamous `` Third International Congress on Eugenics, '' held at New York's American 

Museum of Natural History August 21-23, 1932, supervised by the International 

Federation of Eugenics Societies.@s9 This meeting took up the stubborn persistence of 

African-Americans and other allegedly `` inferior '' and `` socially inadequate '' groups in 

reproducing, expanding their numbers, and amalgamating with others. It was 

recommended that these `` dangers '' to the `` better '' ethnic groups and to the `` wellborn, 

'' could be dealt with by sterilization or `` cutting off the bad stock '' of the `` unfit. '' 

Italy's fascist government sent an official representative. Averell Harriman's sister Mary, 

director of `` Entertainment '' for the Congress, lived down in Virginia fox-hunting 

country; her state supplied the speaker on `` racial purity, '' W.A. Plecker, Virginia 

commissioner of vital statistics. Plecker reportedly held the delegates spellbound with his 

account of the struggle to stop race-mixing and inter-racial sex in Virginia. 

The Congress proceedings were dedicated to Averell Harriman's mother; she had paid for 

the founding of the race-science movement in America back in 1910, building the 

Eugenics Record Office as a branch of the Galton National Laboratory in London. She 

and other Harrimans were usually escorted to the horse races by old George Herbert 

Walker--they shared with the Bushes and the Farishes a fascination with `` breeding 

thoroughbreds '' among horses and humans.@s1@s0 

Averell Harriman personally arranged with the Walker/Bush Hamburg-Amerika Line to 

transport Nazi ideologues from Germany to New York for this meeting.@s1@s1 The 

most famous among those transported was Dr. Ernst Ru@audin, psychiatrist at the Kaiser 

Wilhelm Institute for Genealogy and Demography in Berlin, where the Rockefeller 

family paid for Dr. Ru@audin to occupy an entire floor with his eugenics `` research. '' 

Dr. Ru@audin had addressed the International Federation's 1928 Munich meeting, 

speaking on `` Mental Aberration and Race Hygiene, '' while others (Germans and 

Americans) spoke on race-mixing and sterilization of the unfit. Ru@audin had also led 

the German delegation to the 1930 Mental Hygiene Congress in Washington, D.C. 

At the Harrimans' 1932 New York Eugenics Congress, Ernst Ru@audin was 

unanimously elected president of the International Federation of Eugenics Societies. This 

was recognition of Ru@audin as founder of the German Society for Race Hygiene, with 

his co-founder, Eugenics Federation vice president Alfred Plo@autz. 

As depression-maddened financiers schemed in Berlin and New York, Ru@audin was 

now official leader of the world eugenics movement. Components of his movement 

included groups with overlapping leadership, dedicated to: 

• sterilization of mental patients (`` mental hygiene societies ''); 

• execution of the insane, criminals and the terminally ill (`` euthanasia societies ''); and 

• eugenical race-purification by prevention of births to parents from `` inferior '' blood 

stocks (`` birth control societies '').

Before the Auschwitz death camp became a household word, these British-American- 

European groups called openly for the elimination of the `` unfit '' by means including 

force and violence.@s1@s2 

Ten months later, in June 1933, Hitler's interior minister Wilhelm Frick spoke to a 

eugenics meeting in the new Third Reich. Frick called the Germans a `` degenerate '' race, 

denouncing one-fifth of Germany's parents for producing `` feeble-minded '' and `` 

defective '' children. The following month, on a commission by Frick, Dr. Ernst 

Ru@audin wrote the `` Law for the Prevention of Hereditary Diseases in Posterity, '' the 

sterilization law modeled on previous U.S. statutes in Virginia and other states. 

Special courts were soon established for the sterilization of German mental patients, the 

blind, the deaf and alcoholics. A quarter million people in these categories were 

sterilized. Ru@audin, Plo@autz and their colleagues trained a whole generation of 

physicians and psychiatrists--as sterilizers and as killers. 

When the war started, the eugenicists, doctors and psychiatrists staffed the new `` T4 '' 

agency, which planned and supervised the mass killings: first at `` euthanasia centers, '' 

where the same categories which had first been subject to sterilization were now to be 

murdered, their brains sent in lots of 200 to experimental psychiatrists; then at slave 

camps such as Auschwitz; and finally, for Jews and other race victims, at straight 

extermination camps in Poland, such as Treblinka and Belsen.@s1@s3 

In 1933, as what Hitler called his `` New Order '' appeared, John D. Rockefeller, Jr. 

appointed William S. Farish the chairman of Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey (in 1937 he 

was made president and chief executive). Farish moved his offices to Rockefeller Center, 

New York, where he spent a good deal of time with Hermann Schmitz, chairman of I.G. 

Farben; his company paid a publicity man, Ivy Lee, to write pro-I.G. Farben and pro-Nazi 

propaganda and get it into the U.S. press. 

Now that he was outside of Texas, Farish found himself in the shipping business--like the 

Bush family. He hired Nazi German crews for Standard Oil tankers. And he hired Emil 

Helfferich, chairman of the Walker/Bush/Harriman Hamburg-Amerika Line, as chairman 

also of the Standard Oil Company subsidiary in Germany. Karl Lindemann, board 

member of Hamburg-Amerika, also became a top Farish-Standard executive in 

Germany.@s1@s4 

This interlock between their Nazi German operations put Farish together with Prescott 

Bush in a small, select group of men operating from abroad through Hitler's `` revolution, 

'' and calculating that they would never be punished. 

In 1939, Farish's daughter Martha married Averell Harriman's nephew, Edward Harriman 

Gerry, and Farish in-laws became Prescott Bush's partners at 59 Broadway.@s1@s5 

Both Emil Helfferich and Karl Lindemann were authorized to write checks to Heinrich 

Himmler, chief of the Nazi S.S., on a special Standard Oil account. This account was

managed by the German-British-American banker, Kurt von Schroeder. According to 

U.S. intelligence documents reviewed by author Anthony Sutton, Emil Helfferich 

continued his payments to the S.S. into 1944, when the S.S. was supervising the mass 

murder at the Standard-I.G. Farben Auschwitz and other death camps. Helfferich told 

Allied interrogators after the war that these were not his personal contributions--they 

were corporate Standard Oil funds.@s1@s6 

After pleading `` no contest '' to charges of criminal conspiracy with the Nazis, William 

Stamps Farish was fined $5,000. (Similar fines were levied against Standard Oil--$5,000 

each for the parent company and for several subsidiaries.) This of course did not interfere 

with the millions of dollars that Farish had acquired in conjunction with Hitler's New 

Order, as a large stockholder, chairman and president of Standard Oil. All the 

government sought was the use of patents which his company had given to the Nazis--the 

Auschwitz patents--but had withheld from the U.S. military and industry. 

But a war was on, and if young men were to be asked to die fighting Hitler ... something 

more was needed. Farish was hauled before the Senate committee investigating the 

national defense program. The committee chairman, Senator Harry Truman, told 

newsmen before Farish testified: `` I think this approaches treason. ''@s1@s7 

Farish began breaking apart at these hearings. He shouted his `` indignation '' at the 

Senators, and claimed he was not `` disloyal. '' 

After the March-April hearings ended, more dirt came gushing out of the Justice 

Department and the Congress on Farish and Standard Oil. Farish had deceived the U.S. 

Navy to prevent the Navy from acquiring certain patents, while supplying them to the 

Nazi war machine; meanwhile, he was supplying gasoline and tetraethyl lead to 

Germany's submarines and air force. Communications between Standard and I.G. Farben 

from the outbreak of World War II were released to the Senate, showing that Farish's 

organization had arranged to deceive the U.S. government into passing over Nazi-owned 

assets: They would nominally buy I.G.'s share in certain patents because `` in the event of 

war between ourselves and Germany ... it would certainly be very undesirable to have 

this 20 percent Standard-I.G. pass to an alien property custodian of the U.S. who might 

sell it to an unfriendly interest. ''@s1@s8 

John D. Rockefeller, Jr. (father of David, Nelson and John D. Rockefeller III), controlling 

owner of Standard Oil, told the Roosevelt administration that he knew nothing of the dayto-day 

affairs of his company, that all these matters were handled by Farish and other 

executives.@s1@s9 

In August, Farish was brought back for more testimony. He was now frequently accused 

of lying. Farish was crushed under the intense, public grilling; he became morose, ashen. 

While Prescott Bush escaped publicity when the government seized his Nazi banking 

organization in October, Farish had been nailed. He collapsed and died of a heart attack 

on Nov. 29, 1942.

The Farish family was devastated by the exposure. Son William Stamps Farish, Jr., a 

lieutenant in the Army Air Force, was humiliated by the public knowledge that his father 

was fueling the enemy's aircraft; he died in a training accident in Texas six months 

later.@s2@s0 

With this double death, the fortune comprising much of Standard Oil's profits from Texas 

and Nazi Germany was now to be settled upon the little four-year-old grandson, William 

(`` Will '') Stamps Farish III. Will Farish grew up a recluse, the most secretive multimillionaire 

in Texas, with investments of `` that money '' in a multitude of foreign 

countries, and a host of exotic contacts overlapping the intelligence and financial worlds- 

-particularly in Britain. 

The Bush-Farish axis started George Bush's career. After his 1948 graduation from Yale 

(and Skull and Bones), George Bush flew down to Texas on a corporate airplane and was 

employed by his father's Dresser Industries. In a couple of years he got help from his 

uncle, George Walker, Jr., and Farish's British banker friends, to set him up in the oil 

property speculation business. Soon thereafter, George Bush founded the Zapata Oil 

Company, which put oil drilling rigs into certain locations of great strategic interest to the 

Anglo-American intelligence community. 

Will Farish at 25 years old was a personal aide to Zapata chairman George Bush in 

Bush's unsuccessful 1964 campaign for Senate. Will Farish used `` that Auschwitz money 

'' to back George Bush financially, investing in Zapata. When Bush was elected to 

Congress in 1966, Farish joined the Zapata board.@s2@s1 

When George Bush became U.S. Vice President in 1980, the Farish and Bush family 

fortunes were again completely, secretly commingled. As we shall see, the old projects 

were now being revived on a breathtaking scale. 

Bush and Draper 

Twenty years before he was U.S. President, George Bush brought two `` race-science '' 

professors in front of the Republican Task Force on Earth Resources and Population. As 

chairman of the Task Force, then-Congressman Bush invited Professors William 

Shockley and Arthur Jensen to explain to the committee how allegedly runaway birthrates 

for African-Americans were `` down-breeding '' the American population. 

Afterwards Bush personally summed up for the Congress the testimony his blackinferiority 

advocates had given to the Task Force.@s2@s2 George Bush held his 

hearings on the threat posed by black babies on August 5, 1969, while much of the world 

was in a better frame of mind--celebrating mankind's progress from the first moon 

landing 16 days earlier. Bush's obsessive thinking on this subject was guided by his 

family's friend, Gen. William H. Draper, Jr., the founder and chairman of the Population 

Crisis Committee, and vice chairman of the Planned Parenthood Federation. Draper had 

long been steering U.S. public discussion about the so-called `` population bomb '' in the 

non-white areas of the world.

If Congressman Bush had explained to his colleagues how his family had come to know 

General Draper, they would perhaps have felt some alarm, or even panic, and paid more 

healthy attention to Bush's presentation. Unfortunately, the Draper-Bush population 

doctrine is now official U.S. foreign policy. 

William H. Draper, Jr. had joined the Bush team in 1927, when he was hired by Dillon 

Read & Co., New York investment bankers. Draper was put into a new job slot at the 

firm: handling the Thyssen account. 

We recall that in 1924, Fritz Thyssen set up his Union Banking Corporation in George 

Herbert Walker's bank at 39 Broadway, Manhattan. Dillon Read & Co.'s boss, Clarence 

Dillon, had begun working with Fritz Thyssen sometime after Averell Harriman first met 

with Thyssen--at about the time Thyssen began financing Adolf Hitler's political career. 

In January 1926, Dillon Read created the German Credit and Investment Corporation in 

Newark, New Jersey and Berlin, Germany, as Thyssen's short-term banker. That same 

year Dillon Read created the Vereinigte Stahlwerke (German Steel Trust), incorporating 

the Thyssen family interests under the direction of New York and London 

finance.@s2@s3 

William H. Draper, Jr. was made director, vice president and assistant treasurer of the 

German Credit and Investment Corp. His business was short-term loans and financial 

management tricks for Thyssen and the German Steel Trust. Draper's clients sponsored 

Hitler's terroristic takeover; his clients led the buildup of the Nazi war industry; his 

clients made war against the United States. The Nazis were Draper's direct partners in 

Berlin and New Jersey: Alexander Kreuter, residing in Berlin, was president; Frederic 

Brandi, whose father was a top coal executive in the German Steel Trust, moved to the 

U.S. in 1926 and served as Draper's co-director in Newark. 

Draper's role was crucial for Dillon Read & Co., for whom Draper was a partner and 

eventually vice president. The German Credit and Investment Corp. (GCI) was a `` front 

'' for Dillon Read: It had the same New Jersey address as U.S. & International Securities 

Corp. (USIS), and the same man served as treasurer of both firms.@s2@s4 

Clarence Dillon and his son C. Douglas Dillon were directors of USIS, which was 

spotlighted when Clarence Dillon was hauled before the Senate Banking Committee's 

famous `` Pecora '' hearings in 1933. USIS was shown to be one of the great speculative 

pyramid schemes which had swindled stockholders of hundreds of millions of dollars. 

These investment policies had rotted the U.S. economy to the core, and led to the Great 

Depression of the 1930s. 

But William H. Draper, Jr.'s GCI `` front '' was not apparently affiliated with the USIS `` 

front '' or with Dillon, and the GCI escaped the Congressmen's limited scrutiny. This 

oversight was to prove most unfortunate, particularly to the 50 million people who 

subsequently died in World War II.

Dillon Read hired public relations man Ivy Lee to prepare their executives for their 

testimony and to confuse and further baffle the Congressmen.@s2@s5 Lee apparently 

took enough time out from his duties as image-maker for William S. Farish and the Nazi 

I.G. Farben Co.; he managed the congressional thinking so that the Congressmen did not 

disturb the Draper operation in Germany--and did not meddle with Thyssen, or interfere 

with Hitler's U.S. moneymen. 

Thus in 1932, William H. Draper, Jr. was free to finance the International Eugenics 

Congress as a `` Supporting Member ''.@s2@s6 Was he using his own income as a 

Thyssen trust banker? Or did the funds come from Dillon Read corporate accounts, 

perhaps to be written off income tax as `` expenses for German project: race purification 

''? Draper helped select Ernst Ru@audin as chief of the world eugenics movement, who 

used his office to promote what he called Adolf Hitler's `` holy, national and international 

racial hygienic mission. ''@s2@s7 

W.S. Farish, as we have seen, was publicly exposed in 1942, humiliated and destroyed. 

Just before Farish died, Prescott Bush's Nazi banking office was quietly seized and shut 

down. But Prescott's close friend and partner in the Thyssen-Hitler business, William H. 

Draper, Jr., neither died nor moved out of German affairs. Draper listed himself as a 

director of the German Credit and Investment Corp. through 1942, and the firm was not 

liquidated until November 1943.@s2@s8 But a war was on; Draper, a colonel from 

previous military service, went off to the Pacific theater and became a general. 

General Draper apparently had a hobby: magic--illusions, sleight of hand, etc.--and he 

was a member of the Society of American Magicians. This is not irrelevant to his 

subsequent career. 

The Nazi regime surrendered in May 1945. In July 1945, General Draper was called to 

Europe by the American military government authorities in Germany. Draper was 

appointed head of the Economics Division of the U.S. Control Commission. He was 

assigned to take apart the Nazi corporate cartels. There is an astonishing but perfectly 

logical rationale to this--Draper knew a lot about the subject! General Draper, who had 

spent about 15 years financing and managing the dirtiest of the Nazi enterprises, was now 

authorized to decide who was exposed, who lost and who kept his business, and in 

practical effect, who was prosecuted for war crimes.@s2@s9 

(Draper was not unique within the postwar occupation government. Consider the case of 

John J. McCloy, U.S. Military Governor and High Commissioner of Germany, 1949- 

1952. Under instructions from his Wall Street law firm, McCloy had lived for a year in 

Italy, serving as an advisor to the fascist government of Benito Mussolini. An intimate 

collaborator of the Harriman/Bush bank, McCloy had sat in Adolf Hitler's box at the 

1936 Olympic games in Berlin, at the invitation of Nazi chieftains Rudolf Hess and 

Hermann Go@auring.)@s3@s0 

William H. Draper, Jr., as a `` conservative, '' was paired with the `` liberal '' U.S. 

Treasury Secretary Henry Morgenthau in a vicious game. Morgenthau demanded that

Germany be utterly destroyed as a nation, that its industry be dismantled and it be 

reduced to a purely rural country. As the economic boss in 1945 and 1946, Draper `` 

protected '' Germany from the Morgenthau Plan ... but at a price. 

Draper and his colleagues demanded that Germany and the world accept the collective 

guilt of the German people as the explanation for the rise of Hitler's New Order, and the 

Nazi war crimes. This, of course, was rather convenient for General Draper himself, as it 

was for the Bush family. It is still convenient decades later, allowing Prescott's son, 

President Bush, to lecture Germany on the danger of Hitlerism. Germans are too slow, it 

seems, to accept his New World Order. 

After several years of government service (often working directly for Averell Harriman 

in the North Atlantic Alliance), General Draper was appointed in 1958 chairman of a 

committee which was to advise President Dwight Eisenhower on the proper course for 

U.S. military aid to other countries. At that time, Prescott Bush was a U.S. Senator from 

Connecticut, a confidential friend and golf partner with National Security Director 

Gordon Gray, and an important golf partner with Dwight Eisenhower as well. Prescott's 

old lawyer from the Nazi days, John Foster Dulles, was Secretary of State, and his 

brother Allen Dulles, formerly of the Schroder bank, was head of the CIA. 

This friendly environment emboldened General Draper to pull off a stunt with his 

military aid advisory committee. He changed the subject under study. The following year 

the Draper committee recommended that the U.S. government react to the supposed 

threat of the `` population explosion '' by formulating plans to depopulate the poorer 

countries. The growth of the world's non-white population, he proposed, should be 

regarded as dangerous to the national security of the United States!@s3@s1 

President Eisenhower rejected the recommendation. But in the next decade, General 

Draper founded the `` Population Crisis Committee '' and the `` Draper Fund, '' joining 

with the Rockefeller and Du Pont families to promote eugenics as `` population control. '' 

The administration of President Lyndon Johnson, advised by General Draper on the 

subject, began financing birth control in the tropical countries through the U.S. Agency 

for International Development (USAID). 

General Draper was George Bush's guru on the population question.@s3@s2 But there 

was also Draper's money--from that uniquely horrible source--and Draper's connections 

on Wall Street and abroad. Draper's son and heir, William H. Draper III, was co-chairman 

for finance (chief of fundraising) of the Bush-for-President national campaign 

organization in 1980. With George Bush in the White House, the younger Draper heads 

up the depopulation activities of the United Nations throughout the world. 

General Draper was vice president of Dillon Read until 1953. During the 1950s and 

1960s, the chief executive there was Frederic Brandi, the German who was Draper's codirector 

for the Nazi investments and his personal contact man with the Nazi German 

Steel Trust. Nicholas Brady was Brandi's partner from 1954, and replaced him as the 

firm's chief executive in 1971. Nicholas Brady, who knows where all the bodies are

uried, was chairman of his friend George Bush's 1980 election campaign in New Jersey, 

and has been United States Treasury Secretary throughout Bush's presidency.@s3@s3 

Bush and Gray 

The U.S. Agency for International Development says that surgical sterilization is the 

Bush administration's `` first choice '' method of population reduction in the Third 

World.@s3@s4 

The United Nations Population Fund claims that 37 percent of contraception users in 

Ibero-America and the Caribbean have already been surgically sterilized. In a 1991 

report, William H. Draper III's agency asserts that 254 million couples will be surgically 

sterilized over the course of the 1990s; and that if present trends continue, 80 percent of 

the women in Puerto Rico and Panama will be surgically sterilized.@s3@s5 

The U.S. government pays directly for these sterilizations. 

Mexico is first among targeted nations, on a list which was drawn up in July 1991, at a 

USAID strategy session. India and Brazil are second and third priorities, respectively. 

On contract with the Bush administration, U.S. personnel are working from bases in 

Mexico to perform surgery on millions of Mexican men and women. The acknowledged 

strategy in this program is to sterilize those young adults who have not already completed 

their families. 

George Bush has a rather deep-seated personal feeling about this project, in particular as 

it pits him against Pope John Paul II in Catholic countries such as Mexico. (See Chapter 4 

below, on the origin of a Bush family grudge in this regard.) 

The spending for birth control in the non-white countries is one of the few items that is 

headed upwards in the Bush administration budget. As its 1992 budget was being set, 

USAID said its Population Account would receive $300 million, a 20 percent increase 

over the previous year. Within this project, a significant sum is spent on political and 

psychological manipulations of target nations, and rather blatant subversion of their 

religions and governments.@s3@s6 

These activities might be expected to cause serious objections from the victimized 

nationalities, or from U.S. taxpayers, especially if the program is somehow given 

widespread publicity. 

Quite aside from moral considerations, legal questions would naturally arise, which could 

be summed up: How does George Bush think he can get away with this? 

In this matter the President has expert advice. Mr. (Clayland) Boyden Gray has been 

counsel to George Bush since the 1980 election. As chief legal officer in the White 

House, Boyden Gray can walk the President through the dangers and complexities of

waging such unusual warfare against Third World populations. Gray knows how these 

things are done. 

When Boyden Gray was four and five years old, his father organized the pilot project for 

the present worldwide sterilization program, from the Gray family household in North 

Carolina. 

It started in 1946. The eugenics movement was looking for a way to begin again in 

America. 

Nazi death camps such as Auschwitz had just then seared the conscience of the world. 

The Sterilization League of America, which had changed its name during the war to `` 

Birthright, Inc., '' wanted to start up again. First they had to overcome public nervousness 

about crackpots proposing to eliminate `` inferior '' and `` defective '' people. The League 

tried to surface in Iowa, but had to back off because of negative publicity: A little boy 

had recently been sterilized there and had died from the operation. 

They decided on North Carolina, where the Gray family could play the perfect host. 

Through British imperial contacts, Boyden Gray's grandfather, Bowman Gray, had 

become principal owner of the R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co. Boyden's father, Gordon Gray, 

had recently founded the Bowman Gray (memorial) Medical School in Winston-Salem, 

using his inherited cigarette stock shares. The medical school was already a eugenics 

center. 

As the experiment began, Gordon Gray's great aunt, Alice Shelton Gray, who had raised 

him from childhood, was living in his household. Aunt Alice had founded the `` Human 

Betterment League, '' the North Carolina branch of the national eugenical sterilization 

movement. 

Aunt Alice was the official supervisor of the 1946-47 experiment. Working under Miss 

Gray was Dr. Claude Nash Herndon, whom Gordon Gray had made assistant professor of 

`` medical genetics '' at Bowman Gray Medical School. 

Dr. Clarence Gamble, heir to the Proctor and Gamble soap fortune, was the sterilizers' 

national field operations chief. 

The experiment worked as follows. All children enrolled in the school district of 

Winston-Salem, N.C., were given a special `` intelligence test. '' Those children who 

scored below a certain arbitrary low mark were then cut open and surgically sterilized. 

We quote now from the official story of the project@s3@s7: 

In Winston-Salem and in [nearby] Orange County, North Carolina, the [Sterilization League's] 

field committee had participated in testing projects to identify school age children who should be 

considered for sterilization. The project in Orange County was conducted by the University of 

North Carolina and was financed by a `Mr. Hanes,' a friend of Clarence Gamble and supporter of 

the field work project in North Carolina. The Winston-Salem project was also financed by Hanes.

'' [`` Hanes '' was underwear mogul James Gordon Hanes, a trustee of Bowman Gray Medical 

School and treasurer of Alice Gray's group].... 

The medical school had a long history of interest in eugenics and had compiled extensive histories 

of families carrying inheritable disease. In 1946, Dr. C. Nash Herndon ... made a statement to the 

press on the use of sterilization to prevent the spread of inheritable diseases.... 

The first step after giving the mental tests to grade school children was to interpret and make 

public the results. In Orange County the results indicated that three percent of the school age 

children were either insane or feebleminded.... [Then] the field committee hired a social worker to 

review each case ... and to present any cases in which sterilization was indicated to the State 

Eugenics Board, which under North Carolina law had the authority to order sterilization.... 

Race science experimenter Dr. Claude Nash Herndon provided more details in an 

interview in 1990.@s3@s8 

Alice Gray was the general supervisor of the project. She and Hanes sent out letters promoting the 

program to the commissioners of all 100 counties in North Carolina.... What did I do? Nothing 

besides riding herd on the whole thing! The social workers operated out of my office. I was at the 

time also director of outpatient services at North Carolina Baptist Hospital. We would see the 

[targeted] parents and children there.... I.Q. tests were run on all the children in the Winston-Salem 

public school system. Only the ones who scored really low [were targeted for sterilization], the 

real bottom of the barrel, like below 70. 

Did we do sterilizations on young children? Yes. This was a relatively minor operation.... It was 

usually not until the child was eight or ten years old. For the boys, you just make an incision and 

tie the tube.... We more often performed the operation on girls than with boys. Of course, you have 

to cut open the abdomen, but again, it is relatively minor. 

Dr. Herndon remarked coolly that `` we had a very good relationship with the press '' for 

the project. This is not surprising, since Gordon Gray owned the Winston-Salem Journal, 

the Twin City Sentinel and radio station WSJS. 

In 1950 and 1951, John Foster Dulles, then chairman of the Rockefeller Foundation, led 

John D. Rockefeller III on a series of world tours, focusing on the need to stop the 

expansion of the non-white populations. In November 1952, Dulles and Rockefeller set 

up the Population Council, with tens of millions of dollars from the Rockefeller family. 

At that point, the American Eugenics Society, still cautious from the recent bad publicity 

vis-a-vis Hitler, left its old headquarters at Yale University. The Society moved its 

headquarters into the office of the Population Council, and the two groups melded 

together. The long-time secretary of the American Eugenics Society, Frederick Osborne, 

became the first president of the Population Council. The Gray family's child-sterilizer, 

Dr. Claude Nash Herndon, became president of the American Eugenics Society in 1953, 

as its work expanded under Rockefeller patronage. 

Meanwhile, the International Planned Parenthood Federation was founded in London, in 

the offices of the British Eugenics Society.

The undead enemy from World War II, renamed `` Population Control, '' had now been 

revived. 

George Bush was U.S. ambassador to the United Nations in 1972, when with prodding 

from Bush and his friends, the U.S. Agency for International Development first made an 

official contract with the old Sterilization League of America. The League had changed 

its name twice again, and was now called the `` Association for Voluntary Surgical 

Contraception. '' The U.S. government began paying the old fascist group to sterilize nonwhites 

in foreign countries. 

The Gray family experiment had succeeded. 

In 1988, the U.S. Agency for International Development signed its latest contract with the 

old Sterilization League (a.k.a. Association for Voluntary Surgical Contraception), 

committing the U.S. government to spend $80 million over five years. 

Having gotten away with sterilizing several hundred North Carolina school children, `` 

not usually less than eight to ten years old, '' the identical group is now authorized by 

President Bush to do it to 58 countries in Asia, Africa and Ibero-America. The group 

modestly claims it has directly sterilized `` only '' two million people, with 87 percent of 

the bill paid by U.S. taxpayers. 

Meanwhile, Dr. Clarence Gamble, Boyden Gray's favorite soap manufacturer, formed his 

own `` Pathfinder Fund '' as a split-off from the Sterilization League. Gamble's Pathfinder 

Fund, with additional millions from USAID, concentrates on penetration of local social 

groups in the non-white countries, to break down psychological resistance to the surgical 

sterilization teams. 

NOTES: 

1. Phyllis Tilson Piotrow, World Population Crisis: The United States Response (New York: Praeger 

Publishers, 1973), `` Forward '' by George H.W. Bush, pp. vii-viii. 

2.Adolf Hitler, Mein Kampf (Boston, Houghton Mifflin Company, 1971), p. 404. 

3.`` The Ten Richest People in Houston, '' in Houston Post Magazine, March 11, 1984. `` $150 million to 

$250 million from ... inheritance, plus subsequent investments ... chief heir to a family fortune in oil 

stock.... As to his financial interests, he is ... coy. He once described one of his businesses as a company 

that ìnvests in and oversees a lot of smaller companies ... in a lot of foreign countries.''' 

4. The announcements were made in testimony before a Special Committee of the U.S. Senate 

Investigating the National Defense Program. The hearings on Standard Oil were held March 5, 24, 26, 27, 

31, and April 1, 2, 3 and 7, 1942. Available on microfiche, law section, Library of Congress. See also New 

York Times, March 26 and March 27, 1942, and Washington Evening Star, March 26 and March 27, 1942. 

5. Ibid., Exhibit No. 368, printed on pp. 4584-87 of the hearing record. See also Charles Higham, Trading 

With The Enemy (New York: Delacorte Press, 1983), p. 36.

6. Confidential memorandum from U.S. embassy, Berlin, op. cit., chapter 2. Sir Henri Deterding was 

among the most notorious pro-Nazis of the early war period. 

7. See sections on Prescott Bush in Darwin Payne, Initiative in Energy: Dresser Industries, Inc. (New 

York: Distributed by Simon and Schuster, 1979) (published by the Dresser Company). 

8. William Stamps Farish obituary, New York Times, Nov. 30, 1942. 

9. A Decade of Progress in Eugenics: Scientific Papers of the Third International Congress of Eugenics 

held at American Museum of Natural History New York, Aug. 21-23, 1932. (Baltimore: Williams & 

Wilkins Company, Sept., 1934). 

The term `` eugenics '' is taken from the Greek to signify `` good birth '' or `` well-born, '' as in aristocrat. Its 

basic assumption is that those who are not `` well-born '' should not exist. 

10. See among other such letters, George Herbert Walker, 39 Broadway, N.Y., to W. A. Harriman, London, 

Feb. 21, 1925, in WAH papers. 

11. Averell Harriman to Dr. Charles B. Davenport, President, The International Congress of Eugenics, Cold 

Spring Harbor, L.I., N.Y. 

January 21, 1932 

Dear Dr. Davenport: 

I will be only too glad to put you in touch with the Hamburg-American Line ... they may be able 

to co-operate in making suggestions which will keep the expenses to a minimum. I have referred 

your letter to Mr. Emil Lederer [of the Hamburg-Amerika executive board in New York] with the 

request that he communicate with you. 

Davenport to Mr. W.A. Harriman, 

59 Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 


Dear Mr. Harriman: 

Thank you very much for your kind letter of January 21st and the action you took which has 

resulted at once in a letter from Mr. Emil Lederer. This letter will serve as a starting point for 

correspondence, which I hope will enable more of our German colleagues to come to America on 

the occasion of the congresses of eugenics and genetics, than otherwise. 

Congressional hearings in 1934 established that Hamburg-Amerika routinely provided free transatlantic 

passage for those carrying out Nazi propaganda chores. See Investigation of Nazi Propaganda Activities 

and Investigation of Certain Other Propaganda Activities, op. cit., chapter 2. 

12. Alexis Carrel, Man the Unknown (New York: Halcyon House, published by arrangement with Harper 

& Brothers, 1935), pp. 318-19. 

The battle cry of the New Order was sounded in 1935 with the publication of Man the Unknown, by Dr. 

Alexis Carrel of the Rockefeller Institute in New York. This Nobel Prize-winner said `` enormous sums are

now required to maintain prisons and insane asylums.... Why do we preserve these useless and harmful 

beings? This fact must be squarely faced. Why should society not dispose of the criminals and the insane in 

a more economical manner? ... The community must be protected against troublesome and dangerous 

elements.... Perhaps prisons should be abolished.... The conditioning of the petty criminal with the whip, or 

some more scientific procedure, followed by a short stay in hospital, would probably suffice to insure 

order. [Criminals including those] who have ... misled the public on important matters, should be humanely 

and economically disposed of in small euthanasic institutions supplied with proper gases. A similar 

treatment could be advantageously applied to the insane, guilty of criminal acts. '' 

Carrel claimed to have transplanted the head of a dog to another dog and kept it alive for quite some time. 

13. Bernhard Schreiber, The Men Behind Hitler: A German Warning to the World, France: La Hay- 

Mureaux, ca. 1975), English language edition supplied by H & P. Tadeusz, 369 Edgewere Road, London 

W2. A copy of this book is now held by Union College Library, Syracuse, N.Y. 

14. Higham, op. cit., p. 35. 

15. Engagement announced Feb. 10, 1939, New York Times, p. 20. See also Directory of Directors for New 

York City, 1930s and 1940s. 

16. Higham, op. cit., pp. 20, 22 and other references to Schroeder and Lindemann. 

Anthony Sutton, Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler (Seal Beach: '76 Press, 1976). Sutton is also a good 

source on the Harrimans. 

17. Washington Evening Star, March 27, 1942, p. 1. 

18. Higham, op. cit. p. 50. 

19. Ibid., p. 48. 

20. Washington Post, April 29, 1990, p. F4. Higham, op. cit., pp. 52-53. 

21. Zapata annual reports, 1950s-60s, Library of Congress microforms. 

22. See Congressional Record for Bush speech in the House of Representatives, Sept. 4, 1969. Bush 

inserted in the record the testimony given before his Task Force on Aug. 5, 1969. 

23. Sobel, op. cit., pp. 92-111. See also Boyle, op. cit., chapter 1, concerning the Morgan-led Dawes 

Committee of Germany's foreign creditors. 

Like Harriman, Dillon used the Schroeder and Warburg banks to strike his German bargains. All Dillon 

Read & Co. affairs in Germany were supervised by J.P. Morgan & Co. partner Thomas Lamont, and were 

authorized by Bank of England Governor Montagu Norman. 

24. See Poor's Register of Directors and Executives, (New York: Poor's Publishing Company, late 1920s, 

'30s and '40s). See also Standard Corporation Records (New York: Standard & Poor), 1935 edition pp. 

2571-25, and 1938 edition pp. 7436-38, for description and history of the German Credit and Investment 

Corporation. For Frederic Brandi, See also Sobel, op. cit., pp. 213-14.

25. Sobel, op. cit., pp. 180, 186. Ivy Lee had been hired to improve the Rockefeller family image, 

particularly difficult after their 1914 massacre of striking miners and pregnant women in Ludlow, 

Colorado. Lee got old John D. Rockefeller to pass out dimes to poor people lined up at his porch. 

26. Third International Eugenics Congress papers op. cit., footnote 7, p. 512, `` Supporting Members. '' 

27. Schreiber, op. cit., p. 160. The Third Int. Eugenics Congress papers, p. 526, lists the officers of the 

International Federation as of publication date in September, 1934. Ru@audin is listed as president--a year 

after he has written the sterilization law for Hitler. 

28. Directory of Directors for New York City, 1942. Interview with Nancy Bowles, librarian of Dillon Read 

& Co. 

29. Higham, op. cit., p. 129, 212-15, 219-23. 

30. Walter Isaacson and Evan Thomas, The Wise Men: Six Friends and the World They Made--Acheson, 

Bohlen, Harriman, Kennan, Lovett, McCloy (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1986), pp. 122, 305. 

31. Piotrow, op. cit., pp. 36-42. 

32. Ibid., p. viii. `` As chairman of the special Republican Task Force on Population and Earth Resources, I 

was impressed by the arguments of William H. Draper, Jr.... Gen. Draper continues to lead through his 

tireless work for the U.N. Population Fund. '' 

33. Sobel, op. cit., pp. 298, 354. 

34. Interview July 16, 1991, with Joanne Grossi, an official with the USAID's Population Office. 

35. Dr. Nafis Sadik, `` The State of World Population, '' 1991, New York, United Nations Population Fund. 

36. See User's Guide to the Office of Population, 1991, Office of Population, Bureau for Science and 

Technology, United States Agency for International Development. Available from S&T/POP, Room 811 

SA-18, USAID, Washington D.C. 20523-1819. 

37. `` History of the Association for Voluntary Sterilization [formerly Sterilization League of America], 

1935-64, '' thesis submitted to the faculty of the graduate school of the University of Minnesota by William 

Ray Van Essendelft, March, 1978, available on microfilm, Library of Congress. This is the official history, 

written with full cooperation of the Sterilization League. 

38. Interview with Dr. C. Nash Herndon, June 20, 1990.

Chapter - IV -`The Center of Power is in Washington' 

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. 

59 Wall Street, New York 

Cable Address ``Shipley-New York'' 

Business Established 1818 

Private Bankers 

September 5, 1944 

The Honorable W.A. Harriman 

American Ambassador to the U.S.S.R. 

American Embassy, 

Moscow, Russia 

Dear Averell: 

Thinking that possibly Bullitt's article in the recent issue 

of ``LIFE'' may not have come to your attention, I have clipped 

it and am sending it to you, feeling that it will interest you. 

At present writing all well here. 

With warm regards, I am, 


Pres---- 

`` At present writing all is well here. '' Thus the ambassador to Russia was reassured by 

the managing partner of his firm, Prescott Bush. Only 22-1/2 months before, the U.S. 

government had seized and shut down the Union Banking Corp., which had been 

operated on behalf of Nazi Germany by Bush and the Harrimans (see Chapter 2). But that 

was behind them now and they were safe. There would be no publicity on the Harriman- 

Bush sponsorship of Hitlerism.

Prescott's son George, the future U.S. President, was also safe. Three days before this 

note to Moscow was written, George Bush had parachuted from a Navy bomber airplane 

over the Pacific Ocean, killing his two crew members when the unpiloted plane crashed. 

Five months later, in February 1945, Prescott's boss, Averell Harriman, escorted 

President Franklin Roosevelt to the fateful summit meeting with Soviet leader Joseph 

Stalin at Yalta. In April Roosevelt died. The agreement reached at Yalta, calling for free 

elections in Poland once the war ended, was never enforced. 

Over the next eight years (1945 through 1952), Prescott Bush was Harriman's anchor in 

the New York financial world. The increasingly powerful Mr. Harriman and his allies 

gave Eastern Europe over to Soviet dictatorship. A Cold War was then undertaken, to `` 

counterbalance '' the Soviets. 

This British-inspired strategy paid several nightmarish dividends. Eastern Europe was to 

remain enslaved. Germany was `` permanently '' divided. Anglo-American power was 

jointly exercised over the non-Soviet `` Free World. '' The confidential functions of the 

British and American governments were merged. The Harriman clique took possession of 

the U.S. national security apparatus, and in doing so, they opened the gate and let the 

Bush family in. 

Following his services to Germany's Nazi Party, Averell Harriman spent several years 

mediating between the British, American and Soviet governments in the war to stop the 

Nazis. He was ambassador to Moscow from 1943 to 1946. 

President Harry Truman, whom Harriman and his friends held in amused contempt, 

appointed Harriman U.S. ambassador to Britain in 1946. 

Harriman was at lunch with former British Prime Minister Winston Churchill one day in 

1946, when Truman telephoned. Harriman asked Churchill if he should accept Truman's 

offer to come back to the U.S. as Secretary of Commerce. According to Harriman's 

account, Churchill told him: `` Absolutely. The center of power is in Washington. ''@s1 

Jupiter Island 

The reorganization of the American government after World War II--the creation of the 

U.S. Central Intelligence Agency along British lines, for example--had devastating 

consequences. We are concerned here with only certain aspects of that overall 

transformation, those matters of policy and family which gave shape to the life and mind 

of George Bush, and gave him access to power. 

It was in these postwar years that George Bush attended Yale University, and was 

inducted into the Skull and Bones society. The Bush family's home at that time was in 

Greenwich, Connecticut. But it was just then that George's parents, Prescott and Dorothy 

Walker Bush, were wintering in a peculiar spot in Florida, a place that is excluded from 

mention in literature originating from Bush circles.

Certain national news accounts early in 1991 featured the observations on President 

Bush's childhood by his elderly mother Dorothy. She was said to be a resident of Hobe 

Sound, Florida. More precisely, the President's mother lived in a hyper-security 

arrangement created a half-century earlier by Averell Harriman, adjacent to Hobe Sound. 

Its correct name is Jupiter Island. 

During his political career, George Bush has claimed many different `` home '' states, 

including Texas, Maine, Massachusetts and Connecticut. It has not been expedient for 

him to claim Florida, though that state has a vital link to his role in the world, as we shall 

see. And George Bush's home base in Florida, throughout his adult life, has been Jupiter 

Island. 

The unique, bizarre setup on Jupiter Island began in 1931, following the merger of W.A. 

Harriman & Co. with the British-American firm Brown Brothers. 

The reader will recall Mr. Samuel Pryor, the `` Merchant of Death. '' A partner with the 

Harrimans, Prescott Bush, George Walker and Nazi boss Fritz Thyssen in banking and 

shipping enterprises, Sam Pryor remained executive committee chairman of Remington 

Arms. In this period, the Nazi private armies (S.A. and S.S.) were supplied with 

American arms--most likely by Pryor and his company--as they moved to overthrow the 

German republic. Such gun-running as an instrument of national policy would later 

become notorious in the `` Iran-Contra '' affair. 

Samuel Pryor's daughter Permelia married Yale graduate Joseph V. Reed on the last day 

of 1927. Reed immediately went to work for Prescott Bush and George Walker as an 

apprentice at W.A. Harriman & Co. 

During World War II, Joseph V. Reed had served in the `` special services '' section of the 

U.S. Army Signal Corps. A specialist in security, codes and espionage, Reed later wrote a 

book entitled Fun with Cryptograms.@s2 

Now, Sam Pryor had had property around Hobe Sound, Florida, for some time. In 1931, 

Joseph and Permelia Pryor Reed bought the entirety of Jupiter Island. 

This is a typically beautiful Atlantic coast `` barrier island, '' a half-mile wide and nine 

miles long. The middle of Jupiter Island lies just off Hobe Sound. The south bridge 

connects the island with the town of Jupiter, to the north of Palm Beach. It is about 90 

minutes by auto from Miami--today, a few minutes by helicopter. 

Early in 1991, a newspaper reporter asked a friend of the Bush family about security 

arrangements on Jupiter Island. He responded, `` If you called up the White House, 

would they tell you how many security people they had? It's not that Jupiter Island is the 

White House, although he [George Bush] does come down frequently. '' 

But for several decades before Bush was President, Jupiter Island had an ordinance 

requiring the registration and fingerprinting of all housekeepers, gardeners and other non-

esidents working on the island. The Jupiter Island police department says that there are 

sensors in the two main roads that can track every automobile on the island. If a car stops 

in the street, the police will be there within one or two minutes. Surveillance is a duty of 

all employees of the town of Jupiter Island. News reporters are to be prevented from 

visiting the island.@s3 

To create this astonishing private club, Joseph and Permelia Pryor Reed sold land only to 

those who would fit in. Permelia Reed was still the grande dame of the island when 

George Bush was inaugurated President in 1989. In recognition of the fact that the Reeds 

know where all the bodies are buried, President Bush appointed Permelia's son, Joseph 

V. Reed, Jr., chief of protocol for the U.S. State Department, in charge of private 

arrangements with foreign dignitaries. 

Averell Harriman made Jupiter Island a staging ground for his 1940s takeover of the U.S. 

national security apparatus. It was in that connection that the island became possibly the 

most secretive private place in America. 

Let us briefly survey the neighborhood, back then in 1946-48, to see some of the uses 

various of the residents had for the Harriman clique. 

Residents on Jupiter Island 

• Jupiter Islander Robert A. Lovett,@s4, Prescott Bush's partner at Brown Brothers 

Harriman, had been Assistant Secretary of War for Air from 1941 to 1945. Lovett was 

the leading American advocate of the policy of terror-bombing of civilians. He organized 

the Strategic Bombing Survey, carried out for the American and British governments by 

the staff of the Prudential Insurance Company, guided by London's Tavistock Psychiatric 

Clinic. 

In the postwar period, Prescott Bush was associated with Prudential Insurance, one of 

Lovett's intelligence channels to the British secret services. Prescott was listed by 

Prudential as a director of the company for about two years in the early 1950s. 

Their Strategic Bombing Survey failed to demonstrate any real military advantage 

accruing from such outrages as the fire-bombing of Dresden, Germany. But the 

Harrimanites nevertheless persisted in the advocacy of terror from the air. They glorified 

this as `` psychological warfare, '' a part of the utopian military doctrine opposed to the 

views of military traditionalists such as Gen. Douglas MacArthur. 

Robert Lovett later advised President Lyndon Johnson to terror-bomb Vietnam. President 

George Bush revived the doctrine with the bombing of civilian areas in Panama, and the 

destruction of Baghdad. 

On Oct. 22, 1945, Secretary of War Robert Patterson created the Lovett Committee, 

chaired by Robert A. Lovett, to advise the government on the post-World War II 

organization of U.S. intelligence activities. The existence of this committee was unknown

to the public until an official CIA history was released from secrecy in 1989. But the 

CIA's author (who was President Bush's prep school history teacher; see chapter 5) gives 

no real details of the Lovett Committee's functioning, claiming: `` The record of the 

testimony of the Lovett Committee, unfortunately, was not in the archives of the agency 

when this account was written. ''@s5 

The CIA's self-history does inform us of the advice that Lovett provided to the Truman 

cabinet, as the official War Department intelligence proposal. 

Lovett decided that there should be a separate Central Intelligence Agency. The new 

agency would `` consult '' with the armed forces, but it must be the sole collecting agency 

in the field of foreign espionage and counterespionage. The new agency should have an 

independent budget, and its appropriations should be granted by Congress without public 

hearings. 

Lovett appeared before the Secretaries of State, War and Navy on November 14, 1945. 

He spoke highly of the FBI's work because it had `` the best personality file in the world. 

'' Lovett said the FBI was expert at producing false documents, an art `` which we 

developed so successfully during the war and at which we became outstandingly adept. '' 

Lovett pressed for a virtual resumption of the wartime Office of Strategic Services (OSS) 

in a new CIA. 

U.S. military traditionalists centered around Gen. Douglas MacArthur opposed Lovett's 

proposal. 

The continuation of the OSS had been attacked at the end of the war on the grounds that 

the OSS was entirely under British control, and that it would constitute an American 

Gestapo.@s6 

But the CIA was established in 1947 according to the prescription of Robert Lovett, of 

Jupiter Island. 

• Charles Payson and his wife, Joan Whitney Payson, were extended family members of 

Harriman's and business associates of the Bush family. 

Joan's aunt, Gertrude Vanderbilt Whitney, was a relative of the Harrimans. Gertrude's 

son, Cornelius Vanderbilt (`` Sonny '') Whitney, long-time chairman of Pan American 

Airways (Prescott was a Pan Am director), became Assistant Secretary of the U.S. Air 

Force in 1947. Sonny's wife Marie had divorced him and married Averell Harriman in 

1930. Joan and Sonny's uncle, Air Marshall Sir Thomas Elmhirst, was director of 

intelligence for the British Air Force from 1945 to 1947. 

Joan's brother, John Hay (`` Jock '') Whitney, was to be ambassador to Great Britain from 

1955 to 1961--when it would be vital for Prescott and George Bush to have such a friend. 

Joan's father, grandfather and uncle were members of the Skull and Bones secret society.

Charles Payson organized a uranium refinery in 1948. Later he was chairman of Vitro 

Corp., makers of parts for submarine-launched ballistic missiles, equipment for frequency 

surveillance and torpedo guidance, and other subsurface weaponry. 

Naval warfare has long been a preoccupation of the British Empire. British penetration of 

the U.S. Naval Intelligence service has been particularly heavy since the tenure of Joan's 

Anglophile grandfather, William C. Whitney, as Secretary of the Navy for President 

Grover Cleveland. This traditional covert British orientation in the U.S. Navy, Naval 

Intelligence and the Navy's included service, the Marine Corps, forms a backdrop to the 

career of George Bush--and to the whole neighborhood on Jupiter Island. Naval 

Intelligence maintained direct relations with gangster boss Meyer Lansky for Anglo- 

American political operations in Cuba during World War II, well before the 

establishment of the CIA. Lansky officially moved to Florida in 1953.@s7 

• George Herbert Walker, Jr. (Skull and Bones 1927), was extremely close to his 

nephew George Bush, helping to sponsor his entry into the oil business in the 1950s. `` 

Uncle Herbie '' was also a partner of Joan Whitney Payson when they co-founded the 

New York Mets baseball team in 1960. His son, G.H. Walker III, was a Yale classmate of 

Nicholas Brady and Moreau D. Brown (Thatcher Brown's grandson), forming what was 

called the `` Yale Mafia '' on Wall Street. 

• Walter S. Carpenter, Jr. had been chairman of the finance committee of the Du Pont 

Corporation (1930-40). In 1933, Carpenter oversaw Du Pont's purchase of Remington 

Arms from Sam Pryor and the Rockefellers, and led Du Pont into partnership with the 

Nazi I.G. Farben Company for the manufacture of explosives. Carpenter became Du 

Pont's president in 1940. His cartel with the Nazis was broken up by the U.S. 

government. Nevertheless, Carpenter remained Du Pont's president as the company's 

technicians participated massively in the Manhattan Project to produce the first atomic 

bomb. He was chairman of Du Pont from 1948 to 1962, retaining high-level access to 

U.S. strategic activities. 

Walter Carpenter and Prescott Bush were fellow activists in the Mental Hygiene Society. 

Originating at Yale University in 1908, the movement had been organized into the World 

Federation of Mental Health by Montagu Norman, himself a frequent mental patient, 

former Brown Brothers partner and Bank of England Governor. Norman had appointed 

as the federation's chairman, Brigadier John Rawlings Rees, director of the Tavistock 

Psychiatric Clinic, chief psychiatrist and psychological warfare expert for the British 

intelligence services. Prescott was a director of the society in Connecticut; Carpenter was 

a director in Delaware. 

• Paul Mellon was the leading heir to the Mellon fortune, and a long-time neighbor of 

Averell Harriman's in Middleburg, Virginia, as well as Jupiter Island, Florida. Paul's 

father, Andrew Mellon, U.S. Treasury Secretary 1921-32, had approved the transactions 

of Harriman, Pryor and Bush with the Warburgs and the Nazis. Paul Mellon's son-in-law, 

David K.E. Bruce, worked in Prescott Bush's W.A. Harriman & Co. during the late 

1920s; was head of the London branch of U.S. intelligence during World War II; and was 

Averell Harriman's Assistant Secretary of Commerce in 1947-48. Mellon family money

and participation would be instrumental in many domestic U.S. projects of the new 

Central Intelligence Agency. 

• Carl Tucker manufactured electronic guidance equipment for the Navy. With the 

Mellons, Tucker was an owner of South American oil properties. Mrs. Tucker was the 

great aunt of Nicholas Brady, later George Bush's Iran-Contra partner and U.S. Treasury 

Secretary. Their son Carll Tucker, Jr. (Skull and Bones 1947), was among the 15 

Bonesmen who selected George Bush for induction in the class of 1948. 

• C.Douglas Dillon was the boss of William H. Draper, Jr. in the Draper-Prescott Bush- 

Fritz Thyssen Nazi banking scheme of the 1930s and 40s. His father, Clarence Dillon, 

created the Vereinigte Stahlwerke (Thyssen's German Steel Trust) in 1926. C. Douglas 

Dillon made Nicholas Brady the chairman of the Dillon Read firm in 1971 and himself 

continued as chairman of the executive committee. C. Douglas Dillon would be a vital 

ally of his neighbor Prescott Bush during the Eisenhower administration. 

• Publisher Nelson Doubleday headed his family's publishing firm, founded under the 

auspices of J.P. Morgan and other British Empire representatives. When George Bush's `` 

Uncle Herbie '' died, Doubleday took over as majority owner and chief executive of the 

New York Mets baseball team. 

• George W. Merck, chairman of Merck & Co., drug and chemical manufacturers, was 

director of the War Research Service: Merck was the official chief of all U.S. research 

into biological warfare from 1942 until at least the end of World War II. After 1944, 

Merck's organization was placed under the U.S. Chemical Warfare Service. His family 

firm in Germany and the U.S. was famous for its manufacture of morphine. 

• A.L. Cole was useful to the Jupiter Islanders as an executive of Readers Digest. In 

1965, just after performing a rather dirty favor for George Bush (see Chapter 9), Cole 

became chairman of the executive committee of the Digest, the world's largest-circulation 

periodical. 

From the late 1940s, Jupiter Island has served as a center for the direction of covert 

action by the U.S. government and, indeed, for the covert management of the 

government. Jupiter Island will reappear later on, in our account of George Bush in the 

Iran-Contra affair. 

Target: Washington 

George Bush graduated from Yale in 1948. He soon entered the family's Dresser oil 

supply concern in Texas. We shall now briefly describe the forces that descended on 

Washington, D.C. during those years when Bush, with the assistance of family and 

powerful friends, was becoming `` established in business on his own. '' 

From 1948 to 1950, Prescott Bush's boss Averell Harriman was U.S. `` ambassador-atlarge 

'' to Europe. He was a non-military `` theater commander, '' the administrator of the 

multi-billion-dollar Marshall Plan, participating in all military/strategic decision-making 

by the Anglo-American alliance. 

The U.S. Secretary of Defense, James Forrestal, had become a problem to the 

Harrimanites. Forrestal had long been an executive at Dillon Read on Wall Street. But in

ecent years he had gone astray. As Secretary of the Navy in 1944, Forrestal proposed the 

racial integration of the Navy. As Defense Secretary he pressed for integration in the 

armed forces and this eventually became the U.S. policy. 

Forrestal opposed the utopians' strategy of appeasement coupled with brinkmanship. He 

was simply opposed to communism. On March 28, 1949, Forrestal was forced out of 

office and flown on an Air Force plane to Florida. He was taken to `` Hobe Sound '' 

(Jupiter Island), where Robert Lovett and an army psychiatrist dealt with him.@s8 

He was flown back to Washington, locked in Walter Reed Army Hospital and given 

insulin shock treatments for alleged `` mental exhaustion. '' He was denied all visitors 

except his estranged wife and children--his son had been Averell Harriman's aide in 

Moscow. On May 22, James Forrestal's body was found, his bathrobe cord tied tightly 

around his neck, after he had plunged from a sixteenth-story hospital window. The chief 

psychiatrist called the death a suicide even before any investigation was started. The 

results of the Army's inquest were kept secret. Forrestal's diaries were published, 80 

percent deleted, after a year of direct government censorship and rewriting. 

North Korean troops invaded South Korea in June 1950, after U.S. Secretary of State 

Dean Acheson (Harriman's very close friend) publicly specified that Korea would not be 

defended. With a new war on, Harriman came back to serve as President Truman's 

adviser, to `` oversee national security affairs. '' 

Harriman replaced Clark Clifford, who had been special counsel to Truman. Clifford, 

however, remained close to Harriman and his partners as they gained more and more 

power. Clifford later wrote about his cordial relations with Prescott Bush: 

Prescott Bush ... had become one of my frequent golfing partners in the fifties, 

and I had both liked and respected him.... Bush had a splendid singing voice, and 

particularly loved quartet singing. In the fifties, he organized a quartet that 

included my daughter Joyce.... They would sing in Washington, and, on occasion, 

he invited the group to Hobe Sound in Florida to perform. His son [George], 

though, had never struck me as a strong or forceful person. In 1988, he presented 

himself successfully to the voters as an outsider--no small trick for a man whose 

roots wound through Connecticut, Yale, Texas oil, the CIA, a patrician 

background, wealth, and the Vice-Presidency.@s9 

With James Forrestal out of the way, Averell Harriman and Dean Acheson drove to 

Leesburg, Virginia, on July 1, 1950, to hire the British-backed U.S. Gen. George C. 

Marshall as Secretary of Defense. At the same time, Prescott's partner, Robert Lovett, 

himself became Assistant Secretary of Defense. 

Lovett, Marshall, Harriman and Acheson went to work to unhorse Gen. Douglas 

MacArthur, commander of U.S. forces in Asia. MacArthur kept Wall Street's intelligence 

agencies away from his command, and favored real independence for the non-white 

nations. Lovett called for MacArthur's firing on March 23, 1951, citing MacArthur's

insistence on defeating the Communist Chinese invaders in Korea. MacArthur's famous 

message, that there was `` no substitute for victory, '' was read in Congress on April 5; 

MacArthur was fired on April 10, 1951. 

That September, Robert Lovett replaced Marshall as Secretary of Defense. Meanwhile, 

Harriman was named director of the Mutual Security Agency, making him the U.S. chief 

of the Anglo-American military alliance. By now, Brown Brothers Harriman was 

everything but Commander-in-Chief. 

These were, of course exciting times for the Bush family, whose wagon was hitched to 

the financial gods of Olympus--to Jupiter, that is. 

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. 

59 Wall Street, New York 5, N.Y. 

Business Established 1818 

Cable Address ``Shipley-New York'' 

Private Bankers 

April 2, 1951 

The Honorable W.A. Harriman, 

The White House, 

Washington, D.C. 

Dear Averell: 

I was sorry to miss you in Washington but appreciate your cordial note. 

I shall hope for better luck another time. I hope you had a good rest at Hobe Sound. 

With affectionate regard, I am, 


Pres [signed] 

Prescott S. Bush. 

A central focus of the Harriman security regime in Washington (1950-53) was the 

organization of covert operations, and `` psychological warfare. '' Harriman, together with 

his lawyers and business partners, Allen Dulles and John Foster Dulles, wanted the 

government's secret services to conduct extensive propaganda campaigns and masspsychology 

experiments within the U.S.A., and paramilitary campaigns abroad. This 

would supposedly ensure a stable world-wide environment favorable to Anglo-American 

financial and political interests. 

The Harriman security regime created the Psychological Strategy Board (PSB) in 1951. 

The man appointed director of the PSB, Gordon Gray, is familiar to the reader as the 

sponsor of the child sterilization experiments, carried out by the Harrimanite eugenics 

movement in North Carolina following World War II (see Chapter 3). 

Gordon Gray was an avid Anglophile, whose father had gotten controlling ownership of 

the R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company through alliance with the British Imperial Tobacco 

cartel's U.S. representatives, the Duke family of North Carolina. Gordon's brother, R.J.

Reynolds chairman Bowman Gray, Jr., was also a Naval Intelligence officer, known 

around Washington as the `` founder of operational intelligence. '' Gordon Gray became a 

close friend and political ally of Prescott Bush; and Gray's son became for Prescott's son, 

George, his lawyer and the shield of his covert policy. 

But President Harry Truman, as malleable as he was, constituted an obstacle to the covert 

warriors. An insular Missouri politician vaguely favorable to the U.S. Constitution, he 

remained skeptical about secret service activities that reminded him of the Nazi Gestapo. 

So, `` covert operations '' could not fully take off without a change of the Washington 

regime. And it was with the Republican Party that Prescott Bush was to get his turn. 

Prescott had made his first attempt to enter national politics in 1950, as his partners took 

control of the levers of governmental power. Remaining in charge of Brown Brothers 

Harriman, he ran against Connecticut's William Benton for a seat in the U.S. Senate. (The 

race was for a two-year unexpired term, left empty by the death of the previous Senator.) 

In those days, Wisconsin's drunken Senator Joseph R. McCarthy was making a circuslike 

crusade against communist influence in Washington. McCarthy attacked liberals and 

leftists, State Department personnel, politicians and Hollywood figures. He generally left 

unscathed the Wall Street and London strategists who donated Eastern Europe and China 

to communist dictatorship--like George Bush, their geopolitics was beyond left and right. 

Prescott Bush had no public ties to the notorious Joe McCarthy, and appeared to be 

neutral about his crusade. But the Wisconsin Senator had his uses. Joe McCarthy came 

into Connecticut three times that year to campaign for Bush and against the Democrats. 

Bush himself made charges of `` Korea, Communism and Corruption '' into a slick 

campaign phrase against Benton, which then turned up as a national Republican slogan. 

The response was disappointing. Only small crowds turned out to hear Joe McCarthy, 

and Benton was not hurt. McCarthy's pro-Bush rally in New Haven, in a hall that seated 

6,000, drew only 376 people. Benton joked on the radio that `` 200 of them were my 

spies. '' 

Prescott Bush resigned from the Yale Board of Fellows for his campaign, and the board 

published a statement to the effect that the `` Yale vote '' should support Bush--despite the 

fact that William Benton was a Yale man, and in many ways identical in outlook to Bush. 

Yale's Whiffenpoof singers appeared regularly for Prescott's campaign. None of this was 

particularly effective, however, with the voting population.@s1@s0 

Then Prescott Bush ran into a completely unexpected problem. At that time, the old 

Harriman eugenics movement was centered at Yale University. Prescott Bush was a Yale 

trustee, and his former Brown Brothers Harriman partner, Lawrence Tighe, was Yale's 

treasurer. In that connection, a slight glimmer of the truth about the Bush-Harriman firm's 

Nazi activities now made its way into the campaign.

Not only was the American Eugenics Society itself headquartered at Yale, but all parts of 

this undead fascist movement had a busy home at Yale. The coercive psychiatry and 

sterilization advocates had made the Yale/New Haven Hospital and Yale Medical School 

their laboratories for hands-on practice in brain surgery and psychological 

experimentation. And the Birth Control League was there, which had long trumpeted the 

need for eugenical births--fewer births for parents with `` inferior '' bloodlines. Prescott's 

partner Tighe was a Connecticut director of the league, and the Connecticut league's 

medical advisor was eugenics advocate Dr. Winternitz of Yale Medical School. 

Now in 1950, people who knew something about Prescott Bush knew that he had very 

unsavory roots in the eugenics movement. There were then, just after the anti-Hitler war, 

few open advocates of sterilization of `` unfit '' or `` unnecessary '' people. (That would be 

revived later, with the help of General Draper and his friend George Bush.) But the Birth 

Control League was public--just about then it was changing its name to the euphemistic `` 

Planned Parenthood. '' 

Then, very late in the 1950 senatorial campaign, Prescott Bush was publicly exposed for 

being an activist in that section of the old fascist eugenics movement. Prescott Bush lost 

the election by about 1,000 out of 862,000 votes. He and his family blamed the defeat on 

the expose@aa. The defeat was burned into the family's memory, leaving a bitterness and 

perhaps a desire for revenge. 

In his foreword to a population control propaganda book, George Bush wrote about that 

1950 election: `` My own first awareness of birth control as a public policy issue came 

with a jolt in 1950 when my father was running for United States Senate in Connecticut. 

Drew Pearson, on the Sunday before Election day, `revealed' that my father was involved 

with Planned Parenthood.... Many political observers felt a sufficient number of voters 

were swayed by his alleged contacts with the birth controllers to cost him the election.... 

''@s1@s1 

Prescott Bush was defeated, while the other Republican candidates fared well in 

Connecticut. When he tried again, Prescott Bush would not leave the outcome to the 

blind whims of the public. 

Prescott Bush moved into action again in 1952 as a national leader of the push to give the 

Republican presidential nomination to Gen. Dwight D. (`` Ike '') Eisenhower. Among the 

other team members were Bush's Hitler-era lawyer John Foster Dulles, and Jupiter 

Islander C. Douglas Dillon. 

Dillon and his father were the pivots as the Harriman-Dulles combination readied Ike for 

the presidency. As a friend put it: `` When the Dillons ... invited [Eisenhower] to dinner it 

was to introduce him to Wall Street bankers and lawyers. ''@s1@s2 

Ike's higher-level backers believed, correctly, that Ike would not interfere with even the 

dirtiest of their covert action programs. The bland, pleasant Prescott Bush was in from the 

beginning: a friend to Ike, and an original backer of his presidency.

On July 28, 1952, as the election approached, Connecticut's senior U.S. Senator, James 

O'Brien McMahon, died at the age of 48.* 

This was extremely convenient for Prescott. He got the Republican nomination for U.S. 

Senator at a special delegated meeting, with backing by the Yale-dominated state party 

leadership. Now he would run in a special election for the suddenly vacant Senate seat. 

He could expect to be swept into office, since he would be on the same electoral ticket as 

the popular war hero, General Ike. By a technicality, he would instantly become 

Connecticut's senior Senator, with extra power in Congress. And the next regularly 

scheduled senatorial race would be in 1956 (when McMahon's term would have ended), 

so Prescott could run again in that presidential election year--once again on Ike's 

coattails! 

With this arrangement, things worked out very smoothly. In Eisenhower's 1952 election 

victory, Ike won Connecticut by a margin of 129,507 votes out of 1,092,471. Prescott 

Bush came in last among the statewide Republicans, but managed to win by 30,373 out 

of 1,088,799 votes case, his margin nearly 100,000 behind Eisenhower. He took the 

traditionally Republican towns. 

In Eisenhower's 1956 reelection, Ike won Connecticut by 303,036 out of 1,114,954 votes, 

the largest presidential margin in Connecticut's history. Prescott Bush managed to win 

again, by 129,544 votes out of 1,085,206--his margin this time 290,082 smaller than 

Eisenhower's.@s1@s3 

In January 1963, when this electoral strategy had been played out and his second term 

expired, Prescott Bush retired from government and returned to Brown Brothers 

Harriman. 

The 1952 Eisenhower victory made John Foster Dulles Secretary of State, and his brother 

Allen Dulles head of the CIA. The reigning Dulles brothers were the `` Republican '' 

replacements for their client and business partner, `` Democrat '' Averell Harriman. 

Occasional public posturings aside, their strategic commitments were identical to his. 

Undoubtedly the most important work accomplished by Prescott Bush in the new regime 

was on the golf links, where he was Ike's favorite partner. 

Toward the ``National Security State'' 

Prescott Bush was a most elusive, secretive Senator. By diligent research, his views on 

some issues may be traced: He was opposed to the development of public power projects 

like the Tennessee Valley Authority; he opposed the constitutional amendment 

introduced by Ohio Senator John W. Bricker, which would have required congressional 

approval of international agreements by the executive branch. 

But Prescott Bush was essentially a covert operative in Washington.

On June 10, 1954, Bush received a letter from Connecticut resident H. Smith Richardson, 

owner of Vick Chemical Company (cough drops, Vapo-Rub): 

`` ... At some time before Fall, Senator, I want to get your advice and counsel on a 

[new] subject--namely what should be done with the income from a foundation 

which my brother and I set up, and which will begin its operation in 1956.... 

''@s1@s4 

This letter presages the establishment of the H. Smith Richardson Foundation, a Bush 

family-dictated private slush fund which was to be utilized by the Central Intelligence 

Agency, and by Vice President Bush, for the conduct of his Iran-Contra adventures. 

The Bush family knew Richardson and his wife through their mutual friendship with 

Sears Roebuck's chairman, Gen. Robert E. Wood. General Wood had been president of 

the America First organization, which had lobbied against war with Hitler Germany. H. 

Smith Richardson had contributed the start-up money for America First and had spoken 

out against the U.S. `` joining the Communists '' by fighting Hitler. Richardson's wife was 

a proud relative of Nancy Langehorne from Virginia, who married Lord Astor and 

backed the Nazis from their Cliveden Estate. 

General Wood's daughter Mary had married the son of Standard Oil president William 

Stamps Farish. The Bushes had stuck with the Farishes through their disastrous exposure 

during World War II (see Chapter 3). Young George Bush and his bride Barbara were 

especially close to Mary Farish, and to her son W.S. Farish III, who would be the great 

confidante of George's presidency.@s1@s5 

The H. Smith Richardson Foundation was organized by Eugene Stetson, Jr., Richardson's 

son-in-law. Stetson (Skull and Bones, 1934) had worked for Prescott Bush as assistant 

manager of the New York branch of Brown Brothers Harriman. 

In the late 1950s, the H. Smith Richardson Foundation took part in the `` psychological 

warfare '' of the CIA. This was not a foreign, but a domestic, covert operation, carried out 

mainly against unwitting U.S. citizens. CIA Director Allen Dulles and his British allies 

organized `` MK-Ultra, '' the testing of psychotropic drugs including LSD on a very large 

scale, allegedly to evaluate `` chemical warfare '' possibilities. In this period, the 

Richardson Foundation helped finance experiments at Bridgewater Hospital in 

Massachusetts, the center of some of the most brutal MK-Ultra tortures. These outrages 

have been graphically portrayed in the movie, Titticut Follies. 

During 1990, an investigator for this book toured H. Smith Richardson's Center for 

Creative Leadership just north of Greensboro, North Carolina. The tour guide said that in 

these rooms, agents of the Central Intelligence Agency and the Secret Service are trained. 

He demonstrated the two-way mirrors through which the government employees are 

watched, while they are put through mind-bending psychodramas. The guide explained 

that `` virtually everyone who becomes a general '' in the U.S. armed forces also goes 

through this `` training '' at the Richardson Center.

Another office of the Center for Creative Leadership is in Langley, Virginia, at the 

headquarters of the Central Intelligence Agency. Here also, Richardson's Center trains 

leaders of the CIA. 

Prescott Bush worked throughout the Eisenhower years as a confidential ally of the 

Dulles brothers. In July 1956, Egypt's President Gamel Abdul Nasser announced he 

would accept the U.S. offer of a loan for the construction of the Aswan Dam project. 

John Foster Dulles then prepared a statement telling the Egyptian ambassador that the 

U.S.A. had decided to retract its offer. Dulles gave the explosive statement in advance to 

Prescott Bush for his approval. Dulles also gave the statement to President Eisenhower, 

and to the British government.@s1@s6 

Nasser reacted to the Dulles brush-off by nationalizing the Suez Canal to pay for the dam. 

Israel, then Britain and France, invaded Egypt to try to overthrow Nasser, leader of the 

anti-imperial Arab nationalists. However, Eisenhower refused (for once) to play the 

Dulles-British game, and the invaders had to leave Egypt when Britain was threatened 

with U.S. economic sanctions. 

During 1956, Senator Prescott Bush's value to the Harriman-Dulles political group 

increased when he was put on the Senate Armed Services Committee. Bush toured U.S. 

and allied military bases throughout the world, and had increased access to the national 

security decision-making process. 

In the later years of the Eisenhower presidency, Gordon Gray rejoined the government. 

As an intimate friend and golfing partner of Prescott Bush, Gray complemented the Bush 

influence on Ike. The Bush-Gray family partnership in the `` secret government '' 

continues up through the George Bush presidency. 

Gordon Gray had been appointed head of the new Psychological Strategy Board in 1951 

under Averell Harriman's rule as assistant to President Truman for national security 

affairs. From 1958 to 1961, Gordon Gray was national security chief under President 

Eisenhower. Gray acted as Ike's intermediary, strategist and hand-holder, in the 

President's relations with the CIA and the U.S. and allied military forces. 

Eisenhower did not oppose the CIA's covert action projects; he only wanted to be 

protected from the consequences of their failure or exposure. Gray's primary task, in the 

guise of `` oversight '' on all U.S. covert action, was to protect and hide the growing mass 

of CIA and related secret government activities. 

It was not only covert projects which were developed by the Gray-Bush-Dulles 

combination; it was also new, hidden structures of the United States government. 

Senator Henry Jackson challenged these arrangements in 1959 and 1960. Jackson created 

a Subcommittee on National Policy Machinery of the Senate Committee on 

Governmental Operations, which investigated Gordon Gray's reign at the National 

Security Council. On January 26, 1960, Gordon Gray warned President Eisenhower that a

document revealing the existence of a secret part of the U.S. government had somehow 

gotten into the bibliography being used by Senator Jackson. The unit was Gray's `` 5412 

Group '' within the administration, officially but secretly in charge of approving covert 

action. Under Gray's guidance, Ike `` |`was clear and firm in his response' that Jackson's 

staff not be informed of the existence of this unit [emphasis in the original]. ''@s1@s7 

Several figures of the Eisenhower administration must be considered the fathers of this 

permanent covert action monolith, men who continued shepherding the monster after its 

birth in the Eisenhower era: 

• Gordon Gray, the shadowy assistant to the President for national security affairs, 

Prescott Bush's closest executive branch crony and golf partner along with Eisenhower. 

By 1959-60, Gray had Ike's total confidence and served as the Harrimanites' monitor on 

all U.S. military and non-military projects. 

British intelligence agent Kim Philby defected to the Russians in 1963. Philby had gained 

virtually total access to U.S. intelligence activities beginning in 1949, as the British secret 

services' liaison to the Harriman-dominated CIA. After Philby's defection, it seemed 

obvious that the aristocratic British intelligence service was in fact a menace to the 

western cause. In the 1960s, a small team of U.S. counterintelligence specialists went to 

England to investigate the situation. They reported back that the British secret service 

could be thoroughly trusted. The leader of this `` expert '' team, Gordon Gray, was the 

head of the counterespionage section of the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory 

Board for Presidents John Kennedy through Gerald Ford. 

• Robert Lovett, Bush's Jupiter Island neighbor and Brown Brothers Harriman partner, 

from 1956 on a member of the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board. Lovett 

later claimed to have criticized--from the `` inside ''--the plan to invade Cuba at the Bay 

of Pigs. Lovett was asked to choose the cabinet for John Kennedy in 1961. 

• CIA Director Allen Dulles, Bush's former international attorney. Kennedy fired Dulles 

after the Bay of Pigs invasion, but Dulles served on the Warren Commission, which 

whitewashed President Kennedy's murder. 

• C. Douglas Dillon, neighbor of Bush on Jupiter Island, became Undersecretary of State 

in 1958 after the death of John Foster Dulles. Dillon had been John Foster Dulles's 

ambassador to France (1953-57), coordinating the original U.S. covert backing for the 

French imperial effort in Vietnam, with catastrophic results for the world. Dillon was 

Treasury Secretary for both John Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson. 

• Ambassador to Britain Jock Whitney, extended family member of the Harrimans and 

neighbor of Prescott Bush on Jupiter Island. Whitney set up a press service in London 

called Forum World Features, which published propaganda furnished directly by the CIA 

and the British intelligence services. Beginning in 1961, Whitney was chairman of the 

British Empire's `` English Speaking Union. '' 

• Senator Prescott Bush, friend and counselor of President Eisenhower. 

Bush's term continued on in the Senate after the Eisenhower years, throughout most of 

the aborted Kennedy presidency.

In 1962, the National Strategy Information Center was founded by Prescott Bush and his 

son Prescott, Jr., William Casey (the future CIA chief) and Leo Cherne. The center came 

to be directed by Frank Barnett, former program officer of the Bush family's H. Smith 

Richardson Foundation. The center conduited funds to the London-Based Forum World 

Features, for the circulation of CIA-authored `` news stories '' to some 300 newspapers 

internationally.@s1@s8 

`` Democrat '' Averell Harriman rotated back into official government in the Kennedy 

administration. As Assistant Secretary and Undersecretary of State, Harriman helped 

push the United States into the Vietnam War. Harriman had no post in the Eisenhower 

administration. Yet he was perhaps more than anyone the leader and the glue for the 

incredible evil that was hatched by the CIA in the final Eisenhower years: a half-public, 

half-private Harrimanite army, never since demobilized, and increasingly associated with 

the name of Bush. 

Following the rise of Castro, the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency contracted with the 

organization of Mafia boss Meyer Lansky to organize and train assassination squads for 

use against the Cuban government. Among those employed were John Rosselli, Santos 

Trafficante and Sam Giancana. Uncontested public documentation of these facts has been 

published by congressional bodies and by leading Establishment academics.@s1@s9 

But the disturbing implications and later consequences of this engagement are a crucial 

matter for further study by the citizens of every nation. This much is established: 

On Aug. 18, 1960, President Eisenhower approved a $13 million official budget for a 

secret CIA-run guerrilla war against Castro. It is known that Vice President Richard M. 

Nixon took a hand in the promotion of this initiative. The U.S. military was kept out of 

the covert action plans until very late in the game. 

The first of eight admitted assassination attempts against Castro took place in 1960. 

The program was, of course, a failure, if not a circus. The invasion of Cuba by the CIA's 

anti-Castro exiles was put off until after John Kennedy took over the presidency. The 

invasion at the Bay of Pigs was a fiasco, and Castro's forces easily prevailed. But the 

program continued. 

In 1960, Felix Rodriguez, Luis Posada Carriles, Rafael `` Chi Chi '' Quintero, Frank 

Sturgis (or `` Frank Fiorini '') and other Florida-based Cuban exiles were trained as killers 

and drug-traffickers in the Cuban initiative; their supervisor was E. Howard Hunt. Their 

overall CIA boss was Miami station chief Theodore G. Shackley, seconded by Thomas 

Clines. In later chapters we will follow the subsequent careers of these characters-increasingly 

identified with George Bush--through the Watergate coup, and the Iran- 

Contra scandal.

NOTES: 


Bohlen, Harriman, Kennan, Lovett, McCloy (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1986), p. 377. 

2. Reed was better known in high society as a minor diplomat, the founder of the Triton Press and the 

president of the American Shakespeare Theater. 

3. Palm Beach Post, Jan. 13, 1991. 

4. For Lovett's residency there see Isaacson and Thomas, op. cit., p. 417. Some Jupiter Island residencies 

were verified by their inclusion in the 1947 membership list of the Hobe Sound Yacht Club, in the 

Harriman papers, Library of Congress; others were established from interviews with long-time Jupiter 

Islanders. 

5. Arthur Burr Darling, The Central Intelligence Agency: An Instrument of Government, to 1950 (College 

Station: Pennsylvania State University, 1990), p. 59. 

6. The Chicago Tribune, Feb. 9, 1945, for example, warned of `` Creation of an all-powerful intelligence 

service to spy on the postwar world and to pry into the lives of citizens at home. '' Cf. Anthony Cave 

Brown, Wild Bill Donovan: The Last Hero (New York: Times Books, 1982), p. 625, on warnings to FDR 

about the British control of U.S. intelligence. 

7. Dennis Eisenberg, Uri Dan, Eli Landau, Meyer Lansky: Mogul of the Mob (New York: Paddington Press, 

1979) pp. 227-28. 

8. See John Ranelagh, The Agency: The Rise and Decline of the CIA (New York: Simon and Schuster, 

1987), pp. 131-32. 

9. Clark Clifford, Counsel to the President (New York: Random House, 1991). 

10. Sidney Hyman, The Lives of William Benton (Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1969), pp. 

438-41. 

11. Phyllis Tilson Piotrow, World Population Crisis: The United States Response (New York: Praeger 

Publishers, 1973), `` Foreward, '' by George H.W. Bush, p. vii. 

12. Herbert S. Parmet, Eisenhower and the American Crusades (New York: The Macmillan Company, 

1972), p. 14. 

13. New York Times, Sept. 6, 1952, Nov. 5, 1952, Nov. 7, 1956. 

14. Richardson to Prescott Bush, H. Smith Richardson Papers, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

15. Wayne S. Cole, America First: The Battle Against Intervention, 1940-1941 (Madison: the University of 

Wisconsin Press, 1953); interviews with Richardson family employees; H. Smith Richardson Foundation 

annual reports; Richardson to Prescott Bush, March 26, 1954, Richardson Papers. Washington Post, April 

29, 1990. 

16. Parmet, op. cit., p. 481.

17. John Prados, Keepers of the Keys: A History of the National Security Council from Truman to Bush 

(New York: William Morrow, 1991) pp. 92-95. 

18. Robert Callaghan in Covert Action, No. 33, Winter 1990. Prescott, Jr. was a board member of the 

National Strategy Information Center as of 1991. Both Prescott Sr. and Jr. were deeply involved along with 

Casey in the circles of Pan American Airlines, Pan Am's owners the Grace family, and the CIA's Latin 

American affairs. The center, based in Washington, D.C., declines public inquiries about its founding. 

See also EIR Special Report: `` American Leviathan: Administrative Fascism under the Bush Regime '' 

(Wiesbaden, Germany: Executive Intelligence Review Nachrichtenagentur, April 1990), p. 192. 

19. For example, see Trumbull Higgins, The Perfect Failure: Kennedy, Eisenhower, and the CIA at the Bay 

of Pigs (New York: W.W. Norton and Co., 1987), pp. 55-56, 89-90. 

Unverified information on the squads is provided in the affidavit of Daniel P. Sheehan, attorney for the 

Christic Institute, reproduced in EIR Special Report:, `` Project Democracy: The `Parallel Government' 

behind the Iran-Contra Affair '' (Washington, D.C.: Executive Intelligence Review, 1987), pp. 249-50. 

Some of the hired assassins have published their memoirs. See, for example, Felix Rodriguez and John 

Weisman, Secret Warrior (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1989); and E. Howard Hunt, Undercover: 

Memoirs of an American Secret Agent (New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1974). 

* McMahon had been Assistant U.S. Attorney General, in charge of the Criminal Division, from 1935 to 1939. Was there a chance he might 

someday speak out about the unpunished Nazi-era crimes of the wealthy and powerful?

Chapter - V - Poppy and Mommy 

`Òh Mother, Mother! What have you done? Behold! the heavens do ope. The 

gods look down, and this unnatural scene they laugh at. '' 

Coriolanus, Shakespeare. 

The Silver Spoon 

George Herbert Walker Bush was born in Milton, Massachusetts, on June 12, 1924. 

During the next year the family moved to Greenwich, Connecticut, and established their 

permanent residency. 

Prescott and Dorothy Walker Bush had had a son, Prescott, Jr., before George. Later 

there was a little sister, Nancy, and another brother, Jonathan; a fourth son, William (`` 

Bucky ''), was born 14 years after George, in 1939. 

George was named after his grandfather, George Herbert Walker. Since George's mother 

called Grandfather Walker `` Pop, '' she began calling her son, his namesake, `` little Pop, 

'' or `` Poppy. '' Hence, Poppy Bush is the name the President's family friends have called 

him since his youth. 

Prescott, Sr. joined W.A. Harriman & Co. May 1, 1926. With his family's lucrative 

totalitarian projects, George Bush's childhood began in comfort and advanced 

dramatically to luxury and elegance. 

The Bushes had a large, dark-shingled house with `` broad verandas and a portecochere '' 

(originally a roofed structure extending out to the driveway to protect the gentry who 

arrived in coaches) on Grove Lane in the Deer Park section of Greenwich.@s1

Here they were attended by four servants--three maids (one of whom cooked) and a 

chauffeur. 

The U.S.A. was plunged into the Great Depression beginning with the 1929-31 financial 

collapse. But George Bush and his family were totally insulated from this crisis. Before 

and after the crash, their lives were a frolic, sealed off from the concerns of the 

population at large. 

During the summers, the Bushes stayed in a second home on the family's ten-acre spread 

at Walker's Point at Kennebunkport, Maine. Flush from the Soviet oil deals and the 

Thyssen-Nazi Party arrangements, Grandfather Walker had built a house there for 

Prescott and Dorothy. They and other well-to-do summer colonists used Kennebunkport's 

River Club for tennis and yachting. In the winter season, they took the train to 

Grandfather Walker's plantation, called `` Duncannon, '' near Barnwell, South Carolina. 

The novices were instructed in skeet shooting, then went out on horseback, following the 

hounds in pursuit of quail and dove. George's sister Nancy recalled `` the care taken '' by 

the servants `` over the slightest things, like the trimmed edges of the grapefruit. We were 

waited on by the most wonderful black servants who would come into the bedrooms early 

in the morning and light those crackling pine-wood fires.... ''@s2 

The money poured in from the Hamburg-Amerika steamship line, its workforce crisply 

regulated by the Nazi Labor Front. The family took yet another house at Aiken, South 

Carolina. There the Bush children had socially acceptable `` tennis and riding partners. 

Aiken was a Southern capital of polo in those days, a winter resort of considerable 

distinction and serenity that attracted many Northerners, especially the equestrian 

oriented. The Bush children naturally rode there, too.... ''@s3 Averell Harriman, a worldclass 

polo player, also frequented Aiken. 

Poppy Bush's father and mother anxiously promoted the family's distinguished lineage, 

and its growing importance in the world. Prescott Bush claimed that he `` could trace his 

family's roots back to England's King Henry III, making George a thirteenth cousin, twice 

removed of Queen Elizabeth. ''@s4 

This particular conceit may be a bad omen for President Bush. The cowardly, acidtongued 

Henry III was defeated by France's Louis IX (Saint Louis) in Henry's grab for 

power over France and much of Europe. Henry's own barons at length revolted against 

his blundering arrogance, and his power was curbed. 

As the 1930s economic crisis deepened, Americans experienced unprecedented hardship 

and fear. The Bush children were taught that those who suffered these problems had no 

one to blame but themselves. 

A hack writer, hired to puff President Bush's `` heroic military background, '' wrote these 

lines from material supplied by the White House:

`` Prescott Bush was a thrifty man.... He had no sympathy for the nouveau riches 

who flaunted their wealth--they were without class, he said. As a sage and strictly 

honest businessman, he had often turned failing companies around, making them 

profitable again, and he had scorn for people who went bankrupt because they 

mismanaged their money. Prescott's lessons were absorbed by young 

George....''@s5 

When he reached the age of five, George Bush joined his older brother Pres in attending 

the Greenwich Country Day School. The brothers' `` lives were charted from birth. Their 

father had determined that his sons would be ... educated and trained to be members of 

America's elite.... Greenwich Country Day School [was] an exclusive all-male academy 

for youngsters slated for private secondary schools.... 

`Àlec, the family chauffeur, drove the two boys to school every morning after dropping 

Prescott, Sr. at the railroad station for the morning commute to Manhattan. The 

Depression was nowhere in evidence as the boys glided in the family's black Oldsmobile 

past the stone fences, stables, and swimming pools of one of the wealthiest communities 

in America. ''@s6 

But though the young George Bush had no concerns about his material existence, one 

must not overlook the important, private anxiety gnawing at him from the direction of his 

mother. 

The President's wife, Barbara, has put most succinctly the question of Dorothy Bush and 

her effect on George: `` His mother was the most competitive living human. ''@s7 

If we look here in his mother's shadow, we may find something beyond the routine 

medical explanations for President Bush's `` driven '' states of rage, or hyperactivity. 

Mother Bush was the best athlete in the family, the fastest runner. She was hard. She 

expected others to be hard. They must win, but they must always appear not to care about 

winning. 

This is put politely, delicately, in a `` biography '' written by an admiring friend of the 

President: `` She was with them day after day, ... often curbing their egos as only a 

marine drill instructor can. Once when ... George lost a tennis match, he explained to her 

that he had been off his game that morning. She retorted, `You don't have a game.' ''@s8 

According to this account, Barbara was fascinated by her mother-in-law's continuing 

ferocity: 

George, playing mixed doubles with Barbara on the Kennebunkport court, ran into a 

porch and injured his right shoulder blade. `` His mother said it was my ball to hit, and it 

happened because I didn't run for it. She was probably right, '' Barbara told [an 

interviewer].... When a discussion of someone's game came up, as Barbara described it, `` 

if Mrs. Bush would say, `She had some good shots,' it meant she stank. That's just the

way she got the message across. When one of the grandchildren brought this girl home, 

everybody said, `We think he's going to marry her,' and she said, Òh, no, she won't play 

net.' ''@s9 

A goad to rapid motion became embedded in his personality. It is observable throughout 

George Bush's life. 

A companion trait was Poppy's uncanny urge, his master obsession with the need to `` 

kiss up, '' to propitiate those who might in any way advance his interests. A life of such 

efforts could at some point reach a climax of released rage, where the triumphant one 

may finally say, `` Now it is only I who must be feared. '' 

This dangerous cycle began very early, a response to his mother's prodding and 

intimidation; it intensified as George became more able to calculate his advantage. 

His mother says: 

`` George was a most unselfish child. When he was only a little more than two years old 

... we bought him one of those pedal cars you climb into and work with your feet. 

``[His brother] Pres knew just how to work it, and George came running over and 

grabbed the wheel and told Pres he should `have half,' meaning half of his new 

possession. `Have half, have half,' he kept repeating, and for a while around the house we 

called him `Have half.' ''@s1@s0 

George `` learned to ask for no more than what was due him. Although not the school's 

leading student, his report card was always good, and his mother was particularly pleased 

that he was always graded èxcellent' in one category she thought of great importance: 

`Claims no more than his fair share of time and attention.' This consistent ranking led to a 

little family joke--George always did best in `Claims no more.' 

``He was not a selfish child, did not even display the innocent possessiveness common to 

most children.... ''@s1@s1 

Andover 

George Bush left Greenwich Country Day School in 1936. He joined his older brother at 

Phillips Academy in Andover, Massachusetts, 20 miles north of Boston. `` Poppy '' was 

12 years old, handsome and rich. Though the U.S. economy took a savage turn for the 

worse the following year, George's father was piling up a fortune, arranging bond 

swindles for the Nazis with John Foster Dulles. 

Only about one in 14 U.S. secondary school students could afford to be in private schools 

during George Bush's stay at Andover (1936-42). The New England preparatory or `` 

prep '' schools were the most exclusive. Their students were almost all rich white boys,

many of them Episcopalians. And Andover was, in certain strange ways, the most 

exclusive of them all. 

A 1980 campaign biography prepared by Bush's own staff concedes that `` it was to New 

England that they returned to be educated at select schools that produce leaders with a 

patrician or aristocratic stamp--adjectives, incidentally, which cause a collective wince 

among the Bushes.... At the close of the 1930s ... these schools ... brought the famous 

òld-boy networks' to the peak of their power. ''@s1@s2 

These American institutions have been consciously modeled on England's elite private 

schools (confusingly called `` public '' schools because they were open to all English boys 

with sufficient money). The philosophy inculcated into the son of a British Lord Admiral 

or South African police chief, was to be imbibed by sons of the American republic. 

George made some decisive moral choices about himself in these first years away from 

home. The institution which guided these choices, and helped shape the peculiar 

obsessions of the 41st President, was a pit of Anglophile aristocratic racialism when 

George Bush came on the scene. 

`` Andover was ... less dedicated to èlitism' than some [schools].... There were even a 

couple of blacks in the classes, tokens of course, but this at a time when a black student at 

almost any other Northeastern prep school would have been unthinkable. ''@s1@s3 

Andover had a vaunted `` tradition, '' intermingled with the proud bloodlines of its 

students and alumni, that was supposed to reach back to the school's founding in 1778. 

But a closer examination reveals this `` tradition '' to be a fraud. It is part of a larger, 

highly significant historical fallacy perpetrated by the Anglo-Americans--and curiously 

stressed by Bush's agents in foreign countries. 

Thomas Cochran, a partner of the J.P. Morgan banking firm, donated considerable sums 

to construct swanky new Andover buildings in the 1920s. Among these were George 

Washington Hall and Paul Revere Hall, named for leaders of the American Revolution 

against the British Empire. These and similar `` patriotic '' trappings, with the alumni's 

old school-affiliated genealogies, might seem to indicate an unbroken line of racial 

imperialists like Cochran and his circle, reaching back to the heroes of the Revolution! 

Let us briefly tour Andover's history, and then ponder whether General Washington 

would want to be identified with Poppy Bush's school. 

Thirty years after Samuel Phillips founded the Academy at Andover, Massachusetts, the 

quiet little school became embroiled in a violent controversy. On one side were certain 

diehard pro-British families, known as Boston Brahmins, who had prospered in the ship 

transportation of rum and black slaves. They had regained power in Boston since their 

allies had lost the 1775-83 American Revolution.

In 1805 these cynical, neo-pagan, `` Tory '' families succeeded in placing their 

representative in the Hollis chair of Philosophy at Harvard College. The Tories, parading 

publicly as liberal religionists called Unitarians, were opposed by American nationalists 

led by the geographer-historian Rev. Jedidiah Morse (1761-1826). The nationalists rallied 

the Christian churches of the northeastern states behind a plan to establish, at Andover, a 

new religious institution which would counter the British spies, atheists and criminals 

who had taken over Harvard. 

British Empire political operatives Stephen Higginson, Jr. and John Lowell, Jr. published 

counterattacks against Rev. Morse, claiming he was trying to rouse the lower classes of 

citizens to hatred against the wealthy merchant families. Then the Tories played the `` 

conservative '' card. Ultra-orthodox Calvinists, actually business partners to the Harvard 

liberals, threatened to set up their own religious institution in Tory-dominated 

Newburyport. Their assertion, that Morse was not conservative enough, split the 

resources of the region's Christians, until the Morse group reluctantly brought the 

Newburyport ultras as partners into the management of the Andover Theological 

Seminary in 1808. 

The new theological seminary and the adjacent boys' academy were now governed 

together under a common board of trustees (balanced between the Morse nationalists and 

the Newburyport anti-nationalists, the opposing wings of the old Federalist Party). 

Jedidiah Morse made Andover the headquarters of a rather heroic, anti-racist, Christian 

missionary movement, bringing literacy, printing presses, medicine and technological 

education to Southeast Asia and American Indians, notably the Georgia Cherokees. This 

activist Andover doctrine of racial equality and American Revolutionary spirit was 

despised and feared by British opium pushers in East Asia and by Boston's blue-blooded 

Anglophiles. Andover missionaries were eventually jailed in Georgia; their too-modern 

Cherokee allies were murdered and driven into exile by pro-slavery mobs. 

When Jedidiah Morse's generation died out, the Andover missionary movement was 

crushed by New England's elite families--who were then Britain's partners in the 

booming opium traffic. Andover was still formally Christian after 1840; Boston's cynical 

Brahmins used Andover's orthodox Protestant board to prosecute various of their 

opponents as `` heretics. '' 

Neo-paganism and occult movements bloomed after the Civil War with Darwin's new 

materialist doctrines. In the 1870s the death-worshipping Skull and Bones Society sent its 

alumni members back from Yale University, to organize aristocratic secret satanic 

societies for the teenagers at the Andover prep school. But these cults did not yet quite 

flourish. National power was still precariously balanced between the imperial Anglo- 

American financiers, and the old-line nationalists who built America's railroads, steel and 

electrical industries. 

The New Age aristocrats proclaimed their victory under Theodore Roosevelt's presidency 

(1901-09). The Andover Theological Seminary wound up its affairs and moved out of

town, to be merged with the Harvard Divinity School! Andover prep school was now 

largely free of the annoyance of religion, or any connection whatsoever with the 

American spirit. Secret societies for the school's children, modeled on the barbarian 

orders at Yale, were now established in permanent, incorporated headquarters buildings 

just off campus at Andover. Official school advisers were assigned to each secret society, 

who participated in their cruel and literally insane rituals. 

When J.P. Morgan partner Thomas Cochran built Andover's luxurious modern campus 

for boys like Poppy Bush, the usurpers of America's name had cause to celebrate. Under 

their supervision, fascism was rising in Europe. The new campus library was named for 

Oliver Wendell Holmes, Andover class of 1825. This dreadful poet of the `` leisure class, 

'' a tower of Boston blue-blooded conceit, was famous as the father of the twentieth 

century U.S. Supreme Court justice. His son, Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr., symbolized the 

arbitrary rule of the racial purity advocates, the usurpers, over American society. 

Andover installed a new headmaster in 1933. Claude Moore Fuess (rhymes with fleece) 

replaced veteran headmaster Alfred E. Stearns, whom the Brahmins saw as a dyed-in-thewool 

reactionary. Stearns was forced out over a `` scandal '': a widower, he had married 

his housekeeper, who was beneath his social class. 

The new headmaster was considered forward-looking and flexible, ready to meet the 

challenges of the world political crisis: for example, Fuess favored psychiatry for the 

boys, something Stearns wouldn't tolerate. 

Claude Fuess had been an Andover history teacher since 1908, and gained fame as an 

historian. He was one of the most skillful liars of the modern age. 

Fuess had married into the Boston Cushing family. He had written the family-authorized 

whitewash biography of his wife's relative, Caleb Cushing, a pro-slavery politician of the 

middle nineteenth century. The outlandish, widely known corruption of Cushing's career 

was matched by Fuess's bold, outrageous coverup.@s1@s4 

During George Bush's years at Andover, Feuss, his headmaster, wrote an authorized 

biography of Calvin Coolidge, the late U.S. President. This work was celebrated in jest as 

a champion specimen of unwholesome flattery. In other books, also about the blue 

bloods, Fuess was simply given the family papers and designated the chief liar for the `` 

Bostonian Race. '' 

Both the Cushing and Coolidge families had made their fortunes in opium trafficking. 

Bush's headmaster named his son John Cushing Fuess, perhaps after the fabled 

nineteenth-century dope kingpin who had made the Cushings rich. @s1@s5 

Headmaster Fuess used to say to his staff, `` I came to power with Hitler and Mussolini. 

''@s1@s6 This was not merely a pleasantry, referring to his appointment the year Hitler 

took over Germany.

In his 1939 memoirs, Headmaster Fuess expressed the philosophy which must guide the 

education of the well-born young gentlemen under his care: 

Our declining birth rate ... may perhaps indicate a step towards national deterioration. 

Among the so-called upper and leisure classes, noticeably among the university group, 

the present birth rate is strikingly low. Among the Slavonic and Latin immigrants, on the 

other hand, it is relatively high. We seem thus to be letting the best blood thin out and 

disappear; while at the same time our humanitarian efforts for the preservation of the less 

fit, those who for some reason are crippled and incapacitated, are being greatly 

stimulated. The effect on the race will not become apparent for some generations and 

certainly cannot now be accurately predicted; but the phenomenon must be mentioned if 

you are to have a true picture of what is going on in the United States.@s1@s7 

Would George Bush adopt this anti-Christian outlook as his own? One can never know 

for sure how a young person will respond to the doctrines of his elders, no matter how 

cleverly presented. There is a much higher degree of certainty that he will conform to 

criminal expectations, however, if the student is brought to practice cruelty against other 

youngsters, and to degrade himself in order to get ahead. At Andover, this was where the 

Secret Societies came in. 

The Secret Societies 

Nothing like Andover's secret societies existed at any other American school. What were 

they all about? 

Bush's friend Fitzhugh Greene wrote in 1989: 

Robert L. `` Tim '' Ireland, Bush's longtime supporter [and Brown Brothers 

Harriman partner], who later served on the Andover board of trustees with him, 

said he believed [Bush] had been in AUV. `` What's that? I asked. ``Can't tell you, 

'' laughed Ireland. `` It's secret! '' Both at Andover and Yale, such groups only 

bring in a small percentage of the total enrollment in any class. `` That's a bit cruel 

to those who don't make AU[V] or `Bones,' '' conceded Ireland.@s1@s8 

A retired teacher, who was an adviser to one of the groups, cautiously disclosed in his 

bicentennial history of Andover, some aspects of the secret societies. The reader should 

keep in mind that this account was published by the school, to celebrate itself: 

A charming account of the early days of K.O.A, the oldest of the Societies, was prepared 

by Jack [i.e. Claude Moore] Fuess, a member of the organization, on the occasion of their 

Fiftieth Anniversary. The Society was founded in ... 1874.... 

[A] major concern of the membership was the initiation ceremony. In K.O.A. the 

ceremony involved visiting one of the local cemeteries at midnight, various kinds of 

tortures, running the gauntlet--though the novice was apparently punched rather than 

paddled, being baptized in a water tank, being hoisted in the air by a pulley, and finally

eing placed in a coffin, where he was cross-examined by the members.... K.O.A. was 

able to hold the loyalty of its members over the years to become a powerful institution at 

Phillips Academy and to erect a handsome pillared Society house on School Street. 

The second Society of the seven that would survive until 1950 was A.U.V. [George 

Bush's group]. The letters stood for Auctoritas, Unitas, Veritas. [Authority, Unity, Truth.] 

This organization resulted from a merger of two ... earlier Societies ... in 1877. A new 

constitution was drawn up ... providing for four chief officers--Imperator [commander], 

Vice Imperator [vice-commander], Scriptor [secretary], and Quaestor [magistrate or 

inquisitor].... 

Like K.O.A, A.U.V. had an elaborate initiation ceremony. Once a pledge had been 

approved by the Faculty, he was given a letter with a list of rules he was to follow. He 

was to be in the cemetery every night from 12:30 to 5:00, deliver a morning paper to each 

member of the Society each morning, must not comb or brush his hair nor wash his face 

or hands, smoke nothing but a clay pipe with Lucky Strike tobacco, and not speak to any 

student except members of A.U.V. 

After the pledge had memorized these rules, his letter of instruction was burned. The 

pledge had now become a `` scut '' and was compelled to learn many mottoes and 

incantations. On Friday night of initiation week the scut was taken to Hartigan's drugstore 

downtown and given a `` scut sundae, '' which consisted of pepper, ice cream, oysters, 

and raw liver. Later that night he reported to the South Church cemetery, where he had to 

wait for two hours for the members to arrive. There followed the usual horseplay--the 

scut was used as a tackling dummy, threats were made to lock him in a tomb, and various 

other ceremonies observed. On Saturday afternoon the scut was taken on a long walk 

around town, being forced to stop at some houses and ask for food, to urinate on a few 

porches, and generally to make a fool of himself. On Saturday night came the initiation 

proper. The scut was prepared by reporting to the cellar in his underwear and having dirt 

and flour smeared all over his body. He was finally cleaned up and brought to the 

initiation room, where a solemn ceremony followed, ending with the longed-for words `` 

Let him have light, '' at which point his blindfold was removed, some oaths were 

administered, and the boy was finally a member.... 

Shortly after 1915 the present [A.U.V.] house was constructed. From then until the 

Society crisis of the 1940s, A.U.V. continued strong and successful. There were, to be 

sure, some problems. In the mid-1920s, the scholarship average of the Society dropped 

abysmally. The members had also been pledging students illegally--without the approval 

of the Faculty guardian. In one initiation a boy had been so battered that he was unable to 

run in the Andover-Exeter track meet.... Yet the Society managed to overcome these 

problems and well deserved its position as one of the big three among the school's 

Societies....@s1@s9 

From all available evidence, at Andover prep George Bush was completely obsessed with 

status, with seeming to be important. His 1980 campaign biography boasts that he 

achieved this goal:

`` There was, as there always is at any institution, an elitism in terms of the group 

that ran things, the power group among the boys who recognized each other as 

peers. George was among this group, but for him it was natural.... ''@s2@s0 

The A.U.V. roster, 32 members including George Bush, is given in the Andover Class of 

1942 yearbook. Why was it `` natural '' for George to be `` among this group ''? 

The hierarchical top banana of the A.U.V. in George's class was Godfrey Anderson (`` 

Rocky '') Rockefeller. In the yearbook just above the A.U.V. roster is a photograph of `` 

Rocky Rockefeller '' and `` Lem [Lehman F.] Beardsley ''; Rockefeller stands imperiously 

without a shirt, Beardsley scowls from behind sunglasses. Certainly the real monarch of 

George Bush's Andover secret society, and George's sponsor, was this Rocky's father, 

Godfrey S. Rockefeller. 

The latter gentleman had been on the staff of the Yale University establishment in China 

in 1921-22. Yale and the Rockefellers were breeding a grotesque communist insurgency 

with British Empire ideology; another Yale staffer there was Mao Zedong, later the 

communist dictator and mass murderer. While he was over in China, Papa Godfrey's 

cousin Isabel had been the bridesmaid at the wedding of George Bush's parents. His 

Uncle Percy had co-founded the Harriman bank with George Walker, and backed George 

Bush's father in several Nazi German enterprises. His grandfather had been the founding 

treasurer of the Standard Oil Company, and had made the Harrimans (and thus, 

ultimately, George Bush) rich. 

Faculty adviser to A.U.V. in those days was Norwood Penrose Hallowell; his father by 

the same name was chairman of Lee, Higginson & Co. private bankers, the chief 

financiers of Boston's extreme racialist political movements. The elder Hallowell was 

based in London throughout the 1930s, on intimate terms with Montagu Norman and his 

pro-Hitler American banking friends. 

But this kind of backing, by itself, cannot ensure that a person will rise to the top, to 

authentic `` big-shot '' status. You have to want it very, very badly. 

One of Poppy Bush's teachers at Andover, now in retirement, offered to an interviewer 

for this book, a striking picture of his former pupil. How was the President as a student? 

`` He never said a word in class. He was bored to death. And other teachers told me Bush 

was the worst English student ever in the school. '' 

But was this teenager simply slow, or dull? On the contrary. 

`` He was the classic `BMOC' (Big Man On Campus). A great glad-hander. Always 

smiling. ''@s2@s1 

Leaving academic studies aside, George Bush was the most insistent self-promoter on the 

campus. He was able to pursue this career, being fortunately spared from the more

mundane chores some other students had to do. For example, he mailed his dirty laundry 

home each week, to be done by the servants. It was mailed back to him clean and 

folded.@s2@s2 

Student records show a massive list of offices and titles for Poppy, perhaps more than for 

any other student: 

• A.U.V. 

• President of Senior Class (1 term) 

• Secretary of Student Council (1 term) 

• Student Council (1941-42) (surveillance of students during tests, keeping order 

in the movies, investigating student thieves) 

• President of Society of Inquiry (1941-42) 

• Senior Prom Committee 

• Chairman of Student Deacons (1941-42) 

• Advisory Board (management of sports, choosing of P.A. Police to control 

student body, choosing of cheerleaders) 

• President of Greeks (1940-42) 

• Captain of Baseball (1942) 

• Captain of Soccer (1941) 

• Manager of Basketball (1941) 

• Society of Inquiry (1940-42) (formerly a Christian mission group, now 

management of extra-curricular activities) 

• Student Deacon (1940-42) 

• Editorial Board of the Phillipian (1938-39) 

• All-club Soccer (1938) 

• Business Board of the Pot Pourri (1940-42) 

• Deputy Housemaster 

• Varsity Soccer Squad (1939-41) 

• Varsity Basketball Team (1941-42) 

• Junior Varsity Baseball Team (1939) 

• Varsity Baseball Squad (1940) 

• Varsity Baseball Team (1941-42) 

• Johns Hopkins Prize (1938) 

• Treasurer of Student Council (1 term) 

To be sure, some of these distinctions were, well, a bit less than he had hoped for. 

The Class of 1942 was officially polled, to see who had the most status among the 

students themselves. 

For `` Best All-Around Fellow, '' Poppy Bush was third. Bush did not show up in the `` 

Most Intelligent '' category.

Interestingly, Bush came in second on `` Most Faculty Drag ''--the teachers' pets--even 

though Bush did not appear at all on the school's Scholastic Honors list. In fact, no 

member of the Rockefeller-Bush A.U.V. was on the Honors list--despite chanting 

incantations, being smeared with filth and urinating on porches. 

Barbara Pierce's Tradition 

The Japanese attacked the U.S. naval base at Pearl Harbor, Hawaii on Dec. 7, 1941, 

bringing America into World War II. Because of his family's involvement with the Nazis, 

this would later pose a very different problem for Andover senior Poppy Bush than for 

the ordinary young man his age. 

Meanwhile, the social whirl went on. A couple of weeks after Pearl Harbor, during 

Christmas vacation, George went to a `` cotillion at the Round Hill Country Club in 

Greenwich, Connecticut. It was a social affair attended by upcoming debutantes and 

acceptable young men. ''@s2@s3 

Here George Bush met his future wife, Barbara Pierce, whose family was in the High 

Society set in nearby Rye, New York. Barbara was an attractive 16-year-old girl, athletic 

like George's mother. She was home for the holidays from her exclusive boarding school, 

Ashley Hall, in Charleston, South Carolina. Her breeding was acceptable: 

`` Barbara's background, though not quite so aristocratic as George's, was also socially 

impressive in a day when Society was defined by breeding rather than wealth. Her father, 

Marvin Pierce, was a distant nephew of President Franklin Pierce (1853-57).... Barbara's 

mother, Pauline Robinson ... was [the daughter of] an Ohio Supreme Court justice. 

''@s2@s4 

Barbara's father, Marvin Pierce, was then vice president of McCall Corporation, 

publisher of Redbook and McCall's magazines. After his daughter joined the banking 

oligarchy by marrying into the Bush family (1945), Pierce became McCall's chief 

executive. Pierce and his magazine's theme of `` Togetherness ''--stressing family social 

existence divorced from political, scientific, artistic or creative activities--played a role in 

the cult of conformity and mediocrity which crushed U.S. mental life in the 1950s. 

A great deal is made about Barbara Pierce Bush's family connection to U.S. President 

Franklin Pierce. It is inserted in books written by Bush friends and staff members. 

Barbara Bush's gossip-column biographer says: `` Her own great-great-great uncle 

President Franklin Pierce had his [White House] office in the Treaty Room.... '' In fact, 

President Pierce was a distant cousin of Barbara Pierce's great-great grandfather, not his 

brother, as this claim would imply. ** 

** [Established through consultation with the New Hampshire Historical 

Society and Pierce family experts in Pennsylvania, this fact is 

acknowledged by Mrs. Bush's White House staff.]

Like the Henry III ancestral claim, Franklin Pierce may be a bad omen for George Bush. 

The catastrophic Pierce was refused renomination by his own political party. Pierce 

backed schemes to spread slavery by having mercenaries, called `` filibusters, '' invade 

Mexico, Central America and the Caribben islands. During the Civil War, he attacked the 

Emancipation Proclamation that outlawed black slavery in the rebel states. His former 

backers among the wealthy New England families abandoned him and treated him like 

dirt. He died unmourned in 1869. 

One may ask, in what way are President Bush and his backers conscious of an 

oligarchical tradition? For a clue, let us look at the case of Arthur Burr Darling, George 

Bush's prep school history teacher. 

Just after Claude Fuess `` came into power with Hitler and Mussolini '' in 1933, Fuess 

brought Darling in to teach. Dr. Darling was head of the Andover history department 

from 1937 to 1956, and Faculty Guardian of one of the secret societies. His Political 

Changes in Massachusetts, 1824 to 1848 covered the period of Andover's eclipse by 

Boston's aristocratic opium lords. Darling's book attacks Andover's greatest 

humanitarian, Jedidiah Morse, as a dangerous lunatic, because Morse warned about 

international criminal conspiracies involving these respectable Bostonians. The same 

book attacks President John Quincy Adams as a misguided troublemaker, responsible 

with Morse for the anti-freemasonic movement in the 1820s-30s. 

Arthur Burr Darling, while still head of Andover's history department, was chosen by the 

Harrimanites to organize the historical files of the new Central Intelligence Agency, and 

to write the CIA's own official account of its creation and first years. Since this cynical 

project was secret, Darling's 1971 obituary did not reflect his CIA employment.@s2@s5 

Darling's The Central Intelligence Agency: An Instrument of Government, to 1950 was 

classified Secret on its completion in December 1953. For 36 years it was only to be 

consulted for self-justification by the Harrimanites. This mercenary work was finally 

declassified in 1989 and was published by Pennsylvania State University in 1990. 

Subsequent editions of Who Was Who in America were changed, in the fashion of Joe 

Stalin's `` history revisers, '' to tell the latest, official version of what George Bush's 

history teacher had done with his life. 

Crisis 

Having met his future wife Barbara, Poppy Bush returned from the Christmas holidays 

after New Year's Day, 1942, for his final months at Andover. The U.S. entry into World 

War II made things rather awkward for Bush and some of his schoolmates, and cast a 

dark shadow on his future. 

Since early 1941, the Justice Department had been investigating the Nazi support 

apparatus among U.S. firms. This probe centered on the Harriman, Rockefeller, Du Pont 

and related enterprises, implicating George's father Prescott, his partners and the Bushes' 

close family friends.

On March 5, 1942--at about the time Poppy Bush and Rocky Rockefeller were 

contemplating the tortures they would inflict on the Class of 1943 A.U.V. recruits--the 

Special Committee of the U.S. Senate Investigating the National Defense Program began 

explosive public hearings in Washington, D.C. The subject: cartel agreements between 

U.S. and Nazi firms that should be hit with anti-trust actions. Pearl Harbor, the draft of 

American boys, and these sensational hearings were causing a popular attitude quite 

dangerous for the higher-level Nazi collaborators (see Chapter 2). 

But on March 20, 1942, Henry L. Stimson, U.S. Secretary of War and president of 

Andover prep's Board of Trustees, sent a memorandum to President Franklin Roosevelt 

recommending stopping the investigations of the U.S.-Nazi trusts: the resulting lawsuits 

would `` unavoidably consume the time of executives and employees of those 

corporations which are engaged in war work. '' Stimson got Navy Secretary Frank Knox 

and Assistant Attorney General Thurman Arnold to co-sign the memo. President 

Roosevelt agreed to Stimson's request, but conceded to Arnold and his antitrust staff that 

he would press for extended statutes of limitation to make postwar prosecutions 

possible.@s2@s6 

Stimson's intervention for his friends could not, however, entirely cancel the already 

ongoing exposure and prosecution of Rockefeller's Standard Oil of New Jersey, as we 

saw in Chapter 4. After Farish's death, the prosecutions were suspended, but the seizures 

of Nazi corporate assets continued, and this would soon lead to Prescott Bush and to 

Grandfather Walker. Could aristocratic friends be relied upon to prevent scandal or legal 

trouble from smashing up Poppy's world, and wrecking his carefully prepackaged golden 

future? 

As George wound up his Andover career, and paid court to Barbara, U.S. government 

investigators sifted through the affairs of the Hitler-Harriman-Bush steamship lines, 

Hamburg-Amerika and North German Lloyd. Their final report, issued under confidential 

seal on July 18, 1942, would show that long-time Harriman-Bush executive Christian J. 

Beck was still the New York attorney for the merged Nazi firms. (See Chapter 3 for 

details and description of sources.) 

Seizure orders on the shipping lines would be issued in August. The government would 

seize other Nazi assets, still managed by the Bush family, in the autumn. Prescott Bush, 

legally responsible for Nazi German banking operations in New York, would have to be 

named in a seizure order. Could friends in high places keep all this out of the public eye? 

Along about this time, something was going very wrong with the secret societies at 

Andover prep school. 

Andover's historian, as quoted above, affirmed that `` until the Society crisis of the 1940s, 

A.U.V. continued strong and successful. '' But a few months after Poppy Bush and Rocky 

Rockefeller left the school, Headmaster Fuess and his trustees announced they were 

closing and banning the secret societies forever. This set off a storm of controversy.

Bush's A.U.V. had been humiliating students and teaching anti-Christian rituals since 

1877. Fuess was himself a member of one of the Societies. What had happened, to 

precipitate this drastic decision? 

The great Society crisis at Andover was highly charged, because so many of the alumni 

and parents of current students were leaders of government and finance. An ugly scandal 

there would reverberate around the world. Whatever really prompted the close-down 

decision was kept a tight secret, and remains wrapped in mystery today, a half-century 

later. 

Headmaster Fuess claimed that an event which happened nine years earlier had moved 

him to the decision. This event was duly recorded in the Andover history book: 

`` In 1934 one undergraduate had been killed during the course of a Society initiation. A 

group of alumni had joined the undergraduates for part of the ceremonies that were held 

in a barn on the outskirts of Andover. On the way back the initiate rode on the running 

board of a car driven by one of the alumni. The roads were slippery, and the car crashed 

into a telegraph pole, crushing the boy, who died in Dr. Fuess's presence in the hospital a 

few hours later. ''@s2@s7 

But this tragedy had been brushed off by the school administration, with no suggestion of 

interfering with the satanic Societies. Was there another, significantly worse disaster, that 

happened to Class of 1943 secret society recruits? 

When the alumni heard about the decision, they exploded into action. They accused 

Fuess of `` fascism '' and attacked his `` star-chamber proceedings. '' A Boston newspaper 

headline proclaimed, `` 10,000 Andover Alumni Battle Trustees on Abolishing Secret 

Societies. '' The headmaster, releasing no specifics to back up his proposal, said, `` the 

purpose for which the secret societies were founded no longer seems apparent. '' His 

allies said, quite vaguely, that the Societies `` promoted exclusiveness, '' operated `` on a 

special privilege basis, '' and created `` social cleavage. ''@s2@s8 

The stealthy shut-down decision, having now become loudly public, had to be squelched. 

Andover's Board of Trustees president, Secretary of War Stimson, settled the matter and 

kept a lid on things with his familiar refrain that the war effort should not be disturbed. 

Whatever had pushed Fuess and the trustees to act, was never disclosed. The Societies 

were quietly closed down in 1950. 

Secretary of War Stimson made a famous speech in June 1942, to Poppy Bush and the 

other graduating Andover boys. Stimson told them the war would be long, and they, the 

elite, should go on to college. 

But George Bush had some very complicated problems. The decision had already been 

made that he would join the service and get quite far away from where he had been. For 

reasons of family (which will be discussed in Chapter 7), there was a very special niche 

waiting for him in naval aviation.

There was one serious hitch in this plan. It was illegal. Though he would be 18 years old 

on June 12, he would not have the two years of college the Navy required for its aviators. 

Well, if you had an urgent problem, perhaps the law could be simply set aside, for you 

and you alone, ahead of all the five million poor slobs who had to go in the mud with the 

infantry or swab some stinking deck--especially if your private school's president was 

currently Secretary of War (Henry Stimson), if your father's banking partner was 

currently Assistant Secretary of War for Air (Robert Lovett), and if your father had 

launched the career of the current Assistant Navy Secretary for Air (Artemus Gates). 

And it was done. 

As a Bush-authorized version puts it, `` One wonders why the Navy relaxed its two years 

of college requirement for flight training in George Bush's case. He had built an 

outstanding record at school as a scholar [sic], athlete and campus leader, but so had 

countless thousands of other youths. 

``Yet it was George Bush who appeared to be the only beneficiary of this rule-waiving, 

and thus he eventually emerged as the youngest pilot in the Navy--a fact that he can still 

boast about and because of which he enjoyed a certain celebrity during the war. 

''@s2@s9 

Notes for Chapter V 

1. Nicholas King, George Bush: A Biography (New York: Dodd, Mead & Company, 1980), pp. 13-14. 

2. Ibid., p. 19. 

3. Ibid. 

4. Joe Hyams, Flight of the Avenger: George Bush at War (New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovitch, 

1991), p. 14. 

5. Ibid., p. 17. 

6. Ibid., pp. 16-17. 

7. Donnie Radcliffe, Simply Barbara Bush (New York: Warner Books, 1989), p. 132. 

8. Fitzhugh Green, George Bush: An Intimate Portrait (New York: Hippocrene Books, 1989), p. 16. 

9. Radcliffe, op. cit., p. 133. 

10. King, op. cit, p. 14.

11. Hyams, op. cit., pp. 17-19. 

12. King, op. cit., pp. 10, 20. 

13. Ibid., p. 21. 

14. Claude M. Fuess, The Life of Caleb Cushing, 2 vols. (New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1923). 

15. John Perkins Cushing was a multi-millionaire opium smuggler who retired to Watertown, 

Massachusetts with servants dressed as in a Canton gangster carnival. See Vernon L. Briggs, History and 

Genealogy of the Cabot Family, 1475-1927 (Boston: privately printed, 1927), vol. II, p. 558-559. John 

Murray Forbes, Letters and Recollections (reprinted New York: Arno Press, 1981), Vol I, p. 62-63. Mary 

Caroline Crawford, Famous Families of Massachusetts (Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1930), 2 vols. 

16. Interview with a retired Andover teacher. 

17. Claude M. Fuess, Creed of a Schoolmaster (reprinted Freeport, New York: Books for Libraries Press, 

1970), pp. 192-93. 

18. Green, op. cit., p. 49. 

19. Frederick S. Allis, Youth from Every Quarter: A Bicentennial History of Phillips Academy, Andover 

(Andover, Mass.: Phillips Academy, 1979), distributed by the University Press of New England, Hanover, 

N.H.), pp. 505-7. 

20. King, op. cit., p. 21. 

21. Spoke on condition of non-attribution. 

22. Hyams, op. cit., pp. 23-24. 

23. Ibid., p. 24. 

24. Ibid., p. 27. 

25. See New York Times, Nov. 29, 1971. 

26. Joseph Borkin, The Crime and Punishment of I.G. Farben (New York: Macmillan Publishing Co., 

1978), p. 89. 

27. Allis, op. cit., p. 512. 

28. Newsweek, August 9, 1943; Boston Globe, July 22, 1943. 

29. Green, op. cit., page 28.

Chapter - VI -Bush in World War II 

Plut aux dieux que ce fut le dernier de ses crimes! 

--Racine, Britannicus 

George Bush has always traded shamelessly on his alleged record as a naval aviator 

during the Second World War in the Pacific theatre. During the 1964 senate campaign in 

Texas against Senator Ralph Yarborough, Bush televised a grainy old film which 

depicted young George being rescued at sea by the crew of the submarine USS Finnback 

after his Avenger torpedo bomber was hit by Japanese anti-aircraft fire during a bombing 

raid on the island of Chichi Jima on September 2, 1944. That film, retrieved from the 

Navy archives, backfired when it was put on the air too many times, eventually becoming 

something of a maladroit cliche. 

Bush's campaign literature has always celebrated his alleged exploits as a naval aviator 

and the Distinguished Flying Cross he received. As we become increasingly familiar with 

the power of the Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones network working for 

Senator Prescott Bush, we will learn to become increasingly skeptical of such official 

accolades and of the official accounts on which they are premissed. 

But George Bush has always traded shamelessly on his alleged war record. During Bush's 

Gulf war adventure of 1990-91, the adulation of Bush's ostensible warrior prowess 

reached levels that were previously considered characteristic of openly totalitarian and 

militaristic regimes. Late in 1990, after Bush had committed himself irrevocably to his 

campaign of bombing and savagery against Iraq, hack writer Joe Hyams completed an 

authorized account of George Bush at war. This was entitled Flight of the Avenger (New 

York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1991), and appeared during the time of the Middle 

East conflagration that was the product of Bush's obsessions. Hyams's work had the

unmistakeable imprimatur of the regime: not just George, but also Barbara had been 

interviewed during its preparation, and its adulatory tone placed this squalid text squarely 

within the "red Studebaker" school of political hagiography. 

The appearance of such a book at such a time is suggestive of the practice of the most 

infamous twentieth-century dictatorships, in which the figure of the strong man, Fuehrer, 

duce, or vozhd as he might be called, has been used for the transmission of symbolicallegorical 

directives to the subject population. Was fascist Italy seeking to assert its 

economic autarky in food production in the face of trade sanctions by the League of 

Nations? Then a film would be produced by the MINCULPOP (the Ministry of Popular 

Culture, or propaganda) depicting Mussolini indefatigably harvesting grain. Was Nazi 

Germany in the final stages of preparation of a military campaign against a neighboring 

state? If so, Goebbels would orchestrate a cascade of magazine articles and best-selling 

pulp evoking the glories of Hitler in the trenches of 1914-18. Closer to our own time, 

Leonid Brezhnev sought to aliment his own personality cult with a little book called 

Malaya Zemlya, an account of his war experiences which was used by his propagandists 

to motivate his promotion to Marshal of the USSR and the erection of a statue in his 

honor during his own lifetime. This is the tradition to which Flight of the Avenger 

belongs. 

Bush tells us in his campaign autobiography that he decided to enlist in the armed forces, 

specifically naval aviation, shortly after he heard of the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor. 

About six months later, Bush graduated from Phillips Academy, and the commencement 

speaker was Secretary of War Henry Stimson, eminence grise of the US ruling elite. 

Stimson was possibly mindful of the hecatomb of young members of the British ruling 

classes which had occurred in the trenches of World War I on the western front. In any 

event, Stimson's advice to the Andover graduates was that the war would go on for a long 

time, and that the best way of serving the country was to continue one's education in 

college. Prescott Bush supposedly asked his son if Stimson's recommendation had altered 

his plan to enlist. Young Bush answered that he was still committed to join the navy. 

Henry L. Stimson was certainly an authoritative spokesman for the Eastern Liberal 

Establishment, and Bushman propaganda has lately exalted him as one of the seminal 

influences on Bush's political outlook. Stimson had been educated at both Yale (where he 

had been tapped by Skull and Bones) and Harvard Law School. He became the law 

partner of Elihu Root, who was Theordore Roosevelt's secretary of state. Stimson had 

been Theodore Roosevelt's anti-corruption, trust-busting US Attorney in New York City 

during the first years of the FBI, then Taft's secretary of war, a colonel of artillery in 

World War I, Governor General of the Philippines for Coolidge, secretary of state for 

Hoover, and enunciator of the "Stimson doctrine." This last was a piece of hypocritical 

posturing directed against Japan, asserting that changes in the international order brought 

about by force of arms (and thus in contravention of the Kellogg-Briand Pact of 1928) 

should not be given diplomatic recognition. This amounted to a US committment to 

uphold the Versailles system, the same policy upheld by Baker, Eagleburger, and 

Kissinger in the Serbian war on Slovenia and Croatia during 1991. Stimson, though a

Republican, was brought into Roosevelt's war cabinet in 1940 in token of bipartisan 

intentions. 

But in 1942, Bush was not buying Stimson's advice. It is doubtless significant that in the 

mind of young George Bush, World War Two meant exclusively the war in the Pacific, 

against the Japanese. In the Bush-approved accounts of this period of his life, there is 

scarcely a mention of the European theatre, despite the fact that Roosevelt and the entire 

Anglo-American establishment had accorded strategic priority to the "Germany first" 

scenario. Young George, it would appear, had his heart set on becoming a navy flier. 

Normally the Navy required two years of college from volunteers wishing to become 

naval aviators. But, for reasons which have never been satisfactorily explained, young 

George was exempted from this requirement. Had father Prescott's crony Artemus Gates, 

the Assistant Secretary of the Navy for Air, been instrumental in making the exception, 

which was the key to allowing George to become the youngest of all navy pilots? 

On June 12, 1942, his eighteenth birthday, Bush joined the navy in Boston as a seaman 

second class. [fn 1] He was ordered to report for active duty as an aviation cadet on 

August 6, 1942. After a last date with Barbara, George was taken to Penn Station in New 

York City by father Prescott to board a troop train headed for Chapel Hill, North 

Carolina. At Chapel Hill Naval Air Station, one of Bush's fellow cadets was the wellknown 

Boston Red Sox hitter Ted Williams, who would later join Bush on the campaign 

trail in his desperate fight in the New Hampshire primary in February, 1988. 

After preflight training at Chapel Hill, Bush moved on to Wold-Chamberlain Naval 

Airfield in Minneapolis, Minnesota, where he flew solo for the first time in November, 

1942. In February, 1943 Bush moved on to Corpus Christi, Texas, for further training. 

Bush received his commission as an ensign at Corpus Christi on June 9, 1943. 

After this Bush moved through a number of naval air bases over a period of almost a year 

for various types of advanced training. In mid-June 1943 he was learning to fly the 

Grumman TBF Avenger torpedo-bomber at Fort Lauderdale, Florida. In August he made 

landings on the USS Sable, a paddle wheel ship that was used as an aircraft carrier for 

training purposes. During the summer of 1943 Bush spent a couple of weeks of leave 

with Barbara at Walker's Point in Kennebunkport; their engagement was announced in 

the New York Times of December 12, 1943. 

Later in the summer of 1943 Bush moved on to the Naval Air Base at Norfolk, Virginia. 

In September, 1943 Bush's new squadron, called VT-51, moved on to the Naval Air 

Station at Chincoteague, Virginia, located on the Delmarva peninsula. On December 14, 

1943 Bush and his squadron were brought to Philadelphia to attend the commissioning of 

the USS San Jacinto (CVL30), a light attack carrier built on a cruiser hull. Since the name 

of the ship recalled Sam Houston's defeat of the Mexican leader Santa Anna in 1836, and 

since the ship flew a Lone Star flag, Bushman propaganda has made much of these 

artefacts in an attempt to buttress "carpetbag" Bush's tenuous connections to the state of 

Texas. Bush's VF-51 squadron reported on board this ship for a shakedown cruise on

February 6, 1944, and on March 25, 1944 the San Jacinto left for San Diego by way of 

the Panama Canal. The San Jacinto reached Pearl harbor on April 20, 1944, and was 

assigned to Admiral Marc A. Mitscher's Task Force 58/38, a group of fast carriers, on 

May 2, 1944. 

In June Bush's ship joined battle with Japanese forces in the Marianas archpelago. Here 

Bush flew his first combat missions. On June 17, a loss of oil pressure forced Bush to 

make an emergency landing at sea. Bush, along with his two crewmembers, gunner Leo 

Nadeau and radioman-tail gunner John L. Delaney, were picked up by a US destroyer 

after some hours in the water. Bush's first Avenger, named by him the Barbara, was lost. 

During July, 1944 Bush took part in thirteen air strikes, many in connection with the US 

marines landing on Guam. In August Bush's ship proceeded to the area of Iwo Jima and 

Chichi Jima in the Bonin Islands for a new round of sorties. 

On September 2, 1944, Bush and three other Avenger pilots, escorted by Hellcat fighter 

planes, were directed to attack a radio transmitter on Chichi Jima. Planes from the USS 

Enterprise would also join in the attack. On this mission Bush's rear-seat gunner would 

not be the usual Leo Nadeau, but rather Lt. (jg) William Gardner "Ted" White, the 

squadron ordnance officer of VT-51, already a Yale graduate and already a member of 

Skull and Bones. White's father had been a classmate of Prescott Bush. White took his 

place in the rear-facing machine gun turret of Bush's TBM Avenger, the Barbara II. The 

radioman-gunner was John L. Delaney, a regular member of Bush's crew. 

What happened in the skies of Chichi Jima that day is a matter of lively controversy. 

Bush has presented several differing versions of his own story. In his campaign 

autobiography published in 1987 Bush gives the following account: 

The flak was the heaviest I'd ever flown into. The Japanese were ready and waiting: their 

antiaircraft guns were set up to nail us as we pushed into our dives. By the time VT-51 was ready 

to go in, the sky was thick with angry black clouds of exploding antiaircraft fire. 

Don Melvin led the way, scoring hits on a radio tower. I followed, going into a thirty-five degree 

dive, an angle of attack that sounds shallow but in an Avenger felt as if you were headed straight 

down. The target map was strapped to my knee, and as I started into my dive, I'd already spotted 

the target area. Coming in, I was aware of black splotches of gunfire all around. 

Suddenly there was a jolt, as if a massive fist had crunched into the belly of the plane. Smoke 

poured into the cockpit, and I could see flames rippling across the crease of the wing, edging 

towards the fuel tanks. I stayed with the dive, homed in on the target, unloaded our four 500pound 

bombs, and pulled away, heading for the sea. Once over water, I leveled off and told 

Delaney and White to bail out, turning the plane to starboard to take the slipstream off the door 

near Delaney's station. 

Up to that point, except for the sting of dense smoke blurring my vision, I was in fair shape. But 

when I went to make my jump, trouble came in pairs. [fn 2] 

In this account, there is no more mention of White and Delaney until Bush hit the water 

and began looking around for them. Bush says that it was only after having been rescued

y the USS Finnback, a submarine, that he "learned that neither Jack Delaney nor Ted 

White had survived. One went down with the plane; the other was seen jumping, but his 

parachute failed to open." The Hyams account of 1991 was written after an August 1988 

interview with Chester Mierzejewski, another member of Bush's squadron, had raised 

important questions about the haste with which Bush bailed out, rather than attempting a 

water landing. Mierzejewski's account, which is summarized below, contradicted Bush's 

own version of these events, and hinted that Bush might have abandoned his two 

crewmembers to a horrible and needless death. The Hyams account, which is partly 

intended to refute Mierzejewski, develops as follows: 

...Bush was piloting the third plane over the target, with Moore flying on his wing. He nosed over 

into a thirty-degree glide, heading straight for the radio tower. Determined to finally destroy the 

tower, he used no evasive tactics and held the plane directly on target. His vision ahead was 

occasionally cancelled by bursts of black smoke from the Japanese antiaircraft guns. The plane 

was descending through thickening clouds of flak pierced by the flaming arc of tracers. 

There was a sudden flash of light followed by an explosion. "The plane was lifted forward, and we 

were enveloped in flames," Bush recalls. "I saw the flames running along the wings where the fuel 

tanks were and where the wings fold. I thought, This is really bad! It's hard to remember the 

details, but I looked at the instruments and couldn't see them for the smoke." 

Don Melvin, circling above the action while waiting for his pilots to drop their bombs and get out, 

thought the Japanese shell had hit an oil line on Bush's Avenger. "You could have seen that smoke 

for a hundred miles." 

Perhaps so, but it is difficult to understand why the smoke from Bush's plane was so 

distinctly visible in such a smoke-filled environment. Hyams goes on to describe Bush's 

completion of his bombing run. His account continues: 

By then the wings were covered in flames and smoke, and the engine was blazing. He considered 

making a water landing but realized it would not be possible. Bailing out was absolutely the last 

choice, but he had no other option. He got on the radio and notified squadron leader Melvin of his 

decision. Melvin radioed back, "Received your message. Got you in sight. Will follow." 

[...] Milt Moore, flying directly behind Bush, saw the Avenger going down smoking. "I pulled up 

to him; then he lost power and I went sailing by him." 

As soon as he was back over water, Bush shouted on the intercom for White and Delaney to "hit 

the silk!" [...] Dick Gorman, Moore's radioman-gunner, remembers hearing someone on the 

intercom shout, "Hit the silk!" and asking Moore, "Is that you, Red?" 

"No," Moore replied. "It's Bush, he's hit!" 

Other squadron members heard Bush repeating the command to bail out, over and over, on the 

radio. 

There was no response from either of Bush's crewmen and no way he could see them; a shield of 

armor plate between him and Lt. White blocked his view behind. He was certain that White and 

Delaney had bailed out the moment they got the order. [fn 3]

Hyams quotes a later entry by Melvin in the squadron log as to the fate of Bush's two 

crewmen: ""At a point approximately nine miles bearing 045'T (degrees) from Minami 

Jima, Bush and one other person were seen to bail out from about 3,000 feet. Bush's 

chute opened and he landed safely in the water, inflated his raft, and paddled farther away 

from Chi-Chi Jima. The chute of the other person who bailed out did not open. Bush has 

not yet been returned to the squadron...so this information is incomplete. While Lt. j.g. 

White and J.L. Delaney are reported missing in action, it is believed that both were killed 

as a result of the above described action." [fn 4] But it is interesting to note that this 

report, contrary to usual standard navy practice, has no date. This should alert us to that 

tampering with public records, such as Bush's filings at the Securities and Exchange 

Commission during the 1960's, which appears to be a specialty of the Brown Brothers, 

Harriman/Skull and Bones network. 

For comparison, let us now cite the cursory account of this same incident provided by 

Bush's authorized biographer in the candidate's 1980 presidential campaign biography: 

On a run toward the island, Bush's plane was struck by Japanese antiaircraft shells. One of his two 

crewmen was killed instantly and the aircraft was set on fire. Bush was able to score hits on the 

enemy installations with a couple of five-hundred pound bombs before he wriggled out of the 

smoking cockpit and floated towards the water. The other crewman also bailed out but died almost 

immediately thereafter because, as the fighter pilot behind Bush's plane was later to report, his 

parachute failed to open properly. Bush's own parachute became momentarily fouled on the tail of 

the plane after he hit the water. [fn 5] 

King's account in interesting for its omission of any mention of Bush's injury in bailing 

out, a gashed forehead he got when he struck the tail assembly of the plane. This had to 

have occurred long before Bush had hit the water, so this account is garbled indeed. 

Let us also cite parts of the account provided by Fitzhugh Green in his 1989 authorized 

biography. Green has Bush making his attack "at a 60-degree angle." "For his two crew 

members," notes Green, "life was about to end." His version goes on: 

Halfway through Bush's dive, the enemy found his range with one or more shells. Smoke filled his 

cabin; his plane controls weakened; the engine began coughing, and still he wasn't close enough to 

the target. He presumed the TBM to be terminally damaged. Fighting to stay on course, eyes 

smarting, Bush managed to launch his bombs at the last possible moment. He couldn't discern the 

result through black fumes. But a companion pilot affirmed later that the installation blew up, 

along with two other buildings. The navy would decorate Bush for literally sticking to his guns 

until he completed his mission under ferocious enemy fire. 

Good! Now the trick was to keep the plane aloft long enough to accomplish two objectives: first, 

get far enough away from the island to allow rescue from the sea before capture or killing by the 

enemy; second, give his planemates time to parachute out of the burning aircraft. 

The TBM sputtered on its last few hundred yards. Unbeknownst to Bush, one man freed himself. 

Neither fellow squadron pilots nor Bush ever were sure which crewmember this was. As he 

jumped, however, his parachute snarled and failed to open. [fn 6] 

Green writes that when Bush was swimming in the water, he realized that "his crew had 

disappeared" and that "the loss of the two men numbed Bush."

For the 1992 presidential campaign, the Bushmen have readied yet another rehash of the 

adulatory "red Studebaker" printout in the form of a new biography by Richard Ben 

Cramer. This is distinguished as a literary effort above all by the artificial verbal 

pyrotechnics with which the author attempts to breathe new life into the dog-eared Bush 

canonical printout. For these, Cramer relies on a hyperkinetic style with non-verbal 

syntax which to some degree echoes Bush's own disjointed manner of speaking. The 

resulting text may have found favor with Bush when he was gripped by his hyperthyroid 

rages during the buildup for the Gulf war. A part of this text has appeared in Esquire 

Magazine. [fn 7] Here is Cramer's description of the critical phase of the incident: 

He felt a jarring lurch, a crunch, and his plane leaped forward, like a giant had struck it from 

below with a fist. Smoke started to fill the cockpit. He saw a tongue of flame streaming down the 

right wing toward the crease. Christ! The fuel tanks! 

He called to Delaney and White--We've been hit! He was diving. Melvin hit the tower dead-on-four 

five hundred pounders. West was on the same beam. Bush could have pulled out. Have to get 

rid of these bombs. Keep the dive....A few seconds... 

He dropped on the target and let 'em fly. The bombs spun down, the plane shrugged with release, 

and Bush banked away hard to the east. No way he'd get to the rendezvous point with Melvin. The 

smoke was so bad he couldn't see the gauges. Was he climbing? Have to get to the water. They 

were dead if they bailed out over land. The Japs killed pilots. Gonna have to bail out. Bush radioed 

the skipper, called his crew. No answer. Does White know how to get to his chute? Bush looked 

back for an instant. God, was White hit? He was yelling the order to bail out, turning right rudder 

to take the slipstream off their hatch...had to get himself out. He levelled off over water, only a 

few miles from the island...more, ought to get out farther....that's it, got to be now...He flicked the 

red toggle switch on the dash--the IFF, Identification Friend or Foe --supposed to alert any US 

ship, send a special frequency back to his own carrier...no other way to communicate, had to get 

out now, had to be ... NOW. 

It will be seen that these versions contain numerous internal contradictions, but that the 

hallmark of "red Studebaker" orthodoxy, especially after the appearance of the 

Mierzejewsky account, is that Bush's plane was on fire, with visible smoke and flames. 

The Bush propaganda machine needs the fire on board the Avenger in order to justify 

Bush's precipitous decision to bail out, leaving his two crew members to their fate, rather 

than attempting the water landing which might have saved them. 

The only person who has ever claimed to have seen Bush's plane get hit, and to have seen 

it hit the water, is Chester Mierzejewksi, who was the rear turret gunner in the aircraft 

flown by Squadron Commander Douglas Melvin. During 1987-88, Mierzejewksi became 

increasingly indignant as he watched Bush repeat his canonical account of how he was 

shot down. Shortly before the Republican National Convention in 1988, Mierzekewski, 

by then a 68 year old retired aircraft foreman living in Cheshire, Connecticut, decided to 

tell his story to Allan Wolper and Al Ellenberg of the New York Post, which printed it as 

a copyrighted article. [fn 8] 

"That guy is not telling the truth," Mierzejewski said of Bush.

As the rear-looking turret gunner on Commander Melvin's plane, Mierzejewski had the 

most advantageous position for observing the events in question here. Since Melvin's 

plane flew directly ahead of Bush's, he had a direct and unobstructed view of what was 

happening aft of his own plane. When the New York Post reporters asked former Lt. 

Legare Hole, the executive officer of Bush's squadron, about who might have best 

observed the last minutes of the Barbara II, Hole replied: "The turret gunner in Melvin's 

plane would have had a good view. If the plane was on fire, there is a very good chance 

he would be able to see that. The pilot can't see everything that the gunner can, and he'd 

miss an awful lot, " Hole told the New York Post. 

Gunner Lawrence Mueller of Milwaukee, another former member of Bush's squadron 

who flew on the Chichi Jima mission, when asked who would have had the best view, 

replied: "The turret gunner of Melvin's plane." Mierzejewksi for his part said that his 

plane was flying about 100 feet ahead of Bush's plane during the incident - so close that 

he could see into Bush's cockpit. 

Mierzejewki, who is also a recipient of the Distinguished Flying Cross, told the New 

York Post that he saw "a puff of smoke" come out of Bush's plane and quickly dissipate. 

He asserted that after that there was no more smoke visible, that Bush's "plane was never 

on fire" and that "no smoke came out of his cockpit when he opened his canopy to bail 

out." Mierzejewski stated that only one man ever got out of the Barbara II, and that was 

Bush himself. "I was hoping I would see some other parachutes. I never did. I saw the 

plane go down. I knew the guys were still in it. It was a helpless feeling." 

Mierzejewski has long been troubled by the notion that Bush's decision to parachute from 

his damaged aircraft might have cost the lives of Radioman second class John Delaney, a 

close friend of Mierzejewksy, as well as gunner Lt. Junior Grade William White. 'I think 

[Bush] could have saved those lives, if they were alive. I don't know that they were, but 

at least they had a chance if he had attempted a water landing,'" Mierzejewski told the 

New York Post. 

Former executive officer Legare Hole summed up the question for the New York Post 

reporters as follows: "If the plane is on fire, it hastens your decision to bail out. If it is not 

on fire, you make a water landing." The point is that a water landing held out more hope 

for all members of the crew. The Avenger had been designed to float for approximately 

two minutes, giving the tailgunner enough time to inflate a raft and giving everyone an 

extra margin of time to get free of the plane before it sank. Bush had carried out a water 

landing back in June when his plane had lost oil pressure. 

The official- but undated- report on the incident among the squadron records was signed 

by Commander Melvin and an intelligence officer named Lt. Martin E. Kilpatrick. 

Kilpatrick is deceased, and Melvin in 1988 was hospitalized with Parkinson's disease and 

could not be interviewed. Mierzejewski in early August 1988 had never seen the undated 

intelligence report in question. "Kilpatrick was the first person I spoke to when we got 

back to the ship," he said. "I told him what I saw. I don't understand why it's not in the 

report."

Gunner Lawrence Mueller tended to corroborate Mierzejewki's account. Mueller had kept 

a log book of his own in which he made notations as the squadron was debriefed in the 

ready room after each mission. For September 2, 1944, Mueller's personal log had the 

following entry: "White and Delaney presumed to have gone down with plane." Mueller 

told the New York Post that "no parachute was sighted except Bush's when the plane 

went down." The New York Post reporters were specific that according to Mueller, no 

one in the San Jacinto ready room during the debriefing had said anything about a fire on 

board Bush's plane. Mueller said: "I would have put it in my logbook if I had heard it." 

According to this New York Post article, the report of Bush's debriefing aboard the 

submarine Finnback after his rescue makes no mention of any fire aboard the plane. 

When the New York Post reporters interviewed Thomas R. Keene, an airman from 

another carrier who had been picked up by the Finnback a few days after Bush, and 

referred to the alleged fire on board Bush's plane, "Keene was surprised to hear" it. "'Did 

he say that?," Keene asked. 

Leo Nadeau, Bush's usual rear turret gunner, who had been in contact with Bush during 

the 1980's, attempted to undercut Mierzejewski's credibility by stating that "Ski," as 

Mierzejewski was called, would have been "too busy shooting" to have been able to 

focus on the events involving Bush's plane. But even the pro-Bush accounts agree that the 

reason that White had been allowed to come aloft in the first place was the expectation 

that there would be no Japanese aircraft over the target, making a thoroughly trained and 

experienced gunner superfluous. Indeed, no account alleges that any Japanese aircraft 

appeared over Chichi Jima. 

Bush and Mierzejewski met again on board the San Jacinto after the downed pilot was 

returned from the Finnback about a month after the loss of the Barbara II. According to 

the New York Post account, about a month after all these events Bush, clad in Red Cross 

pajamas, returned to the San Jacinto. "He came into the ready room and sat down next to 

me," Mierzejewksi recounted. "He [Bush] knew I saw the whole thing. He said, 'Ski, I'm 

sure those two men were dead. I called them on the radio three times. They were dead.' 

When he told me they were dead, I couldn't prove they weren't. He seemed distraught. He 

was trying to assure me he did the best he could. I'm thinking what am I going to say to 

him," Mierzejewski commented in 1988. 

Mierzejewski began to become concerned about Bush's presentation of his war record 

while watching Bush's December 1987 interview with David Frost, which was one of the 

candidate's most sanctimonious performances. In March, 1988 Mierzejeweski wrote to 

Bush and told him that his recollections were very different from the vice president's 

story. Mierzejewski's letter was not hostile in tone, but voiced concern that political 

opponents might come forward to dispute Bush. There was no reply to this letter, and 

Chester Mierzejewski ultimately elected to tell his own unique eye-witness version of the 

facts to the New York Post. Certainly his authoritative, first-hand account places a large 

question mark over the events of September 2, 1944 which Bush has so often sought to 

exploit for political gain.

Several days after Mierzejewski's interview was published, Bush's office obtained and 

released to the press a copy of the (undated) squadron log report. One Donald Rhodes of 

Bush's office called Mierzejewksi to offer him a copy of the report. 

It is typical of Joe Hyams' hack work for Bush in The Flight of the Avenger that he never 

mentions Mierzejewksi's critical account, although he is obviously acutely aware of the 

objections raised by Mierzejewski and wants very much to discredit those objections. 

Indeed, Hyams totally ignores Mierzejewski as a source, and also studiously ignores the 

other witness who would have supported Mierzejewski, that is to say Mueller. Hyams 

had the support of Bush's White House staff in arranging interviews for his book, but 

somehow he never got around to talking to Mierzejewski and Mueller. This must increase 

our suspicion that Bush has some damning cicrumstance he wishes to hide. 

Bush himself admits that he was in a big hurry to get out of his cockpit: "The wind was 

playing tricks, or more likely, I pulled the rip cord too soon." [fn 9] This caused his 

gashed forehead and damaged his parachute. 

Concerning the ability of Brown Brothers, Harriman to fix a combat report in naval 

aviation, it is clear that this could be accomplished as easily as fixing a parking ticket. 

Artemus Gates is someone who could have helped out. Other Brown Brothers, Harriman 

assets in powerful posts included Secretary of War Stimson, Secretary of War for Air 

Robert Lovett, Special Envoy W. Averell Harriman, and even President Roosevelt's 

confidant and virtual alter ego, Harry Hopkins, an asset of the Harriman family. 

Bush was very upset about what had happened to his two crewmen. Later, during one of 

his Skull and Bones "Life History" self-exposures, Bush referred to Lt. White, the Skull 

and Bones member who had gone to his death with the Barbara II: "I wish I hadn't let him 

go," said Bush, according to former Congressman Thomas W. L. (Lud) Ashley, a fellow 

Skull and Bones member and during 1991 one of the administrators of the Neil Bush 

legal defense fund. According to Ashley, "Bush was heartbroken. He had gone over it in 

his mind 100,000 times and concluded he couldn't have done anything....He didn't feel 

guilty about anything that happened....But the incident was a source of real grief to him. 

It tore him up, real anguish. It was so fresh in his mind. He had a real friendship with this 

man," said Ashley. [fn 10] 

Bush later wrote letters to the families of the men who had died on his plane. He received 

a reply from Delaney's sister, Mary Jane Delaney. The letter read in part: 

You mention in your letter that you would like to help me in some way. There is a way, 

and that is to stop thinking you are in any way responsible for your plane accident and 

what has happened to your men. I might have thought you were if my brother Jack had 

not always spoken of you as the best pilot in the squadron. [fn 11] 

Bush also wrote a letter to his parents in which he talked about White and Delaney: "I try 

to think about it as little as possible, yet I cannot get the thought of those two out of my 

mind. Oh, I'm OK- I want to fly again and I won't be scared of it, but I know I won't be

able to shake the memory of this incident and I don't believe I want to completely." [fn 

12] 

As Bush himself looked back on all these events from the threshold of his genocidal 

assault on Iraq, he complacently concluded that the pagan fates had preserved his life for 

some future purpose. He told Hyams: 

There wasn't a sudden revelation of what I wanted to do with the rest of my life, but there 

was an awakening. There's no question that underlying all that were my own religious 

beliefs. In my own view there's got to be some kind of destiny and I was being spared for 

something on earth. [fn 13] 

After having deliberately ignored the relevant dissenting views about the heroism of his 

patron, Hyams chooses to conclude his book on the following disturbing note: 

When flying his Avenger off the deck of the San Jac, Bush was responsible for his own 

fate as well as his crewmen's. As president he is responsible for the fate of all Americans 

as well as that of much of the world. 

And that is precisely the problem. 

NOTES: 

1. For details of Bush's navy career, see Joe Hyams, Flight of the Avenger (New York, 1991), passim. 

2. Bush and Gold, Looking Forward, p. 36. 

3. Hyams, Flight of the Avenger, pp. 106-107. 

4. Hyams, Flight of the Avenger, p. 111. 

5. Nicholas King, George Bush: A Biography (New York, 1980), pp. 30-31. 

6. Fitzhugh Green, George Bush: An Intimate Portrait (New York, 1989), pp. 36-37. 

7. Richard Ben Cramer, "George Bush" How He Got Here," Espquire, June 1991. 

8. Allan Wolper and Al Ellenberg, "The Day Bush Bailed Out," New York Post, August 12, 1988, p. 1 ff. 

10. Bush and Gold, p. 36. 

11. Washington Post, August 7, 1988 

12. Hyams, p. 143. 

13 bis. Bush and Gold, pp. 40-41.

14. Hyams, p. 134 

Chapter -VII- Skull and Bones: The Racist Nightmare at 

Yale 

``Wise statesmen ... established these great self-evident truths, that when in the distant future some 

man, some faction, some interest, should set up the doctrine that none but rich men, or none but 

white men, were entitled to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness, their posterity should look up 

again at the Declaration of Independence and take courage to renew the battle which their fathers 

began....''@s1 

Honeymoon 

-- Abraham Lincoln -- 

The U.S. Navy delivered George Bush back home for good on Christmas Eve, 1944; the 

war in the Pacific raged on over the next half year, with Allied forces taking Southeast 

Asia, the Netherlands East Indies (Indonesia), and islands such as Iwo Jima and Okinawa. 

Barbara Pierce quit Smith College in her sophomore year to marry George. Prescott and 

Mother Bush gave a splendid prenuptial dinner at the Greenwich Field Club. The 

wedding took place January 6, 1945, in the Rye, New York Presbyterian Church, as the 

U.S. Third Fleet bombarded the main Philippine island of Luzon in preparation for 

invasion. Afterwards there was a glamorous reception for 300 at Appawamis Country 

Club. The newlyweds honeymooned at The Cloisters, a five-star hotel on Sea Island, 

Georgia, with swimming, tennis and golf. 

George's next assignment was to train pilots at Norfolk, Virginia Naval Air Station. 

``George's duty ... was light. As for other young marrieds, whose husbands were between 

warzone tours, this was kind of an extended (and paid) honeymoon.''@s2

Japan surrendered in August. That fall, George and Barbara Bush moved to New Haven 

where Bush entered Yale University. He and Barbara moved into an apartment at 37 

Hillhouse Avenue, across the street from Yale President Charles Seymour. 

College life was good to George, what he saw of it. A college career usually occupies 

four years. But we know that George Bush is a rapidly moving man. Thus he was pleased 

with the special arrangement made for veterans, by which Yale allowed him to get his 

degree after attending classes for only two and a half years. 

Bush and his friends remember it all fondly, as representatives of the Fashionable Set: 

``[M]embers of [Bush's] class have since sighed with nostalgia for those days of the late 

1940s.... Trolley cars still rumbled along the New Haven streets. On autumn afternoons 

they would be crowded with students going out to football games at the Yale Bowl, 

scattering pennies along the way and shouting `scramble' to the street kids diving for 

them''[emphasis added].@s3 

In 1947, Barbara gave birth to George W. Bush, the President's namesake. 

By the time of his 1948 graduation, he had been elected to Phi Beta Kappa, an honor 

traditionally associated with academic achievement. A great deal is known about George 

Bush's career at Yale, except the part about books and studies. Unfortunately for those 

who would wish to consider his intellectual accomplishment, everything about that has 

been sealed shut and is top secret. The Yale administration says they have turned over to 

the FBI custody of all of Bush's academic records, allegedly because the FBI needs such 

access to check the resume@eacute; of important office holders. 

From all available testimony, his mental life before college was anything but outstanding. 

His campaign literature claims that, as a veteran, Bush was ``serious'' at Yale. But we 

cannot check exactly how he achieved election to Phi Beta Kappa, in his abbreviated 

college experience. Without top secret clearance, we cannot consult his test results, read 

his essays, or learn much about his performance in class. We know that his father was a 

trustee of the university, in charge of ``developmental'' fundraising. And his family 

friends were in control of the U.S. secret services. 

A great deal is known, however, about George Bush's status at Yale. 

His fellow student John H. Chafee, later a U.S. Senator from Rhode Island and Secretary 

of the Navy, declared: ``We didn't see much of him because he was married, but I guess 

my first impression was that he was--and I don't mean this in a derogatory fashion--in the 

inner set, the movers and shakers, the establishment. I don't mean he put on airs or 

anything, but ... just everybody knew him.'' 

Chafee, like Bush, and Dan Quayle, was in the important national fraternity, Delta Kappa 

Epsilon (DKE or the ``Dekes''). But Chafee says, `Ì never remember seeing him there. 

He wasn't one to hang around with the fellows.''@s4

The Tomb 

George Bush, in fact, passed his most important days and nights at Yale in the strange 

companionship of the senior-year Skull and Bones Society.@s5 

Out of those few who were chosen for Bones membership, George was the last one to be 

notified of his selection--this honor is traditionally reserved for the highest of the high 

and mighty. 

His father, Prescott Bush, several other relatives and partners, and Roland and Averell 

Harriman, who sponsored the Bush family, were also members of this secret society. 

The undoubted political and financial power associated with Skull and Bones has given 

rise to many popular questions about the nature and origin of the group. Its members have 

fed the mystery with false leads and silly speculations. 

The order was incorporated in 1856 under the name ``Russell Trust Association.'' By 

special act of the state legislature in 1943, its trustees are exempted from the normal 

requirement of filing corporate reports with the Connecticut Secretary of State. 

As of 1978, all business of the Russell Trust was handled by its lone trustee, Brown 

Brothers Harriman partner John B. Madden, Jr. Madden started with Brown Brothers 

Harriman in 1946, under senior partner Prescott Bush, George Bush's father. 

Each year, Skull and Bones members select (``tap'') 15 third-year Yale students to replace 

them in the senior group the following year. Graduating members are given a sizeable 

cash bonus to help them get started in life. Older graduate members, the so-called 

``Patriarchs,'' give special backing in business, politics, espionage and legal careers to 

graduate Bonesmen who exhibit talent or usefulness. 

The home of Skull and Bones on the Yale campus is a stone building resembling a 

mausoleum, and known as ``the Tomb.'' Initiations take place on Deer Island in the St. 

Lawrence River (an island owned by the Russell Trust Association), with regular 

reunions on Deer Island and at Yale. Initiation rites reportedly include strenuous and 

traumatic activities of the new member, while immersed naked in mud, and in a coffin. 

More important is the ``sexual autobiography'': The initiate tells the Order all the sex 

secrets of his young life. Weakened mental defenses against manipulation, and the 

blackmail potential of such information, have obvious permanent uses in enforcing 

loyalty among members. 

The loyalty is intense. One of Bush's former teachers, whose own father was a Skull and 

Bones member, told our interviewer that his father used to stab his little Skull and Bones 

pin into his skin to keep it in place when he took a bath. 

Members continue throughout their lives to unburden themselves on their psycho-sexual 

thoughts to their Bones Brothers, even if they are no longer sitting in a coffin. This has

een the case with President George Bush, for whom these ties are reported to have a 

deep personal meaning. Beyond the psychological manipulation associated with 

freemasonic mummery, there are very solid political reasons for Bush's strong 

identification with this cult. 

Observers of Skull and Bones, apologists and critics alike, have accepted various 

deceptive notions about the order. There are two outstanding, among these falsehoods: 

1) that it is essentially an American group, an assembly of wealthy, elite ``patriots''; it is 

in fact, an agency for British Empire penetration and subversion of the American 

republic; and 

2) that it is somehow the unique center of conspiratorial control over the United States. 

This misconception is certainly understandable, given the rather astonishing number of 

powerful, historically important and grotesquely anti-human individuals, who have come 

out of Skull and Bones. But there are in fact congruent organizations at other Ivy League 

colleges, which reflect, as does Skull and Bones, the over-arching oligarchical power of 

several heavily intermarried financier families. 

The mistaken, speculative notions may be corrected by examining the history of Skull 

and Bones, viewed within the reality of the American Eastern Establishment. 

Skull and Bones--the Russell Trust Association--was first established among the class 

graduating from Yale in 1833. Its founder was William Huntington Russell of 

Middletown, Connecticut. The Russell family was the master of incalculable wealth 

derived from the largest U.S. criminal organization of the nineteenth century: Russell and 

Company, the great opium syndicate. 

There was at that time a deep suspicion of, and national revulsion against, freemasonry 

and secret organizations in the United States, fostered in particular by the anti-masonic 

writings of former U.S. President John Quincy Adams. Adams stressed that those who 

take oaths to politically powerful international secret societies cannot be depended on for 

loyalty to a democratic republic. 

But the Russells were protected as part of the multiply-intermarried grouping of families 

then ruling Connecticut (see accompanying chart). The blood-proud members of the 

Russell, Pierpont, Edwards, Burr, Griswold, Day, Alsop and Hubbard families were 

prominent in the pro-British party within the state. Many of their sons would be among 

the members chosen for the Skull and Bones Society over the years. 

The background to Skull and Bones is a story of Opium and Empire, and a bitter struggle 

for political control over the new U.S. republic. 

Samuel Russell, second cousin to Bones founder William H., established Russell and 

Company in 1823. Its business was to acquire opium from Turkey and smuggle it into 

China, where it was strictly prohibited, under the armed protection of the British Empire.

The prior, predominant American gang in this field had been the syndicate created by 

Thomas Handasyd Perkins of Newburyport, Massachusetts, an aggregation of the selfstyled 

``blue bloods'' or Brahmins of Boston's north shore. Forced out of the lucrative 

African slave trade by U.S. law and Caribbean slave revolts, leaders of the Cabot, 

Lowell, Higginson, Forbes, Cushing and Sturgis families had married Perkins siblings 

and children. The Perkins opium syndicate made the fortune and established the power of 

these families. By the 1830s, the Russells had bought out the Perkins syndicate and made 

Connecticut the primary center of the U.S. opium racket. Massachusetts families 

(Coolidge, Sturgis, Forbes and Delano) joined Connecticut (Alsop) and New York (Low) 

smuggler-millionaires under the Russell auspices. 

** Certain of the prominent Boston opium families, such as Cabot and Weld, 

did not affiliate directly with Russell, Connecticut and Yale, but were identified 

instead with Harvard. 

John Quincy Adams and other patriots had fought these men for a quarter century by the 

time the Russell Trust Association was set up with its open pirate emblem--Skull and 

Bones. 

With British ties of family, shipping and merchant banking, the old New England Tories 

had continued their hostility to American independence after the Revolutionary War of 

1775-83. These pretended conservative patriots proclaimed Thomas Jefferson's 1801 

presidential inauguration ``radical usurpation.'' 

The Massachusetts Tories (`Èssex Junto'') joined with Vice President Aaron Burr, Jr. (a 

member of the Connecticut Edwards and Pierpont families) and Burr's cousin and law 

partner Theodore Dwight, in political moves designed to break up the United States and 

return it to British allegiance. 

The U.S. nationalist leader, former Treasury Secretary Alexander Hamilton, exposed the 

plan in 1804. Burr shot him to death in a duel, then led a famous abortive conspiracy to 

form a new empire in the Southwest, with territory to be torn from the U.S.A. and 

Spanish Mexico. For the ``blue bloods,'' the romantic figure of Aaron Burr was ever 

afterwards the symbol of British feudal revenge against the American republic. 

The Connecticut Tory families hosted the infamous Hartford Convention in 1815, toward 

the end of the second war between the U.S. and Britain (the War of 1812). Their 

secessionist propaganda was rendered impotent by America's defensive military victory. 

This faction then retired from the open political arena, pursuing instead entirely private 

and covert alliances with the British Empire. The incestuously intermarried 

Massachusetts and Connecticut families associated themselves with the British East India 

Company in the criminal opium traffic into China. These families made increased profits 

as partners and surrogates for the British during the bloody 1839-42 Opium War, the race 

war of British forces against Chinese defenders.

Samuel and William Huntington Russell were quiet, wary builders of their faction's 

power. An intimate colleague of opium gangster Samuel Russell wrote this about him: 

While he lived, no friend of his would venture to mention his name in print. While in China, he 

lived for about twenty-five years almost as a hermit, hardly known outside of his factory [the 

Canton warehouse compound] except by the chosen few who enjoyed his intimacy, and by his 

good friend, Hoqua [Chinese security director for the British East India Company], but studying 

commerce in its broadest sense, as well as its minutest details. Returning home with well-earned 

wealth he lived hospitably in the midst of his family, and a small circle of intimates. Scorning 

words and pretensions from the bottom of his heart, he was the truest and staunchest of friends; 

hating notoriety, he could always be absolutely counted on for every good work which did not 

involve publicity. 

The Russells' Skull and Bones Society was the most important of their domestic projects 

``which did not involve publicity.'' 

A police-blotter type review of Russell's organization will show why the secret order, 

though powerful, was not the unique organ of ``conspiracy'' for the U.S. Eastern 

Establishment. The following gentlemen were among Russells' partners: 

• Augustine Heard (1785-1868): ship captain and pioneer U.S. opium smuggler. 

• John Cleve Green (1800-75): married to Sarah Griswold; gave a fortune in opium 

profits to Princeton University, financing three Princeton buildings and four 

professorships; trustee of the Princeton Theological Seminary for 25 years. 

• Abiel Abbott Low (1811-93): his opium fortune financed the construction of the 

Columbia University New York City campus; father of Columbia's president Seth Low. 

• John Murray Forbes (1813-98): his opium millions financed the career of author Ralph 

Waldo Emerson, who married Forbes's daughter, and bankrolled the establishment of the 

Bell Telephone Company, whose first president was Forbes's son. 

• Joseph Coolidge: his Augustine Heard agency got $10 million yearly as surrogates for 

the Scottish dope-runners Jardine Matheson during the fighting in China; his son 

organized the United Fruit Company; his grandson, Archibald Cary Coolidge, was the 

founding executive officer of the Anglo-Americans' Council on Foreign Relations. 

• Warren Delano, Jr.: chief of Russell and Co. in Canton; grandfather of U.S. President 

Franklin Delano Roosevelt. 

• Russell Sturgis: his grandson by the same name was chairman of the Baring Bank in 

England, financiers of the Far East opium trade. 

Such persons as John C. Green and A.A. Low, whose names adorn various buildings at 

Princeton and Columbia Universities, made little attempt to hide the criminal origin of 

their influential money. Similarly with the Cabots, the Higginsons and the Welds for 

Harvard. The secret groups at other colleges are analogous and closely related to Yale's 

Skull and Bones. 

Princeton has its `èating clubs,'' especially Ivy Club and Cottage Club, whose 

oligarchical tradition runs from Jonathan Edwards and Aaron Burr through the Dulles 

brothers. At Harvard there is the ultra-blue-blooded Porcelian (known also as the Porc or

Pig club); Theodore Roosevelt bragged to the German Kaiser of his membership there; 

Franklin Roosevelt was a member of the slightly ``lower'' Fly Club. 

A few of the early initiates in Skull and Bones went on to careers in obvious defiance of 

the order's oligarchical character; two such were the scientists Benjamin Silliman, Jr. 

(Skull and Bones 1837), and William Chauvenet (Skull and Bones 1840). This reflects 

the continued importance of republican factions at Yale, Harvard and other colleges 

during the middle three decades of the nineteenth century. Silliman and Chauvenet 

became enemies of everything Skull and Bones stood for, while the Yale secret group 

rapidly conformed to the Russells' expectations. 

Yale was the northern college favored by southern slaveowning would-be aristocrats. 

Among Yale's southern students were John C. Calhoun, later the famous South Carolina 

defender of slavery against nationalism, and Judah P. Benjamin, later Secretary of State 

for the slaveowners' Confederacy. 

Young South Carolinian Joseph Heatly Dulles, whose family bought their slaves with the 

money from contract-security work for the British conquerors in India, was in a previous 

secret Yale group, the ``Society of Brothers in Unity.'' At Yale Dulles worked with the 

Northern secessionists and attached himself to Daniel Lord; their two families clove 

together in the fashion of a gang. The Lords became powerful Anglo-American Wall 

Street lawyers, and J.H. Dulles's grandson was the father of Allen Dulles and John Foster 

Dulles. 

In 1832-33 Skull and Bones was launched under the Russell pirate flag. 

Among the early initiates of the order were Henry Rootes Jackson (S&B 1839), a leader 

of the 1861 Georgia Secession Convention and post-Civil War president of the Georgia 

Historical Society (thus the false accounts of the ``good old slavery days'' and the ``bad 

northern invaders''); John Perkins, Jr. (S&B 1840), chairman of the 1861 Louisiana 

Secession Convention, who fled abroad for 13 years after the Civil War; and William 

Taylor Sullivan Barry (S&B 1841), a national leader of the secessionist wing of the 

Democratic Party during the 1850s, and chairman of the 1861 Mississippi Secession 

Convention. 

Alphonso Taft was a Bonesman alongside William H. Russell in the Class of 1833. As 

U.S. Attorney General in 1876-77, Alphonso Taft helped organize the backroom 

settlement of the deadlocked 1876 presidential election. The bargain gave Rutherford B. 

Hayes the presidency (1877-81) and withdrew the U.S. troops from the South, where they 

had been enforcing blacks' rights. 

Alphonso's son, William Howard Taft (S&B 1878), was U.S. President from 1909 to 

1913. President Taft's son, Robert Alphonso Taft (S&B 1910), was a leading U.S. 

Senator after World War II; his family's Anglo-Saxon racial/ancestral preoccupation was 

the disease which crippled Robert Taft's leadership of American nationalist 

``conservatives.''

Other pre-Civil War Bonesmen were: 

• William M. Evarts (S&B 1837): Wall Street attorney for British and southern 

slaveowner projects, collaborator of Taft in the 1876 bargain, U.S. Secretary of State 

1877-81; 

• Morris R. Waite (S&B 1837): Chief Justice of the U.S. Supreme Court 1874-88, whose 

rulings destroyed many rights of African-Americans gained in the Civil War; he helped 

his cohorts Taft and Evarts arrange the 1876 presidential settlement scheme to pull the 

rights-enforcing U.S. troops out of the South; 

• Daniel Coit Gilman (S&B 1852): co-incorporator of the Russell Trust; founding 

president of Johns Hopkins University as a great center for the racialist eugenics 

movement; 

• Andrew D. White (S&B 1853): founding president of Cornell University; psychic 

researcher; and diplomatic cohort of the Venetian, Russian and British oligarchies; 

• Chauncey M. Depew (S&B 1856): general counsel for the Vanderbilt railroads, he 

helped the Harriman family to enter into high society. 

By about the mid-1880s, the Skull and Bones membership roster began to change from 

its earlier, often ``scholarly,'' coloration; the change reflected the degradation of 

American political and economic life by imperialist, neo-pagan and racialist ideology. 

Irving Fisher (S&B 1888) became the racialist high priest of the economics faculty (Yale 

professor 1896-1946), and a famous merchant of British Empire propaganda for free 

trade and reduction of the non-white population. Fisher was founding president of the 

American Eugenics Society under the financial largesse of Averell Harriman's mother. 

Gifford Pinchot (S&B 1889) invented the aristocrats' ``conservation'' movement. He was 

President Theodore Roosevelt's chief forester, substituting federal land-control in place of 

Abraham Lincoln's free-land-to-families farm creation program. Pinchot's British Empire 

activitism included the Psychical Research Society and his vice-presidency of the first 

International Eugenics Congress in 1912. 

Helping Pinchot initiate this century's racialist environmentalism were his cohorts George 

W. Woodruff (S&B 1889), Teddy Roosevelt's Assistant Attorney General and Acting 

Interior Secretary; and Henry Solon Graves (S&B 1892), chief U.S. forester 1910-20. 

Frederick E. Weyerhauser (S&B 1896), owner of vast tracts of American forest, was a 

follower of Pinchot's movement, while the Weyerhauser family were active collaborators 

of British-South African super-racist Cecil Rhodes. This family's friendship with 

President George Bush is a vital factor in the present environmentalist movement. 

With Henry L. Stimson (S&B 1888) we come to the Eastern Liberal Establishment which 

has ruled America during the twentieth century. Stimson was President Taft's Secretary 

of War (1911-13), and President Herbert Hoover's Secretary of State (1929-33). As 

Secretary of War (1940-45), this time under President Harry Truman, Stimson pressed 

Truman to drop the atomic bomb on the Japanese. This decision involved much more 

than merely ``pragmatic'' military considerations. These Anglophiles, up through George

Bush, have opposed the American republic's tradition of alliance with national aspirations 

in Asia; and they worried that the invention of nuclear energy would too powerfully 

unsettle the world's toleration for poverty and misery. Both the U.S. and the Atom had 

better be dreaded, they thought. 

The present century owes much of its record of horrors to the influential Anglophile 

American families which came to dominate and employ the Skull and Bones Society as a 

political recruiting agency, particularly the Harrimans, Whitneys, Vanderbilts, 

Rockefellers and their lawyers, the Lords and Tafts and Bundys. 

The politically aggressive Guaranty Trust Company, run almost entirely by Skull and 

Bones initiates, was a financial vehicle of these families in the early 1900s. Guaranty 

Trust's support for the Bolshevik and Nazi revolutions overlapped the more intense 

endeavors in these fields by the Harrimans, George Walker and Prescott Bush a few 

blocks away, and in Berlin. 

Skull and Bones was dominated from 1913 onward by the circles of Averell Harriman. 

They displaced remaining traditionalists such as Douglas MacArthur from power in the 

United States. 

For George Bush, the Skull and Bones Society is more than simply the British, as 

opposed to the American, strategic tradition. It is merged in the family and personal 

network within which his whole life has been, in a sense, handed to him prepackaged. 

Britain's Yale Flying Unit 

During Prescott Bush's student days, the Harriman set at Yale decided that World War I 

was sufficiently amusing that they ought to get into it as recreation. They formed a 

special Yale Unit of the Naval Reserve Flying Corps, at the instigation of F. Trubee 

Davison. Since the United States was not at war, and the Yale students were going to 

serve Britain, the Yale Unit was privately and lavishly financed by F. Trubee's father, 

Henry Davison, the senior managing partner at J.P. Morgan and Co. At that time, the 

Morgan bank was the official financial agency for the British government in the United 

States. The Yale Unit's leader was amateur pilot Robert A. Lovett. They were based first 

on Long Island, New York, then in Palm Beach, Florida. 

The Yale Unit has been described by Lovett's family and friends in a collective biography 

of the Harriman set: 

Training for the Yale Flying Unit was not exactly boot camp. Davison's father ... helped finance 

them royally, and newspapers of the day dubbed them ``the millionaires' unit.'' They cut rakish 

figures, and knew it; though some dismissed them as dilettantes, the hearts of young Long Island 

belles fluttered at the sight.... 

[In] Palm Beach ... they ostentatiously pursued a relaxed style. ``They were rolled about 

in wheel chairs by African slaves amid tropical gardens and coconut palms,'' wrote the 

unit's historian.... ``For light exercise, they learned to glance at their new wristwatches

with an air of easy nonchalance''.... [Lovett] was made chief of the unit's private club, the 

Wags, whose members started their sentences, ``Being a Wag and therefore a 

superman''.... 

Despite the snide comments of those who dismissed them as frivolous rich boys, Lovett's 

unit proved to be daring and imaginative warriors when they were dispatched for active 

duty in 1917 with Britain's Royal Naval Air Service.@s6 

Lovett was transferred to the U.S. Navy after the U.S. joined Britain in World War I. 

The Yale Flying Unit was the glory of Skull and Bones. Roland Harriman, Prescott Bush 

and their 1917 Bonesmates selected for 1918 membership in the secret order these Yale 

Flying Unit leaders: Robert Lovett, F. Trubee Davison, Artemus Lamb Gates, and John 

Martin Vorys. Unit flyers David Sinton Ingalls and F. Trubee's brother, Harry P. Davison 

(who became Morgan vice chairman), were tapped for the 1920 Skull and Bones. 

Lovett did not actually have a senior year at Yale: ``He was tapped for Skull and Bones 

not on the Old Campus but at a naval station in West Palm Beach; his initiation, instead 

of being conducted in the `tomb' on High Street, occurred at the headquarters of the 

Navy's Northern Bombing Group between Dunkirk and Calais.''@s7 

Some years later, Averell Harriman gathered Lovett, Prescott Bush and other pets into the 

utopian oligarchs' community a few miles to the north of Palm Beach, called Jupiter 

Island (see Chapter 4). 

British Empire loyalists flew right from the Yale Unit into U.S. strategymaking positions: 

• F. Trubee Davison was Assistant U.S. Secretary of War for Air from 1926 to 1933. 

David S. Ingalls (on the board of Jupiter Island's Pan American Airways) was meanwhile 

Assistant Secretary of the Navy for Aviation (1929-32). Following the American 

Museum of Natural History's Hitlerite 1932 eugenics congress, Davison resigned his 

government Air post to become the Museum's president. Then, under the Harriman- 

Lovett national security regime of the early 1950s, F. Trubee Davison became Director of 

Personnel for the new Central Intelligence Agency. 

• Robert Lovett was Assistant Secretary of War for Air from 1941-45. 

• Lovett's 1918 Bonesmate Artemus Gates (chosen by Prescott and his fellows) became 

Assistant Secretary of the Navy for Air in 1941. Gates retained this post throughout the 

Second World War until 1945. Having a man like Gates up there, who owed his position 

to Averell, Bob, Prescott and their set, was quite reassuring to young naval aviator 

George Bush; especially so, when Bush would have to worry about the record being 

correct concerning his controversial fatal crash. 

Other Important Bonesmen 

• Richard M. Bissell, Jr. was a very important man to the denizens of Jupiter Island.

He graduated from Yale in 1932, the year after the Harrimanites bought the island. 

Though not in Skull and Bones, Bissell was the younger brother of William Truesdale 

Bissell, a Bonesman from the class of 1925. Their father, Connecticut insurance 

executive Richard M. Bissell, Sr., had put the U.S. insurance industry's inside knowledge 

of all fire-insured industrial plants at the disposal of government planners during World 

War I. 

The senior Bissell, a powerful Yale alumnus, was also the director of the Neuro- 

Psychiatric Institute of the Hartford Retreat for the Insane; there, in 1904, Yale graduate 

Clifford Beers underwent mind-destroying treatment which led this mental patient to 

found the Mental Hygiene Society, a major Yale-based Skull and Bones project. This 

would evolve into the CIA's cultural engineering effort of the 1950s, the drugs and 

brainwashing adventure known as ``MK-Ultra.'' 

Richard M. Bissell, Jr. studied at the London School of Economics in 1932 and 1933, and 

taught at Yale from 1935 to 1941. He then joined Harriman's entourage in the U.S. 

government. Bissell was an economist for the Combined Shipping Adjustment Board in 

1942-43, while Averell Harriman was the U.S. leader of that board in London. 

In 1947 and 1948, Bissell was executive secretary of the ``Harriman Commission,'' 

otherwise known as the President's Commission on Foreign Aid. When Harriman was the 

administrator of the Marshall Plan, Bissell was assistant administrator. 

Harriman was director of Mutual Security (1951-53), while Bissell was consultant to the 

director of Mutual Security 1952. 

Bissell then joined F. Trubee Davison at the Central Intelligence Agency. When Allen 

Dulles became CIA Director, Bissell was one of his three aides. 

Why could this be of interest to our Floridians? We saw in Chapter 4, that the great anti- 

Castro covert initiative of 1959-61 was supervised by an awesome array of Harriman 

agents. We need now add to that assessment only the fact that the detailed management 

of the invasion of Cuba, and of the assassination planning, and the training of the squads 

for these jobs, was given into the hands of Richard M. Bissell, Jr. 

This 1961 invasion failed. Fidel Castro survived the widely-discussed assassination plots 

against him. But the initiative succeeded in what was probably its core purpose: to 

organize a force of multi-use professional assassins. 

The Florida-trained killers stayed in business under the leadership of Ted Shackley. They 

were all around the assassination of President Kennedy in 1963. They kept going with the 

Operation Phoenix mass murder of Vietnamese civilians, with Middle East drug and 

terrorist programs, and with George Bush's Contra wars in Central America.

• Harvey Hollister Bundy (S&B 1909) was Henry L. Stimson's Assistant Secretary of 

State (1931-33); then he was Stimson's Special Assistant Secretary of War, alongside 

Assistant Secretary Robert Lovett of Skull and Bones and Brown Brothers Harriman. 

Harvey's son William P. Bundy (S&B 1939) was a CIA officer from 1951 to 1961; as a 

1960s defense official, he pushed the Harriman-Dulles scheme for a Vietnam war. 

Harvey's other son, McGeorge Bundy (S&B 1940), co-authored Stimson's memoirs in 

1948. As President John Kennedy's Director of National Security, McGeorge Bundy 

organized the whitewash of the Kennedy assassination, and immediately switched the 

U.S. policy away from the Kennedy pullout and back toward war in Vietnam. 

• There was also Henry Luce, a Bonesman of 1920 with David S. Ingalls and Harry 

Pomeroy. Luce published Time magazine, where his ironically-named `Àmerican 

Century'' blustering was straight British Empire doctrine: Bury the republics, hail the 

Anglo-Saxon conquerors. 

• William Sloane Coffin, tapped for 1949 Skull and Bones by George Bush and his Bone 

companions, was from a long line of Skull and Bones Coffins. William Sloane Coffin 

was famous in the Vietnam War protest days as a leader of the left protest against the 

war. Was the fact that he was an agent of the Central Intelligence Agency embarrassing 

to William Sloane? 

This was no contradiction. His uncle, the Reverend Henry Sloane Coffin (S&B 1897), 

had also been a ``peace'' agitator, and an oligarchical agent. Uncle Henry was for 20 years 

president of the Union Theological Seminary, whose board chairman was Prescott Bush's 

partner Thatcher Brown. In 1937, Henry Coffin and John Foster Dulles led the U.S. 

delegation to England to found the World Council of Churches, as a ``peace movement'' 

guided by the pro-Hitler faction in England. 

The Coffins have been mainstays of the liberal death lobby, for euthanasia and eugenics. 

The Coffins outlasted Hitler, arriving into the CIA in the 1950s. 

• Amory Howe Bradford (S&B 1934) married Carol Warburg Rothschild in 1941. 

Carol's mother, Carola, was the acknowledged head of the Warburg family in America 

after World War II. This family had assisted the Harrimans' rise into the world in the 

nineteenth and early twentieth centuries; in concert with the Sulzbergers at the New York 

Times, they had used their American Jewish Committee and B'nai B'rith to protect the 

Harriman-Bush deals with Hitler. This made it nice for Averell Harriman, just like 

family, when Amory Howe Bradford worked on the Planning Group of Harriman's 

NATO secretariat in London, 1951-52. Bradford was meanwhile assistant to the 

publisher of the New York Times, and went on to become general manager of the Times. 

Other modern Bonesmen have been closely tied to George Bush's career. 

• George Herbert Walker, Jr. (S&B 1927) was the President's uncle and financial angel. 

In the 1970s he sold G.H. Walker & Co. to White, Weld & Co. and became a director of

White, Weld; company heir William Weld, the current Massachusetts governor, is an 

active Bush Republican. 

• Publisher William F. Buckley (S&B 1950) had a family oil business in Mexico. There 

Buckley was a close ally to CIA covert operations manager E. Howard Hunt, whose 

lethal antics were performed under the eyes of Miami Station and Jupiter Island. 

• David Lyle Boren (S&B 1963) was assistant to the director of the Office of Civil and 

Defense Mobilization, and a propaganda analyst for the U.S. Information Agency, before 

graduating from Yale. Thus while he was imbibing the British view at Oxford University 

(1963-65), Boren was already an Anglo-American intelligence operative, listed in the 

``speakers bureau'' of the American embassy in London. David Boren was elected to the 

U.S. Senate in 1979 and became chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee. 

Though a Democrat (who spoke knowingly of the ``parallel government'' operating in 

Iran-Contra), Boren's Intelligence Committee rulings have been (not unexpectedly) more 

and more favorable to his ``Patriarch'' in the White House. 

Bush's Own Bones 

Among the traditional artifacts collected and maintained within the High Street Tomb are 

human remains of various derivations. The following concerns one such set of Skull and 

Bones. 

Geronimo, an Apache faction leader and warrior, led a party of warriors on a raid in 

1876, after Apaches were moved to the San Carlos Reservation in Arizona territory. He 

led other raids against U.S. and Mexican forces well into the 1880s; he was captured and 

escaped many times. 

Geronimo was finally interned at Fort Sill, Oklahoma. He became a farmer and joined a 

Christian congregation. He died at the age of 79 years in 1909, and was buried at Fort 

Sill. Three-quarters of a century later, his tribesmen raised the question of getting their 

famous warrior reinterred back in Arizona. 

Ned Anderson was Tribal Chairman of the San Carlos Apache Tribe from 1978 to 1986. 

This is the story he tells@s8: 

Around the fall of 1983, the leader of an Apache group in another section of Arizona said 

he was interested in having the remains of Geronimo returned to his tribe's custody. 

Taking up this idea, Anderson said that the remains properly belonged to his group as 

much as to the other Apaches. After much discussion, several Apache groups met at a 

kind of summit meeting held at Fort Sill, Oklahoma. The army authorities were not 

favorable to the meeting, and it only occurred through the intervention of the office of the 

Governor of Oklahoma. 

As a result of this meeting, Ned Anderson was written up in the newspapers as an 

articulate Apache activist. Soon afterwards, in late 1983 or early 1984, a Skull and Bones 

member contacted Anderson and leaked evidence that Geronimo's remains had long ago

een pilfered--by Prescott Bush, George's father. The informant said that in May of 1918, 

Prescott Bush and five other officers at Fort Sill desecrated the grave of Geronimo. They 

took turns watching while they robbed the grave, taking items including a skull, some 

other bones, a horse bit and straps. These prizes were taken back to the Tomb, the home 

of the Skull and Bones Society at Yale in New Haven, Connecticut. They were put into a 

display case, which members and visitors could easily view upon entry to the building. 

The informant provided Anderson with photographs of the stolen remains, and a copy of 

a Skull and Bones log book in which the 1918 grave robbery had been recorded. The 

informant said that Skull and Bones members used the pilfered remains in performing 

some of their Thursday and Sunday night rituals, with Geronimo's skull sitting out on a 

table in front of them. 

Outraged, Anderson traveled to New Haven. He did some investigation on the Yale 

campus and held numerous discussions, to learn what the Apaches would be up against 

when they took action, and what type of action would be most fruitful. 

Through an attorney, Ned Anderson asked the FBI to move into the case. The attorney 

conveyed to him the Bureau's response: If he would turn over every scrap of evidence to 

the FBI, and completely remove himself from the case, they would get involved. He 

rejected this bargain, since it did not seem likely to lead toward recovery of Geronimo's 

remains. 

Due to his persistence, he was able to arrange a September 1986 Manhattan meeting with 

Jonathan Bush, George Bush's brother. Jonathan Bush vaguely assured Anderson that he 

would get what he had come after, and set a followup meeting for the next day. But Bush 

stalled--Anderson believes this was to gain time to hide and secure the stolen remains 

against any possible rescue action. 

The Skull and Bones attorney representing the Bush family and managing the case was 

Endicott Peabody Davison. His father was the F. Trubee Davison mentioned above, who 

had been president of New York's American Museum of Natural History, and personnel 

director for the Central Intelligence Agency. The general attitude of this Museum crowd 

has long been that ``Natives'' should be stuffed and mounted for display to the 

Fashionable Set. 

Finally, after about 11 days, another meeting occurred. A display case was produced, 

which did in fact match the one in the photograph the informant had given to Ned 

Anderson. But the skull he was shown was that of a ten-year-old child, and Anderson 

refused to receive it or to sign a legal document promising to shut up about the matter. 

Anderson took his complaint to Arizona Congressmen Morris Udahl and John McCain 

III, but with no results. George Bush refused Congressman McCain's request that he meet 

with Anderson.

Anderson wrote to Udahl, enclosing a photograph of the wall case and skull at the 

``Tomb,'' showing a black and white photograph of the living Geronimo, which members 

of the Order had boastfully posted next to their display of his skull. Anderson quoted 

from a Skull and Bones Society internal history, entitled Continuation of the History of 

Our Order for the Century Celebration, 17 June 1933, by The Little Devil of D'121. 

From the war days [W.W. I] also sprang the mad expedition from the School of Fire at Fort Sill, 

Oklahoma, that brought to the T[omb] its most spectacular ``crook,'' the skull of Geronimo the 

terrible, the Indian Chief who had taken forty-nine white scalps. An expedition in late May, 1918, 

by members of four Clubs [i.e. four graduating-class years of the Society], Xit D.114, Barebones, 

Caliban and Dingbat, D.115, S'Mike D.116, and Hellbender D.117, planned with great caution 

since in the words of one of them: ``Six army captains robbing a grave wouldn't look good in the 

papers.'' The stirring climax was recorded by Hellbender in the Black Book of D.117: ``... The ring 

of pick on stone and thud of earth on earth alone disturbs the peace of the prairie. An axe pried 

open the iron door of the tomb, and Pat[riarch] Bush entered and started to dig. We dug in turn, 

each on relief taking a turn on the road as guards.... Finally Pat[riarch] Ellery James turned up a 

bridle, soon a saddle horn and rotten leathers followed, then wood and then, at the exact bottom of 

the small round hole, Pat[riarch] James dug deep and pried out the trophy itself.... We quickly 

closed the grave, shut the door and sped home to Pat[riarch] Mallon's room, where we cleaned the 

Bones. Pat[riarch] Mallon sat on the floor liberally applying carbolic acid. The Skull was fairly 

clean, having only some flesh inside and a little hair. I showered and hit the hay ... a happy 

man....''@s9 

The other grave robber whose name is given, Ellery James, we encountered in 

Chapter 1--he was to be an usher at Prescott's wedding three years later. And the 

fellow who applied acid to the stolen skull, burning off the flesh and hair, was 

Neil Mallon. Years later, Prescott Bush and his partners chose Mallon as 

chairman of Dresser Industries; Mallon hired Prescott's son, George Bush, for 

George's first job; and George Bush named his son, Neil Mallon Bush, after the 

flesh-picker. 

In 1988, the Washington Post ran an article, originating from the Establishment-line 

Arizona Republic, entitled ``Skull for Scandal: Did Bush's Father Rob Geronimo's 

Grave?'' The article included a small quote from the 1933 Skull and Bones History of Our 

Order: `Àn axe pried open the iron door of the tomb, and ... Bush entered and started to 

dig....'' and so forth, but neglected to include other names beside Bush. 

According to the Washington Post, the document which Bush attorney Endicott Davison 

tried to get the Apache leader to sign, stipulated that Ned Anderson agreed it would be 

`ìnappropriate for you, me [Jonathan Bush] or anyone in association with us to make or 

permit any publication in connection with this transaction.'' Anderson called the 

document ``very insulting to Indians.'' Davison claimed later that the Order's own history 

book is a hoax, but during the negotiations with Anderson, Bush's attorney demanded 

Anderson give up his copy of the book.@s1@s0 

Bush crony Fitzhugh Green gives the view of the President's backers on this affair, and 

conveys the arrogant racial attitude typical of Skull and Bones:

``Prescott Bush had a colorful side. In 1988 the press revealed the complaint of an 

Apache leader about Bush. This was Ned Anderson of San Carlos, Oklahoma [sic], who 

charged that as a young army officer Bush stole the skull of Indian Chief [sic] Geronimo 

and had it hung on the wall of Yale's Skull and Bones Club. After exposure of `true facts' 

by Anderson, and consideration by some representatives in Congress, the issue faded 

from public sight. Whether or not this alleged skullduggery actually occurred, the mere 

idea casts the senior Bush in an adventurous light''@s1@s1[emphasis added]. 

George Bush's crowning as a Bonesman was intensely, personally important to him. 

These men were tapped for the Class of 1948: 

Thomas William Ludlow Ashley 

Lucius Horatio Biglow, Jr. 

George Herbert Walker Bush 

John Erwin Caulkins 

William Judkins Clark 

William James Connelly, Jr. 

George Cook III 

David Charles Grimes 

Richard Elwood Jenkins 

Richard Gerstle Mack 

Thomas Wilder Moseley 

George Harold Pfau, Jr. 

Samuel Sloane Walker, Jr. 

Howard Sayre Weaver 

Valleau Wilkie, Jr. 

Survivors of this 1948 Bones group were interviewed for a 1988 Washington Post 

campaign profile of George Bush. The members described their continuing intimacy with 

and financial support for Bush up through his 1980s vice-presidency. Their original 

sexual togetherness at Yale is stressed: 

The relationships that were formed in the ``Tomb'' ... where the Society's meetings took place each 

Thursday and Sunday night during the academic year, have had a strong place in Bush's life, 

according to all 11 of his fellow Bonesmen who are still alive. 

Several described in detail the ritual in the organization that builds the bonds. Before 

giving his life history, each member had to spend a Sunday night reviewing his sex life in 

a talk known in the Tomb as CB, or ``connubial bliss''.... 

``The first time you review your sex life.... We went all the way around among the 15,'' 

said Lucius H. Biglow Jr., a retired Seattle attorney. ``That way you get everybody 

committed to a certain extent.... It was a gradual way of building confidence.'' 

The sexual histories helped break down the normal defenses of the members, according 

to several of the members from his class. William J. Connelly, Jr. ... said, `Ìn Skull and

Bones we all stand together, 15 brothers under the skin. [It is] the greatest allegiance in 

the world.''@s1@s2 

Here is our future U.S. President with the other wealthy, amoral young men, excited 

about their future unlimited power over the ignorant common people, sharing their sex 

secrets in a mausoleum surrounded by human remains. The excited young men are 

entirely directed by the ``Patriarchs,'' the cynical alumni financiers who are the legal 

owners of the Order. 

The Yale Tories Who Made Skull and Bones 

This chart depicts family relationships which were vital to the persons appearing on the 

chart. At less exalted levels of society, one is supposed to be praised or blamed only 

according to one's own actions. But in these Yale circles, ``family''--genealogy--is an 

overwhelming consideration when evaluating individuals. Thus what we present here is 

more than simply a system of associations. It is a tradition which has operated powerfully 

on the emotions and judgment of the leaders of Yale University; they have merged their 

own identities into this tradition. 

Lines are directed downwards from parents to their children. A double hyphen--signifies 

the marriage of the persons on either side. 

GUIDE TO THE YALE FAMILY CHART 

1) Rev. Nodiah Russell: One of 10 or 12 men who founded Yale University in 1701. Yale 

Trustee 1701-13. Pastor, First Congregational Church, Middletown, Ct. ca. 1691-1716. 

2) Rev. James Pierpont: Most celebrated of the Yale founders. Yale Trustee, 1701-14. 

3) William Russell: Yale Trustee 1745-61. Pastor, First Congregational Church, 

Middletown, Ct. 1716-61. 

4) Jonathan Edwards: Graduated Yale 1720. Ultra-Calvinist theologian, president of 

Princeton University (called then ``College of New Jersey''). 

5) Rev. Nodiah Russell: Graduated Yale 1750. 

6) Pierpont Edwards (1750-1826): Made Master of Connecticut Masons by the British 

Army occupying New York in 1783; he administered the estate of the traitor Benedict 

Arnold. 

7) Aaron Burr, Sr.: Graduated yale 1735. President of Princeton University (``College of 

New Jersey'').

8) Matthew Talcott Russell: Graduated Yale 1769. Deacon of First Congregational 

Church, Middletown, Ct. for 30 years. Lawyer for the Middletown Russell family. Died 

ca. 1817. 

9) Captain John Russell. Died 1801 or 1802. 

10) Henry W. Edwards: Governor of Connecticut 1833, 1835-38. Protector of Samuel 

Russell's opium-financed enterprises, patron of William Huntington Russell's new secret 

society, Skull and Bones. 

11) Aaron Burr, Jr.: U.S. Vice President 1801-08. Killed Alexander Hamilton in a duel in 

1804. Secession conspirator. Acquitted of treason in 1807, but wanted for murder, he fled 

to England. Returned to U.S.A. in 1812. Wall Street lawyer, 1812-36. Hero of imperial 

Anglo-Americans. 

12) Theodore Dwight (1764-1846): Law partner of his cousin Aaron Burr, Jr. Secretary 

of the secessionist Hartford Convention, 1815. He united the Connecticut pro-British 

party with Massachusetts `Èssex Junto.'' 

13) Timothy Dwight: Secessionist. President of Yale, 1795-1817. 

14) William Huntington Russell (1809-85): Graduated Yale 1833. Founder of Skull and 

Bones Society (or Russell Trust Association), which came to dominate Yale. Founded 

prep school for boys, 1836. His secret organization spread in the 1870s to Phillips 

Academy, the Andover, Massachusetts prep school. 

15) Samuel Russell: Born in 1789 in the main ancestral house of the Russell family of 

Middletown. This house had been owned by the co-founder of Yale, Nodiah Russell (1), 

and by William Russell (3) and his wife Mary, sister-in-law to Jonathan Edwards. 

He became head of the Middletown Russells. He established Russell and Co. in 1823, 

which by the 1830s superseded Perkins syndicate as largest American opium smuggling 

organization. His partners included leading Boston families. 

He founded the Russell Manufacturing Company, Middletown, in 1837; he was president 

of Middlesex County Bank. During the formative years of Skull and Bones, the 

fabulously wealthy Samuel Russell was undisputed king of Middletown. 

Note to Reader: 

For the sake of clarity, we have omitted from this chart the ancestral line from Rev. James 

Pierpont (2) to his great grandson Rev. John Pierpont. Rev. John Pierpont wrote poetry for the pro- 

British secessionists; he denounced President Thomas Jefferson for saying that Pierpont's New 

England relatives were `ùnder the influence of the whore of England.'' Rev. John was an 

employee of Aaron Burr's family during Burr's western conspiracy. Rev. John's daughter Juliet 

married Connecticut-born British banker Junius Morgan and gave birth to U.S. financial kingpin 

John Pierpont Morgan, named for his grandfather Rev. John.

NOTES: 

1. Speech at Lewistown, Illinois, August 17, 1858; quoted in James Mellon (editor), The Face of Lincoln 

(New York: Viking Press, 1979), p. 35. 

2. Fitzhugh Green, George Bush: An Intimate Portrait (New York: Hippocrene Books, 1989), p. 41. 3. 

Nicholas King, George Bush: A Biography (New York: Dodd, Mead & Company, 1980), p. 38. 

4. Green, op. cit., p. 47. 

5. Ibid., p. 48. 

6. Among the sources used for this section are: 

• Skull and Bones membership list, 1833-1950, printed 1949 by the Russell Trust Association, New 

Haven, Connecticut, available through the Yale University Library, New Haven. 

• Biographies of the Russells and related families, in the Yale University Library, New Haven, and in the 

Russell Library, Middletown, Connecticut. 

• Ron Chernow, The House of Morgan: An American Banking Dynasty and the Rise of Modern Finance 

(New York: Atlantic Monthly Press, 1990). 

• Anthony C. Sutton, How the Order Creates War and Revolution, (Phoenix: Research Publications, Inc., 

1984). 

• Anthony C. Sutton, America's Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and Bones, 

(Billings, Mt.: Liberty House Press, 1986). 

• Anton Chaitkin, Treason in America: From Aaron Burr to Averell Harriman, second edition (New 

York: New Benjamin Franklin House, 1985). 

• Anton Chaitkin, ``Station Identification: Morgan, Hitler, NBC,'' New Solidarity, Oct. 8, 1984. 

• Interviews with Bones members and their families. 


Bohlen, Harriman, Kennan, Lovett, McCloy (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1986), pp. 90-91. 

8. Ibid., p. 93. 

9. Interview with Ned Anderson, Nov. 6, 1991. 

10. Quoted in Ned Anderson to Anton Chaitkin, Dec. 2, 1991, in possession of the authors. 

11. Article by Paul Brinkley-Rogers of the Arizona Republic, in the Washington Post, Oct. 1, 1988. 

12. Green, op. cit., p. 50. 

13. Bob Woodward and Walter Pincus, ``Bush Opened Up To Secret Yale Society,'' Washington Post, Aug. 

7, 1988.

Chapter -VIII- The Permian Basin Gang, 1948-59 

Pecunia non olet. 

-- Vespasian 

During the years following the Second World War, the patrician families of the Eastern 

Anglophile Liberal Establishment sent numbers of their offspring to colonize those 

geographic regions of the United States which, the families estimated, were likely to 

prosper in the postwar period. On the surface, this appears as a simple reflex of greed: 

cadet sons were despatched to those areas of the provinces where their instinctive 

methods of speculation and usury could be employed to parasitize emerging wealth. 

More fundamentally, this migration of young patrician bankers answered the necessity of 

political control. The Eastern Establishment, understood as an agglomeration of financier 

factions headquartered in Wall Street, had been the dominant force in American politics 

since J.P. Morgan had bailed out the Grover Cleveland regime in the 1890's. Since the 

assassination of William McKinley and the advent of Theodore Roosevelt, the power of 

the Wall Street group had grown continuously. The Eastern Establishment may have had 

its earliest roots north of Boston and in the Hudson River Valley, but it was determined to 

be, not a mere regional financier faction, but the undisputed ruling elite of the United 

States as a whole, from Boston to Bohemian Grove and from Palm Beach to the Pacific 

Northwest. It was thus imperative that the constant tendency towards the formation of 

regional factions be pre-empted by the pervasive presence of men bound by blood loyalty 

to the dominant cliques of Washington, New York, and the "mother country," the City of 

London.

If the Eastern Liberal Establishment were thought of as a cancer, then after 1945 that 

cancer went into a new phase of malignant metastasis, infecting every part of the 

American body politic. George Bush was one of those motile, malignant cells. He was 

not alone; Robert Mosbacher also made the journey from New York to Texas, in 

Mosbacher's case directly to Houston. 

The various sycophant mythographers who have spun their yarns about the life of George 

Bush have always attempted to present this phase of Bush's life as the case of a fiercely 

independent young man who could have gone straight to the top in Wall Street by trading 

on father Prescott's name and connections, but who chose instead to strike out for the new 

frontier among the wildcatters and roughnecks of the west Texas oil fields and become a 

self-made man. 

As George Bush himself recounted in a 1983 interview, "If I were a psychoanalyzer, I 

might conclude that I was trying to, not compete with my father, but do something on my 

own. My stay in Texas was no Horatio Alger thing, but moving from New Haven to 

Odessa just about the day I graduated was quite a shift in lifestyle." [fn 1] 

These fairy tales from the "red Studebaker" school seek to obscure the facts: that Bush's 

transfer to Texas was arranged from the top by Prescott's Brown Brothers, Harriman 

cronies, and that every step forward made by Bush in the oil business was assisted by the 

capital resources of our hero's maternal uncle, George Herbert Walker, Jr., "Uncle 

Herbie," the boss of G.H. Walker & Co. investment firm of Wall Street. Uncle Herbie 

had graduated from Yale in 1927, where he had been a member of Skull and Bones. This 

is the Uncle Herbie who will show up as lead investor and member of the board of Bush- 

Overbey oil, of Zapata Petroleum, and of Zapata Offshore after 1959. If we assume that 

the Bush-Walker clan as an extended oligarchical family decided to send cadet son 

George Bush into the Texas and Oklahoma oilfields, we will not be far wrong. 

Father Prescott procured George not one job, but two, in each case contacting cronies 

who depended at least partially on Brown Brothers, Harriman for business. 

One crony contacted by father Prescott was Ray Kravis, who was in the oil business in 

Tulsa, Oklahoma. Oklahoma had experienced a colossal oil boom between the two world 

wars, and Ray Kravis had cashed in, building up a personal fortune of some $25 million. 

Ray was the son of a British tailor whose father had come to America and set up a 

haberdashery in Atlantic City, New Jersey. Young Ray Kravis had arrived in Tulsa in 

1925, in the midst of the oil boom that was making the colossal fortunes of men like J. 

Paul Getty. Ray Kravis was primarily a tax accountant, and he had invented a very 

special tax shelter which allowed oil properties to be "packaged" and sold in such a way 

as to reduce the tax on profits earned from the normal oil property rate of 81% to a mere 

15%. This meant that the national tax base was eroded, and each individual taxpayer 

bilked, in order to subsidize the formation of immense private fortunes; this will be found 

to be a constant theme among George Bush's business associates down to the present day.

Ray Kravis's dexterity in setting up these tax shelters attracted the attention of Joseph P. 

Kennedy, the bucaneering bootlegger, entrepreneur, political boss, and patriarch of the 

Massachusetts Kennedy clan. For many years Ray Kravis functioned as the manager of 

the Kennedy family fortune (or fondo), the same job that later devolved to Stephen 

Smith. Ray Kravis and Joe Kennedy both wintered in Palm Beach, where they were 

sometimes golf partners. [fn 2] 

In 1948-49, father Prescott was the managing partner of Brown Brothers, Harriman. 

Prescott knew Ray Kravis as a local Tulsa finance mogul and wheeler-dealer who was 

often called upon by Wall Street investment houses as a consultant to evaluate the oil 

reserves of various companies. The estimates that Ray Kravis provided often involved the 

amount of oil in the ground that these firms possessed, and these estimates went to the 

heart of the oil business as a ground rent exploitation in which current oil production was 

far less important than the reserves still beneath the soil. 

Such activity imparted the kind of primitive accumulation mentality that was later seen to 

animate Ray Kravis's son Henry. During the 1980's, as we will see, Henry Kravis 

personally generated some $58 billion in debt for the purpose of acquiring 36 companies 

and assembling the largest corporate empire, in paper terms, of all time. And, as we will 

also see, Henry Kravis was to become one of the leaders of the leveraged buyout gang 

which became a mainstay of the political machine of George Bush. But in 1948, these 

events were all far in the future. 

So father Prescott asked Ray if he had a job for young George. The answer was, of course 

he did. 

But in the meantime Prescott Bush had also been talking with another crony beholden to 

him, Henry Neil Mallon, who was the President and Chairman of the Board of Dresser 

Industries, a leading manufacturer of drill bits and related oil well drilling equipment. 

Dresser had been incorporated in 1905 by Solomon R. Dresser, but had been bought up 

and reorganized by W.A. Harriman & Company in 1928-1929. 

Henry Neil Mallon, for whom the infamous Neil Mallon Bush of Hinckley and Silverado 

fame is named, came from a Cincinnati family who were traditional retainers for the Taft 

clan in the same way that the Bush-Walker family were retainers for the Harrimans. As a 

child, Neil Mallon had gone with his family to visit their close friends, President William 

Howard Taft and his family, at the White House. Mallon had then attended the Taft 

School in Watertown, Connecticut, and had gone on to Yale University in the fall of 

1913, where he met Bunny Harriman, Prescott Bush, Knight Wooley, and the other 

Bonesmen. 

One day in December, 1928 Bunny Harriman, father Prescott and Knight Wooley were 

sitting around the Harriman counting house discussing their reorganization of Dresser 

Industries. Mallon, who was returning to Ohio after six months spent mountaineering in 

the Alps, came by to visit. At a certain point in the conversation, Bunny pointed to 

Mallon was exclaimed, "Dresser! Dresser!." Mallon was then interviewed by George

Herbert Walker, the president of W.A. Harriman & Co. As a result of this interview, 

Mallon was immediately made president of Dresser, although he had no experience in the 

oil business. Mallon clearly owed the Walker-Bush clan some favors. [fn 3] 

Prescott Bush had become a member of the board of directors of Dresser Industries in 

1930, in the wake of the reorganization of the company which he had personally helped 

to direct. Prescott Bush was destined to remain on the Dresser board for twenty-two 

years, until 1952, when he entered the United States Senate. Father Prescott was thus 

calling in a chit when procured George a second job offer, this time with Dresser 

Industries or one of its subsidiaries. 

George Bush knew that the oil boom in Oklahoma had passed its peak, and that Tulsa 

would no longer offer the sterling opportunities for a fast buck it had presented twenty 

years earlier. Dresser, by contrast, was a vast international corporation ideally suited to 

gaining a rapid overview of the oil industry and its looting practices. George Bush 

accordingly called Ray Kravis and, in the ingratiating tones he was wont to use as he 

clawed his way towards the top, said that he wished respectfully to decline the job that 

Kravis had offered him in Tulsa. His first preference was to go to work for Dresser. Ray 

Kravis, who looked to Prescott for business, released him at once. "I know George Bush 

well," said Ray Kravis years later. "I've known him since he got out of school. His father 

was a very good friend of mine." [fn 4] This is the magic moment in which all the official 

Bush biographies show our hero riding into Odessa, Texas in the legendary red 

Studebaker, to take up a post as an equipment clerk and trainee for the Dresser subsidiary 

IDECO (International Derrick and Equipment Company). 

But the red Studebaker myth, as already noted, misrepresents the facts. According to the 

semi-official history of Dresser Industries, George Bush was first employed by Dresser at 

their corporate headquarters in Cleveland, Ohio, where he worked for Dresser executive 

R.E. Reimer, an ally of Mallon. [fn 5] This stint in Cleveland is hardly mentioned by the 

pro-Bush biographers, making us wonder what is being covered up. The Dresser history 

also has George Bush working for another subsidiary, Pacific Pumps, before working for 

IDECO. On the same page that relates these interesting facts, there is a picture that shows 

father Prescott, Dorothy, Barbara Bush, and George holding his infant son George 

Walker Bush. Young George W. is wearing cowboy boots. They are all standing in front 

of a Dresser Industries executive airplane, apparently a DC-3. Could this be the way 

George really arrived in Odessa? 

The Dresser history has George Bush working for Pacific Pumps, another Dresser 

subsidiary, before finally joining IDECO. According to Bush's campaign autobiography, 

he had been with IDECO for a year in Odessa, Texas before being transferred to work for 

Pacific Pumps in Huntington Park and Bakersfield, California. Bush says he worked at 

Huntongton Park as an assemblyman, and it was here that he claims to have joined the 

United Steelworkers Union, obtaining a union card that he will still pull out when 

confronted for his long history of union-busting, as for example when he was heckled at a 

shipyard in Portland, Oregon, during the 1988 campaign. Other accounts place Bush in 

Ventura, Compton and "Richard Nixon's home town of Whittier" during this same period.

[fn 6] If Bush actually went to California first and only later to Odessa, he may be lying 

in order to stress that he chose Texas as his first choice, a distortion that may have been 

concocted very early in his political career to defend himself against the constant charge 

that he was a carpetbagger. 

Odessa, Texas, and the nearby city of Midland were both located in the geological 

formation known as the Permian Basin, the scene of an oil boom that developed in the 

years after the Second World War. Odessa at this time was a complex of yards and 

warehouses where oil drilling equipment was brought for distribution to the oil rigs that 

were drilling all over the landscape. 

At IDECO, Bush worked for supervisor Bill Nelson, and had one Hugh Evans among his 

co-workers. Concerning this period, we are regaled with stories about how Bush and 

Barbara moved into a shotgun house, an apartment that had been divided by a partition 

down the middle, with a bathroom they shared with a mother and daughter prostitute 

team. There was a pervasive odor of gas, which came not from a leak in the oven, but 

from nearby oil wells where the gas was flared off. George and Barbara were to spend 

some time slumming in this setting. But Bush was anxious to ingratiate himself with the 

roughnecks and roustabouts; he began eating the standard Odessa diet of a bowl of chili 

with crackers and beer for lunch, and chicken-friend steak for dinner. Perhaps his 

affected liking for country and western music, pork rinds, and other public relations ploys 

go back to this time. Bush is also fond of recounting the story of how, on Christmas Eve, 

1948, he got drunk during various IDECO customer receptions and passed out, dead 

drunk, on his own front lawn, where he was found by Barbara. George Bush, we can see, 

is truly a regular guy. 

According to the official Bush version of events, George and Bar peregrinated during 

1949 far from their beloved Texas to various towns in California where Dresser had 

subsidiaries. Bush claims that he drove a thousand miles a week through the Carrizo 

Plains and the Cuyama Valley. During that same year (or was it 1950?) they moved to 

Midland, another tumbleweed town in west Texas. Midland offered the advantage of 

being the location of the west Texas headquarters of many of the oil companies that 

operated in Odessa and the surrounding area. In Midland, George and Bar first stayed at a 

motel while he commuted by car each day to the IDECO warehouse in Odessa, twenty 

miles to the southwest. Then, for $7,500, they bought a home on Maple Street in a 

postwar mini-Levittown development called Easter Egg Row. 

Reality was somewhat more complex. The Bush social circle in Odessa was hardly 

composed of oil field roughnecks. Rather, their peer group was composed more of the 

sorts of people they had known in New Haven: a clique of well-heeled recent graduates 

of prestigious eastern colleges who had been attracted to the Permian Basin in the same 

way that Stanford, Hopkins, Crocker, and their ilk were attracted to San Francisco during 

the gold rush. Here were Toby Hilliard, John Ashmun, and Pomeroy Smith, all from 

Princeton. Earle Craig had been at Yale. Midland thus boasted a Yale Club, and Harvard 

Club, and a Princeton Club. The natives referred to this clique as "the Yalies." Also

present on the scene in Midland were J. Hugh Liedtke and William Liedkte, who had 

grown up in Oklahoma, but who had attended college at Amherst in Massachusetts. 

Many of these individuals had access to patrician fortues back east for the venture capital 

they mobilized behind their various deals. Toby Hilliard's full name was Harry Talbot 

Hilliard of Fox Chapel near Pittsburgh, where the Mellons had their palatial residence. 

Earle Craig was also hooked up to big money in the same area. The Liedkte brothers, as 

we will see, had connections to the big oil money that had emerged around Tulsa. Many 

of these "Yalies" also lived in the Easter Egg Row neighborhood. A few houses away 

from George Bush there lived a certain John Overbey. According to Overbey, the "people 

from the east and the people from Texas or Oklahoma all seemed to have two things in 

common. They all had a chance to be stockbrokers or investment bankers. And they all 

wanted to learn the oil business instead." [fn 7] Overbey made his living as a landman. 

Since George Bush would shortly also become a landman, it is worth investigating what 

this occupation actually entails; in doing so, we will gain a permanent insight into Bush's 

character. The role of the landman in the Texas oil industry was to try to identify 

properties where oil might be found, sometimes on the basis of leaked geological 

information, sometimes after observing that one of the major oil companies was drilling 

in the same locale. The land man would scout the property, and then attempt to get the 

owner of the land to sign away the mineral rights to the property in the form of a lease. If 

the property owner were well informed about the possibility that oil might in fact be 

found on his land, the price of the lease would obviously go up, because signing away the 

mineral rights meant that the income (or "royalties") from any oil that might be found 

would never go to the owner of the land. A cunning landman would try to gather as much 

insider information as he could and keep the rancher as much in the dark as possible. In 

rural Texas in the 1940's, the role of the landman could rather easily degenerate into that 

of the ruthless, money-grubbing con artist who would try to convince an ill-informed and 

possibly ignorant Texas dirt farmer who was just coming up for air after the great 

depression that the chances of finding oil on his land were just about zero, and that even a 

token fee for a lease on the mineral rights would be eminently worth taking. 

Once the farmer or rancher had signed away his right to future oil royalties, the landman 

would turn around and attempt to "broker" the lease by selling it at an inflated price to a 

major oil company that might be interested in drilling, or to some other buyer. There was 

a lively market in such leases in the restaurant of the Scharbauer Hotel in Midland, where 

maps of the oil fields hung on the walls and oil leases could change hands repeatedly in 

the course in the course of a single day. Sometimes, if a landman were forced to sell a 

lease to the mineral rights of land where he really thought there might be oil, he would 

seek to retain an override, perhaps amounting to a sixteenth or a thirty-second of the 

royalties from future production. But that would mean less cash or even no cash received 

now, and small-time operators like Overbey, who had no capital resources of their own, 

were always strapped for cash. Overbey was lucky if he could realize a profit of a few 

hundred dollars on the sale of a lease. 

This form of activity clearly appealed to the mean-spirited and the greedy, to those who 

enjoyed rooking their fellow man. It was one thing for Overbey, who may have had no

alternative to support his family. It was quite another thing for George Herbert Walker 

Bush, a young plutocrat out slumming. But Bush was drawn to the landman and royalty 

game, so much so that he offered to raise capital back east if Overbey would join him in a 

partnership. [fn 8] 

Overbey accepted Bush's proposition that they capitalize a company that would trade in 

the vanished hopes of the ranchers and farmers of northwest Texas. Bush and Overbey 

flew back east to talk with Uncle Herbie in the oak-paneled board room of G.H. Walker 

& Co. in Wall Street. According to Esquire, "Bush's partner, John Overbey, still 

remembers the dizzying whirl of a money-raising trip to the East with George and Uncle 

Herbie: lunch at New York's 21 Club, weekends at Kennebunkport where a bracing 

Sunday dip in the Atlantic off Walker's Point ended with a servant wrapping you in a 

large terry towel and handing you a martini." [fn 9] 

The result of the odyssey back east was a capital of $300,000, much of it gathered from 

Uncle Herbie's clients in the City of London, who were of course delighted at the 

prospect of parasitizing Texas ranchers. One of those eager to cash in was Jimmy 

Gammell of Edinburgh, Scotland, whose Ivory and Sime counting house put up $50,000 

from its Atlantic Asset Trust. Gammell is today the eminence grise of the Scottish 

invesment community, and he has retained a close personal relation to Bush over the 

years. Mark this Gammell well; he will return to our narrative shortly. 

Eugene Meyer, the owner of the Washington Post and the father of that paper's present 

owner, Katharine Meyer Graham, anted up an investment of $50,000 on the basis of the 

tax-shelter capabilities promised by Bush-Oberbey. Meyer, a president of the World 

Bank, also procured an investment from his son-in-law Phil Graham for the Bush 

venture. Father Prescott Bush was also counted in, to the tune of about $50,000. In the 

days of real money, these were considerable sums. The London investors got shares of 

stock in the new company, called Bush-Overbey, as well as Bush-Overbey bonded debt. 

Bush and Overbey moved into an office on the ground floor of the Petroleum Building in 

Midland. 

The business of the landman, it has been pointed out, rested entriely on personal relations 

and schmooze. One had to be a dissembler and an intelligencer. One had to learn to 

cultivate friendships with the geologists, the scouts, the petty bureaucrats at the county 

court house where the land records were kept, the journalists at the local paper, and with 

one's own rivals, the other landmen, who might invite someone with some risk capital to 

come in on a deal. Community service was an excellent mode of ingratiation, and George 

Bush volunteered for the Community Chest, the YMCA, and the Chamber of Commerce. 

It meant small talk about wives and kids, attending church-- deception postures that in a 

small town had to pervade the smallest details of one's life. It was at this time in his life 

that Bush seems to have acquired the habit of writing ingratiating little personal notes to 

people he had recently met, a habit that he would use over the years to cultivate and 

maintain his personal network. Out of all this ingratiating Babbitry and boosterism would 

come acquaintances and the bits of information that could lead to windfall profits.

There had been a boom in Scurry County, but that was subsiding. Bush drove to Pyote, to 

Snyder, to Sterling City, to Monahans, with Rattlesnake Air Force Base just outside of 

town. How many Texas ranchers can remember selling their mineral rights for a pittance 

to smiling George Bush, and then having oil discovered on the land, oil from which their 

family would never earn a penny? 

Across the street from Bush-Overbey were the offices of Liedtke & Liedtke, Attorneys at 

law. J. Hugh Liedtke and William Liedtke were from Tulsa, Oklahoma, where they, like 

Bush, had grown up rich as the sons of a local judge who had become one of the top 

corporate lawyers for Gulf Oil. The Liedtke's grandfather had come from Prussia, but had 

served in the Confederate Army. J. Hugh Liedtke had found time along the way to 

acquire the notorious Harvard Master of Business Administration degree in one year. 

After service in the navy during the war, the Liedtkes obtained law degrees of the 

University of Texas law school, where they rented the servant's quarters of the home of 

US Senator Lyndon B. Johnson, who was away in Washington most of the time. During 

those years, Johnson's home was occupied most of the time by his protege, John 

Connally. 

The Liedtkes combined the raw, uncouth primitive accumulation mentality of the oil 

boom town with the refined arts of usury and speculation as Harvard taught them. Their 

law practice was a law practice in name only; their primary and almost exclusive activity 

was buying up royalty leases on behalf of a money bags in Tulsa who was a friend of 

their family; the Liedtkes got a 5% commission on every deal they handled. 

Hugh Liedtke was always on the lookout for the Main Chance. Following in the footsteps 

of his fellow Tulsan Ray Kravis, Hugh Liedtke schemed and schemed until he had found 

a way to go beyond hustling for royalty leases: he concocted a method of trading oilproducing 

properties in such a way as to permit the eventual owner to defer all tax 

liabilities until the field was depleted. Sometimes Hugh Liedtke would commute between 

Midland and Tulsa on an almost daily basis. He would spend the daylight hours prowling 

the Permian Basin for a land deal, make the thirteen hour drive to Tulsa overnight to 

convince his backers to ante up the cash, and then race back to Midland to close the deal 

before the sucker got away. It was during this phase that it occurred to Liedtke that he 

could save himself a lot of marathon commuter driving if he could put together a million 

dollars in venture capital and "inventory" the deals he was otherwise forced to make a 

piecemeal and ad hoc basis. [fn 10] 

The Liedtke brothers now wanted to go beyond royalty leases and land sale tax dodges, 

and begin large-scale drilling for and production of oil. George Bush, by now well versed 

in the alphas and omegas of oil as ground rent, was thinking along the same lines. In a 

convergence that was full of ominous portent for the US economy of the 1980's, the 

Liedtke brothers and George Bush decided to pool their capital and their rapacious talents 

by going into business together. Overbey was on board initially, but would soon fall 

away.

The year was 1953, and Uncle Herbie's G.H. Walker & Co. became the principal 

underwriter of the stock and convertible debentures that were to be offered to the public. 

Uncle Herbie would also purchase a large portion of the stock himself. When the new 

company required further infusions of capital, Uncle Herbie would float the necessary 

bonds. Jimmy Gammell remained a key participant and would find a seat on the board of 

directors of the new company. Another of the key investors was the Clark Family Estate, 

meaning the trustees who managed the Singer Sewing machine fortune. [fn 11] Some 

other money came from various pension funds and endowments, sources that would 

become very popular during the leveraged buyout orgy Bush presided over during the 

1980's. Of the capital of the new Bush-Liedtke concern, about $500,000 would come 

from Tulsa cronies of the Liedtke brothers, and the other $500,000 from the circles of 

Uncle Herbie. The latter were referred to by Hugh Liedtke as "the New York guys." 

The name chosen for the new concern was Zapata Petroleum. According to Hugh 

Liedtke, the new entrepreneurs were attracted to the name when they saw it on a movie 

marquee, where the new release Viva Zapata!, starring Marlon Brando as the Mexican 

revolutionary, was playing. Liedtke characteristically explains that part of the appeal of 

the name was the confusion as to whether Zapata had been a patriot or a bandit. [fn 12] 

The Bush-Liedtke combination concentrated its attention on an oil property in Coke 

County called Jameson Field, a barren expanse of prairie and sagebrush where six widely 

separated wells had been producing oil for some years. Hugh Liedtke was convinced that 

these six oil wells were tapping into a single underground pool of oil, and that dozens or 

even hundreds of new oil wells drilled into the same field would all prove to be gushers. 

In other words, Liedtke wanted to gamble the entire capital of the new firm on the 

hypothesis that the wells were, in oil parlance, "connected." One of Liedtke's Tulsa 

backers was supposedly unconvinced, and argued that the wells were too far apart; they 

could not possibly connect. "Goddamn, they do!" was Hugh Liedtke's rejoinder. He 

insisted on shooting the works in a va-banque operation. Uncle Herbie's circles were 

nervous: "The New York guys were just about to pee in their pants," boasted Leidtke 

years later. Bush and Hugh Liedtke obviously had the better information: the wells were 

connected, and 127 wells were drilled without encountering a single dry hole. As a result, 

the price of a share of stock in Zapata went up from 7 cents a share to $23. 

During this time, Hugh Liedtke collaborated on several small deals in the Midland area 

with a certain T. Boone Pickens, later one of the most notorious corporate raiders of the 

1980's, one of the originators of the "greenmail" strategy of extortion by which a raider 

would accumulate part of the shares of a company and threaten to go all the way to a 

hostile takeover unless the management of the compnay agreed to buy back those shares 

at an outrageous premium. Pickens is the buccaneer who was self-righteously indignant 

when the Japanese business community attempted to prevent him from introducing these 

shamless looting practices into the Japanese economy. 

Pickens, too, was a product of the Bush-Liedtke social circle of Midland. When he was 

just getting started in the mid-fifties, Pickens wanted to buy the Hugoton Production 

Company, which owned the Hugoton field, one of the world's great onshore deposits of

natural gas. Pickens engineered the hostile takeover of Hugoton by turning to Hugh 

Liedtke to be introduced to the trustees of the Clark Family Estate, who, as we have just 

seen, had put up part of the capital for Zapata. Pickens promised the Clark Trustees a 

higher return than was being provided by the current management, and this support 

proved to be decisive in permitting Pickens's Mesa Petroleum to take over Hugoton, 

launching this corsair on a career of looting and pillage that still continues. In 1988, 

George Bush would give an interview to a magazine owned by Pickens in which the Vice 

President would defend hostile leveraged buyouts as necessary to the interests of the 

shareholders. 

In the meantime, after two to three years of operations, the oil flow out of Zapata's key 

Jameson field had begun to slow down. Although there was still abundant oil in the 

ground, the natural pressure had been rapidly depleted, so Bush and the Liedtkes had to 

begin resorting to stratagems in order to bring the oil to the surface. They began pumping 

water into the underground formations in order to forced the oil to the surface. From then 

on, "enhanced recovery" techniques were necessary to keep the Jameson field on line. 

During 1955 and 1956, Zapata was able to report a small profit. In 1957, the year of the 

incipient Eisenhower recession, this turned into a loss of $155,183, as the oil from the 

Jameson field began to slow down. In 1958, the loss was $427,752, and in 1959 there was 

$207,742 of red ink. 1960 (after Bush had departed from the scene) brought another loss, 

this time of $372,258, It was not until 1961 that Zapata was able to post a small profit of 

$50,482. [fn 13] Despite the fact that Bush and the Liedtkes all became millionaires 

through the increased value of their shares, it was not exactly an enviable record; without 

the deep pockets of Bush's Uncle Herbie Walker and his British backers, the entire 

venture might have foundered at an early date. 

Bush and the Liedtkes had been very lucky with the Jameson field, but they could hardly 

expect such results to be repeated indefinitely. In addition, they were now posting losses, 

and the value of Zapata stock had gone into a decline. Bush and the Liedtke brothers now 

concluded that the epoch in which large oil fields could be discovered within the 

continental United States was now over. Mammoth new oil fields, they believed, could 

only be found offshore, located under hundreds of feet of water on the continental 

shelves, or in shallow seas like the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean. By a happy 

coincidence, in 1954 the US federal government was just beginning to auction the 

mineral rights for these offshore areas. With father Prescott Bush directing his potent 

Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones network from the US Senate while regularly 

hob-nobbing with President Eisenhower on the golf links, George Bush could be 

confident of receiving special privileged treatment when it came to these mineral rights. 

Bush and his partners therefore judged the moment ripe for launching a for-hire drilling 

company, Zapata Offshore, a Delaware corporation that would offer its services to the 

companies making up the Seven Sisters international oil cartel in drilling underwater 

wells. 40% of the offshore company's stock would be owned by the original Zapata firm. 

The new company would also be a buyer of offshore royalty leases. Uncle Herbie helped 

arrange a new issue of stock for this Zapata offshoot. The shares were easy to unload 

because of the 1954 boom in the New York stock market. "The stock market lent itself to

speculation," Bush would explain years later, "and you could get equity capital for new 

ventures." [fn 14] 

1954 was also the year that the US overthrew the government of Jacopo Arbenz in 

Guatemala. This was the beginning of a dense flurry of US covert operations in central 

America and the Caribbean, featuring especially Cuba. 

The first asset of Zapata Offshore was the SCORPION, a $ 3.5 million deep-sea drilling 

rig that was financed by $1.5 million from the initial stock sale plus another $2 million 

from bonds marketed with the help of Uncle Herbie. The SCORPION was the first threelegged 

self-elevating mobile drilling barge, and it was built by R. G. LeTourneau, Inc., of 

Vicksburg, Mississippi. The platform weighed some 9 million pounds and measured 180 

by 150 feet, and the three legs were 140 feet long when fully extended. The rig was 

floated into the desired drilling position before the legs were extended, and the main body 

was then pushed up above the waves by electric motors. The SCORPION was delivered 

early in 1956, and was commissioned at Galveston in March, 1956, and was put to work 

at exploratory drilling in the Gulf of Mexico during the rest of the year. 

During 1956, the Zapata Petroleum officers included J. Hugh Liedtke as president, 

George H.W. Bush as vice president, and William Brumley of Midland, Texas as 

treasurer. The board of directors lined up as follows: 

George H.W. Bush, Midland, Texas; 

J.G.S. Gammell, Edinburgh. Scotland, Manager of British Assets Trust, Limited; 

J. Hugh Liedtke, Midland, Texas; 

William C. Liedtke, independent oil operator, Midland, Texas; 

Arthur E. Palmer, Jr., New York, NY, a partner in Winthrop, Stimson, Putnam, and 

Roberts; 

G.H. Walker Jr. (Uncle Herbie), managing partner of G.H. Walker and Co., New York, 

NY; 

Howard J. Whitehill, independent oil producer of Tulsa, Oklahoma; 

Eugene F. Williams, Jr., secretary of the St. Louis Union Trust Company of St. Louis, 

Missouri; 

D.D. Bovaird, president of the Bovaird Supply Co. of Tulsa, Oklahoma, and chairman of 

the board of the Oklahoma City branch of the Tenth Federal District of the Federal 

Reserve Board; and 

George L. Coleman, investments, Miami, Oklahoma.

An interim director that year had been Richard E. Fleming of Robert Fleming and Co., 

London, England. Counsel were listed as Baker, Botts, Andrews & Shepherd of Houston, 

Texas; auditors were Arthur Andersen in Houston, and transfer agents were J.P. Morgan 

& Co., Inc., of New York City and the First National Bank and Trust Company of Tulsa. 

[fn 15] 

George Bush personally was much more involved with the financial managment of the 

company than with its actual oil-field operations. His main activity was not finding oil or 

drilling wells but, as he himself put it, "stretching paper" -- rolling over debt and making 

new financial arrangements with the creditors. [fn 16] 

During 1956, despite continuing losses and thanks again to Uncle Herbie, Zapata was 

able to float yet another offering, this time a convertible debenture for $2.15 million for 

the purchase of a second Le Tourneau drilling platform, the VINEGAROON, named after 

a west Texas stinging insect. The VINEGAROON was delivered during 1957, and soon 

scored a "lucky" hit drilling in block 86 off Vermilion Parish, Louisiana. This was a 

combination of gas and oil, and one well was rated at 113 barrels of distillate and 3.6 

million cubic feet of gas per day. [fn 17] This was especially remunerative because 

Zapata had acquired a half-interest in the royalties from any oil or gas that might be 

found. VINEGAROON then continued to drill of Louisiana on a farmout from 

Continental Oil, also off Vermilion Parish. 

As for the SCORPION, during part of 1957 it was under contract to the Bahama- 

California Oil Company, drilling between Florida and Cuba. It was then leased by Gulf 

Oil and Standard Oil of California, on whose behalf it started drilling during 1958 at a 

position on the Cay Sal Bank, 131 miles south of Miami, Florida, and just 54 miles north 

of Isabela, Cuba. Cuba was an interesting place just then; the US-backed insurgency of 

Fidel Castro was rapidly undermining the older US-imposed regime of Fulgencio Batista. 

That meant that SCORPIO was located at a hot corner. 

During 1957 a certain divergence began to appear between Uncle Herbie Walker, Bush, 

and the "New York guys" on the one hand, and the Liedtke brothers and their Tulsa 

backers on the other. As the annual report for that year noted, "There is no doubt that the 

drilling business in the Gulf of Mexico has become far more competitive in the last six 

months than it has been at any time in the past." Despite that, Bush, Walker and the New 

York investors wanted to push forward into the offshore drilling and drilling services 

business, while the Liedtkes and the Tulsa group wanted to concentrate on acquiring oil 

in the ground and natural gas deposits. 

The 1958 annual report notes that with no major discoveries made, 1958 had been "a 

difficult year." It was, of course, the year of the brutal Eisenhower recession. 

SCOPRPION, VINEGAROON, and NOLA I, the offshore company's three drilling rigs, 

could not be kept fully occupied in the Gulf of Mexico during the whole year, and so 

Zapata Offshore had lost $524,441, more than Zapata Petroleum's own loss of $427,752 

for that year. The Liedtke viewpoint was reflected in the notation that "disposing of the 

offshore business had been considered." The great tycoon Bush conceded in the Zapata

Offshore annual report for 1958: "We erroneously predicted that most major [oil] 

companies would have active drilling programs for 1958. These drilling programs simply 

did not materialize..." In 1990 Bush denied for months that there was a recession, and 

through 1991 claimed that the recession had ended when it had long since turned into a 

depression. His blindness about economic conjunctures would appear to be nothing new. 

By 1959, there were reports of increasing personal tensions between the domineering and 

abrasive J. Hugh Liedtke on the one hand and Bush's Uncle Herbie Walker on the other. 

Liedtke was obsessed with his plan for creating a new major oil company, the boundless 

ambition that would propel him down a path littered with asset-stripped corporations into 

the devastating Pennzoil-Getty-Texaco wars of a quarter century later. During the course 

of this year, the two groups of investors arrived at a separation that was billed as 

"amicable," and which in any case never interrupted the close cooperation among Bush 

and the Liedtke brothers. The solution was that the ever-present Uncle Herbie would buy 

out the Liedtke-Tulsa 40% stake in Zapata Offshore, while the Liedtke backers would 

buy out the Bush-Walker interest in Zapata Petroleum. 

For this to be accomplished, George Bush would require yet another large infusion of 

capital. Uncle Herbie now raised yet another tranche for George, this time over $800,000. 

The money allegedly came from Bush-Walker friends and relatives. [fn 18] Even if the 

faithful efforts of Uncle Herbie are taken into account, it is still puzzling to see a series of 

large infusions of cash into a poorly managed small company that had posted a series of 

substantial losses and whose future prospects were anything but rosy. At this point it is 

therefore legitimate to pose the question: was Zapata Offshore an intelligence community 

front at its foundation in 1954, or did it become one in 1959, or perhaps at some later 

point? This question cannot be answered with finality. 

George Bush was now the president of his own company, the undisputed boss of Zapata 

Offshore. Although the company was falling behind the rest of the offshore drilling 

industry, Bush made a desultory attempt at expansion through diversification, investing 

in a plastics machinery company in New Jersey, a Texas pipe lining company, and a gas 

transmission company; none of these investments proved to be remunerative. 

By contrast, Hugh Liedtke's approach to business was aggressive to the point of being 

picaresque. Liedtke decided that he would use the money he had gotten back for selling 

his interest in Zapata Offshore ot Uncle Herbie in order to take a giant step on the road to 

building the top-flight oil company of his dreams, a new sister for the Anglo-American 

oil cartel. In Liedtke's Malthusian mentality, drilling for oil no longer made sense, since 

all the major finds had been made: what counted now was buying up the oil that already 

existed. His immediate target was South Penn Oil Company, the owner of a piece of the 

Bradford oil field, and the producer of a brand of motor oil called Pennzoil, which it sold 

by the quart in characteristic yellow cans. South Penn possessed a significant quantity of 

oil in the ground. In order to seize control of South Penn, Liedtke capitalized on his 

personal acquaintance with J. Paul Getty, the founder of Getty Oil, whom he had known 

since Getty had shown up at an engagement party in honor of Liedtke at the Tulsa home 

of the Skelly family during the waning years of World War II. J. Paul Getty owned about

10% of the stock of South Penn. Liedtke assembled an investment partnership and 

matched Getty's stake with a 10% interest of his own. Liedtke hypocritically reassured 

the management of Southe Penn that he was accumulating their stock "for investment 

purposes only." When Liedtke had bought as much stock as he had funds to afford, he 

appealed to Getty to honor a previous committment and install J. Hugh Liedtke as the 

new president of South Penn. Getty, who had been a corsair of the stock market during 

the 1920's, when he had engineered the hostile takeover of Tide Water Associated Oil, 

supported Liedtke, and the previous South Penn management was ousted in favor of the 

Liedtke team. J. Hugh Liedkte merged Zapata Petroleum with South Penn, and gave the 

new corporation the name Pennzoil. 

Now J. Hugh Liedtke, following in the footsteps of J. Paul Getty, had carried out a hostile 

takeover of his own. Within a couple of years, Liedtke would execute a second corporate 

raid, this time the takoever of United Gas Pipeline Company of Shreveport, Louisiana. 

United Gas operated 8,800 miles of gas pipeline, and carried about 7% of the natural gas 

consumed in the United States. Hugh and Bill Liedtke calculated that the infrastructure of 

United Gas had been expensive to build and install, but that it would be cheap to operate. 

Running United Gas into the ground could generate prodigious quantities of cash. This 

cash could then be mobilized by the Liedtkes to buy up other companies. In addition, 

United Gas owned oil, copper, sulphur, and other mineral deposits. United Gas was a 

corporation about six times the size of Pennzoil, but the Liedtkes began to acquire shares. 

Problems arose when the Liedtke brothers' intentions became public knowledge: the price 

of United Gas went up sharply, and a rival group of buyers of United Gas stock appeared. 

"As the Pennzoil board pondered its next move, a Scotsman serving as director suggested 

a new strategy: a cash tender offer, a takeover practice that was virtually unheard of in 

the US, but was widely used in Britain. Pennzoil could publicly announce an offering 

price to the public for only a portion of the shares; the stockholders, fearful that the stock 

price would tumble once the offer was closed, would 'tender' as many shares as Pennzoil 

could afford to buy. The company's thunderstruck management resisted in every way 

possible, but the shares flooded in and before long Pennzoil owned 42% of [United 

Gas]." [fn 19] The Scotsman in question could only have been J.G.S. Gammell, who had 

remained with the Liedtkes as a member of their board. This was the same Gammell 

whom Bush and Uncle Herbie had brought into the United States to invest in Bush- 

Overbey back in 1950. Gammell had brought with him the particularly virulent bacillus 

of British stockjobbing methods. Pennzoil had to borrow a quarter of a billion dollars to 

buy up the United gas stock, but when the dust had settled, Pennzoil had grown by 500%, 

almost exclusively on the basis of borrowed money, usury and debt. 

The rapacious Liedtke brothers then proceeded to subject United Gas to a brutal process 

of asset stripping. They forced United Gas to pay $20 million more in dividends to 

Pennzoil than United Gas ever earned. They detached the more profitable branches of 

United Gas, especially the oil and mineral deposits, and transferred them to Pennzoil. 

They forced United Gas to fork over $100 million worth of preferred stock to Pennzoil in 

the form of yet another dividend. This amounted to a transfer of $100 million of United 

Gas capital into the Liedtke coffers.

By 1972, George Bush was a Nixon Administration cabinet member and insider, 

speaking for Tricky Dick and Kissinger at the United Nations. George's influence must 

have been conducive to the efforts of the Liedkte brothers to place two of their lawyers 

from Baker & Botts on the Federal Power Commission. With these Liedtke stooges in 

place, the Federal Power Commission proceeded to approve a series of transactions by 

which United Gas, ignoring existing contracts, diverted natural gas destined for delivery 

in Louisiana in favor of other markets where the price was much higher. The result of this 

high-handed greed was a severe gas shortage in Louisiana, which impacted both 

industrial users and home consumption. The then Louisiana Governor Edwin Edwards 

declared during the winter of 1972 that "the health and safety of millions of Louisiana's 

citizens are gravely threatened" as a result of these Liedtke machinations. Governor 

Edwards denounced an "absolute disregard for the public interest in this state" on the part 

of Pennzoil/United Gas. There were layoffs at industrial plants, and at least one lawsuit 

accused the Liedkte concerns of breaching their exisiting contracts. All in all it was 

estimated (by Middle South utilities) that a whopping extra $200 million had been added 

to the gas and electric bills of customers in the Deep South, the poorest part of the United 

States, in order to provide alternate supplies of boiler fuels. But the Liedtke brothers were 

not disturbed by all this, for they were becoming multimillionaires through the looting 

and asset-stripping of United Gas. 

In 1974, the Liedtkes decided that the despoiled carcass of United Gas should now be 

cast adrift. The story of this squalid final chapter of the pillaging of United Gas was 

entitled "Love Her and Leave Her" by Forbes magazine: "That, say the critics, is just 

what the Liedkte brothers did with United Gas-- acquiring it, deflowering it, then 

dumping it." [fn 20] As Forbes also noted, "contacts with men like Johnson, Connally, 

and Bush never did the Liedktes any harm." It was considered dubious that the post- 

Liedtke United Gas could avoid collapse as a result of its vastly weakened condition. But, 

with Watergate and the crumbling of the Nixon power cartel, the Liedktes had now gone 

beyond what the Washington traffic would bear. Federal regulators forced the greedy 

brothers to return the $100 million preferred stock capital transfer. The Liedtkes were 

also nailed for insider trading in buying 125,000 Pennzoil shares just before the stock 

went up as the news of the $100 million transfer became known on Wall Street; they had 

to cough up $108,125 in profits thus realized, and they were obliged to sign a consent 

decree that they would never repeat a caper of this sort. But this was a wholly 

insignificant sum when measured against the large oil reserves from United Gas that 

Pennzoil was allowed to retain. 

During the late 1970's, the Liedkte brothers would receive an entree into the People's 

Republic of China thanks to the personal connections acquired there by their former 

business partner and lifetime crony, George Bush. And later, during the Reagan-Bush 

years, when federal regulatory intervention against monstrous stock market swindles 

virtually disappeared as a result of George Bush's Task Force on Regulatory Relief, J. 

Hugh Liedtke, by that time sporting the nickname of "Chairman Mao," would be the 

protagonist of the Pennzoil/Getty/Texaco war, a conflagration that laid waste to whole 

chunks of a fatally weakened US economy. And in those future days, J. Hugh Liedtke

would repeatedly flaunt his continuing close friendship with his old business partner 

George Bush. [fn 21] 

In 1959-60, George Bush was operating out of his new corporate base in Houston, Texas, 

where Zapata Offshore had transferred upon separating from the Liedktes. Economic 

conditions were slowly improving, and Uncle Herbie's ability to mobilize capital 

permitted George to move towards expanding his fleet of offshore drilling equipment. By 

1963 Zapata Offshore had four operational rigs: SIDEWINDER, VINEGAROON, 

SCORPION/NOLA I, and NOLA III. Bush's interest was attracted down to the Gulf at 

Galveston, east to New Orleans, then further east and south to Miami, and still further 

south the Cuba, the target of the immense covert action operation which the Eisenhower 

Administration, advised by father Prescott Bush, was assembling in south Florida and in 

Guatemala under the code name of JM/WAVE, which in the spring of 1961 would 

become manifest to the world in the form of the Bay of Pigs attempted invasion of Cuba. 

In a Zapata Offshore Annual Report issued a couple of years later, Bush published the 

following description of the nature of the company's business: 

Historically, few major oil companies have owned their own offshore drilling rigs. These 

operators prefer to contract for the services of rigs and their crews from independent contractors, 

normally on a fixed cost per day basis. This policy enables operators to secure the best type of rig 

for each job and relieves them of the responsibility of keeping their own rigs busy when their 

programs are curtailed. 

The contractors who supply these rigs compete with each other to provide the most efficient crews 

and equipment. Since the cost of moving such equipment is great, contractors must also have the 

right type of rig available at or near the operator's lease at the time the operator wants to drill his 

well. 

Off-shore contract drilling differs from contract drilling on land in many ways. Most land 

contractors agree to drill a hole to a certain depth for a fixed cost. Thus, the drilling hazards 

encountered on land are normally borne by the drilling contractor. Since off-shore contractors 

normally furnish equipment on a day-rate basis, most risks in connection with a hole drilled 

offshore are borne by the operator. Operators have representatives aboard off-shore rigs which 

they have engaged to direct the actions to be taken in the event problems are encountered while 

drilling. 

A typical land rig costs between $500,000 and $1,100,000. A self-contained offshore rig costs 

from $3,500,000 to $7,500,000. Thus, off-shore contractors have a much greater investment in 

equipment than do land contractors. For this reason, the number of competing off-shore firms is 

smaller. [fn 22] 

This account makes clear that the most important factor for Zapata Offshore was 

contracts from the big oil companies of the Seven Sisters Anglo-American cartel, the 

world oil oligopoly which during these years defended its domination of the world oil 

market with the assassination of Enrico Mattei, the President of the Ente Nazionale 

Idrocarburi, the Italian State Oil Company, who had dared to undercut the arrogant 

looting methods of the Seven Sisters and challenge the oligopoly in north Africa and the 

Arab world. In the early years of Zapata Offshore, contracts had come from Gulf Oil and 

Standard Oil of California, as we have seen. During the early 1960's, more and more

contracts came from components of Royal Dutch Shell, the Anglo-Dutch heart of the 

Seven Sisters cartel, the dominant strategic force in the oligopoly. Zapata Offshore soon 

had British insurance, British contracts, British investors, a British director, and drilling 

sites in British Commonwealth oil fields in many parts of the world. This should come as 

no surprise: after all, Prescott Bush's partner, Averell Harriman, had been Franklin D. 

Roosevelt's special envoy to Churchill during the first years of World War II, and Averell 

later married the divorced former wife of Churchill's son Randolph. 

Although Zapata Offshore was a company of modest dimensions, Bush nevertheless 

created a network of subsidiaries which was suspiciously complex. This topic is difficult 

to research because of the very convenient disappearance of the Zapata Offshore filings 

with the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington for the year 1960-1966 

which were "inadvertently" destroyed by a federal warehouse. This is the kind of 

convenient tampering with official records from which Bush has benefitted again and 

again over his career, from the combat report on the San Jacinto in 1944 to the 

disappearance of the Hashemi-Pottinger tapes and the shredding of Iran-contra 

documents more recently. 

Some illumination is provided by a short profile of the Zapata Offshore corporate 

substructure researched by a Mr. Allan Mandel and submitted to Texas Senator Ralph 

Yarborough on October 13, 1964, in the midst of Bush's attempt to unseat the senator. [fn 

23] This report was based on "Standard and Poors, oil industry publications, [and] 

personal interviews with Interior Department officials." 

At this time, Mr. Mandel found, Zapata Offshore owned 50% of Seacat-Zapata Offshore 

Compnay, which operated the drilling rig NOLA III in the Persian Gulf. In addition, 

Mandel identified the following Zapata Offshore subsidiaries: 

A. Zapata de Mexico 

B. Zapata International Corporation 

C. Zapata Lining Corporation 

D. Zavala Oil Company 

E. Zapata Overseas Corporation 

F. Zapata owns 41 percent of Amata Gas Corporation. 

Zapata Lining was the pipe lining concern; it was divested in 1964. Ownership of Amata 

Gas was shared with the American Research and Development Corporation of Boston. 

The Zapata Annual Report for 1964 is strangely silent about the other companies, with 

the exception of Seacat Zapata. 

George Bush has always loved secrecy, and this appears to have extended to the business 

activities -- or alleged business activities -- of Zapata Offshore. A small window on a 

whole range of secret and semisecret activities and transactions during these years is 

provided by recently published information about Bush's shady business relations with 

Jorge Diaz Serrano of Mexico, the former head (1976-1981) of the Mexican national oil 

company Pemex, who was convicted and jailed for defrauding the Mexican government 

of $58 million. During 1960, Bush and Diaz Serrano secretly worked together to set up a

Mexican drilling company called Perforaciones Marinas del Golfo, or Permargo. At that 

time Diaz Serrano had been working as a salesman for Dresser Industries, Bush's old 

firm. Diaz Serrano came into contact with an American oilman who wanted to drill in 

Mexico; a new Mexican law stipulated that drilling contracts could be awarded only to 

Mexican nationals. The American oilman was Edwin Pauley of Pan American Petroleum 

Corp. When Diaz Serrano wanted to buy drilling equipment from Dresser Industries, 

Dresser demanded that Diaz take on Bush as a co-owner in the venture. Bush's 

spokesman Peter Hart conceded in 1988 that Bush and Zapata had been partners with 

Diaz Serrano, but alleged that the partnership had lasted for only seven months. 

Diaz Serrano is very open about being a personal friend of Bush. "One remembers a man 

that one likes and appreciates," says Diaz, who wanted to become the president of 

Mexico before he was sentenced to five years in jail for appropriating government 

monies; the business dealings spawned "a friendship of which I am most proud." In 1982, 

Diaz Serrano was made Mexican Ambassador to Moscow, and he stopped off to talk with 

Bush in the White House on his way to his new assignment. 

Bush reciprocates the friendship: "I have high regard for Jorge," Bush told People 

Magazine in 1981; "I consider him a friend." 

One of Jorge Diaz Serrano's associates in the drilling deal was his long-time partner, 

Jorge Escalante, who has also remained in contact with Bush over the intervening years, a 

fact that Bush's office also confirms. 

Bush was clearly dishonest in that the annual reports of Zapata Offshore do not mention 

this deal with Permargo, which created a company that was in direct competition with 

Zapata Offshore itself, much to the detriment of that "shareholder value" which Bush 

professed to hold sacred whenever his clique of cronies was on the track of a new 

leveraged buyout. Bush may also have illegally concealed his dealings from the 

government. The Zapata Offshore filings with the SEC between 1955 and 1959 are 

cryptic, and the SEC files on Zapata Offshore between 1960 and 1966, when Bush had 

exclusive control of the company, were destroyed by the SEC either in 1981, when Bush 

had just become vice president, or somewhat later, in October, 1983, according to various 

SEC officials. Perhaps these files were removed not just to protect Bush, but also to 

protect Zapata Offshore as a front operation for the US intelligence community. The 1964 

Zapata offshore Annual report does note that the drilling barge NOLA I was sold "to a 

subsidiary of a Mexican drilling company" because it had become "a marginal operation" 

in that it could only be used in the summer because of a lack of seaworthiness in bad 

weather, but even this annual report does not name Permargo, which appears to be the 

Mexican company that bought NOLA I. [fn 24] 

Diaz recalls that Bush was a highly political businessman back in 1960: "In those days, I 

remember very clearly, he was a very young chap and when we were talking business 

with him at his office he spent more time on the telephone talking about politics than 

paying attention to the drilling affairs. He was a born politician."

Bush's business dealings had brought him into direct contact with a number of the 

corporate raiders who would later act out the paroxysm of speculation, looting, and usury 

that would mark the Reagan-Bush years. The Permian basin of the 1940's and 1950's had 

attracted such figures as the Liedtke brothers, their friend Blaine Kerr, and T. Boone 

Pickens, all leading practitioners of the leveraged buyouts, hostile takeovers, greenmail, 

mergers and acquisitions of the 1980's. George Bush was in touch with them, and with 

the Kravis family of Tulsa. Nick Brady of Dillon, Reed was an old friend of the family 

who would also join in the orgy of the eighties. Frank Lorenzo would also come into the 

picture a little later on. Bush's main business success was in assembling this legion of 

greed as a base of political support for later on. 

Otherwise Bush was a businessman of very mediocre success, kept afloat by constant 

capital infusions from his doting Uncle Herbie. 

NOTES: 

1. Harry Hurt III, "George Bush, Plucky Lad," Texas Monthly, June 1983. 

2. See Sarah Bartlett, The Money Machine: How KKR Manufactured Power and Profits (New York, 1991), 

pp. 9-12. 

3. Darwin Payne, Initiative in Energy: Dresser Industries, Inc., 1880-1978 (New York: Simon and Schuster, 

1979), p. 232 ff. 

4. Bartlett, The Money Machine, p. 268. 

5. Darwin Payne, Initiative in Energy, p. 232-233. 



8. "Bush Battle the 'Wimp Factor', Newsweek, October 19, 1987. 

9. See Richard Ben Kramer, "How He Got Here," Esquire, June 1991. 

10. See Thomas Petzinger, Jr., Oil and Honor: The Texaco-Pennzoil Wars (New York, 1987), p. 37 ff. 

11. Petzinger, p. 93. 


13. See Zapata Petroleum annual reports, Library of Congress Microform Reading Room. 

14. Petzinger, p. 41.

15. See Zapata Petroleum Corporation annual report for 1956, Microform Reading Room, Library of 

Congress. 

16. Harry Hurt III, p. 194. 

17. "Zapata Petroleum Corp.," Fortune, April, 1958. 

18. Walter Pincus and Bob Woodward, "Doing Well With Help From Family, Friends," Washington Post, 

August 11, 1988. 


20. "Love Her And Leave Her," Forbes, September 15, 1974, pp. 54-5. 

21. See Petzinger, pp. 64-67. 

22. Zapata Offshore Annual Report 1964, Microform Reading Room, Library of Congress. 

23. See Bush folder, Yarborough Papers, Eugene C. Barker Texas History Center, University of Texas, 

Austin. 

24. See Jonathan Kwitny, "The Mexican Connection of George Bush," Barron's, September 19, 1988. 

Chapter -IX- Bush Challenges Yarborough for the 

Senate 

Bush's unsuccessful attempt in 1964 to unseat Texas Democratic Senator Ralph 

Yarborough is a matter of fundamental interest to anyone seeking to probe the 

wellsprings of Bush's actual political thinking. In a society which knows nothing of its 

own recent history, the events of a quarter century ago might be classed as remote and 

irrelevant. But as we review the profile of the Bush Senate campaign of 1964, what we 

see coming alive is the characteristic mentality that rules the Oval Office today. The main 

traits are all there: the overriding obession with the race issue, exemplified in Bush's 

bitter rejection of the civil rights bill before the Congress during those months; the 

genocidal bluster in foreign affairs, with proposals for nuclear bombardment of Vietnam, 

an invasion of Cuba, and a rejection of negotiations for the return of the Panama Canal; 

the autonomic reflex for union-busting expressed in the rhetoric of "right to work"; the 

paean to free enterprise at the expense of farmers and the disadvantaged, with all of this 

packaged in a slick, demagogic television and advertising effort. 

During this Senate race, Bush assumed the coloration of a Goldwater Republican. It 

remains highly significant that Bush began his public political career in the ideological 

guise of a southern Republican, specifically in Texas. The Republican Party in Texas had 

been in total eclipse since the time of Reconstruction, with the state GOPers complaining 

that they were living in a one-party state. During the 1950's, the personal popularity of 

Eisenhower and the increasing visibility of ultra-left Wall Street investment bankers in 

the circle of Adlai Stevenson's backers began to offer the Texas Republicans some

openings. In 1952 and 1956, Texas Democratic Governor Allan Shivers supported 

Eisenhower, who carried Texas with a substantial majority both times. In 1960, Texas 

had given its electoral votes to Kennedy, although the margin of Democratic victory was 

so thin as to constitute an embarrassment to Kennedy's running mate, Texas Senator and 

Democratic Majority Leader Lyndon B. Johnson. But Nixon had carried the city of 

Houston and Harris County, which turned out to be the largest metropolitan area to go for 

the Nixon-Lodge ticket that year. In 1960, Texas Republicans scored their greatest 

success in a century by elected John Tower to the US Senate on a platform that was a 

harbinger of the Goldwater movement. Tower was once asked if there was a single 

domestic legislative program of John F. Kennedy that he could support, and his answer 

was that he could not think of a single one. This is the same Tower who would join with 

Edmund Muskie and Brent Scowcroft in early 1987 to concoct the absurd whitewash of 

the Iran- contra affair that would exonerate Bush and attribute the central responsibility to 

White House chief of Staff Don Regan, forcing his ouster. This was the same Tower 

whose nomination by Bush to the post of Secretary of Defense would be derailed by 

accusation of alcoholism and womanizing, followed by Tower's death in a mysterious 

airplane crash in early 1991. 

The Texas Democratic Party was divided in those days into two wings which fought each 

other in the Democratic primaries, which were often tantmount to election. One of these 

wings was called liberal and was identified above all with Bush's opponent, Senator 

Ralph Yarborough. The "liberal" here is largely a misnomer; more accurate would be 

populist, but populist ennobled by the revival of the classic nineteenth century American 

system that occurred in Texas during Franklin D. Roosevelt's World War II mobilization, 

when dirigist recovery policies pulled the Texas economy out of a stagnation that had its 

roots in the failure of post-1865 econstruction. The strong suits of these populist 

Democrats were education and infrastructure-- a good first approximation of the actual 

business of government. 

The other wing was called conservative, and was grouped around figures like Allan 

Shivers and LBJ's protege John Connally, with whom Bush has had a history of 

alternating stretches of conflict and moments of rapprochement. LBJ himself was close to 

the Shivers-Connally group. The typical figure here is Connally, the governor who was 

wounded in Dealey Plaza in Dallas the day that Kennedy was killed, and who later went 

on the join the Nixon Administration as the Secretary of the Treasury who approved the 

abolition of the post-1944 Bretton Woods gold reserve standard in Camp David on 

August 15, 1971. Connally subsequently played out the logic of becoming not just a 

Republican, but indeed a Republican presidential candidate, and of clashing with George 

Bush once or twice in the snows of New Hampshire in 1979-80. 

The Texas Democratic Party also contained an array of personalities of national 

importance whose positive traits are part of what has been lost in the descent into today's 

crisis: call them populists, call them the post-New Deal or the post-Fair Deal, but do not 

mistake the fact that they were better for the country than their successors. These were 

politicians like the legendary Speaker of the House, Sam Rayburn, Congressman Wright 

Patman of the House Banking Committee, who was a source of continuing populist

irritation to the New York banking community, and Tom Clark, who was Attorney 

General under Truman and who later went on to the US Supreme Court, and whose son, 

Ramsay Clark, has been distinguished by his denunciation of the war crimes of the Bush 

regime in the Gulf war of 1991. A later generation of this same circle was represented by 

former Speaker of the House Jim Wright, who was hounded from office during the first 

year of George Bush's Presidential tenure, and by Congressman Henry Gonzalez. 

Gonzalez stands out as one of the very few of the old Texas populist Democrats left in 

elected office today. Gonzalez has put new luster on the time-honored maverick tradition 

by offering a bill of impeachment for Ronald Reagan in the wake of the Iran-contra 

revelations of 1986, more recently by submitting a bill for the impeachment of George 

Bush for his illegal conduct of Operation Desert Shield, and by raising his voice as first 

in the Congress for the cause of humanity against genocide with a call for the lifting of 

the economic sanctions against Iraq to prevent the needless slaughter of hundreds of 

thousands of children after the bombing campaign had ended. And even today there are 

still others of this tradition left in positions of key influence: for example, Congressman 

Jack Brooks of the ninth district of Texas, the salty chairman of the House Judiciary 

Committee, who dared to subpoena Attorney General Richard Thornburgh to appear 

before his committee with a ducis tecum of the documents of the Department of Justice 

theft of computer software in the Inslaw case. 

One of the continuing projects of George Bush's life has been the extirpation of precisely 

this populist and sometimes dirigist group of Democrats, and their replacement with "free 

enterprise" Republican ideologues, or financier Democrats of the Lloyd Bentsen variety. 

The Texas and Oklahoma populist Democrats must be distinguished from their 

colleagues of the Old South of Georgia, Alabama, and Mississippi. But for the Eastern 

Liberal Establishment, it has proven more convenient to lump them all together under the 

purveyed image of the racist, bourbon-swilling southern Congressional committee 

chairman conspiring in cigar-clouded rooms to defy the popular will as expressed by the 

television networks. All southern Democrats of the old school tended to have crippling 

weaknesses on the race issue and on the question of union-busting. But on the other side 

of the ledger, many southern Democrats had an excellent grasp of infrastructure in the 

broadest sense: internal improvements like highways, canals, water projects, rural 

electrification, quality accessible public education, health services, electric power 

generation. 

The nascent southern Republicans of the fifties and sixties, by contrast, were generally as 

bad or worse than the Democrats on race and labor relations, and were at the same such 

fanatics of Adam Smith's "free market" mystification that all government committment to 

maintaining infrastructure, health care, and education went by the boards. The only 

positive point left for some of these emerging southern Republicans, such as those who 

folllowed Barry Goldwater in 1964, was a patriotic rejection of the machinations of the 

Eastern Liberal Establishment as embodied most graphically in the figure of New York 

Governor Nelson Rockefeller. Bush was indeed a Goldwater man in those days, as we 

will see. But since Bush was himself an organ of that same hated Eastern Liberal 

Establishment, he stood utterly bereft of redeeming grace.

The enterprise in which we now find Bush engaged, the creation of a Republican Party in 

the southern states during the 1960's, (including the so-called post-1961 "two-party 

Texas") has proven to be an historical catastrophe. In order to create a Republican Party 

in the south, it was first necessary to smash the old FDR New Deal constitutent coalition 

of labor, the cities, farmers, blacks, and the Solid South. As Bush complains in his 

campaign autobiography: 

"The state was solidly Democratic, and the allegiance of Texans to the 'party of our 

fathers' became even stronger during the lean years of the Depression. The Democratic 

campaign line in the 1930's was that the 'Hoover Republicans' were responsible for 

unemployment and farm foreclosures; Franklin D. Roosevelt and the Democratic Party 

were said to be the only friends the people had." [fn 1] 

But as far as George Bush was concerned, all this was of no consequence: 

"Philosophically, I was a Republican...." [fn 2] After Bush had declared his candidacy for 

Yarborough's seat, the veteran political writers at the state capital in Austin shook their 

heads: Bush had "two crosses to bear - running as a Republican and not a native Texan." 

[fn 3] 

The method that the southern Republicans devised to breach this solid front was the one 

theorized years later by Lee Atwater, the manager of Bush's 1988 Presidential campaign. 

This was the technique of the "wedge issues," so called precisely because they were 

chosen to split up the old New Deal coalition using the chisels of ideology. The wedge 

issues are also known as the "hot-button social issues," and the most explosive among 

them has always tended to be race. The Republicans could win in the south by portraying 

the Democratic Party has pro-black. Atwater had learned to be a cunning and vicious 

practitioner of the "wedge issue" method in the school of Strom Thurmond of South 

Carolina after the latter had switched over to the Republicans in the sixties. Racial 

invective, anti-union demagogy, jingoistic chauvinism, the smearing of opponents for 

their alleged fealty to "special interests"-- none of this began in the Baker-Atwater effort 

of 1968. These were the stock in trade of the southern strategy, and these were all 

Leitmotivs of Bush's 1964 effort against Yarborough. 

From the vantage point of the police state conditions of the early 1990's, we can discern a 

further implication of the southern Republican project of which Bush was in several 

moments of the 1960's a leading operative. As the southern GOP emerged out of the play 

of gang and counter-gang between McGovernite left liberal investment bankers and 

Nixon-Reagan right liberal investment bankers (and Bush has been both), it made 

possible that Southern Strategy which elected Nixon in 1968 and which has given the 

Republicans a virtual lock on the electoral college ever since. The Watergate-Carter 

anomaly of 1976 confirms rather than alters this overall picture. 

The Southern Strategy that Bush turns out to have been serving in the sixties was not 

called to the attention of the public until somewhat after the 1964 election in which 

Goldwater had garnered electoral votes exclusively in the south. As William Rusher 

wrote in the National Review: "The Democrats had for years begun each race with an

assured batch of delegates from the South." "The Republican Party strategy," argued 

Rusher, needs refiguring, given a chance to break into this bloc once denied them...." His 

conclusion was that ""Republicans can put themselves in the position of having the 

Southern bloc as a starting handicap; after that, they can compete for the rest of the 

country, needing only that 50 per cent minus (say) 111 [of the electoral college votes]." 

Doing all this, Rusher contended, would allow Republican Presidential candidates to 

ignore the " traditional centers of urban liberalism," especially in the northeast. [fn 4] 

These ideas were further refined in Richard Nixon's brain trust, presided over by Wall 

Street bond lawyer John Mitchell at 445 Park Avenue, and received their definitive 

elaboration from Kevin Phillips, who in those years advanced the thesis that the "whole 

secret of politics" is in "knowing who hates who," which is of course another way of 

speaking of wedge issues. 

The result of the successful application of the Southern Strategy in 1968 and in the 

following years has been a a period of more than two decades of one-party Republican 

control over the Executive Branch, of which George Bush personally has been the 

leading beneficiary, first through his multiple appointments, then through the vicepresidency, 

and now through the possession of the White House itself. This has had the 

decisive structural consequence of making possible the kind of continuous, entrenched 

bureaucratic power that we see in the Bush regime and its leading functionaries. As we 

will see, such administrators of the corporate state as James Baker and Brent Scowcroft, 

for whom the exercise of executive power has long since become a way of life, appear to 

themsleves and to others as immune to the popular reckoning. The democratic republic 

requires the moment of catharsis, of throwing the bums out, if the arrogance of the 

powerful is ever to be chastened. If there is no prospect for the White House changing 

hands, this amounts to a one- party state. The southern Republican Party, including twoparty 

Texas, has provided the Republican lock on the White House which has proven a 

mighty stimulus to those tendencies towards authoritarian and even totalitarian rule 

which have culminated in the Administrative Fascism of the current Bush regime. 

Bush's opponent in that Goldwater year of 1964 was Senator Ralph Webster Yarborough. 

Yarborough had been born in Chandler, Texas in 1903 as the seventh of eleven children. 

He attended public schools in Chandler and Tyler, worked on a farm, and went on to 

attend Sam Houston State Teachers College and, for one year, the US Military Academy 

at West Point. He was a member of the 36th division of the Texas National Guard, in 

which he advanced from private to sergeant. After World War I he worked a passage to 

Europe on board a freighter, and found a job in Germany working in the offices of the 

American Chamber of Commerce in Berlin. He also pursued studies in Stendahl, 

Germany. He returned to the United States to earn a law degree at the University of 

Texas in 1927, and worked as a lawyer in El Paso. At one point he found a job as a 

harvest hand in the Oklahoma dust bowl of the late 1920's, and also served a stint as a 

roughneck in the oil fields. Yarborough entered public service as an Assistant Attorney 

General of Texas from 1931 to 1934. After that, he was a founding director of the Lower 

Colorado River Authority, a major water project in central Texas, and was then elected as 

a district judge in Austin.

Yarborough served in the US Army ground forces during World War II, and was a 

member of the only division which took part in the postwar occupation of Germany as 

well as in MacArthur's administration of Japan. When he left the military in 1946 he had 

attained the rank of lieutenant colonel. It clear from an overview of Yarborough's career 

that his victories and defeats were essentially his own, that for him there was no Prescott 

Bush to secure lines of credit or to procure important posts by telephone calls to bigwigs 

in freemasonic networks. 

Yarborough had challenged Allan Shivers in the governor's contest of 1952, and had 

gone down to defeat. Successive bids for the state house in Austin by Yarborough were 

turned back in 1954 and 1956. Then, when Senator (and former governor) Price Daniel 

resigned his seat, Yarborough was finally victorious in a special election. He had then 

been re-elected to the Senate for a full term in 1958. 

Yarborough was distinguished first of all for his voting record on civil rights. Just months 

after he had entered the Senate, he was one of only five southern senators (including LBJ) 

to vote for the watershed Civil Rights Act of 1957. In 1960, Yarborough was one of four 

southern senators- again including LBJ- who cast votes in favor of the Civil Rights Act of 

1960. Yarborough would be the lone senator from the eleven states formerly composing 

the Confederate States of America to vote for the 1964 civil rights bill, the most sweeping 

since Reconstruction. This is the bill which, as we will see, provided Bush with the 

ammunition for one of the principal themes of his 1964 election attacks. Later, 

Yarborough would be one of only three southern senators supporting the Voting Rights 

Act of 1965, and one of four supporting the 1968 open housing bill. [fn 5] 

After Yarborough had left the Senate, his bitter enemies at the Dallas Morning News felt 

obliged to concede that "his name is probably attached to more legislation than that of 

any other senator in Texas history." Yarborough had become the chairman of the Senate 

Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. Here his lodestar was infrastructure, 

infrastructure in the form of education and infrastructure in the form of physical 

improvements. 

In education, Yarborough was either the author or a leading supporter of virtually every 

important piece of legislation to become law between 1958 and 1971, including some 

nine major bills. As a freshman senator, Yarborough was the co-author of the National 

Defense Education Act of 1958, which was the basis for federal aid to education, 

particularly to higher education. 

Under the provisions of NDEA, a quarter of a million students were at any given time 

enabled to pursue undergraduate training with low-cost loans and other benefits. For 

graduate students, there were three-year fellowships that paid tuition and fees plus grants 

for living expenses in the amount of $2200, $2400, and $2600 over the three years--an 

ample sum in those days. Yarborough also sponsored bills for medical education, college 

classroom construction, vocational education, aid to the mentally retarded, and library 

facilities. Yarborough's Bilingual Education Bill provided special federal funding for 

schools with large numbers of students from non-English speaking backgrounds. Some of

these points were outlined by Yarborough during a campaign speech of September 18, 

1964, with the title "Higher Education as it relates to our national purpose." 

As chairman of the veterans' subcommittee, Yarborough authored the Cold War GI Bill 

of Rights, which sought to extend the benefits accorded veterans of World War II and 

Korea, and which was to apply to servicemen on duty between January, 1955 and July 1, 

1965. For these veterans Yarborough proposed readjustment assistance, educational and 

vocational training, and loan assistance to allow veterans to purchase homes and farms at 

a maximum interest rate of 5.25% per annum. This bill was finally passed after years of 

dogged effort by Yarborough against the opposition of Presidents Eisenhower, Kennedy, 

and Johnson. Yarborough was instrumental in obtaining a five year extension of the Hill- 

Burton act, which provided 4,000 additional beds in Veterans Administration Hospitals. 

In physical improvements, Yarborough supported appropriations for coastal navigation. 

He fought for $29 million for the Rural Electrification Administration for counties in the 

Corpus Christi area alone. In eleven counties in that part of Texas, Yarborough had 

helped obtain federal grants for $4.5 million and loans of $.64 million under the Kennedy 

Administration accelerated public works projects program to provide clean water and 

sewers for towns and cities that could not otherwise afford them. Concerning his 

committment to this type of infrastructure, Yarborough commented to a dinner in Corpus 

Christi: "These are the projects, along with the ship channels, dams and reservoirs, water 

research programs, hurricane and flood control programs that bring delegations of city 

officials, members of county court, members of river and watershed authorities, co-op 

delegations, into my office literally by the thousands year after year for aid, which is 

always given, never refused." Yarborough went on: "While our efforts and achievements 

are largely unpublicized...there is satisfaction beyond acclaim when a small town without 

a water system is enabled to provide its people for the first time with water and 

sewerage...when the course of a river is shored up a little to save a farmer's crops, when a 

freeway opens up new avenues of commerce." [fn 6] In the area of oil policy, always 

vital in Texas, Yarborough strained to give the industry everything it could reasonably 

expect, and more. Despite this, he was implacably hated by many business circles. In 

short, Ralph Yarborough had a real committment to racial and economic justice, and was, 

all in all, among the best that the post-New Deal Democratic Party had to offer. Certainly 

there were weaknesses: one of the principal ones was to veer in the direction of 

environmentalism. Here Yarborough was the prime mover behind the Endangered 

Species Act. 

Bush moved to Houston in 1959, bringing the corporate headquarters of Zapata Offshore 

with him. Houston was by far the biggest city in Texas, a center of the corporate 

bureaucracies of firms doing business in the oil patch. There was also the Baker and Botts 

law firm, which would function in effect as part of the Bush family network, since Baker 

and Botts were the lawyers who had been handling the affiars of the Harriman railroad 

interests in the southwest. One prominent lawyer in Houston at the time was James Baker 

III, a scion of the family enshrined in the Baker and Botts name, but himself a partner in 

another firm because of the so-called anti- nepotism rule that prevented the children of 

Baker and Botts partners from joining the firm themselves. Soon Bush would be hobnobbing 

with Baker and other representatives of the Houston oligarchy, of the Hobby and

Cullen families, at the Petroleum Club and at garden parties in the hot, humid, subtropical 

summers. George, Barbara and their children moved into a new home on Briar Drive. 

Less than an hour's drive by car south of Houston lies Galveston, a port on the Gulf of 

Mexico. Houston itself is connected to the Gulf by a ship channel which has permitted 

the city to became a large port in its own right. Beyond Galveston there was the Gulf, and 

beyond the Gulf the Greater Antilles with Cuba set in the middle of the archipelago, and 

beyond Cuba Guatemala, Nicaragua, Granada, targets of filibusterers old and new. 

Before long, Bush became active in the Harris County Republican Party, which was in 

the process of becoming one of the GOP strongpoints in the statewide apparatus then 

being assembled by Peter O'Donnell, the Republican state chairman, and his associate 

Thad Hutcheson. By now George Bush was a millionaire in his own right, and given his 

impeccable Wall Street connections it was not surprising to find him on the Harris 

County GOP finance committee, a function that he had undertaken in Midland for the 

Eisenhower-Nixon tickets in 1952 and 1956. He was also a member of the candidates 

committee. 

In 1962 the Democrats were preparing to nominate John Connally for governor, and the 

Texas GOP under O'Donnell was able to mount a more formidable bid than previously 

for the state house in Austin. The Republican candidate was Jack Cox, a party activist 

with a right-wing profile. Bush agreed to serve as the Harris County co-chairman of the 

Jack Cox for Governor finance committee. In the gubernatorial election of 1962, Cox 

received 710,000 votes, a surprisingly large result. Connally won the governorship, and it 

was in that capacity that he was present in the Kennedy motorcade in Dallas on 

November 22, 1963. 

During these years, a significant influence was exercised in the Texas GOP by the John 

Birch Society, which had grown up during the 1950's through the leadership and 

financing of Robert Welch. Water for the Birch mill was abundantly provided by the 

liberal Republicanism of the Eisenhower administration, with counted Prescott Bush, 

Nelson Rockefeller, Gordon Gray, and Robert Keith Gray among its most infleuntial 

figures. In reaction against this Wall Street liberalism, the Birchers offered an ideology of 

impotent negative protest based on self-righteous chauvinism in foreign affairs and the 

mystifications of the free market at home. But they were highly suspicious of the 

financier cliques of lower Manhattan, and to that extent they had George Bush's number. 

Bush is still complaining about the indignities he suffered at the hands of these Birchers, 

with whom he was straining to have as much as possible in common. But he met with 

repeated frustration, because his Eastern Liberal Establishment pedigree was always 

there. In his campaign autobiography, Bush laments that many Texans thought that 

Redbook Magazine, published by his father-in-law Marvin Pierce of the McCall 

Coporation, was an official publication of the Communist Party. 

Bush recounts a campaign trip with his aide Roy Goodearle to the Texas panhandle, 

during which he was working a crowd at one of his typical free food, free beer "political

arbecues." Bush gave one of his palm cards to a man who conceded that he had heard of 

Bush, but quickly added that he could never support him. Bush thought this was because 

he was running as a Republican. "But," [Bush] then realized, "my being a Republican 

wasn't the thing bothering the guy. It was something worse than that." Bush's interlocutor 

was upset over the fact that Zapata Offshore had eastern investors. When Bush whined 

that all oil companies had eastern investors, for such was the nature of the business, his 

tormentor pointed out that one of Bush's main campaign contributors, a prominent 

Houston attorney, was not just a "sonofabitch," but also a member of the New York 

Council on Foreign Relations. 

Bush explains, with the whine in his larynx in overdrive: "The lesson was that in the 

minds of some voters the Council on Foreign Relations was nothing more than a One 

World tool of the Communist-Wall Street internationalist conspiracy, and to make 

matters worse, the Houston lawyer had also worked for President Eisenhower-- a known 

tool of the Communists, in the eyes of some John Birch members." Further elucidation is 

then added in a footnote: "A decade and a half later, running for President, I ran into 

some of the same political types on the campaign trail. By then, they'd uncovered an 

international conspiracy even more sinister than the Council on Foreign Relations-- the 

Trilateral Commission, a group that President Reagan received at the White House in 

1981." This,which included the exposure of Bush's membership not just in David 

Rockefeller's Trilateral, but also in Skull and Bones, about which Bush always refuses to 

comment. When Ronald Reagan and other candidates took up this issue, Bush ended up 

loosing the New Hampshire primary and with it his best hope of capturing the Presidency 

in 1980. Bush, in short, has been aware since the early sixties that serious attention to his 

oligarchical pedigree causes him to lose elections. His response has been to seek to 

declare these very relevant matters off limits, and to order dirty tricks and covert 

operations against those who persist in making this an issue. [fn 7] 

Part of the influence of the Birch Society in those days was due to the support and 

financing afforded by the Hunt dynasty of Dallas. In particular, the fabulously wealthy 

oilman H.L. Hunt, one of the richest men in the world, was an avid sponsor of rightwing 

propaganda which he put out under the name of LIFE LINE. On at least one occasion 

Hunt called Bush to Dallas for a meeting during one of the latter's Texas political 

campaigns. "There's something I'd like to give you," Hunt told Bush. Bush appeared with 

remarkable alacrity, and Hunt engaged him in a long conversation about many things, but 

mentioned neither politics nor money. Finally, as Bush was getting ready to leave, Hunt 

handed him a thick brown envelope. Bush eagerly opened the envelope in the firm 

expectation that it would contain a large sum in cash. What he found instead was a thick 

wad of LIFE LINE literature for his ideological reformation. [fn 8] 

It was in this context that George Bush, mediocre oilman, fortified by his Wall Street and 

Skull and Bones connections, but with almost no visible qualifications, and scarcely 

known in Texas outside of Odessa, Midland, and Houston, decided that he had attained 

senatorial caliber. In the Roman Empire, membership in the Senate was an hereditary 

attribute of patrician family rank. Prescott Bush had left the Senate in early January of

1963. Before the year was out, George Bush would make his claim. As Senator 

Yarborough later commented, it would turn out to be an act of termerity. 

During the spring of 1963 Bush set about assembling an institutional base for his 

campaign. The chosen vehicle would be the Republican chairmanship of Harris County, 

the area around Houston, a bulwark of the Texas GOP. Bush had been participating in the 

Harris County organization since 1960. 

One Sunday morning Bush invited some county Republican activists to his home on 

Briar Drive. Present were Roy Goodearle, a young independent oil man who, before 

Barbara Bush appropriated it, was given the nickname of "the Silver Fox" in the 

Washington scene. Also present were Jack Steel, Tom and Nancy Thawley, and some 

others. 

Goodearle, presumably acting as the lawyer for the Bush faction, addressed the meeting 

on the dangers posed by the sectarians of the John Birch Society to the prospects of the 

GOP in Houston and elsewhere. Over lunch prepared by Barbara Bush, Goodearle 

outlined the tactical situation in the Harris County organization: a Birchite faction under 

the leadership of state senator Walter Mengdon, although still a minority, was emerging 

as a powerful inner-party opposition against the liberals and moderates. In the last vote 

for GOP county leader, the Birch candidate had been narrowly defeated. Now, after three 

years in office, the more moderate county chairman, James A. Bertron, would announce 

on February 8, 1963 that he could no longer serve as chairman of the Harris County 

Republican Executive Committee. His resignation, he would state, was "necessitated by 

neglect of my personal business due to my political activities." [fn 9] This was doubtless 

very convenient in the light of what Bush had been planning. 

Bertron was quitting to move to Florida. In 1961, Bertron had been attending a 

Republican fundraising gathering in Washington DC, when he was accosted by none 

other than Senator Prescott Bush. Bush took Bertron aside and demanded: "Jimmy, when 

are you going to get George involved?" "Senator, I'm trying," Betron replied, evidently 

with some vexation. "We're all trying." [fn 10] In 1961 or at any other time it is doubtful 

that George Bush could have found his way to the men's room without the help of a paid 

informant sent by Senator Prescott Bush. 

Goodearle went on to tell the assembled Republicans that unless a "strong candidate" 

now entered the race, a Bircher was likely to win the post of county chairman. But in 

order to defeat the well-organized and zealous Birchers, said Goodearle, an anti-Bircher 

would have to undertake a grueling campaign, touring the county and making speeches to 

the Republican faithful every night for several weeks. Then, under the urging of 

Goodearle, the assembled group turned to Bush: could he be prevailed on to put his hat in 

the ring? Bush, by his own account, needed no time to think it over, and accepted on the 

spot. 

With that, George and Barbara were on the road in their first campaign in what Bush later 

called "another apprenticeship." While Barbara busied herself with needlepoint in order

to stay awake through a speech she had heard repeatedly, George churned out a pitch on 

the virtues of the two-party system and the advantages of having a Republican alternative 

to the entrenched Houston establishment. In effect, his platform was the Southern 

Strategy avant la lettre. Local observers soon noticed that Barbara Bush was able to gain 

acceptance as a campaign comrade for Republican volunteers, in addition ot being 

esteemed as the wealthy candidate's wife. 

When the vote for county chairman came, the candidate opposing Bush, Russell Prior, 

pulled out of the race for reasons that have not been satisfactorily explained, thus 

permitting Bush to be elected unanimously by the executive committee. Henceforth, 

winning unopposed has been Bush's taste in elections: this is how he was returned to the 

House for his second term in 1968, and Bush propagandists flirted with a similar 

approach to the 1992 presidential contest. 

At the time of his election, 38-year old George was not exactly a household word, not 

even in Houston. In announcing his victory, the Houston Chronicle printed the picture of 

a totally different person, captioned as "George Bush," the man who wanted to "hone the 

party to a fine edge for the important job ahead in 1964"--that is to say, for the Goldwater 

for President campaign. [fn 11] As chairman, Bush was free to appoint the officers of the 

county GOP. Some of these choices are not without relevance for the future course of 

world history. For the post of party counsel, Bush appointed William B. Cassin of Baker 

and Botts, Shepherd and Coates law firm. For his assistant county chairmen, Bush tapped 

Anthony Farris, Gene Crossman, Roy Goodearle, and for executive director, William R. 

Simmons. Not to be overloooked is the choice of Anthony J.P. "Tough Tony" Farris. He 

had been a Marine gunner aboard dive bombers and torpedo bombers during the war, and 

had later graduated from the University of Houston Law School, subsequently setting up 

a general law practice in the Sterling Building in downtown Houston. The "P" stood for 

Perez, and Farris was a wheelhorse in the Mexican-American community with the 

"Amigos for Bush" in a number of campaigns. Farris was an unsuccessful Congressional 

candidate, but was later rewarded by the Nixon administration with the post of United 

States Attorney in Houston. Then Farris was elected to the Harris County bench in 1980. 

When George Bush's former business partner and constant crony, J. Hugh Liedtke of 

Pennzoil, sued Texaco for damages in the celebrated Getty Oil case of 1985, it was Judge 

Tough Tony Farris who presided over most of the trial and made the key rulings on the 

way to the granting of the biggest damage award in history, an unbelievable $ 

11,120,976,110.83, all for the benefit of Bush's good friend J. Hugh Liedtke. [fn 12] 

On March 21, Bush told the Houston Chronicle that the Harris County GOP is 

"conservative," and not "extremist:" "The Republican party in the past -- and sometimes 

with justification-- has been connected in the mind of the public with extremism," said 

Bush. "We're not, or at least most of us are not, extremists. We're just responsible 

people." Bush pledged that his message would be the same all over the county, and that 

he would "say the same things in River Oaks as in the East End, or in Pasadena." 

At the same time that he was inveighing against extremism, Bush was dragooning his 

party apparatus to mount the Houston Draft Goldwater drive The goal of this effort was

to procure 100,000 signatures for Goldwater, with each signer also plunking down a 

dollar to fill the GOP coffers. "An excellent way for those who support Goldwater-like 

me- to make it known," opined Chairman George. Bush fostered a partisan --one might 

say vindictive-- mood at the county GOP headquarters: the Houston Chronicle of June 6, 

1963 reports that GOP activists were amusing themselves by tossing darts at a balloons 

suspended in front of a photograph of President Johnson. Bush told the Chronicle: "I saw 

the incident and it did not offend me. It was just a gag." 

But Bush's pro-Goldwater efforts were not universally appreciated. In early July Craig 

Peper, the current chairman of the party finance committee, stood up in a party gathering 

and attacked the leaders of the Draft Goldwater movement, including Bush as "right wing 

extremists." Bush had not been purging any Birchers, but he was not willing to permit 

such attacks from his left. Bush accordingly purged Peper, demanding his resignation 

after a pro-Goldwater meeting at which Bush had boasted that he was "100% for the draft 

Goldwater move." 

A few weeks after ousting Peper, Bush contributed one of his first public political 

statements as an op ed in the Houston Chronicle of 28 July 1963. Concerning he recent 

organizational problems, he whined that the county organization was "afflicted with some 

dry-martini critics who talk and don't work." Then, in conformity with his family doctrine 

and his own dominant obsession, Bush turned to the issue of race. As a conservative, he 

had to lament that fact that "Negroes" "think that conservatism means segregation." 

Nothing could be further from the truth. This was rather the result of slanderous 

propaganda which Republican public relations men had not sufficiently refuted: "First, 

they attempt to present us as racists. The Republican party of Harris County is not a racist 

party. We have not presented our story to the Negroes in the county. Our failure to attract 

the Negro voter has not been because of a racist philosophy; rather, it has been a product 

of our not having had the organization to tackle all parts of the country." What then was 

the GOP line on the race question? "We believe in the basic premiss that the individual 

Negro surrenders the very dignity and freedom he is struggling for when he accept money 

for his vote or when he goes along with the block vote dictates of some Democratic boss 

who couldn't care less about the quality of the candidates he is pushing." So the GOP 

would try to separate the black voter from the Democrats. Bush conceded: "We have a 

tough row to hoe here." 

After these pronouncements on race, Bush then want on to the trade union front. 

Yarborough's labor backing was exceedingly strong, and Bush lost no time in assailing 

the state AFL-CIO and its Committee on Political Education (COPE) for gearing up to 

help Yarborough in his race. For Bush this meant that the AFL-CIO was not supporting 

the "two -party system." "A strong pitch is being made to dun the [union] membership to 

help elect Yarborough"-- he charged -- "long before Yarborough's opponent is even 

known." 

Bush also spoke out during this period on foreign affairs, He demanded that President 

Kennedy "muster the courage" to undertake a new attack on Cuba. [fn 13]

Before announcing his bid for the senate, Bush decided to take out what would appear in 

retrospect to be a very important insurance policy for his future political career. On April 

22, Bush, with the support of Republican state chairman Peter O'Donnell, filed a suit in 

federal court calling for the reapportionment of the Congressional districts in the Houston 

area. The suit argued that the urban voters of Harris County were being partially 

disenfranchised by a system that favored rural voters and demanded as a remedy that a 

new Congressional district be drawn in the area. "This is not a partisan matter," 

commented the civic-minded Bush. "This is something of concern to all Harris County 

citizens." Bush would later win this suit, and that would lead to a court-ordered 

redistricting which would create the Seventh Congressional District, primarily out of 

those precincts which Bush had managed to carry in the 1964 Senate race. Was this the 

invisible hand of Skull and Bones? This would also mean that there would be no 

entrenched incumbent, no incumbent of any kind, in that Seventh District when Bush got 

around to making his bid there in 1966. But for now, this was all still in the future. 

On September 10, 1963 Bush announced his campaign for the US Senate. He was fully 

endorsed by the state Republican organization and its chairman, Peter O'Donnell, who 

according to some accounts had encouraged Bush to run. By December 5 Bush had 

further announced that he was planning to step down as Harris County chairman and 

devote himself to full-time state-wide campaigning starting early in 1964. At this point, 

Bush's foremost strategic concern appears to have been money--big money. On October 

19, the Houston Chronicle carried his comment that ousting Yarborough would require 

nearly $2 million "if you want to do it right." Much of this would go to the Brown and 

Snyder advertising agency in Houston for television and billboards. In 1963, this was a 

considerable sum, but Bush's crony C. Fred Chambers, also an oilman, was committed to 

raising it. During these years Chambers appears to have been one of Bush's closest 

friends, and he received the ultimate apotheosis of having one of the Bush family dogs 

named in his honor. [fn 14] 

It is impossible to establish in retrospect how much Bush spent in this campaign. State 

campaign finance filings do exist, but they are fragmentary and grossly underestimate the 

money that was actually committed. 

In terms of the tradeoffs of the campaign, Bush and his handlers were confronted with the 

following configuration: there were three competitors for the Republican senatorial 

nomination. The most formidable competition came from Jack Cox, the Houston oilman 

who had run for governor against Connally in 1962, and whose statewide recognition was 

much higher than Bush's. Cox would position himself to the right of Bush and who would 

receive the endorsement of General Edwin Walker, who had been forced to resign his 

infantry command in Germany because of his radical speeches to the troops. A former 

Democrat, Cox was reported to have financial backing from the Hunts of Dallas. Cox 

campaigned against medicare, federal aid to education, the war on poverty, and the loss 

of US sovereignty to the UN. 

Competing with Cox was Dr. Milton Davis, a thoracic surgeon from Dallas who was 

expected to be the weakest candidate but whose positions were perhaps the most

distinctive: Morris was for "no treaties with Russia," the repeal of the federal income tax, 

and the "selling off of excess government industrial property such as TVA and REA"-what 

the Reagan-Bush administrations would later call privatization. 

Competing with Bush for the less militant conservatives was Dallas lawyer Robert 

Morris, who recommended depriving the US Supreme Court of appellate jurisdiction in 

school prayer cases. [fn 15] In order to avoid a humiliating second-round runoff in the 

primary, Bush would need to score an absolute majority the first time around. To do that 

he would have to first compete with Cox on a right-wing terrain, and then move to the 

center after the primary in order to take votes from Yarborough there. 

But there was also primary competition on the Democratic side for Yarborough. This was 

Gordon McLendon, the owner of a radio network, the Liberty Broadcasting System, that 

was loaded with debt. Liberty Broadcasting's top creditor was Houston banker Roy 

Cullen, a Bush crony. Roy Cullen's name appears, for example, along with such died-in - 

the wool Bushmen as W.S. Farrish III, James A. Baker III, C. Fred Chambers, Robert 

Mosbacher, William C. Liedtke, Jr., Joseph R. Neuhaus, and William B. Cassin in a Bush 

campaign ad in the Houston Chronicle of late April, 1964. When McLendon finally went 

bankrupt, it was found that he owed Roy Cullen more than a million dollars. So perhaps it 

is not surprising that McLendon's campaign functioned as an auxiliary to Bush's own 

efforts. McLendon specialized in smearing Yarborough with the Billie Sol Estes issue, 

and it was to this that McLendon devoted most of his speaking time and media budget. 

Billie Sol Estes in those days was notorious for his conviction for defrauding the US 

government of large sums of money in a scam involving the storage of chemicals that 

turned out not to exist. Billie Sol was part of the LBJ political milieu. As the Estes 

scandal developed, a report emerged that he had given Yarborough a payment of $50,000 

on Nov. 6, 1960. But later, after a thorough investigation, the Department of Justice had 

issued a statement declaring that the charges involving Yarborough were "without any 

foundation in fact and unsupported by credible testimony." "The case is closed," said the 

Justice Department. But this did not stop Bush from using the issue to the hilt: "I don't 

intend to mud-sling with [Yarborough] about such matters as the Billie Sol Estes case 

since Yarborough's connections with Estes are a simple matter of record which any one 

can check," said Bush. "[Yarborough is] going to have to prove to the Texas voters that 

his connections with Billie Sol Estes were as casual as he claims they were." [fn 16] In a 

release issued on April 24, Bush "said he welcomes the assistance of Gordon McLendon, 

Yarborough's primary opponent, in trying to force the incumbent Senator to answer." 

Bush added that he planned to "hammer at Yarborough every step of the way" "until I get 

some sort of answer." 

The other accusation that was used against Yarborough during the campaign was 

advanced most notably in an article published in the September, 1964 issue of Reader's 

Digest. The story was that Yarborough had facilitated backing and subsidies through the 

Texas Area Reconstruction Administration for an industrial development project in 

Crockett, Texas, only to have the project fail owing to the inability of the company 

involved to build the factory that was planned. The accusation was that Audio

Electronics, the prospective factory builders, had received a state loan of $383,000 to 

build the plant, while townspeople had raised some $60,000 to buy the plant site, before 

the entire deal fell through. 

The Reader's Digest told disapprovingly of Yarborough addressing a group of 35 

Crockett residents on a telephone squawk box in March, 1963, telling them that he was 

authorized by the White House to announce "that you are going to gain a fine new 

industry-one that will provide new jobs for 180 people, add new strength to your area." 

The Reader's Digest article left the distinct impression that the $60,000 invested by local 

residents had been lost. "Because people believed that their Senator's 'White House 

announcment' of the ARA loan to Audio guaranteed the firm's soundness, several Texans 

invested in it and lost all. One man dropped $40,000. A retired Air Force officer plowed 

in $7000." It turned out in reality that those who had invested in the real estate for the 

plant site had lost nothing, but had rather been made an offer for their land that 

represented a profit of one third on the original investment, and thus stood to gain 

substantially. 

Bush campaign headquarters immediately got into the act with a statement that "it is a 

shame" that Texans had to pick up the Reader's Digest and find their senator "holding the 

hand of scandal." "The citizens of the area raised $60,000 in cash, invested it in the 

company, and lost it because the project was a fraud and never started." Yarborough shot 

back with a statement of his own, pointing out that Bush's claims were "basely false," and 

adding that the "reckless, irresponsible false charges by my opponent further demonstrate 

his untruthfulness and unfitness for the office of US Senator." Most telling was 

Yarborough's charge on how the Reader's Digest got interested in Crockett, Texas, in the 

first place: "The fact that my opponent's multi-millionaire father's Wall Street investment 

banking connections enable the planting of false and libellous articles about me in 

national magazine like the Reader's Digest will not enable the Connecticut candidate to 

buy a Texas seat in the US Senate." That was on target, that hurt. Bush whined in 

response that it was Yarborough's statement which was "false, libellous, and hogwash," 

and challenging the senator to prove it or retract it. [fn 17] 

Beyond these attempts to smear Yarborough, it is once again characteristic that the 

principal issue around which Bush built his campaign was racism, expressed this time as 

opposition to the civil rights bill that was before the Congress during 1964. Bush did this 

certainly in order to conform to his pro-Goldwater ideological profile, and in order to 

garner votes (especially in the Republican primary) using racist and states' rights 

backlash, but most of all in order to express the deepest tenets of the philosophical worldoutlook 

of himself and his oligarchical family. 

Very early in the campaign Bush issued a statement saying: "I am opposed to the Civil 

Rights bill now before the Senate." Not content with that, Bush proceeded immediately to 

tap the wellsprings of nullification and interposition: "Texas has a comparably good 

record in civil rights," he argued, "and I'm opposed to the Federal Government 

intervening further into State affairs and individual rights." At this point Bush claimed

that his quarrel was not with the entire bill, but rather with two specific provisions, which 

he claimed had not been a part of the original draft, but which he hinted had been added 

to placate violent black extremists. According to his statement of March 17, "Bush 

pointed out that the original Kennedy Civil Rights bill in 1962 did not contain provisions 

either for a public accomodations section or a Fair Employment Practices Commission 

(FEPC) section." "Then, after the hot, turbulent summer of 1962, when it became 

apparent that in order to get the Civil Rights leaders' support and votes in the 1964 

election something more must be done, these two bad sections were added to the bill," 

according to Bush. "I suggest that these two provisions of the bill-- which I most heatedly 

oppose -- were politically motivated and are cynical in their approach to a most serious 

problem." But soon abandoned this hair-splitting approach, and on March 25 he told the 

Jaycees of Tyler "I oppose the entire bill." Bush explained later that beyond the public 

accomodations section and the Fair Employment Practices Committee, he found that "the 

most dangerous portions of the bill are those which make the Department of Justice the 

most powerful police force in the Nation and the Attorney General the Nation's most 

powerful police chief." 

When Ted Kennedy of Massachusetts delivered his maiden speech to the Senate in April 

of 1964, he included a passage referring to the late John F. Kennedy, saying that the dead 

President had believed that "we should not hate, but love one another." Bush lashed out at 

Kennedy for what he called "unfair criticism of those who oppose the Civil Rights bill." 

In Bush's interpretation, "Kennedy's dramatic, almost tearful plea for passage of the bill 

presented all those who disagree with it as hate mongers." "The inference is clear," Bush 

said. "In other words, Ted Kennedy was saying that any one who opposes the present 

Civil Rights bill does so because there is hate in his heart. Nothing could be further from 

the truth. This is not a question of hate or love, but of Constitutionality." Bush "and other 

responsible conservatives" simply think that the bill is politically inspired. "This bill," 

Bush said, would make further inroads into the rights of individuals and the States, and 

even provide for the ultimate destruction of our trial by jury system. We simply feel that 

this type of class legislation, based on further federal control and intervention, is bad for 

the nation." "Bush said the Civil Rights problem is bascally a local problem, best left to 

the States to handle." Here surely was a respectable-sounding racism for the era of Selma 

and Bull Connor. 

Bush was provided with new rhetorical ammunition when Alabama Governor George 

Wallace ventured into the presidential primaries of that year and demonstrated 

unexpected vote-getting power in certain northern states, using a pitch that included 

overtly racist appeals. In the wake of one such result in Wisconsin, Bush campaign issued 

a release quoting the candidate as being "sure that a majority of Americans are opposed 

to the Civil Rights bill now being debated in the Senate." "Bush called attention to the 

surprising 25% of the Wisconsin primary vote received by Governor George C. Wallace 

of Alabama," said the release. In Bush's view, "you can be sure this big vote was not cast 

for Wallace himself, but was used as a means of showing public opposition to the Civil 

Rights Bill." "If a flamboyant Governor Wallace can get that kind of a vote in a northern 

state such as Wisconsin, it indicates to me that there must be general concern from many

esponsible people over the Civil Rights bill all over the nation," Bush said in Houston. 

"If I were a member of the Senate today, I would vote against this bill in its entirety." 

Bush was described in the Texas press as attempting a melange of "Goldwater's policies, 

Kennedy's style." [fn 18] This coverage reveals traits of the narcissistic macho in the 40year 

old plutocrat: "he is the sort of fellow the ladies turn their heads to see at the country 

club charity ball." Abundant campaign financing allowed Bush "to attract extra people to 

rallies with free barbecue, free drinks, and musical entertainers." These were billed by the 

Bush campaign as a return to the "old fashioned political rally," and featured such 

musical groups as the Black Mountain Boys and the Bluebonnet Belles. At Garcia's 

Restaurant in Austin Bush encountered a group of two dozen or so sporty young 

Republican women holding Bush campaign placards. "Oh girls!" crooned the candidate. 

"You all look great.! You look terrific. All dolled up." The women "were ga-ga about him 

in return," wrote political reporter Ronnie Dugger in the Texas Observer, adding that 

Bush's "campaign to become this state's second Republican senator gets a lot of energy 

and sparkle from the young Republican matrons who are enthusiastic about him 

personally and have plenty of money for baby sitters and nothing much to do with their 

time." But in exhortations for militaristic adventurism abroad, the substance was indeed 

pure Goldwater. 

As could be expected from the man who had so recently challenged John F. Kennedy to 

"muster the courage" to attack Cuba, any of Bush's most vehement pronouncements 

concerned Castro and Havana, and were doubtless much appreciated by the survivors of 

Brigade 2506 and the Miami Cubans. Bush started off with what passed for a moderate 

position in Texas Goldwater circles: "I advocate recognition of a Cuban government in 

exile and would encourage this government every way to reclaim its country. This means 

financial and military assistance." "I think we should not be found wanting in courage to 

help them liberate their country,"said Bush. Candidate Morris had a similar position, but 

both Cox and Davis called for an immediate restoration of the naval blockade of Cuba. 

Bush therefore went them one up, and endorsed a new invasion of Cuba. A Bush for 

Senate campaign brochure depicted a number of newspaper articles about the cnadidate. 

The headline of one of these, from an unidentified newspaper, reads as follows: "CUBA 

INVASION URGED BY GOP CANDIDATE." The subtitle reads: "George Bush, 

Houston oilman, campaigning for the Republican nomination to the US Senate called for 

a new government-in- exile invasion of Cuba, no negotiation of the Panama Canal treaty, 

and a freedom package in Austin." Other campaign flyers state that "Cuba...under Castro 

is a menace to our national security. I advocate recognition of a Cuban government in 

exile and support of this government to reclaim its country. We must reaffirm the Monroe 

Doctrine." Another campaign handout characterizes Cuba as "an unredeemed diplomatic 

disaster abetted by a lack of a firm Cuban policy." 

What Bush was proposing would have amounted to a vast and well-funded program for 

arming and financing anti-Castro Cuban exiles in Miami, and putting the United States 

government at the service of their adventures-- presumably far in excess of the substantial 

programs that were already being funded. Beneficiaries would have included Theodore

Shackley, who was by now the station chief at CIA Miami station, Felix Rodriguez, Chi 

Chi Quintero, and the rest of the boys from the Enterprise. 

Bush attacked Senator J. William Fulbright, Democrat of Arkansas, for the latter's call in 

a speech for a more conciliatory policy towards Cuba, ending the US economic boycott. 

"I view the speech with great suspicion," said Bush. "I feel this is a trial balloon on the 

part of the State Department to see whether the American people will buy another step in 

a disastrous, soft foreign policy." Bush called on Secretary of State Dean Rusk, a leading 

hawk, to hold firm against the policy shift that Fulbright was proposing. "Fulbright says 

Cuba is a 'distasteful nuisance', but I believe that Castro's Communist regime 90 miles 

from our shores is an intolerable nuisance. I am in favor only of total liberation of Cuba," 

proclaimed Bush, "and I believe this can only be achieved by recognition of a Cuban 

government in exile, backed up to the fullest by the United States and the Organization of 

American States." 

In the middle of April a Republican policy forum held in Miami heard a report from a 

Cuban exile leader that the Soviets had position missles on the ocean floor off Cuba, with 

the missles pointed at the United States, and that this had been confirmed by diplomatic 

sources in Havana. This would appear in retrospect to have been a planted story. For 

Bush it was obvious grist for his campaign mill. Bush, speaking in Amarillo, called the 

report "the most alarming news in this hemisphere in two years." He called for efforts to 

"drive the Communists out of Cuba." 

But, in keeping with the times, Bush's most genocidal campaign statements were made in 

regard to Vietnam. Here Bush managed to identify himself with the war, with its 

escalation, and with the use of nuclear weapons. 

Senator Goldwater had recently raised the possibility of using tactical nuclear weapons as 

the most effective defoliants to strip away the triple canopy jungle of Vietnam. In a 

response to this, an Associated Press story quoted Bush as saying that he was in favor of 

anything that could be done safely toward finishing the fighting in Southeast Asia. "Bush 

said he favors a limited extension of the war in Viet Nam, including restricted use of 

nuclear weapons if 'militarily prudent,'" according to the AP release. [fn 19] A Bush 

campaign release of June 1 has him saying he favors a "cautious, judicious, and militarily 

sound extension of the war in Vietnam." This was all before the Gulf of Tonkin incident 

and well before US ground troops were committed to Vietnam. 

Bush had several other notes to sound concerning the looming war in Southeast Asia. In 

May he attacked the State Deparment for "dawdling" in Vietnam, a policy which he said 

had "cost the lives of so many young Americans." He further charged that the US troops 

in Vietnam were being issued "shoddy war material." Responding to a prediction from 

Defense Secretary McNamara that the war might last 10 years, Bush retorted: "This 

would not be the case if we had developed a winning policy from the start of this 

dangerous brush fire." Also in May, Bush responded to a Pathet Lao offensive in Laos as 

follows: "This should be a warning to us in Vietnam. Whenever the Communist world--

either Russian or Chinese-- sign a treaty, or any other agreement, with a nation of the free 

world, that treaty isn't worth the paper it's written on." 

Bush pugnaciously took issue with those who wanted to disengage from the Vietnam 

quagmire before the bulk of the war's human losses had occurred. He made this part of 

his "Freedom Package," which was a kind of manifesto for a worldwide US imperialist 

and colonialist offensive --a precursor of the new world order ante litteram. A March 30 

campaign release proclaims the "Freedom Package" in these terms: "'I do not want to 

continue to live in a world where there is no hope for a real and lasting peace,' Bush said. 

He decried 'withdrawal symptoms' propounded by UN Ambassador Adlai Stevenson and 

Senators William Fulbright and Mike Mansfield. 'Adlai has proposed we 

[inter]nationalize the Panama Canal,' Bush pointed out, 'Fulbright asks us to 

accommodate Red Cuba and renegotiate our Panama treaty, and Mansfield suggests we 

withdraw from the Viet Nam struggle. This is the kind of retreatism we have grown 

accustomed to among our supposed world leaders and it is just what the Kremlin 

ordered.'" 

Nor did Bush's obsession with Panama and the Panama Canal begin with Noriega. In his 

campaign literature Bush printed his basic position that the "Panama canal...is ours by 

right of treaty and historical circumstance. The Canal is critical to our domestic security 

and US sovereignty over the Canal must be maintained." What is meant by the right of 

historical circumstance? "I am opposed to further negotiation in Panama," Bush stated 

repeatedly in his campaign speeches and releases. 

If Bush saw a Saddam Hussein, a dark-skinned, Moslem non-aligned third world 

nationalist in the world of 1964, then that foreign leader was President Sukarno of 

Indonesia. Sukarno, along with Nehru, Nasser, Nkruma, Tito, and Bourguiba was one of 

the central figures of the non- aligned movement of the developing nations that had 

emerged from the Bandung Conference of 29 Afro-Asian states in 1955. During 1964 

Sukarno was attempting to prevent the creation of Malaysia out of the British 

Confederation of Malaya. Part of Sukarno's blocking manuever was the deployment of 

pro-Indonesian guerillas into the Malaccan peninsula above Singapore, and into certain 

areas of northern Borneo, including Sarawak and Sabah. From there, these guerillas were 

causing problems for Bush's business partner in the oil trade, the Sultan of Brunei. Bush 

targetted Indonesia and Sukarno personally for a series of violent and abusive attacks. 

In April, Sukarno told the US Ambassador Howard P. Jones that "there is one country 

threatening to stop its foreign aid to Indonesia. That country thinks it can scare Indonesia. 

I say go to hell with your aid." Bush, from Big Spring, commented in an April 23 

statement: "It's easy for President Sukarno of Indonesia to tell us to 'got to hell' with our 

foreign aid-- now that he has already received $894 million worth." Bush explained that 

he had been in Borneo during 1963, during the time that the Malysian Federation was 

coming into existence "in favor of the Free World." "That," said Bush, "was the mistake 

the Malaysian Federation made; coming into the world of nations in favor of America 

and the free world. The very next day Sukarno, whom we've tried to buy with $894 

million in aid, turned on Malaysia and announced he would destroy the new Federation."

Bush's release notes that "Bush, who was President of Zapata Off-Shore, said one of the 

firm's drilling rigs was at that time, and is today, working off the coast of Borneo." Was 

this a conflict of interest? 

With accents that provide an eerie presentiment of the 1990-1991 Gulf crisis, Bush went 

on: "Today the borders of the Malaysian Federation are lined with Indonesian troops, 

bearing Russian-made arms, purchased with American dollars. The Indonesians are still 

poised to crush Malaysia. And what have we done? We gently slapped Sukarno on the 

wrist, then loaned him another $20 million, which he used to buy a couple of jet aircraft, 

one of which he uses to fly his foul assignations around the far east. What we should have 

done, and still should do, is tell Sukarno: 'You violate the sanctity of the Malysian border 

and you have to deal with the force of the entire free world!'" 

Shortly thereafter, Texas GOP Senator John Tower sponsored a cutoff of US aid to 

Sukarno, which passed, although Yarborough voted to maintain the aid. Bush made this 

the occasion for a new onslaught. In a contorted argument, Bush pointed out that 

Yarborough's vote for aid to Indonesia had come one day after Sukarno had extended 

"the friendly hand of recognition to the communist government of North Viet Nam. This 

country, Sukarno's friend, is waging a war in which scarcely a day before Yarborough's 

vote, communist bullets slammed through the body of a young helicopter pilot from 

Texas. Yarborough voted to give US aid to a country that is friends with a mob that is 

killing young Americans and Texans...He votes to aid the friends of a mob that is killing 

Texas boys." Yarborough rejected this "wild criticism," and said that the charges 

illustrated Bush's lack of comprehension of the "delicate balance of power in foreign 

affairs, and his lack of knowledge of the state of affairs in Southeast Asia." Yarborough's 

point was that the important thing was to prevent any war between Indonesia and 

Malaysia, and that this task must override any desire to humiliate Sukarno. 

Bush's remarks in this campaign mesh perfectly with the US buildup for the 1965 

military coup d'etat in Indonesia, in which more than 200,000 persons were killed, 

primarily during the course of anticommunist massacres carried out by the army with 

the encouragement of US advisors. 

In economic policy, Bush's starting point was always "unbridled free enterprise," as he 

stressed in a statement on unemployment on March 16: "Only unbridled free enterprise 

can cure unemployment. But, I don't believe the federal government has given the private 

sector of our economy a genuine opportunity to relieve this unemployment. For example, 

the [Johnson war on poverty program] contains a new version of the CCC, a Domestic 

Peace Corps, and various and sundry half-baked pies in the sky." Bush's printed 

campaign literature stated under the heading of "federal economy" that "the free 

enterprise system must be unfettered. A strong economy means jobs, opportunity, and 

prosperity. A controlled economy means loss of freedom and bureaucratic bungling." On 

April 21 Bush told the voters: "We must begin a phase of re- emphasizing the private 

sector of our economy, instead of the public sector."

By April 15, Bush had been informed that there were some 33 million Americans living 

in poverty, to which he replied: "I cannot see how draping a socialistic medi-care 

program around the sagging neck of our social security program will be a blow to 

poverty. And I can see only one answer to [the problem of poverty]: Let us turn our free 

enterprise system loose from government control." Otherwise, Bush held it "the 

responsibility of the local government first to assume the burden of relieving poverty 

wherever its exists, and I know of many communities that are more than capable of 

working with this problem." 

Bush's approach to farm policy was along similar lines, combining the rhetoric of Adam 

Smith with intransigent defense of the food cartels. his campaign brochure he opined that 

"Agriculture...must be restored to a free market economy, subject to the basic laws of 

supply and demand." On April 9 in Waco, Bush assailed the Wheat-Cotton subsidy bill 

which had just received the approval of the House. "If I am elected to the Senate," said 

Bush, I will judge each agricultural measure on the basis of whether it gets the 

Government further into, or out of, private business." Bush added that farm subsidies are 

among "our most expensive federal programs." 

Another of Bush's recurrent obsessions was his desire to break the labor movement. 

During the 1960's, he expressed this in the context of campaigns to prevent the repeal of 

section 14 (b) of the Taft-Hartley law, which permitted the states to outlaw the closed 

shop and union shop, and thus to protect state laws guaranteeing the so- called open shop 

or "right to work," a device which in practice prevented the organization of large sectors 

of the working population of these states into unions. Bush's editorializing takes him back 

to the era when the Sherman Anti-trust Act was still being used against labor unions. 

"I believe in the right-to-work laws," said Bush to a group of prominent Austin 

businessmen at a luncheon in the Commodore Perry Hotel on March 5. "At every 

opportunity, I urge union members to resist payment of political assessments. If there's 

only one in 100 who thinks for himself and votes for himself, then he should not be 

assessed by COPE." 

On March 19 Bush asserted that "labor's blatant attack on right-to- work laws is open 

admission that labor does have a monopoly and will take any step to make this monopoly. 

Union demands are a direct cause of the inflationary spiral lowering the real income of 

workers and increasing the costs of production." This is, from the point of scientific 

economics, an absurdity. But four days later Bush returned to the topic, attacking United 

Auto Workers President Walter Reuther, a figure whom Bush repeatedly sought ot 

identify with Yarborough, for demands which "will only cause the extinction of free 

enterprise in America. A perfect example of labor's pricing a product out of existence is 

found in West Virginia. John L. Lewis' excessive demands on the coal industry raised the 

price of coal, forced the consumer to use a substitute cheaper product, killed the coal 

industry and now West Virginia has an excessive rate of unemployment." 

On Labor Day, Bush spoke to a rally in the court house square of Quanah, and called for 

"protection of the rights of the individual laborer through the state rather than the federal

government. The individual laboring man is being forgotten by the Walter Reuthers and 

Ralph Yarboroughs, and it's up to the business community to protect our country's 

valuable labor resources from exploitation by these left -wing labor leaders," said Bush, 

who might just as well have suggested that the fox be allowed to guard the chicken coop. 

East Texas was an area of unusually high racial tension, and Bush spent most of his time 

there attacking the civil rights bill. But the alliance between Yarborough and big labor 

was one of his favorite themes. The standard pitch went something like this, as before the 

Austin businessmen. Yarborough, he would start off saying "more nearly represents the 

state of Michigan than he does Texas." This, as we will see, was partly an attempted, 

lame rebuttal of Yarborough's charge that Bush was a northeastern carpetbagger. Bush 

would then continue: "One of the main reasons Yarborough represents Texas so badly is 

that he's spending most of his time representing labor interests in Detroit. His voting 

record makes men like Walter Reuther and James Hoffa very happy. This man has voted 

for every special interest bill, for every big spending measure that's come to his 

attention." 

During this period Camco, an oilfield equipment company of which Bush was a director, 

was embroiled in some bitter labor disputes. The regional office of the National Labor 

Relations Board sought a federal injunction against Camco in order to force the firm to 

re-hire four union organizers who had been illegally fired. Officials of the Machinists' 

Union, which was trying to organize Camco, also accused Bush of being complicit in 

what they said was Camco's illegal failure to carry out a 1962 NLRB order directing 

Camco to re-hire eleven workers fired because they had attended a union meeting. Bush 

answered that he was not going to be intimidated by labor. "As everybody knows, the 

union bosses are all-out for Sen. Ralph Yarborough, " countered Bush, and he had been 

too busy with Zapata to pay attention to Camco anyway. [fn 20] According to Roy Evans, 

the Secretary-Treasurer of the Texas AFL-CIO, Bush was "a member of the dinosaur 

wing of the Republican Party." Evans called Bush "the Houston throwback," and 

maintained that Bush had "lost touch with anyone in Texas except the radicals of the 

right." 

Back in February, Yarborough had remarked in his typical populist vein that his 

legislative approach was to "put the jam on the lower shelf so the little man can get his 

hand in." This scandalized Bush, who countered on February 27 that "it's a cynical 

attitude and one that tends to set the so-called little man apart from the rest of his 

countrymen." For Bush, the jam would always remain under lock and key, except for the 

chosen few of Wall Street. A few days later, on March 5, Bush elaborated that he was 

"opposed to special interest legislation because it tends to hyphenate Americans. I don't 

think we can afford to have veteran-Americans, Negro-Americans, Latin-Americans and 

labor-Americans these days." Here is Bush as political philosopher, maintaining that the 

power of the authoritarian state must confront its citizens in a wholly atomized form, not 

organized into interest groups capable of defending themselves. 

Bush was especially irate about Yarborough's Cold War GI Bill, which he branded the 

senator's "pet project." "Fortunately," said Bush, "he has been unable to cram his Cold

War GI Bill down Congress' throat. It's bad legislation and special interest legislation 

which will erode our American way of life. I have four sons, and I'd sure hate to think 

that any of them would measure their devotion and service to their country by what 

special benefits Uncle Sam could give them." Neil Bush would certainly never do that! 

Anyway, the Cold War GI Bill was nothing but a "cynical effort to get votes," Bush 

concluded. 

There was a soft spot in Bush's heart for at least a few special interests, however. He was 

a devoted supporter of the "time-proven" 27.5% oil depletion allowance, a tax writeoff 

which allowed the seven sisters oil cartel to escape a significant portion of what they 

otherwise would have paid in taxes. Public pressure to reduce this allowance was 

increasing, and the oil cartel was preparing to concede a minor adjustment in the hopes 

that this would neutralize attempts to get the depletion allowance abolished entirely. Bush 

also called for what he described as a "meaningful oil import program, one which would 

restrict imports at a level that will not be harmful to our domestic oil industry." "I know 

what it is to earn a paycheck in the oil business," he boasted. Bush also told Texas 

farmers that he wanted to limit the imports of foreign beef so as to protect their domestic 

markets. 

Yarborough's counterattack on this issue is of great relevance to understanding why Bush 

was so fanatically committed to wage war in the Gulf to restore the degenerate, 

slaveholding Emir of Kuwait. Yarborough pointed out that Bush's company, Zapata 

Offshore, was drilling for oil in Kuwait, the Persian Gulf, Borneo, and Trinidad. "Every 

producing oil well drilled in foreign countries by American companies means more cheap 

foreign oil in American ports, fewer acres of Texas land under oil and gas lease, less 

income to Texas farmers and ranchers..," Yarborough stated. "this issue is clear-cut in 

this campaign - a Democratic senator who is fighting for the life of the free enterprise 

system as exemplified by the independent oil and gas producers in Texas, and a 

Republican candidate who is the contractual driller for the international oil cartel." In 

those days the oil cartel did not deal mildly with those who attacked it in public. One 

thinks again of the Italian oilman Enrico Mattei. For Bush, these cartel interests would 

always be sacrosanct. On April 1, Bush talked of the geopolitics of oil: "I was in London 

at the time of the Suez crisis and I quickly saw how the rest of the free world can become 

completely dependent on American oil. When the Canal was shut down, free nations all 

over the world immediately started crying for Texas oil." 

Later in the campaign, Yarborough visited the town of Gladewater in East Texas. There, 

standing in view of the oil derricks, Yarborough talked about Bush's ownership of 

Pennzoil stock, and about Pennzoil's quota of 1,690 barrels per day of imported oil, 

charging that Bush was undermining the Texas producers by importing cheap foreign oil. 

Then, according to a newspaper account, "the senator spiced his charge with a reference 

to the 'Sheik of Kuwait and his four wives and 100 concubines' who, he said, are living in 

luxury off the oil from Bush- drilled wells in the Persian Gulf and sold at cut-rate prices 

in the United States. He said that imported oil sells for $1.25 a barrel while Texas oil, 

selling at $3, pays school, city, county, and federal taxes and keeps payrolls going.

Yarborough began his day of campaigning at a breakfast with supporters in Longview. 

Later, in Gladewater, he said he had seen a "Bush for Senator" bumper sticker on a car in 

Longview. 'Isn't that a come-down for an East Texan to be a strap-hanger for a 

carpetbagger from Connecticut who is drilling oil for the Sheik of Kuwait to help keep 

that harem going?'" [fn 21] 

Yarborough challenged Bush repeatedly to release more details about his overseas 

drilling and producing interests. He spoke of Bush's "S.A. corporations drilling in the 

Persian Gulf in Asia." He charged that Bush had "gone to Latin America to incorporate 

two of his companies to drill in the Far East, instead of incorporating them in the United 

States." That in turn, thought Yarborough, "raises questions of tax avoidance." "Tell 

them, George," he jeered, "what your 'S.A.' companies, financed with American dollars, 

American capital, American resources, are doing about American income taxes." Bush 

protested that "every single tax dollar due by any company that I own an interest in has 

been paid." [fn 22] 

The status of the Rural Electrification Administration was also a campaign issue. 

Goldwater had said in Denver, Colorado on May 3, 1963 that the time had come "to 

dissolve the Rural Electrification Administration." Wishing to appear as an orthodox 

Goldwater clone in every respect, Bush had failed to distance himself from this demand. 

The REA was justly popular for its efforts to bring electric power to impoverished sectors 

of the countryside. Yarborough noted first of all that Bush "wouldn't know a cotton boll 

from a corn shuck," but he insisted on levelling "so un-Texan a blow at the farmers and 

ranchers of Texas. To sell the REA's in Texas to the private power monopoly would be 

carrying out the demands of the big Eastern power structure and the wishes of the New 

York investment bankers who handle the private power monopoly financing. My 

opponent is in line to inherit his share of that New York investment banking structure," 

Yarborough told a gathering of Texas REA officials. 

Following in Prescott Bush's footsteps, George Bush was implacably hostile to 

government-sponsored infrastructure projects. Such projects are of course the essence of 

the American System of political economy as understood by Franklin, Hamilton, Lincoln, 

and FDR. One ongoing water project in Texas in 1964 was the Trinity River project. 

Early in the campaign, Bush said that he could not support this project because it was 

exacerbating a federal budegt defecit that was already too high. But this stance proved so 

unpopular in the Texas electorate that Bush later flip-flopped, saying that he had been 

sympathetic to the Trinity River project all along, and that maybe there was a way to get 

it done without adding to the defecit. 

On other issues, Bush had the following positions: 

On education: "Education is a responsibility of the States. Federal aid inevitably means 

eventual federal control. I favor retention of more tax money by the States so as to build 

the local and state education programs. We must meet the challenge of education BUT at 

the State and local levels." Has the Education President advocated anything different?

On Food stamps: Bush called them a "New Frontier gimmick" with "interesting black 

market possibilities here." 

On school prayer Bush was duly sanctimonious: "I am concerned about the erosion of our 

moral fibre and religious heritage. I believe that prayers in the public schools on a 

voluntary basis are in keeping with the great traditions upon which this country was 

founded...Vicious attacks in the courts on prayers in the schools or in reference to God in 

our lives must be repudiated." 

On Red China: Beijing, said Bush in 1964 "must never be admitted to the UN. In the 

event this does occur, then I advocate withdrawal from the United Nations." Bush was 

the man who later cast his vote for the admission of Red China to the world body in 

1971. 

On the UN: The United Nations "as presently constituted is gravely deficient and has 

been a failure in preserving peace. The United States has taken the responsibility for the 

freedom of the western world. This responsibility we must not relinquish to the General 

Assembly. All nations should pay their dues or lose their vote." 

Foreign Aid, Bush's campaign brochure recommends, "should be reduced drastically 

except in those areas where technological and military assistance is necessary to the 

defense of the free world and is economically advantageous to the United States. We 

should use our foreign aid to strengthen our friends and extend freedom, not to placate 

our enemies." 

The Nuclear test Ban treaty, although negotiated by Averell Harriman himself, was 

rejected by Bush. According to campaign handouts, the treaty "as ratified by the Senate, 

will not work. I would be for a treaty with adequate, foolproof safeguards." Bush added 

that he was taking this position "although anyone opposed [to the treaty] is accused of 

warmongering. I'm the father of five children and just as concened as anyone else about 

the cleanliness of the air and the sanctity of the home, but this is a half-way measure and 

doesn't do the job." 

As the Republican senatorial primary approached, Bush declared that he was confident 

that he could win an absolute majority and avoid a runoff. On April 30, he predicted that 

Hill Rise would win the Kentucky Derby without a runoff, and that he would also carry 

the day on the first round. There was no runoff in the Kentucky Derby, but Bush fell 

short of his goal. Bush did come in first with about 44% of the vote or 62,579 votes, 

while Jack Cox was second with 44,079, with Morris third and Davis fourth. The total 

number of votes cast was 142,961, so a second round was required. 

Cox, who had attracted 710,000 votes in his 1962 race against Connally for the 

governorship, was at this point far better known around the state than Bush. Cox had the 

backing of Gen. Edwin Walker, who had made a bid for the Democratic gubernatorial 

nomination in 1962 himself and gotten some 138,000 votes. Cox also had the backing of 

H.L. Hunt.

Morris had carried Dallas County, and he urged his supporters to vote against Bush. 

Morris told the Dallas Morning New of May 5 that Bush was "too liberal" and that Bush's 

strength in the primary was due to "liberal" Republican support. 

Between early May and the runoff election of June 6, Cox mounted a vigorous campaign 

of denunciation and exposure of Bush as a creature of the Eastern Liberal Establishment, 

Wall Street banking interests, and of Golwater's principal antagonist for the GOP 

Presidential nomination, the hated Gov. Nelson Rockefeller of New York. According to a 

story filed by Stuart Long of the Long News Service in Austin on May 25 and preserved 

among the Yarborough papers in the Barker Texas History Center in Austin, Cox's 

supporters circulated letters pointing to Prescott Bush's role as a partner in Brown 

Brothers Harriman as the basis for the charge that George Bush was the tool of "Liberal 

Eastern Kingmakers." According to Long, the letters also include references to the New 

York Council on Foreign Relations, which he described as a "black-tie dinner group." [fn 

23] The pro-Cox letters also asserted that Bush's Zapata Offshore Company had a history 

of bidding on drilling contracts for Rockefeller's Standard Oil of New Jersey. 

One anti-Bush brochure preserved among the Yarborough papers at the Barker Center in 

Austin is entitled "Who's Behind the Bush?" , published by the Coalition of 

Conservatives to Beat the Bushes, with one Harold Deyo of Dallas listed as chairman. 

The attack on Bush here centers on the Council on Foreign Relations, of which Bush was 

not at that time a public member. The brochure lists a number of Bush campaign 

contributors and then identifies these as members of the CFR. These include Dillon 

Anderson and J.C. Hutcheson III of Baker and Botts, Andrews and Shepherd, Leland 

Anderson of Anderson, Clayton and Company, Lawrence S. Reed of Texas Gulf 

Producing, Frank Michaux, W.A. Kirkland of the board of First City National Bank. The 

brochure then focuses on Prescott Bush, identified as a "partner with Averell Harriman in 

Brown Brothers, Harriman, and Company. Averell Harriman is listed as a member of the 

Council on Foreign Relations. "Could it be that Prescott S. Bush, in concert with his 

Eastern CFR friends, is raising all those 'Yankee Dollars' that are flowing into George's 

campaign? It is reliably reported that Mr. George Bush has contracted for extensive and 

expensive television time for the last week of the Runoff." The brochure also targets Paul 

Kayser of Anderson, Clayton and Bush's Harris County campaign chairman. Five officers 

of this company, named as W.L. Clayton, L. Fleming, Maurice McAshan, Leland 

Anderso, and Syndor Oden, are said to be members of the CFR. 

On the CFR itself, the brochure quotes from Helen P. Lasell's study entitled "Power 

Behind Government Today," which found that the CFR "from its inception has had an 

important part in planning the whole diabolical scheme of creating a ONE WORLD 

FEDERATION of socialist states under the United Nations." "These carefully worked 

out, detailed plans, in connection with the WORLD BANK and the use of billions of taxexempt 

foundation dollars, were carried out secretively over a period of years. Their 

fruition could mean not only the absolute destruction of our form of government, national 

independence and sovereignty, but to a degree at least, that of every nation in the world." 

The New World Order, we see, is really nothing new. The brochure further accuses one 

Mrs. M. S. Acherman, a leading Bush supporter in Houston, of having promoted a write-

in campaign for liberal, Boston Brahmin former Senator Henry Cabot Lodge of 

Massachusetts in the Texas presidential primary. Lodge had won the 1964 New 

Hampshire primary, prompting Bush to announce that this was merely a regional 

phenomenon and that he was "still for Goldwater." 

As the runoff vote approached, Cox focused especially on the eastern financing that Bush 

was receiving. On May 25 in Abilene, Cox assailed Bush for having mounted "one of the 

greatest spending sprees ever seen in any political campaign." Cox said that he could not 

hope to match this funding "because Jack Cox is not, nor will ever be, connected in any 

manner with the Eastern kingmakers who seek to control political candidates. 

Conservatives of Texas will serve notice on June 6 that just as surely as Rockefeller's 

millions can't buy presidential nomination, the millions at George Bush's disposal can't 

buy him a senate nomination." Cox claimed that all of his contributions had come from 

inside Texas. 

O'Donnells's Texas Republican organization was overwhelmingly mobilized in favor of 

Bush. Bush had the endorsement of the state's leading newspapers. When the runoff 

finally came, Bush was the winner with some 62% of the votes cast. Yarborough 

commented that Bush "smothered Jack Cox in greenbacks." 

Gordon McLendon, true to form, had used his own pre-primary television broadcast to 

rehash the Billie Sol Estes charges against Yarborough. Yarborough nevertheless 

defeated McLendon in the Democratic senatorial primary with almost 57% of the vote. 

Given the lopsided Texas Democratic advantage in registered voters, and given LBJ's 

imposing lead over Goldwater at the top of the Democratic ticket, it might have appeared 

that Yarborough's victory was now a foregone conclusion. That this was not so was due 

to the internal divisions within the Texas Democratic ranks. 

First were the Democrats who came out openly for Bush. The vehicle for this defection 

was called Conservative Democrats for Bush, chaired by Ed Drake, the former leader of 

the state's Democrats for Eisenhower in 1952. Drake was joined by former Governor 

Allan Shivers, who had also backed Ike and Dick in 1952 and 1956. Then there was the 

"East Texas Democrats for George Bush Committee," chaired by E.B. Germany, the 

former state Democratic leader and in 1964 the chairman of the board of Lone Star Steel. 

Then there were various forms of covert support for Bush. Millionaire Houston oilman 

Lloyd Bentsen, who had been in Congress back in the late 1940's, had been in discussion 

as a possible senate candidate. Bush's basic contention was that LBJ had interfered in 

Texas politics to tell Bentsen to stay out of the senate race, thus avoiding a more 

formidable primary challenge to Yarborough. On April 24 Bush stated that Bentsen was a 

"good conservative" who had been kept out of the race by "Yarborough's bleeding heart 

act." This and other indications point to a covert political entente between Bush and 

Bentsen which re-appeared during the 1988 presidential campaign. 

Then there were the forces associated with Governor Big John Connally. Yarborough 

later confided that Connally had done everything in his power to wreck his campaign,

subject only to certain restraints imposed by LBJ. Even these limitations did not amount 

to real support for Yarborough on the part of LBJ, but were rather attributable to LBJ's 

desire to avoid the embarrassment of seeing his native state represented by two 

Republican senators during his own tenure in the White House. But Connally still 

sabotaged Yarborough as much as LBJ would let him get away with. [fn 24] Bush and 

Connally have had a complex relation, with points of convergence and many points of 

divergence. Back in 1956, a lobbyist working for Texas oilman Sid Richardson had 

threatened to "run [Bush's] ass out of the offshore drilling business" unless Prescott Bush 

voted for gas deregulation in the Senate. [fn 25] Connally later became the trustee for 

some of Richardson's interests. While visiting Dallas on March 19, Bush issued a 

statement saying that he agreed with Connally in his criticisms of attorney Melvin Belli, 

who had condemned the District Court in Dallas when his client, Jack Ruby, was given 

the death sentence for having slain Lee Harvey Oswald the previous November. 

In public, LBJ was for Yarborough, although he could not wholly pass over the frictions 

between the two. Speaking at Stonewall after the Democratic national convention, LBJ 

had commented: "You have heard and you have read that Sen. Yarborough and I have 

had differences at times. I have read a good deal more about them than I was ever aware 

of. But I do want to say this, that I don't think that Texas has had a senator during my 

lifetime whose record I am more familiar with than Sen. Yarborough's. And I don't think 

Texas has had a senator that voted for the people more than Sen. Yarborough has voted 

for them. And no member of the US Senate has stood up and fought for me or fought for 

the people more since I became President than Ralph Yarborough." For his part, Bush 

years later quoted a Time Magazine analysis of the 1964 senate race which concluded 

that "if Lyndon would stay out of it, Republican Bush would have a chance. But Johnson 

is not about to stay out of it, which makes Bush the underdog." [fn 26] 

Yarborough for his part had referred to LBJ as a "power-mad Texas politician," and had 

called on President Kennedy to keep LBJ out of Texas politics. Yarborough's attacks on 

Connally were even more explicit and colorful: he accused Connally of acting like a 

"viceroy, and we got rid of those in Texas when Mexico took over from Spain." 

According to Yarborough, "Texas had not had a progressive governor since Jimmy 

Alfred," who had held office in 1935-39. Bush took pains to spell out that this was an 

attack on Democrats W. Lee O'Daniel, Coke Stevenson, Buford H. Jester, Allan Shivers, 

Price Daniel, and John Connally. 

Yarborough also criticized the right-wing oligarchs of the Dallas area for having 

transformed that city from a Democratic town to a "citadel of reaction." For Yarborough, 

the Fort Worth Star-Telegram was "worse than Pravda." 

Yarborough's strategy in the November election centered on identifying Bush with 

Goldwater in the minds of voters, since the Arizona Republican's warlike rhetoric was 

now dragging him down to certain defeat. Yarborough's first instict had been to run a 

substantive campaign, stressing issues and his own legislative accomplishments. 

Yarborough in 1988 told Bush biographer Fitzhugh Green: "When I started my campaign 

for re-election I was touting my record of six years in the senate. But my speech advisors

said, all you have to do is quote Bush, who had already called himself 100 per cent for 

Goldwater and the Vietnam war. So that's what I did, and it worked very well." [fn 27] 

Campaigning in Port Arthur on Oct. 30, a part of the state where his labor support loomed 

large, Yarborough repeatedly attacked Bush as "more extreme than Barry Goldwater." 

According to Yarborough, even after Barry Goldwater had repudiated the support of the 

John Birch Society, Bush said that he "welcomed support of the Birch Society and 

embraced it." "Let's you elect a senator from Texas, and not the Connecticut investment 

bankers with their $2,500,000," Yarborough urged the voters. [fn 28] 

These attacks were highly effective, and Bush's response was to mobilize his media 

budget for more screenings of his World War II "flight of the Avenger" television spot, 

while he prepared a last- minute television dirty trick. There was to be no debate between 

Bush and Yarborough, but this did not prevent Bush from staging a televised "empty 

chair" debate, which was aired on more than a dozen stations around the state on October 

27. The Bush campaign staff scripted a debate in which Bush answered doctored quotes 

from audio tapes of Yarborough speaking, with the sentences often cut in half, taken out 

of context, and otherwise distorted. Yarborough responded by saying: "The sneaky trick 

my opponent is trying to pull on me tonight of pulling sentences of mine out of context 

with my recorded voice and playing my voice as a part of his broadcast is illegal under 

the law, and a discredit to anyone who aspires to be a US Senator. I intend to protest this 

illegal trick to the Federal Communications Commission." Bush's method was to "cut my 

statements in half, then let his Madison Avenue speech writers answer those single 

sentences." "My opponent is an exponent of extremism, peddling smear and fear 

wherever he goes." "His conduct looks more like John Birch Society conduct than United 

States Senate conduct," Yarborough added. Bush also distorted the sound of 

Yarborough's voice almost beyond recognition. 

Yarborough protested to the FCC in Washington, alleging that Bush had violated section 

315 of the Federal Communications Act as it then stood, because Yarborough's remarks 

were pre-censored and used without his permission. Yarborough also accused Bush of 

violation of section 325 of the same act, since it appeared that parts of the "empty chair" 

broadcast were material that had been previously broadcast elsewhere, and which could 

not be re-used without permission. The FCC responded by saying that the tapes used had 

been made in halls where Yarborough was speaking. 

All during the campaign, Yarborough had been talking about the dangers of electronic 

eavesdropping. He had pointed out that "anybody can be an eavesdropper, a wiretapper, a 

bugger, who has a few dollars for the cheaper devices on the market. Tiny recorders and 

microphones are now made to resemble lapel buttons or tie clasps...Recorders can also be 

found the size of a book or a cigarette pack. There is a briefcase available with a 

microphone built into the lock, and many avilable recorders may be carried in briefcases, 

while the wrist-watch microphone is no longer a product used by Dick Tracy-- it can 

actually be bought for $37.50." Yarborough charged during the primary campaign period 

that his Washington office had been wiretapped, and years later indicated that the CIA 

had been bugging all of Capitol Hill during those years. [fn 29]

Bush was also smarting under Yarborough's repeated references to his New England birth 

and background. Bush claimed that he was no carpetbagger, but a Texan by choice, and 

compared himself in that regard to Sam Rayburn, Sam Houston, Austin, Colonel Bill 

Travis, Davy Crockett, Jim Bowie, and other heroes of the Alamo. Bush was not hobbled 

by any false modesty. At least, Bush asserted lamely, he was not as big a carpetbagger as 

Bobby Kennedy, who could not even vote in New York state, where he was making a 

successful bid for election to the Senate. It "depends on whose bag is being carpeted," 

Bush whined. 

In the last days of the campaign, Allan Duckworth of the pro-Bush Dallas Morning News 

was trying to convince his readers that the race was heading for a "photo finish." But in 

the end, Prescott's networks, the millions of dollars, the recordings, and the endorsements 

of 36 newspapers were of no avail for Bush. Yarborough defeated Bush by a margin of 

1,463,958 to 1,134,337. Within the context of the LBJ landslide victory over Goldwater, 

Bush had done somewhat better than his party's standard bearer: LBJ beat Goldwater in 

Texas by 1,663,185 to 958,566. Yarborough, thanks in part to his vote in favor of the 

Civil Rights Act, won a strong majority of the black districts, and also ran well ahead 

among Latinos. Bush won the the usual Republican counties, including the pockets of 

GOP support in the Houston area. 

Yarborough would continue for one more term in the Senate, vocally opposing the war in 

Vietnam. In the closing days of the campaign he had spoken of Bush and his retinue as 

harbingers of a "time and society when nobody speaks for the working man." George 

Bush, defeated though he was, would now redouble his struggle to make such a world a 

reality. Yarborough, although victorious, appears in retrospect as the fading rearguard of 

an imperfect but better America that would disappear during the late sixties and 

seventies. 

NOTES: 

1. George Bush and Victor Gold, Looking Forward (New York, 1987), p. 84. 


3. John R. Knaggs, Two-Party Texas (Austin, 1985), p. 34. 

4. For a summary of the southern strategy, see Garry Wills, Nixon Agonistes (Boston, 1970), pp. 262 ff. 

5. For a profile of Yarborough's voting record on this and other issues, see Chandler Davidson, Race and 

Class in Texas Politics ( Princeton, 1990), pp. 29 ff. 

6. For Yarborough's Senate achievements up to 1964, see Ronnie Dugger, "The Substance of the Senate 

Contest," in The Texas Observer, Sept. 18, 1964. 

7. Bush and Gold, Looking Forward, p. 77 ff. 

8. See Harry Hurt III, Texas Rich (New York), p. 191.

9. On Bush's drive to become Harris County chairman, it is instructive to compare his Looking Forward 

with the clippings from the Houston Chronicle of those days preserved on microfiche in the Texas 

Historical Society in Houston. Bush says that he decided to run for the post in the sping of 1962, but the 

Houston press clearly situates the campaign in the spring of 1963. Bush also claims to have been county 

chiarman for two years, whereas the Houston papers show that he served from February 20 1963 to around 

December 5 1963, less than one year. 

10. Harry Hurt III, "George Bush, Plucky Lad," Texas Monthly, June, 1983, p. 196. 

11. Houston Chronicle, 21 February 1963. 

12. For Anthony Farris in the Pennzoil vs. Texaco case, see below and also Thomas Petzinger, Jr., Oil and 

Honor (New York, 1987), passim. 

13. Boston Globe, June 12, 1988, cited in Michael R. Beschloss, The Crisis Years, p. 581. 

14. See Barbara Bush, C. Fred's Story (New York, 1984), p.2. This is an example of Mrs. Bush's singular 

habit of composing books in which she speaks through a canine persona, a feat she has repeated for the 

current family pet and public relations ploy, Millie. In her account of how C. Fred the dog got his name, 

George Bush is heard ruling out usual dog names with the comment: "Not at all. We Bushes have always 

named our children after people we loved." So, writes C. Fred, "I am named after George Bush's best 

friend, C. Fred Chambers of Houston, Texas. I have met him many times and he doesn't really seem to 

appreciate the great honor that the Bushes bestowed upon him." 

15. See Ronnie Dugger, "The Four Republicans," in The Texas Observer, April 17, 1964. 

16. Quotations from Bush and Yarborough campaign material, except as otherwise indicated, are from 

Senator Yarborough's papers on deposit in the Eugene C. Barker Texas History Center at the University of 

Texas in Austin. 

17. See Ronnie Dugger, "The Substance of the Senate Contest," in The Texas Observer, September 18, 

1964. 

18. See "The Historic Texas Senate Race," in The Texas Observer, October 30, 1964. 

19. Cited in Ronnie Dugger, "The Substance of the Senate Contest," The Texas Observer, September 18, 

1964. 

20. Ibid. 

21. Dallas News, October 24, 1964. 

22. Dallas News, October 3, 1964. 

23. An untitled report among the Yarborough papers in the Barker Texas History Center refers to "Senator 

Bush's affiliation in a New York knife-and-fork-club type of organization called, 'The Council on Foreign 

Relations.' In a general smear--mainly via the "I happen to know' letter chain of communication--the elder 

Bush was frequently attacked, and the younger Bushes were greatly relieved when Barry Goldwater 

volunteered words of affectionate praise for his former colleague during a $100-a-plate Dallas dinner." 

24. Just how far these efforts might have gone is a matter of speculation. Douglas Caddy in his book, The 

Hundred Million Dollar Payoff (New Rochelle), p. 300, reprints an internal memorandum of the machinists 

Non-Partisan Political League which expresses alarm about the election outlook for Yarborough, who is

described as "the last stand-up Democratic liberal we have in the south." The memo, from Jack O'Brien to 

A.J. Hayes, is dated October 27, 1964, and cites reports from various labor operatives to the effect that "the 

'fix is in' to defeat Ralph Yarborough and to replace him with a Republican, Bush, the son of Prescott Bush 

of Connecticut. The only question at issue is whether this 'fix' is a product of Governor Connally alone or is 

the product of a joint effort between Connally and President Johnson." According to the memo, "Walter 

Reuther called Lyndon Johnson to express his concern with the failure to invite Mrs. Yarborough to 

accompany" LBJ's plane through Texas. Labor leaders were trying to help raise money for last-minute 

television broadcasts by Yarborough, and also to extract more vocal support for the senator from LBJ. 

25. See Bush and Gold, Looking Forward, p. 82. 


27. Fitzhugh Green, George Bush: An Intimate Portrait (New York, 1989) , p. 85. 

28. Dallas News, October 31, 1964 

29. Ronnie Dugger, "Goldwater's Policies, Kenndy's Style" in Texas Observer, October 30, 1964. 

Chapter -X- Rubbers Goes to Congress 

During the heat of the senate campaign, Bush's redistricting lawsuit had progressed in a 

way that must have provided him much solace amidst the bitterness of his defeat. When 

Bush won his suit in the Houston federal district court, there was a loud squawk from 

Governor John Connally, who called that august tribunal as a "Republican court." Bush 

whined that Connally was being "vitriolic." During Bush's primary campaign, a threejudge 

panel of the federal circuit court of appeals had ruled that the state of Texas must 

be redistricted. Bush called that result "a real victory for all the people of Texas." By 

March, Bush's redistricting suit had received favorable action by the US Supreme Court. 

This meant that the way was clear to create a no-incumbent, designer district for George 

in a masterpiece of gerrymandering that would make him an elected official, the first 

Republican Congressman in the recent history of the Houston area. 

The new Seventh District was drawn to create a liberal Republican seat, carefully taking 

into account which areas Bush had succeeded in carrying in the senate race. What 

emerged was for the most part a lilly-white, silk-stocking district of the affluent upper 

middle and upper crust. There were also small black and Hispanic enclaves. In the 

precinct boxes of the new district, Bush had rolled up an eight to five margin over 

Yarborough. [fn 1] 

But before gearing up a Congressional campaign in the Seventh District in 1966, Bush 

first had to jettison some of the useless ideological ballast he had taken on for his 1964 

Goldwater profile. During the 1964 campaign, Bush had spoken out more frankly and 

more bluntly on a series of political issues than he ever has before or since. Apart from 

the Goldwater coloration, one comes away with the impression that much of the time the 

speeches were not just inventions, but often reflected his own oligarchical instincts and 

deeply-rooted obsessions. In late 1964 and early 1965, Bush was afflicted by a hangover 

induced by what for him had been an unprecedented orgy of self-revelation.

The 1965-66 model George Bush would become a moderate, abandoning the shrillest 

notes of the 1964 conservative crusade. 

First came an Episcopalian mea culpa. As Bush's admirer Fitzhugh Green reports, "one of 

his first steps was to shuck off a bothersome trace from his 1964 campaign. He had 

espoused some conservative ideas that didn't jibe with his own moderate attitude." 

Previous statements were becoming inoperative, one gathers, when Bush discussed the 

matter with his Anglican pastor, John Stevens. "You know, John," said Bush, "I took 

some of the far right positions to get elected. I hope I never do it again. I regret it." His 

radical stance on the Civil Rights bill was allegedly a big part of his "regret." Stevens 

later commented: "I suspect that his goal on civil rights was the same as mine: it's just 

that he wanted to go through the existing authorities to attain it. In that way nothing 

would get done. Still, he represents about the best of noblesse oblige." [fn 2] 

It was characteristically through an attempted purge in the Harris County GOP 

organization that Bush signalled that he was reversing his field. His gambit here was to 

call on party activists to take an "anti -extremist and anti-intolerance pledge," as the 

Houston Chronicle reported on May 26, 1965. [fn 3] Bush attacked unnamed apostles of 

"guilt by association" and "far-out fear psychology, and his pronouncements touched off 

a bitter and protracted row in the Houston GOP. Bush made clear that he was targetting 

the John Birch Society, whose activists he had been eager to lure into his own 1964 

effort. Now Bush beat up on the Birchers as a way to correct his right-wing profile from 

the year before. Bush said with his usual tortured syntax that Birch members claim to 

"abhor smear and slander and guilt by association, but how many of them speak out 

against it publicly?" 

This was soon followed by a Bush-inspired move to oust Bob Gilbert, who had been 

Bush's successor as the GOP county chairman during the Goldwater period. Bush's 

retainers put out the line that the "extremists" had been gaining too much power under 

Gilbert, and that he therefore must go. The Bush faction by now had enough clout to oust 

Gilbert on June 12, 1965. The eminence grise of the right-wing faction, State senator 

Walter Mengdon, told the press that the ouster of Gilbert had been dictated by Bush. 

Bush whined in response that he was very disappointed with Mengdon. "I have stayed out 

of county politics. I believed all Republicans had backed my campaign," Bush told the 

Houston Chronicle on the day Gilbert fell. 

On July 1 the Houston papers reported the election of a new, "anti- extremist" Republican 

county leader. This was James M. Mayor, who defeated James Bowers by a margin of 95 

votes against 80 in the county executive committee. Mayor was endorsed by Bush, as 

well as by Senator Tower. Bowers was an auctioneer who called for a return to the 

Goldwater "magic." GOP state chair O'Donnell hoped that the new chairman would be 

able to put an end to "the great deal of dissension within the party in Harris County for 

several years." Despite this pious wish, acrimonious faction fighting tore the county 

organization to pieces over the next several years. At one point the Ripon Society, a 

nationwide liberal Republican grouping which claimed to be part of a moderating 

rebuilding effort after the Goldwater debacle, intervened in the county to protect Mayor

against the right-wing opposition. In so doing, the Ripon Society was also intervening in 

favor of Bush. The Ripon people pointed to the guerilla warfare against Mayor as 

"another demonstration of the persistent strength of the far right within the Texas GOP." 

Shortly after this scaramouche, the dissident faction of the Harris County GOP controlled 

87 of 189 precinct chairs. 

But at the same time Bush took care to police his left flank, distancing himself from the 

beginnings of the movement against the war in Vietnam which had been visible by the 

middle of 1965. A remarkable document of this manuever is the text of the debate 

between Bush and Ronnie Dugger, the writer and editor of the Texas Observer. The 

debate was held July 1, 1965 before the Junior Bar of Texas convention in Fort Worth. 

Dugger had endorsed Bush--in a way Dugger said was "not without whimsical intent" in 

the GOP senate primary the year before. Dugger was no radical; at this point was not 

really against the Vietnam war, and he actually endorsed the policy of LBJ, saying that 

the President had "no easy way out of Viet Nam, but he is seeking and seeking hard for 

an honorable way out." [fn 4] Nevertheless, Dugger found that LBJ had made a series of 

mistakes in the implementation of his policy. Dugger also embraced the provisos 

advanced by Senator Fulbright to the effect that "seeking a complete military victory 

would cost more than the requirements of our interest and honor." So Dugger argued 

against any further escalation, and argued that anti-war demonstrations and civil 

disobedience could be beneficial. 

Bush's first real cause for alarm was seeing "the civil rights movement being made over 

into a massive vehicle with which to attack the President's foreign policy in Vietnam." He 

started by attacking Conrad Lynn, a "Negro lawyer" who had told students at "my old 

university- Yale University" - that "The United States white supremacists' army has been 

sent to suppress the non-white people of the world." According to Bush "The Yale Daily 

News reported that the audience applauded when [Lynn] annunced that several Negroes 

had gone to Asia to enlist in the North Viet Nam army to fight against the United States." 

Then Bush turned to his real target, Martin Luther King. King, he said, who is "identified 

with the freedom of the Negro cause, says in Boston the other day that he doesn't want to 

sit at a segregated lunch counter where you have strontium 90 in the milk, overlooking 

the fact that it's the communists who are testing in the atmosphere today, the Red 

Chinese. It's not the United States." Then there was Bayard Rustin, "a leading individual 

in the Negro struggle for freedom, [who] calls for withdrawal from Viet Nam." This is all 

hypocritical in Bush's view, since "they talk about civil rights in this country, but they are 

willing to sacrifice the individual rights in the communist countries." 

Bush was equally riled up over anti-war demonstrations, since they were peopled by what 

he called "extremists:" "I am sure you know what an extremist is. That's a guy who takes 

a good idea and carries it to simply preposterous ends. And that's what's happened. Of 

course, the re-emergence of the political beatnik is causing me personally a good deal of 

pleasure. Many conservatives winced during 1964 as we were labelled extremists of the 

right. And certainly we were embarrassed by the booing of Nelson Rockefeller at the 

convention, and some of the comments that referred to the smell of fascism in the air at 

the Republican convention, and things like this, and we winced."

Warming to the subject, Bush continued: "Let me give you some examples of this kind of 

left wing extremism. Averell Harriman-- surely not known for his reactionary views-- 

speaking at Cornell University, talking about Viet Nam before a crowd that calls "Liar!" 

[They] booed him to the state he could hardly finish, and finally he got so frustrated he 

asked, 'How many in the audience are communists?' And a bunch of people there --small 

I will admit--held up their hands." 

So extremists, for Bush, were those who assailed Rockefeller and Harriman. 

Bush defended the House Committe on Unamerican Activities against the demonstrations 

organized by James Foreman and SNCC, commiserated with a State Department official 

who had been branded a fascist at Iowa State, and went on to assail the Berkeley "filthy 

speech" movement. As an example of the "pure naivete" of civil rights leaders, he cited 

Coretta Scott King who "managed to link global peace and civil rights, somehow 

managed to tie these two things together philosophically" -- which Bush professed not to 

fathom. "If we can be non-violent in Selma, why can't we be non-violent in Viet Nam," 

Ossie Davis had said, and Bush proposed he be awarded the "green Wiener" for his 

"absurd theory," for "what's got to be the fuzziest thinking of the year." 

Beyond this inevitable obsession with race, Bush was frankly a hawk, frankly for 

escalation, opening the door to nuclear weapons in Viet Nam only a little more subtly 

than he had the year before: "And so I stand here as one who says I will back up the 

President and military leaders no matter what weapons they use in Southeast Asia." 

During 1964, 1965 and 1966, Bush was still functioning as the full- time president of 

Zapata Offshore, although some of his co-workers complained that he was even less 

single-minded about making money. During this period, the company's operations were 

rapidly expanding and LeTourneau's Vicksburg yard turned out a series of offshore 

drilling platforms, including some of new design. Business had been good during 1964, 

with net income up 85% over the previous year. Bush wrote in the 1964 Zapata 

Petroleum Annual Report: "The offshore drilling industry in which we operate continues 

strong and active, with virtually all equipment in the Gulf of Mexico employed 100% of 

the time. Furthermore, other market around the world are active, and new markets are 

opening up." 

The latest LeTourneau drilling platform was the MAVERICK, which was at that time the 

largest self-elevating drilling barge in action anywhere in the world. The self-elevating 

barges were mobile rigs with legs that rested on the bottom of the ocean. "The maximum 

depth of water in which self-elevating barges can work is limited by the length of their 

legs," Bush reminded the shareholders. Maverick went to work for the California 

Company. The MAVERICK design was so promising, Bush told the shareholders, that 

Zapata had completed negotiations to build two new rigs of the MAVERICK class," 

which would go to work for Shell. Gulf oil was also anxious to hire one of Zapata's new 

rigs.

The SCORPION, which had been the first of the self-elevating mobile barges, spent 1964 

off the coast of Lousiana, under contract to Shell oil. The VINEGAROON spent the first 

half of the year off Trinidad, and then moved to a position off the coast of Louisiana. The 

SIDEWINDER, Zapata's ship-shaped floating drilling vessel, had been towed by Royal 

Dutch Shell's Brunei Shell Petroleum Compnay Ltd. to a position off the sultanate of 

Brunei on the north coast of Borneo. Bush wrote in the 1964 Zapata annual report that 

"Brunei Shell Petroleum Compnay, Ltd., has notified your company of Shell's intention 

to exercise its option, contained in the drilling contract, to purchase the SIDEWINDER. 

Money derived from the sale of SIDEWINDER will be used to defray part of the cost of 

the new rigs. Shell plans to move the SIDEWINDER to the Persian Gulf where Seacat- 

Zapata, our Persian Gulf affiliate, will operate the SIDEWINDER with another Shell 

subsidiary." 

Among the older rigs, the NOLA I, the World War II freighter hull with a drilling 

apparatus built in, was now considered obsolete. The NOLA I was sold to a Mexican 

drilling company, presumably one connected to Diaz Serrano or one of his corporate 

fronts. The NOLA III, which had been sold in 1961 to Zapata-Seacat Offshore Company, 

one of Bush's subsidiaries, was still active in the "relatively calm waters" of the Persian 

Gulf. "During 1964, NOLA III worked for Kuwait Shell Petroleum Development 

Company and Continental Oil Company," Bush wrote in his 1964 annual report. So the 

Sultan of Brunei and the Emir of Kuweit were indeed Bush's business partners. 

The Zapata fleet of drilling rigs was undergoing continuous modernization, with the shipshaped 

floating rigs being phased out in favor of the self-elevating drilling platforms. In 

1964, three of Zapata's five rigs were ship-shaped floaters, but by 1966, Bush wrote, only 

the NOLA III would remain active in this class. One threat to the Zapata fleet was posed 

by the hurricanes in the Gulf: in 1964 hurricane Hilda had done some damage to 

SCORPION, VINEGAROON, and the new MAVERICK. 

Surveying the world market for drilling rigs, Bush pointed out that "discoveries off the 

coast of Nigeria are drawing rigs to that area." There was also the recent discovery of oil 

in the North Sea, with the result that, "during the summer, the United Kingdom leased a 

vast area off its east coast for offshore exploration." "Most of the world's major oil 

companies are investing heavily in the North Sea," Bush observed. There was also the 

Persian Gulf, where "a major lease sale off the Northern Coast of the Persian Gulf is 

being completed by the Iranian government as this report goes to press." "All of these 

developments are expected to have a beneficial effect on Zapata's business over the next 

several years," Bush concluded. 

In 1965, Bush was able to boast in his last Zapata Annual Report that earnings per share 

had risen for the sixth year out of the seven of his tenure. One severe setback had been 

the destruction of the MAVERICK platform by Hurricane Betsy in the Gulf. But Bush 

was able to reassure the shareolders: "I am pleased to note that within three weeks of 

Hurricane Betsy, your company had been paid the full value by the insurance companies. 

The coverage was carried with Lloyds of London and British Insurance Companies, and

the offshore drilling business should be grateful for the way in which these companies 

have responded when disaster has struck." 

Bush's world offshore drilling market survey now included the coast of Nigera, the 

Iranian leases in the northern Persian Gulf, Austrialian off-shore fields then opening up, 

the Gulf of Suez, and the beginning of drilling in the North Sea fields by both Britain and 

Norway. Zapata, said Bush, was keeping in close contact with British Petroleum, 

Continental, and Shell. On the world oil market overall, Bush quoted John Loudon, the 

senior managing director of the Royal Dutch Shell Group as saying that in 25 years the 

free world was going to require three times the current amount of oil for its consumption. 

Later, the SIDEWINDER completed its trip from the Sultan of Brunei's domains off the 

coast of northern Borneo, and began operating in the Persian Gulf. But to replace 

SIDEWINDER, Southeastern-Zaapata Drlling, a one-third owned affiliate, had built a 

new rig in Japan at a cost of some $6.5 million, and this rig had been moved to the 

Borneo coast under contract to Shell. Seacat Zapata's NOLA III had left the Persian Gulf 

and was now operating in the Gulf of Tunis, whence it would proceed to the Red Sea 

coast of Ethiopia. VINEGAROON was working off the coast of Louisiana for Chevron, 

and a new rig, tentatively labelled RIG 8, was also destined for the Gulf of Mexico. 

Opportunities seemed imminent in Australia, where Zapata had set up a special 

relationship with Oil Drilling and Exploration Ltd. of Australia. 

In 1966, the year that Bush says he left the management of Zapata to devote himself fulltime 

to politics, Zapata experienced another increase in earnings per share. According to 

the 1966 Zapata Annual Report, Zapata's "net profits for 1966 exceeded the net profits of 

several Fortune 500 companies." The value of Zapata's offshore drilling fleet was an 

estimated $34 million, and the company's stock was now trading on the American Stock 

Exchange. With departure of George H.W. Bush as chairman of the board, the corporate 

personalities of Zapata underwent a shakeup. Along with Bush departed his maternal 

Uncle Herbie, aka G.H. Walker Jr., the Managing Director of G.H. Walker and Co., New 

York. J.W. Gardner was out as president, replaced by William H. Flynn. The new 

chairman of the board and chief executive officer was now D. Doyle Mize, who had 

previously been a member of the board. The Underwood, Neuhaus Co. interests kept their 

seat on the Zapata board, but their representative changed from Milton R. Underwood to 

William Stamps Farrish III, Bush's Beeville hunting partner and the grandson of the 

Standard Oil executive who had been exposed for dealing with Nazi firms. Added to the 

board were also two representatives of leading Houston law firms, including R.P. 

Bushman of Vinson, Elkins, Weems, and Searls and B.J. Mackin of Baker, Botts, 

Shepherd and Coates. Judging from the presence of Farrish and the Houston lawyers, we 

may conclude that although Bush had departed from the formal structure of Zapata, he 

still had board members to represent his interests, which was important in light of the 

Zapata stock he continued to hold. The sole New Yorker on the post-Bush board was also 

a new face, Michael M. Thomas of Lehman Brothers. 

New drilling platforms included the ENDEAVOUR, HERON, and CHAPPARAL, plus a 

60% share of a ship-shaped floating vessel off the coast of Austrialia. Gulf Oil of

Denmark had signed a $9 million contract for a new platform called the MAERSK 

EXPLORER, the first of a new generation of LeTourneau drilling units. CHAPPARAL 

was under contract to AGIP, a subsidiary of the Italian state oil compnay ENI, for 

operations in the Adriatic Sea. VINEGAROON was under contract to Petrobras of Brazil. 

Zapata's offshore drilling activity by now comprehended areas off Denmark, Brazil, Italy, 

England, the Persian Gulf, Australia, and Louisiana. 

Turning to the world drilling market, the new post-Bush management offered the 

following overview: "The offshore drilling industry, in which Zapata is a significant 

participant, has undegone a substantial change in character and scope in the past five 

years. Five years ago, almost all the offshore drilling units were operating in one 

geographical area, the Gulf of Mexico. Today, six separate offshore provinces have 

emerged as showing solid evidence of having major hydrocarbon deposits." World 

horizons were vast, with the Zapata mangement counting seventeen countries with 

offshore oil or gas production already underway, and fifty other countries exploring or 

drilling for oil. Zapata's ability to operate in such places as the North Sea, Austrialia, and 

Kuwait is indicative not just of a very close relationship between Zapata and the seven 

sisters oil cartel, but of an excellent entree with the inner sanctum of that cartel, the Royal 

Dutch Shell-British Petroleun nexus, which exercised the decisive influence on the 

policies and contingency planning of the cartel. Royal Dutch Shell was for example the 

company that availed itself of the services of Lord Victor Rothschild for its future 

planning. 

The 1966 Zapata Annual report estimated that about 50% of the company's profits came 

from US operations, 20% from the North Sea, 10% from the Middle East, 10% from 

Austrialia, and 10% from a subsidiary called Williams-McWilliams, which carried on 

dredging operations in the Gulf of Mexico and the lower Mississippi River. One can 

imagine that George Bush had to some degree participated in the negotiations for these 

operations. During his years with Zapata, it would thus appear that he had been able to 

extend the scope of his activity from the Cuban-Caribbean arena to the Persian Gulf, 

other parts of the Arab world, Brazil, Scandinavia, and the Adriatic waters between Italy 

and Yugoslavia. 

As the 1966 Congressional election approached, Bush was optimistic about his chances 

of finally getting elected. This time, instead of swimming against the tide of the 

Goldwater cataclysm, Bush would be favored by the classic mid-term election reflext 

which almost always helps the Congressional candidates of the party out of power. And 

LBJ in the White House was vulnerable on a number of points, from the escalation of the 

Viet Nam war to stagflation. The designer gerrymandering of the new Houston 

congressional district had functioned perfectly, and so had his demagogic shift towards 

the "vital center" of moderate conservatism. Because the district was newly drawn, there 

would be no well-known incumbent to contend with. And now, by one of the convenient 

coincidences that seem to be strewn through Bush's life , the only obstacle between him 

and election was a troglodyte Democratc conservative of an ugly and vindictive type, the 

sort of figure who would make even Bush look reasonable.

The Democrat in question was Frank Briscoe, a former district attorney. According to the 

Texas Observer, "Frank Briscoe was one of the most vicious prosecutors in Houston's 

history. He actually maintained a 'ten most wanted convictions list' by which he kept the 

public advised of how much luck he had getting convictions against his chosen 

defendants then being held in custody. Now, as a candidate for Congress, Briscoe is 

running red-eyed for the right-wing in Houston. He is anti-Democratic,; anti-civil rights; 

anti-foreign aid; anti-war on poverty. The fact that he calls himself a Democrat is utterly 

irrelevant." By contrast, from the point of view of the Texas Observer, "His opponent, 

George Bush, is a conservative man. He favors the war in Vietnam; he was for 

Goldwater, although probably reluctantly; he is nobody's firebrand. Yet Bush is simply 

civilized in race relations, and he is now openly rejecting the support of the John Birch 

Society. This is one case where electing a Republican to Congress would help preserve 

the two-party balance of the country and at the same time spare Texas the 

embarrassment" of having somebody like Briscoe go to Washington. [fn 5] Bush's 

ideological face-lifting was working. "I want conservatism to be sensitive and dynamic, 

not scared and reactionary," Bush told the Wall Street Journal. 

Briscoe appears in retrospect as a candidate made to order for Bush's new moderate 

profile, and there are indications that is just what he was. Sources in Houston recall that 

in 1966 there was another Democratic candidate for the new Congressional seat, a 

moderate and attractive Democrat named Wildenthal. These sources say that Bush's 

backers provided large-scale financial support for Briscoe in the Democratic primary 

campaign, with the result that Wildenthal lost out to Briscoe, setting up the race that Bush 

found to his advantage. A designer district was not enough for George; he also required a 

designer opponent if he was to prevail-- a fact which may be relevant to the final 

evaulation of what happened in 1988. 

One of the key points of differentiation between Bush and Briscoe was on race. The 

district had about 15% black population, but making some inroads here among registered 

Democrats would be of decisive importance for the GOP side. Bush made sure that he 

was seen sponsoring a black baseball team, and talked a lot about his work for the United 

Negro College Fund when he had been at Yale. He told the press that "black power" 

agitators were not a problem among the more responsible blacks in Houston "I think the 

day is past," Bush noted, "when we can afford to have a lily white district. I will not 

attempt to appeal to the white backlash. I am in step with the 1960's." Bush even took up 

a position in the Office of Economic Opportunity anti-povety apparatus in the city. He 

supported Project Head Start. By contrast, Briscoe "accused" Bush of courting black 

support, and reminded Bush that other Texas Congressmen had been voting against civil 

rights legislation when it came up in Congress. Briscoe had antagonized parts of the 

black community by his relentless pursuit of the death penalty in cases involving black 

capital defendants. According to the New York Times, "Negro leaders have mounted a 

quiet campaign to get Negroes to vote for [Bush]." 

Briscoe's campaign ads stressed that he was a right-winger and a Texan, and accused 

Bush of being "the darling of the Lindsey [sic]- Javits crowd," endorsed by labor unions, 

liberal professors, liberal Republicans and liberal syndicated columnists. Briscoe was

proud of his endorsements from Gov. John Connally and the Conservative Action 

Committee, a local right-wing group. One endorsement for Bush that caused Briuscoe 

some difficulty was that of Bush mentor Richard M. Nixon. By 1966, Nixon was on the 

comeback trail, having wihstood the virtual nervous breakdown he had undergone after 

losing his bid for the governorship of California in 1962. Nixon was now in the course of 

assembling the delegates that would give him the GOP presidential nomination in Miami 

in 1968. Nixon came to Houston and made campaign appearances for Bush, as he had in 

1964. 

Bush had brought in a new group of handlers and image-mongers for this 1966 race. His 

campaign manager was Jim Allison from Midland. Harry Treleaven was brought in 

design Bush's propaganda. 

Treleaven had been working at the J. Walter Thompson Advertising Agency in New 

York City, but he took a leave of absence from J. Walter to come to work for Bush in 

Texas. At J. Walter Thompson, Treleaven had sold the products of Pan American, RCA, 

Ford, and Lark cigarettes. He was attracted to Bush because he had plenty of money and 

was willing to spend it liberally. After the campaign was over, Treleaven wrote a long 

memo about what he had done. He called it "Upset: The Story of a Modern Political 

Campaign." One of the basic points in Treleaven's selling of Bush was that issues would 

play no role. "Most national issues today are so complicated, so difficult to understand, 

and have opinions on that they either intimidate or, more often, bore the average 

voter...Few politicians recognize this fact." In his memo, Treleaven describes how he 

walked around Houston in the hot August of 1966 and asked people what they thought of 

George Bush. He found that many considered Bush to be "an extremely likeable person," 

but that "there was a haziness about exactly where he stood politically." 

For Treleaven, this was an ideal situation. "There'll be few opportunities for logical 

persuasion, which is all right-- because probably more people vote for irrational, 

emotional reasons than professional politicians suspect." Treleaven's approach was that 

"politicians are celebrities." Treleaven put 85% of Bush's hefty campaign budget into 

advertising, and 59% of that was for television. Newspaper ad got 3%. Treleaven knew 

that Bush was behind in the polls. "We can turn this into an advantage," he wrote, "by 

creating a 'fighting underdog ' image. Bush must convince voters that he really wants to 

be elected and is working hard to earn their vote. People sympathize with a man who tries 

hard: they are also flattered that anyone would really exert himself to get their vote. Bush, 

therefore, must be shown as a man who's working his heart out to win." 

As Joe McGinnis summed up the television ads that resulted: "Over and over, on every 

television set in Houston, George Bush was seen with his coat slung over a shoulder; his 

sleeves rolled up; walking the streets of his district; grinning, gripping, sweating, letting 

the voter know he cared. About what, was never made clear." [fn 7] 

Coached by these professional spin doctors, Bush was acting as mainstream, fair, and 

conciliatory as could be. In an exchange with Briscoe in the Houston Chronicle a few 

days before the election, he came out for "a man's right to join a union and his right to

strike, but I additionally would favor fair legislation to see that no strike can cripple this 

nation and endanger the general welfare." But he was still for the Texas right to work 

law. Bush supported LBJ's "present Vietnam position.. I would like to see an All -Asian 

Conference convened to attempt to settle this horrible war. The Republican leadership, 

President Johnson, and Secretary Rusk and almost all but the real 'doves' endorse this." 

Bush was against "sweeping gun control." Briscoe wanted to cut "extravagant domestic 

spending," and thought that money might be found by forcing France and the USSR to 

finally pay up their war debts from the two world wars! 

When it came to urban renewal, Bush spoke up for the Charles Percy National Home 

Ownership Foundation, which carried the name of a leading liberal Republican senator. 

Bush wanted to place the federal emphasis on such things as "rehabilitating old homes." 

"I favor the concept of local option on urban renewal. Let the people decide," he said, 

with a slight nod in the direction of the emerging New Left. 

In Bush's campaign ads he invited the voters to "take a couple of minutes and see if you 

don't agree with me on six important points," including Vietnam, inflation, civil 

disobedience, jobs, voting rights, and "extremism" (Bush was against the far right and the 

far left). And there was George, billed as "successful businessman...civic leader...world 

traveler..war hero," bareheaded in a white shirt and tie, with his jacket slung over his 

shoulder in the post-Kennedy fashion. 

In the context of a pro-GOP trend that brought 59 freshman Republican Congressmen 

into the House, the biggest influx in two decades, Bush's calculated approach worked. 

Bush got about 35% of the black vote, 44% of the usually yellow-dog Democrat rural 

vote, and 70% in the exclusive River Oaks suburb. Still, his margin was not large: Bush 

got 58% of the votes in the district. Bob Gray, the candidate of the Constitution Party, got 

less than 1%. Despite the role of black voters in his narrow victory, Bush could not 

refrain from whining. "If there was a disappointing aspect in the vote, it was my being 

swamped in the black precincts, despite our making an all-out effort to attract black 

voters. It was both puzzling and frustrating," Bush observed in his 1987 campaign 

autobiography. [fn 6] After all, Bush complained, he had put the GOP's funds in a blackowned 

bank when he was party chairman; he had opened a party office with full-time 

staff near Texas Southern a black college,; he had worked closely with Bill Trent of the 

United Negro College Fund, all with scant payoff as Bush saw it. Many black voters had 

not been prepared to reward Bush's noblesse oblige and that threw him into a rage state, 

whether or not his thyroid was already working overtime in 1966. 

When Bush got to Washington in January, 1967, the Brown Brothers, Harriman networks 

delivered: Bush became the first freshman member of the House of either party to be 

given a seat on the Ways and Means Committee since 1904. And he did this, it must be 

recalled, as a member of the minority party, and in an era when the freshman 

Congressman was supposed to be seen and not heard. The Ways and Means Committee 

in those years was still a real center of power, one of the most strategic points in the 

House along with the Rules Committee and a few others. By Constitutional provision, all 

tax legislation had to originate in the House of Representatives, and given the traditions

of committee organization, all tax bills had to originate in the Ways and Means 

Committee. In addition to the national importance of such a committee assignment, Ways 

and Means oversaw the legislation impacting such vital Texas and district concerns as oil 

and gas depletion allowances, and the like. 

Later writers have marvelled at Bush's achievement in getting a seat on Ways and Means. 

For John R. Knaggs, this reflected "the great potential national Republicans held for 

George Bush." The Houston Chronicle, which had supported Briscoe in the election, 

found that with this appointment "the GOP was able to point up to the state one benefit of 

a two-party system." [fn 8] 

In this case, unlike so many others, we are able to establish how the invisible hand of 

Skull and Bones actually worked to procure Bush this important political plum. This is 

due to the indiscretion of the man who was chairman of Ways and Means for many years, 

Democratic Congressman Wilbur D. Mills of Arkansas. Mills was hounded out of office 

because of an alcoholism problem, and later found work as an attorney for a tax law firm. 

Asked about the Bush appointment to the committee he controlled back in 1967, Mills 

said: "I put him on. I got a phone call from his father telling me how much it mattered to 

him. I told him I was a Democrat and the Republicans had to decide; and he said the 

Republicans would do it if I just asked Jerry Ford." Mills said that he had asked Ford and 

John W. Byrnes of Wisconsin, who was the ranking Republican on Ways and Means, and 

Bush was in, thanks once again to Daddy Warbucks, Prescott Bush. [fn 9] 

Wilbur Mills may have let himself in for a lot of trouble in later years by not always 

treating George with due respect. Because of Bush's obsession with birth control for the 

lower orders, Mills gave Bush the nickname "Rubbers," which stuck with him during his 

years in Congress. [fn 10] Poppy Bush was not amused. One day Mills might ponder in 

retrospect, as so many others have, on Bush's vindictiveness. 

On one occasion Mills prolonged the questioning of Walter Reuther of the UAW, who 

was appearing as a witess in hearings before the committee, to let George Bush get a few 

questions in and look good for the home-town press. Mills' career in public life was 

destroyed during the Ford Presidency when he was found cavorting drunk in public with 

the dancer Fanny Foxe. This came in an era when the Church and Pike committees of 

Congress had been pounding the CIA, and when George Bush was about to take over as 

CIA Director. The fall of Wilbur Mills, together with the Koreagate scandal of alleged 

Congressional influence peddling, appeared at the time as retaliation designed to knock 

the Congress on the defensive. 

George and Barbara claim to have bought a home on Hillbrook Lane in northwest 

Washington sight unseen over the telephone from Sen. Milward Simpson of Wyoming, 

the father of Sen. Al Simpson, the current GOP minority whip. Later the family moved to 

Palisade Lane. 

Bush's Congressional office in the Longworth Building was run by administrative 

assistant Rose Zamaria, with Pete Roussel acting as the Congressman's presse secretary,

and Jim Allison and Aleene Smith also on the staff. Bush says that his closest cronies in 

those day included Bill Steiger of Wisconsin, Rep. Sonny Mongomery of Mississippi, 

liberal Republican Barber Conable of New York (later attacked as "Barbarian Cannibal" 

in some developing countries when he was President of the World Bank in the Reagan- 

Bush years), Tom Kleppe of North Dakota and John Paul Hammerschmidt of Arkansas (a 

long-term ally). 

In January, 1968, LBJ delivered his State of the Union message to Congress, even as the 

Viet Cong's Tet offensive was making a shambles of his Vietnam war policy. The 

Republican reply came in a series of short statements by former President Eisenhower, 

House Minority leader Jerry Ford, Rep. Melvin Laird, Senator Howard Baker, and other 

members of Congress. Another tribute to the efforts of the Prescott Bush-Skull and Bones 

networks was the fact that amid this parade of Republican worthies there appeared, with 

tense jaw and fist clenched to pound on the table, Rep. George Bush. 

The Johnson Administration had claimed that austerity measures were not necessary 

during the time that the war in Vietnam was being prosecuted. LBJ had promised the 

people "guns and butter," but now the economy was beginning to go into decline. Bush's 

overall public rhetorical stance during these years was to demand that the Democratic 

administration impose specific austerity measures and replace big- spending programs 

with appropriate defecit-cutting rigor. Here is what Bush told a nationwide network 

television audience on Jan. 23, 1968: 

"The nation faces this year just as it did last a tremendous deficit in the Federal budget, but in the 

President's message there was no sense of sacrifice on the part of the Government, no assignment 

of priorities, no hint of the need to put first things first. And this reckless policy has imposed the 

cruel tax of rising prices on the people, pushed interest rates to their highest levels in 100 years, 

sharply reduced the rate of real economic growth and saddled every man and woman and child in 

American with the largest tax burden in our history. 

"And what does the President say? He says we must pay still more taxes and he proposes drastic 

restrictions on the rights of Americans to invest and travel abroad. If the President wants to control 

inflation, he's got to cut back on Federal spending and the best way, the best way to stop the gold 

drain is to live within our means in this country." [fn 11] 

Those who wanted to read Bush's lips at a distance back in those days found that he was 

indeed committed to a kind of austerity. In May of 1968, with Johnson already a lame 

duck, the Ways and Means Committee approved what was dubbed on Capitol Hill the 

"10-8-4" defecit control package. This mandated a tax increase of $10 billion per year, 

coupled with a $4 billion cut in expenditures. Bush joined with four Ways and Means 

Republicans (the others were Conable, Schneebeli, and Battin) to approve the measure. 

[fn 12] 

But the principal focus of Bush's activity during his tenure in the House of 

Representatives centered on a project that was much more sinister and far-reaching than 

the mere imposition of budget austerity, destructive as that demand was at the time. With 

a will informed by the ideas about population, race, and economic development that we 

have seen current in Prescott Bush's circles at Brown Brothers, Harriman, George Bush

would now become a protagonist of a series of institutional changes which would 

contribute to that overall degradation of the cultural paradigm of western civilization 

which was emergent at the end of the 1960's. 

The backdrop for this transformation in the cultural matrix of North America, western 

Europe, and the rest of the world was the end of the global postwar economic boom that 

had begun at the end of the 1940's. The expansion of the US economy had been 

exhausted by the time of the 1958 recession, although it had been revived to some degree 

by the impulse imparted to the space program by the Kennedy Administration. But even 

before the Apollo astronauts had reached the moon, NASA was in the process of being 

gutted by the cost- accountants of the Johnson regime. US capital structures were 

supported into the sixties on the basis of a round of investments in western Europe, but 

the Italian and Federal German recessions of 1964 and 1966 were the signal that the 

postwar reconstruction boom was over. In the fall of 1967, some months after Bush had 

entered Congress, the terminal agony of the British pound sterling as a reserve currency 

had gripped the currency exchanges of the world. In the spring of 1968, the gold and 

dollar crisis would bring the entire world monetary system to the brink of a panic 

collapse. The world was beginning to experience the first paroxysms of that collapse of 

the 1944 Bretton Woods monetary system which would become official at Camp David 

on August 15, 1971, when Nixon would announce the end of the gold convertibility of 

the dollar and also proclaim "Phase One" of a wage and price freeze austerity for the 

American labor force. [fn 13] 

To understand Bush's actions during these years, we must understand the highly 

subjective and ideologized reactions of the Anglo-American finance oligarchy to these 

events. As we have seen reflected in the mentality of Averell Harriman and Prescott 

Bush, the Anglo-American financier elite is fundamentally hostile to modern industrialtechnological 

development and to large-scale modern urban life. The hopes of the Anglo- 

American elite for the postwar world were expressed in the Morgenthau Plan for the 

destruction of German industry and the depopulation of central Europe. These plans had 

proven to be untenable in the light of the Soviet threat to Europe, and the oligarchy had 

been obliged to accept a postwar European recovery which was very lucrative for Wall 

Street, brutally austere for the Germans, and which kept the Soviets at bay for the 

duration of the Cold War. But even within the context of the postwar boom, the 

Malthusian disposition of the oligarchy remained, as expressed in the accelerated looting 

of the former colonial sector, the rapine of the oil cartel, and the sabotage of industrial 

and infrastructural expansion inside the US to the extent that traffic would bear. As the 

postwar boom showed increased signs of exhaustion at the end of the 1960's, the 

oligarchical elite felt that the moment had come to assert the Malthusian impulse more 

aggressively. 

For the Anglo-American finance oligarchs, the leading problems of the world then as 

now could be summed up under the headings of overpopulation, especially among the 

non-white ethnic groups of the planet, and industrial pollution. The remedies, then as 

now, were to be sought in limiting population growth, or better yet reducing the existing 

population wherever possible, while at the same time shutting down indsutry. In this way

the oligarchs sought to return to their bucolic and medieval dream world, and especially 

to a degraded and servile mass psychology agreeable to oligarchical forms of domination. 

For oligarchs like Bush are well aware that there are only two ways to organize human 

affairs, namely the republican and the oligarchical modes. The republican mode depends 

upon the presence of citizens-- well educated, technology-oriented, mature, and 

courageous people who are willing to think for themselves. Oligarchical forms function 

best in the presence of a culturally pessimistic, hedonist, supersititious mass of passive 

witnesses to the passing scene. 

Thus, at the end of the 1960's, London financiers and their Wall Street counterparts made 

available abundant foundation funding for such projects as the Triple Revolution, which 

proposed the now- accomplished transition from a productive society to a post-industrial 

society, and the 1968 founding of the Club of Rome with its absurd "Limits to growth" 

hoax of a few years later, the international flagship for the Malthusian revival. What the 

oligarchy had in mind was not just a minor adjustment of the Zeitgeist: the greening of 

the western cultural paradigm made mandatory the quick erosion of the imperatives of 

subduing and dominating nature contained in the first book of Genesis, the demolition of 

the beliefs in education, science and progress which had animated the philosophy and 

nation building of St. Augustine, Charlemagne, the Italian Renaissance, Leibnitz, 

Franklin, and the American Revolution. 

The implementation of this intent on the home front dictated the dismantling of a 

constituency-based political structure that assumed that the purpose of government was to 

manage economic development and equitably to distribute the fruits of material and 

cultural progress. This had to be replaced by an authoritarian-totalitarian regime whose 

main function was the imposition of austerity and sacrifices. Malthusianism at home also 

generated problems abroad, to which the Kissinger NSC and the Kissinger State 

Department were to prove themselves especially sensitive. Although the Malthusian 

oligarchy sought to deny that industry and population growth represented real power, 

they were at pains to slow demographic and industrial growth abroad, using various 

hollow pretexts. Alexander King, along with Aurelio Peccei one of the founders of the 

Club of Rome, once conceded that the real purpose of his institution was to block the 

demographic expansion of the non-white peoples of the world. For Prescott Bush and 

George Bush, the depopulation of the third world, the genocide of non-white populations, 

was and is a life-long and consuming obsession. 

By any definition a racist like Bush might offer, the white race, or more precisely the 

Anglo-Saxon race, is a small and dwindling minority of humanity. Nevertheless, the 

compulsive imperative of the London-New York financiers is their committment to 

Anglo-Saxon domination of the planet. This means that in the view of the financiers, nonwhites 

and non-Anglo-Saxons must be prevented from multiplying inside the imperial 

homeland and if possible decimated, so as to avoid challenges to Anglo-Saxon financier 

rule. Outside US borders, the Anglo-American elite prescribes war, famine, and 

pestilence to cut a bloody swath through the brown, black, red and yellow races so as to 

reduce their military and economic potential. If possible, in the view of the oligarchs, 

non-white populations in areas of great oil and other strategic raw materials wealth

should be wiped out completely so that these areas can be re-colonized by the Anglo- 

Saxon master race, who will enjoy the use of the raw materials into the future. These are 

the points at which we see George Bush in action during his Congressional years. 

The economics of Malthus, the Club of Rome, and of Yale economist George Bush lead 

inexorably to world depression and an economic breakdown crisis so severe as to put the 

future prospects of world civilization itself into the gravest jeopardy. Bush's most 

fanatically held beliefs concerning Anglo-Saxon race superiority are equally bankrupt 

and grotseque. Human beings have no genetic-racial identity. Human beings belong to 

cultures, which are learned as children are reared in the home and educated in schools, 

but which have nothing to do with heredity or blood, as the American experience itself in 

its better moments most impressively documents. Indeed, there is no such thing as a race 

or breed among humans as these categories exist among dogs and horses. Among these 

animals, race or breed defines a fixed repertoire of behavior and reaction, a fixed mental 

disposition which rules out most changes that education might bring. Among human 

beings, it is just the opposite: any child of whatever color or ethnic backgrund, if placed 

as an infant in a family of a different color and language, will invariably be accultured 

into the civilization of the new family. This reflects the universality of the human 

personality beyond all distinctions of race, color, religion, culture, and nationality, and 

proves the thesis of the Declaration of Independence that all men are created equal. The 

universality of apostolic Christianity as a world religion seeking to reach out to all ethnic 

groups on the planet without exception is expressed in the idea that each and every 

concrete human individual is very practically the living image of God, and no difference 

of color or "race" can change this in the slightest. 

Oligarchical thinking rejects all this. Oligarchs have historically been obsessed with 

justifying and perpetuating the irrational and destructive domination of a feudal 

aristocracy, generally in the form of a titled nobility ruling through usurious banking 

practices, secret intelligence agencies, and militarism, at the expense of the progress of 

humanity. If the human personality is indeed universal, then there is no such thing as an 

herditary aristocracy, and the concept of oligarchy itself is in big trouble. But feudal 

aristocrats, breeding horses and dogs as their status symbols, are often imbecilic enough 

to think that they have become authorities on human genetics. 

There is also a reason why American elitists like the Harrimans and the Bushes become 

such fanatics for eugenics and population reduction. This has to do with the position of 

such families as virtual parvenu upstarts within the Anglo-American hierarchy. In order 

to have standing in the oligarchy it is necessary to have a patent of nobility going back at 

the very least a century or two, with four to five hundred years being preferable. This puts 

families like Harriman or Bush into a virtual status frenzy. When W. Averell Harriman 

was a child, President Theodore Roosevelt publicly attacked his father, the railroad 

builder E.J. Harriman, as a robber baron and a public menace for the country. An 

associate of W. Averell Harriman in the State Department once recounted his impression 

that the younger Harriman and indeed the rest of his family had never gotten over the 

colossal humiliation of this incident. This interesting fact casts light on the tireless efforts 

of Averell's mother to buy the family status and respectability by funding eugenics

esearch to investigate the criminal tendencies of those incorrigible lower orders and 

mental defectives. The Harrimans were by implication a race apart. It also helped to 

explain what the associate described Averell's life-long history as a compulsive liar 

whenever a situation emerged in which he could improve his image at the expense of 

others by lying. 

Although perhaps impressive by American standards, George Bush's pedigree displayed 

its own grave weaknesses when examined within the frame of reference of the trans- 

Atlantic Anglo-American oligarchy of the twentieth century, and this doubtless imparted 

extra fanaticism to George's fanatical pursuit of racial purity in the halls of Congress. 

In 1969 Bush told the House of Representatives that, unless the menace of human 

population growth were "recognized and made manageable, starvation, pestilence and 

war will solve it for us." Bush repeatedly compared population growth to a disease. [9 

bis] In remarks to the House July 30, 1969, he likened the fight against the polio virus to 

the crusade to reduce the world's population. Urging the federal government to step up 

population control efforts, he said: "We have a clear precedent: When the Salk vaccine 

was discovered, large-scale programs were undertaken to distribute it. I see no reason 

why similar programs of education and family planning assistance should not be 

instituted in the United States on a massive scope." 

As Jessica Mathews, vice-president of one of Washington's most influential zero-growth 

outfits, the World Resources Institute, later wrote of Bush in those years: "In the 1960s 

and '70s, Bush had not only embraced the cause of domestic and international family 

planning, he had aggressively sought to be its champion.... As a member of the Ways and 

Means Committee, Rep. Bush shepherded the first major breakthrough in domestic 

family planning legislation in 1967," and "later co -authored the legislation commonly 

known as Title X, which created the first federal family planning program...." 

"On the international front," Mathews wrote, Bush "recommended that the U.S. support 

the United Nations population fund.... He urged, in the strongest words, that the U.S. and 

European countries make modern contraceptives available "on a massive scale," to all 

those around the world who wanted them. 

Bush belonged to a small group of congressmen who successfully conspired to force a 

profound shift in the official U.S. attitude and policy toward population expansion. 

Embracing the "limits to growth" ideology with a vengeance, Bush and his coterie, which 

included such ultraliberal Democrats as then- Senator Walter Mondale (Minn.) and Rep. 

James Scheuer (N.Y.), labored to enact legislation which institutionalized population 

control as U.S. domestic and foreign policy. 

Bush began his Malthusian activism in the House in 1968, which was the year in which 

Pope Paul VI issued his enyclical "Humanae Vitae," which contained a prophetic 

warning of the danger of coercion by governments for the purpose of population control. 

The Pope wrote: "Let it be considered also that a dangerous weapon would be placed in 

the hands of those public authorities who place no heed of moral exigencies.... Who will

stop rulers from favoring, from even imposing upon their people, the method of 

contraception which they judged to be most efficacious?" For poorer countries with a 

high population rate, the encyclical identified the only rational and humane policy: "No 

solution to these difficulties is acceptable which does violence to man's essential 

dignity....The only possible solution ... is one which envisages the social and economic 

progress both of individuals and of the whole of human society...." 

This was a direct challenge to the cultural paradigm transformation which Bush and other 

exponents of the oligarchical world outlook were promoting. Not for the first time nor for 

the last time, Bush issued a direct attack on the Holy See. Just days after Humanae Vitae 

was issued, Bush declared: "I have decided to give my vigorous support for population 

control in both the United States and the world." He also lashed out at the Pope. "For 

those of us who who feel so strongly on this issue, the recent enyclical was most 

discouraging." 

During his four years in Congress, Bush not only introduced key pieces of legislation to 

enforce population control both at home and abroad. He also continuously introduced 

into the congressional debate reams of propaganda about the threat of population growth 

and the inferiority of blacks, and he set up a special Republican task force which 

functioned as a forum for the most rabid Malthusian ideologues. 

"Bush was really out front on the population issue," a population- control activist recently 

said of this period of 1967-71. "He was saying things that even we were reluctant to talk 

about publicly." 

Bush's open public advocacy of government measures tending towards zero population 

growth was a radical departure from the policies built into the federal bureaucracy up 

until that time. The climate of opinion just a few years earlier, in December 1959, is 

illustrated by the comments of President Eisenhower, who had said, "birth control is not 

our business. I cannot imagine anything more emphatically a subject that is not a proper 

political or governmental activity ... or responsibility." 

As a congressman, Bush played an absolutely pivotal role in this shift. Shortly after 

arriving in Washington, he teamed up with fellow Republican Herman Schneebeli to 

offer a series of amendments to the Social Security Act to place priority emphasis on 

what was euphemistically called "family planning services." The avowed goal was to 

reduce the number of children born to women on welfare. 

Bush's and Schneebeli's amendments reflected the Malthusian- genocidalist views of Dr. 

Alan Guttmacher, then president of Planned Parenthood, and a protege of its founder, 

Margaret Sanger. In the years before the grisly outcome of the Nazi cult of race science 

and eugenics had inhibited public calls for defense of the "gene pool," Sanger had 

demanded the weeding out of the "unfit" and the "inferior races," and had campaigned 

vigorously for sterilization, infanticide and abortion, in the name of "race betterment."

Although Planned Parenthood was forced during the fascist era and immediately 

thereafter to tone down Sanger's racist rhetoric from "race betterment" to "family 

planning" for the benefit of the poor and blacks, the organization's basic goal of curbing 

the population growth rate among "undesirables" never really changed. Bush publicly 

asserted that he agreed "1,000 percent" with Planned Parenthood 

During hearings on the Social Security amendments, Bush and witness Alan Guttmacher 

had the following colloquy: Bush: Is there any [opposition to Planned Parenthood] from 

any other organizations or groups, civil rights groups? 

Guttmacher: We do have problems. We are in a sensitive area in regard particularly to the 

Negro. There are some elements in the Negro group that feel we are trying to keep down 

thenumbers. We are very sensitive to this. We have a community relations department 

headed by a most capable Negro social worker to try to handle that part of the problem. 

This does, of course, cause us a good bit of concern. 

Bush: I appreciate that. For the record, I would like to say I am 1,000 percent in accord 

with the goals of your organization. I think perhaps more than any other type of 

organization you can do more in the field of poverty and mental health and everything 

else than any other group that I can think of. I commend you. 

Guttmacher [to Bush]: May I use you as a public speaker? 

Like his father before him, Bush supported Planned Parenthood at every opportunity. 

Time after time, he rose on the floor of the House to praise Planned Parenthood's work. 

In 1967, Bush called for "having the government agencies work even more closely with 

going private agencies such as Planned Parenthood." A year later, he urged those 

interested in "advancing the cause of family planning," to "call your local Planned 

Parenthood Center" to offer "help and support." 

The Bush-Schneebeli amendments were aimed at reducing the number of children born to 

blacks and poor whites. The legislation required all welfare recipients, including mothers 

of young children, to seek work, and barred increases in federal aid to states where the 

proportion of dependent children on welfare increased. 

Reducing the welfare rolls was a prime Bush concern. He frequently motivated his 

population-control crusade with thinly veiled appeals to Willie Horton-style racism. 

Talking about the rise in the welfare rolls in a July 1968 statement, Bush lamented that 

"our national welfare costs are rising phenomenally." Worse,he warned, there were far 

too many children being born to welfare mothers: "The fastest-growing part of the relief 

rolls everywhere is aid for dependent children--AFDC. At the end of the 1968 fiscal year, 

a little over $2 billion will be spent for AFDC, but by fiscal 1972 this will increase by 

over 75 percent."

Bush emphasized that more children are born into non-white poor families than to white 

ones. Blacks must recognize, he said, "that they cannot hope to acquire a larger share of 

American prosperity without cutting down on births...." 

Forcing mothers on welfare to work was believed to be an effective means of reducing 

the number of black children born, and Bush sponsored a number of measures to do just 

that. In 1970, he helped lead the fight on the Hill for President Nixon's notorious welfare 

bill, the Family Assistance Program, known as FAP. Billed as a boon to the poor because 

it provided an income floor, the measure called on every able-bodied welfare recipient, 

except mothers with children under six, to take a job . This soon became known as 

Nixon's "workfare" slave-labor bill. Monetarist theoreticians of economic austerity were 

quick to see that forced labor by welfare recipients could be used to break the unions 

where they existed, while lowering wages and worsening working conditions for the 

entire labor force. Welfare recipients could even be hired as scabs to replace workers 

being paid according to normal pay scales. Those workers, after they had been fired, 

would themselves end up destitute and on welfare, and could then be forced to take 

workfare for even lower wages than those who had been on welfare at the outset of the 

process. This was known as "recycling." 

Critics of the Nixon workfare bill pointed out that it contained no minimum standards 

regarding the kinds of jobs or the level of wages which would be forced upon welfare 

recipients, and that it contradicted the original purpose of welfare, which was to allow 

mothers to stay home with their children. Further, it would set up a pool of virtual slave- 

labor, which could be used to replace workers earning higher wages. 

But Bush thought these tough measures were exactly what the explosion of the welfare 

rolls demanded. During House debate on the measure April 15, 1970, Bush said he 

favored FAP because it would force the lazy to work: "The family assistance plan ... is 

oriented toward work," he said. "The present federal-state welfare system encourages 

idleness by making it more profitable to be on welfare than to work, and provides no 

method by which the State may limit the number of individuals added to the rolls." 

Bush had only "one major worry, and that is that the work incentive provisions will not 

be enforced.... it is essential that the program be administered as visualized by the Ways 

and Means Committee; namely, if an individual does not work, he will not receive 

funds." The Manchester School's Iron Law of Wages as expounded by George Bush, self 

-styled expert in the dismal science.. 

In 1967, Bush joined with Rep. James Scheuer (D-N.Y.), to successfully sponsor 

legislation that removed prohibitions against mailing and importing contraceptive 

devices. More than opening the door to French-made condoms, Bush's goal here was a 

kind of ideological succes de scandale. The zero- growth lobby deemed this a major 

breakthrough in making the paraphenalia for domestic population control accessible.

In rapid succession, Bush introduced legislation to create a National Center for 

Population and Family Planning and Welfare, and to redesignate the Department of the 

Interior as the Department of Resources, Environment and Population. 

On the foreign policy front, he helped shift U.S. foreign assistance away from funding 

development projects to grapple with the problem of hunger in the world, to underwriting 

population control. "I propose that we totally revamp our foreign aid program to give 

primary emphasis to population control," he stated in the summer of 1968, adding: "In 

my opinion, we have made a mistake in our foreign aid by concentrating on building 

huge steel mills and concrete plants in underdeveloped nations...." 

One of Bush's more important initiatives on the domestic side was his sponsorhip of the 

Family Planning Services and Population Research Act of 1970, brainchild of Sen. 

Joseph Tydings of Maryland. Signed into law by President Nixon on December 24, 1970, 

the Tydings-Bush bill drastically increased the federal financial commitment to 

population control, authorizing an initial $382 million for family planning sevices, 

population research, population education and information through 1973. Much of this 

money was funnelled through private institutions, particularly local clinics run by Bush's 

beloved Planned Parenthood. The Tydings-Bush measure mandated the notorious Title X, 

which explicitly provided "family planning assistance" to the poor. Bush and his zerogrowth 

cohorts talked constantly about the importance of disseminating birth control to 

the poor. They claimed that there were over 5 million poor women who wanted to limit 

their families, but could not afford to do so. 

On October 23, 1969, Bush praised the Office of Economic Opportunity for carrying out 

some of the "most successful" family planning projects, and said he was "pleased" that 

the Nixon administration "is giving them additional financial muscle by increasing their 

funds 50 percent--from $15 million to $22 million." 

This increased effort he attributed to the Nixon administration's "goal to reach in the next 

five years the 5 million women in need of these services"--all of them poor, many of 

them from racial or ethnic minorities. He added: "One needs only to look quickly at the 

report prepared by the Planned Parenthood-World Population Research Department to 

see how ineffective federal, state, and local governments have been in providing such 

necessary services. There is certainly nothing new about the fact that unwanted 

pregnancies of our poor and near-poor women keep the incidence of infant mortality and 

mental retardation in America at one of the highest levels of all the developed countries." 

The rates of infant mortality and mental retardation Bush was so concerned about, could 

have been significantly reduced, had the government provided sufficient financing to prenatal 

care, nutrition, and other factors contributing to the health of infants and children. 

On the same day he signed the Tydings-Bush bill, Nixon vetoed--with Bush's support- - 

legislation that would have set up a three-year, $225 million program to train family 

doctors.

Bush seemed to be convinced that mental retardation, in particular, was a matter of 

heredity. The eugenicists of the 1920's had spun their pseudoscientific theories around 

"hereditary feeble- mindedness," and claimed that the "Kallikaks and the Jukes" by 

reproducing successive "feeble-minded" generations had cost New York state tens of 

millions of dollars over decades. But what about learning disorders like dyslexia, which 

has been known to afflict oligarchical familes Bush would consider wealthy, well-bred, 

and able? Nelson Rockefeller, Bush's friend Nick Brady, and Bush's own son Neal have 

suffered from dyslexia, a reading disorder. But these oligarchs are not likely to fall victim 

to the involuntary sterilization as "mental defectives" which they wish to inflict on those 

they term the lower orders. 

In introducing the House version of the Tydings bill on behalf of himself and Bush, Rep. 

James Scheuer (D-N.Y.) ranted that whle middle-class women "have been limiting the 

number of offspring for years ... women of low-income families" did not. "If poverty and 

family size are so closely related we ask, `Why don't poor women stop having babies?'" 

The Bush-Tydings bill took a giant step toward forcing them to do so. 

Among Bush's most important contributions to the neo-Malthusian cause while in 

Congress was his role in the Republican Task Force on Earth Resources and Population. 

The task force, which Bush helped found and then chaired, churned out a steady stream 

of propaganda claiming that the world was already seriously overpopulated; that there 

was a fixed limit to natural resources and that this limit was rapidly being reached; and 

that the environment and natural species were being sacrificed to human progress. Bush's 

task force sought to accredit the idea that the human race was being "down bred," or 

reduced in genetic qualitys by the population growth among blacks and other non-white 

and hence allegedly inferior races at a time when the Anglo- Saxons were hardly able to 

prevent their numbers from shrinking. 

Comprised of over 20 Republican congressmen, Bush's Task Force was a kind of 

Malthusian vanguard organization which heard testimony from assorted "race scientists, 

sponsored legislation and otherwise propagandized the zero- growth outlook. In its 50odd 

hearings during these years, the task force provided a public forum to nearly every 

well-known zero-growth fanatic, from Paul Ehrlich, founder of Zero Population Growth 

(ZPG), to race scientist William Shockley to the key zero-growth advocates infesting the 

federal bureaucracy. 

Giving a prestigious Congressional platform to a discredited racist charlatan like William 

Shockley in the year after the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King points up the 

arrogance of Bush's committment to eugenics. Shockley, like his co-thinker Arthur 

Jensen, had caused a furore during the 1960's by advancing his thesis, already repeatedly 

disproven, that blacks were gentically inferior to whites in cognitive faculties and 

intelligence. In the same year in which Bush invited him to appear before the GOP task 

force, Shockley had written: "Our nobly intended welfare programs may be encouraging 

dysgenics--retrogressive evolution through disproportionate reproduction of the 

genetically disadvantaged...We fear that 'fatuous beliefs' in the power of welfare money,

unaided by eugenic foresight, may contribute to a decline of human quality for all 

segments of society." 

To halt what he saw as pervasive down breeding of the quality of the US gene pool, 

Shockley advocated a program of mass sterilization of the unfit and mentally defective 

which he called his "Bonus Sterilization Plan." Money bonuses for allowing oneself to be 

sterilized would be payed to any person not paying income tax who had a genetic 

deficiency or chronic disease, such as diabetes or epilepsy, or who could be shown to be a 

drug addict. "If [the government paid] a bonus rate of $1,000 for each point below 100 

IQ, $30,000 put in trust for some 70 IQ moron of 20- child potential, it might return 

$250,000 to taxpayers in reduced cost of mental retardation care, " Shockley said. 

The special target of Shockley's prescriptions for mass sterilizations were blacks, whom 

he saw as reproducing too fast. "If those blacks with the least amount of Caucasian genes 

are in fact the most prolific and the least intelligent, then genetic enslavement will be the 

destiny of their next generation," he wrote. Looking at the recent past, Shockley said in 

1967: "The lesson to be drawn from Nazi history is the value of free speech, not that 

eugenics is intolerable." 

As for Paul Ehrlich, his program for genocide included a call to he US governmemt to 

prepare "the addition of...mass sterilization agents" to the US food and water supply, and 

a "tough foreign policy" including termination of food aid to starving nations. As radical 

as Ehrlich might have sounded then, this latter point has become a staple of foreign 

policy under the Bush Administration. 

On July 24, 1969, the task force heard from Gen. William Draper, then national chairman 

of the Population Crisis Committee, and a close friend of Bush's father, Prescott. 

According to Bush' resume of his family friend's testimony, Draper warned that the 

population explosion was like a "rising tide," and asserted that `òur strivings for the 

individual good will become a scourge to the community unless we use our God- given 

brain power to bring back a balance between the birth rate and the death rate." Draper 

lashed out at the Catholic Church, charging that its opposition to contraception and 

sterilization was frustrating population -control efforts in Latin America. 

A week later, Bush invited Oscar Harkavy, chief of the Ford Foundation's population 

program, to testify. In summarizing Harkavy's remarks for the August 4 Congressional 

Record, Bush commented: "The population explosion is commonly recognized as one of 

the most serious problems now facing the nation and the world. Mr. Harkavy suggested, 

therefore, that we more adequately fund population research. It seems inconsistent that 

cancer research funds total $250-275 million annually, more than eight times the amount 

spent on reproductive biology research." 

In reporting on testimony by Dr. William McElroy of the National Science Foundation, 

Bush stressed that "One of the crises the world will face as a result of present population 

growth rates is that, assuming the world population increases 2 percent annually, urban 

population will increase by 6 percent, and ghetto population will increase by 12 percent."

In February 1969, Bush and other members proposed legislation to establish a Select 

Joint Committee on Population and Family Planning, that would, Bush said, "seek to 

focus national attention on the domestic and foreign need for family planning.' We need 

to make population and family planning household words," Bush told his House 

colleagues. "We need to take the sensationalism out of this topic so that it can no longer 

be used by militants who have no real knowledge of the voluntary nature of the program 

but, rather, are using it as a political steppingstone." "A thorough investigation into birth 

control and a collection of data which would give the Congress the criteria to determine 

the effectiveness of its programs must come swiftly to stave off the number of future 

mouths which will feed on an ever -decreasing proportion of food," Bush continued. "We 

need an emphasis on this critical problem... we need a massive program in Congress with 

hearings to emphasize the problem, and earmarked appropriations to do something about 

it. We need massive cooperation from the White House like we have never had before 

and we need a determination by the executive branch that these funds will be spent as 

earmarked." 

On August 6, 1969, Bush's GOP task force introduced a bill to create a Commission on 

Population and the American Future which, Bush said, would "allow the leadership of 

this country to properly establish criteria which can be the basis for a national policy on 

population." The move came in response to President Nixon's call of July 18 to create a 

blue-ribbon commission to draft a U.S. population policy. Bush was triumphant over this 

development, having repeatedly urged such a step at various points in the preceeding few 

years. On July 21, he made a statement on the floor of the House to "commend the 

President" for his action. "We now know," he intoned, "that the fantastic rate of 

population growth we have witnessed these past 20 years continues with no letup in sight. 

If this growth rate is not checked now-- in this next decade--we face a danger that is as 

defenseless as nuclear war." 

Headed by John D. Rockefeller III, the commission represented a radical, governmentsanctioned 

attack on human life. Its final report, issued in 1972, asserted that "the time 

has come to challenge the tradition that population growth is desirable: What was 

unintended may turn out to be unwanted, in the society as in the family." Not only did the 

commission demand an end to population growth and economic progress, it also attacked 

the foundations of Western civilization by insisting that man's reason had become a major 

impediment to right living. "Mass urban industrialism is based on science and 

technology, efficiency, acquisition, and domination through rationality," raved the 

commission's report. "The exercise of these same values now contain the potential for the 

destruction of our humanity. Man is losing that balance with nature which is an essential 

condition of human existence." 

The commission's principal conclusion was that "there are no substantial benefits to be 

gained from continued population growth," Chairman Rockefeller explained to the Senate 

Appropriations Committee. The commission made a host of recommendations to curb 

both population expansion and economic growth. These included: liberalizing laws 

restricting abortion and sterilization; having the government fund abortions; and 

providing birth control to teenagers. The commission had a profound impact on

American attitudes toward the population issue, and helped accelerate the plunge into 

outright genocide. Commission Executive director Charles Westoff wrote in 1975 that the 

group "represented an important effort by an advanced country to develop a national 

population policy--the basic thrust of which was to slow growth in order to maximize the 

"quality of life." The collapse of the traditional family-centered form of society during 

the 1970's and 1990's was but one consequence of such recommendations. It also is 

widely acknowledged that the commission Bush fought so long and so hard to create 

broke down the last barriers to legalized abortion on demand. Indeed, just one year after 

the commission's final report was issued, the Supreme Court delivered the Roe v. Wade 

decision which did just that. 

Aware that many blacks and other minorities had noticed that the population control 

movement was a genocide program aimed at reducing their numbers, the commission 

went out of its way to cover its real intent by stipulating that all races should cut back on 

their birth rates. But the racist animus of their conclusions could not be hidden. 

Commssion Executive Director Westoff, who owed his job and his funding to Bush gave 

a hint of this in a book he had written in 1966, before joining the commission staff, which 

was entitled From Now to Zero, and in which he bemoaned the fact that the black fertility 

rate was so much higher than the white. 

The population control or zero population growth movement which grew rapidly in the 

late 1960s thanks to free media exposure and foundation grants for a stream of 

pseudoscientific propaganda about the alleged "population bomb" and the "limits to 

growth," was a continuation of the old prewar protofascist eugenics movement, which 

had been forced to go into temporary eclipse when the world recoiled in horror at the 

atrocities committed by the Nazis in the name of eugenics. By the mid-1960s, the same 

old crackpot eugenicists had resurrected themselves as the population- control and 

environmentalist movement. Planned Parenthood was a perfet example of the 

transmogrification. Now, instead of demanding the sterilization of the inferior races, the 

newly packaged eugenicists talked about the population bomb, and giving the poor "equal 

access" to birth contol, and "freedom of choice." But nothing had substantively changed-including 

the use of coercion. While Bush and other advocates of government "family 

planning" programs insisted these were stricly voluntary, the reality was far different. By 

the mid-1970s, the number of involuntary sterilizations carried out by programs which 

Bush helped bring into being, had reached huge proportions. Within the black and 

minority communities, where most of the sterilizations were being done, protests arose 

which culminated in federal litigation as a suit was brought. 

In his 1974 ruling on this suit, Federal District Judge Gerhard Gesell found that, "Over 

the last few years, an estimated 100,000 to 150,000 low-income persons have been 

sterilized annually under federally funded programs. Although Congress has been 

insistent that all family planning programs function on a purely voluntary basis," Judge 

Gesell wrote, "there is uncontroverted evidence ... that an indefinite number of poor 

people have been improperly coerced into accepting a sterilization operation under the 

threat that various federally supported welfare benefits would be withdrawn unless they

submitted to irreversible sterilization." Gesell concluded from the evidence that the 

"dividing line between family planning and eugenics is murky." 

As we have seen, George Bush inherited his obsession with population control and racial 

"down breeding" from his father, Prescott, who staunchly supported Planned Parenthood 

dating back at least to the 1940s. In fact, Prescott's affiliation with Margaret Sanger's 

organization cost him the Senate race in 1950, a defeat his son has always blamed on the 

Catholic Church, and which is at the root of George's lifelong vendetta against the 

Papacy. 

Prescott's 1950 defeat still rankled, as shown by Bush's extraordinary gesture in evoking 

it during testimony he gave on the other side of Capitol Hill before Senator Gruening's 

subcommittee of the Senate Government Operations Committee on November 2, 1967. 

Bush's vengeful tirade is worth quoting at length: 

"I get the felling that it is a little less unfashionable to be in favor of birth control and planned 

parenthood today than it used to be. If you will excuse one personal reference here: My father, 

when he ran for the US Senate in 1950, was defeated by 600 or 700 votes. On the steps of several 

Catholic Churches in Connecticut, the Sunday before the election, people stood there passing out 

pamphlets saying, 'Listen to what this commentator has to say tonight. Listen to what this 

commentator has to say.' That night on the radio, the commentator came on and said, "Of interest 

to voters in Connecticut, Prescott Bush is head of the Planned Parenthood Birth Control League,' 

or something like this. Well, he lost by about 600 votes and there are some us who feel that this 

had something to do with it. I do not think that anybody can get away with that type of thing any 

more." 

The Harriman family sponsored the creation of the eugenics movement in the United 

States, which successfully campaigned for the mass sterilization of the "feeble-minded" 

and "racially inferior" during the 1920s--practices later copied, not originated, by the 

Nazis. As part of this campaign, the Harrimans helped organize a series of international 

eugenics conferences. At the 1932 conference, held at the Museum of Natural History in 

New York, the guest of honor was none other than Dr. Ernst Rudin, the head of the 

German Society for Racial Hygiene, who, just a few years later, drafted the Nazi 

miscegenation laws against te Jews, gypsies, and Slavs. 

Among the Americans who rubbed shoulders with Rudin at the 1932 conference was 

Gen. William Draper, a New York investment banker and close personal friend of 

Prescott Bush, who became one of the most influential crusaders for radical population 

control measures. He campaigned endlessly for zero population growth, and praised the 

Chinese Communists for their "innovative" methods of achieving that goal. Draper's most 

influential outlet was the Population Crisis Committee (PCC)-Draper Fund, set up in 

1965 by Hugh Moore, who had taken over the Human Betterment Association, a leading 

eugenics outfit, in 1937, renaming it the Association for Voluntary Sterilization. 

In 1967-68, a PCC-Draper Fund offshoot, the Campaign to Check the Population 

Explosion, ran a nationwide advertising campaign hyping the population explosion fraud, 

and attacking those--particularly at the Vatican--who stood in the way of radical 

population control.

In a 1971 article, Draper likened the developing nations to an `ànimal reserve,'' where, 

when the animals become too numerous, the park rangers `àrbitrarily reduce one or 

another species as necessary to preserve the balanced environment for all other animals. 

``But who will be the park ranger for the human race?,'' he asked. ``Who will cull out the 

surplus in this country or that country when the pressure of too many people and too few 

resources increases beyond endurance? Will the death-dealing Horsemen of the 

Apocalypse--war in its modern nuclear dress, hunger haunting half the human race, and 

disease--will the gaunt and forbidding Horsemen become Park Ranger for the two-legged 

animal called man?'' 

Draper collaborated closely with George Bush during the latter's congressional career. As 

noted above, Bush invited Draper to testify to his Task Force on Earth Resources and 

Population; reportedly, Draper helped draft the Bush-Tydings bill. 

Bush felt an overwhleming affinity for the bestial and degraded image of man reflected in 

the raving statements of Draper. In September 1969, Bush gave a glowing tribute to 

Draper that was published in the cf2 Congressional Record cf1 . `Ì wish to pay tribute to 

a great American,'' said Bush. `Ì am very much aware of the significant leadership that 

General Draper has executed throughout the world in assisting governments in their 

efforts to solve the awesome problems of rapid population growth. No other person in the 

past five years has shown more initiative in creating the awareness of the world's leaders 

in recognizing the economic consequences of our population explosion.'' 

In a 1973 publication, Bush praised the PCC itself for having played a ``major role in 

assisting government policy makers and in mobilizing the United States' response to the 

world population challenge....'' The PCC made no bones about its admiration for Bush; its 

newsletters from the late 1960s-early 1970s feature numerous articles highlighting Bush's 

role in the congressional population-control campaign. In a 1979 report assessing the 

history of Congressional action on population control, the PCC/Draper Fund placed Bush 

squarely with the ``most conspicuous activists,'' on population-control issues, and lauded 

him for ``proposing all of the major or controversial recommendations'' in this arena 

which came before the U.S. Congress in the late 1960s. 

Draper's son, William III, has enthusiastically carried out his father's genocidal legacy-frequently 

with the help of Bush. In 1980, Draper, an enthusiastic backer of the Carter 

administration's notorious cf2 Global 2000 cf1 report, served as national chairman of the 

Bush presidential campaign's finance committee; in early 1981, Bush convinced Reagan 

to appoint Draper to had the U.S. Export-Import Bank. At the time, a Draper aide, Sharon 

Camp, disclosed that Draper intended to reorient the bank's functions toward 

emphasizing population control projects. 

In 1987, again at Bush's behest, Draper was named by Reagan as administrator of the 

United Nations Development Program, which functions as an adjunct of the World Bank, 

and has historically pushed population reduction among Third World nations. In late 

January of 1991, Draper gave a speech to a conference in Washington, in which he stated 

that the core of Bush's ``new world order'' should be population reduction.

Bush was not reluctant to feature anti-black backlash themes in other parts of his political 

repertoire. In the wake of the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King in April, 1968, 

large scale riots and looting broke out in Washington and other cities. Bush was quick to 

introduce a bill which provided that any person convicted of breaking the law during civil 

disorders would be henceforth prohibited from retaining or getting federal jobs. Bush 

claimed that during the Washington riot that followed the murder of King, of the first 119 

riot suspects brought to court, 10% said they worked for the federal government.[fn 15] 

Bush's campaign autobiography and the authorized and adulatory campaign biography by 

Fitzhugh Green make virtually no mention of these Congressional activities in the service 

of racism, Malthusianism, and depopulation. Instead, Bush and his image-mongers prefer 

to focus on the Congressman's heroic fight against racism as expressed in an April, 1968 

opposition in Bush's district against the bill that was later to become the Fair Housing Act 

of 1968. This bill contained "open housing" provisions prohibiting the discrimination in 

the sale, renting, or financing of housing on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or 

national origin. Bush decided to vote for the bill. "Letters from the district were 

overwhelmingly against the bill. After I voted for it, the mail got heavier. And uglier," he 

wrote later. "Threats were directed not only against me but against members of my staff." 

As Bush tells it, he then decided to confront his critics at a rally scheduled to be held in 

the Memorial-West section of his district. "The place was jammed. Judging from the boos 

and catcalls when I was introduced, it was also seething. The tone was set by another 

speaker on the program, who predicted that the open housing bill 'will lead to government 

control of private property, the Communists' number one goal.'" 

In order to reduce the seething masses to docility, Bush began by citing the British 

Empire liberal, cultural relativistm, and theoretician of "organic change," Edmund Burke: 

"Your representative owes you not only his industry, but his judgment," Burke had said. 

Bush then recalled that blacks, Hispanics, and other minorities were risking their lives in 

the Vietnam war. How could they be denied open housing? "Somehow it seems 

fundamental that a man should not have a door slammed in his face because he is a Negro 

or speaks with a Latin American accent." Open housing would be a ray of hope for blacks 

and other minorities "locked out by habit and discrimination," Bush concluded. Bush says 

he looked at the now silent faces of the audience, and then turned to thank the moderator. 

""It was then that the applause began, growing louder until there was a standing ovation. 

All the ugliness that had gone before seemed to wash away, and I sensed that something 

special had happened." Conjuring up the vision of this alleged triumph in the late 1980's, 

Bush had the gall to write: "More than twenty years later I can truthfully say that nothing 

I've experienced in public life, before or since, has measured up to the feeling I had when 

I went home that night." His sycophant, the mythograph Fitzhugh Green, adds: "Bush had 

spoken from his personally held values. He clearly had found the decent core of those 

who had heard him. Complaints against his vote on this issue slowed to a trickle. This 

matter was another marker on his trail toward the acceptance of black Americans." [fn 

16]

These accounts have nothing to do with a true historical record, but rather illustrate the 

blatant, Goebbels-style big lies which are shamelessly dished up by the Bush 

propagandists. The mythologized accounts of this episode wish to leave the distinct 

impression of Bush as a 1960's fighter for civil rights, in contradiction to his entire 

political career, from the 1964 civil rights bill to racist eugenics to Willie Horton. 

Comparing these fantastic accounts to the reality of Bush's genocidal daily work in the 

Congress, we also obtain the proper framework in which to evaluate the truth of Bush's 

public explanations of his role in Iran-contra and other scandals. Bush stands out as one 

of the most accomplished liars in the highly competitive field of postwar American 

politics. 

But we shall not conclude that Bush devoted the entirety of his Congressional career to 

the promotion of race science and global depopulation. He was also concerned with 

providing constituent service. This service came in the form of Bush's central role in the 

implementation of a sophisticated strategy by the oil cartel to maintain its ground-rent tax 

privileges at the highest rate that the climate of public opinion would permit. Within this 

strategy, Bush worked to protect the oil depletion allowance as the principal tax giveaway 

enjoyed by the cartel. 

The oil depletion allowance was a 27.5% tax writeoff for oil producers that had been 

introduced in 1926, allegedly to strengthen the US petroleum industry. The impact of a 

27.5% depeltion allowance was that many of the largest oil companies, including some of 

the wealthiest corporate giants, paid a very low rate of corporate income tax. On July 10, 

1969, Congressman Bertram Podell of New York wrote an open letter to House Ways 

and Means Chairman Wilbur Mills in which he pointed out that, primarily as a result of 

the high oil depletion allowance, Gulf oil had paid an effective tax rate of only .81% on 

more than a billion dollars of 1968 income, while Mobil had paid 3.3%, and Atlantic 

Richfield had paid 1.2%. In his letter, Podell paid ironic tribute to the oil cartel's 

"passionate devotion to old- fashioned virtues, such as greed" to the point that the "oil 

industry makes the mafia look like a pushcart operation" while "through our various tax 

loopholes, professional tax evaders like the oil industry churn like panzers over foot 

soldiers." [fn 17] 

In 1950, President Truman had declared that no tax loophole was "so inequitable" as the 

depletion allowance, and cited the example of one oilman who enjoyed a tax-free income 

of alomst $5 million thanks to this provision. Truman claimed that he wanted to cut the 

depletion allowance to 15%, but Congressmen opposed to the high depletion allowance 

later claimed that he had done very little to carry out this pledge. Senators of the stripe of 

Humphrey, Douglas, Williams of Delaware and other offered amendments to reduce the 

depletion allowance to 15%, or to restrict the 27.5% to oil producers with incomes below 

a certain level, but these efforts were defeated in 1951, 1954, 1958, 1962, 1964, and 

1967. But in 1969 the issue was back in the form of a clamor for tax reform as the 

economy deteriorated, and a great deal of public heat was focussed on the 27.5% for 

Rockefeller's oil cartel.

Congressman Charles Vanick of Ohio, who was profiling himself as a leading tax 

reformer, calculated that the oil depletion allowance had resulted in the loss of over $140 

billion in tax revenues since the time it was instituted. 

In response to this public hue and cry against the 27.5%, the public relations men of the 

oil cartel devised an elaborate public charade, with the depletion allowance to be cut 

slightly in order to turn off the public pressure and save the bulk of the write-off. In May 

of 1969 chairman Mills said that the 27.5% was a "symbolic" figure and could be slightly 

trimmed. 

In July, the Ways and Means Committe reported out a measure to cut the depletion 

allowance to 20%. Congressman Vanick was happy to have something to show for his 

efforts: "We've really got a reform bill now," he told the press. Bush was going along 

with the 20%, but defended the principle of a substantial depletion allowance. According 

to Bush, "unrefuted" expert testimony had proven that a tax incentive was necessary for 

oil and gas exploration "due to the serious gas reserve shortages in this country." 

"Depletion," said Bush, "has become a symbol to some people and without examining the 

reasons for its existence or its fundamental importance to this country, some want to slug 

away at it." [fn 18] 

On August 28, 1969 Congressman George Bush and Texas Senator John Tower flew to 

San Clemente to meet with President Nixon on this issue. Nixon had said during the 1968 

campaign that he favored the 27.5% allowance, but he was willing to play ball with the 

oil cartel. Nixon, Bush and Tower were joined in San Clemente by Treasury Secretary 

David Kennedy, who was preparing to testify on oil taxes before the Russell Long's 

Senate Finance Committee. Tower and Bush instructed Nixon that the oil cartel was 

willing to accept some reduction of the depletion allowance, and that the Administration 

should merely state that it was willing to accept whatever the Congress approved. 

According to one historian of the oil industry, "This was the first step in preparation for 

the 'sting.' But there was one slight stumble before the con men got their signals worked 

out perfectly." [fn 19] 

Kennedy got confused by the 20% figure that had been bandied about in the public 

debate. He told the Senate that while Nixon would prefer to keep the 27.5% figure, he 

was also willing to come down to 20%. This was more than the token concession that the 

oil cartel had been prepared to make. On October 7 the House passed the 20% figure by a 

vote of 394 to 30, with Bush voting for the cut. This entailed very little risk, since Senator 

Russell Long of the Senate Finance Committee, himself an oil producer through his 

participation in the Long family Win or Lose Corporation, was unwilling to reduce the 

depletion allowance below 23%. Nixon's deputy White House counsel Harry S. Dent 

wrote a letter to a county judge in Midland, Texas, of all places, which stated that 

Treasury Secretary Kennedy had been in error about Nixon seeing two alternatives, 

27.5% or 20%, and that "the President will abide by the judgment of Congress." An aide 

of Senator Proxmire complained: "If the committee cuts back the depletion allowance by 

a modest amount--say to 23%--it may represent a low enough profile that Senate liberals 

will have a more difficult time cutting it further." The 23% figure was the one that was

ultimately accepted, and the reduction in the depletion allowance thus accomplished was 

calculated to have increased the tax bill of the domestic US oil and gas companies by the 

trifling sum of $175 million per year. The issue had been defused, and the cartel could 

resume its normal operations, thanks in part to the stewardship of George Bush. 

By the time of the House Ways and Means Committe vote of July, 1969, referenced 

above, the New York Times was already touting Bush as a likely Senate candidate, and 

Bush was indeed to be a candidate for the Senate from Texas in 1970. In Bush's 

campaign autobiography, he attempts to portray his decision to run for the Senate a 

second time as a decision assisted by former President Lyndon B. Johnson. That, we 

should say, is already bad enough. But in reality, the decisive encouragement, funds, and 

the promise of future advancement that moved Bush to attempt the leap into the Senate 

once again came from one Richard Milhous Nixon, and the money involved came from 

the circles of Nixon's CREEP. 

Nixon, it will be recalled, had campaigned for Bush in 1964 and 1966, and would do so 

also in 1970. During these years, Bush's positions came to be almost perfectly alligned 

with the the line of the Imperial Presidency. And, thanks in large part to the workings of 

his father's Brown Brothers, Harriman networks--Prescott had been a fixture in in 

Eisenhower White House where Nixon worked, and in the Senate over which Nixon from 

time to time presided-- Bush became a Nixon ally and crony. Bush's Nixon connection, 

which pro-Bush propaganda tends to minimze, was in fact the key to Bush's career 

choices in the late 1960's and early 1970's. 

Bush's intimate relations with Tricky Dick are best illustrated in Bush's close brush with 

the 1968 GOP vice-presidential nomination at the Miami convention of that year. 

Richard Nixon came into Miami ahead of New York Governor Nelson Rockefeller and 

California Governor Ronald Reagan in the delegate count, but just before the convention 

Reagan, encouraged by his growing support, announced that he was switching from being 

a favorite son of California to the status of an all-out candidate for the presidential 

nomination. Reagan attempted to convince many conservative southern delegations to 

switch from Nixon to himself, since he was the purer ideological conservative and better 

loved in the south than the new (or old) Tricky Dick. Nixon's defense of his southern 

delegate base was spearheaded by South Carolina Senator Strom Thurmond, who kept 

the vast majority of the delegates in line, sometimes with the help of the unit rule. 

"Thurmond's point of reasoning with Southern delegates was that Nixon was the best 

conservative they could get and still win, and that he had obtained assurances from Nixon 

that no vice-presidential candidate intolerable to the South would be selected," wrote one 

observer of the Miami convention. [fn 20] With the southern conservatives guaranteed a 

veto power over the second spot on the ticket, Thurmond's efforts were successful; a 

leader of the Louisiana caucas was heard to remark: "It breaks my heart that we can't get 

behind a fine man like Governor Reagan, but Mr. Nixon is deserving of our choice, and 

he must receive it."

These were the circumstances in which Nixon, having won the nomination on the first 

ballot, met with his advisers amidst the grotesque architecture of the fifteenth floor of the 

Miami Plaza-Hilton in the early morning of August 9, 1968. The way Nixon tells the 

story in his memoirs, he had already pretty much settled on Gov. Spiro Agnew of 

Maryland, reasoning that "with George Wallace in the race, I could not hope to sweep he 

South. It was absolutely necessary, therefore, to win the entire rimland of the South--the 

border states--as well as the major states of the Midwest and West." Therefore, says 

Nixon, he let his advisors mention names without telling them what he had already 

largely decided. "The names most mentioned by those attending were the familiar ones: 

Romney, Reagan, John Lindsay, Percy, Mark Hatfield, John Tower, George Bush, John 

Volpe, Rockefeller, with only an occasional mention of Agnew, sometimes along with 

Governors John Love of Colorado and Daniel Evans of Washington." [fn 21] Nixon also 

says that he offered the vice presidency to his close friends Robert Finch and Rogers 

Morton, and then told his people that he wanted Agnew. 

But this account disingenuously underestimates how close Bush came to the vicepresidency 

in 1968. According to a well-informed, but favorable, short biography of 

Bush published as he was about to take over the White House, "at the 1968 GOP 

convention that nominated Nixon for President, Bush was said to be on the four-name 

short list for vice president. He attributed that to the campaigning of his friends, but the 

seriousness of Nixon's consideration was widely attested. Certainly Nixon wanted to 

promote Bush in one way or another." [fn 22] Theodore H. White puts Bush on Nixon's 

conservative list along with Tower and Howard Baker, with a separate category of 

liberals and also "political eunuchs" like Agnew and Massachusetts Governor John 

Volpe. [fn 23] Jules Witcover thought the reason that Bush had been eliminated was that 

he "was too young, only a House member, and his selection would cause trouble with 

John Tower," who was also an aspirant. [fn 24] The accepted wisdom is that Nixon 

decided not to choose Bush because, after all, he was only a one -term Congressman. 

Most likely, Nixon was concerned with comparisons that could be drawn with Barry 

Goldwater's 1964 choice of New York Congressman Bill Miller for his running mate. 

Nixon feared that if he, only four years later, were to choose a Congressman without a 

national profile, the hostile press would compare him to Goldwater and brand him as yet 

another Republican loser. 

Later in August, Bush traveled to Nixon's beachfront motel suite at Mission Bay, 

California to discuss campaign strategy. It was decided that Bush, Howard Baker, Rep. 

Clark MacGregor of Minnesota, and Gov. Volpe would all function as "surrogate 

candidates," campaigning and standing in for Nixon at engagements Nixon could not fill. 

And there is George, in a picture on the top of the front page of the New York Times of 

August 17, 1968, joining with the other three to slap a grinning and euphoric Nixon on 

the back and shake his hand before they went forth to the hustings. 

Bush had no problems of his own with the 1968 election, since he was running 

unopposed -- a neat trick for a Republican in Houston, even taking the designer 

gerrymandering into account. Running unopposed seems to be Bush's idea of an ideal 

election. According to the Houston Chronicle, "Bush ha[d] become so politically

formidable nobody cared to tke him on," which should have become required reading for 

Gary Hart some years later. Bush had great hopes that he could help deliver the Texas 

electoral votes into the Nixon column. The GOP was counting on further open warfare 

between Yarborough and Connally, but these divisions proved to be insufficient to 

prevent Hubert Humphrey, the Democratic nominee, from carrying Texas as he went 

down to defeat. As one account of the 1968 vote puts it: Texas "is a large and exhausting 

state to campaign in, but here special emphasis was laid on 'surrogate candidates': notably 

Congressman George Bush, a fit-looking fellow of excellent birth who represented the 

space-town suburbs of Houston and was not opposed in his district--an indication of the 

strength of the Republican technocracy in Texas." (Perhaps, if technocracy is a synonym 

for "plumbers.") Winning a second term was no problem; Bush was, however mightily 

embarrassed by his inability to deliver Texas for Tricky Dick. "'I don't know what went 

wrong,' Bush muttered when interviewed in December. 'There was a hell of a lot of 

money spent,'" much of it coming from the predecessor organizations to the CREEP. [fn 

25] As usual, Bush had a post festum theory of what had gone wrong: he blamed it on the 

black voters. In Houston, Bush found, there were 58,000 voters, and Nixon only got 800 

of them. "You'd think," said Bush, "that there would have been more people just come in 

there and make a mistake!" [fn 26] 

When in 1974 Bush briefly appeared to be the front-runner to be chosen for the vice 

presidency by the new President Gerald Ford, the Washington Post pointed out that 

although Bush was making a serious bid, he had almost no qualifications for the post. 

That criticism applied even more in 1968: for most people, Bush was a rather obscure 

Texas pol, and he had one lost statewide race previous to the election that got him into 

Congress. The fact that he made it into the final round at the Miami Hilton was another 

tribute to the network mobilizing power of Prescott Bush, Brown Brothers, Harriman, 

and Skull and Bones. 

As the 1970 election approached, Nixon made Bush an attractive offer. If Bush were 

willing to give up his apparently safe Congressional seat and his place on the Ways and 

Means Committee, Nixon would be happy to help finance the senate race. If Bush won a 

Senate seat, he would be a front-runner to replace Spiro Agnew in the vice-presidential 

spot for 1972. If Bush were to lose the election, he would then be in line for an 

appointment to an important post in the Executive Branch, most likely a cabinet position. 

This deal was enough of an open secret to be discussed in the Texas press during the fall 

of 1970: at the time, the Houston Post quoted Bush in response to persistent Washington 

newspaper reports that Bush would replace Agnew on the 1972 ticket. Bush said that was 

"the most wildly speculative piece I've seen in a long time." "I hate to waste time talking 

about such wild speculation," Bush said in Austin. "I ought to be out there shaking hands 

with those people who stood in the rain to support me." [fn 27] 

At this time Bush calculated that a second challenge to Yarborough would have a greater 

chance for success than his first attempt. True, 1970 was another off-year election in 

which Democrats running against the Republican Nixon White House would have a 

certain statistical advantage. 1970 was also the great year of the Silent Majority, Middle 

America backlash against the Vietnam war protesters. This was to be the year in which

Pat Buchanan and William Safire of the Nixon White House would arm Agnew with a 

series of vulcanized, one-line zingers which the vice president would then take on the 

political low road: "pusillanimous pussyfooters," "vicars of vacillation," "hopeless, 

hysterical hypochondriacs," "nattering nabobs of negativism," "radic-libs" and "effete 

snobs," so went the alliterating Agnew sound bites. This was the Congressional election 

year that peaked in the near- insurrection against Nixon in San Jose, California on 

October 29, 1970, when Nixon, Governor Reagan, and Senator George Murphy came 

close to being lapidated by and angry crowd in an incident so perfect for Nixon's 

propaganda needs that perhaps only the most accomplished agents provocateurs could 

have carried it off. In such an atmosphere, Bush could see himself veering off sharply to 

hard-hat rhetoric , attacking Yarborough for being in league with violent and obscene 

demostrators after Yarborough's endorsement of the very tame October, 1970 

Moratorium demonstrations against the war in Washington. 

In an obvious sleight of hand, Bush uses his campaign autobiography to make it look like 

it was LBJ, not Nixon, who urged him to run. He tells of how he had been the only 

Republican at Andrews Air Force Base to see LBJ off after Nixon was inaugurated. He 

tells us that he visited LBJ on his celebrated ranch on the banks of the Pedernales River, 

and was driven by the former President over dirt roads in LBJ's Lincoln Continental at 

speeds of 80 miles per hour. All a cliche, as is the scene where Bush asks LBJ whether he 

should try ot unseat Yarborough. Bush has LBJ answer with the little story that every 

schoolboy knew in the late 1960's, and which LBJ must have recounted ten thousand 

times over his career, which was that he had served in both the House and the Senate, and 

that "the difference between being a member of the Senate and a member of the House is 

the difference between chicken salad and chicken shit." [fn 30] We should also recall that 

poor old LBJ in these declining years was a hated recluse, so desperate for 

companionship that he eagerly even welcomed the psychosexual analytic sessions of 

Doris Kearns of the Kennedy School of Government. Of course, Bush was angling to 

ingratiate himself wherever he could, of course LBJ still had some assets that might make 

a difference in a Texas senate race, and Bush would never be indifferent to marginal 

advantage. Part of it was George's instinctive ploy of trading on Prescott's old 

friendships: LBJ and Prescott had served together on the Senate Armed Services 

Committee in the 1950's. But Bush's account is ultimately, as is typical of him, a 

calculated deception. No, no, George: LBJ resented Yarborough for having opposed him 

on Vietnam, but LBJ was a has-been in 1970, and it was Tricky Dick who told you to 

make your senate bid in 1970, and who sweetened the pot with big bucks and the promise 

of prestigious posts if you failed. 

In September, the New York Times reported that Nixon was actively recruiting 

Republican candidates for the Senate. "Implies He Will Participate in Their Campaigns 

and Offer Jobs to Losers"; "Financial Aid is Hinted," said the subtitles [fn 28]. It was 

more than hinted, and the article listed George Bush as first on the list. As it turned out, 

Bush's senate race was the single most important focus of Nixon's efforts in the entire 

country, with both the President and Agnew actively engaged on the ground. Bush would 

receive money from a Nixon slush fund called the "Townhouse" fund, an operation in the 

CREEP orbit. Bush was also the recipient of the largesse of W. Clement Stone, a Chicago

insurance tycoon who had donated heavily to Nixon's 1968 campaign. Bush's friend 

Tower was the chairman of the GOP Senatorial Campaign Committee, and Bush's former 

campaign aide, Jim Allison, was now the deputy chairman of the Republican National 

Committee. 

Bush himself was ensconced in the coils of the GOP fund-raising bureaucracy. When in 

May, 1969, Nixon's crony Robert Finch, the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare 

met with members of the Republican Boosters Club, 1969, Bush was with him, along 

with Tower, Rogers Morton, and Congressman Bob Wilson of Califronia. The Boosters 

along were estimated to be good for about $1 million in funding for GOP candidates in 

1970. [fn 29] 

By December of 1969 it was clear to all that Bush would get almost all of the cash in the 

Texas GOP coffers, and that Eggers, the party's candidate for governor, would get short 

shrift indeed. On December 29 the Houston Chronicle front page opined: "GOP Money 

To Back Bush, Not Eggers." The Democratic Senate candidate would later accuse 

Nixon's crowd of "trying to buy" the Senate election for Bush: "Washington has been 

shovelling so much money into the George Bush campaign that now other Republican 

candidates around the country are demanding an accounting," said Bush's opponent. [fn 

31] 

But that opponent was Lloyd Bentsen, not Ralph Yarborough. All calculations about the 

1970 Senate race had been upset when, at a relatively late hour, Bentsen, urged on by 

John Connally, announced his candidacy in the Democratic primary. Yarborough, busy 

with his work as Chairman of the Senate Labor Committee, started his campaigning late. 

Bentsen's pitch was to attack anti-war protesters and radicals, portraying Yarborough as 

being a ringleader of the extremists. 

Yarborough had lost some of his vim over the years since 1964, and had veered into 

support for more ecological legislation and even for some of the anti-human "population 

planning" measures that Bush and his circles had been proposing. But he fought back 

gamely against Bentsen. When Bentsen boasted of having done a lot for the Chicanos of 

the Rio Grande Valley, Yarborough countered: "What has Lloyd Bentsen ever done for 

the valley? The valley is not for sale. You can't buy people. I never heard of him doing 

anything for migrant labor. All I ever heard about was his father working these wetbacks. 

All I ever heard was them exploiting wetbacks," said Yarborough. When Bentsen boasted 

of his record of experience, Yarborough counter-attacked: "The only experience that my 

opponents have had is in representing the financial interest of big business. They have 

both shown marked insensitivity to the needs of the average citizen of our state." 

But, on May 2, Bentsen defeated Yarborough, and an era came to an end in Texas 

politics. Bush's 10 to 1 win in his own primary over his old rival from 1964, Robert 

Morris, was scant consolation. Whereas it had been clear how Bush would have run 

against Yarborough, it was not at all clear how he could differentiate himself from 

Bentsen. Indeed, to many people the two seemed to be twins: each was a plutocrat oilman 

from Houston, each one was aggressively Anglo-Saxon, each one had been in the House

of Representatives, each one flaunted a record as a World War II airman. In fact, all 

Bentsen needed to do for the rest of the race was to appear plausible and polite, and let 

the overwhelming Democratic advantage in registered voters, especially in the yellowdog 

Democrat rural areas, do his work for him. This Bentsen posture was punctuated 

from time to time by appeals to conservatives who thought that Bush was too liberal for 

their tastes. 

Bush hoped for a time that his slick television packaging could save him. His man Harry 

Treleaven was once more brought in. Bush paid more than half a million dollars, a tidy 

sum at that time, to Glenn Advertising for a series of Kennedyesque "natural look" 

campaign spots. Soon Bush was cavorting on the tube in all of his arid vapidity, jogging 

across the street, trotting down the steps, bounding around Washington and playing touch 

football, always filled with youth, vigor, action, and thryoxin. The Plain Folks praised 

Bush as "Just fantastic" in these spots. Suffering the voters to come unto him, Bush 

responded to all comers that he "understands," with the shot fading out before he could 

say what it was he understood or what he might propose to do. [fn 32] "Sure, it's tough to 

be up against the machine, the big boys," said the Skull and Bones candidate in these 

spots; Bush actually had more money to spend than even the well-heeled Bentsen. The 

unifying slogan for imparting the proper spin to Bush was "He can do more." "He can do 

more" had problems that were evident even to some of the 1970 Bushmen: "A few in the 

Bush camp questioned that general approach because once advertising programs are set 

into motion they are extremely difficult to change and there was the concern that if Nixon 

should be unpopular at campaign's end, the theme line would become, 'He can do more 

for Nixon,' with obvious downsides. [fn 33] Although Bentsen's spots were said to give 

him "all the animation of a cadaver," he was more substantive than Bush, and he was 

moving ahead. 

Were there issues that could help George? His ads put his opposition to school busing to 

achieve racial balance at the top of the list, but this wedge-monerging got him nowhere. 

Because of his servility to Nixon, Bush had to support the buzz-word of a "guaranteed 

annual income," which was the label under which Nixon was marketing the workfare 

slave labor program already described, but to many in Texas that sounded like a new 

give-away, and Bentsen was quick to take advantage. Bush bragged that he had been one 

of the original sponsors of the bill that had just semi-privatized the US Post Office 

Department as the Postal Service. Bush came on as a "fiscal conservative," but this also 

was of little help against Bentsen. 

In an interview on women's issues, Bush first joked that there really was no consensus 

among women -- "the concept of a women's movement is unreal--you can't get two 

women to agree on anything." On abortion he commented: "I realize this is a politically 

sensitive area. But I believe in a woman's right to chose. It should be an individual 

matter. I think ultimately it will be a constitutional question. I don't favor a federal 

abortion law as such." After 1980, for those who choose to believe him, this changed to 

strong opposition to abortion.

One issue that helped Bentsen was "inflationary recession," also called stagflation. "I 

think [the President] should use the moral persuasion of the White House to help keep 

wages and prices within reason, instead of following policies which have put nearly 2 

million Americans out of jobs without stopping inflation," said Bentsen. Bush was stuck 

with parrotting the lines of the 1970 model Nixon, which was about ready for a closeout. 

Could Nixon and Agnew help Bush? Agnew's message fell flat in Texas, since he knew it 

was too dangerous to try to get to the right of Bentsen and attack him from there. Instead, 

Agnew went through the follwing contortion: a vote for Bentsen, Agnew told audiences 

in Lubbock and Amarillo, "is a vote to keep William Fulbright chairman of the Senate 

Foreign Relations Committee," and that was not what "Texans want at all." Agnew tried 

to put Bentsen in the same boat with "radical liberals" like Yarborough, Fulbright, 

McGovern, and Kennedy. Bentsen invited Agnew to move on to Arkansas and fight it out 

with Fulbright, and that was that. 

Could Nixon himself help Bush? Nixon did campaign in the state. Bentsen then told a 

group of "Anglo-American" businessmen: Texans want "a man who can stand alone 

without being propped up by the White House." 

In the end Bentsen defeated Bush by a vote of 1,197,726 to Bush's 1,035,794, about 53% 

to 47%. The official Bushman explanation was that there were two proposed amendments 

to the Texas constitution on the ballot, one to allow saloons, and one to allow all 

undeveloped land to be taxed at the same rate as farmland. According to Bushman 

apologetics, these two propositions attracted so much interest among "yellow dog" rural 

conservatives that 300,000 extra voters came out, and this gave Bentsen his critical 

margin of victory. There was also speculation that Nixon and Agnew had attracted so 

much attention that more voters had come out, but many of these were Bentsen 

supporters. On the night of the election, Bush said that he "felt like General Custer. They 

asked him why he had lost and he said "There were too many Indians.' All I can say at 

this point is that there were too many Democrats," said the fresh two-time loser. Bentsen 

suggested that it was time for Bush to be appointed to a high position in the government. 

[fn 34] 

Bush's other consolation was a telgram dated November 5, 1970: 

FROM PERSONAL EXPERIENCE I KNOW THE DISAPPOINTMENT THAT YOU AND 

YOUR FAMILY MUST FEEL AT THIS TIME. I AM SURE, HOWEVER, THAT YOU WILL 

NOT ALLOW THIS DEFEAT TO DISCOURAGE YOU IN YOUR EFFORTS TO CONTINUE 

TO PROVIDE LEADERSHIP FOR OUR PARTY AND THE NATION. 

RICHARD NIXON 

This was Nixon's euphemistic way of reassuring Bush that they still had a deal. [fn 35]

NOTES: 

1. See Fitzhugh Green, George Bush, p. 92, and Bush and Gold, Looking Forward, p. 90. 

2. Stevens' remarks were part of a Public Broadcasting System "Frontline" documentary program entitled 

"Campaign: The Choice," of November 24, 1988. Cited by Fitzhugh Green, p. 91. 

3. For the chronicles of the Harris County GOP, see local press articles available on microfiche at the Texas 

Historical Society in Houston. 

4. "George Bush vs. Observer Editor," The Texas Observer, July 23, 1965. 

5. Texas Observer, October 14, 1966. 


7. Joe McGinniss, The Selling of the President 1968 (New York, 1968), pp. 42-45. 

8. See Knaggs, Two-Party Texas, p. 111. 

9. Congressional Quarterly, President Bush: The Challenge Ahead ( Washington, 1989), p. 94. 

10. Harry Hurt III, "George Bush, Plucky Lad," in Texas Monthly, June 1983. 

11. New York Times, Jaunary 24, 1968. 

12. New York Times, May 7, 1968. 

14. The following account of Bush's Congressional record on population and related is issues is derived 

from the ground-breaking research of Kathleen Klenetsky, to whom the authors are pleased to acknowledge 

their indebtedness. The material that follows incorporates sections of Kathleen Klenetsky, "Bush Backed 

Nazi 'Race Science,'" Executive Intelligence Review, May 3, 1991 and New Federalist, April 29, 1991. 

15. New York Times, April 11, 1968. 

16. Bush, Looking Forward, pp. 92-93, and Green, George Bush, pp. 106- 107. 

17. See Robert Sherrill, The Oil Follies of 1970-1980 (New York, 1983) , pp. 61-65. 

18. New York Times, July 22, 1969. 

19. Sherrill, p. 64. 

20. Norman Mailer, Miami and the Siege of Chicago (New York, 1968), pp. 72-73. 

21. Richard Nixon, RN: The Memoirs of Richard Nixon, p. 312. 

22. Congressional Quarterly, President Bush (Washington, 1989), p. 94. 

23. Theodore H. White, The Making of the President 1968 (New York, 1969), p. 251.

24. Jules Witcover, The Resurrection of Richard Nixon, p. 352. 

25. Lewis Chester et al., The Presidential Campaign of 1968 (London: Deutch, 1969), p. 622. 

26. Chester et al., p. 763. 

27. Houston Post, October 29, 1970. 

28. New York Times, May 13, 1969. 

29. New York Times, Sept, 27, 1969. 

30. Bush and Gold, Looking Forward, pp. 98-103. 

31. Houston Chronicle, October 6, 1970. 

32. See "Tubing with Lloyd/George," The Texas Observer, October 30, 1970. 

33. Knaggs, Two-Party Texas, p. 148. 

34. Houston Post, November 5, 1970. 

35. Bush and Gold, Looking Forward, page 102. 

Chapter -XI- United Nations Ambassador, Kissinger 

Clone 

At this point in his career, George Bush entered into a phase of close association with 

both Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger. As we will see, Bush was a member of the 

Nixon cabinet from the spring of 1971 until the day that Nixon resigned. We will see 

Bush on a number of important occasions literally acting as Nixon's speaking tube, 

especially in international crisis situations. During these years, Nixon was Bush's patron, 

providing him with appointments and urging him to look forward to bigger things in the 

future. On certain occasions, however, Bush was upstaged by others in his quest for 

Nixon's favor. Then there was Kissinger, far and away the most powerful figure in the 

Washington regime of those days, who became Bush's boss when the latter became the 

US Ambassador to the United Nations in New York City. Later, on the campaign trail in 

1980, Bush would offer to make Kissinger Secretary of State in his administration. 

Bush was now listing a net worth of over $1.3 million [fn 1], but the fact is that he was 

now unemployed, but anxious to assume the next official post, to take the next step of 

what in the career of a Roman Senator was called the cursus honorum, the patrician 

career, for this is what he felt the world owed him. 

Nixon had promised Bush an attractive and prestigious political plum in the Executive 

branch, and it was now time for Nixon to deliver. Bush's problem was that in late 1970 

Nixon was more interested in what another Texan could contribute to his Administration.

That other Texan was John Connally, who had played the role of Bush's nemesis in the 

elections just concluded by virtue of the encouragement and decisive support which 

Connally had given to the Bentsen candidacy. Nixon was now fascinated by the prospect 

of including the right-wing Democrat Connally in his cabinet in order to provide himself 

with a patina of bi-partisanship, while emphasizing the dissension among the Democrats, 

strengthening Tricky Dick's chances of successfully executing his Southern Strategy a 

second time during the 1972 elections. 

The word among Nixon's inner circle of this period was "The Boss is in love," and the 

object of his affections was Big Jawn. Nixon claimed that he was not happy with the 

stature of his current cabinet, telling his domestic policy advisor John Ehrlichmann in the 

fall of 1970 that "Every cabinet should have at least one potential President in it. Mine 

doesn't." Nixon had tried to recruit leading Democrats before, asking Senator Henry 

Jackson to be Secretary of Defense and offering the post of United Nations Ambassador 

to Hubert Humphrey. 

Within hours after the polls had closed in the Texas senate race, Bush was received a call 

from Charles Bartlett, a Washington columnist who was part of the Prescott Bush 

network. Bartlett tipped Bush to the fact that Treasury Secretary David Kennedy was 

leaving, and urged him to make a grab for the job. Bush called Nixon and put in his 

request. After that, he waited by the telephone. But it soon became clear that Tricky Dick 

was about to recruit John Connally and with him, perhaps, the important Texas electoral 

votes in 1972. Secretary of the Treasury! One of the three or four top posts in the cabinet! 

And that before Bush had been given anything for all of his useless slogging through the 

1970 campaign! But the job was about to go to Connally. Over two decades, one can 

almost hear Bush's whining complaint. 

This move was not totally unprepared. During the fall of 1970, when Connally was 

campaigning for Bentsen against Bush, Connally had been invited to participate in the 

Ash Commission, a study group on government re-organization chaired by Roy Ash. 

"This White House access was dangerously undermining George Bush," complained 

Texas GOP chairman O'Donnell. A personal friend of Bush on the White House staff 

named Peter Flanigan, generated a memo to White House chief of staff H.R. Haldeman 

with the notation: "Connally is an implacable enemy tof the Republican party in Texas, 

and, therefore, attractive as he may be to the President, we should avoid using him 

again." Nixon found Connally an attractive political property, and had soon appointed 

him to the main Wite House panel for intelligence evaulations: "On November 30, when 

Connally's appointment to the Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board was announced, the 

senior senator from Texas, John Tower, and George Bush were instantly in touch with the 

White House to express their 'extreme' distress over the appointment. [fn 2] Tower was 

indigant because he had been promised by Ehrlichman some time before that Connally 

was not going to receive an important post. Bush's personal plight was even more 

poignant: "He was out of work, and he wanted a job. As a defeated senatorial candidate, 

he hoped and fully expected to get a major job in the administration. Yet the 

administration seemed to be paying more attention to the very Democrat who had put him 

on the job market What gives? Bush was justified in asking." [fn 3]

The appointment of Connally to replace David Kennedy as Secretary of the Treasury was 

concluded during the first week of December, 1970. But it could not be announced 

without causing an upheaval among the Texas Republicans until something had been 

done for lame duck George. On December 7, Nixon retainer H.R. Haldemann was 

writing memos to himself in the White House. The first was: "Connally set." Then came: 

"Have to do something for Bush right away." Could Bush become the Director of 

NASA? How about the Small Business Administration? Or the Republican National 

Committee? Or then again, he might like to be White House Congressional liaison, or 

perhaps undersecretary of commerce. As one account puts it, "since no job immediately 

came to mind, Bush was assured that he would come to the White House as a top 

presidential adviser on something or other, until another fitting job opened up." Bush was 

called to the White House on December 9, 1970 to meet with Nixon and talk about a post 

as Assistant to the President "with a wide range of unspecified general responsibilities," 

according to a White House memo initialed by H.R. Haldemann. Bush accepted such a 

post at one point in his haggling with the Nixon White House. But Bush also sought the 

UN job, arguing that there "was a dirth [sic] of Nixon advocacy in New York City and 

the general New York area that he could fill that need in the New York social circles he 

would be moving in as Ambassador. [fn 4] Nixon's UN Ambassador had been Charles 

Yost, a Democrat who was now leaving. But the White House had already offered that 

job to Daniel Patrick Moynihan, who had accepted. But, apparently a few hours after the 

Bush-Nixon meeting, word came in that Moynihan was not interested. 

But then Moynihan decided that he did not want the UN ambassador post after all, and, 

with a sigh of relief, the White House offered it to Bush. Bush's appointment was 

announced on December 11, Connally's on December 14." [fn 5] In offering the post to 

Bush, Haldemann had been brutally frank, telling him that the job, although of cabinet 

rank, would have no power attached to it. Bush, stressed Haldemann, would be taking 

orders directly from Kissinger. "I commented that even if somebody who took the job 

didn't understand that, Henry Kissinger would give him a twenty-four hour crash course 

on the subject," Bush says he replied. [fn 6] 

Nixon told his cabinet and the Republican Congressional leadership on December 14, 

1970 what had been in the works for some time, that Connally was "coming not only as a 

Democrat but as Secretary of the Treasury for the next two full years." [fn 7] Even more 

humiliating for Bush was the fact that our hero had been on the receiving end of 

Connally's assistance. As Nixon told the cabinet: "Connally said he wouldn't take it until 

George Bush got whatever he was entitled to. I don't know why George wanted the UN 

appointment, but he wanted it so he got it." Only this precondition from Connally,by 

implication, had finally prompted Nixon to take care of poor George. Nixon turned to 

Senator Tower, who was in the meeting: "This is hard for you. I am for every Republican 

running. We need John Tower back in 1972." Tower replied: "I'm a pragmatic man. John 

Connally is philosophically attuned to you. He is articulate and persuasive. I for one will 

defend him against those in our own party who may not like him." [fn 8] 

There is evidence that Nixon considered Connally to be a possible successor in the 

presidency. Connally's approach to the international monetary crisis then unfolding was

that "all foreigners are out to screw us and it's our job to screw them first," as he told C. 

Fred Bergsten of Kissinger's NSC staff. Nixon's bumbling management of the 

international monetary crisis was one of the reasons why he was Watergated, and Big 

Jawn was certainly seen by the financiers as a big part of the problem. Bush was 

humiliated in this episode, but that is nothing compared to what later happened to both 

Connally and Nixon. Connally would be indicted while Bush was in Peking, and later he 

would face the further humilation of personal bankruptcy. In the view of James Reston, 

Jr., "George Bush was to maintain a smoldering, visceral dislike of Connally, one that 

lasted well into the 1980's." [fn 9] As others discovered during the Gulf war, Bush is 

vindictive. 

Bush appeared before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee for his pro forma and 

perfunctory confirmation hearings on February 8, 1971. It was a free ride. Many of the 

senators had known Prescott Bush, and several were still Prescott's friends. Acting like 

friends of the family, they gave Bush friendly advice with a tone that was congratulatory 

and warm, and avoided any tough questions. Stuart Symington warned Bush that he 

would have to deal with the "duality of authority" between his nominal boss, Secretary of 

State William Rogers, and his real boss, NSC chief Kissinger. There was only passing 

reference to Bush's service of the oil cartel during his time in the House, and Bush 

vehemently denied that he had ever tried to "placate" the "oil interests." Claiborne Pell 

said that Bush would enhance the luster of the UN post. 

On policy matters, Bush said that it would "make sense" for the UN Security Council to 

conduct a debate on the wars in Laos and Cambodia, which was something that the US 

had been attempting to procure for some time. Bush thought that such a debate could be 

used as a forum to expose the aggressive activities of the North Vietnamese. No senator 

asked Bush about China, but Bush told journalists waiting in the hall that the question of 

China was now under intensive study. The Washington Post was impressed by Bush's 

"lithe and youthful good looks." Bush was easily confirmed. 

At Bush's swearing in later in February Nixon, probably anxious to calm Bush down after 

the strains of the Connally affair, had recalled that President William McKinley had lost 

an election in Ohio, but neverthless gone on to become President. "But I'm not suggesting 

what office you should seek and at what time," said Nixon. The day before, Senator Adlai 

Stevenson III of Illinois had told the press that Bush was "totally unqualified" and that his 

appointment had been "an insult" to the UN. Bush presented his credentials on March 1. 

Then Bush, "handsome and trim" at 47, moved into a suite at the Waldorf-Astoria Hotel 

in Manhattan, and settled into his usual hyperkinetic, thryroid-driven life style. The 

Washington Post marvelled at his "whirlwind schedule" which seemed more suitable for 

a "political aspirant than one usually associated with a diplomat." He rose every morning 

at 7 AM, and then mounted his exercycle for a twelve minute workout while taking in a 

television news program that also lasted exactly twelve minutes. He ate a small breakfast 

and left the Waldorf at 8, to be driven to the US mission to the UN at Turtle Bay where 

he generally arrived at 8:10. Then he would get the overnight cable traffic from his 

secretary, Mrs. Aleene Smith, and then went into a conference with his executive

assistant, Tom Lais. Later there would be meetings with his two deputies, Ambassadors 

Christopher Phillips and W. Tapley Bennett of the State Department. Pete Roussel was 

also still with him as publicity man. 

For Bush, a 16-hour work day was more the rule than the exception. His days were 

packed with one appointment after another, luncheon engagements, receptions, formal 

dinners-- at least one reception and one dinner per day. Sometimes there were three 

receptions per day-- quite an opportunity for networking with like-minded freemasons 

from all over the world. Bush also travelled to Washington for cabinet meetings, and still 

did speaking engagements around the country, especially for Republican candidates. "I 

try to get to bed by 11:30 if possible, " said Bush in 1971, "but often my calendar is so 

filled that I fall behind in my work and have to take it home with me." Bush bragged that 

he was still a "pretty tough" doubles player in tennis, good enough to team up with the 

pros. But he claimed to love basbeall most. He joked about questions on his ping pong 

skills, since these were the months of ping pong diplomacy, when the invitation for a US 

ping pong team to visit Peking became a part of the preparation for Kissinger's China 

card. Mainly Bush came on as an ultra-orthodox Nixon loyalist. Was he a liberal 

conservative?, asked a reporter. "People in Texas used to ask me that in the campaigns," 

replied Bush. "Some even called me a right-wing reactionary. I like to think of myself as 

a pragmatist, but I have learned to defy being labelled...What I can say is that I am a 

strong supporter of the President. If you can tell me what he is, I can tell you what I am." 

Barbara liked the Waldorf suite, and the enthusiastic host and hostess soon laid on a 

demanding schedule of recepetions, dinners, and entertainments. 

Soon after taking up his UN posting, Bush received a phone calle from Assistant 

Secretary of State for Middle Eastern Affairs Joseph Sisco, one of Kissinger's principal 

henchmen. Sisco had been angered by some comments Bush had made about the Middle 

East situation in a press conference after presenting his credentials. Despite the fact that 

Bush, as a cabinet officer, ranked several levels above Sisco, Sisco was in effect the voice 

of Kissinger. Sisco told Bush that it was Sisco who spoke for the United States 

government on the Middle East, and that he would do both the on-the-record talking and 

the leaking about that area. Bush knunckled under, for these were the realities of the 

Kissinger years. 

Henry Kissinger was now Bush's boss even more than Nixon was, and later, as the 

Watergate scandal progressed into 1973, the dominion of Kissinger would become even 

more absolute. During these years Bush, serving his apprenticeship in diplomacy and 

world strategy under Kissinger, became a virtual Kissinger clone in two senses. First, to a 

significant degree, Kissinger's networks and connections merged together with Bush's 

own, foreshadowing a 1989 administration in which the NSC director and the number 

two man in the State Department were both Kissinger's business partners from his 

consulting and influence-peddling firm, Kissinger associates. Secondly, Bush assimilated 

Kissinger's characteristic British-style geopolitical mentality and approach to problems, 

and this is now the epistemology that dictates Bush's own dealing with the main 

questions of world politics.

The Kissinger networks in question can be summed up here under four headings. 

Kissinger was at once British imperialist, Zionist, Soviet, and Red Chinese in his 

orientation, all wrapped up in a parcel of greed, megalomania, and perversion. [fn 9] 

Kissinger was one of the few persons in the world who still had anything to teach George 

Bush in any of these categories. 

The most essential level of Kissinger was the British one. This meant that US foreign 

policy was to be guided by British imperial geoplitics, in particular the notion of the 

balance of power: the United States must always ally with the second strongest land 

power in the world (Red China) against the strongest land power (the USSR) in order to 

preserve the balance of power. This was expressed in the 1971 -72 Nixon-Kissinger 

opening to Peking, to which Bush would contribute from his UN post. The balance of 

power, since it rules out a positive engagement for the economic progress of the 

international community as a whole, has always been a recipe for new wars. Kissinger 

was in constant contact with British foreign policy operatives like Sir Eric Roll of S.G. 

Warburg in London, Lord Trend, Lord Victor Rothschild, the Barings bank, and others. 

On May 10, 1982, in a speech entitled "Reflections on a Partnership" given at the Royal 

Institute of International Affairs at Chatham House in London, Henry Kissinger openly 

expounded his role and philosophy as a British agent of influence within the US 

government during the Nixon and Ford years: 

"The British were so matter-of-factly helpful that they became a participant in internal 

American deliberations, to a degree probably never before practiced between sovereign 

nations. In my period in office, the British played a seminal part in certain American 

bilateral negotiations with the Soviet Union--indeed, they helped draft the key document. 

In my White House incarnation then, I kept the British Foreign Office better informed 

and more closely engaged than I did the American State Department.... In my 

negotiations over Rhodesia I worked from a British draft with British spelling even when 

I did not fully grasp the distinction between a working paper and a Cabinet- approved 

document." 

Kissinger was also careful to point out that the United States must support colonial and 

neo-colonial strategies against the developing sector: 

"Americans from Franklin Roosevelt onward believed that the United States, with its 

`revolutionary' heritage, was the natural ally of people struggling against colonialism; we 

could win the allegiance of these new nations by opposing and occasionally undermining 

our European allies in the areas of their colonial dominance. Churchill, of course, resisted 

these American pressures.... In this context, the experience of Suez is instructive.... Our 

humiliation of Britain and France over Suez was a shattering blow to these countries' role 

as world powers. It accelerated their shedding of international responsibilities, some of 

the consequences of which we saw in succeeding decades when reality forced us to step 

into their shoes--in the Persian Gulf, to take one notable example. Suez thus added 

enormously to America's burdens."

Kissinger was the high priest of imperialism and neocolonialism, animated by an 

instinctive hatred for Indira Gandhi, Aldo Moro, Ali Bhutto, and other nationalist world 

leaders. Kissinger's British geopolitics simply accentuated Bush's own fanatically 

Anglophile point of view which he had acquired from father Prescott and imbibed from 

the atmosphere of the family firm, Brown Brothers Harriman, originally the US branch of 

a British counting house. 

Kissinger was also dedicated to economic, diplomatic, and military support of Israeli 

aggression and expansionism to keep the Middle East in turmoil so as to prevent Arab 

unity and Arab economic development while using the region to mount challenges to the 

Soviets. Kissinger's soul-mates were figures like Gen. Ariel Sharon, the harbinger of 

endless wars in the Middle East. In this he was a follower of British Prime Minister 

Benjamin Disraeli and Lord Balfour. In the 1973 Middle East war which he had connived 

to unleash, Kissinger would mastermind the US resupply of Israel and would declare a 

US-world wide thermonuclear alert. In later years Kissinger would enrich himself 

through speculative real estate purchases on the West bank of the Jordan, buying up land 

and buildings that had been virtually confiscated from defenseless Palestinian Arabs. 

Kissinger was also pro-Soviet in a sense that went far beyond his sponsorship of the 

1970's detente, SALT I, and the ABM treaty with Moscow. Polish KGB agent Michael 

Goleniewski is widely reported to have told the British government in 1972 that he had 

seen KGB documents in Poland before his 1959 defection which established that 

Kissinger was a Soviet asset. According to Goleniewski, Kissinger had been recruited by 

the Soviets during his Army service in Germany after the end of World War II, when he 

had worked as a humble chauffeur. Kissinger had allegedly been recruited to an 

espionage cell called ODRA, where he received the code name of "BOR" or "COLONEL 

BOR." Some versions of this story also specify that this cell had been largely composed 

of homosexuals, and that homosexuality had been an important part of the way that 

Kissinger had been picked up by the KGB. These reports were reportedly partly 

supported by Golitsyn, another Soviet defector. The late James Jesus Angleton, the CIA 

counter-intelligence director for twenty years up to 1973 was said to have been the US 

official who was handed Goleniewski's report by the British. Angleton later talked a lot 

about Kissinger being "objectively a Soviet agent," but that was a throw-away line by 

that time. It has not been established that Angleton ever ordered an active investigation of 

Kissinger or ever assigned his case a codename. 

Kissinger's Chinese side was very much in evidence during 1971-73 and beyond; during 

these years he was obsessed with anything remotely connected with China and sought to 

monopolize decisions and contacts with the highest levels of the Chinese leadership. This 

attitude was dictated most of all by the British mentality and geopolitical considerations 

indicated above, but it is also unquestionable that Kissinger felt a strong personal affinity 

for Chou En-Lai, Mao tse-tung, and their group of Chinese leaders, who had been 

responsible for the genocide of 100,000,000 million of their own people after 1949. 

Kissinger possessed other dimensions in addition to these, including close links to the 

Meyer Lansky underworld. These will also loom large in George Bush's career.

For all of these Kissingerian enormities, Bush now became the principal spokesman. In 

the process, he was to become a Kissinger clone. 

The defining events in the first year of Bush's UN tenure reflected Kissinger's geoplitical 

obsession with his China card. Remember that in his 1964 campaign, Bush had stated that 

Red China must never be admitted to the UN and that if Peking ever obtained the Chinese 

seat on the Security Council, the US must depart forthwith from the world body. This 

statement came back to haunt him once or twice. His stock answer went like this: "that 

was 1964, a long time ago. There's been an awful lot changed since...A person who is 

unwilling to admit that changes have taken place is out of things these days. President 

Nixon is not being naive in his China policy. He is recognizing the realities of today, not 

the realities of seven years ago." One of the realities of 1971 was that the bankrupt British 

had declared themselves to be financially unable to maintain their military presence in the 

Indian Ocean and the Far East, in the area "East of Suez." Part of the timing of the 

Kissinger China card was dictated by the British desire to acquire China as a 

counterweight to Russia and India in this vast area of the world, and also to insure a US 

military presence in the Indian Ocean, as seen later in the US development of an 

important base on the island of Diego Garcia. 

On a world tour during 1969, Nixon had told President Yahya Khan, the dictator of 

Pakistan, that his administration wanted to normalize relations with Red China and 

wanted the help of the Pakistani government in exchanging messages. Regular meetings 

between the US and Peking had gone on for many years in Warsaw, but what Nixon was 

talking about was a total reversal of US China policy. Up until 1971, the US had 

recognized the government of the Republic of China on Taiwan as the sole sovereign and 

legitimate authority over China. The US, unlike Britain, France, and many other western 

countries, had no diplomatic relations with the Peking Communist regime. The Chinese 

seat among the five permanent members of the United Nations Security Council was held 

by the government in Taipei. Every year in the early autumn there was an attempt by the 

non-aligned bloc to oust Taipei from the Security Council and replace them with Peking, 

but so far this vote had always failed because of US arm-twisting in Latin America and 

the rest of the third world. One of the reasons that this arrangement had endured so long 

was the immense prestige of ROC President Chiang Kai-Shek and the sentimental 

popularity of the Kuomintang in the United States electorate. There still was a very 

powerful China lobby, which was especially strong among right-wing Republicans of 

what had been the Taft and Knowland factions of the party, and which Goldwater 

continued. Now, in the midst of the Vietnam war, with US strategic and economic power 

in decline, the Anglo-American elite decided in favor of a geopolitical alliance with 

China against the Soviets for the foreseeable future. This meant that the honor of US 

committments to the ROC had to be dumped overboard as so much useless ballast, 

whatever the domestic political consequences might be. This was the task given to 

Kissinger, Nixon, and George Bush. 

The maneuver on the agenda for 1971 was to oust the ROC from the UN Security and 

assign their seat there to Peking. Kissinger and Nixon calculated that duplicity would 

insulate them from domestic political damage: while they were opening to Peking, they

would call for a "two Chinas" policy, under which both Peking and Taipei would be 

represented at the UN, at least in the General Assembly, despite the fact that this was an 

alternative that both Chinese governments vehemently rejected. The US would pretend to 

be fighting to keep Taipei in the UN, with George Bush leading the fake charge, but this 

effort would be defeated. Then the Nixon Administration could claim that the vote in the 

UN was beyond its control, comfortably resign itself to Peking in the Security Council, 

and pursue the China card. What was called for was a cynical, duplicitious diplomatic 

charade in which Bush would have the leading part. 

This scenario was complicated by the rivalry between Secretary of State Rogers and NSC 

boss Kissinger. Rogers was an old friend of Nixon, but it was of course Kissinger who 

made foreign policy for Nixon and the rest of the government, and Kissinger who was 

incomparably the greater evil. Between Rogers and Kissinger, Bush was unhesitatingly 

on the side of Kissinger. In later Congressional testimony Ray Cline, a wheelhorse of the 

Bush faction of the CIA, has tried to argue that Rogers and Bush were kept in the dark by 

Nixon and Kissinger about the real nature of the US China policy. The implication is that 

Bush's efforts to keep Taiwan at the UN were in good faith. According to Cline's fantastic 

account, "Nixon and Kissinger actually 'undermined' the department's efforts in 1971 to 

save Taiwan." [fn 10] Rogers may have believed that helping Taiwan was US policy, but 

Bush did not. Cline's version of these events is an insult to the intelligence of any serious 

person. 

The Nixon era China card took shape during July, 1971 with Kissinger's "Operation 

Marco Polo I," his secret first trip to Peking. Kissinger says in his memoirs that Bush was 

considered a candidate to make this journey, along with David Bruce, Elloit Richardson, 

Nelson Rockefeller, and Al Haig. [fn 11] Kissinger first journeyed to India, and then to 

Pakistan. From there, with the help of Yahya Khan, Kissinger went on to Beijing for 

meetings with Chou En-Lai and other Chinese officals. He returned by way of Paris, 

where he met with North Vietnamese negotiator Le Duc Tho at the Paris talks on Indo- 

China. Returning to Washington, Kissinger briefed Nixon on his understanding with 

Chou. On July 15, 1971 Nixon announced to a huge telvision and radio audience that he 

had accepted "with pleasure" an invitation to visit China at some occasion before May of 

1972. He lamely assured "old friends" (meaning Chiang Kai-Shek and the ROC 

government on Taiwan) that their interests would not be sacrificed. Later in he same year, 

between October 16th and 26th, Kissinger undertook operation "Polo II," a second, 

public visit with Chou in Peking to decide the details of Nixon's visit and hammer out 

what was to become the US-PRC Shanghai Communique', the joint statement issued 

during Nixon's stay. During this visit Chou cautioned Kissinger not to be disoriented by 

the hostile Peking propaganda line against the US, manifestations of which were 

everywhere to be seen. Anti-US slogans on the walls, said Chou, were meaningless, like 

"firing an empty cannon." Nixon and Kissinger eventually journeyed to Peking in 

February, 1972. 

It was before this backdrop that Bush waged his farcical campaign to keep Taiwan in the 

UN. The State Department had stated through the mouth of Rogers on August 2 that the 

US would support the admission of Red China to the UN, but would oppose the

expulsion of Taiwan. This was the so-called "two Chinas" policy. In an August 12 

interview, Bush told the Washington Post that he was working hard to line up the votes to 

keep Taiwan as a UN member when the time to vote came in the fall. Responding to the 

obvious impression that this was a fraud for domestic political purposes only, Bush 

pledged his honor on Nixon's committment to "two Chinas.""I know for a fact that the 

President wants to see the policy implemented," said Bush, apparently with a straight 

face, adding that he had discussed the matter with Nixon and Kissinger at the White 

House only a few days before. Bush said that he and other members of his mission had 

lobbied 66 countries so far, and that this figure was likely to rise to 80 by the following 

week. Ultimately Bush would claim to have talked personlly with 94 delegations to get 

them to let Taiwan stay, which a fellow diplomat called "a quantitative track record." 

Diplomatic observers noted that the US activity was entirely confined to the high-profile 

"glass palace" of the UN, and that virtually nothing was being done by US ambassadors 

in capitals around the world. But Bush countered that if it were just a question of going 

through the motions as a gesture for Taiwan, he would not be devoting so much of his 

time and energy to the cause. The main effort was at the UN because "this is what the UN 

is for," he commented. Bush said that his optimism about keeping the Taiwan 

membership had increased over the past three weeks. [fn 12] 

By late September, Bush was saying that he saw a better than 50-50 chance that the UN 

General Assembly would seat both Chinese governments. By this time, the official US 

position as enunciated by Bush was that the Security Council seat should go to Peking, 

but that Taipei ought to be allowed to remain in the General Assembly. Since 1961, the 

US strategy for blocking the admission of Peking had depended on a procedural defense, 

obtaining a simple majority of the General Assembly for a resolution defining the seating 

of Peking as an Important Question, which required a two-thirds majority in order to be 

implemented. Thus, if the US could get a simple majority on the procedural vote, one 

third plus one would suffice to defeat Peking on the second vote. 

The General Assembly convened on September 21. Bush and his aides were running a 

ludicrous all-court press on scores of delegations. Twice a day there was a State 

Department briefing on the vote tally. "Yes, Burundi is with us...About Argentina we're 

not sure," etc.) All this attention got Bush an appearance on "Face the Nation", where he 

said that the two-China policy should be approved regardless of the fact that both Peking 

and Taipei rejected it. "I don't think we have to go through the agony of whether the 

Republic of China will accept or whether Peking will accept," Bush told the interviewers. 

"Let the United Nations for a change do something tha really does face up to reality and 

then let that decision be made by the parties involved," said Bush with his usual 

inimitable rhetorical flair. 

The UN debate on the China seat was scheduled to open on October 18; on October 12 

Nixon gave a press conference in which he totally ignored the subject, and made no 

appeal for support for Taiwan. On October 16, Kissinger departed with great fanfare for 

China. Kissinger says in his memoirs that he had been encouraged to go to China by 

Bush, who assured him that a highly publicized Kissinger trip to Peking would have no

impact whatever on the UN vote. On October 25, the General Assembly defeated the US 

resolution to make the China seat an Important Question by a vote of 59 to 54, with 15 

abstentions. Ninety minutes later came the vote on the Albanian resolution to seat Peking 

and expel Taipei, which passed by a vote of 76 to 35. Bush then cast the US vote to seat 

Peking, and then hurried to escort the ROC delegate, Liu Chieh, out of the hall for the last 

time. The General Assembly was the scene of a jubilant demonstration led by third world 

delegates over the fact that Red China had been admitted, and even more so that the US 

had been defeated. The Tanzanian delegate danced a jig in the aisle. Henry Kissinger, 

flying back from Peking, got the news on his teletype and praised Bush's "valiant efforts." 

Having connived in selling Taiwan down the river, it was now an easy matter for the 

Nixon regime to fake a great deal of indignation for domestic political consumption about 

what had happened. Nixon's spokesman Ron Ziegler declared that Nixon had been 

outraged by the "spectacle" of the "cheering, handclapping, and dancing" delegates after 

the vote, which Nixon had seen as a "shocking demonstration" of undisguised glee" and 

"personal animosity." Notice that Ziegler had nothing to say against the vote, or against 

Peking, but concentrated the fire on the third world delegates, who were also threatened 

with a cutoff of US foreign aid. 

This was the line that Bush would slavishly follow. On the last day of October the papers 

quoted him saying that the demonstration after the vote was "something ugly, something 

harsh that transcended normal disappoijntment or elation." "I really thought we were 

going to win," said Bush, still with a straight face. "I'm so...disappointed." "There wasn't 

just clapping and enthusiasm "after the vote, he whined. "When I went up to speak I was 

hissed and booed. I don't think it's good for the United Nations and that's the point I feel 

very strongly about." In the view of a Washington Post staff writer, "the boyish looking 

US ambassador to the United Nations looked considerably the worse for wear. But he 

still conveys the impression of an earnest fellow tryint to be the class valedictorian, as he 

once was described." [ fn 13] Bush expected the Peking delegation to arrive in new York 

soon, because they probably wanted to take over the presidency of the Security Council, 

which rotated on a monthly basis. "But why anybody would want an early case of 

chicken pox, I don't know," said Bush. 

When the Peking delegation did arrive, Chinese Deputy Foreign Minister Ch'aio Kuanhua 

delivered a maiden speech full of ideological bombast along the lines of passages 

Kissinger had convinced Chou to cut out of the draft text of the Shanghai communique 

some days before. Kissinger then telephoned Bush to say in his own speech that the US 

regretted that the Chinese had elected to inaugurate their participation in the UN by 

"firing these empty cannons of rhetoric." Bush, like a ventriloquist's dummy, obediently 

mouthed Kissinger's one-liner as a kind of coded message to Peking that all the public 

bluster meant nothing between the two secret and increasingly public allies. 

The farce of Bush's pantomime in support of the Kissinger China card very nearly turned 

into the tragedy of general war later in 1971. This involved the December, 1971 war 

between India and Pakistan which led to the creation of an independent state of 

Bengladesh, and which must be counted as one of the least-known thermonuclear

confrontations of the US and the USSR. For Kissinger and Bush, what was at stake in this 

crisis was the consolidation of the China card. 

In 1970, Yahya Khan, the British-connected, Sandhurst-educated dictator of Pakistan, 

was forced to announce that elections would be held in the entire country. It will be 

recalled that Pakistan was at that time two separate regions, east and west, with India in 

between. In East Pakistan or Bengal, the Awami League of Sheik Mujibur Rahman 

campaigned on a platform of autonomy for Bengal, accusing the central government in 

far-off Islamabad of ineptitude and exploitation. The resentment in East Pakistan was 

made more acute by the fact that Bengal had just been hit by a typhoon, which had 

caused extensive flooding and devastation, and by the failure of the government in west 

Pakistan to organize and effective relief effort. In the elections, the Awami league won 

167 out of 169 seats in the east. Yahya Khan delayed the seating of the new national 

assembly and on the evening of March 25 ordered the Pakistani army to arrest Mujibur 

and to wipe out his organization in East Pakistan. The army proceeded to launch a 

campaign of political genocide in East Pakistan. Estimates of the number of victims range 

from 500,000 to three million dead. All members of the Awami League, all Hindus, all 

students and intellectuals were in danger of execution by roving army patrols. A senior 

US Foreign Service officer sent home a depatch in which he told of West Pakistani 

soldiers setting fire to a women's dormitory at the University of Dacca and then machinegunning 

the women when they were forced by the flames to run out. This campaign of 

killing went on until December, and it generated an estimated 10 million refugees, most 

of whom fled across the nearby borders to India, which had territory all around East 

Pakistan. The arrival of ten million refugees caused indescribable chaos in India, whose 

government was unable to prevent untold numbers from starving to death. [fn 14] 

From the very beginning of this monumental genocide, Kissinger and Nixon made it clear 

that they would not condemn Yahya Khan, whom Nixon considered a personal friend. 

Kissinger referred merely to the "strong -arm tactics of the Pakistani military," and Nixon 

circulated a memo in his own handwriting saying "To all hands. Don't squeeze Yahya at 

this time. RN" Nixon stressed repeatedly that he wanted to "tilt" in favor of Pakistan in 

the crisis. 

One level of explanation for this active complicity in genocide was that Kissinger and 

Nixon regarded Yahya Khan as their indispensable back channel to Peking. But Kissinger 

could soon go to Peking anytime he wanted, and soon he could talk to the Chinese UN 

delegate in one of the CIA's New York safe houses. The essence of the support for the 

butcher Yahya Khan was this: in 1962 India and China had engaged in a brief border war, 

and the Peking leaders regarded India as their geopolitical enemy. In order to ingratiate 

himself with Chou and Mao, Kissinger wanted to take a position in favor of Pakistan, and 

therefore of Pakistan's ally China, and against India and against India's ally, the USSR. 

(Shortly after Kissinger's trip to China had taken place and Nixon had announced his 

intention to go to Peking, India and the USSR had signed a twenty year friendship treaty. 

In Kissinger's view, the Indo-Pakistani conflict over Bengal was sure to become a Sino- 

Soviet clash by proxy, and he wanted the United States aligned with China in order to

impress Peking with the vast benefits to be derived from the US-PRC strategic alliance 

under the heading of the "China card." 

Kissinger and Nixon were isolated within the Washington bureaucracy on this issue. 

Secretary of State Rogers was very reluctant to go on supporting Pakistan, and this was 

the prevalent view in Foggy Bottom and in the embassies around the world. Tricky Dick 

and Fat Henry were isolated from the vast majority of Congressional opinion, which 

expressed horror and outrage over the extent of the carnage being carried out week after 

week, month after month, by Yahya Khan's armed forces. Even the media and US public 

opinion could not find any reason for the friendly "tilt" in favor of Yahya Khan. On July 

31, Kissinger exploded at a meeting of the Senior Review Group when a proposal was 

made that the Pakistani army could be removed from Bengal. "Why is it our business 

how they govern themselves," Kissinger raged. "The President always says to tilt to 

Pakistan, but every proposal I get [from inside the US government] is in the opposite 

direction. Sometimes I think I am in a nut house." This went on for months. On 

December 3, at a meeting of Kissinger's Washington Special Action Group, Kissinger 

exploded again, exclaiming "I've been catching unshirted hell every half-hour from the 

president who says we're not tough enough. He really doesn't believe we're carrying out 

his wishes. He wants to tilt towards Pakistan and he believes that every briefing or 

statement is going the other way." [fn 15] 

But no matter what Rogers, the State Department and the rest of the washington 

bureaucracy might do, Kissinger knew that George Bush at the UN would play along 

with the pro-Pakistan tilt. "And I knew that George Bush, our able UN ambassador, 

would carry out the President's policy," wrote Kissinger in his memoirs in describing his 

decision to drop US opposition to a Security Council debate on the subcontinent. This 

made Bush one of the most degraded and servile US officials of the era. 

Indira Gandhi had come to Washington in November to attempt a peaceful settlement to 

the crisis, but was crudely snubbed by Nixon and Kissinger. The chronology of the acute 

final phase of the crisis can be summed up as follows: 

December 3-- Yahya Khan ordered the Pakistani Air Force to carry out a series of 

surprise air raids on Indian air bases in the north and west of India. These raids were not 

effective in destroying the Indian air force on the ground, which had been Yahya Khan's 

intent, but Yahya Khan's aggression did precipitate the feared Indo-Pakistani war. The 

Indian Army made rapid advances against the Pakistani forces in Bengal, while the 

Indian navy blockaded Pakistan's ports. At this time, the biggest-ever buidldup in the 

Soviet naval forces in the Indian Ocean also began. 

Dec. 4-- At the UN Security Council, George Bush delivered a speech in which his main 

thrust was to accuse India of repeated incursions into East Pakistan, and challenging the 

legitimacy of India's resort to arms, in spite of the plain evidence that Pakistan had struck 

first. Bush introduced a draft resolution which called on India and Pakistan immediately 

to cease all hostilities. Bush's resolution also mandated the immediate withdrawal of all 

Indian and Pakistani armed forces back to their own territory, meaning in effect that India

should pull back from East Pakistan and let Yahya Khan's forces there get back to their 

mission of genocide against the local population. Observers were to be placed along the 

Indo-Pakistani borders by the UN Secretary General. Bush's resolution also contained a 

grotesque call on India and Pakistan to "exert their best efforts towards the creation of a 

climate conducive to the voluntary return of refugees to East Pakistan." Ths resolution 

was out of touch with the two realities: that Yahya Khan had started the genocide in East 

Pakistan back in March, and that Yahya had now launched aggression against India with 

his air raids. Bush's resolution was vetoed by the Soviet representative, Yakov Malik. 

December 6- The Indian Government extended diplomatic recognition to the independent 

state of Bengladesh. Indian troops made continued progress against the Pakistani army in 

Bengal. 

On the same day, an NBC camera team filmed much of Nixon's day inside the White 

House. Part of what was recorded, and later broadcast, was a telephone call from Nixon 

to George Bush at the United Nations, giving Bush his instructions on how to handle the 

India-Pakistan crisis. "Some, all over the world, will try to make this basically a political 

issue," said Nixon to Bush. "You've got to do what you can. More important than 

anything else now is to get the facts out with regard to what we have done, that we have 

worked for a political settlement, what we have done for the refugees and so forth and so 

on. If you see that some here in the Senate and House, for whatever reason, get out and 

misrepresent our opinions, I want you to hit it frontally, strongly, and toughly; is that 

clear? Just take the gloves off and crack it, because you know exactly what we have done, 

OK?" [fn 16] 

December 7- George Bush at the UN made a further step forward towards global 

confrontation by branding India as the aggressor in the crisis, as Kissinger approvingly 

notes in his memoirs. Bush's draft resolution described above, which had been vetoed by 

Malik the in Security Council, was approved by the General assembly by a non-binding 

vote of 104 to 11, which Kissinger considered a triumph for Bush. But on the same day 

Yahya Khan informed the government in Washington that his military forces in east 

Pakistan were rapidly disintegrating. Kissinger and Nixon seized on a dubious report 

from an alleged CIA agent at a high level in the Indian Government which purported to 

summarize recent remarks of Indira Gandhi to her cabinet. According to this report, 

which may have come from the later Prime Minister Moraji Desai, Mrs. Gandhi had 

pledged to conquer the southern part of Pakistani-held Kashmir. If the Chinese "rattled 

the sword," the report quoted Mrs. Gandhi as saying, the Soviets would respond. This 

unreliable report became one of the pillars for further actions by Nixon, Kissinger, and 

Bush. 

December 8- By this time the Soviet navy had some 21 ships either in or approaching the 

Indian Ocean, in contrast to a pre-crisis level of 3 ships. At this point, with the Vietnam 

war raging unabated, the US had a total of three ships in the Indian Ocean- two old 

destroyers and a seaplane tender. The last squadron of the British navy was departing 

from the region in the framework of the British pullout from east of Suez.

In the evening, Nixon suggested to Kissinger that the scheduled Moscow summit might 

be cancelled. Kissinger raved that India wanted to detach not just Bengal, but Kashmir 

also, leading to the further secession of Baluchistan and the total dismemberment og 

Pakistan. "Fundamentally," wrote Kissinger of this moment, "our only card left was to 

raise the risks for the Soviets to a level where Moscow would see larger interests 

jeopardized" by its support of India, which had been lukewarm so far. 

December 9-- The State Department and other agencies were showing signs of being 

almost human, seeking to undermine the Nixon-Kissinger- Bush policy through 

damaging leaks and bureaucratic obstructionism. Nixon, "beside himself" over the 

damaging leaks, called in the principal officers of the Washington Special Action Group 

and told them that while he did not insist on their being loyal to the President, they ought 

at least to be loyal to the United States. Among those Nixon insulted was Undersecretary 

of State U. Alexis Johnson. But the leaks only increased. 

December 10--Kissinger ordered the US navy to create Task Force 74, consisting of the 

nuclear aircraft carrier Enterprise with escort and supply ships, and to have these ships 

proceed from their post at Yankee Station in the Gulf of Tonkin off Vietnam to 

Singapore. [fn 17] 

In Dacca, East Pakistan, Major General Rao Farman Ali Khan, the commander of 

Pakistani forces in Bengal asked the United Nations representative to help arrange a 

cease-fire, followed by the transfer in of power in East Pakistan to the elected 

representatives of the Awami League and the "repatriation with honor" of his forces back 

to West Pakistan. At first it appeared that this de facto surrender had been approved by 

Yahya Khan. But when Yahya Khan heard that the US fleet had been ordered into the 

Indian Ocean, he was so encouraged that he junked the idea of a surrender and ordered 

Gen. Ali Khan to resume fighting, which he did. 

Colonel Melvin Holst, the US military attache in Katmandu, Nepal, a small country 

sandwiched between India and China in the Himalayas, received a call from the Indian 

military attache, who asked whether the American had any knowledge of a Chinese 

military buildup in Tibet. "The Indian high command had some sort of information that 

military action was increasing in Tibet," said Holst in his cable to Washington. The same 

evening from the Soviet military attache, Loginov, who also asked about Chinese military 

activity. Loginov said that he had spoken over the last day or two with the Chinese 

military attache, Chao Kuang-chih "advising Chao that the PRC should not get too 

serious about intervention because USSR would react, had many missles, etc." [fn 18] At 

the moment the Himalaya mountain passes, the corridor for any Chinese troop 

movement, were all open and free from snow. The CIA had noted "war preparations" in 

Tibet over the months since the Bengal crisis had begun. Nikolai Pegov, the Soviet 

Ambassador to New Dehli, had assured the Indian government that in the eventuality of a 

Chinese attack on India, the Soviets would mount a "diversionary action in Sinkiang." 

December 11- Kissinger had been in town the previous day, meeting the Chinese UN 

delegate. Today Kissinger would meet with the Pakistani Deputy Prime Minister, Ali

Bhutto, in Bush's suit at the Waldorf- Astoria. Huang Hua, the Chinese delegate, made 

remarks which Kissinger chose to interpret as meaning that the "Chinese might intervene 

militarily even at this late stage." 

December 12- Nixon, Kissinger, and Haig met in the Oval Office early Sunday morning 

in a council of war. Kissinger later described this as a crucial meeting, where, as it turned 

out, "the first decision to risk war in the triangular Soviet-Chinese-American" relation 

was taken. [fn 19] 

During Nixon's 1975 secret grand jury testimony to the Watergate Special Prosecution 

Force, the former President insisted that the United States had come "close to nuclear 

war" during the Indo- Pakistani conflict. According to one attorney who heard Nixon's 

testimony in 1975, Nixon had stated that "we had threatened to go to nuclear war with the 

Russians." [fn 20] These remarks most probably refer to this December 12 meeting, and 

the actions it set into motion. 

Navy Task Force 74 was ordered to proceed through the Straits of Malacca and into the 

Indian Ocean, and it attracted the attention of the world media in so doing the following 

day. Task Force 74 was now on wartime alert. 

At 11:30 AM local time, Kissinger and Haid sent the Kremlin a message over the Hot 

Line. This was the first use of the Hot Line during the Nixon administration, and 

apparently the only time it was used during the Nixon years with the exception of the 

October 1973 Middle East War. According to Kissinger, this Hot Line message contained 

the ultimatum that the Soviets respond to earlier American demands; otherwise Nixon 

would order Bush to "set in train certain moves " in the UN Security Council that would 

be irreversible. But is this all the message said? Kissinger comments in his memoirs a 

few pages later: "Our fleet passed through the Strait of Malacca into the Bay of Bengal 

and attracted much media attention. Were we threatening India? Were we seeking to 

defend East Pakistan? Had we lost our minds? It was in fact sober calculation. We had 

some seventy-two hours to bring the war to a conclusion before West Pakistan would be 

swept into the maelstrom. It would take India that long to shift its forces and mount an 

assault. Once Pakistan's air force and army were destroyed, its impotence would 

guarantee the country's eventual disintegration... We had to give the Soviets a warning 

that matters might get out of control on our side too. We had to be ready to back up the 

Chinese if at the last moment they came in after all, our UN initiative having failed. [...] 

However unlikely an American military move against India, the other side could not be 

sure; it might not be willing to accept even the minor risk that we might act irrationally." 

[fn 21] 

These comments by Kissinger lead to the conclusion that the Hot Line message of 

December 12 was part of a calculated exercise in thermonuclear blackmail and 

brinksmanship. Kissinger's reference to acting irrationally recalls the infamous RAND 

Corporation theories of thermonculear confrontations as chicken games in which it is 

useful to hint to the opposition that one is insane. If your adversary thinks you are crazy, 

then he is more likely to back down, the argument goes. Whatever threats were made by

Kissinger and Haig that day in their Hot Line message are likely to have been of that 

variety. All evidence points to the conclusion that on December 12, 1971, the world was 

indeed close to the brink of thermonuclear confrontation. 

And where was George? He was acting as the willing mouthpiece for madmen. Late in 

the evening December 12, Bush delivered the following remarks to the Security Council, 

which are recorded in Kissinger's memoirs: 

"The question now arises as to India's further intentions. For example, does India intend 

to use the present situation to destroy the Pakistan army in the West? Does India intend to 

use as a pretext the Pakistani counterattacks in the West to annex territory in West 

Pakistan? Is its aim to take parts of Pakistan-controlled Kashmir contrary to the Security 

Council resolutions of 1948, 1949, and 1950? If this is not India's intention, then a 

prompt disavowal is required. The world has a right to know: What are India's intentions? 

Pakistan's aims have become clear: It has accepted the General Assembly's resolution 

passed by a vote of 104 to 11. My government has asked this question of the Indian 

Government several times in the last week. I regret to inform the Council that India's 

replies have been unsatisfactory and not reassuring." 

"In view of India's defiance of world opinion expressed by such an overwhelming 

majority, the United States is now returning the issue to the Security Council. With East 

Pakistan virtually occupied by Indian troops, a continuation of the war would take on 

increasingly the character of armed attack on the very existence of a Member State of the 

United Nations." [fn 22] 

Bush introduced another draft resolution of pro-Pakistan tilt which called on the 

governments of India and Pakistan to take measures for an immediate cease-fire and 

withdrawl of troops, and for measures to help the refugees. This resolution was also 

vetoed by the USSR. 

December 14-- Kissinger shocked US public opinion by stating off the record to 

journalists in a plane returning from a meeting with French President Georges Pompidou 

in the Azores that if Soviet conduct continued in the present mode, the US was "prepared 

to reevaluate our entire relationship, including the summit." 

December 15--The Pakistani commander in East Pakistan, after five additional days of 

pointless killing, again offered a cease-fire. Kissinger claimed that the five intervening 

days had allowed the US to increase the pressure on India and prevent the Indian forces 

from turning on West Pakistan. 

December 16- Mrs, Gandhi offered an unconditional cease-fire in the west, which 

Pakistan immedaitely accepted. Kissinger opined that this decision to end all fighting had 

been "reluctant" on the part of India, and had been made possible through Soviet pressure 

generated by US threats. Chou En-lai also said later that the US had saved West Pakistan. 

Kissinger praised Nixon's "courage and patriotism" and his committment to "preserve the

alance of power for the ultimate safety of all free people." Apprentice geopolitician 

George Bush had carried out yeoman service in that immoral cause. 

After a self-serving and false description of the Indo-Pakistani crisis of 1971, Kissinger 

pontificates in his memoirs about the necessary priority of geopolitical machinations: 

"There is in America an idealistic tradition that sees foreign policy as a context between 

evil and good. There is a pragmatic tradition that seeks to solve 'problems' as they arise. 

There is a legalistic tradition that treats international issues as juridical cases. There is no 

geopolitical tradition." In their stubborn pursuit of an alliance with the second strongest 

land power at the expense of all other considerations, Kissinger, Nixon, and Bush were 

following the dictates of classic geopolitics. This is the school in which Bush was trained, 

and this is how he has reacted to every international crisis down through the Gulf war, 

which was originally conceived in London as a "geopolitical" adjustment in favor of the 

Anglo-Saxons against Germany, Japan, the Arabs, the developing sector, and the rest of 

the world. 

1972 was the second year of Bush's UN tenure, and it was during this time that he 

distinguished himself as a shameless apologist for the genocidal and vindictive Kissinger 

policy of prolonging and escalating the war in Vietnam. During most of his first term, 

Nixon pursued a policy he called the "Vietnamization" of the war. This meant that US 

land forces were progressively withdrawn while the South Vietnamese Army was 

ostensibly built up so that it could bear the battle against the Viet Cong and the North 

Vietnamese regulars. This policy went into crisis in March, 1972 when the North 

Vietnamese launched a twelve- division assault across the Demilitarized Zone against the 

south. On May 8, 1972, Nixon announced that the full-scale bombing of the north, which 

had been suspended since the spring of 1968, would be resumed with a vengeance: Nixon 

ordered the bombing of Hanoi and the mining of Haiphong harbor, and the savaging of 

transportation lines and military installations all over the country. This mining had 

always been rejected as a tactic during the previous conduct of the war because of the 

possibility that bombing and mining the harbors might hit Soviet, Chinese, and other 

foreign ships, killing the crews and creating the risk of retaliation by these countries 

against the US. Now, before the 1972 elections, Kissinger and Nixon were determined to 

"go ape," discarding their previous limits on offensive action and risking whatever China 

and the USSR might do. It was another gesture of reckless confrontation, fraught with 

incalculable consequences. Later in the same year, in December, Nixon would respond to 

a breakdown in the Paris talks with the Hanoi government by ordering the infamous 

Christmastide B-52 attacks on the north. 

It was George Bush who officially informed the international diplomatic community of 

Nixon's March decisions. Bush addressed a letter to the Presidency of the UN Security 

Council in which he outlined what Nixon had set into motion: 

"The President directed that the entrances to the ports of North Vietnam be mined and 

that the delivery of seaborne supplies to North Vietnam be prevented. These measures of 

collective self-defense are hereby being reported to the United Nations Security Council 

as required by Article 51 of the United Nations Charter."

Bush went on to characterize the North Vietnamese actions. He spoke of "the massive 

invasion across the demilitarized zone and international boundaries by the forces of North 

Vietnam and the continuing aggression" of Hanoi. He accused the north of "blatant 

violation of the understandings negotiated in 1968 in connection with the cessation of the 

bombing of the territory of North Vietnam." "The extent of this renewed aggression and 

the manner in which it has been directed and supported demonstrate with great clarity 

that North Vietnam has embarked on an all-out attempt to take over South Vietnam by 

military force and to disrupt the orderly withdrawal of United States forces." Bush further 

accused the north of refusing to negotiate in good faith to end the war. 

The guts of Bush's message, the part that was read with greatest attention in Moscow, 

Peking, and elsewhere, was contained in the following summary of the way in which 

Haiphong and the other harbors had been mined: 

"Accordingly, as the minimum actions necessary to meet this threat, the Republic of 

Vietnam and the United States of America have jointly decided to take the following 

measures of collective self-defense: The entrances to the ports of North Vietnam are 

being mined, commencing 0900 Saigon time May 9, and the mines are set to activate 

automatically beginning 1900 hours Saigon time May 11. This will permit vessels of 

other countries presently in North Vietnamese ports three daylight periods to depart 

safely." In a long circumlocution, Bush also conveyed that all shipping might also be the 

target of indsicriminate bombing. Bush called these measures "restricted in extent and 

purpose." The US was willing to sign a cease-fire ending all acts of war in Indochina 

(thus including Cambodia, which had been invaded in 1970, and Laos, which had been 

invaded in 1971) within four months, as well as the Vietnams) and bring all US troops 

home within four months. 

There was no bipartisan support for the bombing and mining policy Bush announced. 

Senator Mike Mansfield pointed out that the decision would only protract the war. 

Senator Proxmire called it "reckless and wrong." Four Soviet ships were damaged by 

these US actions. There was a lively debate within the Soviet Politburo on how to 

respond to this, with a faction around Shelest demanding that Nixon's invitation to the 

upcoming Moscow superpower summit be rescinded. But Shelest was ousted by 

Brezhnev, and the summit went forward at the end of May. The "China card" 

theoreticians congratulated themselves that the Soviets had been paralyzed by fear what 

Peking might do if Moscow became embroiled with Peking's new de facto ally, the US. 

In July, 1972, reports emerged in the international press of charges by Hanoi that the US 

had been deliberately bombing the dams and dikes, which were the irrigation and flood 

control system around Vietnam's Red River. Once again it was Bush who came forward 

as the apologist for Nixon's "mad bomber" foreign policy. Bush appeared on the NBC 

Televison "Today" show to assure the US public that the US bombing had created only 

"the most incidental and minor impact" on North Viet Nam's dike system. This, of 

course, amounted to a backhanded conformation that such bombing had been done, and 

damage wrought in the process. Bush was in his typical whining mode in defending the 

US policy against worldwide criticism of war measures that seemed designed to inflict

widepsread flooding and death on North Vietnamese civilians. According to North 

Vietnamese statistics, more than half of the north's 20 million people lived in areas near 

the Red River that would be flooded if the dike system were breached. An article which 

appeared in a Hanoi publication had stated that at flood crest many rivers rise to "six or 

seve meters above the surrounding fields" and that because of this situation "any dike 

break, especially in the Red River delta, is a disaster with incalculable consequences." 

Bush had never seen an opportunity for genocide he did not like. "I believe we are being 

set up by a massive propaganda campaign by the North Vietnamese in the event that 

there is the same kind of flooding this year--to attribute it to bombs whereas last year it 

happened just out of lack of maintenance," Bush argued. "There's been a study made that 

I hope will be released shortly that will clarify this whole question," he went on. The 

study "would be very helpful because I think it will show what the North Vietnamese are 

up to in where they place strategic targets." What Bush was driving at here was an 

allegation that Hanoi customarily placed strategic assets near the dikes in order to be able 

to accuse the US of genocide if air attacks breached the dikes and caused flooding. Bush's 

military spokesmen used similar arguments diring the Gulf war, when Iraq was accused 

of placing military equipment in the midst of civilian residential areas. 

"I think you would have to recognize," retorted Bush, "that if there was any intention" of 

breaching the dikes, "it would be very, very simple to do exactly what we are accused of- 

- and that is what we are not doing." [fn 23] 

The bombing of the north continued, and reached a final paroxysm at Christmas, when B- 

52s made unrestricted terror bombing raids against Hanoi and other cities. The Christmas 

bombing was widely condemned, even by the US press: "New Madness in Vietnam" was 

the headline of the St. Louis Post-Dispatch On Dec. 19; "Terror from the Skies" that of 

the New York Times Dec. 22; "Terror Bombing in the Name of Peace" of the 

Washington Post Dec. 28; and "Beyond All Rason" of the Los Angeles Times of Dec. 28. 

Bush'activity at the UN also coincided with Kissinger's preparation of the October, 1973 

Middle East war. During the 1980's, Bush attempted to cultivate a public image as a US 

politician who, although oriented towards close relations with Israel, would not slavishly 

appease every demand of the Israelis and the Zionist lobby in the United States, but 

would take an independent position designed to foster US national interests. From time to 

time, Bush snubbed the Israelis by hinting that they held hostages of their own, and that 

the Israeli annexation of Jerusalem would not be accepted by the United States. For some, 

these delusions have survived even a refutation so categoric as the events of the Kuwait 

crisis of 1990-91. Bush, whose differences with an Israeli leader like Shamir are less 

significant than the differences between Shamir and other Israeli politicians. Bush's 

pedigree is the reflex of a neo-conservative network and a fanatically pro-Israeli 

ideological-political track record which was already massive during the UN years. 

In September 1972 Palestinian terrorists describing themselves as the "Black September" 

organization attacked the quarters of the Israeli Olympic team present in Munich for the 

Olympic games of that year, killing a number of the Israeli athletes. The Israeli

government seized on these events as carte blanche to launch a series of air attacks 

against Syria and Lebanon, arguing that these countries could be held responsible for 

what had happened in Munich. Somalia, Greece, and Guinea came forward with a 

resolution in the Security Council which simply called for the immediate cessation of "all 

military operations". The Arab states argued that the Israeli air attacks were totally 

without provocation or jusitification, and killed numerous civilians who had nothing 

whatever to do with the terrorist actions in Munich. 

The Nixon regime, with one eye on the autumn 1972 elections and the need to mobilize 

the Zionist lobby in support of Tricky Dick's second term, wanted to find a way to oppose 

this resolution, since it did not sufficiently acknowledge the unique righteousness of the 

Israeli cause and Israel's inherent right to commit acts of war against its neighbors. It was 

Bush who authored a competing resolution which called on all interested parties "to take 

all measures for the immediate cessation and prevention of all military operations and 

terrorist activities." It was Bush who dished up the rationalizations for US rejection of the 

first resolution. That resolution was no good because it did not reflect the fact that "the 

fabric of violence in the Middle East in inextricably interwoven with the massacre in 

Munich," Bush argued. 'By our silence on the terror in Munich are we indeed inviting 

more Munichs?," he asked. Justifying the Israeli air raids on Syria and Lebanon, Bush 

maintained that certain governments "cannot be absolved of responsibility for the cycle 

of violence" because of their words and deeds, or because of their tacit acquiescence. 

Slightly later, after the vote had taken place, Bush argued that "by adopting this 

resolution, the council would have ignored reality, would have spoken to one form of 

violence but not another, would have looked to the effect but not the cause." 

When the resolution was put to a vote, Bush made front-page headlines around the world 

by casting the US veto, a veto that had been cast only once before in the entire history of 

the UN. The vote was 13 to 1, with the US casting the sole negative vote. Panama was 

the lone abstention. The only other time the US veto had been used had been in 1970, on 

a resolution involving Rhodesia. 

The Israeli UN ambassador Yosef Tekoah did not attend the debate because of the Jewish 

holiday of Rosh Hashanah. But Israel's cause was well defended--by Bush. According to 

an Israeli journalist observing the proceedings who was quoted by the Washington Post, 

"Bush sounds more pro-Israeli than Tekoah would have." [fn 24] 

Later in 1972, attempts were made by non-aligned states and the UN Secretariat to 

arrange the indispensable basis for a Middle East pesce settlement-- the withdrawal of 

Israel from the territories occupied during the 1967 war. Once again, Bush was more 

Zionist than the Israelis. 

In Februaty of 1972, the UN's Middle East mediator, Gunnar Jarring of Norway, had 

asked that the Security Council reaffirm the original contents of resolution 242 of 1967 

by reiterating that Israel should surrender Arab territory seized in 1967. "Land for peace" 

was anathema to the Israeli government then as now. Bush undertook to blunt this nonalligned 

peace bid.

Late in 1972 the non-aligned group proposed a resolution in the General Assembly which 

called for "immediate and unconditional" Israeli withdrawal from the occupied territories 

while inviting other countries to withold assistance that would help Israel to sustain its 

occupation of the Arab land. Bush quickly rose to assail this text. 

In a speech to the General Assembly in December 1972, Bush warned the assembly that 

the original text of resolution 242 was "the essential agreed basis for UN peace efforts 

and this body and all its members should be mindful of the need to preserve the 

negotiating asset that it represents." "The assembly," Bush went on, "cannot seek to 

impose courses of action on the countries directly concerned, either by making new 

demands or favoring the proposals or positions of one side over the other." Never, never 

would George Bush ever take sides or accept a double standard of this type. Bush did 

claim that the US continued to support 242 and the Jarring mission. But Bush was 

suggesting that Israel and Egypt begin talks under US mediation for an interim, bilateral 

deal to re-open the Suez canal. Here we can observe the policy thrust which culminated 

in Camp David not so many years later, after the 1973 war had been fought.. 

An interesting document of this period is the text of secret conversations between Bush 

and the Egyptian Foreign Minister and the between Bush and the Israeli Foreign Minister. 

These conversations were part of secret State Department cables that were leaked to the 

columnist Jack Anderson, who published their contents. 

The first conversation is beyween Bush and Mahmoud Riad, the Foreign Miniser oif 

Egypt. "Ambassador Bush...sought out Formin Riad in UN Indonesian Lounge to discuss 

Egytpian draft res re Middle East...Noting that Egyptian draft res appeared from initial 

reading to be generally satisfactory,, Bush stated that major stumbling block for USG [ie, 

the Nixon regime] was placing of language re Jarring mission in operative paragraph 

section...Bush asked if Riad willing to consider removal of this language from operative 

section to preamble." 

What Bush was clearly trying to do was to weaken the references to Jarring, who was 

identified with the idea that the Israelis must quit the occupied territories in order to make 

peace possible. The cable continues: 

"Riad replied in negative but not before he stressed that for Egyptians inclusion of this 

language in operative section not repeat not merely semantic exercise, on contrary, Egypt 

convinced that Israel trying to get out of giving favorable reply to Jarring and that only 

way to force Israel is by means of explicit UN resolution." 

Bush responded to this by making several proposal for minor changes, but then submitted 

these to Israeli Foreign Minister Abba Eban. A cable marked "Eyes Only-Specat 

Exclusive" describes the Bush-Eban conversation: "Bush...had meeting the Formin Abba 

Eban this afternoon...Eban said Israel could not repeat not accept USG proposal...He 

noted ...that Jarring has not been too helpful and characterized him as 'negativistic 

individual.' On the other hand he opined that if Jarring would would make move toward 

Israel 'We'll see what we can do to help him.'" At another meeting between Eban and

Bush, Eban "observed...that on political grounds Israel not have any reference [sic] to 

Jarring but appreciated that parliamentary reasons may dictate need for some thing. Both 

Eban and Tekoah summed up that from Israel point of view, best course would be to limit 

resolution language to 'complimentary reference to Jarring.'" 

What all these machinations finally yielded was a resolution that passed with the United 

States abstaining and Israel opposed. At the same time, the US promised Israel a 

continuing supply of Phantom jets, and there was war in the Middle East before the year 

was out, just as Kissinger had planned. 

Bush himself has always been reluctant about flaunting his own impeccable Zionist 

credentials, probably because of his desire to maintain close ties to the money and power 

centers of the Arab world. In his campaign autobiography, Bush seeks repeatedly to 

profile himself as a target of the extremists of the Jewish Defense League. On one 

occasion, Bush recounts, he was accosted at the entrance to the US mission to the United 

Nations by Rabbi Meir Kahane, the leader of the JDL. "Why won't you talk to me? All I 

want is a dialogue," said Kahane, according to Bush's account. Bush says he refused to 

stop, but told Kahane in passing: "Because I've seen your idea of a dialogue-those shots 

fired into the Soviet Embassy, and I don't condone your group's violence any more than 

violence directed at Jews by Arab terrorists," which was a marvel of even-handed 

rhetoric in full career. Another Bush anecdote of unconfirmed veracity is attributed by 

Fitzhugh Green to New York East Side restauranteur Walter J. Ganzi, who recounted 

after the 1988 election that Bush had pacified and dispersed a menacing crowd of several 

thousand angry JDL demonstrators one day by making an impromptu speech suffused 

with leadership charisma. Bush's admirers claim that he was responsible for Nixon's 

creation of a new police force, the Executive Protective Service, which is assigned to 

guard foreign officials visiting the US. [fn 25] 

From January 28 through February 4, 1972, the Security Council held its first meeting in 

twenty years outside of New York City. The venue chosen was Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. 

Bush made this the occasion for a trip through the Sudan, Kenya, Zambia, Zaire, Gabon, 

Nigeria, Chad, and Botswana. Bush later told a House subcommittee hearing that this was 

his second trip to Africa, with the preceding one having been a junket to Egypt and Libya 

"in 1963 or 1964." [fn 26] During this trip Bush met with seven chiefs of state, including 

President Mobutu of Zaire, Emperor Haile Selassie of Ethiopia, President Tombalbaye of 

Chad, and President Nimeiri of the Sudan. 

At the meeting in Addis Ababa, Bush was blind-sided by a speech delivered by the 

delegate of Panama, one of the rotating members of the Security Council. The Panamian 

representative, Aquilino Boyd, vigorously attacked the US "occupation" of the Panana 

Canal Zone. Bush was forced into parliamentary manuevering to avoid further discussion 

of the Panamanian complaint, claiming that Boyd was out of order in that the Canal Zone 

matter was not on the agenda, which was supposed to be oriented towards African 

matters. This marks one of Bush's earliest public encounters with the Panama issue, 

which was destined to become his bloody obsession during the first year of his 

presidency. [fn 27]

Bush in Addis Ababa voted in favor of two resolutions on Namibia, one of which set up 

the machinery under which the UN Secretary General was empowered to contact the 

South African government about the status of the trusteeship territory usurped by 

Pretoria. Bush thought that this first Namibia resolution had been "the most positive thing 

that came out." Bush also voted for a further resolution on apartheid, and abstained on the 

resolutions concerning Portuguese colionies and on Rhodesia. Bush's vote on the 

Rhodesian resolution amounted to a vote of confidence in a mission led by the British 

Lord Pearce on the Rhodesian question, a mission which many African states opposed. 

At a press conference in Addis Ababa, African journalists destabilized Bush with 

aggressive questions about the US policy of ignoring mandatory UN economic sanctions 

against the racist, white supremacist Ian Smith regime in Rhodesia. The Security Council 

had imposed the mandatory sanctions, but later the US Congrsss had passed, and Nixon 

had signed into law, legislation incorporating the so-called Byrd amendment, which 

allowed the US president to import chrome from Rhodesia in the event of shortages of 

that strategic raw material. Chrome was readily available on the world market, especially 

from the USSR, although the Soviet chrome was more expensive than the Rhodesian 

chrome. In his Congressional testimony, Bush whined at length about the extensive 

criticism of this declared US policy of breaching the Rhodesian sanctions on the part of 

"those who are just using this to really hammer us from a propaganda standpoint." "We 

have taken the rap on this thing," complained Bush. "We have taken the heat on it." "We 

have taken a great deal of abuse from those who wanted to embarrass us in Africa, to 

emphasize the negative and not the positive in the United Nations." Bush talked of his 

own efforts at damage control on the issue of US support for the racist Rhodesian regime: 

"...what we are trying to do is to restrict any hypocrisy we are accused of." "I certainly 

don't think the US position should be that the Congress was trying to further colonialism 

and racism in this action it took," Bush told the Congressmen. "In the UN, I get the 

feeling we are categorized as imperialists and colonialists, and I make clear this is not 

what America stands for, but nevertheless it is repeated over and over and over again," he 

whined. [fn 28] 

During the hearings, Bush was confronted by Congressman Diggs with an account 

published in the Los Angeles Times of February 26, 1972, according to which the US had 

threatened to use the veto against a draft resolution stating that all sanctions against 

Rhodesia should remain fully in force until the people of Rhodesia had freely and equally 

exercised their right to self-determination. Rep. Diggs referred to a report in this article 

that the African and third world sponsors of this resolution had been forced to water it 

down in order to avoid a veto to be cast by Bush. Bush ducked any direct answer on this 

behind-the-scenes veto threat. "...we simply cannot, given the restrictions placed on us by 

law, appear to be two-faced on these things," Bush told Diggs. 

Some weeks later, Bush gave a lecture to students at Tulane University in New Orleans, 

where he announced that the US was now using the provisions of the Byrd amendment 

actually to purchase Rhodesian chrome, and conceded that this was indeed a violation of 

the UN economic sanctions. Noting that the policy was causing the Nixon regime 

"considerable embarrassment," Bush nevertheless defended the chrome purchases, saying

that the US was acting "not in support of colonialism or totalitarianism but it seemed the 

realistic solution," more desirable than paying "twice the price" for Russian chrome. Bush 

lamely pointed out that many other countries were violating the sanctions covertly, 

whereas the US was doing so overtly, which he suggested was less reprehensible. [fn 29] 

On the problems of Africa in general, Bush, ever true to Malthusian form, stressed above 

all the overpopulation of the continent. As he told the Congressmen: "Population was one 

of the things I worked on when I was in the Congress with many people here in this 

room. It is something that the UN should do. It is something where we are better served 

to use a multilateral channel, but it has got to be done efficiently and effectively. There 

has to be some delivery systems. It should not be studied to death if the American people 

are going to see that we are better off to use a multilateral channel and I am convinced we 

are. We don't want to be imposing American standards of rate of growth on some 

country, but we are saying that if an international community decides it is worth while to 

have these programs and education, we want to strongly support it." [fn 30] 

On individual African countries, Bush asked the Congressmen to increase US aid to 

Chad, making it obliquely clear that his interest in Chad came from the country's "fierce 

independence" in a "pressure area vis-a-vis the north," meaning Qaddafi's Libya. Bush 

discussed the Middle East crisis at length with Nimeiri of the Sudan, with whom the US 

had no diplomatic relations. Bush thought that Nimieri was interested in restoring and 

improving relations with the US. These exchanges are historically ironic in the light of 

Bush's later role in the coup that overthrew Nimieri in the mid-1980's. By contrast, Bush 

said that Somalia, where the US had recently cut off aid, had shown no interest in 

improving ties with the US. In Botswana, Bush says he was impressed by the ministers 

he met. In Zambia, the big emphasis was on the problems of the front-line states. In all of 

the African capitals on his itinerary, Bush was struck by the intensity of the committment 

of governments to progress and to sovereignty: "...in whatever part of Africa and 

however diverse Africa is, there was always a large amount of time devoted to 

development, economics, and, again, independence, nationhood, this kind of thing." It 

was clear that Bush would never have much sympathy for the "nationhood thing." But he 

was aware that Africa had 42 votes out of 132 UN member states in the General 

Assembly. 

Two aspects of Bush's testimony on his African trip throw light on the permanent axioms 

of his thinking process. In one such revealing incident, Bush describes his "not hostile" 

but "very frank" dialogue with "a bunch of the intellectuals in Nigeria." Bush told the 

Congressmen that these intellectuals "were inclined to equate our quest for peaceful 

change with the status quo, no change at all, and they would state, 'Look, your own 

Revolution was a nonpeaceful change.'" This exchange became a way for Bush to state 

that the principles of natural law in the struggle against colonialism which were 

expressed in the American Revolution had now been superceded by the supernational 

principle of the United Nations as a world government which must validate all political 

change. Here is the way Bush expressed this idea: "And my answer to that was, one, we 

mean both peaceful and change, and two, the United Nations Charter was not in existence

at the time of the US Revolution. We are not going to give up on the United Nations, 

which commits itself to peaceful change." [fn 31] 

The second revealing exchange involved Bush's relation to the policies that he was 

carrying out. Asked by Congressman Diggs to pinpoint where decisions on Rhodesian 

policy and related issues were made, Bush replied: "That is something you can never do 

in the State Department." He then went on to describe his relations to machinery of 

policy making: "I would be happy to take responsibility for it [the Rhodesian vote], if you 

are looking for somebody to do that, because I am the President's representative to the 

United Nations, and the buck stops with some of these things with me. But I don't profess 

to be that big a deal that I can say this is the way it is going to be, and that is the way it 

happens. But in terms of responsibility for this position, I would be happy to accept it." 

Then Bush added: "I do think that there is room for some criticism about the kind of 

facelessness of the process, but I would say for these resolutions, or anything that we 

have done in terms of policy, whether it is subcontinent, or Middle East, or China, I have 

been in accord with these major decisions, and I take the responsibility for them as the 

presidentially appointed representative to the United Nations. Yet I sometimes am 

frustrated by the machinery, I must say." 

One senses that this is Bush's pledge of personal allegiance to the Kissinger policies that 

dominated in the areas he mentions, and that his frustration is reserved for the passive 

resistance that still from time to time merged from the Rogers State Department. Among 

other things, Bush was endorsing the Nixon-Kissinger regime's support for the military 

junta of the Greek colonels, a matter which became a minor issue in the 1988 presidential 

campaign. 

As the former Guyana Foreign Minister Fred Wills has pointed out in several speaking 

engagements for the Schiller Institute over recent years, the United States Ambassador to 

the United Nations presides over an immense covert apparatus of espionage, armtwisting, 

intimidation, entrapment, and blackmail, all directed against foreign delegates 

whom the US is seeking to compromise, bribe, or turn. The gambits habitually employed 

in this brutal and squalid game range from baskets of fruit delivered to the hotel rooms 

and residences of ambassadors and ministers, to the deployment of a stable of male and 

female sex operatives to entrap unwary foreign diplomats, to black-bag operations and 

occasional wetwork. It may also be relevant that the Mayor of New York City during 

these years was John V. Lindsay, a Yale graduate and Skull and Bones member, with 

whom Bush had dealings on matters of police and security policy affecting the UN 

diplomatic community. 

In the course of the many Congressional investigations of domestic covert operations 

during the Watergate period, attention was called to a number of mysterious and unsolved 

break-ins related to United Nations functions which took place in the New York area 

during the approximate time that George Bush was UN ambassador, which was from 

February 1971 until January 1973. These included a break-in at the home of Victor 

Rioseco, an economic counselor for the Chilean mission to the United Nations, on 

February 10, 1971; a break-in at the home of Humberto Diaz-Casaneuva, the Chilean

Ambassador to the United Nations, on April 5, 1971, and another burglary at the New 

York apartment of Javier Urrutia, the chief of the Chilean Development Corporation, on 

April 11, 1971. It will be noted that one common denominator of these break-ins was a 

targetting of Chilean representatives; the Chilean government at this time was that of 

President Salvador Allende Gossens, later toppled by a US-directed coup in September, 

1973. The Chilean Embassy in Washington was the scene of yet another break-in on May 

13-14, 1972. 

Naturally, Bush's authorized biography and campaign autobiography say nothing about 

any of these interesting events. Fitzhugh Green describes the "gracious, professional 

teamwork" of Barbara and George at diplomatic receptions, with Bush's personal 

assistant Rudolph "Foxy" Carter fingering diplomats and wives to be buttonholed by Mrs. 

Bush and then taken over to meet George. It was also during these UN years that Bush 

consolidated his habit of writing large quantities of short personal longhand notes and 

cards to friends and acquantainces. Bush's habit was to personally sit though the long 

speeches of diplomats representing US allies and others whom Bush wished to propitiate. 

But in order to use the time, Foxy Carter would make sure that he had a sufficient supply 

of small note cards to be able to turn out a continuous flow of bread and butter notes, 

greetings, and working communications, some of which could be delivered to diplomats 

present in the room where Bush was sitting. In this way, Bush succeeded in ingratiating 

himself with many delegates. This practice foreshadows his later "speed-dialing mode" of 

contacts with world leaders during crises such as the Gulf adventure. [fn 32] 

Bush spent just less than two years at the UN. His tenure coincided with some of the most 

monstruous crimes against humanity of the Nixon- Kissinger duo, for whom Bush 

functioned as an international spokesman to whom no Kissinger policy was too odious to 

be enthusiatically proclaimed before the international community and world public 

opinion. Through this doggedly loyal service, Bush forged a link with Nixon that would 

be ephemeral but vital for his career while it lasted, and a link with Kissinger that would 

be decisive in shaping Bush's own administration in 1988-89. The way in which Bush set 

about organizing the anti-Iraq coalition of 1990-91 was decisively shaped by his United 

Nations experience. His initial approach to the Security Council, the types of resolutions 

that were put forward by the US, and the alternation of military escalation with 

consultations among the five permanent members of the Security Council- all this 

harkened back to the experience Bush acquired as Kissinger's envoy to the world body. 

Towards the close of Bush's posting to the UN, his father, Prescott Bush, died at the 

Sloan-Kettering Hospital in New York City. It was October 8, 1972. Prescott Bush had 

been diagnosed as suffering from lung cancer. 

NOTES: 

1. In 1970, Bush's portfolio included 29 companies in which he had an interest of more than $4000. He had 

10,000 shares of American general Insurance Co., 5,500 shares of American Standard, 200 shares of 

AT&T, 832 shares of CBS, and 581 shares of Industries Exchange Fund. He also held stock in the Kroger

Compny, Simplex Wire and Cale Co. (25,000 shares), IBM, and Allied Chemical. In addition, he had 

created a trust fund for his children. 

2. James Reston, Jr., The Lone Star: The Life of John Connally (New York, 1989), p. 380. 

3 Safire, Before the Fall, p. 646. 

4. Walter Pincus and Bob Woodward, "Presidential Posts and Dashed Hopes," Washington Post, August 9, 

1988. 

5. Reston, p. 382. 


7. For the Nixon side of the Bush UN appointment, see William Safire, Before the Fall (New York, 1977), 

especially "The President Falls in Love," pp. 642 ff. 

8. Reston, p. 382. Reston (pp. 586-587) tells the story of how, years later in the 1980 Iowa caucuses 

campaign when both Bush and Connally were in the race, Bush was enraged by Connally's denigration of 

his manhood in remarks to Texans that Bush was 'all hat and no cattle.' Bush was walking by a television 

set in the Hotel Fort Des Moines when Connally came on the screen. Bush reached out toward Connally's 

image on the screen as if to shake hands. Then Bush screamed, "Thank you, sir, for all the kind things you 

and your friends have been saying about me!" Then Bush slammed his fist on the top of the set, yelling 

"That prick!" 

9. On Kissinger, see Scott Thompson and Joseph Brewda, "Kissinger Associates: Two Birds in the Bush," 

Executive Intelligence Review, March 3, 1989. 

10. See Tad Szulc, The Illusion of Peace (New York, 1978), p. 498. 

11. Henry Kissinger, White House Years (Boston, 1979), p. 715. 

12. Szulc, p. 500, and Washington Post, August 12, 1971. 

13. Washington Post, October 31, 1971. 

14. See Seymour M. Hersh, The Price of Power (New York, 1983), pp. 444 ff. 

15. Henry Kissinger, White House Years, p. 897. The general outlines of these reamrks were first published 

in the Jack Anderson column, and reprinted in Jack Anderson, The Anderson Papers ( New York, 1973). 

16. Kissinger, p. 896. 

17. Jack Anderson, The Anderson Papers, p. 226. 

18. Elmo Zumwalt, On Watch (New York, 1976), p. 367. 

19. Anderson, p. 260-1. 

20. Kissinger, p. 909. 

21. Hersh, The Price of Power, p. 457.

22. Kissinger, pp. 911-912. 

23. See R.C. Gupta, US Policy Towards India and Pakistan (Delhi, 1977) , p. 84 ff. 

24. Washington Post, July 27, 1972. 

25. Washington Post, September 11, 1972. 

26. Bush and Gold, p. 114; Green, p. 122. 

27. US House of Representatives, Joint Hearing Before the Subcommittee on Africa and the Subcommittee 

on International Organizations and Movements of the Committee on Foreign Affairs, Ninety-Second 

Congress, Second Session, March 1, 1972, (Washington: US Government Printing Office, 1972), p. 12. 

28. In March, 1973, the US veto was used to block a resolution in the Security Council which called for the 

"full respect for Panama's effective sovereignty over all its territory." This resolution otherwise received 13 

positive votes, and there was one abstention. See Casting Out Panama's Demon, Panama City, 1990, p. 22. 

29. House of Representatives, Joint Hearing, pp. 10-11, 7. 

30. Washington Post, April 23, 1972. 

31. House of Representatives, Joint Hearing, pp. 7-8. 

32. Ibid, p. 15. 

33. Green, pp. 118, 125.

Chapter -XII- Chairman George in Watergate 

In November, 1972, Bush's "most influential patron," Richard Nixon [fn 1], won reelection 

to the White House for a second term in a landslide victory over the McGovern- 

Shriver Democratic ticket. Nixon's election victory had proceeded in spite of the arrest of 

five White House-linked burglars in the offices of the Democratic National Committee at 

the Watergate building in Washington early on June 17 of the same year. This was the 

beginning of the infamous Watergate scandal, which would overshadow and ultimately 

terminate Nixon's second term in 1974. After the election, Bush received a telephone call 

informing him that Nixon wanted to talk to him at the Camp David retreat in the Catoctin 

Mountains of Maryland. Bush had been looking to Washington for the inevitable 

personnel changes that would be made in preparation for Nixon's second term. Bush tells 

us that he was aware of Nixon's plan to reorganize his cabinet around the idea of a "super 

cabinet" of top-level, inner cabinet ministers or "super secretaries" who would work 

closely with the White House while relegating the day-to-day functioning of their 

executive departments to sub-cabinet deputies. One of the big winners under this plan 

was scheduled to be George Shultz, the former Labor Secretary who was now, after the 

departure of Connally, supposed to become Super Secretary of the Treasury. Shultz was a 

Bechtel executive who went on to be Reagan's second Secretary of State after Al Haig. 

Bush and Shultz were future members of the Bohemian Club of San Francisco and of the 

Bohemian Grove summer gathering. Shultz was a Princeton graduate who was reputed to 

have a tiger, the school's symbol, tatooed on his rump. Bush says he received a call from 

Nixon's top domestic aide, John Ehrlichman (along with Haldemann a partner in the 

"Chinese wall" around Nixon maintained by the White House palace guard). Ehrlichman 

told Bush that George Shultz wanted to see him before he went on to meet with Nixon at 

Camp David. As it turned out, Shultz wanted to offer Bush the post of undersecretary of 

the Treasury, which would amount to de facto administrative control over the department 

while Shultz concentrated on his projected super secretary policy functions. Bush says he 

thanked Shultz for his "flattering" offer, took it under consideration, and then pressed on 

to Camp David. [fn 2] At Camp David, Bush says that Nixon talked to him in the 

following terms: "George, I know that Shultz has talked to you about the Treasury job, 

and if that's what you'd like, that's fine with me. However, the job I really want you to do, 

the place I really need you, is over at the National Committee running things. This is an 

important time for the Republican Party, George. We have a chance to build a new

coalition in the next four years, and you're the one who can do it." [ fn 3] But this was not 

the job that George really wanted. He wanted to be promoted, but he wanted to continue 

in the personal retinue of Henry Kissinger. "At first Bush tried to persuade the President 

to give him, instead, the number-two job at the State Department, as deputy to Secretary 

Henry Kissinger. Foreign affairs was his top priority, he said. Nixon was cool to this idea, 

and Bush capitulated." [fn 4] According to Bush's own account, he asked Nixon for some 

time to ponder the offer of the RNC chairmanship. Among those who Bush said he 

consulted on whether or not to accept was Rogers C.B. Morton, the former Congressman 

whom Nixon had made Secretary of Commerce. Morton suggested that if Bush wanted to 

accept, he insist that he continue as a member of the Nixon cabinet, where, it should be 

recalled, he had been sitting since he was named to the UN. Pennsylvania Senator Hugh 

Scott, one of the Republican Congressional leaders, also advised Bush to demand to 

continue on in the cabinet: "Insist on it," Bush recalls him saying. Bush also consulted 

Barbara. The story goes that Bar had demanded that George pledge that the one job he 

would never take was the RNC post. But now he wanted to take precisely that post, 

which appeared to be a political graveyard, George explained his wimpish obedience to 

Nixon: "Boy, you can't turn a President down." [fn 5] Bush then told Ehrlichman that he 

would accept provided he could stay on in the cabinet. Nixon approved this condition, 

and the era of Chairman George had begun. 

Of course, making the chairman of the Republican Party an ex- officio member of the 

president's cabinet seems to imply something resembling a one-party state. But George 

was not deterred by such difficulties. 

While he was at the UN, Bush had kept his eyes open for the next post on the way up his 

personal cursus honorum. In November of 1971 there was a boomlet for Bush among 

Texas Republican leaders who were looking for a candidate to run for governor. [fn 6] 

Nixon's choice of Bush to head the RNC was announced on December 11, 1972. The 

outgoing RNC Chariman was Senator Bob Dole of Kansas, an asset of the grain cartel 

but, in that period, not totally devoid of human qualities. According to press reports, 

Nixon palace guard heavies like Haldeman and Charles W. Colson, later a central 

Watergate figure, were not happy with Dole because he would not take orders from the 

White House. Dole also tended to function as a conduit for grass roots complaints and 

resistance to White House directives from the GOP rank and file. In the context of the 

1972 campaign, "White House" means specifically Clark MacGregor's Committee to Re- 

Elect the President (CREEP), one of the collective protagonists of the Watergate scandal. 

[fn 7] Dole was considered remarkable for his "irreverence" for Nixon: "he joked about 

the Watergate issue, about the White House staff and about the management of the 

Republican convention with its `spontaneous demonstrations that will last precisely ten 

minutes.'" [ fn 8] Bush's own account of how he got the RNC post ignores Dole, who was 

Bush's most serious rival for the 1988 Republican presidential nomination. According to 

Dole's version, he conferred with Nixon about the RNC post on November 28, and told 

the president that he would have to quit the RNC in 1973 in order to get ready to run for 

re-election in 1974. According to Dole, it was he who recommended Bush to Nixon. Dole 

even said that he had gone to New York to convince Bush to accept the post. Dole sought 

to remove any implication that he had been fired by Nixon, and contradicted "speculation

that I went to the mountaintop to be pushed off," for "that was not the case." What was 

clear was that Nixon and retainers had chosen a replacement for Dole whom they 

expected to be more obedient to the commands of the White House palace guard. Bush 

assumed his new post in January, 1973, in the midst of the trial of the Watergate burglars. 

He sought at once to convey the image of a pragmatic technocrat on the lookout for 

Republican candidates who could win, rather than an ideologue. "There's kind of a 

narrow line between standing for nothing and imposing one's views," Bush told the press. 

He stressed that the RNC would have a lot of money to spend for recruiting candidates, 

and that he would personally control this money. "The White House is simply not going 

to control the budget," said Bush. "I believe in the importance of this job and I have 

confidence I can do it," he added. "I couldn't do it if I were some reluctant dragon being 

dragged away from a three-wine luncheon." [fn 9] Bush appointed Tom Lias as his 

principal political assistant. Harry Dent, the former chief counsel to Nixon, was named 

the chief counsel to the GOP. Dent had been one of the ideologues of the party's southern 

strategy. D.K. "Pat" Wilson became the party finance chairman, and Rep. William Steiger 

of Wisconsin became the leader of a special committee that was supposed to broaden the 

electoral base of the party. Steiger was immediately attacked by the right-wing Human 

Events magazine as "very much a part of the defeated liberal reform movement" in the 

party. [fn 10] Richard Thaxton was the RNC patronage director. John Lofton, the editor 

of the GOP weekly journal called Monday, was eased out, and went to join Howard 

Phillips in the task of liquidating the Office of Economic Opportunity. Janet J. Johnston 

of California became the RNC co- chair. Bush inaugurated his new post with a pledge 

that the Republican Party, from President Nixon on down, would do "everything we 

possibly can" to make sure that the GOP was not involved in political dirty tricks in the 

future. "I don't think it is good for politics in this country and I am sure I am reflecting 

the President's views on that as head of the party," intoned Bush in an appearance on 

"Issues and Answers." [fn 11] Whether or not Bush lived up to that pledge during his 

months at the RNC, and indeed during his later political career, will be sufficiently 

answered during the following pages. But now Chairman George, sitting in Nixon's 

cabinet with such men as John Mitchell, his eyes fixed on Henry Kissinger as his 

lodestar, is about to set sail on the turbulent seas of the Watergate typhoon. Before we 

accompany him, we must briefly review the complex of events lumped together under the 

heading of "Watergate," so that we may then situate Bush's remarkable and bizarre 

behavior between January 1973 and August of 1974, when Nixon's fall became the 

occasion for yet another Bush attempt to seize the vice presidency. By the beginning of 

the 1990's, it has become something of a commonplace to refer to the complex of events 

surrounding the fall of Nixon as a coup d'etat. [fn 12] It was to be sure a coup d'etat, but 

one whose organizers and beneficiaries most commentators and historians are reluctant to 

name, much less to confront. Broadly speaking, Watergate was a coup d'etat which was 

instrumental in laying the basis for the specific new type of authoritarian-totalitarian 

regime which now rules the United States. The purpose of the coup was to rearrange the 

dominant institutions of the US government so as to enhance their ability to carry out 

policies agreeable to the increasingly urgent dictates of the British-dominated Morgan- 

Rockefeller-Mellon-Harriman financier faction. The immediate beneficiaries of the coup 

have been that class of bureaucratic, technocratic administrators who have held the 

highest public offices, exercising power in many cases almost without interruption, since

the days of the Watergate scandal. It is obvious that George Bush himself is one of the 

most prominent of such beneficiaries. As the Roman playwright Seneca warns us, "Cui 

prodest scelus, is fecit"-- the one who derives advantage from the crime is the one most 

likely to have committed it. The policies of the Wall Street investment banking interests 

named are those of usury and Malthusianism, stressing the decline of a productive 

industrial economy in favor of savage Third World looting and anti-population measures. 

The changes subsumed by Watergate included the abolition of government's function as a 

means to distribute the rewards and benefits of economic progress among the principal 

constituency groups upon whose support the shifting political coalitions depended for 

their success. Henceforth, government would appear as the means by which the sacrifices 

and penalties of austerity and declining standards of living would be imposed on a 

passive and stupefied population. The constitutional office of the president was to be 

virtually destroyed, and the power of the usurious banking elites above and behind the 

presidency was to be radically enhanced. 

The reason why the Watergate scandal escalated into the overthrow of Nixon has to do 

with the international monetary crisis of those years, and with Nixon's inability to 

manage the collapse of the Bretton Woods system and the US dollar in a way satisfactory 

to the Anglo-American financial elite. 

It was the leading Anglo-American financier factions who decided to dump Nixon, and 

availed themselves of the pre-existing Watergate affair in order to reach their goal. The 

financiers were able to implement their decision all the more easily thanks to the 

numerous operatives of the intelligence community who had been embedded within the 

Plumbers from the moment of their creation in response to an explicit demand coming 

from George Bush's personal mentor, Henry Kissinger. 

Watergate included the option of rapid steps in the direction of a dictatorship not so much 

of the military as of the intelligence community and the law enforcement agencies acting 

as executors of the will of the Wall Street circles indicated. The "Seven Days in May" 

overtone of Watergate, the more or less overt break with constitutional forms and rituals 

was never excluded. We must recall that the backdrop for Watergate had been provided 

first of all by the collapse of the international monetary system, as made official by 

Nixon's austerity decrees imposing a wage and price freeze starting on the fateful day of 

August 15, 1971. What followed was an attempt to run the entire US economy under the 

top-down diktat of the Pay Board and the Price Commission. This economic state of 

emergency was then compounded by the artificial oil shortages orchestrated by the 

companies of the international oil cartel during late 1973 and 1974, all in the wake of 

Kissinger's October 1973 Middle East War and the Arab oil boycott. In August, 1974, 

when Gerald Ford decided to make Nelson Rockefeller, and not George Bush, his vicepresident 

designate, he was actively considering further executive orders to declare a new 

economic state of emergency. Such colossal economic dislocations had impelled the new 

Trilateral Commission and such theorists as Samuel Huntington to contemplate the 

inherent ungovernability of democracy and the necessity of beginning a transition 

towards forms that would prove more durable under conditions of aggravated econmomic 

breakdown. Ultimately, much to the disappointment of George Bush, whose timetable of

oundless personal ambition and greed for power had once again surged ahead of what 

his peers of the ruling elite were prepared to accept, the perspectives for a more overtly 

dictatorial form of regime came to be embodied in the figure of Vice President Nelson 

Rockefeller. Skeptics will point to the humiliating announcement, made by President 

Ford within the context of his 1975 "Halloween massacre" reshuffle of key posts, that 

Rockefeller would not be considered for the 1976 vice presidential nomination. But 

Rockefeller, thanks to the efforts of Sarah Jane Moore and Lynette "Squeaky" Fromme, 

each of whom attempted to assassinate Ford, had already come very close to the Oval 

Office on two separate occasions. 

Ford himself was reputedly one of the most exalted Freemasons ever to occupy the 

presidency. Preponderant power during the last years of Nixon and during the Ford years 

was in any case exercised by Henry Kissinger, the de facto president, about whose 

pedigree and strategy something has been said above. The preserving of constitutional 

form and ritual as a hollow facade behind which to realize practices more and more 

dictatorial in their substance was a typical pragmatic adaptation made possible by the 

ability of the financiers to engineer the slow and gradual decline of the economy, 

avoiding upheavals of popular protest. 

But in retrospect there can be no doubt that Watergate was a coup d'etat, a creeping and 

muffled cold coup in the institutions which has extended its consequences over almost 

two decades. The roots of the administrative fascism of the Reagan and Bush years are to 

be found in the institutional tremors and changed power relations set off by the banal 

farce of the Watergate break-in. 

In the view of the dominant school of pro-regime journalism, the essence of the 

Watergate scandal lies in the illegal espionage and surveillance activity of the White 

House covert operations team, the so-called Plumbers, who are alleged to have been 

caught during an attempt to buglarize the offices of the Democratic National Committee 

in the Watergate office building near the Potomac. The supposed goal of the break-in was 

to filch information and documents while planting bugs. According to the official legend 

of the Washington Post and Hollywood, Nixon and his retainers responded to the arrest 

of the buglars by compounding their original crime with obstruction of justice and all of 

the abuses of a coverup. Then the Washington Post journalists Bob Woodward and Carl 

Bernstein, dedicated partizans of the truth, blew the story open with the help of 

Woodward's mysterious source Deep Throat, setting into motion the investigation of the 

Senate committee under Sam Ervin, leading to impeachment proceedings by Rep. Peter 

Rodino's House Judiciary Committee which ultimately forced Nixon to resign. 

The received interpretation of the salient facts of the Watergate episode is a fantastic and 

grotesque distortion of historical truth. Even the kind of cursory examination of the facts 

in Watergate which we can permit ourselves within the context of a biography of 

Watergate figure George Bush will reveal that the actions which caused the fall of Nixon 

cannot be reduced to the simplistic account just summarized. There is, for example, the 

question of the infiltration of the White House staff and of the Plumbers themselves by 

members and assets of the intelligence community whose loyalty was not to Nixon, but to

the Anglo-American financier elite. This includes the presence among the Plumbers of 

numerous assets of the Central Intelligence Agency, and specifically of the CIA bureaus 

traditionally linked to George Bush, such as the Office of Security- Security Research 

Staff and the Miami Station with its pool of Cuban operatives. 

The Plumbers were created at the demand of Henry Kissinger, who told Nixon that 

something had to be done to stop leaks in the wake of the "Pentagon Papers" affair of 

1971. But if the Plumbers were called into existence by Kissinger, they were funded 

through a mechanism set up by Kissinger clone George Bush. A salient fact about the 

White House Special Investigations Unit (or Plumbers) of 1971-72 is that the money used 

to finance it was provided by George Bush's business partner and lifelong intimate friend, 

Bill Liedtke, the president of Pennzoil. Bill Liedtke was a regional finance chairman for 

the Nixon campaigns of 1968 and 1972, and he was one of the most successful, 

reportedly exceeding his quota by the largest margin among all his fellow regional 

chairmen. Liedtke says that he accepted this post as a personal favor to George Bush. In 

1972, Bill Liedtke raised $700,000 in anonymous contributions, including what appears 

to have been a single contribution of $100,000 that was laundered through a bank account 

in Mexico. According to Harry Hurt, part of this money came from Bush's bosom crony 

Robert Mosbacher, now Secretary of Commerce. According to one account, "two days 

before a new law was scheduled to begin making anonymous donations illegal, the 

$700,000 in cash, checks, and securities was loaded into a briefcase at Pennzoil 

headquarters and picked up by a company vice president, who boarded a Washington- 

bound Pennzoil jet and delivered the funds to the Committee to Re- elect the President at 

ten o'clock that night." [fn 14] 

These Mexican checks were turned over first to Maurice Stans of the CREEP, who 

transferred them in turn to Watergate burglar Gordon Liddy. Liddy passed them on to 

Bernard Barker, one of the Miami station Cubans arrested on the night of the final 

Watergate break- in. Barker was actually carrying some of the cash left over from these 

checks when he was apprehended. When Barker was arrested, his bank records were 

subpoenaed by the Dade County, Florida district attorney, Richard E. Gerstein, and were 

obtained by Gerstein's chief investigator, Martin Dardis. As Dardis told Carl Bernstein of 

the Washington Post, about $100,000 in four cashier's checks had been issued in Mexico 

City by Manuel Ogarrio Daguerre, a prominent lawyer who handled Stans' moneylaundering 

operation there. [fn 15] Liedtke eventually appeared before three grand juries 

investigating the different aspects of the Watergate affair, but neither he nor Pennzoil was 

ever brought to trial for the CREEP contributions. But it is a matter of more than passing 

interest that the money for the Plumbers came from one of Bush's intimates and at the 

request of Bush, a member of the Nixon Cabinet from February, 1971 on. How much did 

Bush himself know about the activities of the Plumbers, and when did he know it? 

The U.S. House of Representatives Banking and Currency Committee, chaired by Texas 

Democrat Wright Patman, soon began a vigorous investigation of the money financing 

the break-in, large amounts of which were found as cash in the pockets of the burglars. 

Chairman Patman opened the following explosive leads: Patman confirmed that the 

largest amount of the funds going into Miami bank account of Watergate burglar Bernard

Barker, a CIA operative since the Bay of Pigs invasion, was the $100,000 sent in by 

Texas CREEP chairman William Liedtke, longtime business partner of George Bush. The 

money was sent from Houston down to Mexico, where it was "laundered" to eliminate its 

accounting trail. It then came back to Barker's account as four checks totalling $89,000 

and $11,000 in cash. A smaller amount,an anonymous $25,000 contribution, was sent in 

by Minnesota CREEP officer Kenneth Dahlberg in the form of a cashier's check. 

Patman relentlessly pursued the true sources of this money, as the best route to the truth 

about who ran the break-in, and for what purpose. CREEP national chairman Maurice 

Stans later described the situation just after the burglars were arrested, made dangerous 

by "...Congressman Wright Patman and several of his political hatchet men working on 

the staff of the House Banking and Currency Committee. Without specific authorization 

by his committee, Patman announced that he was going to investigate the Watergate 

matter, using as his entry the banking transactions of the Dahlberg and Mexican checks. 

In the guise of covering that ground, he obviously intended to roam widely, and he 

almost did, but his own committee, despite its Democratic majority, eventually stopped 

him." [fn 16] 

These are the facts that Patman had established--before "his own committee...stopped 

him." 

The anonymous Minnesota $25,000 had in fact been provided to Dahlberg by Dwayne 

Andreas, chief executive of the Archer-Daniels- Midland grain trading company. 

The Texas $100,000, sent by Liedtke, in fact came from Robert H. Allen, a mysterious 

nuclear weapons materials executive. Allen was chairman of Gulf Resources and 

Chemical Corporation in Houston. His company controlled half the world's supply of 

lithium, an essential component of hydrogen bombs. 

On April 3, 1972 (75 days before the Watergate arrests), $100,000 was transferred by 

telephone from a bank account of Gulf Resources and Chemical Corp. into a Mexico City 

account of an officially defunct subsidiary of Gulf Resources. Gulf Resources' Mexican 

lawyer Manuel Ogarrio Daguerre withdrew it and sent back to Houston the package of 

four checks and cash, which Liedtke forwarded for the CIA burglars. [fn 17] 

Robert H. Allen was Texas CREEP's chief financial officer, while Bush partner William 

Liedtke was overall chairman. But what did Allen represent? In keeping with its strategic 

nuclear holdings, Allen's Gulf Resources was a kind of committee of the main 

components of the London-New York oligarchy. Formed in the late 1960's, Gulf 

Resources had taken over the New York-based Lithium Corporation of America. The 

president of this subsidiary was Gulf Resources executive vice president Harry D. 

Feltenstein, Jr. John Roger Menke, a director of both Gulf Resources and Lithium Corp., 

was also a consultant and director of the United Nuclear Corporation, and a diretor of the 

Hebrew Technical Institute. The ethnic background of the Lithium subsidiary is of 

interest due to Israel's known preoccupation with developing a nuclear weapons arsenal. 

Another Gulf Resources and Lithium Corp. director was Minnesotan Samuel H. Rogers,

who was also a director of Dwayne Andreas's Archer-Daniels-Midland Corp. Andreas 

was a large financial backer of the "Zionist Lobby" through the Anti-Defamation League 

of B'Nai B'Rith. 

Gulf Resources chairman Robert H. Allen received the "Torch of Liberty" award of the 

Anti-Defamation League in 1982. Allen was a white Anglo-Saxon conservative. No 

credible reason for this award was supplied to the press, and the ADL stated their 

satisfaction that Mr. Allen's financing of the Watergate break-in was simply a mistake, 

now in the distant past. 

From the beginning of Gulf Resources, there was always a representative on its board of 

New York's Bear Stearns firm, whose partner Jerome Kohlberg, Jr., pioneered leveraged 

buyouts and merged with Bush's Henry Kravis. The most prestigious board member of 

Allen's Gulf Resources was George A. Butler, otherwise the chairman of Houston's Post 

Oak Bank. Butler represented the ultra-secretive W. S. ("Auschwitz") Farish III, 

confidant of George Bush and U.S. host of Queen Elizabeth. Farish was the founder and 

controlling owner of Butler's Post Oak Bank, and was chairman of the bank's executive 

committee as of 1988. [fn 18] 

A decade after Watergate, it was revealed that the Hunt family had controlled about 15 

per cent of Gulf Resources shares. This Texas oil family hired George Bush in 1977 to be 

the executive committee chairman of their family enterprise, the First International Bank 

in Houston. In the 1980s, Ray Hunt secured a massive oil contract with the ruler of North 

Yemen under the sponsorship of then-Vice President Bush. Ray Hunt continues in the 

1991-92 presidential campaign as George Bush's biggest Texas financial angel. 

Here, in this one powerful Houston corporation, we see early indications of the alliance 

of George Bush with the "Zionist lobby"--an alliance which for political reasons the Bush 

camp wishes to keep covert. These, then, are the Anglo-American moguls whose money 

paid for the burglary of the Watergate Hotel. It was their money that Richard Nixon was 

talking about on the famous "smoking gun" tape which lost him the Presidency. (In 1983, 

British investor Alan Clore moved in for a hostile takeover of Gulf Resources and 

Chemical Corp. Senator John Tower, Republican from Texas, argued that the government 

should stop the takeover on grounds of "national security", since the company controlled 

the materials for the world's nuclear weapons. Certainly, the management of such an 

enterprise is closely supervised by the U.S. intelligence community. It is then obvious 

why a Congressional probe that led through Liedtke and Bush to the secret services had 

to be sabotaged.) 

On Oct. 3, 1972, the House Banking and Currency Committee voted 20-15 against 

continuing chairman Wright Patman's investigation. The vote prevented the issuance of 

23 subpoenas for CREEP officials to come testify to Congress. The margin of protection 

to the moguls was provided by six Democratic members of the Committee who voted 

with the Republicans against chairman Patman. As CREEP chairman Maurice Stans put 

it, "There were...indirect approaches to Democratic [committee] members. An all-out 

campaign was conducted to see that the investigation was killed off, as it successfully

was." Certain elements of this infamous "campaign" are known. Banking Committee 

member Frank Brasco, a lieral Democratic Congressman from New York, voted to stop 

the probe. New York Governor Nelson Rockefeller had arranged a meeting between 

Brasco and U.S. Attorney General John Mitchell. Brasco was a target of a Justice 

Department investigation for alleged fraud and bribery since 1970, and Mitchell 

successfully warned Brasco not to back Patman. Later, in 1974, Brasco was convicted of 

bribery. 

Before Watergate, both John Mitchell and Henry Kissinger had FBI reports implicating 

California Congressman Richard Hanna in the receipt of illegal campaign contributions 

from the Korean Central Intelligence Agency. Hanna surprised Patman by voting against 

the investigation. Hanna was later (1978) convicted for his role in the Koreagate scandal 

in 1978. The secretary of Congressman William Chappell complained in 1969 that the 

Florida Democrat had forced her to kick back some of her salary. The Justice 

Department, holding this information, had declined to prosecute. Chappell, a member of 

the Banking Committee, voted to stop Patman's investigation. Kentucky Democratic 

Congressman William Curlin, Jr., revealed in 1973 that "certain members of the 

committee were reminded of various past political indiscretions, or of relatives who 

might suffer as a result of [a] pro-subpoena vote." The Justice Department worked 

overtime to smear Patman, including an attempt to link him to "Communist agents" in 

Greece. [fn 19] 

The day before the Committee vote, the Justice Department released a letter to Patman 

claiming that any Congressional investigation would compromise the rights of the 

accused Watergate burglars before their trial. 

House Republican leader Gerald Ford led the attack on Patman from within the Congress. 

Though he later stated his regrets for this vicious campaign, his eventual reward was the 

U.S. Presidency. 

Cancelling the Patman probe meant that there would be no investigation of Watergate 

before the 1972 Presidential election. The Washington Post virtually ended reference to 

the Watergate affair, and spoke of Nixon's opponent, George McGovern, as unqualified 

for the Presidency. The Republican Party was handed another four year Administration. 

Bush, Kissinger, Rockefeller and Ford were the gainers. But then Richard Nixon became 

the focus of all Establishment attacks for Watergate, while the money trail that Patman 

had pursued was forgotten. Wright Patman was forced out of his Committee 

chairmanship in 1974. On the day Nixon resigned the Presidency, Patman wrote to Peter 

Rodino, chairman of the House Judiciary Committee, asking him not to stop investigating 

Watergate. Though Patman died in 1976, his advice still holds good. *** 

As the late FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover told the journalist Andrew Tully in the days 

before June, 1972, "By God, he's [Nixon's] got some former CIA men working for him 

that I'd kick out of my office. Someday, that bunch will serve him up a fine mess." [fn 20] 

The CIA men in question were among the Plumbers, a unit allegedly created in the first 

place to stanch the flow of leaks, including the Jack Anderson material about such

episodes as the December, 1971 brush with nuclear war discussed above. Leading 

Plumbers included retired high officials of the CIA. Plumber and Watergate burglar E. 

Howard Hunt had been a GS-15 CIA staff officer; he had played a role in the 1954 

toppling of Guatemalan President Jacobo Arbenz Guzman, and later had been one of the 

planners in the Bay of Pigs invasion of 1961. After the failure of the Bay of Pigs, Hunt is 

thought to have been a part of the continuing CIA attempts to assassinate Castro, codenamed 

Operation Mongoose, ongoing at the time of the Kennedy assassination. All of 

this puts him in the thick of the CIA Miami station. One of Hunt's close personal friends 

was Howard Osborne, an official of the CIA Office of Security who was the immediate 

superior of James McCord. In the spring of 1971 Hunt went to Miami to recruit from 

among the Cubans the contingent of Watergate burglars, including Bernard Barker, 

Eugenio Martinez, and the rest. This was two months before the publication of the 

Pentagon Papers, leaked by Daniel Ellsberg, provided Kissinger with the pretext he 

needed to get Nixon to initiate what would shortly become the Plumbers. 

Another leading Watergate burglar was James McCord, a former top official of the CIA 

Office of Security, the agency bureau which is supposed to maintain contacts with US 

police agencies in order to facilitate its basic task of providing security for CIA 

installations and personnel. The Office of Security was thus heavily implicated in the 

CIA's illegal domestic operations, including cointelpro operations against political 

dissidents and groups, and was the vehicle for such mind-control experiments as 

Operations Bluebird, Artichoke, and MK-Ultra. The Office of Security also utilized male 

and female prostitutes and other sex operatives for purposes of compromising and 

blackmailing public figures, information gathering, and control. According to Hougan, 

the Office of Security maintained a "fag file" of some 300,000 US citizens, with heavy 

stress on homosexuals. The Office of Security also had responsibility for Soviet and other 

defectors. James McCord was at one time responsible for the physical security of all CIA 

premises in the US. McCord was also a close friend of CIA Counterintelligence Director 

James Jesus Angleton. McCord was anxious to cover the CIA's role; at one point he 

wrote to his superior, General Gaynor, urging him to "flood the newspapers with leaks or 

anonymous letters" to discredit those who wanted to establish the responsibility of "the 

company." [fn 21] But according to one of McCord's own police contacts, Garey 

Bittenbender of the Washington DC police Intelligence Division, who recognized him 

after his arrest, McCord had averred to him that the Watergate break-ins had been "a CIA 

operation," an account which McCord heatedly denied later. [fn 22] 

The third leader of the Watergate burglars, G. Gordon Liddy, had worked for the FBI and 

the Treasury. Liddy's autobiography, Will, published in 1980, and various statements 

show that Liddy's world outlook had a number of similarities with that of George Bush: 

he was, for example, obsessed with the maintenance and transmission of his "family gene 

pool." 

Another key member of the Plumbers unit was John Paisley, who functioned as the 

official CIA liason to the White House investigative unit. It was Paisley who assumed 

responsibility for the overall "leak analysis," that is to say, for defining the problem of 

unauthorized divulging of classified materal which the Plumbers were supposed to

combat. Paisley, along with Howard Osborne of the Office of Security, met with the 

Plumbers, led by Kissinger operative David Young, at CIA Headquarters in Langley, 

Virginia on August 9, 1971. Paisley's important place on the Plumbers' roster is most 

revealing, since Paisley was later to become an important appointee of CIA Director 

George Bush. In the middle of 1976, Bush decided to authorize a group of experts, 

ostensibly from outside of the CIA, to produce an analysis which would be compared 

with the CIA's own National Intelligence Estimates on Soviet capabilities and intentions. 

The panel of outside experts was given the designation of "Team B." Bush chose Paisley 

to be the CIA's "coordinator" of the three subdivisions of Team B. Paisley would later 

disappear while sailing on Chesapeake Bay in September of 1978. 

In a White House memorandum by David Young summarizing the August 9, 1971 

meeting between the Plumbers and the official CIA leaders, we find that Young "met 

with Howard Osborn and a Mr. Paisley to review what it was that we wanted CIA to do 

in connection with their files on leaks from January, 1969 to the present." There then 

follows a fourteen-point list of leaks and their classification, including the frequency of 

leaks associated with certain jourmalists, the gravity of the leaks, the frequency of the 

leaks, and so forth. A data base was called for, and "it was decided that Mr. Paisley 

would get this done by next Monday, August 16, 1971." On areas where more 

clarification was needed, the memo noted, "the above questions should be reviewed with 

Paisley within the next two days." [fn 23] 

The lesser Watergate burglars came from the ranks of the CIA Miami Station Cubans: 

Bernard Barker, Eugenio Martinez, Felipe de Diego, Frank Surgis, Virgilio Gonzalez, 

and Reinaldo Pico. Once they had started working for Hunt, Martinez asked the Miami 

Station Chief, Jake Esterline, if he was familiar with the activities now being carried out 

under White House cover. Esterline in turn asked Langley for its opinion of Hunt's White 

House position. A reply was written by Cord Meyer, later openly profiled as a Bush 

admirer, to Deputy Director for Plans (that is to say, covert operations) Thomas 

Karamessines. The import of Meyer's directions to Esterline was that the latter should 

"not ...concern himself with the travels of Hunt in Miami, that Hunt was on domestic 

White House business of an unknown nature and that the Chief of Station should 'cool 

it.'" [fn 24] 

During the spring of 1973, George Bush was no longer simply a long-standing member 

of the Nixon Cabinet. He was also, de facto, a White House official, operating out of the 

same Old Executive Office Building (or old State-War-Navy) which is adjacent to the 

Executive Mansion and forms part of the same security compound. As we read, for 

example, in the Jack Anderson "Washington Merry-Go- Round" column for March 10, 

1973, in the Washington Post: "Washington Whirl- Bush's Office--Republican National 

Chairman George Bush, as befitting the head of a party whose coffers are overflowing, 

has been provided with a plush office in the new Eisenhower Building here. He spends 

much of his time, however, in a government office next to the White House. When we 

asked how a party official rated a government office, a GOP spokesman explained that 

the office wasn't assigned to him but was merely a visitor's office. The spokesman 

admitted, however, that Bush spends a lot of time there." This means that Bush's principal

office was in the building where Nixon most liked to work; Nixon had what was called 

his "hideaway" office in the OEOB. How often did George drop in on Dick, or Dick on 

George, or how often did they just meet in the hall? 

As to the state of George's relations with Nixon at this time, we have the testimony of a 

"Yankee Republican" who had known and liked father Prescott, as cited by journalist Al 

Reinert: "I can't think of a man I've ever known for whom I have greater respect than Pres 

Bush...I've always been kind of sorry his son turned out to be such a jerk. George has 

been kissing Nixon's ass ever since he came up here." [fn 25] Reinert comments that 

"when Nixon became president, Bush became a teacher's pet," "a presidential favorite, 

described in the press as one of 'Nixon's men.'" 

On the surface George was an ingratiating sycophant. But he dissembled. The Nixon 

White House would seem to have included at least one highly placed official who 

betrayed his president to Bob Woodward of the Washington Post, making it possible for 

that newspaper to repeatedly outflank Nixon's attempts at stonewalling. This was the 

celebrated, and still anonymous source Woodward called "Deep Throat." 

Al Haig has often been accused of having been the figure of the Nixon White House who 

provided Woodward and Bernstein with their leads. If there is any consensus about the 

true identity of Deep Throat, it would appear to be that Al Haig is the prime suspect. 

However, there is no conclusive evidence about the true identity of the person or persons 

called Deep Throat, assuming that such a phenomenon ever existed. As soon as Haig is 

named, we must become suspicious: the propaganda of the Bush networks has never been 

kind to Haig. Haig and Bush, as leading clones of Henry Kissinger, were locked on a 

number of occasions into a kind of sibling rivalry, a rivalry which became especially 

acute during the first months of the Reagan Administration. 

One of the major sub-plots of Watergate, and one that will eventually lead us back to the 

documented public record of George Bush, is the relation of the various activities of the 

Plumbers to the wiretapping of a group of prostitutes whio operated out of a brothel in the 

Columbia Plaza Apartments, located in the immediate vicinity of the Watergate 

buildings. [fn 26] Among the customers of the prostitutes there appear to have been a US 

Senator, an astronaut, A Saudi prince (the Embassy of Saudi Arabia is nearby), US and 

South Korean intelligence officials, and above all numerous Democratic Party leaders 

whose presence can be partially explained by the propinquity of the Democratic National 

Committe offices in the Watergate. The Columbia Plaza Apartments brothel was under 

intense CIA surveillance by the Office of Security/Security Research Staff through one of 

their assets, an aging private detective out of the pages of Damon Runyon who went by 

the name of Louis James Russell. Russell was, according to Hougan, especially interested 

in bugging a hot line phone that linked the DNC with the nearby brothel. During the 

Watergate break-ins, James McCord's recruit to the Plumbers, Alfred C. Baldwin, would 

appear to have been bugging the telephones of the Columbia Plaza brothel.

Lou Russell, in the period between June 20 and July 2, 1973, was working for a detective 

agency that was helping George Bush prepare for an upcoming press conference. In this 

sense, Russell was working for Bush. 

Russell is relevant because he seems (although he denied it) to have been the fabled sixth 

man of the Watergate break-in, the burglar who got away. He may also have been the 

buglar who tipped off the police, if indeed anyone did. Russell was a harlequin who had 

been the servant of many masters. Lou Russell had once been the chief investigator for 

the House Committee on Un-American Activities. He had worked for the FBI. He had 

been a stringer for Jack Anderson, the columnist. In December, 1971 he had been an 

employee of General Security Services, the company that provided the guards who 

protected the Watergate buildings. In March of 1972 Russell had gone to work for James 

McCord and McCord Associates, whose client was the CREEP. Later, after the scandal 

had broken, Russell worked for McCord's new and more successful firm, Security 

Associates. Russell had also worked directly for the CREEP as a night watchman. Russell 

had also worked for John Leon of Allied Investigators, Inc., a company that later went to 

work for George Bush and the Republican National Committee. Still later, Russell found 

a job with the headquarters of the McGovern for President campaign. Russell's lawyer 

was Bud Fensterwald, and sometimes Russell performed investigative services for 

Fensterwald and for Fensterwald's Committee to Investigate Assassinations. In 

September, 1972, well after the scandal had become notorious, Russell seems to have 

joined with one Nick Beltrante in carrying out electronic countermeasures sweeps of the 

DNC headquarters, and during one of these he appears to have planted an electronic 

eavesdropping device in the phone of DNC worker Spencer Oliver which, when it was 

discovered, re-focussed public attention on the Watergate scandal at the end of the 

summer of 1972. 

Russell was well acquainted with Carmine Bellino, the chief investigator on the staff of 

Sam Ervin's Senate Select Committee on Presidential Campaign Practices. Bellino was a 

Kennedy operative who had superintended the seamy side of the JFK White House, 

including such figures as Judith Exner, the president's alleged paramour. Later, Bellino 

would become the target of George Bush's most revealing public action during the 

Watergate period. Bellino's friend William Birely later provided Russell with an 

apartment in Silver Spring, Maryland, (thus allowing him to leave his room in a rooming 

house on Q Street in the District), a new car, and sums of money. 

Russell had been a heavy drinker, and his social circle was that of the prostitutes, whom 

he sometimes patronized and sometimes served as a bouncer and goon. His familiarity 

with the brothel milieu faciliatated his service for the Office of Security, which was to 

oversee the bugging and other surveillance of Columbia Plaza and other locations. 

Lou Russell was incontestably one of the most fascinating figures of Watergate. How 

remarkable, then, that the indefatigable ferrets Woodward and Bernstein devoted so little 

attention to him, deeming him worthy of mention in neither of their two books. 

Woodward and met with Russell, but had ostensibly decided that there was "nothing to

the story. Woodward claims to have seen nothing in Russell beyond the obvious "old 

drunk." [fn 27] 

The FBI had questioned Russell after the DNC break-ins, probing his whereabouts on 

June 16-17 with the suspicion that he had indeed been one of the burglars. But this 

questioning led to nothing. Instead, Russell was contacted by Carmine Bellino, and later 

by Bellino's broker Birely, who set Russell up in the new apartment (or safe house) 

already mentioned, where one of the Columbia Plaza prostitutes moved in with him. 

By 1973, minority Republican staffers at the Ervin committee began to realize the 

importance of Russell to a revisionist account of the scandal that might exonerate Nixon 

to some extent by shifting the burden of guilt elsewhere. On May 9, 1973, the Ervin 

committe accordingly subpoenaed Russell's telephone, job, and bank records. Two days 

later Russell replied to the committee that he had no job records or diaries, had no bank 

account, made long-distance calls only to his daughter, and could do nothing for the 

committee. 

On May 16-17, 1973, Deep Throat warned Woodward that "everybody's life is in 

danger." On May 18, while the staff of the Ervin committee were pondering their next 

move vis-avis Russell, Russell suffered a massive heart attack. This was the same day 

that McCord, advised by his lawyer and Russell's, Fensterwald, began his public 

testimony to the Ervin committee on the coverup. Russell was taken to Washington 

Adventist Hospital, where he recovered to some degree and convalesced until June 20. 

Russell was convinced that he had been the victim of an attempted assassination. He told 

his daughter after leaving the hospital that he believed that he had been poisoned, that 

someone had entered his apartment (the Bellino-Birely safe house in Silver Spring) and 

"switched pills on me." [fn 28] 

Leaving the hospital on June 20, Russell was still very weak and pale. But now, although 

he remained on the payroll of James McCord, he also accepted a retainer from his friend 

John Leon, who had been engaged by the Republicans to carry out a counterinvestigation 

of the Watergate affair. Leon was in contact with Jerris Leonard, a lawyer associated with 

Nixon, the GOP, the Republican National Committee, and with Chairman George Bush. 

Leonard was a former assistant attorney general for civil rights in the Nixon 

administration. Leonard had stepped down as head of the Law Enforcement Assistance 

Administration (LEAA) on March 17, 1973. In June, 1973 Leonard was special counsel 

to George Bush personally, hired by Bush and not by the RNC. Leonard says today that 

his job consisted in helping to keep the Republican Party separate from Watergate, 

deflecting Watergate from the party "so it would not be a party thing." [fn 29] As Hougan 

tells it, "Leon was convinced that Watergate was a set-up, that prostitution was at the 

heart of the affair, and that the Watergate arrests had taken place following a tip-off to the 

police; in other words, the June 17 buglary had been sabotaged from within, Leon 

believed, and he intended to prove it." [fn 30] "Integral to Leon's theory of the affair was 

Russell's relationship to the Ervin committee's chief investigator, Carmine Bellino, and 

the circumstances surrounding Russell's relocation to Silver Spring in the immediate 

aftermath of the Watergate arrests. In an investigative memorandum submitted to GOP

lawyer Jerris Leonard, Leon described what he hoped to prove: that Russell, reporting to 

Bellino, had been a spy for the Democrats within the CRP, and that Russell had tipped off 

Bellino (and the police) to the June 17 break-in. The man who knew most about this was, 

of course, Leon's new employee, Lou Russell." 

Is it possible that Jerris Leonard communicated the contents of Leon's memorandum to 

the RNC and to its Chairman George Bush during the days after he received it? It is 

possible. But for Russell, the game was over: on July 2, 1973, barely two weeks after his 

release from the hospital, Russell suffered a second heart attack, which killed him. He 

was buried with quite suspicious haste the following day. The potential witness with 

perhaps the largest number of personal ties to Watergate protagonists, and the witness 

who might have re-directed the scandal, not just towards Bellino, but toward the prime 

movers behind and above McCord and Hunt and Paisley, had perished in a way that 

recalls the fate of so many knowledgeable Iran-contra figures. 

With Russell silenced forever, Leon appears to have turned his attention to targetting 

Bellino, perhaps with a view to forcing him to submit to depositioning or other 

questioning in which questions about his relationship to Russell might be asked. Leon, 

who had been convicted in 1964 of wiretapping in a case involving El Paso Gas Co. and 

Tennesse Gas Co., had weapons in his own possession that could be used against Bellino. 

During the time that Russell was still in the hospital, on June 8, Leon had signed an 

affidavit for Jerris Leonard in which he stated that he had been hired by Democratic 

operative Bellino during the 1960 presidential campaign to "infiltrate the operations" of 

Albert B. "Ab" Hermann, a staff member of the Republican National Committee. Leon 

asserted in the affidavit that although he had not been able to infiltrate Hermann's office, 

he observed the office with field glasses and employed "an electronic device known as 

'the big ear' aimed at Mr. Hermann's window." Leon recounted that he had been assisted 

by former CIA officer John Frank, Oliver W. Angelone and former Congressional 

investigator Ed Jones in the anti-Nixon 1960 operations. 

Leon collected other sworn statements that all went in the same direction, portraying 

Bellino as a Democratic dirty tricks operative unleashed by the Kennedy faction against 

Nixon. Joseph Shimon, who had been an inspector for the Washington Police Department 

told of how he had been approached by Kenndy operative Oliver W. Angelone, who 

alleged that he was working for Bellino, with a request to help Angelone gain access to 

the two top floors of the Wardman Park Hotel (now the Sheraton Park) just before they 

were occupied by Nixon on the even of the Nixon-Kennedy television debate. Edward 

Murray Jones, then living in the Philippines, said in his affidavit that he had been 

assigned by Bellino to tail individuals at Washington National Airport and in downtown 

Washington. [fn 31] According to Hougan, "these sensational allegations were provided 

by Leon to Republican attorneys on July 10, 1973, exactly a week after Russell's funeral. 

Immediately, attorney Jerris Leonard conferred with RNC Chairman George Bush. It 

appeared to both men that a way had been found to place the Watergate affair in a new 

perspective, and, perhaps, to turn the tide. A statement was prepared and a press 

conference scheduled at which Leon was to be the star witness, or speaker. Before the

press conference could be held, however, Leon suffered a heart attack on July 13, 1973, 

and died the same day." [fn 32 ] 

Two important witnesses, each of whom represented a threat to reopen the most basic 

questions of Watergate, dead in little more than a week! Bush is likely to have known of 

the import of Russell's testimony, and he is proven to have known of the content of 

Leon's. Jerris Leonard later told Hougan that the death of John Leon "came as a complete 

shock. It was...well, to be honest with you, it was frightening. It was only a week after 

Russell's death, or something like that, and it happened on the very eve of the press 

conference. We didn't know what was going on. We were scared." [fn 33] Hougan 

comments: "With the principal witness against Bellino no longer available, and with 

Russell dead as well, Nixon's last hope of diverting attention from Watergate--slim from 

the beginning--was laid to rest forever." 

But George Bush went ahead with the press conference that had been announced, even if 

John Leon, the principal speaker, was now dead. According to Nixon, Bush had been 

"privately pleading for some action that would get us off the defensive" since back in the 

springtime. [fn 34] On July 24, 1973, Bush made public the affidavits by Leon, Jones, 

and Shimon which charged that the Ervin committee chief investigator Carmine Bellino 

had recruited spies to help defeat Nixon back in 1960. "I cannot and do not vouch for the 

veracity of the statements contained in the affidavits," said Bush, "but I do believe that 

this matter is serious enough to concern the Senate Watergate committee, and particularly 

since its chief investigator is the subject of the charges contained in the affidavits. If these 

charges are true, a taint would most certainly be attached to some of the committee's 

work." Bush's statement to the press prediscounted Democratic charges that his 

revelations were part of a Nixon Administration counter-offensive to deflect Watergate. 

Bush specified that on the basis of the Shimon and Leon affidavits, he was "confident" 

that Jones and Angelone "had bugged the Nixon space or tapped his phones prior to the 

television debate." He conceded that "there was corruption" in the ranks of the GOP. "But 

now I have presented some serious allegations that if true could well have affected the 

outcome of the 1960 presidential race. The Nixon- Kennedy election was a real cliffhanger, 

and the debates bore heavily on the outcome of the people's decision." Bush 

rejected any charge that he was releasing the affidavits in a bid to "justify Watergate." He 

asserted that he was acting in the interest of "fair play." 

Bush said that he had taken the affidavits to Sen. Sam Ervin, the chairman of the Senate 

Watergate Committee, and to GOP Sen. Howard Baker, that committee's ranking 

Republican, but that the committee had failed to act so far. "I haven't seen much action on 

it," Bush added. When the accuracy of the affidavits was challenged, Bush replied, 

"We've hear a lot more hearsay bandied about the [Watergate] committee than is 

presented here. I'd like to know how serious it is. I'd like to see it looked into," said Bush. 

He called on Sam Ervin and his committee to probe all the charges forthwith. Bush was 

"convinced that there is in fact substance to the allegations."

In 1991, the Bush damage control line is that events relating to the 1980 "October 

surprise" deal of the Reagan-Bush campaign with the Iranian Khomeini mullahs of Iran 

to block the freeing of the US hostages are so remote in the past that nobody is interested 

in them any more. But in 1973, Bush thought that events of 1960 were highly relevant to 

Watergate. 

Bellino labelled Bush's charges "absolutely false." "I categorically and unequivocally 

deny that I have ever ordered, requested, directed, or participated in any electronic 

surveillance whatsoever in connection with any political campaign," said Bellino. "By 

attacking me on the basis of such false and malicious lies, Mr. Bush has attempted to 

distract me from carrying out what I consider one of the most important assignments of 

my life. I shall continue to exert all my efforts to ascertain the facts and the truth pertinent 

to this investigation." 

Here Bush was operating on several levels of reality at once. The implications of the 

Russell-Leon interstices would be suspected only in retrospect. What appeared on the 

surface was a loyal Republican mounting a diversionary attack in succor of his embattled 

president. At deeper levels, the reality might be the reverse, the stiffing of Nixon in order 

to defend the forces behind the break-in and the scandal. 

Back in April, as the Ervin committee was preparing to go into action against the White 

House, Bush had participated in the argument about whether the committee sessions 

should be televised or not. Bush discussed this issue with Senators Baker and Brock, both 

Republicans who wanted the hearings to be televised- in Baker's case, so that he could be 

on television himself as the ranking Republican on the panel. Ehrlichmann, to whom 

Bush reported in the White House, mindful of the obvious potential damage to the 

administration, wanted the hearings not televised, not even public, but in executive 

session with a sanitized transcript handed out later. So Bush, having no firm convictions 

of his own, but always looking for his own advantage, told Ehrlichman he sympathized 

with both sides of the argument, and was "sitting happily on the middle of the fence with 

a picket sticking up my you know what. I'll see you." [fn 35] But Nixon's damage control 

interest had been sacrificed by Bush's vacillating advocacy, and the devastating testimony 

of figures like Dean and McCord would have its maximum impact. 

Bush had talked in public about the Ervin committee during a visit to Seattle on June 29 

in response to speculation that Nixon might be called to testify. Bush argued that the 

presidency would be diminished if Nixon were to appear. Bush was adamant that Nixon 

could not be subpoenaed and that he should not testify voluntarily. Shortly thereafter 

Bush had demanded that the Ervin committee wrap up its proceedings to "end the 

speculation" about Nixon's role in the coverup. "Let's get all the facts out, let's get the 

whole thing over with, get all the people up there before the Watergate committee. I don't 

believe John Dean's testimony." [fn 36] 

Senator Sam Ervin placed Bush's intervention against Carmine Bellino in the context of 

other diversionary efforts launched by the RNC. Ervin, along with Democratic Senators 

Talmadge and Inouye were targetted by a campaign inspired by Bush's RNC which

alleged that they had tried to prevent a full probe of LBJ intimate Bobby Baker back in 

1963. Later, speaking on the Senate floor on October 9, 1973, Ervin commented: One can 

but admire the zeal exhibited by the Republican National Committee and its journalistic 

allies in their desperate effort to invent a red herring to drag across the trail which leads 

to the truth concerning Watergate." [fn 37] 

But Ervin saw Bush's Bellino material as a more serious assault. "Bush's charge 

distressed me very much for two reasons. First, I deemed it unjust to Bellino, who denied 

it and whom I had known for many years to be an honorable man and a faithful public 

servant; and, second, it was out of character with the high opinion I entertained of Bush. 

Copies of the affidavits had been privately submitted to me before the news conference, 

and I had expressed my opinion that there was not a scintilla of competent or credible 

evidence in them to sustain the charges against Bellino." [fn 38] 

Sam Dash, the chief counsel to the Ervin committee, had a darker and more detailed view 

of Bush's actions. Dash later recounted: "In the midst of the pressure to complete a 

shortened witness list by the beginning of August, a nasty incident occurred that was 

clearly meant to sidetrack the committee and destroy or immobilize one of my most 

valuable staff assistants--Carmine Bellino, my chief investigator. On July 24, 1973, the 

day after the committee subpoena for the White House tapes was served on the President, 

the Republican national chairman, George Bush, called a press conference...." "Three 

days later, as if carefully orchestrated, twenty-two Republican senators signed a letter to 

Senator Ervin, urging the Senate Watergate Committee to investigate Bush's charges and 

calling for Bellino's suspension pending the outcome of the investigation. Ervin was 

forced into a corner, and on August 3 he appointed a subcommittee consisting of Senators 

Talmadge, Inouye, and Gurney to investigate the charges. The White House knew that 

Carmine Bellino, a wizard at reconstructing the receipts and expenditures of funds 

despite laundering techniques and the destruction of records, was hot on the trail of 

Herbert Kalmbach and Bebe Rebozo. Bellino's diligent, meticulous work would 

ultimately disclose Kalmbach's funding scheme for the White House's dirty tricks 

camapaign and unravel a substantial segment of Rebozo's secret cash transactions on 

behalf of Nixon." [fn 39] Dash writes that Bellino was devastated by Bush's attacks, 

"rendered emotionally unable to work because of the charges." The mechanism targetted 

by Bellino is of course relevant to Bill Liedtke's funding of the CREEP described above. 

Perhaps Bush was in fact seeking to shut down Bellino solely to defend only himself and 

his confederates. 

Members of Dash's staff soon realized that there had been another participant in the 

process of assembling the material that Bush had presented. According to Dash, "the 

charges became even murkier when our staff discovered that the person who had put 

them together was a man named Jack Buckley. In their dirty tricks investigation of the 

1972 presidential campaign, Terry Lenzner and his staff had identified Buckley as the 

Republican spy, known as Fat Jack, who had intercepted and photographed Muskie's mail 

between his campaign and Senate offices as part of Ruby I (a project code named in 

Liddy's Gemstone political espionage plan)." It would appear that Fat Jack Buckley was 

now working for George Bush. Ervin then found that Senators Gurney and Baker, both

Republicans, might be willing to listen to additional charges made by Buckley against 

Bellino. Dash says he "smelled the ugly odor of blackmail on the part of somebody and I 

did not like it." Later Senators Talmadge and Inouye filed a report completely 

exonerating Bellino, while Gurney conceded that there was no direct evidence against 

Bellino, but that there was some conflicting testimony that ought to be noted. Dash sums 

up that in late November, 1973, "the matter ended with little fanfare and almost no 

newspaper comment. The reputation of a public official with many years' service as a 

dedicated and incorruptible investigator had been deeply wounded and tarnished, and 

Bellino would retire from federal service believing-rightly-that he had not been given the 

fullest opportunity he deserved to clear his good name." 

Another Bush concern during the summer of 1973 was his desire to liquidate the CREEP, 

not out of moralistic motives, but because of his desire to seize the CREEP's $4 millon 

plus cash surplus. During the middle of 1973, some of this money had already been used 

to pay the legal fees of Watergate conspirators, as in the case of Maurice Stans. [fn 40] 

During August, Bush went into an offensive of sanctimonious moralizing. Bush appears 

to have concluded that Nixon was doomed, and that it was imperative to distance himself 

and his operation from Nixon's impending downfall. On the NBC Today Show, Bush 

objected to John D. Ehrlichman's defense before the Ervin committee of the campaign 

practice of probing the sex and drinking habits of political opponents. "Crawling around 

in the gutter to find some weakness of a man, I don't think we need that," said Bush. "I 

think opponent research is valid. I think if an opponent is thought to have done something 

horrendous or thought to be unfit to serve, research is valid. But the idea of just kind of 

digging up dirt with the purpose of blackmail or embarrassing somebody so he'd lose, I 

don't think that is a legitimate purpoose," postured Bush. By this time Ehrlichman, who 

had hired retired cops to dig up such dirt, had been thrown to the wolves. [fn 41] 

A couple of days later Bush delivered a speech to the American Bar Association on "The 

Role and Responsibility of the Political Candidate." His theme was that restoring public 

trust in the political system would require candidates who would set a higher moral tone 

for their campaigns. "A candidate is responsible for organizing his campaign well--that 

is, picking people whom he trusts, picking the right people." This was an oblique but 

clear attack on Nixon, who had clearly picked the wrong people in addition to whatever 

else he did. Bush was for stricter rules, but even more for "old-fashioned conscience" as 

the best way to keep politics clean. He again criticized the approach which set out to "get 

dirt" on political adversaries-- again a swipe at Nixon's notorious "enemies' list" 

practices. Bush said that there were "gray areas in determining what was in good taste." 

Bush has never been noted for his sense of self-irony, and it appears that he was not 

aware of his own punning reference to L. Patrick Gray, the acting FBI Director who had 

"deep-sixed" Howard Hunt's incriminating records and who had then been left by 

Ehrlichman to "hang there" and to "twist slowly, slowly in the wind." Bush actually 

commented that Ehrlichman's comments on Gray had been in questionable taste. At this 

conference, Bush rubbed shoulders with Georgia Governor Jimmy Carter. [fn 42]

The next day Bush was at it again, announcing that he was re- opening an investigation 

into alleged courses in political sabotage and dirty tricks taught by the GOP to college 

Republicans in weekend seminars during 1971 and 1972. Bush pledged to "get to the 

bottom" of charges that the College Republican National Committee, with 1000 campus 

clubs and 100,000 members listed had provided instruction in dirty tricks. ""I'm a little 

less relaxed and more concerned than when you first brought it to our attention," Bush 

told journalists. [fn 43] 

Bush had clearly distanced himself from the fate of the Nixon White House. By the time 

Spiro Agnew resigned as vice president on October 10, 1973, Bush was in a position to 

praise Agnew for his "great personal courage" while endorsing the resignation as "in the 

best interest of the country." [fn 44] 

Later the same month came Nixon's Saturday night massacre, the firing of Special 

Prosecutor Cox and the resignation of Attorney General Elliot Richardson and his deputy, 

William Ruckelshaus. To placate public opinion, Nixon agreed to obey a court order 

compelling him to hand over his White House tapes. Bush had said that Nixon was 

suffering from a "confidence crisis" about the tapes, but now commented that what Nixon 

had done "will have a soothing effect. Clearly it will help politically...Hopefully, his 

move will cool the emotions and permit the President to deal with matters of enormous 

domestic and international concern." [fn 45] Later, in November, Bush bowed out of a 

possible candidacy in the 1974 Texas gubernatorial race. Speculation was that "the 

specter of Watergate" would have been used against him, but Bush preferred 

sanctimonious explanations. "Very candidly," he said, being governor of Texas has 

enormous appeal to me, but our political system is under fire and I have an overriding 

sense of responsibility that compels me to remain in my present job." Bush said that 

Watergate was "really almost...nonexistent" as in issue in the Texas race. "Corruption and 

clean government didn't show up very high at all," he concluded. [fn 46] 

By the spring of 1974, the impending doom of the Nixon regime was the cue for Bush's 

characteristic reedy whining. In May of 1974, after a meeting of the Republican 

Congressional leadership with Nixon, Bush told his friend Congressman Barber Conable 

that he was considering resigning from the RNC. Conable did not urge him to stay on. A 

few days later, John Rhodes, who had replaced Gerald Ford as House Minority Leader 

when Ford was tapped by Nixon for the vice presidency, told a meeting of House 

Republicans that Bush was getting ready to resign, and if he did so, it would be 

impossible for the White House to "get anybody of stature to take his place." [fn 47] 

But even in the midst of the final collapse, Bush still made occasional ingratiating 

gestures to Nixon. Nixon pathetically recounts how Bush made him an encouraging offer 

in July, 1974, about a month before the end: "There were other signs of the sort that 

political pros might be expected to appreciate: NC Chairman George Bush called the 

White House to say that he would like to have me appear on a fund-raising telethon." [fn 

48] This is what Bush was telling Nixon. But during this same period, Father John 

McLaughlin of the Nixon staff asked Bush for RNC lists of GOP diehards across the

country for the purpose of generating support statements for Nixon. Bush refused to 

provide them. [fn 49] 

On August 5, 1974, the White House released the transcript of the celebrated "smoking 

gun" taped conversation of June 23, 1972 in which Nixon discussed ways to frustrate the 

investigation of the Watergate break-ins. Chairman George was one of the leading Nixon 

Administration figures consulting with Al Haig in the course of the morning. When Bush 

heard the news, he was very upset, undoubtedly concerned about all the very negative 

publicity that he himself was destined to receive in the blowback of Nixon's now 

imminent downfall. Then after a while he calmed down somewhat. One account 

describes Bush as "somewhat relieved" by the news that the coup de grace tape was going 

to be made public, "an act probably fatal," as Haig had said. "Finally there was some one 

thing the national chairman could see clearly. The ambiguities in the evidence had been 

tearing the party apart, Bush thought." [fn 50] At this point Bush became the most 

outspoken and militant organizer of Nixon's resignation, a Cassius of the Imperial 

Presidency. 

A little later White House Congressional liaison William Timmons wanted to make sure 

that everyone had been fully briefed about the transcripts going out, and he turned to 

Nixon's political counselor Dean Burch. "Dean, does Bush know about the transcript 

yet?", Timmons asked. Burch replied, "Yes." "Well, what did he do?", Timmons asked. 

"He broke out in assholes and shit himself to death," was Burch's answer. [fn 51] 

But why, it may be asked, the dermal diahhrea? Why should Bush be so distraught over 

the release to the press of the transcript of the notorious White House meeting of June 23, 

1972, whose exhcanges between Nixon and Haldeman were to prove the coup de grace to 

the agony of the Nixon regime? As we have seen, there is plenty of evidence that the final 

fall of Nixon was just the denouement that Bush wanted. The answer is that Bush was 

upset about the fabulous "smoking gun" tape because his friend Mosbacher, his business 

partner Bill Liedtke, and himself were referred to in the most sensitive passages. Yes, a 

generation of Americans has grown up recalling something about a "smoking gun" tape, 

but not many now recall that when Nixon referred to "the Texans," he meant George 

Bush. ("Das Bekannte ueberhaupt ist darum, weil es bekannt ist, nicht erkannt," as even 

old Hegel knew.) 

The open secret of the much-cited but little analyzed "smoking gun" tape is that it refers 

to Nixon's desire to mobilize the CIA to halt the FBI investigation of the Watergate 

burglars on the grounds that money can be traced from donors in Texas and elsewhere to 

the coffers of the CREEP and thence to the pockets of Bernard Barker and the other 

Cubans arrested. The money referred to, of course, is part of Bill Liedtke's $700,000 

discussed above. A first crucial passage of the "smoking gun" tape goes as follows, with 

the first speaker being Haldeman: 

H: Now, on the investigation, you know the Democratic break-in thing, we're back in the problem 

area because the FBI is not under control, because [FBI chief] Gray doesn't exactly know how to 

control it and they have --their invesitgation is leading into some productive areas because they've

een able to trace the money--not through the money itself--but through the bank sources--the 

banker. And, and it goes in some directions we don't want it to go. Ah, also there have been some 

things--like an informant came in off the street to the FBI in Miami who was a photographer or 

has a friend who was a photographer or has a friend who was a photographer who developed some 

films through this guy Barker and the films had pictures of Democratic national Committee 

letterhead documents and things. So it's things like that that are filtering in. Mitchell came up with 

yesterday, and John Dean analyzed very carefully last night and concludes, concurs now with 

Mitchell's recommendation that the only way to solve this, and we're set up beautifully to do it, ah, 

in that and that-- the only network that paid any attention to it last night was NBC--they did a 

massive story on the Cuban thing. 

P: [Nixon] That's right. 

H: That the way to handle this now is for us to have [CIA Deputy Director Vernon] Walters call 

Pat Gray and just say "Stay the hell out of this--this is ah, business here we don't want you to go 

any further on it. That's not an unusal development, and ah, that would take care of it. 

P: What about Pat Gray--you mean Pat Gray doesn't want to? 

H: Pat does want to. He doesn't know how to, and he doesn't have, he doesn't have any basis for 

doing it. Given this, he will then have the basis. He'll call Mark Felt in, and the two of them--and 

Mark Felt wants to cooperate because he's ambitious-- 

P: Yeah 

H: He'll call him in and say, "We've got the signal from acorss the river to put the hold on this." 

And that will fit rather well because the FBI agents who are working the case, at this point, feel 

that's what it is. 

P: This is CIA? They've traced the money? Who'd they trace it to? 

H: Well they've traced it to a name, but they haven't gotten to the guy yet. 

P: Would it be somebody here? 

H: Ken Dahlberg. 

P: Who the hell is Ken Dahlberg? He gave $25,000 in Minnesota and, ah, the check went directly 

to this guy Barker. 

P: It isn't from the committee though, from Stans? Yeah. It is. It's directly traceable and there's 

some more through some Texas people that went to the Mexican bank which can also be traced to 

the Mexican bank-- they'll get their names today. And (pause) 

P: Well, I mean, there's no way--I'm just thinking if they don't cooperate, what do they say? That 

they were approached by the Cubans. That's what Dahlberg has to say, the Texans too, that they-- 

H: Well, if they will. But then we're relying on more and more people all the time. That's the 

problem, and they'll stop if we could take this other route. 

P: All right. 

H: And you seem to think the thing to do is get them to stop? 

P: Right, fine. 

Kenneth Dahlberg was a front man for Dwayne Andreas of Archer- Daniels-Midland. 

Nixon wanted to protect himself, of course, but there is no doubt that he is talking about 

Liedtke, Pennzoil, Robert Mosbacher--his Bush-league Texas money-raising squad. With 

that comment, Nixon had dug his own grave with what was widely viewed as a prima 

facie case of obstruction of justice when this tape was released on August 5. But Nixon 

and Haldeman had a few other interesting things to say to each other that day, several of 

which evoke associations redolent of Bush. 

Shortly after the excerpts provided above, Nixon himself sums up why the CIA ought to 

have its own interest in putting a lid on the Watergate affair: 

P: Of course, this Hunt, that will uncover a lot of things. You open that scab there's a hell of a lot 

of things and we just feel that it would be very detrimental to have this thing go any further. This

involves these Cubans, Hunt, and a lot of hanky-panky that we have nothing to do with ourselves. 

Well what the hell, did Mitchell know about this? 

H: I think so. I don't think he knew the details, but I think he knew. 

P: He didn't know how it was going to be handled through --with Dahlberg and the Texans and so 

forth? Well who was the asshole that did? Is it Liddy? Is that the fellow? He must be a little nuts! 

Shortly after this, the conversation turned to Bus Mosbacher, who was resigning as the 

Chief of Protocol. Nixon joked that while Mosbacher was escorting the visiting dinitaries, 

bachelor Henry Kissinger always ended up escorting Mosbacher's wife. But before too 

long Nixon was back to the CIA again: 

P: When you get in-- when you get in (unintelligible) people, say, "Look the whole problem is that 

this will open the whole, the whole Bay of Pigs thing and the President just feels that ah, without 

going into the details--don't, don't lie to them to the extent to say there is no involvement, but just 

say this is a comedy of errors, without getting into it, the President believes that it is going to open 

the whole Bay of Pigs thing up again. And, ah, because these people are plugging for 

(unintelligible) and that they should call the FBI in and (unintelligible) don't go any further into 

this case period! (inaudible) our cause. 

It would also appear that Nixon's references to Howard Hunt and the Bay of Pigs are an 

oblique allusion to the Kennedy assassination, about which Nixon may have known more 

than he has ever told. Later the same day Haldeman reported back to Nixon about his 

meeting with Walters: 

H: Well, it was kind of interesting. Walters made the point and I didn't mention Hunt. I just said 

that the thing was leading into directions that were going to create potential problems because they 

were exploring leads that led back into areas that would be harmful to the CIA and haremful to the 

government (unintelligible) didn't have anything to do unintelligible). 

Later Haldeman returned to this same theme: 

H: Gray called Helms and said I think we've run right into the middle of a CIA covert operation. 

P: Gray said that? 

H: Yeah. And (unintelligible) said nothing we've done at this point and ah (unintellibible) says 

well it sure looks to me like it is (unintelligible) and ah, that was the end of that conversation 

(unintelligible) the problem is it tracks back to the Bay of Pigs and it tracks back to some other the 

leads run out to people who had no involvement in this, except by contracts and connection, but it 

gets to areas that are liable to be raised? The whole problem (unintelligible( Hunt. So at that point 

he kind of got the picture. He said, he said we'll be very happy to be helpful 9unintelligible) 

handle anything you want. I would like to know the reason for being helpful, and I made it clear to 

him he wasn't going to get explicit (unintelligible) generality, and he said fine. And Walters 

(unintelligible), Walters is going to make a call to Gray. That's the way we put it and that's the way 

it was left. 

P: How does that work though, how they've got to (unintelligible) somebody from the Miami 

bank. 

H: (Unintelligible) The point John makes --the Bureau is going on this because they don't know 

what they are uncovering (unintelligible) continue to pursue it. They don't need to because they 

already have their case as far as the charges against these men (unintelligible) One thing Helms 

did raise. He said. Gray--he asked Gray why they thought they had run into a CIA thing and Gray 

said because of the amount of money involved, a lot of dough (unintelligible) and ah 

(unintelligible) 

P: (Unintelligible)

H: Well, I think they will. If it runs (unintelligible) what the hell who knows (unintelligible) 

contributed CIA. 

H: Ya, it's money CIA gets money (unintelligible) I mean their money moves in a lot of different 

ways, too. [fn 52] 

Nixon's train of associations takes him from the Pennzoil-Liedtke Mosbacher-Bush slush 

fund operation to Howard Hunt and the Bay of Pigs and "a lot of hanky-panky." and then 

back to Bus Mosbacher, Robert's elder brother. Later on Haldeman stresses that the FBI, 

discovering a large money laundering operation between Pennzoil and Bill Liedtke in 

Houston, Mexico City, Maurice Stans and the CREEP in Washington, and some CIA 

Miami Station Cubans, simply concluded that this was all a CIA covert operation. 

As Haldeman himself later summed it up: 

If the Mexican bank connection was actually a CIA operation all along, unknown to Nixon; and 

Nixon was destroyed for asking the FBI to stop investigating the bank because it might uncover a 

CIA operation (which the Helms memo seems to indicate it actually was after all) the multiple 

layers of deception by the CIA are astounding. [fn 53] 

Later on Nixon's last Monday, Bush joined White House Counsel J. Fred Buzhardt and 

Dean Burch on a visit to Congressman Rhodes, and showed him the transcript of the 

smoking gun tape. "This means that there's just no chance in the world that he's not going 

to be impeached," said Rhodes. "In fact, there's no chance in the world that I won't vote to 

impeach him." Bush must have heaved a sigh of relief, since this is what he had wanted 

Rhodes to tell Nixon to get him to quit. "Rhodes later let it be known that he was 

offended that Bush had been briefed before he was," but of course, Bush was a top 

official of the Nixon White House. [fn 54] 

But Nixon still refused to quit, raising the prospect of a trial before the Senate that could 

be damaging to many besides Nixon. The next day, Tuesday, August 6, 1974 saw the last 

meeting of the Nixon cabinet, with Chairman George in attendance. This was the Cabinet 

meeting described as "unreal" by Bush later. Nixon's opening statement was: "I would 

like to discuss the most important issue confronting this nation, and confronting us 

internationally too--inflation." Nixon then argued adamantly for some minutes that he 

had examined the course of events over the recent past and that he had "not found an 

impeachable offense, and therefore resignation is not an acceptable course." Vice 

President Ford predicted that there would be certain impeachment by the House, but that 

the outcome in the Senate could not be predicted. Otherwise, said Ford, he was an 

interested party on the resignation issue and would make no further comment. 

Nixon then wanted to talk about the budget again, and about an upcoming summit 

conference on the economy. Attorney General Saxbe interrupted him. "Mr. President, I 

don't think we ought to have a summit conference. We ought to make sure you have the 

ability to govern." Nixon quietly assured Saxbe that he had the ability to govern. Then 

Chairman George piped up, in support of Saxbe. The President's ability to govern was 

impaired, said George. The Republican Party was in a shambles, he went on, and the 

forthcoming Congressional election threatened to be a disaster. Watergate had to be 

brought to an end expeditiously, Bush argued. From his vantage point at Nixon's right

elbow, Kissinger could see that Bush was advancing towards the conclusion that Nixon 

had to resign. "It was cruel. And it was necessary," thought Kissinger. "More than enough 

had been said," was the Secretary of State's impression. Kissinger was seeking to avoid 

backing Nixon into a corner where he would become more stubborn and more resistant to 

the idea of resignation, making that dreaded Senate trial more likely. And this was the 

likely consequence of Bush's line of argument. 

"Mr. President, can't we just wait a week or two and see what happens?", asked Saxbe. 

Bush started to support Saxbe again, but now Nixon was getting more angry. Nixon 

glared at Bush and Saxbe, the open advocates of his resignation. "No," he snapped. "This 

is too important to wait." 

Now the senior cabinet officer decided he had to take the floor to avoid a total 

confrontation that would leave Nixon besieged but still holding the Oval Office. 

Kissinger's guttural accents were heard in the cabinet room: "We are not here to offer 

excuses for what we cannot do. We are here to do the nation's business. This is a very 

difficult time for our country. Our duty is to show confidence. It is essential that we show 

it is not safe for any country to take a run at us. For the sake of foreign policy we must act 

with assurance and total unity. If we can do that, we can vindicate the structure of peace." 

The main purpose of this pompous tirade had been to bring the meeting to a rapid end, 

and it worked. "There was a moment of embarrassed silence around the table," recalls 

Nixon, and after a few more remarks on the economy, the meeting broke up. 

Kissinger stayed behind with Nixon to urge him to resign, which Nixon now said he felt 

compelled to do. Bush sought out Al Haig to ponder how Nixon might be forced out. 

"What are we going to do?", asked Bush. Haig told Bush to calm down, explaining: "We 

get him up to the mountaintop, then he comes down again, then we get him up again." [fn 

55] Kissinger walked back to his office in the West Wing and met Gen. Brent Scowcroft, 

the NSC Director. Kissinger told Scowcroft that "there was precious little support for the 

President. Kissinger, no mean hypocrite in his own right, thought that Saxbe had been 

"weak-livered." Bush and Saxbe had both been petty and insensitive, Kissinger thought. 

He compared Bush and Saxbe and the rest to a seventeenth- century royal court with the 

courtiers scurrying about, concerned with themselves rather than with their country. 

During this cabinet meeting, Bush was already carrying a letter to Nixon that would soon 

become the unkindest cut of all for Chariman George's wretched patron. This letter was 

delivered to Nixon on August 7. It read as follows: 

Dear Mr. President, 

It is my considered judgment that you should now resign. I expect in your lonely embattled 

position this would seem to you as an act of disloyalty from one you have supported and helped in 

so mnay ways. My own view is that I would now ill serve a President whose massive 

accomplishments I will always respect and whose family I love, if I did not now give you my 

judgment. Until this moment resignation has been no answer at all, but given the impact of the 

latest development, and it will be a lasting one, I now firmly feel resignation is best for the 

country, best for this President. I believe this view is held by most Republican leaders across the

country. This letter is much more difficult because of the gratitude I will always have for you. If 

you do leave office history will properly record your achievements with a lasting respect. [fn 56] 

During Bush's confirmation hearings for the post of CIA Director in December, 1976, 

when it became important to show how independent Bush had been, Senator Barry 

Goldwater volunteered that Bush had been "the first man to my knowledge to let the 

President know he should go." That presumably meant, the first among cabinet and White 

House officials. 

The next day, August 8, 1974, Nixon delivered his resignation to Henry Kissinger. 

Kissinger could now look forward to exercising the powers of the presidency at least until 

January, 1977, and perhaps well beyond. 

For a final evaluation of Bush in Watergate, we may refer to a sketch of his role during 

those times provided by Bush's friend Maurice Stans, the finance director of the CREEP. 

This is how Stans sizes up Bush as a Watergate player: 

George Bush, former member of Congress and former Ambassador to the United Nations. Bush, 

who proved he was one of the bravest men in Washington in agreeing to head the Republican 

National Committee during the 1973-74 phase of Watergate, kept the party organization together 

and its morale high, despite massive difficulties of press criticism and growing public disaffection 

with the administration. Totally without information as to what had gone on in Watergate behind 

the scenes, he was unable to respond knowledgeably to questions and because of that unjustly 

became the personal target of continuing sarcasm and cynicism from the media." [fn 57] 

But there are many indications that Bush was in reality someone who, while taking part 

in the fray, actually helped to steer Watergate towards the strategic outcome desired by 

the dominant financier faction, the one associated with Brown Brother, Harriman and 

with London. As with so much in the life of this personage, much of Bush's real role in 

Watergate remains to be unearthed. To borrow a phrase from James McCord's defense of 

his boss, Richard Helms, we must see to it that "every tree in the forest will fall." 

NOTES: 

1. Fitzhugh Green, George Bush, p. 137. 

2. Bush and Gold, pp. 120-121. 


4. Fitzhugh Green, p. 129. 

5. Harry Hurt III, "George Bush, Plucky Lad," in Texas Monthly, June 1983. 

6. Dallas Morning News, November 25, 1971. 

7. Washington Post, December 12, 1972.

8. Ibid. 

9. Washington Post, January 22, 1973. 

10. Washington Post, February 6, 1973. 


12. See for example Len Cholodny and Robert Gettlin, Silent Coup (New York, 1991). 

13. Lyn Marcus, "Up-Valuation of German Mark Fuels Watergate Attack on Nixon," New Solidarity, July 

9-13, 1973, pp. 10-11. 

14. See Thomas Petzinger, Oil and Honor (New York, 1987), pp. 64- 65. See also Harry Hurt's article 

mentioned above. Wright Patman's House Banking Committee revealed part of the activities of Bill Liedtke 

and Mosbacher during the Watergate era. 

15. Carl Bernstein and Bob Woodward, All the President's Men (New York, 1974), present the checks 

received by Barker as one of the ways they breached the wall of secrecy around the CREEP, with the aid of 

their anonymous source "Bookkeeper." But neither in this book nor in The Final Days (New York, 1976), 

do "Woodstein" get around to mentioning that the Mexico City money came from Bill Liedtke. This 

marked pattern of silence and reticence on matters pertaining to George Bush, certainly one of the most 

prominent of the President's men, is a characteristic of Watergate journalism in general. For more 

information regarding William Liedtke's role in financing the CREEP, see Hearings Before the Select 

Committee on Presidential Campaign Activities, 93rd Congress, including testimony by Hugh Sloan, June 

6, 1973; and by Maurice Stans, June 12, 1973; see also the Final Report of the committee, issued in June, 

1974. Relevant press coverage from the period includes "Stans Scathes Report," by Woodward and 

Bernstein, Washington Post, September 14, 1972; and "Liedtke Linked to FPC Choice," United Press 

International, June 26, 1973. Liedtke also influenced Nixon appointments in areas of interest to himself. 

16. Maurice H. Stans, The Terrors of Justice: The Untold Side of Watergate. 

17. New York Times, August 26, 1972, and Nov. 1, 1972. 

18. Interview with a Post Oak Bank executive Nov. 21, 1991. Houston Post, Dec. 27, 1988. 

19. Stanley L. Kutler, The Wars of Watergate: The Last Crisis of Richard Nixon (New York, 1990), pp. 

229-33. 

20. See Jim Hougan, Secret Agenda (New York, 1984), p. 92. 

21. Ervin Committee Hearings, Book 9 pp. 3441-46, and Report of the Nedzi Committee of the House of 

Represenatives, p. 201, cited by Hougan, p. 318. 

22. Nezdi Committee report, pp. 442-43, quoted in Hougan, p. 21. 

23. Hougan, pp. 46-47. 

24. Ervin Committee Final Rport, pp. 1146-49, and Hougan, pp. 131-132. 

25. Al Reinert, "Bob and George Go To Washington or The Post-Watergate Scramble," Texas Monthly, 

April, 1974.

26. The question of the Columbia Plaza Apartments is a central theme of Jim Hougan, Secret Agenda (New 

York, 1984). We have also relied on Hougan's version of the Russell-Leon-Bellino subplot described 

below. Hougan's book, although it studiously avoids drawing obvious conclusions about Bush, Kissinger, 

Rockefeller, and many others, is a convenient starting point for the necessary metacritique of Watergate. 

By contrast, the Colodny-Gettlin Silent Coup (New York, 1991) represents a step backward, away from the 

truth of the matter on numerous points. 

27. Hougan, p. 324. 

28. Hougan, p. 370. 

29. Interview of Jerris Leonard with Tony Chaitkin, August 26, 1991. 

30. Hougan, p. 374-375. 

31. See Jules Witcover, "Political Spies Accuse Committee Investigator," Washington Post, July 25, 1973, 

and John Geddie, "Bush Alleges Bugs," Dallas News, July 25, 1973. See also Victor Lasky, It Didn't Start 

with Watergate (New York, 1977), pp. 41-55. 

32. Hougan, p. 376. Notice that the day of Leon's death was also the day that White House staffer 

Butterfield told Congressional investigators of the existence of Nixon's taping system. 

33. Ibid. 

34. RN: The Memoirs of Richard Nixon, p. 811. 

35. Pincus and Woodward, Presidential Posts and Dashed Hopes, Washington Post, August 9, 1988. 


37. Sam J. Ervin, Jr., The Whole Truth (New York, 1980), p. 28. 

38. Ervin, p. 29. 

39. Sam Dash, Chief Counsel (New York, 1976), p. 192. 

40. Evans and Novak, July 11, 1973. 

41. Washington Post, August 7, 1973. 





46. Washington Post, November 17, 1973. 

47. Bernstein and Woodward, The Final Days, pp. 159, 176.

48. RN: The Memoirs of Richard Nixon, p. 1042. 

49. Fitzhugh Green, p. 135. 

50. The Final days, p. 368. 

51. The Final Days, p. 369. 

52. For the "smoking gun" transcript of June 23, 1972, see Washington Post, August 6, 1974. 

53. H. R. Haldeman, The Ends of Power (New York, 1978), p. 64. 

54. The Final Days, p. 374. 

55. Available accounts of Nixon's last cabinet meeting are fragmentary, but see: RN: The Memoirs of 

Richard Nixon, p. 1066; The Final Days, pp. 386-389; Theodore H. White, Breach of Faith: The Fall of 

Richard Nixon (New York, 1975), p. 24; Henry Kissinger, Years of Upheaval, pp. 1202-1203; J. Anthony 

Lukas, Nightmare: The Underside of the Nixon Years (New York, 1976), pp 558-559. These have been 

collated for the account offered here. 

56. The ostensible full text of this letter is found in Nicholas King, George Bush: A Biography (New York, 

1980), p. 87. Vic Gold gives only seven lines of excerpts. Fitzhugh Green, in his post November 1988 

hagiography, liquidates the matter in fewer than five lines. In each case the calculating eye of the public 

relations man is observing the reader like the sucker in a medicine show. Apparently Bush's handlers 

concluded that there was less and less to gain from distancing their candidate from Nixon; perhaps their 

polls were showing that popular resentment of Nixon had somewhat declined. 

57. Maurice H. Stans, The Terrors of Justice: The Untold Side of Watergate, p. 66.

Chapter -XIII- Bush Attempts The Vice Presidency, 1974 

Those who betray their benefactors are seldom highly regarded. In Dante's Divine 

Comedy, traitors to benefactors and to the established authorities are consigned to the 

ninth circle of the Inferno, where their souls are suspended, like insects in amber, in the 

frozen River Cocytus. This is the Giudecca, where the three arch-traitors Judas Iscariot, 

Brutus, and Cassius are chewed for all eternity in the three mouths of Lucifer. The crimes 

of Nixon were monstrous, especially in Vietnam and in the India-Pakistan war, but in 

these Bush had been an enthusiastic participant. Now Bush's dagger, among others, had 

now found its target; Nixon was gone. In the depths of his Inferno, Dante relates the story 

of Frate Alberigo to illustrate the belief that in cases of the most heinous treachery, the 

soul of the offender plunges at once into hell, leaving the body to live out its physical 

existence under the control of a demon. Perhaps the story of old Frate Alberigo will 

illuminate us as we follow the further career of George Bush. 

As Nixon left the White House for his home in San Clemente, California, in the early 

afternoon of August 9, 1974, Chairman George was already plotting how to scale still 

further up the dizzy heights of state. Ford was now president, and the vice-presidency 

was vacant. According to the XXV Amendment, it was now up to Ford to designate a 

vice president who would then require a majority vote of both houses of Congress to be 

confirmed. Seeing a golden opportunity to seize an office that he had long regarded as the 

final stepping stone to his ultimate goal of the White House, Bush immediately mobilized 

his extensive Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones network, including as many 

Zionist lobby auxiliaries as he could muster. George had learned in 1968 that an 

organized effort commensurate with his own boundless lust for power would be required 

to succeed. One of the first steps was to set up a boiler shop operation in a suite of rooms 

at the Statler Hilton Hotel in Washington. Here Richard L. Herman, the Nebraska GOP 

national committeeman and two assistants began churning out a cascade of calls to 

Republicans and others around the country, urging, threatening, cajoling, calling in chits, 

promising future favors if Chairman George were to become Vice President George. [fn 

1] Since Bush controlled the RNC apparatus, this large machinery could also be thrown 

into the fray.

There were other, formidable candidates, but none was so aggressive as Chairman 

George. Nelson Rockefeller, who had resigned as Governor of New York some months 

before to devote more time to his own consuming ambition and to his Commission on 

Critical Choices, was in many ways the front runner. Nelson's vast notoriety, his 

imposing cursus honorum, his own powerful Wall Street network, his financial and 

banking faction-- all of these would count heavily in his favor. But Nelson, having been 

the incarnation of the Eastern Liberal Establishment internationalists against whom 

Goldwater had campaigned so hard in 1964, also had a very high negative. People hated 

Nelson. His support was considerable, but he had more active opposition than any other 

candidate. This meant that Ford had to hesitate in choosing Nelson because of what the 

blowback might mean for a probable Ford candidacy in 1976. 

The conservative Republicans all regarded Goldwater as their sentimental favorite, but 

they also knew that Ford would be reluctant to select him because of a different set of 

implications for 1976. Beyond Rockefeller and Goldwater, each a leader of a wing of the 

party, the names multiplied: Senator Howard Baker, Elliot Richardson, Governor 

William Scranton, Melvin Laird, Senator Bill Brock, Governor Dan Evans, Donald 

Rumsfeld, and many others. Bush knew that if he could get Goldwater to show him some 

support, the Goldwater conservatives could be motivated to make their influence felt for 

Bush, and this might conceivably put him over the top, despite Rockefeller's strength in 

the financial and intelligence communities. Part of the battle would be to convince Ford 

that Bush would be a bigger asset for 1976. 

First Chairman George had to put on the mask of conciliation and moderation. As Nixon 

was preparing his departure speech, Bush lost no time in meeting with Ford, now less 

than 24 hours away from being sworn in as president. Bush told the press that Ford had 

"said he'd be pleased if I stayed on" at the RNC, but had to concede that Ford had given 

no indication as to his choice for the vice president. Bush's network in the House of 

Representatives, maintained since his Rubbers days, was now fully mobilized, with "a 

showing of significant support in the House and among GOP officials" for Bush on the 

day before Nixon left town. Bush also put out a statement from the RNC saying, "The 

battle is over. Now is the time for kindess...Let us all try now to restore to our society a 

climate of civility." But despite the hypocritical kinder and gentler rhetoric, Chairman 

George's struggle for power was just beginning. [fn 2] 

Melvin Laird soon came out for Rockefeller, and there were sentimental displays for 

Goldwater in many quarters. With Bush's network in full career, he was beginning to 

attract favorable mention from the columnists. Evans and Novak on August 11 claimed 

that "as the new President was sworn in, Rockefeller had become a considerably less 

likely prospect than either Senator Howard Baker of Tennessee or George Bush, the 

gregarious patrician and transplanted Texan who heads the Republican National 

Committee." Columns like this one went on at length about the many disadvantages of 

choosing Rockefeller, not the least of which was that he would eclipse Ford. 

On August 10, Ford announced that he would poll Republicans at all levels across the 

country. Some expressed their preferences directly to the White House, but the

Republican National Committee members had to report their choices through Chairman 

George. Many of them, fearing the price they might have to pay for lese majeste, 

indicated Bush as their first choice. This matter was the subject of a complaint by Tom 

Evans of the RNC, who talked to the press and also wrote letters to the Ford White 

House, as we will see. 

By August 14, the Washington Post was reporting a "full scale campaign" on behalf of 

Bush, with an "impressive array of support" against Rockefeller. Bush's campaign 

manager and chief boiler room operator Richard L. Herman of Nebraska summed up his 

talking points: Bush, said Herman, "is the only one in the race with no opposition. He 

may not be the first choice in all cases, but he's not lower than second with anyone." 

Herman said he was "assisting" a broader organization on the Hill and of course at the 

RNC itself that was mobilized for Bush. Bush "can do more to help the Republican Party 

than anyone else and is totally acceptable throughout the country," blathered Herman. 

Bush was "obviously aware of what we're doing," said Herman. The old Prescott Bush 

networks were still a big plus, he stressed. A group of House conservatives came out for 

Goldwater, with Bush in second place. 

Support for Goldwater was apt to turn into support for Bush at any time, so Bush was 

gaining mightily, running second to Rocky alone. Taking note of the situation, even 

Bush's old allies at the Washington Post had to register some qualms. In an editorial 

published on August 15, 1974 on the subject of "The Vice Presidency," Post 

commentators quoted the ubiquitous Richard Herman on Bush's qualifications. The Post 

found that Bush's "background and abilities would appear to qualify him for the vice 

presidency in just about all respects, except for the one that seems to us to really matter: 

What is conspicuously lacking is any compelling or demonstrable evidence that he is 

qualified to be President." Nelson might be better, suggested the Post. In any case, "we 

have the recent example of Mr. Agnew to remind us of the pitfalls in the choice of Vice 

Presidents by the application of irrelevant criteria." 

But despite these darts, Chairman George continued to surge ahead. The big break came 

when Barry Goldwater, speaking in Columbia, South Carolina, told a Republican fundraiser 

that he had a "gut feeling" that Ford was going to select Bush for the vice 

presidency. Barry, we recall, had been very cozy with father Prescott in the old days. 

Goldwater portrayed Bush and Rockefeller as the two competing front-runners. This was 

precisely where Bush wanted to position himself so that he could benefit from the 

widespread and vocal opposition to Rockefeller. On August 15, a source close to Ford 

told David Broder and Lou Cannon that Bush now had the "inside track" for the vice 

presidency. Rockefeller's spokesman Hugh Morrow retorted that "we're not running a 

boiler shop or calling anyone or doing anything," unlike the strong-arm Bush team. [fn 3] 

Inside the Ford White House, responses to Ford's sollicitaton were coming in. Among the 

top White House councillors, Bush got the support of Kenneth Rush, who had almost 

become Nixon's Secretary of State and who asserted that Bush "would have a broader 

appeal to all segments of the political spectrum than any other qualified choice. His 

relative youth, Texas residence with a New England background, wide popularity in

usiness and political circles, and unqualified integrity and ability, combined with his 

personal qualities of charm and tact, would make him a natural for the new 

Presidential/Vice Presidential team." This encomium is quoted at length because it seems 

to be a form letter or printout that was distributed by the Bush operation as talking points 

for Bush supporters. [fn 4] Dean Burch wrote a memo to Ford pointing out that among 

the prominent candidates, "only a few have a post-1980 political future." "My own 

choice," Burch told Ford, "would be a Vice President with a long term political future.--a 

potential candidate, at least, for the Presidency in his own right." In Burch's conclusion, 

"Still operating on this assumption, my personal choice is George Bush." [fn 4] . 

The cabinet showed more sentiment for Rockefeller. Rogers Morton of the Interior, 

Weinberger of HEW, James Lynn of HUD, Frederick Dent of Commerce, and Attorney 

General Saxbe were all for Rocky. Earl Butz of Agriculture was for Goldwater, and 

James R. Schlesinger of Defense was for Eliott Richardson. No written opinion by Henry 

Kissinger appears extant at the Ford Library. Among the cabinet and the senior White 

House counselors, therefore, Rocky had bested Bush 7 to 3, with Burch and Rush 

providing Chairman George's most convinced support. 

Then the White House staff was polled. Pat Buchanan advised Ford to avoid all the 

younger men, including Bush, and told the president that Rockefeller would "regrettably" 

have to be his choice. John McLaughlin also told Ford to go for Rocky, although he 

mentioned that Bush "would also be a fine vice president." [fn 5] Richard A. Moore was 

for Bush based on his economic credentials, asserting that Bush's "father and gradfather 

were both highly respected investment bankers in New York." In the White House staff, 

Bush won out over Rockefeller and Scranton. Among personal friends of Ford, Bush won 

out over Rocky by a 4 to 3 margin. 

Among Republican governors, there was significant resistance to Bush. Former 

Pennsylvania Governor William Scranton, who had been considered of presidential 

caliber, wrote to Ford aide Phillip Buchen of Bush: "Quite frankly, in my experience with 

him his one drawback is a limitation of his administrative ability." [fn 6] Among serving 

governors, only Thomas J. Meskill of Connecticut, and Otis R. Bowen of Indiana put 

Bush in first place. When all the governors' preferences were tabulated, Bush came in 

third, trailing Rockefeller and Governor Daniel J. Evans of Washington. 

Among the Republican Senators, Bush had intense competition, but the Prescott Bush 

network proved it could hold its own. Howard Baker put Bush second, while Henry 

Bellmon and Dewey Bartlett sent in a joint letter in support of Bush. Bob Dole but 

Chairman George last among his list of preferences, commenting that the choice of Bush 

would be widely regarded as "totally partisan." Pete Dominici put Bush as his first 

choice, but also conceded that he would be seen as a partisan pick. Roth of Delaware had 

Bush in third place after John J. Williams and Rocky. Hugh Scott of Pennsylvania wanted 

Rocky or Goldwater, but put Bush in third place. James Pearson of Kansas had Bush as 

first choice. Jesse Helms mentioned Bush, but in fifth place after Goldwater, Harry Byrd, 

Reagan, and James Buckley. [fn 7] In the final tally of Senate picks, Rocky edged out 

Bush with 14 choices to Bush's 12, followed by Goldwater with 11.

Bush was stronger in the House, where many members had served side by side with their 

old friend Rubbers. Bush was the first choice of Bill Archer of Texas (who had inherited 

Bush's old district, and who praised Bush for having "led the fight in Congress for 

disclosure and reform"), Skip Bafalis of Florida, William G. Bray of Indiana, Dan 

Brotzman of Colorado, Joe Broyhill of Virginia, John Buchana of Alabama, Charles 

Chamberlain of Michigan, Donald Clancy of Ohio, Del Dawson of California, and Thad 

Cochran of Mississippi. William Armstrong of Colorado struck a discordant note by 

urging Ford to pick "a person who has extensive experience in ELECTED public office." 

William S. Cohen of Maine found that Bush did "not have quite the range of experience 

of Richardson or Rockefeller. James Collins favored Bush "as a Texan." Glenn Davis of 

Wisconsin, Derwinksi of Illinois (a long-term ally who eventually rose to the Bush 

cabinet after having served with Bush at the UN mission in New York), Sam Devine of 

Ohio, and Pierre S. Du Pont IV of Delaware -all for Bush. William Dickinson of 

Alabama found Bush "physically attractive" with "no political scars I am aware of" and 

"personally very popular." But then came John J. Duncan of Tennessee, who told Ford 

that he could not "support any of the fifteen or so mentioned in the news media." 

Marvin Esch of Michigan was for Bush, as was Peter Frelinghuysen of New Jersey. 

Edwin D. Eshelman told Ford to go for Bush "if you want a moderate." The Bush brigade 

went on with Charles Gubser of California, and Hammerschmidt of Arkansas, still very 

close to Bush today. John Heinz of Pennsylvania was having none of Bush, but urged 

Ford to take Rockefeller, Scranton, or Richardson, in that order. John Erlenborn of 

Illinois was more than captivated by Bush, writing Ford that Bush "is attractive 

personally--people tend to like him on sight." Why, "he has almost no political enemies" 

that Erlenborn knew of. Bud Hillis of Indiana, Andrew Hinshar of California, Marjorie 

Holt- for Bush. Lawrence Hogan of Maryland was so "disturbed" about the prospect of 

Rockefeller that he was for Bush too. Hudnut of Indiana put Bush as his second choice 

after favorite son Gov. Otis Bowen because Bush was "fine, clean." 

Jack Kemp of New York, now in the Bush cabinet, was for Bush way back then, 

interestingly enough. Lagomarsino of California put Bush third, Latta of Ohio put him 

second only to Rocky. Trent Lott of Mississippi, who has since moved up to the Senate, 

told Ford that he needed somebody "young and clean" and that "perhaps George Bush fits 

that position." Manuel Lujan of New Mexico, who also made the Bush cabinet, was a 

solid Bush rooter, as was Wiley Mayne of Iowa. Pete McCloskey put Bush second to 

Richardson, but ahead of Rocky. John McCollister of Nebraska deluded himself that 

Bush could be confirmed without too much trouble: McCollister was for Bush because "I 

believe he could pass the Judiciary Committee's stern test" because "he had no policy 

making role in the sad days now ended," but perhaps Ford knew better on that one. 

Clarence Miller of Ohio was for Bush. Congressman Bob Michel, ever climbing in the 

House GOP hierarchy, had long-winded arguments for Bush. Rocky, he thought, could 

"help most" over the remainder of Ford's term, but Bush would be a trump card for 1976. 

"George Bush would not command all the immediate adulation simply because he hasn't 

had as long a proven track record in the business and industrial community, but his 

credentials are good," wrote Michel. "He is young and he would work day and night and

he would never attempt to 'upstage the boss.' Aside from projecting a 'straight arrow 

image,' he would be acceptable to the more conservative element in the party that would 

be offended by the appointment of Rockefeller." In addition, assured Michel, Bush 

enjoyed support among Democrats "from quarters I would not have believed possible," 

"and they are indeed influential Democrats." "Over and above this, we may be giving one 

of our own a good opportunity to follow on after a six-year Ford administration," Michel 

concluded. 

Donal Mitchell of New York was for Bush because of his "rich background," which 

presumably meant money. Ancher Nelson thought Bush had "charisma," and he was for 

him. But George O'Brien of Illinois was also there with that bothersome request for 

"someone who was elected and was serving in a federal position." Stan Parris of 

Alexandria, Virginia, a faithful yes-man for Bush until his defeat in 1990, was for Bush- 

of course. Jerry Pettis of California for Bush. Bob Price of Texas urged Ford to tap Bush, 

in part because of his "excellent" ties to the Senate, which were "due to his own efforts 

and the friendships of his father." Albert Quie of Minnesota had some support of his own 

for the nod, but he talked favorably about Bush, whom he also found "handsome." "He 

has only one handicap," thought Quie, "and that is, he lost an election for the Senate." 

Make that two handicaps. Score J. Kenneth Robinson of Virginia for Bush, along with 

Philip Ruppe of Michigan, who lauded Bush's "human warmth." Earl Ruth of northern 

California and William Steigler of Wisconsin for Bush. Steve Symms of Idaho, later a 

senator, wanted "a Goldwater man" like Reagan, or Williams of Delaware. But, Symms 

added, "I would accept our National Chairman Bush." Guy Vander Jagt of Michigan 

confided to his former colleague Ford that "my personal recommendation is George 

Bush." John H. Ware broke a lance for Chairman George, and then came the endorsement 

of G. William Whitehurst of Virginia, an endorsement that stood out for its freemasonic 

overtones in a field where freemasonic modulations were rife. According to Whitehurst, 

who has a parkway with his name on it in the capital, Bush demonstrates "those special 

characteristics that qualify a man for the highest office if fate so designates." This is one 

Ford would have had no trouble understanding. Bob Wilson of California was for Bush, 

also considering the long term perspectives; he liked Bush's youthful enthusiasm and saw 

him as "a real leader for moderation" Larr Winnof Kansas, Wendell Wyatt of Oregon, 

Bill Young of Florida, Don Young of Alaska, Roger Zion of Indiana-- all listed Bush as 

their prime choice. The Republican House Steering Committee went for Bush because of 

his "general acceptance." [fn 8] 

When Ford's staff tabulated the House results, Bush's combined total of 101 first, second 

and third choice mentions put him in the lead, over Rocky at 68 and Reagan at 23. 

Among all the Republican elected and appointed offocials who had expressed an opinion, 

Bush took first place with 255 points, with Rockefeller second with 181, Goldwater third 

wiith 83, Reagan with 52, followed by Richardson, Melvin Laird, and the rest. It was a 

surprise to no one that Bush was the clear winner among the Republican National 

Committee respondents, which he had personally solicited and screened, and even Ford's 

people do not seem to have been overly impressed by this part of the result. But all in all 

it was truly a monument to the Bush network, achieved for a candidate with no 

qualifications who had very much participated in the sleaze of the Nixon era.

The vox populi saw things slightly differently. In the number of telegrams received by 

the White House, Goldwater was way ahead with 2280 in his favor, and only 102 against. 

Bush had 887 for him and 92 against. Rocky had 544 in favor, and a whopping 3202 

against. [fn 9] 

But even here, the Bush network had been totally mobilized, with a very large effort in 

the Dallas business community, among black Republicans, and by law firms with links to 

the Zionist lobby. Ward Lay of Frito-Lay joined with Herman W. Lay to support Bush. 

The law firm of McKenzie and Baer of Dallas assured Ford that Bush was "Mr. Clean." 

There was a telegram from Charles Pistor of the Republic National Bank of Dallas, and 

many others. 

The all court press applied by the Bush machine also generated bad blood. Rockefeller 

supporter Tom Evans, a former RNC co-chair, wrote to Ford with the observation that 

"no one should campaign for the position and I offer these thoughts only because of an 

active campaign that is being conducted on George Bush's behalf which I do not believe 

properly reflects Republican opinion." Evans was more substantive than most 

recommendations: "Certainly one of the major issues confronting our country at this time 

is the economy and the related problems of inflation, unemployment, and high interest 

rates. I respectfully suggest that you need someonme who can help substantively in these 

areas. George is great at PR but he is not as good in substantive matters. This opinion can 

be confirmed by individuals who held key positions at the National Committee." Evans 

also argued that Bush should have put greater distance between the GOP and Nixon 

sooner than he did. [fn 10] 

So Nelson's networks were not going to take the Bush strong-arm approach lying down. 

Bush's most obvious vulnerability was his close relationship to Nixon, plus the fact that 

he had been up to his neck in Watergate. It was lawful that Bush's ties to one of Nixon's 

slush funds came back to haunt him. This was the "Townhouse" fund again, the one 

managed by Jack A. Gleason and California attorney Herbert W. Kalmbach, Nixon's 

personal lawyer, who had gained quite some personal notoriety during the Watergate 

years. These two had both pleaded guilty earlier in 1974 to running an illegal campaign 

fun-raising operation, with none of the required reports ever filed. 

By August 19, the even of Ford's expected announcement, the Washington Post reported 

that unnamed White House sources were telling Newsweek magazine that Bush's vice 

presidential bid "had slipped badly because of alleged irregularities in the financing of his 

1970 Senate race in Texas." Newsweek quoted White House sources that "there was 

potential embarrassment in reports that the Nixon White House had funneled about 

$100,000 from a secret fund called the 'Townhouse Operation' into Bush's losing Senate 

campaign against Democrat Lloyd Bentsen four years ago." Newsweek also added that 

$40,000 of this money may not have been properly reported under the election laws. 

Bush was unavailable for comment that day, and retainers James Bayless and C. Fred 

Chambers scrambled to deliver plausible denials, but the issue would not go away.

Bush's special treatment during the 1970 campaign was a subject of acute resentment, 

especially among senate Republicans Ford needed to keep on board. Back in 1970, 

Senator Mark Hatfield of Oregon had demanded to know why John Tower had given 

Bush nearly twice as much money as any other Senate Republican. Senator Tower had 

tried to deny favoritism, but Hatfield and Edward Brooke of Massachusetts had not been 

placated. Now there was the threat that if Bush had to go through lengthy confirmation 

hearings in the Congress, the entire Townhouse affair might be dredged up once again. 

According to some accounts, there were as many as 18 Republican senators who had 

gotten money from Townhouse, but whose names had not been divulged. [fn 11] Any 

attempt to force Bush through as vice president might lead to the fingering of these 

senators, and perhaps others, mightily antagonizing those who had figured they were 

getting off with a whole coat. Ripping off the scabs of Watergate wounds in this way 

conflicted withe Ford's "healing time" strategy, which was designed to put an hermetic lid 

on the festering mass of Watergate. Bush was too dangerous to Ford. Bush could not be 

chosen. . 

Because he was so redolent of Nixonian sleaze, Bush's maximum exertions for the vice 

presidency were a failure. Ford announced his choice of Nelson Rockefeller on August 

20, 1974. It was nevertheless astounding that Bush had come so close. He was defeated 

for the moment, but he had established a claim on the office of the vice presidency that he 

would not relinquish. Despite his hollow, arrogant ambition and total incompetence for 

the office, he would automnatically be considered for the vice presidency in 1976 and 

then again in 1980. For George Bush was an aristocrat of senatorial rank, although denied 

the senate, and his conduct betrayed the conviction that he was owed not just a place at 

the public trough, but the accolade of national political office. 

NOTES: 




4. Gerald R. Ford Library, Robert T. Hartman Files, Box 21. 

5. Gerald R. Ford Library, Robert T. Hartmann Files, Box 19. 

6. Philip Buchen Files, Box 63. 

7. Robert T. Hartman Files, Box 21. 

8. Robert T. Hartmann Files, Boxes 19 and 20. 

9. Robert T. Hartmann Files, Box 21.

10. Robert T. Hartmann Files, Box 20. 

11. Walter Pincus and Bob Woodward, "Presidential Posts and Dashed Hopes," Washington Post, August 

9, 1988. 

Chapter -XIV- Bush in Beijing 

Whatever benign star it is that tends George Bush's destiny, lights his ambition, it was early on 

trapped in the flawed orbit of Richard Nixon. Bush's meteoric ascent, in a decade's time, from 

county GOP chairman to national chairman, including his prestigious ambassadorship to the 

United Nations, was due largely to the strong tug of Nixonian gravity. Likewise, his blunted hopes 

and dimmed future, like the Comet Kohoutek, result from the too-close approach to a fatal sun. [fn 

1] 

Several minutes before Ford appeared for the first time before the television cameras with 

Nelson Rockefeller, his vice president designate, he had placed a call to Bush to inform 

him that he had not been chosen, and to reassure him that he would be offered an 

important post as a consolation. Two days later, Bush met Ford at the White House. Bush 

claims that Ford told him that he could choose between a future as US envoy to the Court 

of St. James in London, or presenting his credentials to the Palais de l'Elysee in Paris. 

Bush would have us believe that he then told Ford that he wanted neither London nor 

Paris, but Beijing. Bush's accounts then portray Ford, never the quickest, as tamping his 

pipe, scratching his head, and asking, "Why Beijing?" Here Bush is lying once again. 

Ford was certainly no genius, but no one was better situated than he to know that it would 

have been utter folly to propose Bush for an ambassadorship that had to be approved by 

the Senate. 

Why Beijing? The first consideration, and it was an imperative one, was that under no 

circumstances could Bush face Senate confirmation hearings for any executive branch 

appointment for at least one to two years. There would have been questions about the 

Townhouse slush fund, about his intervention on Carmine Bellino, perhaps about Leon 

and Russell, and about many other acutely embarrassing themes. All of the reasons which 

had led Ford to exclude Bush as vice president, for which he would have needed the 

approval of both Houses of Congress, were valid in ruling out any nomination that had to 

get past the senate. After Watergate, Bush's name was just too smelly to send up to the 

Hill for any reason, despite all the power of the usual Brown Brother, Harriman/Skull and 

Bones network mobilization. It would take time to cauterize certain lesions and to cool 

off certain investigative tracks. Certain scandals had to be fixed. Perhaps in a year or two 

things might cool down, and the climate of opinion alter. But while the psychology of 

Watergate dominated the legislative branch, a high-profile job for Bush was out of the 

question.

As Bush himself slyly notes: "The United States didn't maintain formal diplomatic 

relations with the People's Republic at the time, so my appointment wouldn't need Senate 

confirmation." An asterisk sends us to the additional fact that "because I'd been 

ambassador to the United Nations I carried the title 'ambassador' to China." The person 

that would have to be convinced, Bush correctly noted, was Henry Kissinger, who 

monopolized all decisions on his prized China card. [fn 2] But George was right about the 

confirmation. Official diplomatic relations between the US and mainland China came 

only with the Carter China card of 1979. In 1974, what Bush was asking for was the US 

Laison Office (USLO), which did not have the official status of an embassy. The chief of 

that office was the president's personal representative in China, but it was a post that did 

not require senate confirmation. 

Bush's notorious crony Robert Mosbacher, certainly well versed enough to qualify as a 

conoisseur of sleaze, was uncharacteristically close to the heart of the matter when he 

opined that in late August, 1974, Bush "wanted to get as far away from the stench [of 

Watergate] as possible." [fn 3] Like Don Gregg in 1989, Bush wanted to get out of town 

and let things blow over for a while. His own story that Beijing would be a "challenge, a 

journey into the unknown" is pure tripe. More imaginative, but equally mendacious is the 

late Dean Burch's explanation that Bush had "a Marco Polo complex, thinking he could 

pentrate the mystery of the place." The truth is that with Washington teeming with 

Congressional committees, special prosecutors, grand juries, all in a furor of ostracism, 

Bush wanted to get as far away as he could, and Beijing was ideal. 

Other attractions inherent in the Beijing posting are suggested by the fact that Bush's 

predecessor in Beijing was David K.E. Bruce, who had opened the liason office in 

March, 1973. Bruce had been the chief of the London bureau of the Office of Strategic 

Services during World War II, which meant that he had been the boss of all European 

OSS operations, including Allen Dulles in Switzerland and all the rest. The presence in 

Beijing of Bruce, a true eminence grise of Anglo-American intelligence, points up the 

importance of the post, especially in the covert and intelligence domain. 

Otherwise, as Bush has already mentioned, serving in Beijing meant further close 

subordination to Henry Kissinger. Kissinger told Bush before he left that policy would be 

implemented directly by Kissinger himself, in contact with the Chinese liaison in 

Washington and the Chinese representative at the United Nations. In practice, Bush 

would be ordered about by such Kissinger clones as Richard Solomon of the NSC, 

Assistant Secretary of State Philip Habib, and Winston Lord, director of the State 

Department's Policy Planning Staff and the scion of an old Skull and Bones family. But 

then again, Bush was a leading Kissinger clone in his own right. 

Finally, anyone who has observed Bush's stubborn, obsessive, morally insane support for 

Deng Xiao-ping, Li Peng, and Yang Shankun during the aftermath of the Tien An Men 

massacre of June, 1989 is driven towards the conclusion that Bush gravitated towards 

China because of an elective affinity, because of a profound attraction for the methods 

and outlook of Chinese leaders like Mao Tse-tung, Chou En-lai, and Deng, for whom 

Bush has manifested a steadfast and unshakeable devotion in the face of heinous crimes

and significant political pressure to repudiate them. Bush wanted to go to China because 

he found Chinese communists genuinely congenial. 

When Bush was about to leave for China, his crony Dean Burch (no longer troubled, as 

we see, by Bush's dermal diarrhea) arranged for a fifteen minute sendoff meeting with 

Ford, but this was reduced to 10 minutes by NSC director Scowcroft, at that time the 

most important Kissinger clone of them all. Before he left for Beijing, Bush could not 

resist making some sententious and self-serving pronouncements to the press about his 

experience in Watergate. He told David Broder of the Washington Post: "We've done a 

lot of running just to stay in place, and I was sometimes depressed by the amount of 

bickering that goes on. But then I look across town at Bob Strauss and his problems, and 

I feel like this was a 20-month honeymoon." Bob Strauss was at this time Bush's 

counterpart at the Democratic National Committee. Bush noted that there was 

"philosophical discontent" among right-wing Republicans about the policies of Nixon 

and Ford, but opined that these would never lead to a third party on the right. Bush 

defended "patronage" and said he was "worried about the health of the two-party system" 

even though he worried that this cause is "really not very popular right now." [fn 4] 

Bush's staff in Beijing included deputy chief of mission John Holdridge, Don Anderson, 

Herbert Horowitz, Bill Thomas, and Bush's "executive assistant," Jennifer Fitzgerald, 

who has remained very close to Bush, and who has sometimes been rumored to be his 

mistress. Jennifer Fitzgerald in 1991 was the deputy chief of protocol in the White 

House; when German Chacellor Kohl visited Bush in the sping of 1991, he was greeted 

on the White House steps by Jennifer Fitzgerald. Bush's closest contacts among Chinese 

officialdom included vice minister of foreign affairs Qiao Guanhua and his wife Zhang 

Hanzhi, also a top official of the foreign ministry. This is the same Qiao who is 

repeatedly mentioned in Kissinger's memoirs as one of his most important Red Chinese 

diplomatic interlocutors. This is the "Lord Qiao" enigmatically mentioned by Mao during 

Kissinger's meeting with Mao and Zhou En-lai on November 12, 1973. Qiao and Zhang 

later lost power because they sided with the left extremist Gang of Four after the death of 

Mao in 1976, Bush tells us. But in 1974-75, the power of the proto-Gang of Four faction 

was at its height, and it was towards this group that Bush quickly gravitated. In moving 

instinctively towards the hardline Mao faction, Bush was also doubtless aware of of 

Mao's connections with the Yale in China program around the time of the First World 

War. The Skull and Bones network could turn up in unexpected places. 

Bush and Barbara were careful to create the impression that they were rusticating away in 

Beijing. Barbara told Don Oberdorfer in early December: "Back in Washington or at the 

United Nations the telephone was ringing all the time. George would come home and say, 

excuse me, and pick up the phone. It's very different here. In the first five weeks I think 

he received two telephone calls, except for the ones from me. I try to call him once a day. 

I think he misses the phone as much as anything." 

Was Mrs. Bush being entirely candid? Even if she was, Bush could console himself and 

his hyperkinetic thyroid with the fact that if there were no calls, there were also no 

subpoenas. Bush himself added: "A lot of people said, 'You don't know what you're

getting into," but on the basis of a month I'm very happy. Sure, the place is very different 

but I wanted a change of pace. What the hell, I'm 50. It won't hurt anything," said Bush 

with a whining note of self-pity. [fn 5] The self-pity was a deception this time, since, as 

we will see, Bush had plenty to do in Beijing. The US Liason Office was located in a 

walled compound in an area occupied by other foreign missions in a Beijing suburb. A 

guard from the People's Liberation Army was posted outside at all times. Bush told 

Oberdorfer that he started the day with the news on the Voice of America, followed by a 

yoghurt breakfast, then staff meetings and attempts at China-watching deciphering of the 

editorials of Ren Min Ribao (The People's Daily). At 11:40, Bush and Barbara received 

their Chinese lesson from their Mandarin teacher, Mrs. Tang. Then came a multicourse 

lunch. Wednesday and Saturday afternoons were time off, as well as Sundays. Bush tried 

to attract attention by riding a bicycle to diplomatic engagements. "Everybody was 

astonished, particularly because it was so different from the dignified manner of David 

Bruce," said one diplomat. "I think the Chinese probably thought they were doing it for 

effect." George was having back trouble, and found an osteopath to treat his back at a 

public bathhouse. Bush's attention-getting ploys had some effect on the Beijing of Mao 

Tse-tung, or at least on the foreigners. "Bush is an instant success around here, " said a 

Canadian newsman. "The real test will come, though, when the novelty wears off and his 

enthusiasm runs down." 

NSSM 200 

When Bush had been in Beijing for about a month, Henry Kissinger arrived for one of his 

periodic visits to discuss current business with the Beijing leadership. Kissinger arrived 

with his usual army of retainers and Secret Service guards. During this visit, Bush went 

with Kissinger to see Vice-Premier Deng Xiao-ping and Foreign Minister Qiao. This was 

one of four reported visits by Kissinger that would punctuate Bush's stay. 

Bush's tenure in Beijing must be understood in the context of the Malthusian and frankly 

genocidal policies of the Kissinger White House. These are aptly summed up for 

reference in the recently declassified National Security Study Memorandum 200, 

"Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for US Security and Overseas Interests," 

dated December 10, 1974. [fn 6] NSSM 200, a joint effort by Kissinger and his deputy 

General Brent Scowcroft, provided a hit list of 13 developing countries for which the 

NSC posited a "special US political and strategic interest" in population reduction or 

limitation. The list included India, Bengladesh, Pakistan, Nigeria, Mexico, Indonesia, 

Brazil, the Philippines, Thailand, Egypt, Turkey, Ethiopia, and Colombia. Demographic 

growth in these and other third world nations was to be halted and if possible reversed for 

the brutal reason that population growth represented increased strategic, and military 

power for the countries in question. 

Population growth, argues NSSM 200, will also increase pressure for the economic and 

industrial development of these countries, an eventuality which the study sees as a threat 

to the United States. In addition, bigger populations in the third world are alleged to lead 

to higher prices and greater scarcity of strategic raw materials. As Kissinger summed up: 

"Development of a worldwide political and popular committment to population

stabilization is fundamental to any effective strategy....The US should encourage LDC 

leaders to take the lead in advancing family planning." When NSSM 200 goes on to ask, 

"would food be considered an instrument of national power?" it is clear to all that active 

measures of genocide are at the heart of the policy being propounded. A later Kissinger 

report praises the Chinese communist leadership for their committment to population 

control. During 1975, these Chinese communists, Henry Kissinger and George Bush were 

to team up to create a demonstration model of the NSSM 200 policy: the Pol Pot regime 

in Cambodia. 

During the time that Bush was in Beijing, the fighting in Vietnam came to an end as the 

South Vietnamese army collapsed in the face of a large-scale invasion from the north. 

The insane adventure of Vietnam had been organized by Bush's own Brown Brothers, 

Harriman/Skull and Bones network. When John F. Kennedy had been elected president in 

1960, he had turned to Brown Brothers, Harriman partner Robert Lovett to provide him a 

list of likely choices for his cabinet. From this list were drawn Rusk and McNamara, the 

leadings hawks in the cabinet. McGeorge and William Bundy, descendants of the 

Lowells of Boston, but closely related to the Stimson-Acheson circles, were mainstays of 

the party of escalation. Henry Cabot Lodge was the US Ambassador in Saigon when the 

Harriman had insisted on assassinating President Diem, the leader of the country the US 

was supposedly defending. Harriman, starting as assistant secretary for Southeast Asian 

affairs, had worked his way up through the Kennedy-Johnson State Department with the 

same program of expanding the war. Now that Harriman-Lovett policy had led to the 

inevitable debacle. But the post-war suffering of southeast Asia was only beginning. 

Target Cambodia 

One of the gambits used by Kissinger to demonstrate to the Beijing communist leaders 

the utility of rapprochement with the US was the unhappy nation of Cambodia. The pro- 

US government of Cambodia was headed by Marshal Lon Nol, who had taken power in 

1970, the year of the public and massive US ground incursion into the country. By the 

spring of 1975, while the North Vietnamese advanced on Saigon, the Lon Nol 

government was fighting for its life against the armed insurrection of the Khmer Rouge 

communist guerillas, who were supported by mainland China. Kissinger was as anxious 

as usual to serve the interests of Beijing, and now even more so, because of the alleged 

need to increase the power of the Chinese and their assets, the Khmer rouge, against the 

triumphant North Vietnamese. The most important consideration remained to ally with 

China, the second strongest land power, against the USSR. Secondarily, it was important 

to maintain the balance of power in Southeast Asia as the US policy collapsed. 

Kissinger's policy was therefore to jettison the Lon Nol government, and to replace it 

with the Khmer rouge. George Bush, as Kissinger's liaison man in Beijing, was one of the 

instruments through which this policy was executed. Bush did his part, and the result is 

known to world history under the heading of the Pol Pot regime, which committed a 

genocide against its own population proportionally greater than any other in recent world 

history.

Until 1970, the government of Cambodia was led by Prince Sihanouk, a former king who 

had stepped down from the throne to become prime minister. Despite his many 

limitations, Sihanouk was then, and remains today, the most viable symbol of the national 

unity and hope for sovereignty of Cambodia. Under Sihanouk, Cambodia had maintained 

a measure of stability and had above all managed to avoid being completely engulfed by 

the swirling maelstrom of the wars in Laos and in Vietnam. But during 1969, Nixon and 

Kissinger had ordered a secret bombing campaign against North Vietnamese troop 

concentrations on Cambodian territory under the code name of "Menu." This bombing 

would have been a real and substantive grounds for the impeachment of Nixon, and it did 

constitute the fourth proposed article of impeachment against Nixon submitted to the 

House Judiciary Committee on July 30, 1974. But after three articles of impeachment 

having to do with the Watergate break-ins and subsequent coverup were approved by the 

committee, the most important article, the one on genocide in Cambodia, was defeated by 

a vote of 26 to 12. 

Cambodia was dragged into the Indo-China war by the US-sponsored coup d'etat in 

Phnom Penh on March, 1970, which ousted Sihanouk in favor of Marshal Lon Nol of the 

Cambodian army, whose regime was never able to achieve even a modicum of stability. 

Shortly thereafter, at the end of April, 1970, Nixon and Kissinger launched a large-scale 

US military invasion of Cambodia, citing the use of Cambodian territory by the North 

Vietnamese armed forces for their "Ho Chi Minh trail" supply line to sustain their forces 

deployed in South Vietnam. The "parrot's beak" area of Cambodia, which extended deep 

into South Vietnam, was occupied. 

Prince Sihanouk, who described himself as a neutralist, established himself in Beijing 

after the seizure of power by Lon Nol. In May of 1970 he became the titular leader and 

head of state of a Cambodian government in exile, the Gouvernement Royal d'Union 

Nationale du Kampuchea, or GRUNK. The GRUNK was in essence a united front 

between Sihanouk and the Khmer Rouge, with the latter exercising most of the real 

power and commanding the armed forces and secret police. Sihanouk was merely a 

figurehead, and he knew it. He told Italian journalist Oriana Fallaci in 1973 that when 

"they [the Khmer Rouge] no longer need me, they will spit me out like a cherry pit." 

During these years, the Cambodian Communist party or Khmer Rouge, which had 

launched a small guerilla insurrection during 1968, was a negligeable military factor in 

Cambodia, fielding only a very few thousand guerilla fighters. One of its leaders was 

Saloth Sar, who had studied in Paris, and who had then sojourned at length in Red China 

at the height of the Red Guards' agitation. Saloth Sar was one of the most important 

leaders of the Khmer Rouge, and would later become infamous under his nom de guerre 

of Pol Pot. Decisive support for Pol Pot and for the later genocidal policies of the Khmer 

Rouge always came from Beijing, despite the attempts to misguided or lying 

commentators (like Henry Kissinger) to depict the Khmer Rouge as a creation of Hanoi. 

But in the years after 1970, the Khmer Rouge, who were determined immediately to 

transform Cambodia into a communist utopia beyond the dreams even of the wildest 

Maoist Red Guards, made rapid gains. The most important single ingedient in the rise of

the Khmer Rouge was provided by Kissinger and Nixon, through their systematic 

campaign of terror bombing against Cambodian territory during 1973. This was called 

Arclight, and began shortly after the January, 1973 Paris accords on Vietnam. With the 

pretext of halting a Khmer Rouge attack on Phnom Penh, US forces carried out 79,959 

officially confirmed sorties with B-52 and F-111 bombers against targets inside 

Cambodia, dropping 539,129 tons of explosives. Many of these bombs fell upon the most 

densely populated sections of Cambodia, including the countryside around Phnom Penh. 

The number of deaths caused by this genocidal campaign has been estimated as between 

30,000 and 500,000. [fn 7] Accounts of the devastating impact of this mass terror 

bombing leave no doubt that it shattered most of what remained of Cambodian society 

and provided ideal preconditions for the further expansion of the Khmer Rouge 

insurgency, in much the same way that the catastrophe of the First World War weakened 

European society so as to open the door for the mass irrationalist movements of fascism 

and Bolshevism. 

During 1974, the Khmer Rouge consolidated their hold over parts of Cambodia. In these 

enclaves they showed their characteristic methods of genocide, dispersing the inhabitants 

of the cities into the countryside, while executing teachers, civil servants, intellectuals-- 

sometimes all those who could read and write. This policy was remarkably similar to the 

one being carried out by the US under Theodore Shackley's Operation Phoenix in 

neighboring South Vietnam, and Kissinger and other officials began to see the potential 

of the Khmer Rouge for implementing the genocidal population reductions that had now 

been made the official doctrine of the US regime. 

Support for the Khmer Rouge was even more attractive to Kissinger and Nixon because it 

provided an opportunity for the geopolitical propitiation of the Maoist regime in China. 

Indeed, in the development of the China card between 1973 and 1975, during most of 

Bush's stay in Beijing, Cambodia loomed very large as the single most important bilateral 

issue between the US and Red China. Already in November, 1972 Kissinger told Bush's 

later prime contact Qiao Guanhua that the US would have no real objection to a 

Sihanouk-Khmer Rouge government of the type that later emerged: "Whoever can best 

preserve it [Cambodia] as an independent neutral country, is consistent with our policy, 

and we believe with yours," said Kissinger [fn 8] Zhou En-lai told Kissinger in February, 

1973 that if North Vietnam were to extend its domination over Cambodia, this "would 

result in even greater problems." 

When Bush's predecessor David Bruce arrived in Beijing to open the new US Liason 

Office in the spring of 1973, he sought contact with Zhou En-lai. On May 18, 1973 Zhou 

stressed that the only solution for Cambodia would be for North Vietnamese forces to 

leave that country entirely. A few days later Kissinger told Chinese delegate Huang Hua 

in New York that US and Red Chinese interests in Cambodia were compatible, since both 

sought to avoid "a bloc which could support the hegemonial objectives of outside 

powers," meaning North Vietnam and Hanoi's backers in Moscow. The genocidal terror 

bombing of Cambodia was ordered by Kissinger during this period. Kissinger was 

apoplectic over the move by the US Congress to prohibit further bombing of Cambodia 

after August 15, 1973, which he called "a totally unpredictable and senseless event." [fn

9] Kissinger always pretends that the Khmer Rouge were a tool of Hanoi, and in his 

Memoirs he spins out an absurd theory that the weakening of Zhou and the ascendancy of 

the Gang of Four was caused by Kissinger's own inability to keep bombing Cambodia. In 

reality, Beijing was backing its own allies, the Khmer Rouge, as is obvious from the 

account that Kissinger himself provides of his meeting with Bush's friend Qiao in 

October, 1973. [fn 10] 

Starting in the second half of 1974, George Bush was heavily engaged on this Sino- 

Cambodian front, particularly in his contacts with his main negotiating partner, Qiao. 

Bush had the advantage that secret diplomacy carried on with the Red Chinese regime 

during those days was subject to very little public scrutiny. The summaries of Bush's 

dealings with the Red Chinese now await the liberation of the files of the Foreign 

Ministry in Beijing or of the State Department in Washington, whichever comes first. 

Bush's involvement on the Cambodian question has been established by later interviews 

with Prince Sihanouk's chef de cabinet, Pung Peng Cheng, as well as with French and US 

officials knowledgeable about Bush's activities in Beijing during that time. What we have 

here is admittedly the tip of the iceberg, the merest hints of the monstrous iniquity yet to 

be unearthed. [fn 11] 

The Khmer Rouge launched a dry-season offensive against Phnom Penh in early 1974, 

which fells short of its goal. They tried again the following year with a dry season 

offensive launched on January 1, 1975. Soon supplies to Phnom Penh were cut off, both 

on the land and along the Mekong River. Units of Lon Nol's forces fought the battle of 

the Phnom Penh perimeter through March. On April 1, 1975, President Lon Nol resigned 

and fled the country under the pressure of the US Embassy, who wanted him out as 

quickly as possible as part of the program to appease Beijing. [fn 12] 

When Lon Nol had left the country, Kissinger became concerned that the open conquest 

of Phnom Penh by the Khmer Rouge communist guerillas would create public relations 

and political problems for the shakey Ford regime in the United States. Kissinger 

accordingly became interested in having Prince Sihanouk, the titular head of the 

insurgent coalition of which the Khmer Rouge were the leading part, travel from Beijing 

to Phnom Penh so that the new government in Cambodia could be portrayed more as a 

neutralist-nationalist, and less as a frankly communist, regime. This turns out to be the 

episode of the Cambodian tragedy in which George Bush's personal involvement is most 

readily demonstrated. 

Prince Sihanouk had repeatedly sought direct contacts with Kissinger. At the end of 

March, 1975 he tried again to open a channel to Washington, this time with the help of 

the French Embassy in Beijing. Sihanouk's chef de cabinet Pung Peng Chen requested a 

meeting with John Holdridge, Bush's deputy chief of station. This meeting was held at 

the French Embassy. Pung told Holdridge that Prince Sihanouk had a favor to ask of 

President Ford: 

"in [ Sihanouk's ] old home in Phnom Penh were copies of the films of Cambodia he had made in 

the sixties when he had been an enthusiastic cineaste. They constituted a unique cultural record of 

a Cambodia that was gone forever: would the Americans please rescue them? Kissinger ordered

Dean [ the US Ambassador in Cambodia ] to find the films and also instructed Bush to seek a 

meeting with Sihanouk. The Prince refused, and during the first ten days of April, as the noose 

around Phnom Penh tightened, he continued his public tirades" against the US and its Cambodian 

puppets. [fn 13] 

On the same day, April 11, Ford announced that he would not request any further aid for 

Cambodia from the US Congress, since any aid for Cambodia approved now would be 

"too late" anyway. Ford had originally been asking for $333 million to save the 

government of Cambodia. Several days later Ford would reverse himself and renew his 

request for the aid, but by that time it was really too late. 

On April 11 the US Embassy was preparing a dramatic evacuation, but the embassy was 

being kept open as part of Kissinger's effort to bring Prince Sihanouk back to Phnom 

Penh. 

"It was now, on April 11, 1975, as Dean was telling government leaders he might soon be leaving, 

that Kissinger decided that Sihanouk should be brought back to Cambodia. In Peking, George 

Bush was ordered to seek another meeting; that afternoon John Holdridge met once more with 

Pung Peng Cheng at the French Embassy. The American diplomat explained that Dr. Kissinger 

and President Ford were now convinced that only the Prince could end the crisis. Would he please 

ask the Chinese for an aircraft to fly him straight back to Phnomn Penh? The United States would 

guarantee to remain there until he arrived. Dr. Kissinger wished to impose no conditions." "On 

April 12 at 5 AM Peking time Holdridge again met with Pung. He told him that the Phnom Penh 

perimeter was degenerating so fast that the Americans were pulling out at once. Sihanouk had 

already issued a statement rejecting and denouncing Kissinger's invitation." [fn 14] 

Sihanouk had a certain following among liberal members of the US Senate, and his 

presence in Phnom Penh in the midst of the debacle of the old Lon Nol forces would 

doubtless have been reassuring for US public opinion. But Sihanouk at this time had no 

ability to act independently of the Khmer Rouge leaders, who were hostile to him and 

who held the real power, including the inside track to the Red Chinese. Prince Sihanouk 

did return to Phnom Penh later in 1975, and his strained relations with Pol Pot and his 

colleagues soon became evident. Early in 1976, Sihanouk was placed under house arrest 

by the Khmer Rouge, who appear to have intended to execute him. Sihanouk remained 

under detention until the North Vietnamese drove Pol Pot and his forces out of Phnom 

Penh in 1978 and set up their own government there. 

In following the Kissinger-Bush machinations to bring Prince Sihanouk back to 

Cambodia in mid-April, 1975, one is also suspicious that an included option was to 

increase the likelihood that Sihanouk might be liquidated by the Khmer Rouge. When the 

Khmer Rouge entered Phnom Penh, they immediately carried out a massacre on a grand 

scale, slaying any members of the Lon Nol and Long Boret cabinets they could get their 

hands on. There were mass executions of teachers and government officials, and all of the 

2.5 million residents of Phnom Penh were driven into the countryside, including seriously 

ill hospital patients. Under these circumstances, it would have been relatively easy to 

assassinate Sihanouk amidst the general orgy of slaughter. Such an eventuality was 

explicitly referred to in a Kissinger NSC briefing paper circulated in March 1975, in 

which Sihanouk was quoted as follows in remarks made December 10, 1971: "If I go on 

as chief of state after victory, I run the risk of being pushed out the window by the

Communists, like Masaryk, or that I might be imprisoned for revisionism or 

deviationism." 

More than 2 million Cambodians out of an estimated total population of slightly more 

than 7 million perished under the Khmer Rouge; according to some estimates, the 

genocide killed 32% of the total population. [fn 15] The United States and Red China, 

acting together under the Kissinger "China card" policy, had liquidated one Cambodian 

government, destroyed the fabric of civil society in the country, ousted a pro-US 

government, and installed a new regime they knew to be genocidal in its intentions. For 

Kissinger, it was the exemplification of the new US strategic doctrine contaied in NSSM 

200. For George Bush, it was the fulfillment of his family's fanatically held belief in the 

need for genocide to prevent the more prolific, but inferior races of the earth, in this case 

those with yellow skins, from "out-breeding" the imperial Anglo-Saxon racial stock. In 

addition to opportunities to promote genocide, Bush's tenure in Beijing presented him 

with numerous occasions to exploit public office for the private gain of financiers and 

businessmen who were a part of his network. 

Meeting of the Monsters 

In September, 1975, as Ford was preparing for a year-end visit to China, Kissinger 

organized a Presidential reception at the White House for a delegation from the Beijing 

China Council for the Promotion of International Trade. This was the first high-level 

trade delegation to come to the United States from China. The meeting was carefully 

choreographed by Kissinger and Scowcroft. The Ford Library has preserved a 

supplementary memo to Scowcroft, at that time the NSC chief, from Richard H. Solomon 

of the NSC staff, which reads as follows: "Regarding the President's meeting with the 

Chinese trade group, State has called me requesting that Ambassador Bush and 

[Kissinger henchman] Phil Habib attend the meeting. You will recall having approved 

Bush's sitting in on the President's meeting with the Congressional delegation that 

recently returned from China. Hence, Bush will be floating around the White House at 

this period of time anyway. I personally think it would be useful to have Bush and Habib 

sit in. The Cabinet Room should be able to hold them. Win Lord is someone else who 

might be invited." This meeting was eventually held on September 8, 1975. A little 

earlier Bush en route to Washington, had sent a hand-written note to Scowcroft dated 

August 29, 1975. This missive urged Scowcroft to grant a request from Codel Anderson, 

who had just completed a visit to China complete with a meeting with Deng Xiao-ping, to 

be allowed to report back to Ford personally. These were the type of contacts which later 

paid off for Bush's cronies. During 1977, Bush returned to China as a private citizen, 

taking with him his former Zapata business partner, J. Hugh Liedtke. In January, 1978, 

Liedtke was on hand when the Chinese oil minister was Bush's guest for dinner at his 

home in Houston. In May, 1978, Liedtke and Pennzoil were at the top of the Chinese 

government's list of US oil firms competing to be accorded contracts for drilling in 

China. Then, in the late summer of 1978, J. Hugh Liedtke of Pennzoil made another trip 

to China, during which he was allowed to view geological studies which had previously 

been held as state secrets by Beijing. Pennzoil was in the lead for a contract to begin 

offshore drilling in the South China sea. [fn 16] Kissinger made four visits to Beijing

during Bush's tenure there, three solo appearances and a final junket accompanied by 

Ford. On October 19, 1975, Kissinger arrived in Beijing to prepare for Ford's visit, set for 

December. There were talks between Kissinger and Deng Xiao-ping, with Bush, Habib, 

Winston Lord and Foreign Minister Qiao taking part. It was during this visit that, Bush 

would have us believe, that he had his first face to face meeting with Mao Tse Tung, the 

leader of a communist revolution which had claimed the lives of some 100,000,000 

Chinese since the end of the Second World War. 

Mao, one of the greatest monsters of the twentieth century, was 81 years old at that time. 

He was in very bad health; when he opened his mouth to meet Kissinger, "only guttural 

noises emerged." Mao's study contained tables covered with tubes and medical apparatus, 

and a small oxygen tank. Mao was unable to speak coherently, but had to write Chinese 

characters and an occasional word in English on a note pad which he showed to his 

interpreters. Kissinger inquired as to Mao's health. Mao pointed to his head saying, "This 

part works well. I can eat and sleep." Then Mao tapped his legs: "These parts do not work 

well. They are not strong when I walk. I also have some trouble with my lungs. In a 

word, I am not well. I am a showcase for visitors, " Mao summed up. The croaking, 

guttural voice continued: "I am going to heaven soon. I have already received an 

invitation from God." 

If Mao was a basso profondo of guttural croaking, then Kissinger was at least a bassbaritone: 

"Don't accept it too soon," he replied. "I accept the orders of the Doctor," wrote 

Mao on his note pad. Mao at this point had slightly less than a year to live. Bush provided 

counterpoint to these lower registers with his own whining tenor. 

Bush was much impressed by Mao's rustic background and repertiore of Chinese 

barnyard expressions. Referring to a certain problem in Sino-American relations, Mao 

dismissed it as no more important than a "fang go pi," no more important than a dog fart. 

Bush has always had a strange fascination for scatological references, which is probably 

rooted amid the taboos of his clenched Anglo-Saxon family background, where the boys 

never heard their father fart. We have seen Bush's obsessive recounting of LBJ's muchtold 

"chicken shit" anecdote about the House of Representatives. 

Mao went on, commenting about US military superiority, and then saying: "God blesses 

you, not us. God does not like us because I am a militant warlord, also a Communist. No, 

he doesn't like me. He likes you three." Mao pointed to Kissinger, Bush, and Winston 

Lord. Towards the end of the encounter, this lugubrious monster singled out Bush for 

special attention. Mao turned to Winston Lord. "This ambassador," said Mao while 

gesturing towards Bush, "is in a plight. Why don't you come visit ?" "I would be 

honored," Bush replied according to his own account, "but I'm afraid you're very busy." 

"Oh, I'm not busy," said Mao."I don't look after internal affairs. I only read the 

international news. You should really come visit." 

Bush claims [fn 17] that he never accepted Chairman Mao's invitation to come around for 

private talks. Bush says that he was convinced by members of his own staff that Mao did 

not really mean to invite him, but was only being polite. Was Bush really so reticent, or is

this another one of the falsifications with which his official biographies are studded? The 

world must await the opening of the Beijing and Foggy Bottom archives. In the 

meantime, we must take a moment to contemplate that gathering of October, 1975 in 

Chairman Mao's private villa, secluded behind many courtyards and screens in the 

Chungnanhai enclave of Chinese rulers not far from the Great Hall of the People and 

Tien An Men, where less than a year later an initial round of pro-democracy 

demonstrations would be put down in blood in the wake of the funeral of Zhou En-lai. 

Mao, Kissinger, and Bush: has history ever seen a tete-a-tete of such mass murderers? 

Mao, identifying himself with Chin Shih Huang, the first emperor of all of China and 

founder of the Chin dynasty, who had built the Great Wall, burned the books, and killed 

the Confucian scholars-- this Mao had massacred ten per cent of his own people, ravaged 

Korea, strangled Tibet. Kissinger's crimes were endless, from the Middle East to 

Vietnam, from the oil crisis of 73-74 with the endless death in the Sahel to India- 

Pakistan, Chile, and many more. Kissinger, Mao, and Bush had collaborated to install the 

Pol Pot Khmer Rouge regime in Cambodia, which was now approaching the zenith of its 

genocidal career. Compared to the other two, Bush may have appeared as an apprentice 

of genocide: he had done some filibustering in the Caribbean, had been part of the 

cheering section for the Indonesia massacres of 1965, and then he had become a part of 

the Kissinger apparatus, sharing in the responsibility for India-Pakistan, the Middle East, 

Cambodia. But as Bush advanced through his personal cursus honorum, his power and 

his genocidal dexterity were growing, foreshadowing such future triumphs as the 

devastation of El Chorillo in Panama in December, 1989, and his later masterwork of 

savagery, the Gulf war of 1991. By the time of Bush's administration, Anglo-American 

finance and the International Monetary Fund were averaging some 50,000,000 needless 

deaths per year in the developing sector. 

But Mao, Kissinger, and Bush exchanged pleasantries that day in Mao's sitting room in 

Chungnanhai. If the shades of Hitler or Stalin had sought admission to that colloqium, 

they might have been denied entrance. Later, in early December, Gerald Ford, 

accompanied by his hapless wife and daughter, came to see the moribund Mao for what 

amounted to a photo opportunity with a living cadaver. The AP wire issued that day 

hyped the fact that Mao had talked with Ford for 1 hour and fifty minutes, nearly twice as 

long as the Great Steersman had given to Nixon in 1972. Participants in this meeting 

included Kissinger, Bush, Scowcroft, and Winston Lord. Even such Kissingerian heavies 

as Undersecretary of State Joseph Sisco, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and 

Pacific Affairs, and Richard Solomon of the NSC were not allowed to stay for the 

meeting. Bush was now truly a leading Kissinger clone. A joint communique issued after 

this session said that Mao and Ford had had "earnest and significant discussions ...on 

wide-ranging issues in a friendly atmosphere." At this meeting, Chairman Mao greeted 

Bush with the words, "You've been promoted." Mao turned to Ford, and added: "We hate 

to see him go." At a private lunch with Vice Premier Deng Xiao-ping, the rising star of 

the post-Mao succession, Deng assured Bush that he was considered a friend of the 

Chinese Communist hierarchy who would always be welcome in China, "even as head of 

the CIA." For, as we will see, this was to be the next stop on Bush's cursus honorum. 

Later Kissinger and Bush also met with Qiao Guanhua, still the Foreign Minister.

According to newspaper accounts, the phraseology of the joint communique suggested 

that the meeting had been more than usually cordial. There had also been a two-hour 

meeting with Deng Xiao-ping reported by the Ford White House as "a constructive 

exchange of views on a wide range of international issues." At a banquet, Deng used a 

toast for an anti-Soviet tirade which the Soviet news agency TASS criticized as "vicious 

attacks." [fn 18] Ford thought, probably because he had been told by Kissinger, that the 

fact that Mao had accompanied him to the door of his villa after the meeting was a 

special honor, but he was disabused by Beijing-based correspondents who told him that 

this was Mao's customary practice. Ford's daughter Susan was sporting a full-length 

muskrat coat for her trip to the Great Wall. "It's more than I ever expected," she gushed. 

"I feel like I'm in a fantasy. It's a whole other world." Days after Ford departed from 

Beijing, Bush also left the Chinese capital. It was time for a new step in his imperial 

cursus honorum. During his entire stay in Beijing, Bush had never stopped scheming for 

new paths of personal advancement towards the very apex of power. Before Bush went to 

Beijing, he had talked to his network asset and crony Rogers C.B. Morton about his 

favorite topic, his own prospects for future career aggrandizement. Morton at that time 

was Secretary of Commerce, but he was planning to step down before much longer. 

Morton told Bush: "What you ought to think about is coming back to Washington to 

replace me when I leave. It's a perfect springboard for a place on the ticket." This idea is 

the theme of a Ford White House memo preserved in the Jack Marsh Files at the Ford 

Library in Ann Arbor. The memo is addressed to Jack Marsh, counsellor to the President, 

by Russell Rourke of Marsh's staff. The memo, which is dated March 20, 1975, reads as 

follows: "It's my impression and partial understanding that George Bush has probably 

had enough of egg rolls and Peking by now (and has probably gotten over his lost V.P. 

opportunity). He's one hell of a Presidential surrogate, and would be an outstanding 

spokesman for the White House between now and November '76. Don't you think he 

would make an outstanding candidate for Secretary of Commerce or a similar post 

sometime during the next six months?" 

The Next Step 

Bush was now obsessed with the idea that he had a right to become vice president in 

1976. As a member of the senatorial caste, he had a right to enter the senate, and if the 

plebeians with their changeable humors barred the elective route, then the only answer 

was to be appointed to the second spot on the ticket and enter the senate as its presiding 

officer. As Bush wrote in his campaign autobiography: "Having lost out to Rockefeller as 

Ford's vice presidential choice in 1974, I might be considered by some as a leading 

contender for the number two spot in Kansas City...." [fn 19] 

Bush possessed a remarkable capability for the blackmailing of Ford: he could enter the 

1976 Republican presidential primaries as a candidate in his own right, and could 

occasion a hemorrhaging of liberal Republican support that might otherwise have gone to 

Ford. Ford, the first non-elected president, was the weakest of all incumbents, and he was 

already preparing to face a powerful challenge from his right mounted by the Ronald 

Reagan camp. The presence of an additional rival with Bush's networks among liberal

and moderate Republican layers might constitute a fatal impediment to Ford's prospects 

of getting himself elected to a term of his own. 

Accordingly, when Kissinger visited Bush in Beijing in October, 1975, he pointedly 

inquired as to whether Bush intended to enter any of the Republican presidential 

primaries during the 1976 season. This was the principal question that Ford had directed 

Kissinger to ask of Bush. Bush's exit from Beijing occurred within the context of Ford's 

celebrated Halloween Massacre of early November, 1975. This "massacre," reminiscent 

of Nixon's cabinet purge of 1973 ("the Saturday night massacre"), was a number of 

firings and transfers of high officials at the top of the executive branch through which 

Ford sought to figure forth the political profile which he intended to carry into the 

primaries and, if he were successful in the winter and spring, into the Republican 

convention and, beyond that, into the fall campaign. So each of these changes had a 

purpose that was ultimately rooted in electioneering. 

In the Halloween massacre, it was announced that Vice President Nelson Rockefeller 

would under no circumstances be a candidate to continue in that office. Nelson's 

negatives were simply too high. James "Rodney the Robot" Schlesinger was summarily 

ousted as the Secretary of Defense; Schlesinger's "Dr. Strangelove" overtones were 

judged not presentable during an election year. To replace Schlesinger, Ford's White 

House chief of staff, Donald Rumsfeld was given the Pentagon. Henry Kissinger, who up 

to this moment had been running the administration from two posts, NSC director and 

Secretary of State, had to give up his White House office and was obliged to direct the 

business of the government from Foggy Bottom. In consolation to him, the NSC job was 

assigned to his devoted clone and later business associate, retired Air Force Lieutenant 

General Brent Scowcroft, a Mormon who would later play the role of exterminating 

demon during Bush's Gulf war adventure. At the Department of Commerce, the 

secretary's post that had been so highly touted to Bush was being vacated by Rogers 

Morton. Finally, William Colby, his public reputation thoroughly delapidated as a result 

of the revelations made during the Church Committee and Pike Committee investigations 

of the abuses and crimes of the CIA, especially within the US domestic sphere, was 

canned as Director of Central Intelligence. 

Could this elaborate reshuffle be made to yield a job for Bush? It was anything but 

guaranteed. The post of CIA director was offerred to Washington lawyer and influence 

broker Edward Bennett Williams. But he turned it down. 

Then there was the post at Commerce. This was one that Bush came very close to getting. 

In the Jack Marsh files at the Gerald Ford Library there is a draft marked "Suggested 

cable to George Bush," but which is undated. The telegram begins: "Congratulations on 

your selection by the President as Secretary of Commerce." The job title is crossed out, 

and "Director of the Central Intelligence Agency" is pencilled in. 

So Bush almost went to Commerce, but then was proposed for Langley instead. Bush in 

his campaign autobiography suggests that the CIA appointment was a tactical defeat, the 

one new job that was more or less guaranteed to keep him off the GOP ticket in 1976. As

CIA Director, if he got that far, he would have to spend "the next six months serving as 

point man for a controversial agency being investigated by two major Congressional 

committees. The scars left by that experience would put me out of contention, leaving the 

spot open for others." [fn 20] Bush suggests that "the Langley thing" was the handiwork 

of Donald Rumsfeld, who had a leading role in designing the reshuffle. (Some time later 

William Simon confided privately that he himself had been targetted for proscription by 

"Rummy," who was more interested in the Treasury than he was in the Pentagon.) 

On All Saints' Day, November 1, 1975, Bush received a telegram from Kissinger 

informing him that "the President is planning to announce some major personnel shifts on 

Monday, November 3, at 7:30 PM, Washington time. Among those shifts will be the 

transfer of Bill Colby from CIA. The President asks that you consent to his nominating 

you as the new director of the Central Intelligence Agency." [fn 21] 

Bush promptly accepted. 

NOTES: 

1. Al Reinert, "Bob and George Go To Washington or The Post-Watergate Scramble" in Texas Monthly, 

April 1974. 


3. Walter Pincus and Bob Woodward, "Presidential Posts and Dashed Hopes," Washington Post, August 9, 

1988. 


5. Washington Post, December 2, 1974. 

6. See Hassan Ahmed and Joseph Brewda, "Kissinger, Scowcroft, Bush Plotted Third World Genocide," 

Executive Intelligence Review, May 3, 1991, pp. 26-30. 

7. Russell R. Ross ed., Cambodia: A Country Study (Washington, 1990), p. 46. 

8. Kissinger, Years of Upheaval (Boston, 1982), p. 341. This second volume of Kissinger's memoirs, 

published when his close ally Bush had already become vice president, has much less to say about George's 

activities, with only one reference to him in more than 1200 pages. We see again that Bush prefers that 

most of his actual record remain covert. 

9. Kissinger, Years of Upheaval, p. 367. 

10. Kissinger, Years of Upheaval, p. 681. 

11. See William Shawcross, Sideshow: Kissinger, Nixon, and the Destruction of Cambodia (New York, 

1987), pp. 360-361.

12. Lt. Gen. Sak Sutsakhan, the leader of the last Cambodian government before the advent of the Khmer 

Rouge, argues that the victory of the communists was not a foregone conclusion, and that modest American 

aid, in the form of 20 aircraft and a few dozen obsolescent tanks waiting for delivery in Thailand, could 

have materially changed the military outcome. See Sutsakhan's The Khmer Republic at War and the Final 

Collapse (Washington, DC), pp. 163, 166. 1 

3. Shawcross, Sideshow, p. 360. 

14. Shawcross, Sideshow, p. 361. 

15. Cambodia: A Country Study, p. 51. 

16. Forbes, September 4, 1978. 

17. See Bush and Gold, pp. 145-149 for Bush's account of his alleged first meeting with Mao. 

18. New Orleans Times-Picayune, December 3, 1975. 


20. Bush and Gold, pp. 157-158. 

21. Bush and Gold, p. 153.

Chapter -XV- CIA DIRECTOR 

In late 1975, as a result in particular of his role in Watergate, Bush's confirmation as CIA 

Director was not automatic. And though the debate at his confirmation was superificial, 

some senators, including in particular the late Frank Church of Idaho, made some 

observations about the dangers inherent in the Bush nomination that have turned out in 

retrospect to be useful. 

The political scene on the homefront from which Bush had been so anxious to be absent 

during 1975 was the so-called "Year of Intelligence," in that it had been a year of intense 

scrutiny of the illegal activities and abuses of the intelligence community, including CIA 

domestic and covert operations. On December 22, 1974 the New York Times published 

the first of a series of articles by Seymour M. Hersh which relied on leaked reports of 

CIA activities assembled by Director James Rodney Schlesinger to expose alleged 

misdeeds by the agency. 

It was widely recognized at the time that the Hersh articles were a self-exposure by the 

CIA that was designed to set the agenda for the Ford-appointed Rockefeller Commission, 

which was set up a few days later, on January 4, 1975. The Rockefeller Commission 

members included John T. Connor, C. Douglas Dillon, Erwin N. Griswold, Lane 

Kirkland, Lyman Lemnitzer, Ronald Reagan, and Edgar F. Shannon, Jr. The Rockefeller 

Commission was supposed to examine the malfeasance of the intelligence agencies and 

make recommendations about how they could be reorganized and reformed. In reality, 

the Rockefeller Commission proposals would reflect the transition from the structures of 

the cold war towards the growing totalitarian tendencies of the 1980's. 

While the Rockefeller Commission was a tightly controlled vehicle of the Eastern 

Anglophile liberal establishment, Congressional investigating committees were 

empaneled during 1975 whose proceedings were somewhat less rigidly controlled. These 

included the Senate Intelligence Committee, known as the Church Committee, and the 

corresponding House committee, first chaired by Rep. Lucien Nedzi (who had previously 

chaired one of the principal Watergate-era probes) and then (after July) by Rep. Otis

Pike. One example was the Pike Committee's issuance of a contempt of Congress citation 

against Henry Kissinger for his refusal to provide documentation of covert operations in 

November, 1975. Another was Church's role in leading the opposition to the Bush 

nomination. 

The Church Committee launched an investigation of the use of covert operations for the 

purpose of assassinating foreign leaders. By the nature of things, this probe was lead to 

grapple with the problem of whether covert operations sanctioned to eliminate foreign 

leaders had been re-targetted against domestic political figures. The obvious case was the 

Kennedy assassination. 

Church was especially diligent in attacking CIA covert operations, which Bush would be 

anxious to defend. The CIA's covert branch, Church thought, was a "self-serving 

apparatus." "It's a bureaucracy which feeds on itself, and those involved are constantly 

sitting around thinking up schemes for [foreign] intervention which will win them 

promotions and justify further additions to the staff...It self-generates interventions that 

otherwise never would be thought of, let alone authorized." [fn 1] 

It will be seen that at the beginning of Bush's tenure at the CIA, the Congressional 

committees were on the offensive against the intelligence agencies. By the time that Bush 

departed Langley, the tables were turned, and it was the Congress which was the focus of 

scandals, including Koreagate. Soon thereafter, the Congress would undergo the assault 

of Abscam. 

Preparation for what was to become the Halloween massacre began in the Ford White 

House during the summer of 1975. The Ford Library in Ann Arbor, Michigan preserves a 

memo from Donald Rumsfeld to Ford dated July 10, 1975, which deals with an array of 

possible choices for CIA Director. Rumsfeld had polled a number of White House and 

administration officials and asked them to express preferences among "outsiders to the 

CIA." [fn 2] 

Among the officials polled by Cheney was Henry Kissinger, who suggested C. Douglas 

Dillon, Howard Baker, Galvin, and Robert Roosa. Dick Cheney of the White House staff 

proposed Robert Bork, followed by Bush and Lee Iacocca. Nelson Rockefeller was also 

for C. Douglas Dillon, followed by Howard Baker, Conner, and James R. Schlesinger. 

Rumsfeld himself listed Bork, Dillon, Iacoca, Stanley Resor, and Walter Wriston, but not 

Bush. The only officials putting Bush on their "possible" lists other than Cheney were 

Jack O. Marsh, a White House counselor to Ford, and David Packard. When it came time 

for Rumsfeld to sum up the aggregate number of times each person was mentioned, 

minus one point for each time a person had been recommended against, the list was as 

follows: 

Robert Bork [rejected in 1987 for the Supreme Court] White McGee Foster [John S. 

Foster of PFIAB, formerly of the Department of Defense] Dillon Resor Roosa Hauge

It will be seen that Bush was not among the leading candidates, perhaps because his 

networks were convinced that he was going to make another attempt for the vicepresidency 

and that therefore the Commerce Department or some similar post would be 

more suitable. The summary profile of Bush sent to Ford by Rumsfeld found that Bush 

had "experience in government and diplomacy" and was "generally familiar with 

components of the intelligence community and their missions" while having management 

experience." Under "Cons" Rumsfeld noted: "RNC post lends undesirable political cast." 

As we have seen, the CIA post was finally offered by Ford to Edward Bennett Williams, 

perhaps with an eye on building a bipartisan bridge towards a powerful faction of the 

intelligence community. But Williams did not want the job. Bush, originally slated for the 

Department of Commerce, was given the CIA appointment. 

The announcement of Bush's nomination occasioned a storm of criticism, whose themes 

included the inadvisability of choosing a Watergate figure for such a sensitive post so 

soon after that scandal had finally begun to subside. References were made to Bush's 

receipt of financial largesse from Nixon's Townhouse fund and related operations. There 

was also the question of whether the domestic CIA appparatus would get mixed up in 

Bush's expected campaign for the vice presidency. These themes were developed in 

editorials during the month of November, 1976, while Bush was kept in Beijing by the 

requirements of preparing the Ford-Mao meetings of early December. To some degree, 

Bush was just hanging there and slowly, slowly twisting in the wind. The slow-witted 

Ford soon realized that he had been inept in summarily firing Colby, since Bush would 

have to remain in China for some weeks and then return to face confirmation hearings. 

Ford had to ask Colby to stay on in a caretaker capacity until Bush took office. The delay 

allowed opposition against Bush to crystallize to some degree, but his own network was 

also quick to spring to his defense. 

Former CIA officer Tom Braden, writing in the Fort Lauderdale News, noted that the 

Bush appointment to the CIA looked bad, and looked bad at a time when public 

confidence in the CIA was so low that everything about the agency desperately needed to 

look good. Braden's column was entitled "George Bush, Bad Choice for CIA Job." 

Roland Evans and Robert Novak, writing in the Washington Post, commented that "the 

Bush nomination is regarded by some intelligence experts as another grave morale 

deflator. They reason that any identified politician, no matter how resolved to be 

politically pure, would aggravate the CIA's credibility gap. Instead of an identifed 

politician like Bush...what is needed, they feel, is a respected non-politician, perhaps 

from business or the academic world." Evans and Novak conceded that "not all experts 

agree. One former CIA official wants the CIA placed under political leadership capable 

of working closely with Congress. But even that distinctly minority position rebels 

against any Presidential scenario that looks to the CIA as possible stepping-stone to the 

Vice-Presidential nomination." 

The Washington Post came out against Bush in an editorial entitled "The Bush 

Appointment." Here the reasoning was that this position "should not be regarded as a

political parking spot," and that public confidence in the CIA had to be restored after the 

recent revelations of wrongdoing. 

After a long-winded argument, George Will came to the conclusion that Ambassador 

Bush at the CIA would be "the wrong kind of guy at the wrong place at the worst 

possible time." 

Senator Church viewed the Bush appointment in the context of a letter sent to him by 

Ford on October 31, 1975, demanding that the committee's report on US assassination 

plots against foreign leaders be kept secret. In Church's opinion, these two developments 

were part of a pattern, and amounted to a new stonewalling defense by what Church had 

called "the rogue elephant." Church issued a press statement in response to Ford's letter 

attempting to impose a blackout on the assassination report. "I am astonished that 

President Ford wants to suppress the committee's report on assassination and keep it 

concealed from the American people," said Church. Then, on November 3, Church was 

approached by reporters outside of his Senate hearing room and asked by Daniel Schorr 

about the firing of Colby and his likely replacement by Bush. Church responded with a 

voice that was trembling with anger. "There is no question in my mind but that 

concealment is the new order of the day," he said. "Hiding evil is the trademark of a 

totalitarian government." [fn 3]. Schorr said that he had never seen Church so upset. 

The following day, November 4, Church read Leslie Gelb's column in the New York 

Times suggesting that Colby had been fired, among other things, "for not doing a good 

job containing the Congressional investigations." George Bush, Gelb thought, "would be 

able to go to Congress and ask for a grace period before pressing their investigations 

further. A Washington Star headline of this period summed up this argument: "CIA 

NEEDS BUSH'S PR TALENT." Church talked with his staff that day about what he saw 

as an ominous pattern of events. He told reporters: "First came the very determined 

administration effort to prevent any revelations concerning NSA, their stonewalling of 

public hearings. Then came the president's letter. Now comes the firing of Colby, Mr. 

Schlesinger, and the general belief that Secretary Kissinger is behind these latest 

developments." For Church, "clearly a pattern has emerged now to try and disrupt this 

[Senate Intelligence Committee] investigation. As far as I'm concerned, it won't be 

disrupted," said Church grimly. 

One of Church's former aides, speech-writer Loch K. Johnson, describes how he worked 

with Church to prepare a speech scheduled for delivery on November 11, 1975 in which 

Church would stake out a position opposing the Bush nomination: 

The nomination of George Bush to succeed Colby disturbed him and he wanted to wind up the 

speech by opposing the nomination. [...] He hoped to influence Senate opinion on the nomination 

on the eve of Armed Services Committee hearings to confirm Bush. 

I rapidly jotted down notes as Church discussed the lines he would like to take against the 

nomination. "Once they used to give former national party chairmen [as Bush had been under 

President Nixon] postmaster generalships--the most political and least sensitive job in 

government," he said. "Now they have given this former party chairman the most sensitive and

least political agency." Church wanted me to stress how Bush "might compromise the 

independence of the CIA--the agency could be politicized." 

Some days later Church appeared on the CBS program Face the Nation, he was asked by 

George Herman if his opposition to Bush would mean that anyone with political 

experience would be a priori unacceptable for such a post? Church replied: "I think that 

whoever is chosen should be one who has demonstrated a capacity for indpendence, who 

has shown that he can stand up to the many pressures." Church hinted that Bush had 

never stood up for principle at the cost of political office. Moreover, "a man whose 

background is as partisan as a past chairman of the Republican party does serious damage 

to the agency and its intended purposes." [fn 4] 

The Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones crowd counterattacked in favor of Bush, 

mobilizing some significant resources. One was none other than Leon Jaworski, the 

former Watergate special prosecutor. Jaworski's mission for the Bush network appears to 

have been to get the Townhouse and related Nixon slushfund issues off the table of the 

public debate and confirmation hearings. Jaworski, speaking at a convention of former 

FBI Special Agents meeting in Houston, defended Bush against charges that he had 

accepted illegal or improper payments from Nixon and CREEP operatives. "This was 

investigated by me when I served as Watergate special prosecutor. I found no 

involvement of George Bush and gave him full clearance. I hope that in the interest of 

fairness, the matter will not be bandied about unless something new has appeared on the 

horizon." Jaworski, who by then was back in Houston working for his law firm of 

Fulbright and Jaworski, sent a copy of the Houston Post article reporting this statement to 

Ford's White House counselor Philip Buchen. [fn 5] 

Saul Kohler of the Newhouse News Service offered the Ford White House an all-purpose 

refutation of the arguments advanced by the opponents of Bush during November and 

into December. "And now," wrote Kohler, "President Ford is catching all sorts of heat 

from a lot of people for appointing Bush to the non-political sensitive CIA because he 

once served as Chairman of the Republican national Committee." How unfair, thought 

Kohler, "for of all the appointments Ford made last weekend, the nomination of Bush 

was the best." For one thing, "you'd have to go a long way to find a man with less guile 

than George Bush." Bush had been great at the RNC- "he managed to keep the RNC 

away from the expletive deleted of that dark chapter in American political history." "Not 

only did he keep the party apparatus clean, he kept his own image clean..." And then: 

"Was Cordell Hull less distinguished a Secretary of State because he had headed the 

Democratic National Committee?," and so forth. Kohler quoted a White House official 

commenting on the Bush nomination: "The gag line around here ever since The Boss 

announced George for the CIA is that spying is going to be a bore from now on because 

George is such a clean guy." [fn 6] 

In the meantime, Bush got ready for his second meeting with Mao and prepared the 

documentation for his conflict of interest and background checks. In a letter to John C. 

Stennis, the chairman of the Senate Armed Services Committee, which would hold the 

hearings on his nomination, Bush stated that his only organizational affiliations were as a 

trustee of Philips Academy in Andover, Massachusetts, and as a member of the Board of

the Episcopal Church Foundation in New York City. In this letter, Bush refers to the 

"Bush Children Trust" he had created for his five children, and "funded by a diversified 

portfolio" which might put him into conflicts of interest. He told Stennis that if 

confirmed, he would resign as trustee of the Bush Children Fund and direct the other 

trustees to stop disclosing to him any details of the operations of the Bush Children Trust. 

Otherwise Bush said that he was not serving as officer, director, or partner of any 

corporation, although he had a lump-sum retirement benefit from Zapata Corporation in 

the amount of $40,000. According to his own account, he owned a home in Washington 

DC, his summer house at Kennebunkport, a small residential lot in Houston, plus some 

bank accounts and life insurance policies. He had a securities portfolio managed by T. 

Rowe Price in Baltimore, and he assured Stennis he would be willing to divest any shares 

that might pose conflict of interest problems. [fn 7] 

Congressional reaction reaching the White House before Bush's hearings was not 

enthusiastic. Dick Cheney of the White House staff advised Ford to call Senator John 

Stennis on November 3, noting that Stennis "controls confirmation process for CIA and 

DOD." Ford replied shortly after, "I did." [fn 8] A few days later Ford had a telephone 

conversation with Senator Mike Mansfield, the Democratic majority leader, and one of 

his notations was "Geo Bush--for him but he must say no politics." [fn 9] 

Negative mail from both houses of Congress was also coming in to the White House. On 

November 12, Ford received a singular note from GOP Congressman James M. Collins 

of Dallas, Texas. Collins wrote to Ford: "I hope you will reconsider the appointment of 

George Bush to the CIA. At this time it seems to me that it would be a greater service for 

the country for George to continue his service in China. He is not the right man for the 

CIA," wrote Collins, who had been willing to support Bush for the vice presidency back 

in 1974. "Yesterday," wrote Collins, "I sat next to my friend Dale Milford who is the only 

friendly Democrat on Pike's Committee. He strenuously questioned why Bush was being 

put in charge of the CIA. He likes George but he is convinced that the Liberals will 

contend from now to Doomsday that George is a partisan Republican voice. They are 

going to sing this song about Republican Chairmen and let the liberal press beat it out in 

headlines every day. I have heard this same story from many on the Hill who stand with 

you. Please use George in some other way. They are going to crucify him on this job and 

Senator Church will lead the procession. I hope you find an urgent need to keep Bush in 

China," wrote Collins, a Republican and a Texan, to Ford. [fn 10] 

There was also a letter to Ford from Democratic Congressman Lucien Nedzi of 

Michigan, who had been the chairman of one of the principal House Watergate 

investigating committees. Nedzi wrote as follows: 

The purpose of my letter is to express deep concern over the announced appointment of George 

Bush as the new Director of the Central Intelligence Agency. 

As Chairman of the Special Subcommittee on Intelligence of the House Armed Services 

Committee since 1971, I have had the obligation and opportunity to closely observe the CIA, the 

other intelligence agencies, the executive and legislative relationships of these agencies, and viceversa. 

We are at a critical juncture.

After reassuring Ford that he had no personal animus against Bush, Nedzi went on: 

However, his proposed appointment would bring with it inevitable complications for the 

intelligence community. Mr. Bush is a man with a recent partisan political past and a probable 

near-term partisan political future. This is a burden neither the Agency, nor the legislative 

oversight committee, nor the Executive should have to bear as the CIA enters perhaps the most 

difficult period of its history. 

The Director of the CIA must be unfettered by any doubts as to his politics. He must be free of the 

appearance, as well as the substance, that he is acting, or not acting, with partisan political 

considerations in mind. 

In my judgment, as one buffeted by the winds of the CIA controversy of the last few years, I agree 

that a man of stature is needed, but a non-political man. 

Accordingly, I respectfully urge that you reconsider your appointment of Mr. Bush to this most 

sensitive of positions. [fn 11] 

Senator William V. Roth of Delaware sent Bush a letter on November 20 which made a 

related point: 

Dear George: 

It is my deep conviction that the security of this nation depends upon an effective viable Central 

Intelligence Agency. This depends in part upon the intelligence agency being involved in no way 

in domestic politics, especially in the aftermath of Watergate. For that reason, I believe you have 

no choice but to withdraw your name unequivocally from consideration for the Vice Presidency, if 

you desire to become Director of the CIA. [...] 

If Bush still wanted to pursue national office, wrote Roth, "then I believe the wise 

decision is for you to ask the President to withdraw your nomination for the CIA 

Directorship." [fn 12] Roth sent a copy of the same letter to Ford. 

Through Jack Marsh at the White House, Bush also received a letter of advice from Tex 

McCrary, the New York television and radio personality who was also an eminence grise 

of Skull&Bones. "Old Tex" urged Bush to "hold a press conference in Peking while the 

President is there, or from Pearl Harbor on December 7, and take yourself out of the Vice 

Presidential sweepstakes for '76." McCrary's communication shows that he was a warm 

supporter of Bush's confirmation. [fn 13] 

Within just a couple of days of making Bush's nomination public, the Ford White House 

was aware that it had a significant public relations problem. To get re-elected, Ford had 

to appear as a reformer, breaking decisively with the bad old days of Nixon and the 

Plumbers. But with the Bush nomination, Ford was putting a former party chairman and 

future candidate for national office at the head of the entire intelligence community. 

Ford's staff began to marshal attempted rebuttals for the attacks on Bush. On November 

5, Jim Connor of Ford's staff had some trite boiler-plate inserted into Ford's Briefing 

Book in case he were asked if the advent of Bush represented a move to obstruct the 

Church and Pike committees. Ford was told to answer that he "has asked Director Colby

to cooperate fully with the Committee" and "expects Ambassador Bush to do likewise 

once he becomes Director. As you are aware, the work of both the Church and Pike 

Committees is slated to wind up shortly." [fn 14] In case he were asked about Bush 

politicizing the CIA, Ford was to answer:" "I believe that Republicans and Democrats 

who know George Bush and have worked with him know that he does not let politics and 

partisanship interfere with the performance of public duty." That was a mouthful. "Nearly 

all of the men and women in this and preceeding Administrations have had partisan 

identities and have held partisan party posts." "George Bush is a part of that American 

tradition and he will demonstrate this when he assumes his new duties." 

But when Ford, in an appearance on a Sunday talk show, was asked if he were ready to 

exclude Bush as a possible vice-presidential candidate, he refused to do so, answering "I 

don't think people of talent ought to be excluded from any field of public service." At a 

press conference, Ford said, "I don't think he's eliminated from consideration by anybody, 

the delegates or the convention or myself. 

In the meantime, Bush was in touch with the Ford White House about his impending 

return to Washington. On November 27 he wrote to Max L. Friedersdorf, an assistant to 

Ford: "We'll be back there in mid-December. It looks like I am walking into the midst of 

a real whirlwind, but all I know to do is to give it my all and be direct with the 

Committee." Then, pencilled in by hand: "Max- I will be there in EOB on the 10th-- 

Jennifer Fitzgerald with me now in China will be setting up a schedule for me a day or so 

in advance," and would Fridersdorf please cooperate with Bush's girl Friday. [fn 15] 

Ford's lobbying operation went into high gear. Inside the White House, Max Friedersdorf 

wrote a memo to William Kendall on November 6, sending along the useful fact that "I 

understand that Senator Howard Baker is most anxious to assist in the confirmation of 

George Bush at the CIA." Mike Duval wrote to Jack Marsh on November 18 that "[Rep.] 

Sonny Montgomery (a close friend of Bush) should contact Senator Stennis." Duval also 

related his findings that "Senators McGee and Bellmon will be most supportive," while 

"Senator Stieger can advise you what House members would be most useful in talking to 

their own Senators, if that is needed." [fn 16] It was. 

Bush's confirmation hearings got under way on December 15, 1975. Even judged by 

Bush's standards of today, they constitute a landmark exercise in sanctimonious 

hypocrisy so astounding as to defy comprehension. If Bush were ever to try an acting 

career, he might be best cast in the role of Moliere's Tartuffe. 

Bush's sponsor was GOP Senator Strom Thurmond of South Carolina, the ranking 

Republican on Senator John Stennis's Senate Armed Services Committee. Later, in 1988, 

it was to be Thurmond's political protege, Lee Atwater, cunning in the ways of the GOP 

"southern strategy," who ran Bush's presidential campaign. Thurmond unloaded a 

mawkish panegyric in favor of Bush: "I think all of this shows an interest on your part in 

humanity, in civic development, love of your country, and willingness to serve your 

fellow man." Could the aide writing that, even if it was Lee Atwater, have kept a straight 

face?

Bush's opening statement was also in the main a tissue of banality and cliches. He 

indicated his support for the Rockefeller Commission report without having mastered its 

contents in detail. He pointed out that he had attended Cabinet meetings from 1971 to 

1974, without mentioning who the president was in those days. Everybody was waiting 

for this consummate pontificator to get to the issue of whether he was going to attempt 

the vice-presidency in 1976. Readers of Bush's propaganda biographies know that he 

never decides on his own to run for office, but always responds to the urging of his 

friends. Within those limits, his answer was that he was available for the second spot on 

the ticket. More remarkably, he indicated that he had a hereditary right to it--it was, as he 

said, his "birthright." 

Would Bush accept a draft? "I cannot in all honesty tell you that I would not accept, and I 

do not think, gentlemen, that any American should be asked to say he would not accept, 

and to my knowledge, no one in the history of this Republic has been asked to renounce 

his political birthright as the price of confirmation for any office. And I can tell you that I 

will not seek any office while I hold the job of CIA Director. I will put politics wholly 

out of my sphere of activities." Even more, Bush argued, his willingness to serve at the 

CIA reflected his sense of noblesse oblige. Friends had asked him why he wanted to go to 

Langley at all, "with all the controversy swirling around the CIA, with its obvious 

barriers to political future?" 

Magnanimously Bush replied to his own rhetorical question: "My answer is simple. First, 

the work is desperately important to the survival of this country, and to the survival of 

freedom around the world. And second, old fashioned as it may seem to some, it is my 

duty to serve my country. And I did not seek this job but I want to do it and I will do my 

very best." [fn 17] 

Stennis responded with a joke that sounds eerie in retrospect: "If I though that you were 

seeking the Vice Presidential nomination or Presidential nomination by way of the route 

of being Director of the CIA, I would question you judgment most severely." There was 

laughter in the committee room. 

Senators Goldwater and Stuart Symington made clear that they would give Bush a free 

ride not only out of deference to Ford, but also out of regard for the late Prescott Bush, 

with whom they had both started out in the Senate in 1952. Senator McIntyre was more 

demanding, and raised the issue of enemies' list operations, a notorious abuse of the 

Nixon (and subsequent) administratio ns: 

"What if you get a call from the President, next July or August, saying 'George, I would 

like to see you.' You go in the White House. He takes you over in the corner and says, 

'look, things are not going too well in my campaign. This Reagan is gaining on me all the 

time. Now, he is a movie star of some renown and has traveled with the fast set. He was a 

Holywood star. I want you to get any dirt you can on this guy because I need it." 

What would Bush do ? "I do not think that is difficult, sir," intoned Bush. "I would 

simply say that it gets back to character and it gets back to integrity; and furthermore, I

cannot conceive of the incumbent doing that sort of thing. But if I were put into that kind 

of position where you had a clear moral issue, I would simply say "no," because you see I 

think, and maybe-- I have the advantages as everyone on this committee of 20-20 

hindsight, that this agency must stay in the foreign intelligence business and must not 

harass American citizens, like in Operation Chaos, and that these kinds of things have no 

business in the foreign intelligence business." This was the same Bush whose 1980 

campaign was heavily staffed by CIA veterans, some retired, some on active service and 

in flagrant violation of the Hatch Act. This is the vice-president who ran Iran-contra out 

of his own private office, and so forth. 

Gary Hart also had a few questions. How did Bush feel about assassinations? Bush 

"found them morally offensive and I am pleased the President has made that position 

very, very clear to the Intelligence Committee..." How about "coups d'etat in various 

countries around the world," Hart wanted to know? 

"You mean in the covert field," replied Bush. "Yes." "I would want to have full benefit of 

all the intelligence. I would want to have full benefit of how these matters were taking 

place but I cannot tell you, and I do not think I should, that there would never be any 

support for a coup d'etat; in other words, I cannot tell you I cannot conceive of a situation 

where I would not support such action." In retrospect, this was a moment of refreshing 

candor. 

Gary Hart knew where at least one of Bush's bodies was buried: 

Senator Hart: You raised the question of getting the CIA out of domestic areas totally. Let us 

hypthesize a situation where a President has stepped over the bounds. Let us say the FBI is 

investigating some people who are involved, and they go right to the White House. There is some 

possible CIA interest. The President calls you and says, I want you as Director of the CIA to call 

the Director of the FBI to tell him to call off this operation because it may jeopardize some CIA 

activities. 

Mr. Bush. Well, generally speaking, and I think you are hypothecating a case without spelling it 

out in enough detail to know if there is any real legitimate foreign intelligence aspect... [...] 

There it was: the smoking gun tape again, the notorious Bush-Lietdtke-Mosbacher- 

Pennzoil contribution to the CREEP again, the money that had been found in the pockets 

of Bernard Barker and the Plumbers after the Watergate break-in. But Hart did not 

mention it overtly, only in this oblique, Byzantine manner. Hart went on: "I am 

hypothesizing a case that actually happened in June, 1972. There might have been some 

tangential CIA interest in something in Mexico. Funds were laundered and so forth." 

Mr. Bush. Using a 50-50 hindsight on that case, I hope I would have said the CIA is not going to 

get involved in that if we are talking about the same one. 

Senator Hart. We are. 

Senator Leahy. Are there others?

Bush was on the edge of having his entire Watergate past come out in the wash, but the 

liberal Democrats were already far too devoted to the one-party state to grill Bush 

seriously. In a few seconds, responding to another question from Hart, Bush was off the 

hook, droning on about plausible deniability, of all things:"...and though I understand the 

need for plausible deniability, I think it is extremely difficult." 

In his next go-round, Hart asked Bush about the impact of the cuthroat atmosphere of the 

Cold War and its impact on American values. Bush responded: "I am not going to sit here 

and say we need to match ruthlessness with ruthlessness. I do feel we need a covert 

capability and I hope that it can minimize these problems that offend our Americans. We 

are living in a very complicated, difficult world." This note of support for covert 

operations would come up again and again. Indicative of Bush's thinking was his 

response to a query from Hart about whether he would support a US version of the 

British Official Secrets Act, which defines as a state secret any official information which 

has not been formally released to the public, with stiff criminal penalties for those who 

divulge or print it. In the era of FOIA, Bush did not hesitate: "Well, I understand that was 

one of the recommendations of the Rockefeller Commission. Certainly I would give it 

some serious attention." Which reeks of totalitarianism. 

The next day, December 16, 1975, Church, appearing as a witness, delivered his phillipic 

against Bush. After citing evidence of widespread public concern about the renewed 

intrusion of the CIA in domestic politics under Bush, Church reviewed the situation: 

So here we stand. Need we find or look to higher places than the Presidency and the nominee 

himself to confirm the fact that this door [of the Vice Presidency in 1976] is left open and that he 

remains under active consideration for the ticket in 1976? We stand in this position in the close 

wake of Watergate, and this committee has before it a candidate for Director of the CIA, a man of 

strong partisan political background and a beckoning political future. Under these cirumstances I 

find the appointment astonishing. Now, as never before, the Director of the CIA must be 

completely above political suspicion. At the very least this committee, I believe, should insist that 

the nominee disavow any place on the 1976 Presidential ticket. [...] I believe that this committee 

should insist that the nominee disavow any place on the 1976 Presidential ticket. Otherwise his 

position as CIA Director would be hoplessly compromised. [...] Mr. Chairman, let us not make a 

travesty out of our efforts to reform the CIA. The Senate and the people we represent have the 

right to insist upon a Central Intelligence Agency which is politically neutral and totally 

professional. It is strange that I should have to come before this of all committees to make that 

argument.[...] 

If Ambassador Bush wants to be Director of the CIA, he should seek that position. If he wants to 

be Vice President, then that ought to be his goal. It is wrong for him to want both positions, even 

in a Bicentennial year. 

It was an argument that conceded far too much to Bush in the effort to be fair. Bush was 

incompetent for the post, and the argument should have ended there. Church's 

unwillingness to demand the unqualified rejection of such a nominee no matter what 

future goodies he was willing temporarily to renounce has cast long shadows over 

subsequent American history. But even so, Bush was in trouble. The other senators 

questioned Church. Thurmond was a bullying partisan for Bush, demanding that Church 

certify George for the GOP ticket in 1976, which Church was unwisely willing to do.

Senator Tower wanted to know about Church's own presidential ambitions, and brought 

up that the press corps called the Senate Intelligence Committee the "Church for 

President" committee. Why didn't Church renounce his presidential ambitions so as to 

give his criticism more credibility? Goldwater spun out a mitigating defense of Bush. 

Church fought back with what we may consider the predecessor of the "wimp" argument, 

that Bush was always the yes-man of his patrons: if you were going to put a pol into 

Langley, he argued, "then I think that it ought to be a man who has demonstrated in his 

political career that he can and is willing to stand up and take the heat even where it 

courts the displeasure of his own President." "But I do not think that Mr. Bush's political 

record has been of that character." 

Church was at his ironic best when he compared Bush to a recent chairman of the 

Democratic national Committee: "...if a Democrat were President, Mr. Larry O'Brien 

ought not to be nominated to be Director of the CIA. Of all times to do it, this is the 

worst, right at a time when it is obvious that public confidence needs to be restored in the 

professional, impartial, and nonpolitical character of the agency. So, we have the worst of 

all possible worlds." Church tellingly underlined that "Bush's birthright does not include 

being Director of the CIA. It includes the right to run for public office, to be sure, but that 

is quite a different matter than confirming him now for this particular position." 

Church said he would under no circumstance vote for Bush, but that if the latter 

renounced the 76 ticket, he would refrain from attempting to canvass other votes against 

Bush. It was an ambiguous position. 

While still reeling from Church's philippic, Bush also had to absorb a statement from 

Senator Culver, who announced that he also would vote against Bush. 

Bush came back to the witness chair in an unmistakeable whining mood. He was 

offended above all by the comparison of his august self to the upstart Larry O'Brien: "I 

think there is some difference in the qualifications," said Bush in a hyperthyroid rage. 

"Larry O'Brien did not serve in the Congress of the United States for 4 years. Larry 

O'Brien did not serve, with no partisanship, at the United Nations for 2 years. Larry 

O'Brien did not serve as the Chief of the US Liaison Office in the People's Republic of 

China." Not only Bush but his whole cursus honorum were insulted! "I will never 

apologize," said Bush a few second later, referring to his own record. Then Bush pulled 

out his "you must resign" letter to Nixon: "Now, I submit that for the record that that is 

demonstrable independence. I did not do it by calling the newspapers and saying, 'Look, I 

am having a press conference. Here is a sensational statement to make me, to separate me 

from a President in great agony.'" 

Bush recovered somewhat under questioning by Hugh Scott of Pennsylvania, a reliable 

ally. Senator Symington urged Bush to committ to serve at the CIA for at least two years; 

Bush was non-committal, but the pressure was becoming unbearable. After some sparring 

between Bush and Gary Hart, Henry Jackson of Washington came in for the first time. 

Jackson's constant refrain was that the maladroit and bumbling Ford had put Bush in a 

very awkward and unfair position by nominating him:

To be very candid about it, it seems to me that the President has put you in a very awkward 

position. The need here is really to save the CIA. I do not need to recite what the Agency has gone 

through. It has been a very rough period. And it seems to me that the judgment of the President in 

this matter is at best imposing a terrible burden on the CIA and on you. It raises a problem here of 

nominating someone, who is a potential candidate, for service of less than a year. This is what 

really troubles me because I have the highest regard and personal respect for your ability and 

above all, your integrity. Mr. Chairman, it seems to me that the President should assure this 

committee that he will not ask Ambassador Bush to be on the ticket. 

Jackson, a former chairman of the Democratic national Committee, had turned down an 

offer from Nixon to be Secretary of Defense, and had cited his party post as a reason for 

declining. While George squirmed, Jackson kept repeating his litany that "Ambassador 

Bush is in an awkward position." Bush asked for the opportunity to reply, saying that he 

would make it "brief and strong." He began citing James Schlesinger serving a few 

months at the CIA before going on to the Pentagon, a lamentable comparison all around. 

With Bush red-faced and whining, knowing that the day was going very badly indeed, 

Stennis tried to put him out of his misery by ending the session. But even this was not 

vouchsafed to poor, tormented George. He still had to endure Senator Leahy explaining 

why he, too, would vote against the Bush nomination. 

Bush whined in reply "Senator, I know you have arrived at your conclusion honestly and 

I would only say I think it is unfortunate that you can say I have the character and I have 

the integrity, the perception, but that the way it is looked at by somebody else overrides 

that." A candidate for the CIA was in mortal peril, but a public wimp was born. 

Bush had been savaged in the hearings, and his nomination was now in grave danger of 

being rejected by the committee, and then by the full Senate. Later in the afternoon of 

November 16, a damage control party met at the White House to assess the situation for 

Ford. [fn 18] According to Patrick O'Donnell of Ford's Congressional Relations Office, 

the most Bush could hope for was a bare majority of 9 out of 16 votes on the Stennis 

committee. This represented the committee Republicans, plus Stennis, Harry Byrd of 

Virginia, and Stuart Symington. But that was paper thin, thought O'Donnell: "This gives 

is a bare majority and will, of course, lead to an active floor fight which will bring the 

rank and file Democrats together in a vote which will embarrass the President and badly 

tarnish, if not destroy, one of his brightest stars." O'Donnell was much concerned that 

Jackson had "called for the President to pulicly remove George Bush from the vice 

presidential race." Senator Cannon had not attended the hearings, and was hard to judge. 

Senator McIntyre obviously had serious reservations, and Culver, Leahy, and Gary Hart 

were all sure to vote no. A possible additional Democratic vote for Bush was that of Sam 

Nunn of Georgia, whom O'Donnell described as "also very hesitant but strongly respects 

George and has stated that a favorable vote would only be because of the personal 

relationship." O'Donnell urge Ford to call both Cannon and Nunn. 

LBJ had observed that Ford was so dull that he was incapable of walking and chewing 

gum at the same time. But now even Ford knew he was facing the shipwreck of one of 

his most politically sensitive nominations, important in his efforts to dissociate himself 

from the intelligence community mayhem of the recent past.

Ford was inclined to give the senators what they wanted, and exclude Bush a priori from 

the vice presidential contest. When Ford called George over to the Oval Office on 

December 18, he already had the text of a letter to Stennis announcing that Bush was 

summarily ruled off the ticket if Ford were the candidate (which was anything but 

certain). Ford showed Bush the letter. We do not know what whining may have been 

heard in the White House that day from a senatorial patrician deprived (for the moment) 

of his birthright. Ford could not yield; it would have thrown his entire election campaign 

into acute embarrassment just as he was trying to get it off the ground under the likes of 

Bo Callaway. When George saw that Ford was obdurate, he proposed that the letter be 

amended to make it look as if the initiative to rule him out as a running mate had 

originated with Bush. The fateful letter: 

Dear Mr. Chairman: 

As we both know, the nation must have a strong and effective foreign intelligence capability. Just 

over two weeks ago, on December 7 while in Pearl Habor, I said that we must never drop our 

guard nor unilaterally dismantle our defenses. The Central Intelligence Agency is essential to 

maintaining our national security. 

I nominated Ambassador George Bush to be CIA Director so we can now get on with appropriate 

decisions concerning the intelligence community. I need-- and the nation needs-- his leadership at 

CIA as we rebuild and strengthen the foreign intelligence community in a manner which earns the 

confidence of the American people. 

Ambassador Bush and I agree that the Nation's immediate foreign intelligence needs must take 

precedence over other considerations and there should be continuity in his CIA leadership. 

Therefore, if Ambassador Bush is confirmed by the Senate as Director of Central Intelligence, I 

will not consider him as my Vice Presidential running mate in 1976. 

He and I have discussed this in detail. In fact, he urged that I make this decision. This says 

something about the man and about his desire to do this job for the nation. [...] 

On December 19, this letter was received by Stennis, who announced its contents to his 

committee. This committe promptly approved the Bush appointment by a vote of 12 to 4, 

with Gary Hart, Leahy, Culver, and McIntyre voting against him. Bush's name could now 

be sent to the floor, where a recrudescence of anti-Bush sentiment was not likely, but 

could not be ruled out. 

Bush, true to form, sent a hand-written note to Kendall and O'Donnell on December 18. 

"You guys were great to me in all this whirlwind," wrote Bush. "Thank you for your 

help--and for your understanding. I have never been in one quite like this before and it 

helped to have a couple of guys who seemed to care and want to help. Thanks, men-- 

Thank Max, [Friedersdorf] too -George" [fn 19] 

But underneath his usual network-tending habits, Bush was now engulfed by a profound 

rage. He had fought to get elected to the Senate twice, in 1964 and 1970, and failed both 

times. He had tried for the vice presidency in 1968, in 1972, had been passed over by 

Nixon in late 1973 when Ford was chosen, in 1974, and was now out of the running in

1976. This was simply intolerable for a senatorial patrician, and that was indeed Bush's 

concept of his own "birthright." 

Bush gave the lie to Aristotle's theory of the humors: neither blood nor phlegm nor black 

nor even the yellow bile of rage moved him, but hyperthyroid transports of a manic rage 

that went beyond the merely bilious. George Bush had already had enough of the Stennis 

Committee, enough of the Church Committee, enough of the Pike Committee. Years 

later, on the campaign trail in 1988, he vomited out his rage against his tormentors of 

1975. Bush said that he had gone to the CIA "at a very difficult time. I went in there 

when it had been demoralized by the attacks of a bunch of little untutored squirts from 

Capitol Hill, going out there, looking at these confidential documents without one simple 

iota of concern for the legitimate national security interests of this country. And I stood 

up for the CIA then, and I stand up for it now. And defend it. So let the liberals wring 

their hands and consider it a liability. I consider it a strength." 

But in 1975 there was no doubt that George Bush was in a towering rage. As Christmas 

approached, no visions of sugarplums danced in Bush's head. He dreamed of a single 

triumphant stroke that would send Church and all the rest of his tormentors reeling in 

dismay, and give the new CIA Director a dignified and perhaps triumphant inauguration. 

Then, two days before Christmas, the CIA chief in Athens, Richard Welch was gunned 

down in front of his home by masked assassins as he returned home with his wife from a 

Christmas party. A group calling itself the "November 19 Organization" later claimed 

credit for the killing. 

Certain networks immediately began to use the Welch assassination as a bludgeon against 

the Church and Pike committees. An example came from columnist Charles Bartlett 

writing in the old Washington Star: "The assassination of the CIA Station Chief, Richard 

Welch, in Athens is a direct consequence of the stagey hearings of the Church 

Committee. Spies traditionally function in a gray world of immunity from such crudities. 

But the Committee's prolonged focus on CIA activities in Greece left agents there 

exposed to random vengeance." [fn 20] Staffers of the Church committee pointed out that 

the Church committee had never said a word about Greece or mentioned the name of 

Welch. 

CIA Director Colby first blamed the death of Welch on Counterspy magazine, which had 

published the name of Welch some months before. The next day Colby backed off, 

blaming a more general climate of hysteria regarding the CIA which had led to the 

assassination of Welch. In his book, Honorable Men, published some years later, Colby 

continued to attribute the killing to the "sensational and hysterical way the CIA 

investigations had been handled and trumpeted around the world." 

The Ford White House resolved to exploit this tragic incident to the limit. Liberals raised 

a hue and cry in response. Les Aspin later recalled that "the air transport plane carrying 

[Welch's] body circled Andrews Air Force Base for three-quarters of an hour in order to 

land live on the 'Today' Show." Ford waived restrictions in order to allow interrment at

Arlington Cemetery. The funeral on January 7 was described by the Washington Post as 

"a show of pomp usually reserved for the nation's most renowned military heroes." 

Anthony Lewis of the New York Times described the funeral as "a political device" with 

ceremonies "being manipulated in order to arouse a political backlash against legitimate 

criticism." Norman Kempster in the Washington Star found that "only a few hours after 

the CIA's Athens station chief was gunned down in front of his home, the agency began a 

subtle campaign intended to persuade Americans that his death was the indirect result of 

congressional investigations and the direct result of an article in an obscure magazine." 

Here, in the words of a Washington Star headline, was "one CIA effort that worked." 

Between Christmas and New Year's in Kennbunkport, looking forward to the decisive 

floor vote on his confrimation, Bush was at work tending and mobilizing key parts of his 

network. One of these was a certain Leo Cherne. 

Leo Cherne is not a household word, but he has been a powerful figure in the US 

intelligence community over the period since World War II. Leo Cherne was to be one of 

Bush's most important allies when he was CIA Director and throughout Bush's 

subsequent career, so it is worth taking a moment to get to know Cherne better. 

Cherne's parents were both printers who came to the US from Romania. In his youth he 

was a champion orator of the American Zionist Association, and he has remained a part 

of B'nai B'rith all his life. He was trained as an attorney, and he joined the Research 

Institute of America, a publisher of business books, in 1936. He claims to have helped to 

draft the army and navy industrial mobilization plans for World War II, and at the end of 

the war he was an economic advisor to Gen. Douglas MacArthur in Japan. During that 

time he worked for "the dismantling of the pervasive control over Japanese society which 

had been maintained by the Zaibnatsu families," [fn 21] and devised a new Japanese tax 

structure. Cherne built up a long association with the Industrial College of the Armed 

Forces. 

Cherne was typical of the so-called"neoconservatives" who have been prominent in 

government and policy circles under Reagan-Bush, and Bush. Cherne was the founder of 

the International Rescue Committee, which according to Cherne's own blurb "came into 

existence one week after Hitler came to power to assist those who would have to flee 

from Nazi Germany...In the years since, we have helped thousands of Jews who have fled 

from the Iron Curtain countries, all of them, and have worked to assist in the resettlement 

of Jews in Europe and the United States who have left the Soviet Union." 

Cherne's IRC was clearly a conduit for neo-Bukharinite operations between east and west 

in the Cold War, and it was also reputedly a CIA front organization. CIA funding for the 

IRC came through the J.M. Kaplan Fund, a known CIA conduit, and also through the 

Norman Foundation, according to Frank A. Cappell's Review of the News (March 17, 

1976). IRC operations in Bangladesh included the conduiting of CIA money to groups of 

intellectuals. Capell noted that Cherne had "close ties to the leftist element in the CIA." 

Cherne was also on good terms with Sir Percy Craddock, the British intelligence 

coordinator, and Sir Leonard Hooper.

Cherne was a raving hawk during the Vietnam war, when he was associated with the as 

yet unreconstructed Kissinger clone Morton Halperin in the American Friends of 

Vietnam. Along with John Connally, Cherne was a co-chair of Democrats for Nixon in 

1972. He had been a founding member of Herman Kahn's Hudson Institute, a school for 

Kissingerian Strangeloves, and has always been a leader of New York's Freedom House. 

Cherne was also big on Robert O. Anderson's National Commission on Coping with 

Interdependence and on Nelson Rockefeller's Third Century Corporation. 

Cherne was a close friend of William Casey, who was working in the Nixon 

Administration as Undersecretary of State for Economic Affairs in mid-1973. That was 

when Cherne was named to the president's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board (PFIAB) 

by Nixon. On March 15, 1976, Cherne became the chairman of this body, which 

specializes in conduiting the demands of financier and related interests into the 

intelligence community. Cherne, as we will see, would be along with Bush a leading 

beneficiary of Ford's spring, 1976 intelligence re-organization. 

To top it all off, Cherne has always been something of a megalomaniac. His self-serving 

RIA biographical sketch culminates: "Political scientist, economist, sculptor, lawyer, 

foreign affairs specialist-- any one and all of these descriptions fit Leo Cherne. A 

Renaissance man born in the 20th century, he is equally at home in fields of fine arts, 

public affairs, industry, economics, or foreign policy." 

Bush's correspondence with Cherne leaves no doubt that theirs was a very special 

relationship. Cherne represented for Bush a strengthening of his links to the Zionistneoconservative 

milieu, with options for backchanneling into the Soviet block. So on 

New Year's Eve Bush's thoughts, perhaps stimulated by his awareness of what help the 

Zionist lobby could give to his still embattled nomination, went out to Leo Cherne in one 

of his celebrated handwritten notes: "I read your testimony with keen interest and 

appreciation. I am really looking forward to meeting you and working with you in 

connection with your PFIAB chores. Have a wonderful 1976," Bush wrote. 

January 1976 was not auspicious for Bush. He had to wait until almost the end of the 

month for his confirmation vote, hanging there, slowly twisting in the wind. In the 

meantime, the Pike Committee report was approaching completion, after months of 

probing and haggling, and was sent to the Government Printing Office on January 23, 

despite continuing arguments from the White House and from the GOP that the 

committee could not reveal confidential and secret material provided by the executive 

branch. On Sunday January 25, a copy of the report was leaked to Daniel Schorr of CBS 

News, and was exhibited on television that evening. The following morning, the New 

York Times published an extensive summary of the entire Pike Committee report, which 

this newspaper had also received. 

Despite all this exposure, the House voted on January 29 that the Pike Committee report 

could not be released. A few days later it was published in full in the Village Voice, and 

CBS corrspondent Daniel Schorr was held responsible for its appearance. The Pike 

Committee report attacked Henry Kissinger "whose comments," it said "are at variance

with the facts." In the midst of his imperial regency over the United States, an unamused 

Kissinger responded that "we are facing a new version of McCarthyism." A few days 

later Kissinger said of the Pike Committee: "I think they have used classified information 

in a reckless way, and the version of covert operations they have leaked to the press has 

the cumulative effect of being totally untrue and damaging to the nation." [fn 22] 

Thus, as Bush's confirmation vote approached, the Ford White House on the one hand 

and the Pike and Church committees on the other were close to "open political warfare," 

as the Washington Post put it at the time. One explanation of the leaking of the Pike 

report was offered by Otis Pike himself on February 11: "A copy was sent to the CIA. It 

would be to their advantage to leak it for publication." By now Ford was raving about 

mobilizing the FBI to find out how the report had been leaked. 

On January 19, George Bush was present in the Executive Gallery of the House of 

Representatives, seated close to the unfortunate Betty Ford, for the President's State of 

the Union Address. This was a photo opportunity so that Ford's CIA candidate could get 

on television for a cameo appearance that might boost his standing on the eve of 

confirmation. The invitation was handled by Jim Connor of the White House staff, who 

duly received a hand-written note of thanks from the aspiring DCI. 

Senate floor debate was underway on January 26, and Senator McIntyre lashed out at the 

Bush nomination as "an insensitive affront to the American people." The New Hampshire 

Democrat argued: "It is clearly evident that this collapse of confidence in the CIA was 

brought on not only by the exposure of CIA misdeeds, but by the painful realization that 

some of those misdeeds were encouraged by political leaders who sought not an 

intelligence advantage over a foreign adversary, but a political advantage over their 

domestic critics and the opposition party." 

McIntyre went on: "And who can look at the history of political subordination of the CIA 

and expect the people to give an agency director so clearly identified with politics their 

full faith and confidence? To me it is a transparent absurdity that given the sensitivity of 

the issue, President Ford could not find another nominee of equal ability--and less suspect 

credentials--than the former national chairman of the president's political party." 

In further debate on the day of the vote, January 27, Senator Biden joined other 

Democrats in assailing Bush as "the wrong appointment for the wrong job at the wrong 

time." Church also continued his attack, branding Bush "an individual whose past record 

of political activism and partisan ties to the president contradict the very purpose of 

impartiality and objectivity for which the agency was created." Church appealed to the 

Senate to reject Bush, a man "too deeply embroiled in partisan politics and too 

intertwined with the political destiny of the president himself" to be able to lead the CIA. 

Goldwater, Tower, Percy, Howard Baker, and Clifford Case all spoke up for Bush. 

Bush's floor leader was Strom Thurmond, who supported Bush by attacking the Church 

and Pike Committees. "That is where the public concern lies, on disclosures which are 

tearing down the CIA," orated Thurmond, "not upon the selection of this highly 

competent man to repair the damage of this over-exposure."

Finally it came to a roll call and Bush passed by a vote of 64-27, with Lowell Weicker of 

Connecticut voting present. Those voting against Bush were: Abourezk, Biden, Bumpers, 

Church, Clark, Cranston, Culver, Durkin, Ford, Gary Hart, Philip Hart, Haskell, Helms 

[the lone GOP opponent], Huddleston, Inouye, Johnston, Kennedy, Leahy, Magnuson, 

McIntyre, Metcalf, Mondale, Morgan, Nelson, Proxmire, Stone, and Williams. Church's 

staff felt they had failed lamentably, having gotten only liberal Democrats and the single 

Republican vote of Jesse Helms. [fn 23. 

It was the day after Bush's confirmation that the House Rules committee voted 9 to 7 to 

block the publication of the Pike Committee report. The issue then went to the full House 

on January 29, which voted, 146 to 124, that the Pike Committee must submit its report 

to censorship by the White House and thus by the CIA. At almost the same time, Senator 

Howard Baker joined Tower and Goldwater in opposing the principal final 

recommendation of the Church Committee, such as it was, the establishment of a 

permanent intelligence oversight committee. 

Pike found that the attempt to censor his report had made "a complete travesty of the 

whole doctrine of separation of powers." In the view of a staffer of the Church 

committee, "all within two days, the House Intelligence Committee had ground to a halt, 

and the Senate Intelligence Committee had split asunder over the centerpiece of its 

recommendations. The White House must have rejoiced; the Welch death and leaks from 

the Pike committee report had produced, at last, a backlash against the congressional 

investigations." [fn 24] 

Riding the crest of that wave of backlash was George Bush. The constellation of events 

around his confirmation prefigures the wretched state of Congress today: a rubber stamp 

parliament in a totalitarian state, incapable of overriding even one of Bush's 22 vetoes. 

On Friday, January 30, Ford and Bush were joined at the CIA auditorium for Bush's 

swearing in ceremony before a large gathering of agency employees. Colby was also 

there: some said he had been fired primarily because Kissinger thought that he was 

divulging too much to the Congressional committees, but Kissinger later told Colby that 

the latter's stratagems had been correct. Colby opened the ceremony with a few brief 

words: "Mr. President, and Mr. Bush, I have the great honor to present you to an 

organization of dedicated professionals. Despite the turmoil and tumult of the last year, 

they continue to produce the best intelligence in the world." This was met by a burst of 

applause. [fn 25] Ford's line was: "We cannot improve this agency by destroying it." 

Bush promised to make "CIA an instrument of peace and an object of pride for all our 

people." Bush went on to say: "I will not turn my back from the past. We've learned a lot 

about what an intelligence agency must do to maintain the confidence of the people in an 

open society. But the emphasis will now be on the future. I'm determined to protect those 

things that must be kept secret. And I am more determined to protect those unselfish and 

patriotic people who with total dedication serve their country, often putting thjeir lives on 

the line, only to have some people bent on destroying this agency expose their names." A 

number of senators were invited, with Stennis, Thurmond, Tower, Goldwater, Baker and

Brooke leading the pack; others had been added by the White House after checking by 

telephone with Jennifer Fitzgerald. 

Before proceding, let us take a loom at Bush's team of associates at the CIA, since we 

will find them in many of his later political campaigns and office staffs. 

When Bush became DCI, his principal deputy was General Vernon Walters, a former 

army lieutenant general. This is the same Gen. Vernon Walters who was mentioned by 

Haldeman and Nixon in the notorious "smoking gun" tape already discussed, but who of 

course denied that he ever did any of the things that Haldeman and Ehrlichman said that 

he had promised to do. Walters had been at the CIA as DDCI since May, 1972--a Nixon 

appointee who had been with Nixon when the then vice president's car was stoned in 

Caracas, Venezuela way back when. Ever since then Nixon had seen him as part of the 

old guard. Walters left to become a private consultant in July, 1976. 

To replace Walters, Bush picked Enno Henry Knoche, who had joined CIA in 1953 as an 

intelligence analyst specializing in Far Eastern political and military affairs. Knoche 

came from the navy and knew Chinese. From 1962 to 1967 he had been the chief of the 

National Photographic Interpretation Center. In 1969, he had become deputy director of 

planning and budegting, and chaired the internal CIA committee in charge of 

computerization. (This emphasis was reflected during the Bush tenure by heavy emphasis 

on satellites and SIGINT communications monitoring.) Knoche was then deputy director 

of the Office of Current Intelligence, which produces ongoing assessments of 

international events for the President and the NSC. After 1972, Knoche headed the 

Intelligence Directorate's Office of Strategic Research, charged with evaluating strategic 

threats to the US. In 1975, Knoche had been a special liaison between Colby and the 

Rockefeller Commission, as well as with the Church and Pike Committees. This was a 

very sensitive post, and Bush clearly looked to Knoche to help him deal with continuing 

challenges coming from the Congress. In the fall of 1975, Knoche had become the 

number two on Colby's staff for the coordination and management of the intelligence 

community. According to some, Knoche was to function as Bush's "Indian guide" 

through the secrets of Langley; he knew "where the bodies were buiried." Otherwise, 

Knoche was known for his love of tennis. 

Knoche was highly critical of Colby's policy of handing over limited amounts of 

classified material to the Pike and Church committees, while fighting to save the core of 

covert operations. Knoche told a group of friends during this period: "There is no 

counterintelligence any more." This implies a condemnation of the Congressional 

committees with whom Knoche had served as liaison, and can also be read as a lament 

for the ousting of James Jesus Angleton, chief of the CIA's Counterintelligence 

operations until 1975 and director of the mail-opening operation that had been exposed 

by various probers. [fn 26] 

Here was a deputy who could protect Bush's flank with his Congressional tormentors, 

who would call Bush to the Hill more than fifty times during his approximately one year 

of CIA tenure. He would also appear to have had enough administrative experience to run

things, shielding Bush from the defect that Governor Scranton had pointed out years 

before- the lack of administrative ability. Nevertheless, Woodward and Pincus [fn 27] 

portray the Knoche appointment as getting mixed reviews within the CIA, and quote 

Admiral Daniel J. Murphy's view that the Knoche nomination was "not popular." For 

Woodward and Pincus Knoche was "a personable, tennis-playing giant of a man." 

The Admiral Daniel J. Murphy just mentioned was Bush's deputy director for the 

intelligence community, and later became Bush's chief of staff during his first term as 

vice president. Much later, in November, 1987, Murphy visited Panama in the company 

of South Korean businessman and intelligence operative Tongsun Park, and met with 

Gen. Manuel Antonio Noriega. Murphy was later obliged to testify to the Senate Foreign 

Relations Committee about his meeting with Noriega. Murphy claimed that he was only 

in Panama to "make a buck," but there are indications that he was carrying messages to 

Noriega from Bush. Tongsun Park, Murphy's ostensible business associate, will soon turn 

out to have been the central figure of the Koreagate scandal of 1976, a very important 

development on Bush's CIA watch. [fn 28] 

Other names on the Bush flow chart included holdover Edward Proctor and then Bush 

appointee Sayre Stevens in the slot of Deputy Director for Intelligence; holdover Carl 

Duckett and then Bush appointee Leslie Dirks as Deputy Director for Science and 

Technology; John Blake, holdover as Deputy Director for Administration; and holdover 

William Nelson, followed by Bush appointee William Wells, Deputy Director for 

Operations . 

William Wells as Deputy Director for Operations was a very significant choice. He was a 

career covert operations specialist who had graduated from Yale a few years before Bush. 

Wells soon acquired his own deputy, recommended by him and approved by Bush: this 

was the infamous Theodore Shackley, whose title thus became Associate Deputy Director 

for Covert Operations. Shackley later emerged as one of the central figures of the Irancontra 

scandal of the 1980's. He is reputedly one of the dominant personalities of a CIA 

old boys' network known as The Enterprise, which was at the heart of Iran-contra and the 

other illegal covert operations of the Reagan-Bush years. 

During the early 1960's, after the Bay of Pigs, Theodore Shackley had been the head of 

the CIA Miami Station during the years in which Operation Mongoose was at its peak. 

This was the Howard Hunt and Watergate Cubans crowd, circles familiar to Felix 

Rodriguez (Max Gomez), who in the 1980's supervised gun-running and drug-running 

out of Bush's vice presidential office. 

Later, Shackley was reportedly the chief of the CIA station in Vientiane, Laos, between 

July 1966 and December 1968. Some time after that he moved on to become the CIA 

station chief in Saigon, where he had directed the implementation of the Civilian 

Operations and Rural Development Support (CORDS) progra, better known as Operation 

Phoenix, a genocidal crime against humanity which killed tens of thousands of 

Vietnamese civilians because they were suspected of working for the Vietcong, or 

sometimes simply because they were able to read and write. As for Shackley, there are

also reports that he worked for a time in the late 1960's in Rome, during the period when 

the CIA's GLADIO capabilities were being used to launch a wave of terrorism in that 

country. Such was the man that Bush chose to appoint to a position of reponsibility in the 

CIA. Later, Shackley will turn up as a "speech writer" for Bush during the 1979-80 

campaign. 

Along with Shackley came his associate and former Miami station second in command, 

Thomas Clines, a partner of General Richard Secord and Albert Hakkim during the Irancontra 

operation, convicted in September 1990 on four felony tax counts for not reporting 

his ill-gotten gains, and sentenced to 16 months in prison and a fine of $40,000. 

During Bush's tenure Shackley's circles were mightliy remoralized. In particular Ed 

Wilson, a veteran of Shackley's Miami station, now a retired CIA officer who worked 

closely with serving CIA personnel to organize gun running, sex operatives, and other 

activities, plied his trade undisturbed. The Wilson scandal, which had grown up on 

Bush's watch, would begin to explode only during the tenure of Stansfield Turner, under 

Carter. 

Another career covert operations man, John Waller, became the Inspector General, the 

officer who was supposed to keep track of illegal operations. For legal advice, Bush 

turned first to holdover General Counsel Mitchell Rogovin, who had in December 1975 

theorized that intelligence activities belonged to the "inherent powers" of the Presidency, 

and that no special Congressional egislation was required to permit such things as covert 

operations to go on. Later Bush appointed Anthony Lapham, Yale '58, as CIA General 

Counsel. Lapham was the scion of an old San Francisco banking family, and his brother 

was Lewis Lapham, the editor of Harper's Magazine. Lapham would take a leading role 

in the CIA coverup of the Letelier assassination case. [fn 29] 

Typical of the broad section of CIA officers who were delighted with their new boss from 

Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones was Cord Meyer, who had most recently 

been the station chief in London from 1973 on, a wild and wooly time in the tight little 

island, as we will see. Meyer, a covert action veteran and Watergate operative, writes at 

length in his autobiography about his enthusiasm for the Bush regime at CIA, which 

induced him to prolong his own career there: 

I again seriously thought of retiring from the Agency but the new atmosphere in CIA's Langley 

headquarters changed my mind. George Bush had been appointed by President Ford to succeed 

Colby as DCI in January, and by the time of my return he had completely dispelled the fears that 

had been aroused by his former political connections. Having served in the Congress as a 

Republican representative from Texas and having recently been chairman of the Republican 

National Committee, he was initially viewed with suspicion as an ambitious politician who might 

try to use the Agency for partisan purposes. However, he quickly proved by his performance that 

he was prepared to put politics aside and to devote all his considerable ability and enthusiasm to 

restoring the morale of an institution that had been battered enough by sucessive investigations. 

Instead of reaching outside for defeated Republican candidates to fill key jobs, he chose from 

within the organization among men who had demonstrated their competence through long careers 

in intelligence work. He leaned over backward to protect the objectivity and independence of the 

Agency's estimates and to avoid slanting the results to fit some preconceived notion of what the 

President wanted to hear.

On the other hand, his close relationship to Ford [Bush was a regular tennis doubles partner with 

Ford] and the trust that the President obviously had in him gave Bush an access to the White 

House and an influence in the wider Washington bureaucracy that Colby had never enjoyed. Not 

only did morale improve as a result, but through Bush the Agency's views carried new weight and 

influence in the top reaches of the Ford Administration. In effect, I found on my return that the 

working environment at the Agency was far better than I had imagined it to be from my exposed 

position abroad and I determined to stay on for a period before retiring. Bush and "Hank" Knoche, 

the newly appointed deputy director, asked me to serve as a special assistant, and gave me as first 

assignment the task of reviewing the entire structure of the intelligence community to determine 

the adequacy of the arrangements for providing strategic warning against an attack on the United 

States and for handling major international crises. [fn 30] 

This all sounds like a Bush campaign brochure, but it is typical of the intelligence 

community forces loyal to Bush; as for Cord Meyer, it may be that he developed the 

design for the Special Situation Group which Bush chaired from March, 1981 to January, 

1989, through which Bush ran Iran-Contra and all of the other significant covert 

operations and coups of the entire Reagan era. 

And what did other CIA officers, such as intelligence analysts, think of Bush? A common 

impression is that he was a superficial lightweight with no serious interest in intelligence. 

Deputy Director for Science and technology Carl Duckett, who was ousted by Bush after 

three months, commented that he "never saw George Bush feel he had to understand the 

depth of something....[he] is not a man tremendously dedicated to a cause or ideas. He's 

not fervent. He goes with the flow, looking for how it will play politically." According to 

Maurice Ernst, the head of the CIA's office of economic research from 1970 to 1980, 

"George Bush doesn't like to get into the middle of an intellectual debate...he liked to 

delegate it. I never really had a serious discussion with him on economics." Another 

former CIA aide to Bush who wanted to remain anonymous observed that "it was an 

approach remarkably similar to what a younger, more active Ronald Reagan might have 

done." Hans Heymann was Bush's National Intelligence Officer for Economics, and he 

remembers having been impressed by Bush's Phi Beta Kappa Yale degree in economics. 

As Heymann later recalled Bush's response, "He looked at me in horror and said, 'I don't 

remember a thing. It was so long ago, so I'm going to have to rely on you.'" [fn 31] 

Other CIA employees remember Bush as a manager who would not grapple with 

concepts, but who rather saw himself as a problem solver and consensus builder who 

would try to resolve difficulties by getting people into a room to find a compromise basis 

of agreement. In reality, much of this was also a calculated pose. No one has ever 

accused Bush of profundity on any subject, except perhaps race hatred, but his 

disengaged stance appears as an elaborate deception to conceal his real views from the 

official chain of command. 

In the meantime, the scuttlebut around Langley and the Pentagon was, according to a 

high CIA official, that "the CIA and DOD will love George Bush and Don Rumsfeld 

more than they hated or feared Bill Colby and Jim Schlesinger because neither will make 

any real waves." One writer summed up Bush's superficial public profile during this 

period as "not altogether incompetent." [fn 32]

During the first few weeks of Bush's tenure, the Ford administration was gripped by a 

"first strike" pyschosis. This had nothing to do with the Soviet Union, but was rather 

Ford's desire to pre-empt any proposals for reform of the intelligence agencies coming 

out of the Pike or Church committees with a pseudo-reform of his own, premissed on his 

own in-house study, the Rockefeller report, which recommended an increase of secrecy 

for covert operations and classified information. Since about the time of the Bush 

nomination, an interagency task force armed with the Rockefeller commission 

recommendations had been meeting under the chairmanship of Ford's counselor Jack O. 

Marsh. This was the Intelligence Coordinating Group, which included delegates of the 

intelligence agencies, plus NSC, OMB, and others. This group worked up a series of final 

recommendations that were given to Ford to study on his Christmas vacation in Vail, 

Colorado. At this point Ford was inclined to "go slow and work with Congress." 

But on January 10 Marsh and the intelligence agency bosses met again with Ford, and the 

strategy began to shift towards pre-empting Congress. On January 30, Ford and Bush 

came back from their appearance at the CIA auditorium swearing in session and met with 

other officials in the Cabinet Room. Attending besides Ford and Bush were Secretary of 

State Kissinger, Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld, Attorney General Levi, Jack Marsh, Phil 

Buchen, Brent Scowcroft, Mike Duval, and Peter Wallison representing Vice President 

Rockefeller, who was out of town that day. [fn 33] Here Ford presented his tentative 

conclusions for further discussion. The general line was to pre-empt the Congress, not to 

cooperate with it, to increase secrecy, and to increase authoritarian tendencies. 

Ford scheduled a White House press conference for the evening of February 17. In an 

atmosphere of intense last-minute haggling over bureaucratic prerogative, Bush was 

careful to meet with Leo Cherne to consolidate his relations with both Cherne and 

PFIAB. Cherne's memo of February 6 shows that he asked Bush to "make sure that we on 

the board are not surprised." Cherne stressed the need to know as much as possible about 

changes in the Sino-Soviet relationship and the need to upgrade economic intelligence, 

which, he lamented, was becoming flabbier as the oil crisis and the accompanying shocks 

to the international monetary system receded. Cherne was for declassifying whatever 

could be declassified, a bureaucratic posture that could not go wrong. Cherne thought that 

the "Pike Commission has a poor staff, issued a dreadful final report, but it did in the 

course of its inquiry ask the right questions." These, Cherne told Bush, should be 

answered. Cherne also wanted to set up "non-punitive regular monitoring" to evaluate the 

successes and failures of the intelligence community. This proposal should be noted, for 

here we have the germinal idea for Team B, which Bush set up a few months later to 

evaluate the agency's record in judging the strategic intentions and capabilities of the 

USSR. [fn 34] 

In his press conference of February 17, Ford scooped the Congress and touted his 

bureaucratic reshuffle of the intelligence agencies as the most sweeping reform and 

reorganization of the United States intelligence agencies since the passage of the National 

Security Act of 1947. "I will not be a party to the dismantling of the CIA or other 

intelligence agencies," he intoned. He repeated that the intelligence community had to 

function under the direction of the National Security Council as if that were something

earth-shaking and new; from the perspective of Oliver North and Admiral Poindexter we 

can see in retrospect that it guaranteed nothing. A new NSC committee chaired by Bush 

was entrusted with the task of giving greater central coordination to the intelligence 

community as a whole. This committee was to consist of Bush, Kissinger clone William 

Hyland of the National Security Council Staff, and Robert Ellsworth, the assistant 

secretary of Defense for Intelligence. This committee was jointly to formulate the budget 

of the intelligence community and allocate its resources to the various tasks. 

The 40 Committee, which had overseen covert operations, was now to be called the 

Operations Advisory Group, with its membership reshuffled to include Scowcroft of 

NSC, Kissinger, Rumsfeld, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff George Brown, plus 

observers from the Attorney General and the Office of Mangement and Budget. 

An innovation was the creation of the Intelligence Oversight Board (in addition to the 

President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board), which was chaired by Ambassador 

Robert D. Murphy, the old adversary of Charles deGaulle during World War II. The IOB 

was supposed to be a watchdog to prevent new abuses from coming out of the 

intelligence community. Also on this board were Stephen Ailes, who had been 

Undersecretary of Defense for Kennedy and Secretary of the Army for LBJ. The third 

figure on this IOB was Leo Cherne, who was soon to be promoted chairman of PFIAB as 

well. The increasingly complicit relationship of Cherne to Bush meant that all alleged 

oversight by the IOB was a mockery. The average age of the IOB was about 70, leading 

Carl Rowan to joke that it was a case of Rip Van Winkle guarding the CIA. None of the 

IOB members, Rowan pointed out, was young, poor, or black. 

Believe it or not, Ford also wanted a version of the Official Secrets Act which we have 

seen Bush supporting: he called for "special legislation to guard critical intelligence 

secrets. This legislation would make it a crime for a government employee who has 

access to certain highly classified information to reveal that information improperly." 

Which would have made the Washington leak game rather more dicey than it is at 

present. 

The Official Secrets Act would have to be passed by Congress, but most of the rest of 

what Ford announced was embodied in Executive Order 11905. Church thought that this 

was overreaching, since it amounted to changing some provisions of the National 

Security Act by presidential fiat. But this was now the new temper of the times. 

As for the CIA, Executive Order 11905 authorized it "to conduct foreign 

counterintelligence activities...in the United States," which opened the door to many 

things. Apart from restrictions on physical searches and electronic bugging, it was still 

open season on Americans abroad. The FBI was promised the Levi guidelines, and other 

agencies would get charters written for them. In the interim, the power of the FBI to 

combat various "subversive" activities was reaffirmed. Political assassination was 

banned, but there were no limitations or regulations placed on covert operations, and 

there was nothing about measures to improve the intelligence and analytical product of 

the agencies.

In the view of the New York Times, the big winner was Bush: "From a management 

point of view, Mr. Ford tonight centralized more power in the hands of the Director of 

Central Intelligence than any had had since the creation of the CIA. The director has 

always been the nominal head of the intelligence community, but in fact has had little 

power over the other agencies, particularly the Department of Defense." Bush was now 

de facto intelligence czar. [fn 35] 

Poor Ford was unable to realize that his interest was to be seen as a reformer, not as 

someone who wanted to re-impose secrecy. When he was asked if his Official Secrets 

Act could not be used to deter whistle-blowers on future bureaucratic abuses, Ford 

responded that all federal employees would be made to sign a statement pledging that 

they would not divulge classified information, and that they could expect draconian 

punishment if they ever did so. 

Congressman Pike said that Ford's reorganization was bent "largely on preserving all of 

the secrets in the executive branch and very little on guaranteeing a lack of any further 

abuses." Church commented that what Ford was really after was "to give the CIA a 

bigger shield and a longer sword with which to stab about." 

An incident of those days reveals something of what was going on. Daniel Schorr of 

CBS, whose name had popped up on the Nixon enemies' list during the Watergate 

hearings, had obtained a copy of the Pike Committe report and passed it on to the Village 

Voice. Schorr had attended Ford's press conference, and listened as Ford denounced the 

leaking of the Pike report. The next day, covering Capitol Hill, Schorr encountered Bush 

while the new CIA boss was on his way to testify before the Senate Foreign Relations 

Committee. A wirephoto of an angry Bush gesticulating at Schorr wound up on the front 

page of the Washington Star under the headline: "Another Confrontation." With that, 

Schorr's twenty-year career with CBS was over, and he was soon to face a witchhunt by 

the House Ethics Committee. Other reporters soon caught on that under the new Bush 

regime, political opponents would be slammed. (Schorr later speculated about CIA links 

to CBS owner William Paley; there was no need to look any further than the fact that 

Harriman had helped to create CBS and that Prescott Bush had been a CBS director 

during the 1950's, giving the Bushman network a firm presence there. 

During these days, the Department of Justice announced that it would not prosecute 

former CIA Director Richard Helms for his role in an illegal break-in at a photographic 

studio in Fairfax, Virginia during 1971. The rationale was from the National Security Act 

of 1947: "the director of central intelligence shall be responsible for protecting 

intelligence sources and methods from unauthorized disclosure," even if it meant 

breaking the law to do it. Bush would become a past master of this "sources and 

methods" clause, which could be used to cover up almost anyuthing. 

The Church Committee was still functioning, and was looking into journalists controlled 

by the CIA, which some senators wanted to expose by name. On the same day as Ford's 

press conference, Senators Huddleston and Mathias drove out to Langley to confront 

Bush and demand that he divulge the names of these CIA media assets. The CIA was

"not at liberty to reveal the names," Bush told the two senators. Instead, Bush offered 

documents that generally described the CIA's use of reporters and scholars over the years, 

but with no names. Senators Baker, Hart, and Mondale then called Bush and urged that 

the names be made public. Bush refused. 

Bush pointed to his statement, made on February 12 as the first public act of his CIA 

career, removing all "full-time or part-time news correspondents accredited by any US 

news service, newspaper, periodicals, radio or TV network or station" from the CIA 

payroll. He also claimed that there were no clergymen or missionaries on the CIA payroll 

at all. As far as the journalists were concerned, in April the Senate Select Committee on 

Intelligence Acitivities announced that they had already caught Bush lying, and that at 

least 25 journalists and reporters were still on the CIA payroll, and the CIA was 

determined to keep them there. Bush had quibbled on the word "accredited." This limited 

the purge to accredited correspondents issued news credentials. But this excluded free 

lance reporters, editors, news executives, and foreign news organizations at all levels. 

When dealing with Bush, it pays to read the fine print. 

The Bush-Kissinger-Ford counteroffensive against the Congressional committtes went 

forward. On March 5 the CIA leaked the story that the Pike Committee had lost more 

than 232 secret documents which had been turned over from the files of the executive 

branch. Pike said that this was another classic CIA provocation designed to discredit his 

committee, which had ceased its activity. Bush denied that he had engineered the leak: 

"The CIA did not do any such thing. Nothing of that nature at all," Bush told a reporter to 

whom he had placed a call to whine out his denial. "My whole purpose was to avoid an 

argument with him," said Bush, although he said that "Pike was the cause of this whole 

problem under great pressure." 

In March Bush had to take action in the wake of the leaking of a CIA report showing that 

Israel had between 10 and 20 nuclear bombs; the report was published by Arthur Kranish, 

the editor of Science Trends Magazine. Church, who had Zionist lobby ties of his own 

and who was in the midst of a bid for the Democratic presidential nomination, demanded 

an investigation: "Can you imagine how a leak of that kind would have been treated if it 

had come out of the Congress of the United States!" In retrospect, the report may have 

been some timely window-dressing for Israeli prowess in a Ford regime in which Israel's 

military value as an ally was hotly contested; a little later Gen. George Brown, the 

chairman of the joint chiefs, was quoted to be the effect that Israeli and its armed forces 

had "got to be considered a burden" for the United States. 

In April, Bush told the American Society of Newspaper Editors that he was just back 

from a secret visit to three countries in Europe, which he refused to name, during which 

he conceded that he "might or might not" have met with Frank Sinatra. (Brother Jonathan 

Bush had said in February that Sinatra had offered his services to the new CIA boss.) 

Bush praised the CIA in his speech: "It is a fantastic reservoir of discipline in the CIA. 

Our personnel people say the quality of appplications is up. This is an expression of 

confidence in the agency. Morale is A-one." There was speculation that Bush might have 

gone to Italy, where terrorist activity was increasing and the Italian Communist Party,

profiting from the vogue of "Euro-communism," was rapidly increasing its vote share 

during 1975-76. 

In May, FBI Director Clarence Kelley apologized to the American people for the abuses 

committed by his secret police. Kelley said that he was "truly sorry" for past abuses of 

power, all of which were neatly laid at the door of the deceased former director, J. Edgar 

Hoover. Bush, for his part, aggressively refused to apologize. Bush conceded that he felt 

"outrage" at the illegal CIA domestic operations of the Watergate era, but that "that's all 

I'm going to say about it...you can interpret it any way you want." Bush's line was that all 

abuses had already been halted under Colby by the latter's "administrative dictum," and 

that the issue now was the implementation of the Rockefeller Commission report, to 

which Bush once again pledged fealty. Bush had no comment on the Lockheed scandal, 

which had begun to destabilize the Japanese, German, Italian, and Netherlands 

governments. The advance of the Italian communists and the Panama canal treaties were 

all "policy questions for the White House" in his view. Although China was being rocked 

by the "democracy wall" movement and the first Tien An Men massacre of 1976, Bush, 

ever loyal to his Chinese communist cronies, found that all that did not add up to 

anything "dramatically different." 

A visit to the Texas Breakfast Club on May 27 found Bush trying to burnish his image as 

a good guy by talking about the existential dilemmas of a good man in any imperfect 

world, while pleading for more covert opoerations all the time. "I know in a limited way 

there are conflicts of conscience," Bush told the breakfasters. "But we're not living in a 

particularly moral world. We're living in a world that's not pure black or pure white. 

We're living in a world where [the US] has to have a covert capability." On the other 

hand, Bush was "not unconcerned about the constitutional questions that the excesses of 

the past have raised." "I'm not going to defend the things that were done but I'm not going 

to dwell on them either." "I'm happy to say I think things are moving away from the more 

sensational revelations of the past," leaving the CIA as an institution "intact." Necessity, 

pontificated Bush, sometimes demands "compromise with the purity of moral decisions." 

On June 3, the Houston Post touted Bush as a good vice presidential candidate after all, 

moderate and southern, no matter what Ford had promised to the senate to get Bush 

confirmed. Bush was mum. 

A few days later Bush paid tribute to the Israeli Defense Forces, who had just rescued a 

group of hostages at Entebbe. Bush denigrated US capabilities in comparison with those 

of Israel, saying that the US could not match what Israel was able to do: "We do have a 

very important role in furnishing intelligence to policy makers and our friends on the 

movement of international terrorists, but to indicate that we have that kind of action 

capability--the answer is very frankly no." Bush said that his policy on this matter was to 

fight terrorism with better intelligence, for "the more the American people understand 

this, the more support the CIA will have." Yet, Bush was unable to stop a terrorist murder 

in Washington DC, despite the fact that he had personally received a telergam informing 

him that the assassins were coming to visit him-- scarcely a good example of using 

intelligence to fight terrorism.

By September, Bush could boast in public that he had won the immediate engagement: 

his adversaries in the Congressional investigating committees were defeated. "The CIA," 

Bush announced, "has weathered the storm." "The mood in Congress has changed," he 

crowed. "No one is campaigning against strong intelligence. The adversary thing, how we 

can ferret out corruption, has given way to the more serious question how we can have 

better intelligence." 

As Bush never tired of repeating, that meant more covert operations. In the middle of 

October, Bush spoke once again on this matter to the Texas Mid-Continent Oil and Gas 

Association: "We would be stupid to give up covert operations and we are not going to 

do it as long as I have anything to say about it." Bush claimed that covert operations 

consumed only 2% of the entire CIA budget but that such operations were necessary 

because "not everybody is going to play by Marquis of Queensbury rules." 

Such was the public profile of Bush's CIA tenure up until about the time of the 

November, 1976 elections. If this had been the whole story, then we might accept the 

usual talk about Bush's period of uneventful rebuilding and morale boosting while he was 

at Langley. We might share the conclusions of one author that "Bush was picked because 

he could be trusted to provide no surprises. Amiable and well-liked by old CIA hands, he 

sincerely believed in the agency and its mission. Bush soothed Congress, tried to restore 

confidence and morale and Langley, and avoided delving too deeply into the agency's 

darker recesses." [fn 36] Or, we might acceptthe following edifying summary: '[Bush] 

had a fundamental loyalty to the agency and its people even though he was an outsider. 

He was a man with a strong sense of obligation downward. Under him the people of the 

CIA soon realized that they were not going to be served up piecemeal. He probably did 

more for agency morale and standing in Congress than any DCI since Allen Dulles. 

Unlike Colby, who was loyal to the ideal of the CIA rather than to the people, Bush was 

committed to both. He was a genuine conservative in his politics and his approach, 

conveying no touch of originality, and was not a man to take initiatives. People knew 

exactly where they stood with him. He was a classic custodian, and it was this quality that 

Ford had recognized in him. For Bush being DCI was 'the best job in Washington.'" [fn 

37] The spirit of the red Studebaker school of idolatry, we see, had followed Bush to 

Langley and thence into many standard histories of the CIA. 

Reality looked different. The administration Bush served had Ford as its titular head, but 

most of the real power, especially in foreign affairs, was in the hands of Kissinger. Bush 

was more than willing to play along with the Kissinger agenda. 

The first priority was to put an end to such episodes as contempt citations for Henry 

Kissinger. Thanks to the presence of Don Gregg as CIA station chief in Seoul, South 

Korea, that was easy to arrange. This was the same Don Gregg of the CIA who would 

later serve as Bush's national security advisor during the second vice presidential term, 

and who would manage decisive parts of the Iran-contra operations from Bush's own 

office. Gregg knew of an agent of the Korean CIA, Tongsun Park, who had for a number 

of years been making large payments to members of Congress, above all to Democratic 

members of the House of Representatives, in order to secure their suppport for legislation

that was of interest to Park Chung Hee, the South Korean leader. It was therefore a 

simple matter to blow the lid off this story, causing a wave of hysteria among the literally 

hundreds of members of Congress who had attended parties organized by Tongsun Park, 

who had become the Perle Mesta of the 1970's when it came to entertaining 

Congressional bigwigs. Tongsun Park also had a stable of call girls available, and could 

provide other services. The US Ambassador to the Republic of Korea during this period 

was Richard Sneider. 

The Koreagate headlines began to appear a few days after Bush had taken over at 

Langley. In February there was a story by Maxine Cheshire of the Washington Post 

reporting that the Department of Justice was investigating Congressmen Bob Leggett and 

Joseph Addabbo for allegedly accepting bribes from the Korean government. Both men 

were linked to Suzi Park Thomson, who had been hosting parties of the Korean Embassy. 

Later it turned out that Speaker of the House Carl Albert had kept Suzi Park Thomson on 

his payroll for all of the six years that he had been Speaker. Congressmen Hanna, 

Gallagher, Broomfield, Hugh Carey, and Lester Wolf were all implicated. The names of 

Tip O'Neill, Brademas, and McFall also came up. The New York Times estimated that as 

many as 115 Congressmen were involved. 

In reality the number was much lower, but former Watergate Special Prosecutor Leon 

Jaworski was brought back from Houston to become special prosecutor for this case as 

well. This underlined the press line that "the Democrats' Watergate" had finally arrived. It 

was embarrassing to the Bush CIA when Tongsun Park's official agency file disappeared 

for several months, and finally tuned up shorn of key information on the CIA officers 

who had been working most closely with Park. Eventually Congressman Hanna was 

convicted and sent to jail, while Congressman Otto Passman of Louisiana was acquitted, 

largely because he had had the presence of mind to secure a venue in his own state. A 

number of other congressmen quit, and it is thought that the principal reason for the 

decision by Democratic Speaker of the House Carl Albert to retire at the end of 1976 was 

the fact that he had been touched by the breath of this scandal, which would go into the 

chronicles as "Koreagate." With this, most of the Congress was brought to heel. We note 

in passing that when George Bush takes a step up the ladder in Washington, the Speaker 

of the House is likely to be ousted. Ask Jim Wright. 

An interesting sidelight of Koreagate involves then Congressman Edward Derwinksi, 

today Bush's Secretary of Veteran's Affairs. An article in the Wall Street Journal during 

this period alleged that federal investigators suspected Derwinksi of informing the 

Korean CIA that one of their officers was about to defect to the US for the purpose of 

cooperating with the Koregate investigations. Derwinski denied the accusations, and he 

was never prosecuted. [fn 38] 

With that, the Congress was terrorized and brought to heel. In this atmosphere, Bush 

moved to reach a secret foreign policy consensus with key Congressional leaders of both 

parties of the one-party state. According to two senior government officials involved, 

limited covert operations in such places as Angola were continued under the pretext that 

they were necessary for phasing out the earlier, larger, and more expensive operations.

Bush's secret deal was especially successful with the post-Church Senate Intelligence 

Committee. Because of the climate of restoration that prevailed, a number of Democrats 

on this committee concluded that they must break off their aggressive inquiries ("the 

adversary thing") and make peace with Bush, according to reports of remarks by two 

senior members of the committee staff. The result was an interregnum during which the 

Senate committee would neither set specific reporting requirements, nor attempt to pass 

any binding legislation to restrict CIA covert and related activity. In return, Bush would 

pretend to make a few disclosures to create a veneer of cooperation. [fn 39] These 1976 

deals set the stage for many of the foreign intelligence monstrosities of the Jimmy Carter 

era. Ever since, the pretense of Congressional oversight over the intelligence community 

has been a mockery. 

One theatre of covert operations in which Bush became involved was Angola. Here a 

civil war had erupted in 1974 with the end of Portuguese colonial rule, pitting the USbacked 

UNITA of Jonas Savimbi and the FNLA of Holden Roberto against the Marxist 

MPLA. In December, 1975 the Senate passed the Clark Amendment, designed to cut off 

US funding for the military factions. The Clark Amendment passed the House, and a ban 

on CIA operations in Angola became law on February 9, 1976. The chief of the CIA 

Angola task force, John Stockwell, later wrote that after February 9, the CIA kept 

sending planeloads of weapons from Zaire to UNITA forces in Angola, despite the fact 

that this was now illegal. There were at least 22 of such flights. Also in February, the 

Bush CIA began making large cash payoffs "to anyone who had been associated with our 

side of the Angolan war." This meant that President Mobutu of Zaire got $2 million 

which he was supposed to give to pro-western guerilla factions; Mobutu simply kept the 

money, and the CIA's guerillas "were left starving," said Stockwell. The Congress found 

out about Bush's illegal largesse, and subjected him to a series of hostile committe 

hearings in which full disclosure was demanded. The House Appropriations Committee 

placed a team of auditors in CIA headquarters to review accounting on the Angola 

program, which was code named IAFEATURE. On March 12 Bush sent a cable to all 

CIA stations ordering that no funds be spent on IAFEATURE. One day later, an 

uninsured cargo plane was shot down inside Angola. Despite this ignominious 

conclusion, Bush ordered awards and commendations for the 100 CIA personnel who had 

worked on the program. [ fn 40] 

During Bush's first months in Langley, the CIA under orders from Henry Kissinger 

launched a campaign of destabilization of Jamaica for the purpose of preventing the reelection 

of Prime Minister Michael Manley. This included a large-scale campaign to 

foment violence during the election, and large amounts of illegal arms were shipped into 

the island. $10 million was spent on the attempt to overthrow Manley, and at least three 

assassination attempts took place with the connivance of the CIA. [fn 41] 

The Bush CIA also continued a program in Iran which went under the name of IBEX. 

This aimed at building and operating a $500 miilion electronic and photographic 

capability to cover the entire region, including parts of the USSR. On August 28, 1976, 

three Americans working on the project were assassinated in Teheran. According to a 

Washington Post account by Bob Woodward, a month before these killings the former

CIA Director and then current US Ambassador to Iran, Richard Helms, sent Bush a note 

complaining about abuses connected with the project, and in particular demanding that 

Bush investigation corrupt practices which Helms suspected were involved with the 

project. Helms apparently wanted to be spared more embarrassment in case IBEX were to 

become the object of a new scandal. [fn 42] 

During Bush's CIA tenure, the CIA was found to have conducted electronic suveillance 

against the representatives of Micronesia, a UN Trusteeship territory in the Pacific that 

had been administered by the United States, and which was then about to become 

independent. In a story by Bob Woodward, the Washington Post alleged that the CIA had 

been bugging the Micronesian government over a four year period with a view to 

acquiring details of their negotiating strategy in talks with the State Department 

concerning relations with the United States after independence. The CIA's rebuttal seems 

to have been that while it would indeed have been illegal to bug the Micronesians if they 

were US citizens, they were now foreigners, and such bugging had never been restricted. 

During Bush's time at the CIA, a series of governments around the world were 

destabilized by the Lockheed bribery scandal, the greatest multinational scandal of the 

1970's. This scandal grew out of hearings before a Senate subcommittee chaired by Frank 

Church, although separate from the Intelligence Committee mentioned above. A number 

of Lockheed executives testified that they had systematically bribed officials of allied 

governments to secure contracts the sale of their military aircraft. This system of 

unreported payments eventually implicated such figures as former Japanese Prime 

Minister Kakuei Tanaka, the leader of the most important faction in the Liberal 

Democratric Party, and Franz Josef Strauss, a former Federal German Defense Minister, 

Prime Minister of Bavaria, and the leader of the Christian Social Union, then a part of the 

opposition in the Bundestag in Bonn. Also implicated were a series of Italian Christian 

Democratic and Social Democratic political leaders, including the then Prime Minister 

Giulio Andreotti, the President of the Italian Republic Giovanni Leone, and former 

Defense Ministers Mario Tanassi of the PSDI and Luigi Gui of the DC. In the 

Netherlands, Prince Bernhard, the consort of Queen Juliana, was implicated, and virtually 

no NATO country was spared. The Lockheed scandal, coming as it did out of a mileu full 

of military intelligence connections, was coherent with a long-term Anglo-American 

design of destabilizing and weakening allied governments and the political forces that 

constituted those governments. 

Those who have witnessed the ghoulish public love affair between George Bush and the 

fascist "Iron Lady" of Great Britain, Margaret Thatcher, may be interested in indications 

that CIA Director Bush helped to bring Mrs. Thatcher to power. At the beginning of 

Bush's tenure, the British Prime Minister was Harold Wilson of the Labor Party, who had 

won two general elections during 1974 and whose term would normally have ended in 

1978. But Wilson was destabilized and forced out of office. Although his immediate 

successor was James Callaghan, also of the Labor Party, Callaghan's cabinet was merely 

the prelude to the advent of Thatcher, who would remain in power for more than 11 

years, until late in 1990. [fn 43]

Bush's implication in the matter is beyond any doubt. Shortly after Bush had arrived at 

Langley, Prime Minister Wilson despatched his close friend Lord Weidenfeld to the 

United States with a confidential letter to be given to Senator Hubert Humphrey. Wilson 

and Weidenfeld met on February 10, 1976. The letter enumerated the names of a number 

of MI-5 and MI-6 officers of whom Wilson was suspicious. Wilson's letter requested that 

Humphrey go to Bush and aks him whether the CIA knew anything about these British 

counter-intelligence and intelligence officers. Was it possible, Wilson wanted to know, 

that those named in the letter were actually working with or for the CIA? Were the 

British officials in league with a CIA faction that was carrying out eletronic or other 

surveillance of Wilson, including in his office in 10 Downing Street? Implied was the 

further question: was the CIA part of an operation to destabilize Wilson and bring him 

down? 

It is known that Bush took Wilson's letter quite seriously, so seriously that he flew to 

London to talk to Wilson and assured him that the CIA had not been responsible for any 

surveillance of the PM. But by the time Bush reached London, Wilson had already 

resigned in a surprise announcement made on March 16, 1976. What role had the CIA 

actually played? 

The transition from Harold Wilson to Margaret Thatcher amounts to the replacement of 

Lord Victor Rothschild's favorite puppet politician of the 1960's with Lord Victor 

Rothschild's preferred choice for the 1980's. The pretext used to harrass Wilson out of 

office was Wilson's well-known close ties to communists and to the Soviet block, but all 

of that had been well known back in 1964 when he had come to power for the first time. 

The pretext appears in all of its irony when we recall that Lord Victor Rothschild was 

himself the leading candidate to be named as the legendary "Fifth Man" of the KGB-SIS 

spy team of Philby, Maclean, Burgess, and Blunt. 

A leading purveyor of the argument that Wilson was a Soviet asset was James Jesus 

Angleton, like Bush a Yale graduate. Angleton had been the counterintelligence director 

of the CIA until 1975, but he had not been very successful. Angleton had always been 

obsessed by the presence of high-level CIA moles in the US government and his own 

agency. Angleton was in touch with Peter Wright of MI-5. Wright was also bitterly 

opposed to Wilson, whom he characterized as a "Soviet-Zionist agent," which was 

perfectly accurate as far as it went. But again, all that had been clear back in 1964 and 

even much earlier. Wright had provided Chapman Pincher, a right-wing British journalist 

and also an asset of Lord Victor, with the material for the book Their Trade is Treachery, 

a "limited hangout" which provided many interesting facts about the Soviet pentration of 

British intelligence, but which was mainly designed to keep Lord Victor out of the 

spotlight. Later Wright's own book, Spycatcher, succeeded even better in protecting Lord 

Victor by becoming an international succes de scandale that allowed Lord Victor to die a 

natural death without ever having been apprehended by British authorities. The crowning 

irony is that Philby's old pal Lord Victor, Wright, and the obsessive Angleton were all in 

a strange united front to villify Wilson for his links to Soviet intelligence, which were of 

course massive but which had been well known all along.

The CIA's specific contributions to the destabilization of Wilson included the agency's 

sponsorship of a book written by a Czech defector named Josef Frolik. This tome accused 

John Stonehouse, the Postmaster General in Wilson's cabinet, of being an east bloc agent. 

Stonehouse later attempted to go underground in Australia after feigning suicide. 

Stonehouse was later found and brought back, although he still asserts his innocence of 

espionage charges. This affair, complete with a fugitive cabinet minister, was a colossal 

embarrassment to Wilson. 

Wilson, as indicated, was convinced that he was being bugged, possibly with CIA 

participation. According to Chapman Pincher, "whether this surveillance extended to 

independent bugging by the CIA and NSA is unknown, although the CIA has denied it. 

Under the Anglo-American agreeement dating back to 1947, there had long been an 

exchange of suveillance information, including cable and letter intercepts, but it is not 

impossible that the Americans agencies occasionally undertook activities denied, by writ 

or circumstances, to the British." [fn 44] In other words, it was easier for the Anglo- 

American establishment to have the CIA handle the bugging in London, since this was 

not illegal under the CIA's regulations. Was there reciprocity in this respect? Part of the 

destabilization of Wilson was run through Private Eye magazine. Another likely 

participant was Tory activist Airey Neave, who had wanted to replace former Prime 

Minister Edward Heath with Thatcher when Heath fell in 1974. Ultimately, Thatcher 

would be the leading beneficiary of the fall of Wilson. 

Another government destabilized through the CIA during the same period was the Gough 

Whitlam Labor Party government of Australia. Whitlam threatened to deprive the CIA of 

its key Pine Gap electronic listening post after he discovered that the Austrialian 

intelligence services had been working with the CIA to bring down Allende. On 

November 8, 1975, with Bush's likely advent at the CIA already public knowledge, 

Theodore Shackley despatched a telegram to the Australian intelligence services 

threatening to cut off all exchanges, hanging the Australians out to dry. On November 11, 

in a highly unusual action, the Royal Governor General dismissed Whitlam as Prime 

Minister, bringing Malcolm Frase and the conservatives back to power. When Whitlam's 

Labor Party majority in the lower housr responded by voting no confidence in Fraser, the 

Royal Governor General dissolved the lower house and called a election. It was a coup 

ordered directly by Queen Elizabeth II, and carried out with Bush's help. In the 

background of this affair is the Nugan Hand bank, an Anglo-American intelligence 

proprietary involved with drug money laundering. 

One of the most spectacular scandals of Bush's tenure at the CIA was the assassination in 

Washington DC of the Chilean exile leader Orlando Letelier, who had been a minister in 

the government of Salvador Allende Gossens, who had been overthrown by Kissinger in 

1973. Letelier along with Ronnie Moffitt of the Washington Institute for Policy Studies 

died on September 21, 1976 in the explosion of a car bomb on Sheridan Circle, in the 

heart of Washington's Embassy Row district along Massachusetts Avenue. 

Relatively few cases of international terrorism have taken place on the territory of the 

United States, but this was certainly an exception. Bush's activities before and after this

assassination amount to one of the most bizarre episodes in the annals of secret 

intelligence operations. 

One of the assassins of Letelier was unquestionably one Michael Vernon Townley, a CIA 

agent who had worked for David Atlee Philips in Chile. After the overthrow of Allende 

and the advent of the Pinochet ditatorship, David Atlee Philips had become the director 

of the CIA's western hemipshere operations. In 1975 Phillips founded AFIO, the 

Association of Former Intelligence Officers, which has supported George Bush in every 

campaign he has ever waged since that time. Townley, as a "former" CIA agent, had gone 

to work for the DINA, the Chilean secret police, and had been assigned by the DINA as 

its liaison man with a group called CORU. CORU was the acronym for Command of 

United Revolutionary Organizations, a united front of four anti-Castro Cuban 

organizations based primarily in the neighborhood of Miami called Little Havana. With 

CORU, we are back in the milieu of Miami anti-Castro Cubans whose political godfather 

George Bush had been since very early in the 1960's. CORU was at that time working 

together with the intelligence services of Chile's Pinochet, Paraguay's Alfredo Stroessner, 

and Nicaragua's Somoza for operations against common enemies, including Chilean leftwing 

emigres and Castro assets. Soon after the foundation of CORU, bombs began to go 

off at the Cuban Mission to the United Nations in New York. 

During this period a Miami doctor named Orlando Bosch was arrested, allegedly because 

he had been planning to assassinate Henry Kissinger, and that ostensibly because of 

Kissinger's concessions to Castro. During the same period, the Chilean DINA was 

mounting its so-called Operation Condor, a plan to assassinate emigre opponents of the 

Pinochet dictatorship and its Milton Friedman, Chicago school economic policies. [fn 45] 

It was under these circumstances that the US Ambassador to Chile, George Landau, sent 

a cable to the State Department with the singular request that two agents of the DINA be 

allowed to enter the United States with Paraguayan passports. One of these agents is 

likely to have been Townley. The cable also indicated that the two DINA agents also 

wanted to meet with Gen. Vernon Walters, the outgoing Deputy Director of Central 

Intelligence, and so the cable also went to Langley. Here the cable was read by Walters, 

and also passed into the hands of Director George Bush. Bush not only had this cable in 

his hands; Bush and Walters discussed the contents of the cable and what to do about it, 

including whether Walters ought to meet with the DINA agents. The cable also reached 

the desk of Henry Kissinger. One of Landau's questions appears to have been whether the 

mission of the DINA men had been approved in advance by Langley; his cable was 

accompanied by photocopies of the Paraguayan passports. (Later on, in 1980, Bush 

denied that he had ever seen this cable; he had not just been out of the loop, he claims; he 

had been in China. (The red Studebaker hacks, including Bush himself in his campaign 

autobiography, do not bother denying anything about the Letelier case; they simply omit 

it. [fn 46] 

On August 4, on the basis of the conversations between Bush and Walters, the CIA sent a 

reply from Walters to Landau stating that the former "was unaware of the visit and that 

his Agency did not desire to have any contact with the Chileans." Landau responded by

evoking the visas that he had already granted and telling the Immigration and 

Naturalization Service to put the two DINA men on their watch list to be picked up if 

they tried to enter the US. The two DINA men entered the US anyway on August 22, 

with no apparent difficulty. The DINA men reached Washington, and it is clear that they 

were hardly traveling incognito: they appear to have asked a Chilean embassy official 

call the CIA to repeat their request for a meeting. According to other reports, the DINA 

men met with New York Senator James Buckley, the brother of conservative columnist 

William Buckley of Skull and Bones. It is also said that the DINA men met with Frank 

Terpil, a close associate of Ed Wilson, and no stranger to the operations of the Shackley- 

Clines Enterprise. According to one such version, "Townley met with Frank Terpil one 

week before the Letelier murder, on the same day that he met with Senator James 

Buckley and aides in New York City. The explosives sent to the United States on Chilean 

airlines were to replace explosives supplied by Edwin Wilson, according to a source close 

to the office of Assistant US Attorney Lawrence Barcella." [fn 47] The bomb that killed 

Letelier and Moffitt was of the same type that the FBI believed that Ed Wilson was 

selling, with the same timer mechanism. 

Bush therefore had plenty of warning that a DINA operation was about to take place in 

Washington, and it was no secret that it would be wetwork. As Dinges and Landau point 

out, when the DINA hitmen airrived in Washington they "alerted the CIA by having a 

Chilean embassy employee call General Walters' office at the CIA's Langley 

headquarters. It is quite beyond belief that the CIA is so lax in its counterespionage 

functions that it would simply have ignored a clandestine operation by a foreign 

intelligence service in Washington DC, or anywhere in the United States. It is equally 

implausible that Bush, Walters, Landau and other officials were unaware of the chain of 

international assassinations that had been attributed to DINA." [fn 48] One might say that 

Bush had been an accessory before the fact. 

Bush's complicity deepens when we turn to the post-assassination coverup. The 

prosecutor in the Letelier-Moffitt murders was Assistant US Attorney Eugene M. 

Propper. Nine days after the assassinations, Propper was trying without success to get 

some cooperation from the CIA, since it was obvious enough to anyone that the Chilean 

regime was the prime suspect in the killing of one of its most prominent political 

opponents. The CIA had been crudely stonewalling Propper. He had even been unable to 

secure the requisite security clearance to see documents in the case. Then Propper 

received a telephone call from Stanley Pottinger, Assistant Attorney General in charge of 

the Civil Rights Division of the Justice Department. Pottinger said that he had been in 

contact with members of the Institute for Policy Studies who had argued that the Civil 

Rights Division ought to take over the Letelier case because of its clear political 

implications. Propper argued that he should keep control of the case since the Protection 

of Foreign Officials Act gave him jurisdiction. Pottinger agreed that Propper was right, 

and that he ought to keep the case. When Pottinger offered to be of help in any possible 

way, Propper asked if Pottinger could expedite cooperation with the CIA. 

As Propper later recounted this conversation:

Instant, warm confidence shot through the telphone line. The assistant attorney general replied that 

he happened to be a personal friend of the CIA director himself, George Bush. Pottinger called 

him "George." For him, the CIA Director was only a phone call away. Would Propper like an 

appointment? By that afternoon he, [an FBI agent working on the case], and Pottinger were 

scheduled for lunch with Director Bush at CIA headquarters on Monday. A Justice Department 

limousine would pick them up at noon. Propper whistled to himself. This was known in 

Washintgton as access. [fn 49] 

At CIA headquarters, "Pottinger introduced Propper to Director Bush, and Bush 

introduced the two lawyers to Tony Lapham, his general counsel. Then, graciously, the 

Director said, 'Would you gentlmen care for some sherry?" An old butler in a white coat 

served sherry and cheese hors d'oeuvres. Then the group moved into the Director's 

private dining room, where an elegant table was laid on white linen." 

There was some polite conversation. Then, 

when finally called on to state his business, Propper said that the Letelier-Moffitt 

murders were more than likely political assassinations, and that the investigation 

would probably move outside the United States into the Agency's realm of foreign 

intelligence. Therefore, Propper wanted CIA cooperation in the form of reports 

from within Chile, reports on assassins, reports on foreign operatives entering the 

United States, and the like. He wanted anything he could get that might bear upon 

the murders. 

If Bush had wanted to be candid, he could have informed Propper that he had been 

informed of the coming of the DINA team twice, once before they left South America 

and once when they had arrived in Washington. But Bush never volunteered this highly 

pertinent information. Instead, he went into a sophisticated stonewall routine: 

"Look," said Bush, "I'm appalled by the bombing. Obviously we can't allow people to come right 

here into the capital and kill foreign diplomats and American citizens like this. It would be a 

hideous precedent. So, as Director, I want to help you. As an American citizen, I want to help. 

But, as director, I also know that the Agency can't help in a lot of situations like this. We've got 

some problems. Tony, tell him what they are." 

Lapham's argument went like this, with Bush looking on: 

The first problem is that every time we've tried to help Justice in the past, they've screwed us. 

They always promise us that if we give them this assistance of that assistance, they'll just use it for 

background, but the next thing we know, they're trying to make a witness out of our source. 

They're trying to put him in court. We can't attract and hold sources if they're afraid they'll get 

slapped into court. 

"Well, that sounds legitimate to me," said Propper, "but I'm sure we can figure out a way to work 

around it." 

"That's not all," said Lapham. "We got torn to pieces last year for domestic intelligence, so now 

everybody over here is gun-shy about rep]orting on Americans or any activities in this country. 

We can't do it. That's strictly out. The liberals don't like some things we do and the conservatives

don't like others, and the way the rule book is now, we stay clean by keeping out of criminal stuff 

and domestic stuff. You've got a murder here in the states. That's both. That makes it tough." 

"I see," said Propper. "But I can't believe there's not some way for you to get into this case. There 

has to be a way. If somebody comes into the country from overseas and assassinates people here in 

Washington, that's got to be your kind of work. They might do it again. Who else will stop it?" 

"Sure," said Lapham. "That's a security matter. That's ours. But we don't know this is a security 

matter yet, and we'd have to investigate a crime to find out." [fn 50] 

Notice the consummate Aristotelian obfuscation by Lapham, who is propounding a 

chicken and egg paradox of law and administration. Apart from such sophists, everyone 

knew that Pinochet was a prime suspect. Lapham and Propper finally agreed that they 

could handle the matter best through an exchange of letters between the CIA Director and 

Attorney General Levi. George Bush summed up: "If you two come up with something 

that Tony thinks will protect us, we'll be all right." The date was October 4, 1976. 

Contrary to that pledge, Bush and the CIA began actively to sabotage Propper's 

investigation in public as well as behind the scenes. By Saturday the Washington Post 

was reporting many details of Propper's arrangement with the CIA. Even more interesting 

was the following item in the "Periscope" column of Newsweek magazine of October 11: 

After studying FBI and other field investigations, the CIA has concluded that the Chilean secret 

police were not involved in the death of Orlando Letelier....The agency reached its decision 

because the bomb was too crude to be the work of experts and because the murder, coming while 

Chile's rulers were wooing US support, could only damage the Santiago regime." 

According to the New York Times of October 12: * 

[Ford Administration] intelligence officials said it appeared that the FBI and the Central 

Intelligence Agency had virtually ruled out the idea that Mr. Letelier was killed by agents of the 

Chilean military junta....[They] said they understood DINA was firmly under the control of the 

government of Gen. Augusto Pincohet and that killing Mr. Letelier could not have served the 

junta's purposes....The intelligence officials said a parallel investigation was pursuing the 

possibility that Mr. Letelier had been assassinated by Chilean left-wing extremists as a means of 

disrupting United States relations with the military junta. 

On November 1. the Washington Post reported a leak from Bush personally: 

CIA officials say...they believe that operatives of the present Chilean military junta did not take 

part in Letelier's killing. According to informed sources, CIA Director Bush expressed this view in 

a conversation last week with Secretary of State Kissinger, the sources said. What evidence the 

CIA has obtained to support this initial conclusion was not disclosed. * 

Most remarkably, Bush is reported to have flown to Miami on November 8 with the 

purpose or pretext of taking "a walking tour of little Havana." As author Donald Freed 

tells it, "Actually [Bush] met with the Miami FBI Special Agent in Charge Julius Matson 

and the chief of the anti-Castro terrorism squad. According to a source close to the 

meeting Bush warned the FBI against allowing the investigation to go any further than 

the lowest level Cubans." [fn 51]

In a meeting presided over by Pottinger, Propper was only able to get Lapham to agree 

that the Justice Department could ask the CIA to report any information on the Letelier 

murder that might relate to the security of the United States against foreign intervention. 

It was two years before any word of the July-August cables was divulged. 

Ultimately some low-level Cubans were convicted in a trial that saw Townley cop a plea 

bargain and get off with a lighter sentence than the rest. Material about Townley under 

his various aliases strangley disappeared from the INS files, and records of the July- 

August cable traffic with Walters (and Bush) was expunged. No doubt that there had 

been obstruction of justice, no doubt there had been a cover-up. 

On October 6, bombs destroyed a Cubana Airlines DC-8 flying from Kingston, Jamaica 

to Havana, killing 73 passangers and crew, including the Cuban national fencing team 

which was returning from Venezuela. Anonymous callers to newspapers and radio 

stations claimed responsibility for CORU and Operation Condor, while Fidel Castro 

immediately blamed the CIA. Venezuelan police arrested CORU leaders Orlando Bosch 

(freed from jail in the US) and Luis Posada Carriles, whom we will later see as an 

associate of Bush operative Felix Rodriguez in Iran-contra. 

During 1976, Ed Wilson, officially retired, had been working with CIA officials on a 

project to deliver explosives, timers, weapons, and ultimately Redeye missles to Qaddafi 

of Libya. Wilson was receiving assistance from active duty CIA agents, including 

William Weisenburger and from Scientific Communications, a CIA front company. 

Wilson was working with Clines, who was still on the CIA payroll. CIA man Kevin 

Mulcahy had reported to Theodore Shackley about Wilson's activities, and Shackley had 

informed deputy director William Wells, who in turned had passed the hot potato on to 

Inspector General John Waller. The result of this round was a probe of Mulcahy's report 

under Thomas Cox of Wallers' staff, assisted by Thomas Clines, of all people. On the 

basis of this in-house investigation, Bush on September 17 decided to pass the entire case 

on to the FBI. 

Another aspect of Wilson's skullduggery was reported to Clines by Rafael "Chi Chi" 

Quintero, another fixture of the Enterprise, who complained that Wilson was trying to 

recruit him for an assassination attempt against "Carlos," the fabled international terrorist. 

Years later Wilson was given a long jail sentence, while his sidekick Frank Terpil went 

underground. What is essential here is that under Bush's administration, the CIA and its 

associated Enterprise and other old boys networks began to run amok along paths that 

lead us towards the Iran-contra affair and the other great covert action secret wars of the 

1980's and 1990's. 

During the last days of the Ford Administration, Attorney General Edward Levi had 

occasion to assert that the CIA's policy of refusing to turn documents and other evidence 

over to the Justice Department "smacked of a Watergate cover-up." This was in 

connection with the prosecution of one Edwin Gibbons Moore, who was allegedly trying 

to sell secret papers to the Soviet Embassy. The Bush CIA had refused to turn over 

various documents germane to this strange case.

During the Reagan years, Bush was given a much-publicized assignment as head of the 

South Florida Task Force and related efforts that were billed as part of a "war on drugs." 

In 1975, President Ford had ordered the CIA to collect intelligence on narcotics 

trafficking overseas, and also to "covertly influence" foreign offocials to help US antidrug 

activities. How well did Bush carry out this critical part of his responsibilities? 

Poorly, according to a Justice Department "Report on Inquiry into CIA-Related 

Electronic Surveillance Activities," which was compiled in 1976, but which has only 

partly come into the public domain. What emerges is a systematic pattern of coverup that 

recalls Lapham's spurious arguments in the Leletier case. Using the notorious stonewall 

that the first responsibility of the CIA was to shield its own "methods and sources" from 

being exposed, the agency expressed fear "that the confidentiality of CIA's overseas 

collection methods and sources would be in jeopardy should discovery proceedings 

require disclosure of the CIA's electronic surveillance activities." [fn 52] This caused 

"several narcotics invesitgations and'or prosecutions...to be terminated." 

It was during 1976 that Bush met the Panamanian leader Manuel Antonio Noriega. 

According to Don Gregg, this meeting took place on the edges of a luncheon conference 

with several other visiting Panamanian officials. 

This all makes an impressive catalogue of debacles in the area of covert operations. But 

what about the intelligence product of the CIA, in particular the National Intelligence 

Estimates that are the centerpiece of the CIA's work. Here Bush was to oversee a 

maneuver markedly to enhance the influence of the pro-Zionist wing of the intelligence 

community. 

As we have already seen, the idea of new procedures allegedly designed to evaluate the 

CIA's track record in intelligence analysis had been kicking around in Leo Cherne's 

PFIAB for some time. In June, 1976, Bush accepted a proposal from Leo Cherne to carry 

out an experiment in "competitive analysis" in the area of National Intelligence Estimates 

of Soviet air defenses, Soviet missle accuracy, and overall Soviet strategic objectives. 

Bush and Cherne decided to conduct the competitive analysis by commissioning two 

separate groups, each of which would present and argue for its own conclusions. On the 

one, Team A would be the CIA's own National Intelligence Officers and their staffs. But 

there would also be a separate Team B, a group of ostensibly independent outside 

experts. 

The group leader of Team B was Harvard history professor Richard Pipes, who was 

working in the British Museum in London when he was appointed by Bush and Cherne. 

Pipes had enjoyed support for his work from the office of Senator Henry Jackson, which 

had been one of the principal incubators of a generation of whiz kids and think tankers 

whose entire strategic outlook revolved around the stated or unstated premiss of the 

absolute primacy of supporting Israel in every imaginable excess or adventure, while 

frequently sacrificing vital US interests in the process.

The liason between Pipes' Team B and Team A, the official CIA, was provided by John 

Paisley, who had earlier served as the liaison between Langley and the McCord-Hunt- 

Liddy Plumbers. In this sense Paisley served as the staff director of the Team A-Team B 

experiment. Pipes then began choosing the members of Team B. First he selected from a 

list provided by the CIA two military men, Lieutenant General John Vogt and Brigadier 

General Jasper Welch, Jr., both of the Air Force. Pipes the added seven additional 

members: Paul Nitze, Gen. Daniel Graham, the retiring head of the Defense Intelligence 

Agency, Professor William van Cleave of the University of Southern California, former 

US Ambassador to Moscow Foy Kohler, Paul Wolfowitz of the Arms Control and 

Disarmament Agency, Thomas Wolfe of the RAND Corporation, and Seymour Weiss, a 

former top State Department official. Two other choices by Pipes were rejected by Bush. 

Team B began meeting during late August of 1976. Paisley and Don Suda provided Team 

B with the same raw intelligence being used by National Intelligence Officer Howard 

Stoertz's Team A. Team B's basic conclusion was that the Soviet military preparations 

were not exclusively defensive, but rather represented the attempt to acquire a first-strike 

capability that would allow the USSR to unleash and prevail in thermonculear war. The 

US would face a window of vulnerability during the 1980's. But it is clear from Pipes' 

own discussion of the debate that Team B [fn 53] was less interested in the Soviet Union 

and its capabilities than in seizing hegemony in the intelligence and think tank 

community in preparation for seizing the key posts in the Republican administration that 

might follow Carter in 1980. Pipes was livid when, at the final Team A-Team B meeting, 

he was not allowed to sit at Bush's table for lunch. The argument in Team B quarters was 

that since the Soviets were turning aggressive once again, the US must do everything 

possible to strengthen the only staunch and reliable American ally in the Middle East or 

possibly anywhere in the world, Israel. This meant not just that Israel had to be financed 

without stint, but that Israel had to be brought into central America, the Far East, and 

Africa. There was even a design for a new NATO constructed around Israel, while 

junking the old NATO because it was absorbing vital US resources needed by Israel. 

By contrast, Team B supporters like Richard Perle, who served as Assistant Secretary of 

Defense under Reagan, were later bitterly hostile to the Strategic Defense Initiative, 

which was plainly the only rational response to the Soviet buildup, which was very real 

indeed. The "window of vulnerability" argument had merit, but the policy conclusions 

favored by Team B had none, since their idea of responding to the Soviet threat was, once 

again, to subordinate everything to Israeli requirements. 

Team A and Team B were supposed to be secret, but leaks appeared in the Boston Globe 

in October. Pipes was surprised to find an even more detailed account of Team B and its 

grim estimate of Soviet intent in the New York Times shortly after Christmas, but Paisley 

told him that Bush and CIA official Richard Lehman had already been leaking to the 

press, and urged Pipes to begin to offer some interviews of his own. [fn 54] 

Typically enough, Bush appeared on Face the Nation early in the new year to say that he 

was "appalled" by the leaks of Team B's conclusions. Bush confessed that "outside 

expertise has enormous appeal to me." He refused to discuss the Team B conclusions

themselves, but did say that he wanted to "gun down" speculation that the CIA had 

leaked a tough estimate of the USSR's military buildup in order to stop Carter from 

cutting the defense budget. That speculation "just couldn't be further from the truth," said 

Bush, who was thus caught lying neither for the first nor last time in his existence. As if 

by compulsive association, Bush went on: "That gets to the integrity of the process. And I 

am here to defend the integrity of the intelligence process. The CIA has great integrity. It 

would never take directions from a policymaker-- me or anybody else--in order to come 

up with conclusions to force a President-elect's hand or a President's hand," pontificated 

Bush with Olympian hypocrisy. 

For his part, Henry Kissinger, within a year or two, in an interview with the London 

Economist, embraced key aspects of the Team B position. 

Congress soon got into the act, and George Bush testified at a closed hearing of the 

Senate Foreign Relations Committee on January 18, 1977. It turned out that Team B and 

its "worst-case" scenario enjoyed strong support from Hubert Humphrey, Clifford Case, 

and Jacob Javits. Later it also became clear that Adlai Stevenson, the chiarman of the 

Senate Intelligence Committee Subcommittee on Collection, Production, and Quality of 

Intelligence was also supportive of Team B, along with many other senators such as 

Moynihan and Wallop. Gary Hart was hostile, but Percy was open to dialogue with Team 

B. 

After the Team B conclusions had been bruited around the world, Pipes became a leading 

member of the Committee on the Present Danger, where his fellow Team B veteran Paul 

Nitze was already ensconced, along with Eugene V. Rostow, Dean Rusk, Lane Kirkland, 

Max Kampelman, Richard Allen, David Packard, and Henry Fowler. About 30 members 

of the Committee on the Present danger went on to become high officials of the Reagan 

Administration. 

Ronald Reagan himself embracedthe "window of vulerability" thesis, which worked as 

well for him as the bomber gap and missle gap arguments had worked in previous 

elections. When the Reagan Administration was being assembled, Bush and James Baker 

had a lot to say about who got what appointments. Bush was the founder of Team B, and 

that is the fundamental reason which such pro-Zionist neoconservatives as Max 

Kampelman, Richard Perle, Steven Bryen, Noel Koch, Paul Wolfowitz and Dov Zakem 

showed up in the Reagan Administration. For in one of his many ideological 

reincarnations, George Bush is also a neoconservative himself. What counted for Team B 

was to occupy the offices, and to dominate the debate. Team B greatly influenced the 

strategic assumptions and rhetoric of the first Reagan Administration; their one 

outstanding defeat was the launching of the SDI. 

In a grim postlude to the Team B exercise, Bush's hand-picked staff director for the 

operation, John Paisley, the Soviet analyst (Paisley was the former deputy director of the 

CIA's Office of Strategic Research) and CIA liaison to the Plumbers, disappeared on 

September 24, 1978 while sailing on Chesapeake Bay in his sloop, the Brillig. Several 

days later a body was found floating in the bay in an advanced state of decomposition,

and with a gun shot wound behind the left ear. The corpse was weighed down by two sets 

of ponderous diving belts. The body was four inches shorter than Paisley's own height, 

and Paisley's wife later asserted that the body found was not that of her husband. Despite 

all this, the body was positively identified as Paisley's, the death summarily ruled a 

suicide, and the body quickly cremated at a funeral home approved by the Office of 

Security. Paisley had been involved along with Angleton in the debriefing and managing 

of Soviet defectors like Nosenko and Nikolai Artamonov/"Shadrin," and various aspects 

of this case show that the Bush-Cherne Team B had not really ceased its operations after 

1976-77, but had continued to function. Some have attempted to identify Paisley as Deep 

Throat. Others have suggested that he was a KGB mole. Either story, if true, might lead 

to highly embarrassing consequences for George Bush. [fn 55] 

The Shadrin case just mentioned allows us to follow Bush a few steps further into the 

world of Soviet defectors, exchanges, kidnappings, murders, and other grisly rites of the 

cold war. Nicolai Artamonov alias Nick Shadrin was a Soviet naval officer who had 

defected to the west in the 1950's, and who worked for the Defense Intelligence Agency. 

There are indications that Shadrin was encouraged by his US handlers to let himself be 

contacted by the Soviets so that he could become a double agent. In December, 1975 

Shadrin was sent to Vienna by the CIA, where he disappeared. According to some 

versions, he had been a Soviet agent all along, and went back to Moscow under the orders 

of the KGB. According to other versions, Shadrin was cynically delivered up by his CIA 

handlers to certain death at the hands of the KGB within the framework of a dirty 

operation to enhance the career of another KGB agent who had secretly gone to work for 

the CIA while remaining with the KGB. [fn 56] 

The handling of defectors such as Shadrin represented that part of CIA operations where 

James Jesus Angleton spun his web, so were are moving through an obfuscated 

wilderness of mirrors in broaching this subject. But it seems well established that Bush 

acquired a personal role in the Shadrin affair through his deception of Shadrin's wife, Eva 

Shadrin, who was desperately seeking to find out what had happened to her husband. 

With the help of friends, Eva Shadrin appealed for assistance to Senators John Sparkman, 

and James Eastland, to Speaker of the House Carl Albert, to Pentagon officials and to 

PFIAB. On February 5, Mrs. Shadrin received a call from Brent Scowcroft saying that 

the case had been brought to his attention. The same day Gen. Vernon Walters called to 

say that Scowcroft was meeting with him at that very hour to see what could be done. 

Bush then appointed CIA Counterintelligence Chief George Kalaris to oversee 

cooperation with Mrs. Sadrin and her lawyer, Richard Copaken. Kalaris is accused in one 

published account of this story of having helped to delivered Shadrin into the hands of 

the KGB. Later, on October 8, 1976 Mrs. Shadrin and Copaken were received by Bush at 

Langley in a meeting also attended by Kalaris and former CIA employee Chester Cooper. 

Various possibilities for forcing an exchange of Shadrin were brought up by Mrs. 

Shadrin, but were ruled out by Bush. Bush also refused to say whether or not Shadrin was 

on a secret mission for the CIA. Bush did agree to set up a meeting for Mrs. Shadrin with 

President Ford.

On November 5, Ford received Mrs. Shadrin at the White House. Mrs. Shadrin recalled 

Ford as "cold and austere," a man whose "eyes seemed glazed over like a bullfrog's while 

I talked." Ford was unwilling to make any committment on behalf of Shadrin. In the 

meantime, Bush had allowed Copaken to interview several CIA clandestine officers, 

including the last CIA contact to see Shadrin, one Cynthia Hausmann. This was 

considered a highly unusual favor by the DCI, even though Hausmann's cover had 

already been blown by Philip Agee. But in the end, Mrs. Shadrin concluded that her 

husband had been set up by the CIA, and that "she had been a fool to believe anything 

told her by George Bush...." [fn 57] 

Related dimensions of Bush's intrigues at the CIA can only be hinted at. There is for 

example the case of Ralph Joseph Sigler, an army segreant who worked as a double agent 

with the east bloc until he was found brutally murdered by electrocution in a motel in 

April, 1976. Among Sigler's belongings was a photograph of himself together with CIA 

Director Bush. [fn 58] 

The question raised by these cases was almost universally dodged during the 1988 

election campaign: "Do the American people really want to elect a former director of the 

CIA as their President," as Tom Wicker posed it in the New York Times of April 29, 

1988. "That's hardly been discussed so far; but it seems obvious that a CIA chief might 

well be privy to the kind of 'black' secrets that could later make him-- as a public figure-subject 

to blackmail." Here is one area where we can be sure that we have only scratched 

the surface. 

As he managed the formidable world-wide capabilities of the CIA during 1976, Bush was 

laying the groundwork for his personal advancement to higher office and greater power 

in the 1980's. As we have seen, there was some intermittent speculation during the year 

that, in spite of what Ford had promised the Senate, Bush might show up as Ford's 

running mate after all. But, at the Republican convention, Ford chose Kansas Senator 

Bob Dole for vice-president. If Ford had won the election, Bush would certainly have 

attempted to secure a further promotion, perhaps to Secretary of State, Defense, or 

Treasury as a springboard for a new presidential bid of his own in 1980. But if Carter 

won the election, Bush would attempt to raise the banner of the non-political status of the 

CIA in order to convince Carter to let him stay at Langley during the period 1977-81 as a 

"non-partisan" administrator. 

Carter and Bush were not destined to get along. Carter wore the mask of the cult of 

Dionysios, demanding that the secrets of the inner temple be thrown open to the plebs for 

which he pretended to act as tribune. Bush wore the mask of the temple of Apollo, and 

argued in public for the sanctity of state secrets and the priority of covert operations 

while he secretly deployed his own irregular armies. Carter had implicitly attacked Bush 

during the early phases of the presidential campaign in an August 12 speech in which the 

Georgian had denigrated the Ford Administration as a "dumping ground for unsuccessful 

candidates, faithful political partisans, out-of-favor White House aides and 

representatives of the special interests." That day, Bush had travelled to Plains, Geergia 

to provide Carter with a five-hour intelligence briefing. Reporters asked Bush about

Carter's comments, which elicited a fit of apoplexy from our hero: "That's very 

interesting," said Bush. We came down here to do a professional job. The President 

directed me to brief him on intelligence matters. Everything went very well." Carter 

backed off a day later, saying "I happen to think a lot of George Bush." 

In the close 1976 election, Carter prevailed by vote fraud in New York, Ohio, and other 

states, but Ford was convinced by Nelson and Happy Rockefeller, as well as by his own 

distraught wife Betty, that he must concede in order to preserve the work of "healing" 

that he had accomplished since Watergate. Carter would therefore enter the White House. 

Bush prepared to make his bid for continuity at the CIA. Shortly after the election, he was 

scheduled to journey to Plains to brief Carter once again with the help of his deputy 

Henry Knoche. Early in the morning Bush and Knoche stopped off at the Old Executive 

Office Building to talk to Budget Director Robert Lynn in order to secure a cash infusion 

for the CIA, which was facing a budgetary crunch. Bush then dropped in on Vice 

President Nelson Rockefeller, and also went into the Oval Office to talk to Ford. 

The critical meeting with Carter went very badly indeed. Bush took Carter aside and 

argued that in 1960 and 1968, CIA Directors were retained during presidential transitions, 

and that it would make Carter look good if he did the same. Carter signalled that he 

wasn't interested. Then Bush lamely stammered that if Carter wanted his own man in 

Langley, Bush would be willing to resign. which is of course standard procedure for all 

agency heads when a new president takes office. Carter said that that was indeed exactly 

what he wanted, and that he would have his own new DCI ready by January 21, 1977. 

Bush and Knoche then briefed Carter and his people for some six hours. Carter insiders 

told the press that Bush's briefing had been a "disaster." "Jimmy just wasn't impressed 

with Bush," said a key Carter staffer. [fn 59] 

Bush and Knoche then flew back to Washington, and on the plane Bush wrote a memo 

for Henry Kissinger describing his exchanges with Carter. At midnight, Bush drove to 

Kissinger's home and briefed him for an hour. 

Knoche said later that he was mightily impressed by Bush's long day of meeting the 

budget director, the president, the vice president, the president-elect and the secretary of 

state, all on the same day, even if the result had been that Bush was fired. At Bush's 9:30 

AM staff meeting in Langley the next day, Knoche and a group of other officialsawarded 

Bush the Intelligence Medal of Merit. "It was a very touching day," said Knoche. 

Carter first attempted to make Theodore Sorenson, the former Kennedy intimate, his new 

CIA Director. It soon became clear that certain circles were determined to block this 

nomination. The Sorenson nomination was soon torpedoed by a series of leaks, including 

revelations that Sorenson had been a conscientious objector during World War II, plus 

accusations that he had taken classified documents with him when he had left the 

government in 1964. Carter tried to get NATO General Bernard Rogers for the post, but 

finally had to settle for Navy Admiral Stansfield Turner from his own class at Annapolis.

An important internal CIA issue that arose during Turner's time in Langley was the 

question of personnel cuts, especially in the operations directorate. To understand Bush's 

infl;uence on this topic, we must go back to the Watergate era. 

During the Schlesinger-Colby period, about 2,000 CIA personnel, representing about 

15% of the CIA manpower complement, were dismissed. The method of these firings 

appears to have been heavily influenced by Shackley and his faction, who argued that 

CIA personnel who were in danger of being exposed by Philip Agee should be preemptively 

terminated. There is therefore much reason to think that Shackley and Agee 

were in cahoots. This purge touched many important posts, which could then be filled by 

Shackley loyalists. A description of the process is offered by retired CIA agent Joseph 

Burkholder Smith, who served in the Western Hemisphere division: 

A defensive operation was started immediately and every activity, agent, and officer was 

scrutinized to determine if Agee had already blown them or if he would write about them in his 

book. A Shackley henchman was installed as chief of operations [was this William Nelson?] and a 

cryptonym, the Agency's badge of security significance, was assigned to the task of getting rid of 

the division's operations and much of its office staff-- the pre-Shackley staff, some were quick to 

point out. They doubted whether so much destruction was necessary, especially since Shackley 

had a reputation for ruthlessness and for filling key jobs with his favorites. 

Whether or not such a vast amount of house cleaning was really necessary, I could not decide. All 

I knew was that it was dismal work. [...] 

Nevertheless, I was disturbed to have to dismiss so many loyal men and upset to have the defenses 

I kept putting up to try to salvage something of their old lives summarily dismissed by the Star 

Chamber conducting the purge in Washington. When Agee's book finally appeared, not one of the 

people I was ordered to fire was mentioned. [fn 60] 

All of the CIA's divisions were purged, with justifications offered that ranged from the 

threat of denunciation by Agee to budget constraints to poor performance to the need to 

make room for new blood. Schlesinger, who fired 630 officers in five months, was said to 

be accompanied by bodyguards during this period for fear that some disgruntled covert 

warrior might exact a horrible revenge. 

During Bush's tenure, the same William Nelson apparently mentioned by Smith seems to 

have suggested that the administrative purge had not gone far enough. In the spring of 

1976, when he was about to be replaced by William Wells, Nelson again raised the issue 

of operations directorate personnel. "There were a lot of people in the DO [Directorate of 

Operations] who were marginal performers," said Nelson in a 1988 interview. "The low 

middle. We needed quality, not quantity. I told [Bush] that the lower 25 per cent should 

be identified and should be encouraged to seek other employment....I said we owed these 

people a lot but not a lifetime job. He [Bush] put it in his pocket and said he would think 

about it." [fn 61] 

This new round of firings was relegated to Turner, who reportedly was told by Knoche on 

arriving at the CIA that the agency was "top-heavy." There was the case of Cord Meyer, 

Knoche said, who had too much rank for the work he was doing. As Turner later recalled, 

"It was at this point that I learned about a study the espionage [operations] branch itself

had done on its personnel situation in mid 1976, while George Bush was DCI. It called 

for a reduction in the size of the branch by 1350 positions over a five-year period. No 

action had been taken. Bush had not rejected it, but neither had he faced up to it." [fn 62] 

Turner then proceeded to abolish 820 jobs, which he claims was accomplished through 

attrition. Other estimates of the Turner firings range between 820 and 2,800. 

The plan Turner implemented was thus according to some the Nelson-Shackley-Bush 

plan. Certain activities of the intelligence community were being privatized and farmed 

out to such organisms as the National Endowment for Democracy and other such quasiautonomous 

non-governmental organizations of Project Democracy. Under Reagan, this 

privatization of intelligence operations and their increasing assignment to nongovernmental 

organizations was made offocial through Executive Order 12333. 

Otherwise, George Bush used his last days at the CIA for his lifelong passtime, servicing 

his network. On December 16, he appeared at an awards ceremony in the Bubble at 

Langley to present a medal to Juanita Moody of the National Security Agency Product 

Organization staff. [fn 63] 

During his year at Langley, Bush was especially forthcoming towards Wall Street, above 

all towards the family firm. On at least one occasion, Bush gave an exclusive private 

briefing, including forecasts on the future development of the world energy market, for 

partners and executives of Brown Brothers, Harriman. Such an incident, it is superfluous 

to point out, entails the gravest questions of conflict of interest. On another occasion, 

Bush gave a similar briefing to the board of directors of the Chase Manhattan Bank. [fn 

64] 

As always, Bush had special attention for Leo Cherne, the source of so much of the 

policy he implemented at the CIA. On November 8, Bush had called Cherne's attention to 

a small item in US News and World Report which suggested that "US assessments have 

so underrated Russia's strategic buildup that a top-secret study is under way to decide 

whether to strip the CIA of responsibility for the estimates and give it to an independent 

office answerable directly to the President." Another leak on Team B! Bush told Cherne 

that "the attached is the kind of publicity that I am sure you would agree is very 

damaging. I really don't think there is much we can do about it at this point, but I worry 

about it." 

Bush left Langley with Carter's inauguration, leaving Knoche to serve a couple of months 

as acting DCI. In early February Bush wrote again to Leo Cherne, with whom he was 

now on a first-name basis: 

Thanks for that lovely letter you sent me on Feb. 2nd. I already miss our contacts a lot. I will be 

leaving for Houston a week from today. [...] 

Should you get down that way it would be great to see you. I am joining a couple of Boards that 

will bring me East from time to time. I hope to keep up my interest in foreign affairs and in 

national politics. It is quite unclear at the moment how to do these things.

The past has been fantastic; but now I am determined to look to the future. I know it will be full of 

challenge. I hope it holds frequent contacts with Leo Cherne. 

I will follow with interest the President's decisions on PFIAB. Holler if I can ever be of help to 

you. I value our friendship. 

Sincerely, George [fn 65] 

Carter abolished PFIAB and fired Cherne from the IOB. George Bush now turned to his 

family business of international banking. 

NOTES: 

1. Nathan Miller, Spying for America, (New York, 1989), p. 399. 

2. Gerald R. Ford Library, Richard B. Cheney Files, Box 5. 

3. See Loch K. Johnson, A Season of Inquiry:The Senate Intelligence Investigation (University Press of 

Kentucky, 1985), pp. 108-109. 

4. Johnson, A Season of Inquiry, pp. 115-116. 

5. Gerald R. Ford Library, Philip Buchen Files, Box 24. Article is from Houston Post, November 8, 1975. 

6. Newhouse News Service article by Saul Kohler, November, 1975, with letter from Ford's press secretary 

Ron Nessen, at Gerald R. Ford Library, William T. kendall Files, Box 7. 

7. Letter from Bush to Stennis, December 12, 1975 in Ford Library, Philip W. Buchen Files, Box 37. 

8. Ford Library, Presidential Handwriting File, Box 9. 

9. Ford Library, Presidential Handwriting File, Box 9. 

10. Collins to Ford, November 12, 1975, Ford Library, John O. Marsh Files, Box 1. 

11. Nedzi to Ford, December 12, 1975, Ford Library, John O. Marsh Files, Box 1. 

12. Roth to Bush, November 20, 1975, Ford Library, John O. Marsh Files, Box 1. 

13. Ford Library, William T. Kendall Files, Box 7 

14. Ford Library, William T. Kendall Files, Box 7. 


16. Ford Library, William T. Kendall Files, Box 7.

17. US Senate, Committee on Armed Services, Nomination of George Bush to be Director of Central 

Intelligence, December 15-16, 1975, p. 10. 

18. Memo of December 16, 1975 from O'Donnell to Marsh through Friedersdorf on the likely vote in the 

Stennis Senate Armed Services Committee. Ford Library, William T. Kendall Files, Box 7. 


20. For an account of the explitation of the Welch incident by the Ford Administration, see Loch K. 

Johnson, A Season of Inquiry (University Press of Kentucky, 1985), pp. 161-162. 

21. Ford Library, Leo Cherne Papers, Box 8. 

22. For an account of the leaking of the Pike Committee report and the situation in late January and 

February, 1976, see Daniel Schorr, Clearing the Air (Boston, 1977) especially pp. 179-207, and Loch K. 

Johnson, A Season of Inquiry, pp. 172-191. 

23. A Season of Inquiry, p. 180. 

24. A Season of Inquiry, p. 182. 

25. Thomas Powers, The Man Who Kept the Secrets (New York, 1987), p. 12. 

26. William Colby, Honorable Men (New York, 1978), p. 452. 

27. Bob Woodward and Walter Pincus, "At CIA, a Rebuilder 'Goes With the Flow,'" Washington Post, 

August 10, 1988. The biographical information on Knoche is also drawn from a 1-page summary in the 

Ford Library, William T. Kendall Files, Box 9. 

28. On Murphy and Noriega, see Frank McNeil, War and Peace in Central America, (New York, Scribner), 

p. 278. 

29. Cord Meyer, Facing Reality: From World Federalism to the CIA (University Press of America, 1982), 

pp. 225-226. 

30. See John Prados, Presidents' Secret Wars (New York, ), Thomas Powers, The Man Who Kept the 

Secrets: Richard Helms and the CIA (New York, 1987), and John Ranelagh, The Agency: The Rise and 

Decline of the CIA (New York, 1987). 


32. William R. Corson, The Armies of Ignorance (New York, Dial Press), p. 446. 

33. Ford Library, Philip W. Buchen Files, Box 2. 

34. Memo by Leo Cherne, February 6, 1976, in Ford Library Leo Cherne Papers, Box 1. 

35. For Ford's reorganization, see Loch K. Johnson, A Season of Inquiry, pp. 194-197, and New York 

Times, February 18, 1976. 

36. For Koregate, see Robert B. Boettcher, Gifts of Deceit (New York, Holt Rinheart and Winston, 1980).

37. Nathan Miller, Spying For America: The Hidden History of US Intelligence (New York, Paragon 

House, 1989), pp. 402-403. 

38. Ranelagh, The Agency, p. 632. 

39. Scott Armstrong and Jeff Nason, "Company Man," Mother Jones, October, 1988. 

40. John Stockwell, In Search of Enemies, (New York, 1978). 

41. David Corn, "The Same Old Dirty Tricks," The Nation, August 23, 1988. 

42. David Corn, "The Same Old Dirty Tricks," The Nation, August 23, 1988. 

43. Chapman Pincher, The Spycatcher Affair(New York, 1988), p. 147. 

44. For the CIA-Harold Wilson affair, see: David Leigh, The Wilson Plot (New York, 1988); Philip 

Knightley, The Second Oldest Profession (New York, Norton); Richard Deacon, The British Connection 

(London, Hamish Hamilton); and Chapman Pincher, The Spycatcher Affair (New York, 1988). Tom 

Mangold, Cold Warrior (New York, 1991) joins the red Studebaker school of historiography on Bush in the 

Angleton-Wilson affair. 

45. Accounts of the Letelier Affairs include John Dinges and Saul Landau, Assassination on Embassy Row 

(New York, 1980); Donald Freed, Death in Washington (Westport, Connecticut, 1980), and Scott 

Armstrong and Jeff Nason, "Company Man," Mother Jones, October 1988. 

46. See Armstrong and Nason, p. 43. 

47. Freed, p. 174. 

48. Dinges and Landau, p. 384. 

49. Taylor Branch and Eugene M. Propper, Labyrinth (New York, 1982), p. 72. 

50. Labyrinth, pp. 74-75. 

51. Freed, Death in Washington, p. 174. 

52. Jefferson Morley, "Bush's Drug Problem- and Ours," The Nation, August 27, 1988. 

53. Richard Pipes, "Team B: The Reality Behind the Myth," Commentary, October 1986. 

55. Pipes, "Team B," Commentary, October, 1986, p. 34. Pipes makes clear that it was Bush and Richard 

Lehman who both leaked to David Binder of the New York Times. Lehman also encouraged Pipes to leak. 

The verson offered by William R. Corson et al. in Widows (New York, 1989), namely that Paisley did the 

leaking, may also be true, but will not exonerate Bush. The authors of Widows are in grave danger of being 

banished to the red Studebaker school of coverup in that they ignore Pipes' account and its included 

fingering of Bush as the lead leaker. 

55. See William R. Corson, Susan B. Trento, Joseph J. Trento, Widows. 

56. See Willaim R. Corson et al., Widows, and Henry Hurt, Shadrin: The Spy Who Never Came Back.

57. Henry Hurt, Shadrin, p. 260. 

58. Corson, Widows, p. 301. 

59. Evans and Novak column, Houston Post, December 1, 1976. For the pro-Bush account of these events, 

see Nicholas King, George Bush, pp. 109-110. 

60. Joseph Burkholder Smith, Portrait of a Cold Warrior (New York, Putnam), p. 12. 


62. Admiral Stansfield Turner, Secrecy and Democracy (Boston, 1985), p. 196. 

63. James Bamford, The Puzzle Palace, p. 250. 


65. Ford Library, Leo Cherne Papers, Box 1.

Chapter -XVI- Campaign 1980 

Le mercennarie et ausiliarie sono inutili e pericolose; e, se uno tiene lo stato suo fondato 

in sulle arme mercennarie, non sara' mai fermo ne' sicuro. 

--Machiavelli, Il Principe 

As we follow George Bush along the George Washington Parkway as he drives away 

from his Langley office in January, 1977, we enter an especially shadowy and inscrutable 

interlude in his career. During their superficial and dilatory 1988 inquiry into Bush's 

career, Bob Woodward and Walter Pincus did establish one typical phenomenon of 

Bush's activity between January, 1977 and his emergence as a presidential candidate: 

Bush kept key parts of his activity a secret from his own aides and office staff, even 

going so far as to manufacture alibis which would appear to have been inventions. 

Woodward and Pincus described a "mystery about Bush and the agency" which arose 

during the course of their interviews about the post-1977 period. "According to those 

involved in Bush's first political action committee, there were several occasions in 1978- 

79, when Bush was living in Houston and travelling the country in his first run for the 

presidency, that he set aside periods of up to 24 hours and told aides he had to fly to 

Washington for a secret meeting of former CIA Directors. Bush told his aides that he 

could not divulge his whereabouts, and that he would not be reachable." 

The mystery described by Woodward and Pincus arose when other interviews cast grave 

doubt on the veracity of this cover story; "...according to former directors and other 

senior CIA officials, there were no meetings of former directors during that period, and 

Bush had no assignments of any kind from the CIA." Stansfield Turner commented that 

he "never knew former directors had meetings and there were none when I was there." 

Stephen Hart of Bush's staff told Woodward and Pincus that the keepers of Bush's 

schedule could "recall no CIA activity of any kind," but explained the absences as 

"personal time in Washington" for "tennis, visits with friends, and dinners." [fn 1] Such 

enigmas are typical of the 1977-1979 interlude in Bush's career. 

Shortly after leaving Langley, Bush asserted his birthright as an international financier in 

the way he had indicated to his close friend Leo Cherne, that is to say by becoming a 

member of the board of directors of a large bank. On February 22, 1977 Robert H. 

Stewart III, the chairman of the holding company for First International Bankshares of 

Dallas, announced that Bush would become the chairman of the executive committee of 

First International Bank in Houston and would simultaneously become a director of First

International Bankshares Ltd. of London, a merchant bank owned by First International 

Bankshares, Inc. Bush also became a director of First International Bankshares Inc., 

which was the holding company for the entire international group. Thus, less than two 

years before Margaret Thatcher came to power, Bush acquired the status of investment 

banker in the City of London, the home of the Eurodollar market and the home of British 

imperial financial circles in which such figures as Lord Victor Rothschild, Tiny Rowland, 

the Sultan of Brunei, King Fahd of Saudi Arabia, and the Emir of Kuwait were at home. 

An annual fee of $75,000 as a "consultant" also sweetened this pot. During the 1988 

campaign, Bush gave the implacable stonewall to any questions about the services he 

performed for the First International Bankshares group or about any other aspects of his 

business activities during the pre-1980 interlude. Interfirst was then the largest bank in 

Texas and was reportedly running speculation all over South America, China, and 

Europe. 

Later, after the Reagan-Bush orgy of speculation and usury had ruined the Texas 

economy, the Texas commercial banks began to collapse into bankruptcy. First 

International of Dallas (or "Interfirst") merged with RepublicBank during 1987 to form 

First RepublicBank, which became the biggest commercial bank in Texas. Bankruptcy 

overtook the new colossus just a few months later, but federal regulators delayed their 

inevitable intervention until after the Texas primary in the spring of 1988 in order to 

avoid a potentially acute embarrassment for Bush. Once Bush had the nomination locked 

up, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation awarded the assets of First RepublicBank 

to the North Carolina National Bank in exchange for no payment whatsoever on the part 

of NCNC, which is reputedly a darling of the intelligence community. 

During the heady days of Bush's directorship at Interfirst, the bank retained a law firm in 

which one Lawrence Gibbs was a partner. Two partners of Gibbs "joined three 

representatives of the energy department of Interfirst Bank on a trip to Peking, where 

they conducted a week-long seminar on financing the production of natural resources for 

the Oil and Gas Ministry of the People's Republic of China." [fn 2] This visit was made 

in the context of trips to China by Bush for the purpose of setting up a lucrative oil 

concession for J. Hugh Lietdkte of Pennzoil, Bush's old bunsiness partner. Gibbs, a clear 

Bush asset, was made Commissioner of Internal Revenue on August 4, 1986. Here he 

engineered the sweeheart deal for NCNB by decreeing $1.6 billion in tax breaks for this 

bank. This is typical of the massive favors and graft for pro-Bush financier interests at the 

expense of the taxpayer which are the hallmark of the Bush machine. 

Bush also joined the board of Purolator Oil Company in Rahway, New Jersey where his 

crony, Wall Street raider Nicholas Brady (later Bush's Secretary of the Treasury) was the 

chairman. Bush also joined the board of Eli Lilly & Co., a very large and very sinister 

pharmaceutical company. The third board Bush joined was that of Texas Gulf Inc. Bush's 

total 1977 rakeoff from the four companies with which he was involved was $112,000, 

according to Bush's 1977 tax return.

During this time, Bush became a director of Baylor Medical College, a trustee of Trinity 

Medical College in San Antonio, and a trustee of Philips Academy in Andover. He was 

also listed as an adjunct professor at Rice University. 

Bush also found time line his pockets in a series of high-yield deals that begin to give us 

some flavor of what would later be described as the "financial excesses of the 1980's" in 

which Bush's circle was to play a decisive role. 

A typical Bush venture of this period was Ponderosa Forest Apartments, a highly 

remunerative speculative play in real estate. Ponderosa bought up a 180-unit apartment 

complex near Houston that was in financial trouble, gentrified the interiors, and hiked the 

rents. Horace T. Ardinger, a Dallas real estate man who was among Bush's partners in 

this deal described the transaction as "a good tax gimmick...and a typical Texas joint 

venture offering." According to Bush's tax returns from 1977 through 1985, the 

Ponderosa partnership accrued to Bush a paper loss of $225,160 which allowed him to 

avoid payment of some $100,000 in federal taxes alone, plus a direct profit of over 

$14,000 and a capital gain of $217,278. This type of windfall represents precisely the 

form of real estate swindle that contributed to the Texas real estate and banking crisis of 

the mid-1980's. The deal illustrates one of the important ways in which the federal tax 

base has been eroded through real estate scams. We also see why it is no surprise that the 

one fiscal innovation which has earned Bush's sustained attention is the idea of a 

reduction in the capital gains tax to allow those who engage in swindles like these to pay 

an even smaller federal tax bite. It is also typical of the Bush style that Fred M. Zeder, the 

promoter of the Ponderosa deal, was made US Ambassador to the Marshall Island in the 

South Pacific by the Bush Administration after he had contributed over $30,000 to Bush's 

1988 campaign. 

In 1978, Bush crony and cabinet member Robert Mosbacher, a veteran of the Lietdtke- 

CREEP money transfers, devised a scheme to set up a partnership to buy some small 

barges to transport petroleum products. Bush invested $50,000 in this deal, which had 

netted him some $115,373 in income by 1988, when Bush's share had increased in value 

to $60,000. In 1988 it was forecast that this investment would continue to pay $20,000 

per year for the foreseeable future. James Baker III also sank $50,000 into this deal, and 

has been rewarded by similar handsome payoffs. Mosbacher commented that this barge 

caper had turned out to be a "very, very good investment." 

But Bush's main preoccupation during these years was to assemble a political machine 

with which he could bludgeon his way to power. After his numerous frustrations of the 

past, Bush was resolved to organize a campaign that would go far beyond the innocuous 

exercise of appealing for citizens' votes. If such a machine were actually to succeed in 

seizing power in Washington, tendencies towards the edification of an authoritarian 

police state with marked totalitarian tendencies would inevitably increase. 

But first let us review some of Bush's public activities during the pre-campaign interlude. 

In April, 1978 Bush appeared along with E. Henry Knoche and William Colby at Senate 

hearings on proposed legislation to modify the methods by which Congress exercised

oversight of the intelligence agencies. The bill being discussed had a provision to outlaw 

assassinations of foreign officials and to punish violations with life in prison. The 

measure would also have prohibited covert operations involving "torture," "the creation 

of epidemics of diseases," and "the creation of food or water shortages or floods." Bush 

and Knoche both objected to the ban on assassinations (which Colby accepted), and both 

were critical of the entire bill. Knoche said his fear was that if enacted the bill might 

create "a web woven so tight around the average intelligence officer that you're going to 

deaden his creativity." 

Bush denounced the Senate bill for its "excessive" reporting requirements. "The Congress 

should be informed, fully informed, but it ought not to micro-manage the intelligence 

business," protested Bush. He was especially indignant about a provision that would have 

required notification of the House and Senate oversight committees every time a US 

intelligence agency wanted to stipulate an agreement with a foreign intelligence agency, 

or domestic security service. "I don't believe that kind of intimate disclosure is essential," 

said Bush. Bush was convinced that "some US sources are drying up because foreign 

services don't believe the US Congress can keep secrets." This, from the man who had 

leaked the Team B report to the New York Times, and then had gone on television to say 

that he was appalled. 

Bush urged the senators to drop language in the bill that would have severed the DCI post 

from the CIA. Bush warned vehemently that an intelligence czar sitting in the White 

House "and separated from his CIA troops...would be virtually isolated. He needs the 

CIA as his principal source of support to be most effective. And the CIA needs its head to 

be the chief foreign intelligence adviser to the president." [fn 3] 

A few months later he participated in a singular round table organized by the Washington 

Quarterly of the Georgetown Center for Strategic and International Studies with none 

other than Michael Ledeen as moderator. (Ledeen, who vaunted intimate connections to 

Israeli intelligence, was later one of the central figures in the mid-1980's acceleration of 

US arms shipments to Iran.) In this round table, Bush was joined by former DCIs Richard 

Helms and William Colby as well as by Ray Cline. 

According to Bush there was "an underlying feeling on the part of the American people 

that we must have clandestine services." Above all he regretted "that some of the thrust of 

the legislation before the Hill is still flogging CIA for something that was long corrected, 

or that never happened." Even Hollywood was against the CIA, Bush thought, "and you 

get movies and television programs and it has a very sinister kind of propagandistic 

overtone." Here Bush wanted to defend his own record: "I'll give you one example that 

happened on my watch: One of these rather ribald magazines described a purported 

destabilization effort against [Prime Minister Michael] Manley in Jamiaca." "But," said 

Bush with that self-righteous whine, "it never happened. There wasn't any truth in it." 

An important question came from Ledeen: "Is the agency penetrated?" Bush was ready to 

admit that it might be: "Nobody is saying that there's nothing." "How about double

agents?" Ledeen wanted to know. "Well, obviously we've had double agents but that's not 

officers of the agency," was Bush's ambiguous reply. Bush went on: 

The great Soviet agents were recruited when the Soviet represented something ideologically. 

When they represented antifascism. That's when they got people like Philby. But the fact is that 

we've just went [sic] through a period in which we had hundreds of thousands of our young people 

out screaming against their government. Now they were totally opposed to their government, but 

they weren't pro-Soviet. 

Bush and Cline joined to praise the "benign covert political action" of the 1940's and 

1950's by which the CIA sent US intellectuals to Europe to talk to the Europeans. "We 

essentially won that ideological battle," said Bush.[fn 4] 

When Carter and Brzezinski played their treacherous China card in December, 1978, 

Bush was quick, despite his own miserable record on this issue, to launch a pre-election 

attack on Carter with an op-ed in the Washington Post. Bush harkened back to the day in 

December, 1975 (although Bush wrote October) when he, Ford, and Kissinger had sat 

down with Chairman Mao. From Mao's remarks that day, Bush says, it was clear that Red 

China was obsessed with the Soviet threat, and was willing to wait indefinitely for China 

to be reunited with Taiwan. Now Carter had broken diplomatic relations with Taiwan, 

begun the pullout of US forces, abrogated the US-Taiwan security treaty, and was 

winding down arms assistance to Taiwan. Bush was the man who had presided over the 

ejection of the Republic of China from the UN. It was a cheap shot for him to quote Peter 

Berger about the primaeval principle of morality that "one must not deliver one's friends 

to their enemies." After Bush's support for Deng Xiao-ping after the 1989 Tein An Men 

massacre, the hypocrisy is even more obvious. 

But Bush had some other points to make against Carter. One was that when "black 

moderates in Rhodesia arranged with Prime Minister Ian Smith for the transfer of power 

and free elections, we [meaning Carter] threw in our lot with Marxist radicals." 

Then there was the Middle East, where "the Israelis announced that they were prepared to 

accept a final plan drafted with American help. But when Egypt raised the ante, we 

modified our position to accept the new Egyptian proposals, and when the Israelis refused 

to go along, we publicly kicked them in the shins." Even the Carter of Camp David, who 

split the Arab front with a separate peace between Israel and Egypt, was not Zionist 

enough for Bush. 

Apart from these public pronouncements, Bush was at work assembling a campaign 

machine. 

One of the central figures of the Bush effort would be James Baker III, Bush's friend of 

ten years' standing. Baker's power base derived first of all from his family's Houston law 

firm, Baker & Botts, which was founded just after the end of the Civil War by defeated 

partizans of the Confederate cause. Judge Peter Gray and Walter Browne Botts 

established a law partnership in 1866, and this became Baker & Botts during the 1870's 

when James Baker (the great-grandfather of Bush's Secretary of State) joined the firm.

Baker & Botts founder Peter Gray had been Assistant Treasurer of the Confederate States 

of America and financial supervisor of the CSA's "Trans-Mississippi Department." Gray, 

acting on orders of Confederate Secretary of State Robert Toombs, financed the 

subversive work of Confederate general Albert Pike among the Indian tribes of the 

southwest. The close of the war in 1865 had found Pike hiding in Canada, and Toombs in 

exile in England. Pike was excluded from the general US amnesty for rebels because he 

was thought to have induced Indians to commit massacres and war crimes. 

Pike and Toombs re-established the "Southern Jurisdiction" of the Scottish Rite of 

Freemasonry, of which Pike had been the leader in the slave states before the war of the 

rebellion. Pike's deputy, one Phillip C. Tucker, returned from Scottish Rite indoctrination 

in Great Britain to set up a Scottish rite lodge in Houston in the spring of 1867. Tucker 

designated Walter Browne Botts and his relative Benjamin Botts as the leaders of this 

new Scottish Rite lodge. [fn 5] 

The policy of the Scottish Rite was to regroup unreconstructed Confederates to secure the 

disenfranchisement of black citizens and to promote Anglophile domination of finance 

and business. By the beginning of the twentieth century, there wre two great powers 

dominating Texas: on the one hand, the railroad empire of E.H. Harriman, served by the 

law firm of Baker & Botts; and on the other, the British-trained political operative 

Colonel Edward M. House, the controller of President Woodrow Wilson. The close 

relation between Baker & Botts and the Harriman interests has remained in place down to 

the present. And since the time that Captain Baker founded the Texas Commerce Bank, 

the Baker family has helped the London-New York axis run the Texas banking system. 

In 1901, the discovery of large oil deposits in Texas offered great promise for the future 

economic development of the state, but also attracted the Anglo-American oil cartel. The 

Baker family law firm in Texas, like the Bush and Dulles families in New York, was 

aligned with the Harriman-Rockefeller cartel. Robert S. Lovett, a Baker & Botts partner 

from 1882 on, later became the chairman of Harriman's Union Pacific Railroad and chief 

counsel to E.H. Harriman. The Bakers were prominent in supporting eugenics and 

utopian-feudalist social engineering. 

Captain James A. Baker, so the story goes, the grandfather of the current boss of Foggy 

Bottom, solved the murder of his client William Marsh Rice and took control of Rice's 

huge estate. Baker used the money to start Rice University and became the chairman of 

the school's board of trustees. Baker sought to create a center of diffusion of racist 

eugenics, and for this purpose brought in Julian Huxley of the infamous British 

oligarchical family to found the biology program at Rice starting in 1912. [fn 6] Huxley 

was the vice president of the British Eugenics Society and actually helped to organize 

"race science" programs for the Nazi Interior Ministry, before becoming the founding 

Director General of UNESCO in 1946-48. 

James A. Baker III was born April 28, 1930, in the fourth generation of his family's 

wealth. Baker holdings have included Exxon, Mobil, Atlantic Richfield, Standard Oil of 

California, Standard Oil of Indiana, Kerr-McGee, Merck, and Freeport Minerals. Baker

also held stock in some large New York banks during the time that he was negotiating the 

Latin American debt crisis in his capacity as Secretary of the Treasury. [fn 7] 

Baker grew up in patrician surroundings. His social profile has been described as "Texprep." 

Like his father, James III attended the Hill School near Philadelphia, and then went 

on to Princeton, where he was a member of Ivy Club, a traditional preserve of Eastern 

Anglophile Liberal Establishment oligarchs. Nancy Reagan was enchanted by Baker's 

sartorial elegance and smooth savoir-faire. Nancy liked Baker far more than she ever did 

Bush, and this was a key advantage for Bush-Baker during the factional struggles of the 

Reagan years. 

Baker & Botts maintains an "anti-nepotism" policy, so James III became a boss of 

Houston's Andrews, Kurth, Campbell, & Jones law firm, a satellite of Baker & Botts. 

Baker's relation to Bush extends across both law firms: in 1977, Baker & Botts partner 

Blaine Kerr became president of Pennzoil, and in 1979, Baker & Botts partner B. J. 

Mackin became chairman of Zapata Corporation. Baker & Botts have always represented 

Zapata, and are often listed as counsel for Schlumberger, the oil services firm. James 

Baker and his Andrews, Kurth partners were the Houston attorneys for First International 

Bank of Houston when George Bush was chairman of the bank's executive committee. 

During the 1980 campaign, Baker became the chairman of the Reagan-Bush campaign 

committee, while fellow Texan Bob Strauss was chairman of the Carter-Mondale 

campaign. But Baker and Strauss were at the very same time business partners in Herman 

Brothers, one of America's largest beer distributors. Bush Democrat Strauss later went to 

Moscow as Bush's ambassador to the USSR and later, to Russia. 

In 1990, the New York Times offered a comparison of Bush and Baker, and sought to 

convey the impression that Baker was the far more devious of the duo: 

When you sit across from the President, it is like holding an X-ray plate up to the light. You can 

see if he feels defensive or annoyed or amused. He is often distracted, toying with something on 

his desk. His thoughts start and stop and start again, as though he had call-waiting in his brain. 

There is a spontaneity and warmth about him. 

When you sit across from Baker, it is like looking at a length of black silk. There is a stillness, as 

Baker holds you locked in his gaze and Southern comfort voice, occasionally flashing a rather 

wintry smile...He has a compelling presence, but he is such a fox that you feel the impulse to 

check your wallet when you leave his office. [fn 8] 

Another leading Bush supporter was Ray Cline. During 1979 it was Ray Cline who had 

gone virtually public with a loose and informal but highly effective campaign network 

mainly composed of former intelligence officers. Cline had been the CIA Station Chief in 

Taiwan from 1958 to 1962. He had been Deputy Director of Central Intelligence from 

1962 to 1966, and had then gone on to direct the intelligence gathering operation at the 

State Department. Cline became a de facto White House official during the first Bush 

Administration, and wrote the White House boiler plate entitled "National Security 

Strategy of the United States" under which the Gulf war was carried out.

Cline later said that his approach to Bush's 1979-80 primary campaign was to "organize 

something like one of my old CIA staffs." "I found there was a tremendous constituency 

for the CIA when everyone in Washington was still urinating all over it," commented 

Cline to the Washington Post of March 1, 1980. "It's panned out almost too good to be 

true. The country is waking up just in time for George's candidacy." 

Heading up the Bush campaign muck-raking "research" staff was Stefan Halper, Ray 

Cline's son in law and a former official of the Nixon White House. 

A member of Halper's staff was a CIA veteran named Robert Gambino. Gambino had 

held the sensitive post of director of the CIA's Office of Security. It will be recalled that 

the Office of Security constitutes the interface between Langley and state and local police 

departments all across the United States with whom it must cooperate to protect the 

security of CIA buildings and CIA personnel, as for example in cases in which these 

latter may run afoul of the law. The Office of Security is reputed to possess extensive 

files on the domestic activities of American citizens. David Aaron, Brzezinski's deputy at 

the Carter National Security Council, recalled that some high Carter officials were 

"upset" that Gambino had gone to work for the Bush camp. According to Aaron, "several 

[CIA] people took early retirement and went to work for Bush's so-called security staff. 

The thing that upset us, was that a guy who has been head of security for the CIA has 

been privy to a lot of dossiers, and the possibility of abuse was quite high, although we 

never heard of any occasion when Gambino called someone up and forced them to do 

something for the campaign." [fn 9] 

Other high-level spooks active in the Bush campaign included Lt. General Sam V. 

Wilson and Lt. General Harold A. Aaron, both former directors of the Defense 

Intelligence Agency. Another enthusiastic Bushman was retired General Richard 

Stillwell, formerly the CIA's Chief of Covert Operations for the Far East. The former 

Deputy Director for Operations Theodore Shackley was also on board, reportedly as a 

speechwriter, but more likely for somewhat heavier work. 

According to one estimate, at least 25 former intelligence officials worked directly for the 

Bush campaign. As Bill Peterson of the Washington Post wrote on March 1, 1980, 

"Simply put, no presidential campaign in recent memory--perhaps ever--has attracted as 

much support from the intelligence community as the campaign of former CIA Director 

George Bush." 

Further intelligence veterans among the Bushmen were Daniel C. Arnold, the former CIA 

Station chief in Bangkok, Thailand, who retired early to join the campaign during 1979. 

Harry Webster, a former clandestine agent, became a member of Bush's paid staff for the 

Florida primary. CIA veteran Bruce Rounds was Bush's "director of operations" during 

the key New Hampshire primary. Also on board with the Bushmen was Jon R. Thomas, a 

former clandestine operative who had been listed as a State Department official during a 

tour of duty in Spain, and who later worked on terrorism and drug trafficking at the State 

Departement. Andrew Falkiewicz, the former spokesman of the CIA in Langley, attended 

some of Bush's pre-campaign brainstorming sessions as a consultant on foreign policy

matters. According to an unnamed former CIA deputy director for intelligence who 

allegedly talked to Rolling Stone magazine in March, 1980, "the Bush campaign is, I 

think, embarrassed by all the crazy spooks running around trying to help them." Another 

retired top spook told the Washington Post that "there is a very high level of support for 

George Bush among current and former CIA employees." 

Some worried that all this intelligence community support might have damaging byproducts 

for Bush. "I can see the headlines [now]," said one former clandestine officer 

during the primaries: "BUSH SPRINKLES CAMPAIGN WITH FORMER SPOOKS." 

One leading bastion of the Bushmen was predictably David Atlee Philip's AFIO, the 

Association of Former Intelligence Officers. Jack Coakley was a former director and 

Bush's campaign coordinator for Virginia. He certified that at the AFIO annual meeting 

in the fall of 1979, he counted 190 "Bush for President" buttons among 240 delegates to 

the convention. [fn 10] 

During the course of the 1984 Debategate investigation, a number of Bush campaign 

activists were depositioned about possible abuses in the course of this campaign. Most 

revealing was the sworn statement of Angelo Codevilla, a former naval intelligence 

officer who was a fixture for a number of years on the staff of the Senate Intelligence 

Committee. Under questioning by John Fitzgerald, who was acting as counsel for the 

House subcommittee chaired by Rep. Don Albosta, Codevilla responded: 

I am aware that active duty agents of the Central Intelligence Agency worked for the George Bush 

primary campaign. However, I cannot now remember some of these persons and I am not at 

liberty to identify others by names or positions because to do so would compromise their cover. 

[fn 11] 

But before signing this as an affidavit, Codevilla crossed out "am aware" to "have heard" 

in the first sentence. In the second sentence, he cancelled "identify others" and put in 

"discuss these rumors." Active intelligence community officers who might have worked 

for the Bush campaign while still drawing their federal payroll checks were likely to have 

been in violation the Hatch Act, which prohibits federal employees from engaging in 

partisan political activity. 

Baker was the obvious choice to be Bush's campaign manager. He had served Bush in 

this function in the failed senate campaign of 1970. During the Ford years, Baker had 

advanced to become Deputy Secretary of Commerce. Baker had been the manager of 

Ford's failed 1976 campaign. Bringing Baker into the Bush campaign meant that he could 

bring with him many of the Ford political operatives and much of the Ford political 

apparatus and volunteers in a number of states. In the 1978, Baker had attempted to get 

himself elected attorney general of Texas, but had been defeated. David Keene was 

political advisor. As always, no Bush campaign would be complete without Robert 

Mosbacher heading up the national finance operation. Mosbacher's experience, as we 

have seen, reached back to the Bill Lietdke conveyances to Maurice Stans of the CREEP 

in 1972. Teaming up with Mosbacher were Fred Bush in Houston and Jack Sloat in 

Washington.

With the help of Baker and Mosbacher, Bush began to set up political campaign 

committees that could be used to convoy quasi-legal "soft money" into his campaign 

coffers. This is the classic stratagem of setting up political action committees that are 

registered with the Federal Election Commission for the alleged purpose of channeling 

funds into the campaigns of deserving Republican (or Democratic) candidates. In reality, 

almost all of the money is used for the presidential candidate's own staff, office, mailings, 

travel, and related expenses. Bush's principal vehicle for this type of funding was called 

the Fund for Limited Government. During the first 6 months of 1987, this group collected 

$99,000 and spent $46,000, of which only $2,500 went to other candidates. The rest was 

in effect spent to finance Bush's campaign preparations. Bush had a second PAC called 

the Congressional Leadership Committee, with Senator Howard Baker and Congressman 

John Rhodes on the board, which did manage to dole out the princely sum of $500 to 

each of 21 GOP office-seekers. 

The cash for the Fund for Limited Government came from 54 fat cat contributors, half of 

them in Texas, including Pennzoil, Haggar Slacks, McCormick Oil and Gas, Houston Oil 

and Minerals, and Texas Instruments. Money also came in from Exxon, McDonnell- 

Douglas, and Clairol cosmetics. [fn 12] 

Despite the happy facade, Bush's campaign staff was plagued by turmoil and morale 

problems, leading to a high rate of turnover in key posts. One who has stayed on all along 

has been Jennifer Fitzgerald, a British woman born in 1932 who had been with Bush 

since at least Beijing. Fitzgerald later worked in Bush's vice-presidential office, first as 

appointments secretary, and later as executive assistant. According to some Washington 

wags, she controlled access to Bush in the same way that Martin Bormann controlled 

access to Hitler. According to Harry Hurt, among former Bush staffers "Fitzgerald gets 

vituperative reviews. She has been accused of bungling the 1980 presidential campaign 

by cancelling Bush appearances at factory sites in favor of luncheon club speeches. 

Critics of her performance say she misrepresents staff scheduling requests and blocks 

access to her boss." "A number of the vice president's close friends worry that 'the 

Jennifer problem' --or the appearance of one-- may inihibt Bush's future political career. 

'There's just something about her that makes him feel good,' says one trusted Bush 

confidant. 'I don't think it's sexual. I don't know what it is. But if Bush ever runs for 

president again, I think he's going to have to make a change on that score.'" [fn 13] 

Bush formally announced his presidential candidacy on May 1, 1979. One of Bush's 

themes was the idea of a "Union of the English-Speaking Peoples." Bush was asked later 

in his campaign by a reporter to elaborate on this. Bush stated at that time that "the 

British are the best friend America has in the world today. I believe we can benefit 

greatly from much close collaboration in the economic, military, and political spheres. 

Sure I am an Anglophile. We should all be. Britain has never done anything bad to the 

United States." [fn 14] 

Jules Witcover and Jack Germond, two experienced observers of presidential campaigns, 

observed that Bush's was the first campaign in history to have peaked before it ever 

started.

During the summer of 1979, Bush grappled with what has since been called "the Vision 

Thing." What could he tell the voters when he was asked why he wanted to be president? 

During that summer Bush invited experts on various areas of policy to come to 

Kennebunkport and give him the benefit of their views. Bush met with these experts from 

business, academia, and government in seminars three days a week from 9 to 5 over a 

period of six weeks. Many were invited to the family house at Walker's Point for lunch. 

In the evenings there were barbecues and cocktails on the ocean front. 

It is an indication of the extraordinary intellectual aridity of George Bush that these blab 

sessions produced almost no identifiable policy ideas for Bush's 1980 campaign. Bush 

had wanted to avoid the fate of Ted Kennedy had been widely ridiculed when he had 

proven unable to respond to the question of why he wanted to be president. But Bush 

never developed an answer to this question either. 

Or, more precisely, it was the imperative to avoid any identifiable idea content that 

emerged as Bush's strategy. For, just as much as Ronald Reagan and Jimmy Carter, 

George Bush was one of the pioneers of the hollow, demagogic, television-based 

campaign style that had become dominant during the 1980's, greasing the skids to 

political atrophy and national decline. 

Together with James Baker III, always the idea man of the Bush-Baker combo, the Bush 

campaign studied Jimmy Carter's success story of 1980. They knew they were starting 

with a "George Who?", virtually unknown to most voters. First of all, Bush would ape the 

Carter strategy of showing up in Iowa and New Hampshire early and offer, attempting to 

ingratiate himself with the little people by assiduous cultivation. Bush spent 27 days in 

Iowa before the caucuses there, and 54 days in New Hampshire. 

During this period, Bush was overheard telling a New York Times reporter that he didn't 

want to "resist the Carter analogy." Bush readily admitted that he was "an elitist 

candidate." "If Carter could do it with no credentials, I can do it with fantastic 

credentials," Bush blurted out. He conceded that the fact that nobody knew anything 

about his "fantastic credentials" was a little discouraging. "But they will! They will!" 

Thanks to Mosbacher's operation, the Bush campaign would advance on a cushion of 

money-- he spent $1.3 million for the Illinois primary alone. The biggest item would be 

media buys- above all television. This time Bush brought in Baltimore media expert 

Robert Goodman, who designed a series of television shorts that were described as "fastmoving, 

newsfilmlike portraits of an eneregtic, dyanimc Bush creating excitement and 

moving through crowds, with an upbeat musical track behind him. Each of the 

advertisements used a slogan that attempted to capitalize on Bush's experience, while 

hitting Carter's wretched on-the-job performance and Ronald Reagan's inexperience on 

the national scene: 'George Bush,' the announcer intoned, 'a President we won't have to 

train.'" [fn 15] One of these shorts showed Bush talking about inflation to a group of 

approving factory workers. In another, Bush climbed out of a private plane at a small 

airport, surrounded by supporters with straw hats and placards and yelled "We're going 

all the way" to the accompaniment of applause and music Goodman hoped would sound

"presidential." The inevitable footage of Bush getting fished out of the drink off Chichi 

Jima shootdown was also aired. 

Network camera crews were offered repeated chances to film Bush while he was jogging. 

This was an oblique way of pointing out that Reagan would be 70 years old by the 

begining of the primary season. "I'm up for the 1980's," was a favorite Bush quote for 

interviews. There were no attacks on Reagan; indeed Bush was seeking to come across as 

a moderate conservative, in order first to fend off the challenge of Sen. Howard Baker, 

who was also running, and to gain on Reagan. 

In a rather slavish imitation of the Carter victory scenario, Bush also chose to imitate 

what had been called Carter's "fuzziness," or unwillingness to say anything of substance 

about issues. Bush was the unabashed demagogue, telling Diane Sawyer of CBS when he 

would finally talk about the issues: "if they can show me how it will get me more votes 

someplace, I'll be glad to do it." 

Bush talked vaguely about tax cuts to spur business and investment; he was unhappy 

about the "decline in America's stature overseas" due to Carter; he was against excessive 

government regulation. Military aggression overseas has never been far below the surface 

of Bush's psyche; in 1979 he talked about the need to overcome the post-Vietnam guilt 

syndrome. He was, he proclaimed, "sick and tired of hearing people apologize for 

America." Bush was striving to appear as similar to Reagan, but more moderate in 

packaging, younger and more dynamic, and above all, a Winner. 

But in the midst of Bush's summer, 1979 preparations for his presidential bid, there was 

one very serious moment of preparation that addressed the some real issues, albeit in a 

way virtually invisible from the campaign trail. This was a conference Bush attended at 

the Jonathan Institute in Jerusalem on July 2-5. Instead of mugging for the television 

cameras while eating hotdogs on the Fourth of July at a picnic in Iowa or New 

Hampshire, Bush journeyed to Israel for what was billed as the Jerusalem Conference on 

International Terrorism. 

The Jonathan Institute had been founded earlier the same year by Benjamin Netanyahu, a 

young crazy of the Likud block, in memory of his brother Jonathan, who had been killed 

during the Israeli raid on Entebbe in 1976. The Jonathan Institute was a semi-covert 

propaganda operation and could only be defined as a branch of the Israeli government. 

The committee sponsoring this conference on terrorism was headed up by Prime Minister 

Menachem Begin, followed by Moshe Dayan and many other prominent Israeli 

politicians and generals. 

The US delegation to the conference was divided according to partisan lines, but was 

generally united by sympathy for the ideas and outlook of the Bush-Cherne Team B. The 

Democratic delegation was led by the late Senator Henry Jackson of Washington. This 

group included civil rights leader Bayard Rustin, plus Norman Podhoretz and Midge 

Decter of Commentary Magazine, two of the most militant and influential Zionist 

neoconservatives. Ben Wattenberg of the American Enterprise Institute was also on hand.

Although the group that arrived with Scoop Jackson were supposedly Democrats, most of 

them would support Reagan-Bush in the November, 1980 election. 

Then there was the GOP delegation, which was led by George Bush. Here were Bush 

activist Ray Cline, Major General George Keegan, a stalwart supporter of Team B, and 

Professor Richard Pipes of Harvard, the leader of Team B. Here were Senator John 

Danforth of Missouri and Brian Crozier, a "terrorism expert." Pseudo-intellectual 

columnist George Will ("Will the Shill") was also on hand, as was Rome-based journalist 

Claire Sterling, who had been active in covering up the role of Henry Kissinger in the 

1978 assassination of Italian Prime Minister Aldo Moro, and who would later be blind to 

indications of an Anglo-American role in the attempted assassination of Pope John Paul 

II. 

International participation was also notable: Annie Kriegel and Jacques Soustelle of 

France, Lord Alun Chalfont, Paul Johnson, and Robert Moss of the United Kingdom, and 

many leading Israelis. 

The keynote statement was made by Prime Minister Begin, who told the participants that 

they should spread through the world the main idea of the conference, which was that all 

terrorism in the world, whatever its origin, is controlled by the Soviet Union. Ray Cline 

made a major presentation, developing his theory that terrorism should not be seen as a 

spontaneous response to oppression by frustrated minorities, but rather only as the 

preferred tool of Soviet bloc subversion. For Cline, the great watershed was an alleged 

1969 decision by the Poliburo in Moscow to use the Palestine Liberation Organization as 

the Kremlin's fifth column in the Middle East, and specifically to subsidize PLO terrorist 

attacks with money, training, and communications provided by the KGB. For Cline, the 

PLO, despite the fact that it enjoyed the support of the vast majority of Palestinians, was 

merely a synthetic tool of Soviet intelligence. It was a very convenient argument for 

Zionist hardliners. 

Richard Pipes then drew on Russian history to illustrate the singular thesis that terrorism 

was a product of Russian history, and of no other history. "The roots of Soviet terrorism, 

indeed of modern terrorism," according to Pipes, "date back to 1879...It marks the 

beginning of that organization which is the source of all modern terrorist groups, whether 

they be named the Tupamaros, the Baader-Meinhof group, the Weathermen, Red 

Brigades or PLO. I refer you to the establishment in 1879 of a Congress in the small 

Russian town of Lipesk, of an organization known as Narodnaya Volya, or the People's 

Will." 

There is no doubt that the KGB and its east bloc satellite agencies were massively 

involved in running terrorism, as former Soviet bloc archives opened after 1989 

definitively show. But is it really true that terrorism was invented in Lipesk in 1879? And 

is terrorism really the absolute monopoly of the KGB? Did that include Menachem 

Begin, who blew up the King David Hotel in Jerusalem? Did it include other members of 

the Irgun and Stern gangs? Everyone present seems to have found good reasons for 

believing that the ludicrous thesis of the conference was true. For the Israelis, it was a

new reason not to negotiate with the PLO, who could be classed as Soviet terrorist 

puppets. For the immediate needs of Bush's election-year demagogy, it was an argument 

that could be used against Carter's equally demagogic "human rights" sloganeering. More 

broadly, it could be used to allege a clear and present universal danger that made it 

mandatory to close the book once and for all on the old Church committee-Pike committe 

mentality. All the participants, from CIA, MI-6, SDECE, Mossad, and so on down the 

line could readily agree that only the KGB, and never they themselves ran terrorism. 

Hardly ever. 

Begin had been a terrorist himself; Soustelle had been in the French OAS during the 

Algerian war where the SDECE had committed monumental crimes against humanity; 

Bush and Cline were godfathers of the Enterprise; the Mossad was reputed to have an 

agent on the Abu Nidal central committee, and also exercised influence over the Italian 

Red Brigades; while the chaps from MI-6 had the longest and bloodiest imperial records. 

But Ian Black wrote in the Jersualem Post wrote that "the conference organizers expect 

the event to initiate a major anti-terrorist offensive." In Paris, the right-wing L'Aurore ran 

an article under the headline "Toujours le KGB," which praised the conference for having 

confirmed that when it comes to international terrorism, the Soviets pull all the strings. 

[fn 16] 

There were skeptics, even in the US intelligence community, where Ray Cline's 

monomania was recognized. At the 1980 meeting of AFIO, Cline was criticized by 

Howard Bane, the former CIA station chief in Moscow, who suggested "We've got to get 

Cline off this Moscow control of terrorists. It's divisive. It's not true. There's not one 

single but of truth to it." A retired CIA officer named Harry Rostizke put in: "It's that farright 

stuff, that's all. It's horseshit." 

Nevertheless, the absurd thesis of the Jerusalem Conference was soon regurgitated by 

several new top officials of the Reagan Administration. In Alexander Haig's first news 

conference as Secretary of State on January 28, 1981, Haig thundered that the Kremlin 

was trying to "foster, support, and expand" terrorist activity worldwide through the 

"training, funding, and equipping" of terrorist armies. Haig made it official that 

"international terrorism will take the place of human rights" as the central international 

concern of the Reagan Administration. And that meant the KGB. 

During 1978 and 1979, the Carter Administration deliberately toppled the Shah of Iran, 

and deliberately replaced him with Khomeini. The US had shipped arms to the Shah, and 

never stopped such shipments, despite the advent of Khomeini and the taking of US 

hostages. The continuity of the arms deliveries, sometimes mediated through Israel, 

would later lead into the Iran-contra affair. In the meantime Bush and his partners in the 

Israeli Mossad had sealed a pact and signalled it in public with a new ideological smokescreen 

that, they hoped, would cover a new world-wide upsurge in covert operations 

during the 1980's. 

On November 3, 1979, Bush bested Sen. Howard Baker in a "beauty contest" straw poll 

taken at the Maine Republican convention in Portland. Bush won by a paper-thin margin

of 20 votes out of 1,336 cast, and Maine was really his home state, but the Brown 

Brothers, Harriman networks at the New York Times delivered a frontpage lead story 

with a subhead that read "Bush gaining stature as '80 contender." 

Bush's biggest lift of the 1980 campaign came when he won a plurality in the January 21 

Iowa caucuses, narrowly besting Reagan, who had not put any effort into the state. At this 

point the Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones media operation went into high 

gear. That same night Walter Cronkite told viewers: "George Bush has apparently done 

what he hoped to do, coming out of the pack as the principal challenger to front-runner 

Ronald Reagan." 

In the interval between January 21 and the New Hampshire primary of February 26, the 

Eastern Liberal Establishment labored mightily to put George Bush into power as 

president that same year. The press hype in favor of Bush was overwhelming. 

Newsweek's cover featured a happy and smiling Bush talking with his supporters: 

"BUSH BREAKS OUT OF THE PACK," went the headline. Smaller picutres showed a 

scowling Senator Baker and a decidedly un-telegenic Reagan grimacing before a 

microphone. The Newsweek reporters played up Bush's plan to redo the Carter script 

from 1976, and went on to assert that Bush's triumph in Iowa "raised the serious 

possibility that he could accomplish on the Republican side this year what Carter did in 

1976--parlay a well-tuned personal appetite for on-the-ground campaigning into a Long 

March to his party's Presidential nomination." So wrote the magazine controlled by the 

family money of Bush's old business associate Eugene Meyer, and Bush was 

appreciative; doubly so for the reference to his old friend Mao. 

Time, which had been founded by Henry Luce of Skull and Bones, showed a huge, 

grinning Bush and a smaller, very cross Reagan, headlined: "BUSH SOARS." The 

leading polls, always doctored by the intelligence agencies and other interests, showed a 

Bush boom: Lou Harris found that whereas Reagan had led Bush into Iowa by 32-6 

nationwide, Bush had pulled even with Reagan at 27-27 within 24 hours after the Iowa 

result had become known. 

Savvy Republican operatives were reported to be flocking to the Bush bandwagon. Even 

seasoned observers stuck their necks out; Witcover and Germond wrote in their column 

of February 22 that "a rough consensus is taking shape among moderate Republican 

politicians that George Bush may achieve a commanding position within the next three 

weeks in the contest for the Republican nomination. And those with unresolved 

reservations about Bush are beginning to wonder privately if it is even possible to keep 

an alternative politically alive for the late primaries." 

Robert Healy of the Boston Globe stuck his neck out even further for the neo-Harrimanite 

cause with a forecast that "even though he is still called leading candidate in some places, 

Reagan does not look like he'll be on the Presidential stage much longer." It was even 

possible, Healy gushed that Bush "will go through 1980...without losing an important 

Presidential primary." William Safire of the New York Times claimed that his contacts 

with Republican insiders across the country had yielded "a growing suspicion that

Reagan may once again be bypassed for the historic role...a general feeling that he may 

be a man whose cause may triumph, but whose own time may never come." [fn 17] 

NBC's Brokaw started calling Reagan the "former front-runner." Tom Petit of the same 

network was more direct: "I would like to suggest that Ronald Reagan is politically 

dead." Once again the choice of pictures made Bush look good, Reagan bad. 

The Eastern Liberal establishment had left no doubt who its darling was: Bush, and not 

Reagan. In their arrogance, the Olympians had once again committed the error of 

confusing their collective patrician whim with real processes ongoing in the real world. 

The New Hampshire primary was to prove a devastating setback for Bush, in spite of all 

the hype the Bushman networks were able to crank out. How did it happen? 

George Bush was of course a life-long member of the Skull and Bones secret society of 

Yale University, through which he advanced towards the freemasonic upper reaches of 

the Anglo-American establishment, towards those exalted circles of London, New York, 

and Washington in which the transatlantic destiny of the self-styled Anglo-Saxon master 

race is elaborated. The entrees provided by Skull and Bones membership would always 

be, for Bush, the most vital ones. But, in addition to such exalted feudal brotherhoods as 

Skull and Bones, the Anglo-American Establishment also maintains a series of broaderbased 

elite organizations whose function is to manifest the hegemonic Anglo-American 

policy line to the broader layers of the establishment, including bureaucrats, businessmen, 

bankers, journalists, professors, and other such assorted retainers and stewards of power. 

George Bush had thus found it politic over the years to become a member of the New 

York Council on Foreign Relations. By 1979, Bush was a member of the board of the 

CFR, where he sat next to his old patron Henry Kissinger. The President of the CFR 

during this period was Kissinger clone Winston Lord of the traditional Skull and Bones 

family. 

George was also a member of the Bohemian Club of San Francisco, which had been 

founded by Ambrose Bierce after the Civil War to cater to the Stanfords, Huntingtons, 

Crockers, Hopkins, and the other nouveau-riche tycoons that had emerged from the gold 

rush. The Bohemian Club made a summer outing every year to its camp at Bohemian 

Grove, a secluded, 2,700 acre stand of majestic redwoods about 75 miles from San 

Francisco. A sign over the gate advises: "Spiders Weave Not Here." Up to 1,600 

members, with the occasional foreign guest like German Chancellor Helmut Schmidt, 

gather in mid-summer for freemasonic ceremonies featuring the ritual interrment of "dull 

care", cavort in women's panty hose in femme impersonatuer theatricals, or better yet 

frolic in the nude near the banks of the Russian River. Herbert Hoover was a devoted 

regular, Eisenhower and Allen Dulles made cold war speeches there; Nixon and Reagan 

had discussed prospects for the 1968 election; Bechtel was always big; and Henry 

Kissinger loved to pontificate, all at the Grove. 

Then there was the Trilateral Commission, founded by David Rockefeller in 1973-74. 

One branch from North America, one branch from Europe, one branch from Japan, with

the resulting organism a kind of policy forum aiming at an international consensus among 

financier factions, under overall Anglo-American domination. The Trilateral Commission 

emerged at the same time that the Rockefeller-Kissinger interests perpetrated the first oil 

hoax. Some of its first studies were devoted to the mechanics of imposing authoritariantotalitarian 

forms of government in the US, Europe, and Japan to manage the austerity 

and economic decay that would be the results of Trilateral policies. The Carter 

Administration was very overtly a Trilateral Administration. Popular hatred of Carter and 

his crew made the Trilterals an attractive target. Reagan promised that he would change 

all that, but his government was also dominated by the Trilateraloids. 

Bush was also a member of the Alibi Club, a society of Washington insiders who gather 

periodically to assert the primacy of oligarchism over such partisan or other divisions that 

have been concocted to divert the masses. Bush had also joined another Washington 

association, the Alfalfa Club, with much the same ethos and a slightly differrent cast of 

characters. Bush was clearly a joiner. Later, in 1990, he would accept a bid to join 

Britain's Royal and Ancient Golf Club of St. Andrew's in Scotland as the ninth honorary 

member in the history of that august body. This was also a tribute to George Herbert 

Walker, a past president of the US Golf Association, and to Prescott Bush, who was also 

president of the USGA. 

As we saw briefly during Bush's senate campaign, the combination of bankruptcy and 

arrogance which was the hallmark of Eastern Liberal Establishment rule over the United 

States generated resentments which could make membership in such organizations a 

distinct political liability. 

One who was caught up in the turbulence was William Loeb, the opinionated 

curmudgeon of Pride's Crossing, Massachusetts who was the publisher of the Manchester 

Union-Leader, the most important newspaper in the state. Loeb had supported Reagan in 

1976 and was for him again in 1980. Loeb might have dispersed his fire against all of 

Reagan's Republican rivals, including Howard Baker, Robert Dole, Phil Crane, John 

Anderson, John Connally, and Bush. Loeb would launch a barrage of slashing attacks on 

Bush. The other GOP contenders would be virtually ignored by Loeb. 

Loeb had assailed Ford as "Jerry the Jerk" in 1976; his attacks on Sen. Muskie reduced 

the latter to tears during the 1972 primary. Loeb began to play up the theme of Bush as a 

liberal, as a candidate controlled by the "internationalist" (or Kissinger) wing of the GOP 

and the Wall Strreet bankers, always soft on communism and always ready to undermine 

liberty through Big Government here at home. A February editorial by Loeb reacted to 

Bush's Iowa success with these warnings of vote fraud: 

The Bush operation in Iowa had all the smell of a CIA covert operation....Strange aspects of the 

Iowa operation [included] a long, slow count and then the computers broke down at a very 

convenient point, with Bush having a six per cent bulge over Reagan...Will the elite nominate their 

man, or will we nominate Reagan? [fn 19] 

For Loeb the most damning evidence was Bush's membership in the Trilateral 

Commission, the creature of David Rockefeller and the internmational bankers. Carter

and his administration had been packed with Trilateral members; there were indications 

that the establishment choice of Carter to be the next US president had been made at a 

meeting of the Trilateral Commission in Kyodo, Japan, where Carter had been introduced 

by Gianni Agnelli of Italy's FIAT motor company. 

Loeb simplified all that: "George Bush is a Liberal" was the title of his editorial 

published the day before the primary. Loeb flayed Bush as a "spoiled little rich kid who 

has been wet-nursed to succeed and now, packaged by David Rockefeller's Trilateral 

Commission, thinks he is entitled to the White House as his latest toy." 

Shortly before the election Loeb ran a cartoon entitled "Silk Stocking Republicans," 

which showed Bush at a cocktail party with a cigarette and glass in hand. Bush and the 

other participants, all male, were wearing women's panty-hose. This was the message that 

Loeb had apparently gotten from Bush's body language. 

Paid political ads began to appear in the Union-Leader sponsored by groups from all over 

the country, some helped along by John Sears of the Reagan campaign. One showed a 

drawing of Bush juxtaposed with a Mr. Peanut logo: "The same people who gave you 

Jimmy Carter want now to give you George Bush," read the headline. The text described 

a "coalition of liberals, multinational corporate executives, big-city bankers, and hungry 

power brokers" led by David Rockefeller whose "purpose is to control the American 

government, regardless of which political party--Democrat or Republican-- wins the 

presidency this coming November!" "The Trojan horse for this scheme," the ad went on, 

"is Connecticut-Yankee-turned-Texas oilman George Bush- the out-of-nowhere 

Republican who openly admits he is using the same "game-plan" developed for Jimmy 

Carter in the 1976 presidential nomination campaign." The ad went on to menmtion the 

Council on Fopreign Relations and the "Rockefeller money" that was the lifeblood of 

Bush's effort. [fn 20] 

On February 24, Loeb trotted out Gen. Danny Graham, part of Bush's Team B operation, 

to talk about "George Bush's weakness as the head of the CIA and his complete failure to 

estimate correctly the Soviet threat." Bush had "stacked" the Team A-Team B debate, 

Graham was now claiming. Brent Scowcroft, Lt. Gen. Sam Wilson and Ray Cline all 

rushed to Bush's defense. "Any inference that George was too soft in his analysis of the 

Soviet Union was just dead wrong," responded Cline. "George is probably more skeptical 

and concerned about Soviet behavior than anyone in town." "Baloney!" was Graham's 

rejoinder. 

Loeb hyped a demand from the National Alliance of Senior Citizens that Bush repudiate 

and apologize for a remark that Social Security had "become largely a welfare program." 

Here Bush was scourged for his "insensitivity to the independence of Social Security 

recipients." Right underneath was another article from a Union-Leader special 

correspondent in New York City reporting that Bush's delegates had been thrown off the 

ballot there by the Board of Elections because Bush's petitions "were illegal."

While all this was going on, Bush was prating about his "momentum" with campaign 

statements that focussed exclusively on technicalities rather than offering reasons why 

anybody should support Bush. Right after the Iowa victory, here was Bush: "Clearly, 

we're going to come out of here with momentum...We appear to have beaten both 

Connally and Baker very, very badly. The numbers look substantial. And they are going 

to have to get some momentum going, and I'm coming out of here with momentum." A 

few weeks later, Bush was still repeating the same gibberish. Bush told Bob Schieffer of 

CBS about his advantage for New Hampshire: 

What we'll have, you see, is momentum. We will have forward "Big Mo" on our side, as they say 

in athletics. 

Big Mo? 

Yeah, Bush said. "Mo," momentum. 

While campaigning, Bush was asked once again about the money he received from 

Nixon's 1970 Townhouse slush fund. Bush's stock reply was that his friend Jaworski had 

cleared him: "The answer came back, clean, clean, clean," said Bush. 

By now the Reagan camp had caught on that something important was happening, 

something which could benefit Reagan enormously. First Reagan's crony Edwin Meese 

piped up in oblique reference to the Trilateral membership of some candidates, including 

Bush: "all these people come out of an international economic industrial organization 

with a pattern of thinking on world affairs" that led to a "softening on defense." That 

played well, and Reagan decided he would pick up the theme. On February 7, 1980 

Reagan observed in a speech that 19 key members of the Carter Administration, 

including Carter, were members of the Trilateral Commission. According to Reagan, this 

influence had indeed led to a "softening on defense" because of the Trilateraloids' belief 

that business "should transcend, perhaps, the national defense." [fn 21] This made sense: 

Bush would later help enact NAFTA and GATT. Voters whose fathers remembered the 

complaint of a beaten Bonesman, Robert Taft, in 1952-- that every GOP presidential 

candidate since 1936 had been chosen by Chase bank and the Rockefellers-- found this 

touched a responsive chord. 

Bush realized that he was faced with an ugly problem. He summarily resigned from both 

the Traileral Commission and from the New York Council on Foreign Relations. But his 

situation in New Hampshire was desperate. His cover had been largely blown. He 

stopped talking about the "Big Mo" and began babbling that he was "the issues 

candidate." This was an error in demagogy, also because Bush had nothing to say. When 

he tried to grapple with issues, he immediately came under fire from the press. 

Newsweek now found his solutions "vague." The Washington Post reported that Bush 

"has been ill-prepared to respond to simple questions about basic issues as they arise. 

When he was asked about President Carter's new budget this week, his replies were 

vague and contradictory." The Wall Street Journal agreed that Bush's positions were 

"short on detail. In economics his spending and tax priorities remain fuzzy. In foreign

policy, he hasn't made it at all clear how he envisions using American military power to 

advance economic and political interests." 

These were the press organs that had mounted the hype for Bush a few weeks before. 

Now the real polls, the ones that are generally not published, showed Bush collapsing, 

and even media that would normally have been rabidly pro-Bush were obliged to distance 

themselves from him in order to defend their own "credibility," meaning their future 

ability to ply the citizens with lies and disorientation. Part of Reagan's support reflected a 

desire by voters to stick it to the media. 

Bush was now running scared, sufficiently so as to entertain the prospect of a debate 

among candidates. One was held in Manchester, where Bush tried to bait Reagan about 

an ethnic joke the latter had told. "I was stiffed," explained Reagan, and went into his 

avuncular act while Bush squirmed. 

John Sears of the Reagan campaign signalled to the Nashua Telegraph, a paper published 

in southern New Hampshire, that Reagan would accept a one-on-one debate with Bush. 

James Baker was gulled: he welcomed the idea because the debate format would 

establish Bush as the main alternative to Reagan. "We thought it was the best thing since 

sliced bread," said Baker. Bob Dole complained to the Federal Elections Commission 

about being excluded, and the Reagan camp suggested that the debate be payed for out of 

campaign funds, half by Reagan and half by Bush. Bush refused to pay, but Reagan 

pronounced himself willing to defray the entire cost. Thus it came to pass that a bilateral 

Bush-Reagan debate was scheduled for February 23 at a gymanasium in Nashua. 

For many, this evening would provide the epiphany of George Bush, a moment when his 

personal essence was made manifest. 

Bush propaganda has always tried to portray the Nashua Teleghraph debate as some kind 

of ambush planned by Reagan's diabolical campaign manager, John Sears. Established 

facts include that the Nashua Telegraph owner, blueblood J. Herman Pouliot, and 

Telegraph editor John Breen, were both close personal friends of former Governor Hugh 

Gregg, who was Bush's campaign director in the state. Bush had met with Breen before 

the debate. Perhaps it was Bush who was trying to set some kind of a trap for Reagan. 

On the night of February 23, the gymanasium was packed with more than 2400 people. 

Bush's crony Rep. Barber Conable (or "Barbarian Cannibal," later Bush's man at the 

World Bank) was there with a group of Congressmen for Bush. Then the excluded GOP 

candidates, John Anderson, Howard Baker, Bob Dole, and Phil Crane all arrived and 

asked to meet with Reagan and Bush to discuss opening the debate up to them as well. 

(Connally, also a candidate, was in South Carolina.) Reagan agreed to meet with them 

and went backstage into a small office with the other caandidates. He expressed a general 

willingness to let them join in. But Bush refused to talk to the other candidates, and sat on 

the stage waiting impatiently for the debate to begin. John Sears told Peter Teeley that 

Sears wanted to talk to Bush about the debate format. "It doesn't work that way," hissed

the liberal Teeley, who sent James Baker to talk with Sears. Sears said it was time to have 

an open debate. Baker passed the buck to the Nashua Telegraph. 

From the room behind the stage where the candidates were meeting, the Reagan people 

sent US Senator Gordon Humphrey out to urge Bush to come and confer with the rest of 

them. "If you don't come now," said Humprhey to Bush, "you're doing a disservice to 

party unity." Bush whined in reply: "Don't tell me about unifying the Republican Party! 

I've done more for this party than you'll ever do! I've worked too hard for this and they're 

not going to take it away from me!" In the back room, there was a proposal that Reagan, 

Baker, Dole, Anderson, and Crane should go on stage together and announce that Reagan 

would refuse to debate unless the others were included. 

"Everyone seemed quite irritated with Bush, whom they viewed as acting like a spoiled 

child," wrote an aide to Anderson later. [fn 22] Bush refused to even ackowledge the 

presence of Dole, who had helped him get started as GOP chairman; of Anderson and 

Crane, former House colleagues; and of Howard Baker, who had helped him get 

confirmed at the CIA. George kept telling anybody who came close that he was sticking 

with the original rules. 

The audience was cheering for the four excluded candidates, demanding that they be 

allowed to speak. Publisher Pouliot addressed the crowd. "This is getting to sound more 

like a boxing match. In the rear are four other candidates who have not been invited by 

the Nashua Telegraph," said Pouliot. He was roundly booed. "Get them chairs," cried a 

woman, and she was applauded. Bush kept staring straight ahead into space, and the 

hostility of the crowd was focussing more and more on him. 

Reagan started to speak, motivating why the debate should be opened up. Editor Breen, a 

rubbery-looking hack with a bald pate and glasses, piped up: "Turn Mr. Reagn's 

microphone off." There was pandemonium. "You Hitler!" screamed a man in the front 

row right at Breen. 

Reagan replied: "I'm paying for this microphone, Mr. Green." The crowd broke out in 

wild cheers. Bush still stared straight ahead in his temper tantrum. Reagan spoke on to 

ask that the others be included, saying that exclusion was unfair. But he was unsure of 

himself, looking to Nancy Reagan for a sign as to what he should do. At the end Reagan 

said he would prefer an open debate, but that he would accept the bilateral format if that 

were the only way. 

With that the other candidates left the podium in a towering rage. "There'll be another 

day, George," growled Bob Dole. 

Reagan and Bush then debated, and those who were still paying attention agreed that 

Bush was the loser. A staff member later told Bush, "The good news is that nobody paid 

any attention to the debate. The bad news is you lost that, too."

But most people's attention, and the camera teams, had shifted to a music room where the 

ejected hopefuls were uniformly slamming Bush. Anderson asserted that "Clearly the 

responsibility for this whole travesty rests with Mr. Bush." "He refused to even come 

back here and talk." Howard Baker called Bush's behavior "the most flagrant attempt to 

return to the closed door I've ever seen." Baker was beside himself: "The punkest 

political device I ever saw!" "He wants to be king, " raged Bob Dole. "I have never been 

treated this way in my life. Where do we live? Is this America? So far as George Bush is 

concerned he'd better find another Republican Party if he can't talk to those of us who 

come up here." "He didn't want us to debate. He can't provide leadership for the 

Republican Party with that attitude," Dole kept repeating. 

Film footage of Reagan grabbing the microphone while Bush stewed in his temper 

tantrum was all over local and network television for the next 48 hours. It was the 

epiphany of a scoundrel. 

Now the Bush damage control apparatus went into that mode it finds so congenial: lying. 

A radio commercial was prepared under orders from James Baker for New Hampshire 

stations: here an announcer, not Bush, intoned that "at no time did George Bush object to 

a full candidate forum. This accusation by the other candidates is without foundation 

whatsoever." 

Walter Cronkite heard a whining voice from Houston Texas as he interviewed Bush on 

his new program: "I wanted to do what I agreed to do," said the whine. "I wanted to 

debate with Ronald Reagan." 

Haynes Johnson of the Washington Post caught something of the moment: "It was Bush's 

own personal response to the controversy that destroyed him. The self-portrait of George 

Bush drawn these last few days before the balloting was singularly unattractive. Bush 

came over as a petulant politician, lacking grace and dignity, and complaining peevishly 

about being 'sandbagged' and 'ambushed' by all the other nasty politicians. He resembled 

nothing more than a spoiled child whose toy has been taken away." That was the talk of 

New Hampshire through the primary. 

Bush's handlers were resigned; some of them knew it was all over. "What can I say? He 

choked up," said one. "George does not have a sense of theater," noted another. 

The New Hampshire primary was a debacle for Bush. Reagan won 50% of the votes to 

George's 23%, with 13% for Baker and 10% for Anderson. Big Mo had proven to be 

fickle. [fn 23] 

As for the old curmudgeon William Loeb, he was dead with two years. 

Bush played out the string through the primaries, but he won only four states 

(Massachusetts, Connecticut, Pennsylvania, and Michigan) plus Puerto Rico. Reagan 

took 29. Even in Pennsylvania, where the Bushmen outspent Reagan by a colossal 

margin, Reagan managed to garner more delegates even though Bush got more votes.

Sometime during the spring of 1980, Bush began attacking Reagan for his "supply-side" 

economic policies. Bush may have thought he still had a chance to win the nomination, 

but in any case he coined the phrase "voodoo economics." Bush later claimed that the 

idea had come from his British-born press secretary, Peter Teeley. Later, when the time 

came to ingratiate himself with Reagan's following, Bush claimed that he had never used 

the offending term. But, in a speech made at Carnegie-Mellon University on April 10, 

1980, he attacked Reagan for "a voodoo economic policy." He compared Reagan's 

approach to something which former Governor Jerry Brown of California, "Governor 

Moonbeam," might have concocted. 

Bush was able to keep going after New Hampshire because Mosbacher's machinations 

had given him a post-New Hampshire war chest of $3 million. The Reagan camp had 

spent two thirds of their legal total expenditure of $18 million before the primaries had 

begun. This had proven effective, but it meant that in more than a dozen primaries, 

Reagan could afford no television purchases at all. This allowed Bush to move in and 

smother Reagan under a cascade of greenbacks in a few states, even though Reagan was 

on his way to the nomination. That was the story in Pennsylvania and Michigan. The 

important thing for Bush now was to outlast the other candidates and to build his 

credentials for the vice presidency, since that was what he was now running for. 

One of Bush's friends did not desert him. When Bush came to Houston on April 28 for a 

lunchhour rally, he was introduced by former Watergate special prosecutor Leon 

Jaworski, a man devoted to his cause. Jaworski condemned Reagan as an "extremist 

whose over-the-counter simplistic remedies and shopworn platitudes of solutions trouble 

open-minded and informed voters." Jaworski assailed Carter as a "Democrat in despair," 

and called on the Texas voters "to pay no attention to the also-rans who marched to the 

altar of public opinion, wooing the voters with large campaign chests and who are now 

back home licking their wounds as rejected suitors." This was a veiled attack on 

Connally, who had spent $12 million getting one Arkansas delegate, dropped out, and 

endorsed Reagan. Jaworski's Watergate-era loyalties ran deep. [fn 24] 

Bush still claimed that Texas was his home state, so he was obliged to make an effort 

there in advance of the May 3 primary. Here Bush spent about half a million dollars on 

television, while the Reaganauts were unable to buy time owing to their lack of money; 

Reagan had now reached his FEC spending ceiling. The secret society issue was as big in 

Texas as it had been in New Hampshire; during an appearance at the University of Texas 

Bush delivered a whining ultimatum to Reagan to order his campaign workers to "stop 

passing out insidious literature" questioning Bush's patriotism because of his membership 

in the Trilateral Commission, which Bush characterized as a group that sought to improve 

US relations with our closest allies. He wanted Reagan to repudiate thie entire line of 

attack, which was still hurting the Bushmen badly. During a five-day plane-hopping blitz 

of the state, Bush came across as "cryptically hawkish". 

Despite the lack of money for television, Reagan defeated Bush by 52% to 47% of the 

half a million votes cast. But because of the winner-take-all rule in individual precincts, 

Reagan took 61 delegates to Bush's 19. Bush's only areas of strength were in his old

Houston liberal Republican enclave and in northwest Dallas. Reagan swept the rest, 

especially the rural areas. [fn 25 ] 

The issue became acute among the Bushmen on May 20. This was the day Bush won in 

Michigan, but that Bush win was irrelevant because Reagan, by winning the Nebraska 

primary the same day, had acquired enough pledged delegates to acquire the arithmetical 

certainty of being nominated on the first ballot. In the tradition of Dink Stover at Yale, 

which says that one must not be a quitter, Bush made some noises about going on to Ohio 

and to California on the outside chance that Reagan might self-destruct through some 

horrendous gaffe, but this was merely histrionics. Bush allowed himself to be convinced 

that discretion was the better part of valor by David Keene and speechwriter (and later 

red Studebaker biographer) Vic Gold. His campaign was now $400,000 in debt, but 

Mosbacher later claimed to have wiped that slate clean within two months. Bush 

officially capitulated on May 26, 1980, and declared that he would support Reagan all the 

way to November. Reagan, campaigning that day at the San Bernardino County 

Fairgrounds, commended Bush's campaign and thanked him for his support. 

All the money and organization had not sufficed. Bush now turned his entire attention to 

the quest for his "birthright," the vice presidency. This would be his fifth attempt to attain 

that office, and once again, despite the power of Bush's network, success was uncertain. 

Inside the Reagan camp, one of Bush's greatest assets would be William Casey, who had 

been closely associated with the late Prescott Bush. Casey was to be Reagan's campaign 

manager for the 1980 elections. In 1962, Prescott and Casey had co-founded a think tank 

called the National Strategy Information Center in New York City, a forum where Wall 

Street lawyers like Casey could join hands with politicians from Prescott's wing of the 

Republican Party, financiers, and the intelligence community. The National Strategy 

Information Center provided material for a news agency called Forum World Features, a 

CIA proprietary that operated in London, and which was in liaison with the British 

Information Research Department, a cold-war propaganda unit set up by Christopher 

Mayhew of British intelligence with the approval of PM Clement Attlee. Forum World 

Features was part of the network that got into the act during the destabilization of Harold 

Wilson for the benefit of Margaret Thatcher. [fn 26] 

This Prescott Bush-William Casey think tank promoted the creation of endowed chairs in 

strategic analysis, national intelligence, and the like on a number of campuses. The 

Georgetown Center for Strategic and International Studies, later the home of Kissinger, 

Ledeen, and a whole stable of ideologues of Anglo-American empire, was in part a result 

of the work of Casey and Prescott. 

Casey was also an old friend of Leo Cherne. When Cherne was appointed to PFIAB in 

the summer of 1973, Casey, who was at that time Nixon's Undersecretary of State for 

Economic Affairs, sent Cherne a warm note of congratulations telling how "delighted" he 

had been to get the official notice of Cherne's new post. [fn 27]

Casey was also a close associate of George Bush. During 1976, Ford appointed Casey to 

PFIAB, where Casey was an enthusiastic supporter of the Team B operation along with 

Bush and Cherne. George Bush and Casey would play decisive roles in the secret 

government operations of the Reagan years. 

As the Republican convention gathered in Detroit in July, 1980, the problem was to 

convince Reagan of the inevitability of tapping Bush as his running mate. But Reagan did 

not want Bush. He had conceived an antipathy, even a hostility for George. One factor 

may have been British liberal Peter Teeley's line about Reagan's "voodoo economics." 

But the decisive factor was what Reagan had experienced personally from Bush during 

the Nashua Telegraph debate, which had left a lasting and highly derogatory impression. 

According to one account of this phase, "ever since the episode in Nashua in February, 

Reagan had come to hold the preppy Yankee transplant in, as the late Senator Robert 

Kerr of Oklahoma used to say, mimumum high regard. 'Reagan is a very gracious 

contestant,' one of his inner circle said, 'and he generally views his opponents with a good 

deal of respect. The thing he couldn't understand was Bush's conduct at the Nashua 

Telegraph debate. It imprinted with Reagan that Bush was a wimp. He remembered that 

night clearly when we had our vice-presidential discussions. He couldn't understand how 

a man could have sat there so passively. He felt it showed a lack of courage." And now 

that it was time to think about a running mate, the prospective presidential nominee gave 

a sympathetic ear to those who objected to Bush for reasons that ran, one of the group 

said later, from his behavior at Nashua to 'anit-Trilateralism'" According to this account, 

conservatives seeking to stop Bush at the convention were citing their suspicions about a 

"'conspiracy' backed by Rockefeller to gain control of the American government." [fn 28] 

Drew Lewis was a leading Bushman submarine in the Reagan camp, telling the candidate 

that Bush could help him in electoral college megastates like Pennsylvania and Michigan 

where Ted Kennedy had demonstrated that Carter was vulnerable during the primaries. 

Lewis badgered Reagan with the prospect that if he waited too long, he would have to 

accept a politically neutral running mate in the way that Ford took Dole in 1976, which 

might end up costing him the election. According to Lewis, Reagan needed to broaden 

his base, and Bush was the most palatable and practical vehicle for doing so. 

Much to his credit, Reagan resisted; "he told several staff members and advisers that he 

still harbored 'doubts' about Bush, based on Nashua. "If he can't stand up to that kind of 

pressure,' Reagan told one intimate, 'how could he stand up to the pressure of being 

president?' To another, he said: "I want to be very frank with you. I have strong 

reservations about George Bush. I'm concerned about turning the country over to him.'" 

As the convention came closer, Reagan continued to be hounded by Bushmen from inside 

and outside his own campaign. A few days before the convention it began to dawn on 

Reagan that one alternative to the unpalatable Bush might be former President Gerald 

Ford, assuming the latter could be convinced to make the run. Two days before Reagan 

left for Detroit, according to one of his strategists, Reagan "came to the conclusion that it

would be Bush, but he wasn't all that happy about it." [fn 29] But this was not yet the last 

word. 

Casey, Meese, and Deaver sounded out Ford, who was reluctant but did not issue a 

categorical rejection. Stuart Spencer, Ford's 1976 campaign manager, reported to Reagan 

on his contacts with Ford. ''Ron,' Spencer said, 'Ford ain't gonna do it, and you're gonna 

pick Bush.' But judging from Reagan's reaction, Spencer recalled later, "There was no 

way he was going to pick Bush,'and the reason was simple: Reagan just didn't like the 

guy. "It was chemistry,' Spencer said. [fn 30] 

Reagan now had to be ground down by an assortment of Eastern Liberal Establishment 

perception-mongers and political heavies. Much of the well-known process of negotiation 

between Reagan and Ford for the "Dream Ticket" of 1980 was simply a charade to 

disorient and demoralize Reagan while eating up the clock until the point was reached 

when Reagan would have no choice but to make the classic phone call to Bush. It is 

obvious that Reagan offered the Vice Presidency to Ford, and that the latter refused to 

accept it outright, but engaged in a process of negotiations ostensibly in order to establish 

the conditions under which he might, eventually, accept. [ fn 31] Casey called in Henry 

Kissinger and asked him to intercede with Ford. What then developed was a marathon of 

haggling in which Ford was represented by Kissinger, Alan Greenspan, Jack Marsh, and 

Bob Barrett. Reagan was represented by Casey, Meese, and perception-monger Richard 

Wirthlin. Dick Cheney, Ford's former chief of staff and now Bush's pro-genocide 

Secretary of Defense, also got into the act. 

The strategy of Bush and Casey was to draw out the talks, running out the clock until 

Reagan would be forced to pick someone. Inside the negotiations, the Ford camp made 

demand after demand. Would Ford have a voice on foreign policy and defense? Would 

he be a member of the cabinet? Would he become the White House chief of staff? At the 

same time, leaks were made to the press about the negotiations and how sweeping 

constitutional issues were being haggled over in a classic smoke-filled room. These leaks 

became more and more embarrassing, making it easy to convince Reagan that his imnage 

was being tarnished, that he ought to call off the talks and pick Bush. 

This complex strategy of intrigue culminated in Ford's notorious interview with Walter 

Cronkite, in which the CBS anchor man asked Ford if "It's got to be something like a copresidency?" 

"That's something Governor Reagan really ought to consider," replied Ford, 

which was not what a serious vice presidential candidate might say, but did correspond 

rather well to what "Jerry the Jerk" would say if he wanted to embarass Reagan and help 

Bush. As for Cronkite, was it possible that his coining of the term "co-presidency" was 

stimulated by someone from Prescott Bush's old circles at CBS? 

Bombarded by the media now with the "co-president" thesis, Reagan began to see 

foreshadowings of a public relations debacle. Television reporters began to hype an 

imminent visit by Reagan and Ford to the convention to present the "Dream Ticket." 

Meese was despatched to Kissinger to demand a straight answer from the Ford camp. 

"Kissinger told Meese that the Ford side might not be able to have an answer until the

next morning, if then, because there were still many questions about how the arrangement 

might work." Reagan called Ford and asked for a prompt decision. 

Reagan aide Lyn Nofziger concluded at this point: "Hey, we don't think this is going to 

work, and these guys are kind of stalling for time here." Nofziger suspected that Ford was 

trying to back Reagan into a corner, going down to the wire in a way that would oblige 

Reagan to take Ford and accept any conditions that Ford might choose to impose. But 

then Ford went to Reagan's hotel room to "give him my decision, and my decision is no." 

"As Ford left, Reagan wiped his brow and said, 'Now where the hell's George Bush?'" [fn 

32] Reagan had been so fixated on his haggling with Ford that he had not done anything 

to develop vice presidential alternatives to Bush, and now it was too late. 

The best indication that Ford had been working all along as an agent of Bush was 

provided by Ford himself to Germond and Witcover: "Ford, incidentially, told us after the 

election that one of his prime objectives at the convention had been 'to subtly help 

George Bush get the [vice-presidential] nomination.'" [fn 33] 

Drew Lewis helped Reagan make the call that he found so distasteful. Reagan came on 

the line: "Hello, George, this is Ron Reagan. I'd like to go over to the convention and 

announce that you're my choice for vice preident...if that's all right with you." 

"I'd be honored, Governor." 

Reagan was still reluctant. "George, is there anything at all ...about the platform or 

anything else...anything that might make you uncomfortable down the road?" 

"Why, yes, sir," said Bush "I think you can say I support the platform --wholeheartedly." 

Reagan now proceeded to the convention floor, where he would announce this choice of 

Bush. Knowing that this decision would alienate many of Reagan's ideological backers, 

the Reagan campaign leaked the news that Bush had been chosen to the media, so that it 

would quickly spread to the convention floor. They were seeking to cushion the blow, to 

avoid mass expressions of disgust when Bush's name was announced. Even as it was, 

there was much groaning and booing among the Reagan faithful. 

In retrospect, the sucess of Bush's machinations at the 1980 convention can be seen to 

have had a very sinister precedent at the GOP convention held in Philadelphia just eighty 

years earlier. At that convention, William McKinley, one of the last of the Lincoln 

Republicans, was nominated for a second term. 

The New York bankers, especially the House of Morgan, wanted Theodore Roosevelt for 

vice president, but McKinley and his chief political ally, Senator Marc Hanna, were 

adamant that they wanted no part of the infantile and megalomaniac New York governor. 

At one point Hanna exclaimed to a group of southern delegates, "Don't any of you realize 

that there's only one life between this madman and the White House!" Eventually 

McKinley's hand was forced by a group of New York delegates who were motivated

primarily by their desire to get the unpopular and erratic Roosevelt out of the state at any 

cost. They told Hanna that unless Roosevelt were on the ticket, McKinley might loose the 

vital New York electoral votes. McKinley and Hanna capitulated, and Theodore 

Roosevelt joined the ticket. [fn 34] 

Within one year, President McKinley was assassinated at Buffalo, and Theodore 

Roosevelt assumed power in the name of the fanatical and imbecilic Anglo-Saxon 

imperial strategy of world domination which helped to precipitate the First World War. 

Did Bush's professed admiration for Theodore Roosevelt include a desire to seize the 

presidency via a similar path? The events of March, 1981 will give us cause to ponder. 

As the Detroit convention cam to a close, the Reagan and Bush campaign staffs were 

merged, with James Baker assuming a prominent position in the Casey-run Reagan 

campaign. The Ray Cline, Halper, and Gambino operations were all continued. From this 

point on, Reagan's entourage would be heavily infiltrated by Bushmen. 

The Reagan-Bush campaign, now chock full of Bush's Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull 

and Bones assets, now announced a campaign of espionage. This campaign told reporters 

that it was going to spy on the Carter regime. 

Back in April, Carter had taken to live television at 7 AM one morning to announce some 

ephemeral progress in his efforts to secure the release of State Department officials and 

others from the US Embassy in Teheran that were being held as hostages by the 

Khomeini forces in Iran. This announcement was timed to coincide with Democratic 

primaries in Kansas and Wisconsin, in which Carter was able to overwhelm challenges 

from Teddy Kennedy and Jerry Brown. A memo from Richard Wirthlin to Casey and 

Reagan initiated a discussion of how the Carter gang might exploit the advantages of 

incumbency in order to influence the outcome of the election, perhaps by attempting to 

stampede the public by some dramatic event at the last minute, such as the freeing of the 

hostages in Teheran. Casey began to institute counter-measures even before the Detroit 

GOP convention. 

During the convention, at a July 14 press conference, Casey told reporters of his concern 

that Carter might spring an "October surprise" in foreign or domestic policy on the eve of 

the November elections. He announced that he had set up what he called an "incumbency 

watch" to monitor Carter's activities and decisions. Casey explained that an "intelligence 

operation" directed against the Carter White House was functioning "already in germinal 

form." Ed Meese, who was with Casey at this press conference, added that the October 

surprise "could be anything from a summit conference on energy" or development in 

Latin America, or perhaps the imposition of "wage and price controls" on the domestic 

economy. 

"We've talked about the October surprise and what the October surprise will be," said 

Casey. "I think it's immoral and improper."

The previous evening, in a televison appearance, Reagan had suggested that "the Soviet 

Union is going to throw a few bones to Mr. Carter during this coming campaign to help 

him continue as president." [fn 35] 

Although Casey and Meese had defined a broad range of possibilities for the October 

surprise, the most prominent of these was certainly the liberation of the American 

hostages in Iran. A poll showed that if the hostages were to be released during the period 

between October 18 and October 25, Carter could receive a 10% increase in popular vote 

on election day. 

The "incumbency watch" set up by Casey, would go beyond surveillance and become a 

dirty tricks operation against Carter, including by attempting to block the liberation of the 

hostages before the November, 1980 election. 

What follows was in essence a pitched battle between two fascist gangs, the Carter White 

House and the Bush-Casey forces. Out of this 1980 gang warfare, the post-1981 United 

States regime would emerge. In the event the temple of Apollo in New Haven defeated 

the temple of Dionysios in Plains, Georgia. 

Carter and Brzezinski had deliberately toppled the Shah, deliberately installed Khomeini 

in power. This was an integral part of Brzezinski's "arc of crisis" geopolitical lunacy, 

another made-in-London artefact which called for the US to support the rise of Khomeini, 

and his personal brand of fanaticism, a militant heresy within Islam. US arms deliveries 

were made to Iran during the time of the Shah; during the short-lived Baktiar government 

at the end of the Shah's reign; and continuously after the advent of Khomeini. There are 

indications that the Carter regime connived with Khomeini to get the hostages taken in 

the first place; the existence of the hostages would allow Carter to continue arms 

deliveries and other vital forms of support for Khomeini under the pretext that he was 

doing it out of love for Khomeini, but in order to free the hostages. It was, in short, the 

same charade that was later acted out under Reagan. 

A little-noted aspect of the Carter arms negotiations with Khomeini during the hostage 

crisis is the possible involvement of networks friendly to Bush. On December 7, 1979, 

less than two months after the hostages were seized, Assistant Secretary of State Harold 

Saunders was contacted by a certain Cyrus Hashemi, an Iranian arms dealer and agent of 

the Iranian SAVAK secret police. Hashemi proposed a deal to free the hostages, and 

submitted a memorandum calling for the removal of the ailing expatriate Shah from US 

territory; an apology by the US to the people of Iran for past US interference; the creation 

of a United Nations Commission; and the unfreezing of the Iranian financial assets seized 

by Carter and arms and spare parts deliveries by the US to Iran. All of this was summed 

up in a memorandum submitted to Secretary of State Cyrus Vance. [fn 36] 

The remarkable aspect of this encounter was that Cyrus Hashemi was accompanied by 

his lawyer, John Stanley Pottinger. The account of the 1976 Letelier case provided above 

has established that Pottinger was a close Bush collaborator. Pottinger, it will be recalled, 

had served as Assistant Attorney General for Civil Rights in the Nixon and Ford

administrations between 1973 and 1977 after having directed the US Office of Civil 

Rights in the Justice Department between 1970 and 1973. Pottinger had also stayed on 

into the early Carter administration, serving as special assistant to the Attorney General 

from February to April, 1977. Pottinger had then joined the law firm of Tracy, Malin, and 

Pottinger of Washington, London, and Paris. 

This same Pottinger was now the lawyer for gun-runner Cyrus Hashemi. Given 

Pottinger's proven relation to Bush, we may wonder whether Bush may have been 

informed of Hashemi's proposal and of the possible responses of the Carter 

administration. Bush may have known, for example, that during the Christmas season of 

1979 one Captain Siavash Setoudeh, an Iranian naval officer and the former Iranian 

military attache before the breaking of diplomatic relations between the United States and 

Iran, was arranging arms deliveries to Khomeini out of a premises of the US Office of 

Naval Research in Arlington, Virginia. If Bush had been in contact with Pottinger, he 

might have known something about the Carter offers for arms deliveries. 

Relevant evidence that might help us to determine what Bush knew and when he knew it 

is still being withheld by the Bush regime . The FBI bugged Cyrus Hashemi's phone 

between October 1980 and January 1981, and many of the conversations that were 

recorded were between Hashemi and Bush's friend Pottinger. The FBI first claimed that 

these tapes were "lost," but now admits that it knows the location of some of them. Are 

they being withheld to protect Pottinger? Are they being withheld to protect Bush? 

Other information on the intentions of the Khomeini regime may have reached Bush from 

his old friend and associate, Mitchell Rogovin, the former CIA General Counsel. During 

1976, Rogovin had accompanied Bush on many trips to the Capitol to testify before 

Congressional committees; the two were known to be close. In the spring of 1980, 

Rogovin told the Carter administration that he had been approached by the Iranian- 

American arms dealer Houshang Lavi with an offer to start negotiations for the release of 

the hostages. Lavi claimed to be an emissary of Iranian president Abol Hassan Bani-Sadr; 

Rogovin at this time was working as the lawyer for the John Anderson GOP presidential 

campaign. 

Bush's family friend Casey had also been in touch with Iranian representatives. Jamshid 

Hashemi, the brother of Cyrus Hashemi (who died under suspicious circumstances during 

1986), has told Gary Sick that he met with William Casey at the Mayflower Hotel in 

Washington, DC in March of 1980 to talk about the hostages. According to Jamshid 

Hashemi, "Casey quickly made clear that he wanted to prevent Jimmy Carter from 

gaining any political advantage from the hostage crisis. The Hashemis agreed to 

cooperate with Casey without the knowledge of the Carter Administration." [fn 37] 

Casey's "intelligence operation" included the spying on the opposing candidate that has 

been routine in US political campaigns for decades, but went far beyond it. As journalists 

like Witcover and Germond knew during the course of the campaign, and as the 1984 

Albosta committee "Debategate" investigation showed, Casey set up at least two October 

Surprise espionage groups.

The first of these watched the Carter White House, the Washington bureaucracy, and 

diplomatic and intelligence posts overseas. This group was headed by Reagan's principal 

foreign policy advisor and later NSC chairman Richard Allen. Allen was assisted by Fred 

Ickle and John Lehman, who later got top jobs in the Pentagon, and by Admiral Thomas 

Moorer. This group also included Robert McFarlane. Allen was in touch with some 120 

foreign policy and national security experts sympathetic to the Reagan campaign. Casey 

helped Allen to interface with the Bush campaign network of retired and active duty 

assets in the intelligence community. This network reached into the Carter NSC, where 

Bush crony Don Gregg worked as the CIA liaison man, and into Carter's top-secret White 

House situation room. 

During these very months there was a further influx of retired intelligence officers into 

the Reagan-Bush machine. According to Colonel Charlie Beckwith, who had led the 

abortive "Desert One" attempt to rescue the hostages during the spring of 1980, "The 

Carter Administration made a serious mistake. A lot of the old whores--guys with lots of 

street smarts and experience--left the agency." According to another CIA man, "Stan 

Turner fired the best CIA operatives over the hostage crisis. The firees agreed among 

themselves that they would remain in touch with one another and with their contacts and 

continue to operate more or less as independents." [fn 38] 

Another October Surprise monitoring group was headed by Admiral Robert Garrick, who 

was assisted by Stephan Halper, Ray Cline's son in law. The task of this group was the 

physical surveillance of US military bases by on-the-ground observers, often retired and 

sometimes active duty military officers. Lookouts were posted to watch Tinker Air Force 

Base in Oklahoma, Andrews Air Force Base near Washington, McGuire Air Force Base 

in New Jersey (where weapons already bought and paid for by the Shah were stockpiled), 

and Norton and March Air Force bases in California. 

Garrick, Casey, Meese, Wirthlin and other campaign offocials met each morning in Falls 

Church. Virginia, just outside of Washington, to review intelligence gathered. Bush was 

certainly informed of these meetings. Did he also attend them? 

This group soon became operational. It was clear that Khomeini was keeping the 

hostages to sell them to the highest bidder. Bush and Casey were not reticent about 

putting their own offer on the table. 

Shortly after the GOP convention, Casey appears to have travelled to Europe for a 

meeting in Madrid in late July with Mehdi Karrubi, a leading Khomeini supporter, now 

the speaker of the Iranan Parliament. Jamshid Hashemi said that he and his late brother 

Cyrus were present at this meeting and at another one in Madrid during August which 

they say Casey also attended. The present government of Iran has declined to confirm, or 

deny this contact, saying that "the Islamic Government of Iran sees no benefit to involve 

itself in the matter." 

Casey's whereabouts are officially unknown between July 26-27 and July 30. What is 

known is that as soon as Casey surfaced again in Washington on July 30, he reported

ack to vice presidential candidate George Bush in a dinner meeting held at the Alibi 

Club. It is certain from the evidence that there were negotiations with the Mullahs by the 

Reagan-Bush camp, and that Bush was heavily involved at every stage. 

In early September, Bush's brother Prescott Bush became involved with a letter to James 

Baker in which he described his contacts with a certain Herbert Cohen, a consultant to the 

Carter Administration on Middle East matters. Cohen had promised to abort any possible 

Carter moves to "politicize" the hostage issue by openly denouncing any machinations 

that Carter might attempt. Prescott offered Baker a meeting with Cohen. Were it not fot 

the power of the Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones networks, George's brother 

Prescott Bush might have become something likt the Billy Carter of the 1980's. 

In September-October 1980 there was a meeting at the L'Enfant Plaza Hotel in 

Washington among Richard Allen, Bud McFarlane, Laurence Silberman of the Reagan- 

Bush campaign and a mysterious Iranian representative, thought to be an emissary of 

Iranian asset Hashemi Rafsanjani, an asset of US intelligence who was becoming one of 

the most powerful mullahs in Khomeini's entourage. The Iranian representative offered a 

deal whereby "he could get the hostages released directly to our campaign before the 

election," Silberman recalls. Allen has claimed that he cut this meeting short after twenty 

minutes. Allen, McFarlane, and Silberman (later named a federal judge) all failed to 

report this approach to the White House, the State Department, or other authorities. 

On September 22, Iraq invaded Iran, starting a war that would last until the middle of 

1988 and which would claim more than a million lives. The US intelligence estimate had 

been that Khomeini and the mullahs were in danger of losing power by the end of 1980 

because of their incompetence, corruption, and benighted stupidity. US and other western 

intelligence agencies, especially the French, thereupon encouraged Iraq to attack Iran, 

offering the prospect of an easy victory. The easy victory" analysis was incorporated into 

a "secret" CIA report which was delivered to the Saudi Arabian government with the 

suggestion that it be leaked to Iraq. The real US estimate was that a war with Iraq would 

strengthen Khomeini against reformers who looked to President Bani-Sadr, and that the 

war emergency would assist in the imposition of a "new dark ages" regime in Iran. An 

added benefit was that Iran and Iraq as warring states would be forced vastly to increase 

their oil production, forcing down the oil price on the world market and thus providing 

the bankrupt US dollar with an important subsidy in terms of the dollar's ability to 

command basic commodities in the real world. Bani-Sadr spoke in this connection of "an 

oil crisis in reverse" as a result of the Iran-Iraq war. 

President Bani-Sadr, who was later deposed in a coup d'etat by Khomeini, Rafsanjani, 

and Beheshti, has recalled that during this period Khomeini decided to bet on Reagan- 

Bush. "So what if Reagan wins," said Khomeini. "Nothing will really change since he 

and Carter are both enemies of Islam." [fn 39] 

This was the time of the Reagan-Carter presidential debates, and Casey's operation had 

also yielded booty in this regard. Bush ally and then Congressman David Stockman

oasted in Indiana in late October that he had used a "pilfered copy" of Carter's personal 

briefing book to coach Reagan prior to a debate. 

Many sources agree that a conclusive series of meetings between Reagan-Bush and the 

Khomeini forces took place in Paris during the October 15-20 period, and there is little 

doubt that William Casey was present for these meetings. According to the account 

furnished by Richard Brenneke, there was a meeting at the Hotel Raphael in Paris at 

about noon on October 19, attended by George Bush, William Casey, Don Gregg, 

Manucher Gorbanifar and two unnamed Iranian officials. Brenneke says that there was a 

second meeting the same afternoon, with the same cast of characters, minus George 

Bush. Then there was a third meeting at the Hotel Florida the next day, October 20, this 

time attended by Casey, Gregg, Hashemi, Manucher Gorbanifar, Major Robert Benes of 

the French intelligence services, and one or two other persons. 

According to Bani-Sadr, his reports show that the meetings took polace, and were 

attended by Reagan-Bush representatives, Iranians loyal to Behesthi and Rafsanjani, and 

arms merchants like Cyrus Hashemi, Manucher Ghorbanifar, and Albert Hakim. Bani- 

Sadr's first reports from military officials in Iran specified that "Bush had met with a 

representative of Beheshti." Bani-Sadr later elaborated that his sources in Iran "inform me 

that Bush was in the discussions in Paris...that his name had been on the document. I have 

it in writing." [fn 40] 

According to Gary Sick's collation of fifteen sources claiming knowledge of the Paris 

meeting, the Iranian side agreed not to release the hostages before the November 4 US 

election, and the Reagan-Bush side promised to deliver spare parts for military equipment 

through Israel. 

Heinrich Rupp, a pilot who often worked for Casey, says that he flew a BAC-1-11 private 

jet from Washington National Airport via Gander, Newfoundland, to Le Bourget airport 

in Paris during the night of october 18-19, 1980, arriving in Paris at 10 AM in the 

morning of October 19, local time. He may also have stopped in one of the New York 

airports. Rupp has told journalists that although he is not sure exactly who flew in his 

plane, he 's "100% certain" that he saw William Casey on the tarmac of Le Bourget after 

his arrival. Rupp is also "98% certain" that he also saw George Bush at the same time and 

place. At other times Rupp has been "99.9%" certain that he saw Bush at Le Bourget that 

day. 

According to Gary Sick, "at least five of the sources who say they were in Paris in 

connection with these meetings insist that George Bush was present for at least one 

meeting. Three of the sources say that they saw him there." [fn 41] 

Bush has heatedly denied that he was in Paris at this time, and has said that he personally 

did not negotiate with Khomeini envoys. But he has generally avoided a blanket denial 

that the campaign of which he was a principal engaged in surreptitious dealings with the 

Khomeini mullahs.

Bush's alibi for October 18-October 19, 1980 has always appeared dubious. There is in 

fact a period of 21 or 22 hours in which his whereabouts cannot be conclusively proven. 

According to Bush's campaign records, he was in Philadelphia on October 18, and his last 

event of the day was a speech at Widener University in Delaware County that began at 

about 8:40 PM. After the speech, he was scheduled to fly to Washington; the next event 

on his schedule was an address to the Zionist Organization of America at the Capital 

Hilton Hotel in downtown Washington at 7 PM on October 19. In the meantime he would 

rest at his campaign residence at 4429 Lowell Street in Washington. 

Bush staffer Peter Hart has claimed that Bush arrived at Andrews Air Force Base in the 

Maryland suburbs of Washington on the night of October 19 and then proceeded to his 

campaign residence. Secret Service records say that Bush landed at Washington National 

Airport in northern Virginia at 9:25 PM. The Secret Service records are themselves 

suspect in that they were filed 12 days later. (One thinks of the undated combat report of 

Bush's mission from the San Jacinto.) This is the same airport and about the same time 

mentioned by Rupp in his account of his departure for Paris. 

There is some indication that a Bush double may have made an appearance at the Howard 

Johnson Motel in Cheshire, Pennsylvania where Bush was staying. According to the 

motel manager, Bush did not check out of his establishment until after 11 PM that night, 

which cointradicts both Hart and the Secret Service records. 

There are some Secret Service logs that indicate something about Bush visiting Chevy 

Chase Country Club in suburban Maryland between 10:30 AM and 11:56 AM on the 

morning of October 19, but this evidence is highly suspect. The records in question 

appear to have been filled out by an advance man from Bush's political staff, not a Secret 

Service agent. The documents are dated one week after the events in question. Parts of 

the documentation have been heavily censored and "redacted." An investigative journalist 

was unable to find anyone among the personnel of the country club who could confirm 

that Bush had been there, and there appear to be no files or records at the country club 

that could prove his presence. 

Don Gregg has also attempted to provide his own alibi for October 18-19. This came in a 

trial in Portland, Orgeon in April-May, 1990 in which the Bush regime had indicted 

Richard Brenneke for perjury allegedly committed in telling the story of the Paris 

meeting and Bush's presence to a federal judge in a Colorado trial in which Heinrich 

Rupp had been convicted for bank fraud in September, 1988. Gregg's story was that he 

had been at the beach in Delaware with his family during the period in question, and he 

produced some photographs he said were made during those days. Expert witness Bob 

Lynott, an experienced weatherman, refuted Gregg's testimony by showing that the 

weather conditions in Delaware that day did not match those shown by meteorological 

records. Gregg was discredited, and Brenneke was acquitted on the charge of perjury. 

The Bushmen have also brought forward Gordon Crovitz of the Wall Street Journal with 

a log of Bush's activities on October 19 that includes a luncheon with former US

Supreme Court Justice Potter Stewart of Skull and Bones. But Potter Stewart died in 

1985. 

Finally Secret Service logs show that Bush arrived at the Capitol Hilton to speak before 

the Zionist Association of America at either 7 PM or 8:12 PM, depending on which 

Secret Service records are consulted. [fn 42] 

If Bush had flown to Paris by private or military jet and returned the same way, or if he 

had returned by the Concorde or some other type of commercial jetliner, there would 

have been ample time for him to proceed to Paris and participate in the consultations 

described. There is another intriguing possibility: during this same period of 24 hours, 

Iranian Prime Minister Ali Rajai, an adversary of Bani-Sadr and puppet of Khomeini, 

was in New York preparing to depart for Algiers after consultations at the United 

Nations. Rajai had refused all contact with the Carter, Muskie and other US officials, but 

he may have been more interested in meeting Bush or one of his representatives. 

Between October 21 and October 23, Israel despatched a planeload of much-needed F-4 

Phantom jet spare parts it Iran in violation of the US arms boycott. Who in Washington 

had sanctioned these shipments? In Teheran, the US hostages were reportedly dispersed 

into a multitude of locations on October 22. Also on October 22, Prime Minister Rajai, 

back from New York and Algiers, announced that Iran wanted neither American spare 

parts nor American arms. The Iranian approach to the ongoing contacts with the Carter 

Administration now began to favor evasive delaying tactics. There were multiple 

indications that Khomeini had decided that Reagan-Bush was a better bet than Carter, and 

that Reagan-Bush had made the more generous offer. 

Barbara Honegger, then an official of the Reagan-Bush campaign recalls that "on October 

24th or 25th, an assistant to Stephan Halper's 'October Surprise' intelligence operation 

echoed William Casey's newfound confidence, boasting to the author in the operations 

center where [Reagan-Bush Iran watcher Michel] Smith worked that the campaign no 

longer needed to worry about an 'October surprise' because 'Dick [Allen] cut a deal." [fn 

43] 

On October 27, Bush campaigned in Pittsburgh, where he addressed a gathering of labor 

leaders. His theme that day was Iranian attempt to "manipulate" the outcome of the US 

election through the exertion of "last-minute leverage" involving the hostages. "It's no 

secret that the Iranians do not want to see Ronald Reagan elected President," Bush lied. 

"They want to play a hand in the election-- with our 52 hostages as the 52 cards in their 

negotiating deck." It was a "cool, cynical, unconscionable ploy" by the Khomeini regime. 

Bush asserted that it was "fair to ask how come right now there's talk of releasing them 

[the hostages] after nearly a year." His implication was that Carter was the one with the 

dirty deal. Bush concluded that he wanted the hostages "out as soon as possible...We 

want them home and we'll worry about who to blame later." [fn 44] 

During the first week of December, Executive Intelligence Review reported that Henry 

Kissinger "held a series of meetings during the week of November 12 in Paris with

epresentatives of Ayatollah Beheshti, leader of the fundamentlist clergy in Iran." "Top 

level intelligence sources in Reagan's inner circle confirmed Kissinger's unreported talks 

with the Iranian mullahs, but stressed that the Kissinger initiative was totally 

unauthorized by the president-elect." According to EIR, "it appears that the pattern of 

cooperation between the Khomeini people and circles nominally in Reagan's camp began 

approximately six to eight weeks ago, at the height of President Carter's efforts to secure 

an arms-for-hostages deal with Teheran. Carter's failure to secure the deal, which a 

number of observers believe cost him the November 4 election, apparently resulted from 

an intervention in Teheran by pro-Reagan British circles and the Kissinger faction." [fn 

45] These revelations from EIR are the first mention in the public record of the scandal 

which has come over the years to be known as the October surprise. 

The hostages were not released before the November election, which Reagan won 

convincingly. That night, according to Roland Perry, Bush said to Reagan, "You're in like 

a burglar." Khomeini kept the hostages emprisoned until January 20, the day of the 

Reagan-Bush inauguration, and let the hostage plane take off just as Reagan and Bush 

were taking their oaths of office. 

Whether George Bush was personally present in Paris, or at other meetings with Iranian 

representatives where the hostage and arms questions were on the agenda, has yet to be 

conclusively proven. Here a thorough and intrusive Congressional investigation of the 

Carter and Reagan machinations in this regard is long overdue. Such a probe might also 

shed light on the origins of the Iran-Iraq war, which set the stage for the more recent Gulf 

crisis. But, quite apart from questions regarding George Bush's presence at this or that 

meeting, there can be no doubt that both the Carter regime and the Reagan-Bush 

campaign were actively involved in dealings with the Khomeini regime concerning the 

hostages and concerning the timing of their possible release. In the case of the Reagan- 

Bush Iran connection, there is reason to believe that federal crimes under the Logan Act 

and other applicable laws may have taken place. 

George Bush had now grasped the interim prize that had eluded him since 1968: after 

more than a dozen years of effort, he had now become the Vice President of the United 

States. 

NOTES: 

1. Bob Woodward and Walter Pincus, "At CIA, a Rebuilder 'Goes With the Flow,'" Washington Post, 

August 10, 1988. 

2. For Bush's business dealings of 1977-79, see Bob Woodward and Walter Pincus, "Doing Well With Help 

From Family, Friends," Washington Post, August 11, 1988. 


4. Washington Post, November 12, 1978.

5. Albert Pike to Robert Toombs, May 20, 1861 in The War of the Rebellion: A Compilation of the Official 

Records of the Union and Confederate Armies (Washington: US Government Printing Office, 1881), Series 

I, Volume III, pp. 580-1. See also James David Carter, History of the Supreme Council, 330 (Mother 

Council of the World), Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry Southern Jurisdiction, USA, 

1861-1891 (Washington: The Supreme Council, 330, 1967), pp. 5-24, and James David Carter (editor), The 

First Century of Scottish Rite Masonry in Texas: 1867-1967 (Texas Scottish Rite Bodies, 1967), pp. 32-33, 

42. 

6. Fredericka Meiners, (Houston: Rice University, 1982). 

7. Ronald Brownstein and Nina Easton, Reagan's Ruling Class (New York: Pantheon Books, 1983), p. 650. 

8. New York Times Magazine, May 6, 1990, pp. 34-37. 

9. Joe Conason, "Company Man," Village Voice, October , 1988. 

10. Bob Callahan, "Agents for Bush," Covert Action Information Bulletin, Number 33 (Winter, 1990), p. 5 

ff. 

11. Joe Conason, "Company Man," Village Voice, October , 1988. 

12. Harris Worcester, "Travels with Bush and Connally," Texas Observer, September 22, 1978. 

13. Harry Hurt III, "George Bush, Plucky Lad," Texas Monthly, June 1983, p. 206. 

14. L. Wolfe, "King George VII Campaigns in New Hampshire, New Solidarity, January 8, 1980. 

15. Jeff Greenfield, The Real Campaign (New York, 1982), pp. 36-37. 

16. For the Jerusalem Conference, see: Edward S. Herman and Gerry O'Sullivan, The Terrorism Industry 

(New York, Pantheon), passim; Jonathan Marshall et al., The Iran Contra Connection (Boston, 1987); Bob 

Callahan, "Agents for Bush," Covert Action Information Bulletin, Number 33 (Winter, 1990), p. 6; Edward 

S. Herman and Frank Brodhead, The Rise and Fall of the Bulgarian Connection, pp. 68-69. 

17. See Greenfield, The Real Campaign, pp. 40-41. 

19. Quoted in Greenfield, p. 44. 

20. Manchester Union Leader, February 24, 1980. 

21. Sidney Blumenthal, The Rise of the Counter-establishment (New York, 1988), pp. 82-83. 

22. Mark Bisnow, Diary of a Dark Horse: The 1980 Anderson Presidential Campaign (Southern Illinois 

University Press, 1983), p. 136. 

23. For the Nashua Telegraph Debate, see: Greenfield, The Real Campaign, p. 44 ff.; Mark Bisnow, Diary 

of a Dark Horse, p. 134 ff.; Jules Witcover and Jack Germond, Blue Smoke and Mirrors (New York, 1981), 

p. 116 ff. 


25. Texas Observer, May 23, 1980.

26. David Leigh, The Wilson Plot, passim. 

27. Letter from Casey to Cherne, July 10, 1973, Ford Library, Leo Cherne Papers, Box 1. 

28. Germond and Witcover, Blue Smoke and Mirrors, p. 169. 

29. Germond and Witcover, p. 170. 


31. The best testimony on this is Reagan's own response to a question from Witcover and Germond. Asked 

if "it was true that he was trying to get President Ford to run with him," Reagan promptly responded, "Oh, 

sure. That would be the best." See Germond and Witcover, p. 178. 



34. See Henry Pringle, Theodore Roosevelt, A Biography (New York: Harcourt Brace, 1931), p. 223. 

35. Washington Star, July 15, 1980. 

36. See Executive Intelligence Review, Project Democracy: The "Parallel Government" Behind the Irancontra 

affair (Washington, 1987), pp. 88-101. 

37. Gary Sick, "The Election Story of the Decade," New York Times, April 15, 1991. 

38. Abbie Hoffman and Jonathan Silvers, "An Election Held Hostage" Playboy, October 1988. 

39. Abol Hassan Bani-Sadr, My Turn to Speak (New York, 1991), p. 33. 

40. Barbara Honegger, October Surprise , p. 59. 

41. Gary Sick, New York Times, April 15, 1991. 

42. For an exhaustive analysis of Bush's alibi, see Barbara Honegger, October Surprise (New York, 1989), 

p. 98 ff. 

43. Barbara Honegger, October Surprise, p. 58. 


45. Executive Intelligence Review, December 2, 1980.

Chapter -XVII- The Attempted Coup D'Etat of March 

30, 1991 

"Bizarre happenstance, a weird coincidence" 

--Bush spokeswoman Shirley M. Green, March 31, 1981 

cui prodest scelus, is fecit 

--Seneca, first century AD 

For Bush, the vice presidency was not an end in itself, but merely another stage in the 

ascent towards the pinnacle of the federal bureaucracy, the White House. With the help of 

his Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones network, Bush had now reached the point 

where but a single human life stood between him and the presidency. 

Ronald Reagan was 70 years old when he took office, the oldest man ever to be 

inaugurated as president. His mind wandered; long fits of slumber crept over his 

cognitive faculties. On some days he may have kept bankers' hours with his papers and 

briefing books and meetings in the Oval Office, but he needed a long nap most afternoons 

and became distraught if he could not have one. His custom was to delegate all 

administrative decisions to the cabinet members, to the executive departments and 

agencies. Policy questions were delegated to the White House staff, who prepared the 

options and then guided Reagan's decisions among the pre-defined options. This was the 

staff that composed not just Reagan's speeches, but the script of his entire life: for 

normally every word that Reagan spoke in meetings and conferences, every line down to 

and including "Good morning, Senator," every word was typed on three by five file cards 

from which the Reagan would read. 

Foreign leaders like the cunning Francois Mitterrand professed shock over Reagan's 

refusal to depart from the vaguest generalities in response to impromptu questions; 

Mitterrand had attempted to invite Reagan to a private tete-a-tete, but he had been 

overruled by Reagan's staff. French Foreign Minister Cheysson lamented that the 

exchanges had been "shallow." When asked for decisions in the National Security 

Council, Reagan would often respond with his favorite story about black welfare mothers 

chiselling the government out of money; aides would then interpret that as approval of 

the options they were putting forward.

But sometimes Reagan was capable of lucudity, and even of inspired greatness, in the 

way a thunderstorm can momentarily illuminate a darkling countryside; these moments 

often involved direct personal impressions or feelings. Reagan's instinctive contempt for 

Bush after the Nashua Telegraph debate was one of his better moments. Reagan's greatest 

moment of conceptual clarity came in his televsion speech of March 23, 1983 on the 

Strategic Defense Initiative. The idea of defending against nuclear missles, of not 

accepting mutually assured destruction, and of using such a program as a science driver 

for rapid technological renewal was something Reagan permanently grasped and held 

onto even under intense pressure in Hofdie House in Reykjavik in October, 1986 during 

the summit with Gorbachov. In addition, during the early years of Reagan's first term, 

there were enough Reaganite loyalists, typified by William Clark, in the administration to 

cause much trouble for the Bushmen. But as the years went by, the few men like Clark 

that Reagan had brought with him from California would be ground up by endless 

bureaucratic warfare, and their replacements, like McFarlane at the NSC, would come 

more and more from the ranks of the Kissingerians. Unfortunately Reagan never 

developed a plan to make the SDI an irreversible political and budgetary reality, and this 

critical shortcoming grew out of Reagan's failed economic policies, which never 

substantially departed from Carter's. 

But apart from rare moments like the SDI, Reagan tended to drift. Don Regan called it 

"the guesswork presidency;" for Al Haig, frustrated in his own lust for power, it was 

government by an all-powerful staff. Who were the staff? At first it was thought that 

Reagan would take most of his advice from his old friend Edwin Meese, his close 

associate from California days, loyal and devoted to Reagan, and sporting his Adam 

Smith tie. But it was soon evident that the White House was really run by a troika: 

Meese, Michael Deaver, and James Baker III, Bush's man. 

Deaver's specialty was demagogic image-mongering. Deaver's images were made for 

television; they were edifying symbols without content, and took advantage of the fact 

that Reagan so perfectly embodied the national ideology of the Americans that most of 

them could not help liking him; he was the ideal figurehead. Deaver had another 

important job, for Reagan, as everybody knows, was uxorious: Nancy Reagan, the 

narrow-minded, vain, petty starlet was the one the president called "Mommy." Nancy 

was the mamba of the White House, the social-climbing arriviste of capital society, an 

evil-tongued presence on a thousand telephones a week complaining about the indignities 

she thought she was subjected to, always obsessed by public opinion and making Ronnie 

look good in the most ephemeral short term. Deaver was like a eunuch of the Topkapi 

harem, responsible for managing the humors of the sultan's leading odalisque. 

Nancy was a potential problem for Bush; she did not like him; perhaps she sensed that he 

was organizing a putsch against Ronnie. "He's a nice man and very capable. But he's no 

Ronnie. He comes across as a 'wimp.'I don't think he can make it. He's a nice man, but his 

image is against him. It isn't macho enough." [fn 1] So spoke Nancy Reagan to her 

astrologer, Joan Quigley, in the White House in April, 1985. That could have been a very 

serious problem indeed, and that was where James Baker came in.

If Deaver played the eunuch for Nancy, Baker was to impersonate her squire and 

champion. In Nancy's provincial view, Baker was a sartorially elegant, old money 

aristocrat and charmeur. His assignment for the Bush machine was to ingratiate himself 

with the adolescent old lady with flattery and schmooze, and Nancy appears to have been 

entranced by Baker's Princeton Ivy Club veneer --those ties! Those suits! 

Deaver gravitated by instinct towards Baker; Deaver tells us in his memoirs that he was a 

supporter of Bush for vice president at the Detroit convention. This meant that Baker- 

Deaver became the dominant force over Ron and over Nancy; George Bush, in other 

words, already had an edge in the bureaucratic infighting. 

Thus it was that White House press secretary James Brady could say in early March, 

1981: "Bush is functioning much like a co-president. George is involved in all the 

national security stuff because of his special background as CIA director. All the budget 

working groups he was there, the economic working groups, the Cabinet meetings. He is 

included in almost all the meetings." [fn 2] 

Even before the inauguration, James Baker had told a group of experienced Republican 

political operatives in Houston that Reagan was only interested in the public and 

symbolic aspects of the presidency, and that he had asked the Bush people to come in and 

take over the actual running of day to day government affairs. That was, of course, the 

self-interested view of the Bushmen. There were reports in the Bush camp that Reagan 

would quit after a year or two and let Bush entrench himself as the incumbent before the 

1984 election. Later, after 1984, there were even more frequent rumors that Reagan 

would resign in favor of Bush. It did not happen, showing that Reagan was not the 

pushover that the Bushmen liked to pretend. 

During the first months of the Reagan Administration, Bush found himself locked in a 

power struggle with Gen. Alexander Haig, whom Reagan had appointed to be Secretary 

of State. Haig was a real threat to the Bushmen. Haig was first of all a Kissinger clone 

with credentials to rival Bush's own; Haig had worked on Henry's staff during the Nixon 

years; he had been the White House chief of staff who had eased Nixon out the door with 

no trial, but with an imminent pardon. Haig's gifts of intrigue were considerable. And 

Haig was just as devoted to the Zionist neoconservatives as Bush was, with powerful ties 

in the direction of the Anti-Defamation League. It was, althogether, a challenge not to be 

taken lightly. Haig thought that he had been a rival to Bush for the vice-presidency at the 

Detroit convention, and perhaps he had been. 

Inexorably, the Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones networks went into action 

against Haig. The idea was to paint him as a power-hungry megalomaniac bent on 

dominating the administration of the weak figurehead Reagan. This would then be 

supplemented by a vicious campaign of leaking by Baker and Deaver designed to play 

Reagan against Haig and vice-versa, until the rival to Bush could be eliminated. 

The wrecking operation against Haig started during his confirmation hearings, during 

which he had to answer more questions about Watergate than Bush had faced in 1975,

when the facts were much more recent. Senator Tsongas was wired in: Tsongas, 

motivating his negative vote against Haig's confirmation, told the nominee: "You are 

going to dominate this administration, if I may say so. You are by far the strongest 

personality that's going to be in there." [fn 3] 

Three weeks into the new administration, Haig concluded that "someone in the White 

House staff was attempting to communicate with me through the press," by a process of 

constant leakage, including leakage of the contents of secret diplomatic papers. Haig 

protested to Meese, NSC chief Richard Allen, Baker, and Bush. Shortly thereafter, Haig 

noted that "Baker's messengers sent rumors of my imminent departure or dismissal 

murmuring through the press." Soon "'a senior presidential aide' was quoted in a 

syndicated column as saying, 'We will get this man [Haig] under control.'" [fn 4] It took a 

long time for Baker and Bush to drive Haig out of the administration. Ultimately it was 

Haig's attempted mediation of the Malvinas crisis in April, 1982 that weakened Haig to 

the point that he could be finished off. His fall was specifically determined by his action 

in giving Ariel Sharon a secret carte blanche for the Israeli government to invade 

Lebanon, including the city of Beirut. Reagan was justifiably enraged. Shortly before his 

ouster, Haig got a report of a White House meeting during which Baker was reported to 

have said, "Haig is going to go, and quickly, and we are going to make it happen." [fn 5] 

Haig's principal bureaucratic ploy during the first weeks of the Reagan administration 

was his submission to Reagan on the day of his inauguration of a draft executive order to 

organize the National Security Counbcil and interagency tasks forces, including the crisis 

staffs, according to Haig's wishes. Haig refers to this document as National Security 

Decision Directive 1 (NSDD 1), and laments that it was never signed in its original form, 

and that no comparable directive for structuring the NSC interagency groups was signed 

for over a year. Ultimately a document called NSDD 2 would be signed, formalizing the 

establishment of a Special Situation Group (SSG) crisis management staff chaired by 

Bush. Haig's draft would have made the Secretary of State the Chairman of the SSG 

crisis staff in conformity with Haig's demand to be recognized as Reagan's "vicar of 

foreign policy." This was unacceptable to Bush, who made sure with the help of Baker 

and probably also Deaver that Haig's draft of NSDD 1 would never be signed. 

Haig writes about this bureaucratic struggle as the battle for the IG's (Interagency 

Groups) and SIG's (Special or Senior Interagency Groups), generally populated by 

undersecretaries, assistant secretaries, and deputy assistant secretaries within the NSC 

framework. As Haig points out, these Kissingerian structures are the locus of much real 

power, especially under a weak president like Reagan. Haig notes that "in organizational 

terms, the key to the system is the substructure of SIG's and IG's in which the 

fundamentals of policy (domestic and foreign) are decided. On instructions from the 

President, the IG's (as I will call the whole lot, for the sake of convenience), can summon 

up all the human and informational resources of the federal government, study specific 

issues, and develop policy options and recommendations. [...] IG chairmanships are 

parceled out to State and other departments and agencies according to their interests and 

their influence. As Kissinger, that canny veteran of marches and countermarches in the

faculty of Harvard University, recognized, he who controls the key IG's controls the flow 

of options to the President and, therefore, to a degree, controls policy." [fn 6] 

The struggle between Haig and Bush culminated towards the end of Reagan's first 

hundred days in office. Haig was chafing because the White House staff, meaning Baker, 

was denying him acess to the president. Haig's NSDD 1 had still not been signed. The, on 

Sunday, March 22, Haig's attention was called to an elaborate leak to reporter Martin 

Schram that had appeared that day in the Washington Post under the headline "WHITE 

HOUSE REVAMPS TOP POLICY ROLES; Bush to Head Crisis Management." Haig's 

attention was drawn to the following paragraphs: 

Partly in an effort to bring harmony to the Reagan high command, it has been decided that Vice 

President George Bush will be placed in charge of a new structure for national security crisis 

management, according to senior presidential assistants. This assignment will amount to an 

unprecedented role for a vice president in modern times. In the Carter administration, the crisis 

management structure was chaired by Zbigniew Brzezinski, the national security adviser. [...] 

On a broader, policy-making level, senior White House officials were unhappy with what they felt 

to be ill-timed and ill-considered actions by Secretary of State Alexander M. Haig Jr. that placed 

the brightest spotlight on El Salvador at a time when the administration was trying to focus 

maximum attention on Reagan's economic proposals. [...] 

Bush's stature, by virtue of job title and experience, was cited as the reason that he was chosen to 

chair meetings in the Situation Room in time of crisis. Principal officials involved in crisis 

management will be the secretaries of state and defense, the Central Intelligence Agency director, 

the national security adviser, Meese, and Baker, officials said, adding that the structure has not 

been fully devised nor the presidential directive written. 

Reagan officials emphasized that Bush, a former director of the CIA and former United Nations 

Ambassador, would be able to preserve White House control over crisis management without 

irritating Haig, who they stressed was probably the most experienced and able of all other officials 

who could serve in that function. 

"The reason for this [choice of Bush] is that the secretary of state might wish he were chairing the 

crisis management structure," said one Reagan official, "but it is pretty hard to argue with the vice 

president being in charge." [fn 7] 

Lower down on the page was a smaller article entitled "Anatomy of a Washington 

Rumor," to which we will return. 

Haig says that he called Ed Meese at the White House to check the truth of this report, 

and that Meese replied that there was no truth to it. Haig went to see Reagan at the White 

House. Reagan was concerned about the leak, and reassured Haig: "I want you to know 

that the story in the Post is a fabrication. It means that George would sit in for me in the 

NSC in my absence, and that's all it means. It doesn't affect your authority in any way." 

Haig also says that he received a further call from Reagan assuring him that his authority 

was not to be diminished in the slightest. 

But later the same afternoon, White House press secretary James Brady read the 

following statement to the press:

I am confirming today the President's decision to have the Vice President chair the 

Administration's "crisis management" team, as a part of the National Security Council 

system....President Reagan's choice of the Vice President was guided in large measure by the fact 

that management of crises has traditionally--and appropriately-- been done in the White House. [fn 

8] 

Haig says he then drew up his letter of resignation, but hesitated to sign it. He called 

Bush to complain: "The American people can't be served by this. It's an impossible 

situation for you and me to be in. Of course, you chair the NSC in the President's 

absence. We didn't need to say it. This is all mischief. Why the hell did they do this 

without discussing it with me." Haig went on: "I have been dealt with duplicitiously, 

George. The President has been used. I need a public reaffirmation of my role or I can't 

stay here." Can it be that Haig was so naive that he did not realize that Bush was his 

ruthless rival and the source of many of his problems? Haig undoubtedly knew, but chose 

not to say so in memoirs written after he had been defeated. For Haig also knew that 

Bush was vindictive. Haig does note that he was convinced that Meese was not part of 

the cabal out to get him. Haig had further conversations with Reagan during these days, 

which often seemed to have cleared up the confusion, but which in retrospect were never 

conclusive. In the meantime, George Bush had seized control of the Special Situation 

Group, which would take control of the Executive Branch in time of crisis or national 

emergency. It was a superb starting point for a coup d'etat. 

The other article in the Washington Post of Sunday, March 22 was also a harbinger of 

things soon to come. This piece was entitled "Anatomy of a Washington Rumor," and the 

rumor it traced was that "Vice President George Bush had been nicked by a bullet in a 

predawn shooting outside a townhouse somewhere on Capitol Hill." According to this 

story, the source of the rumor in question was a young woman artist living on Capitol 

Hill who had rushed into the street on the evening of February 22 when she heard the 

sound of a traffic accident near her home. There she was met a by a police officer whom 

she had met previously, on the occasion of the murder a few weeks earlier of a young 

Supreme Court Librarian in the same spot. According to the woman artist, the policeman 

told her: "The vice president was shot today." When the woman artist tried to check on 

this story with the news media, the article alleged, the rumor took on a life of its own and 

became an inchoate news story, with Jack Anderson and others trying to verify it. 

Vice President Bush was reportedly very angry when he was told about the rumor: "Peter 

Teeley, the vice president's press secretary, told Bush of the inquiries. The vice president 

was incredulous and was as angry as Teeley had ever seen him. 'Jesus, this is the craziest 

thing I have ever heard,' he said. Bush though the whole thing was silly. 'You should call 

Barbara,' he told Teeley, ' and let her know what this is all about." Why would Bush be so 

angry about a spurious report? 

As reporters dug deeper into the alleged shooting, one asked a Secret Service contact if 

there had been any recent shooting incidents monitored by his agency. "The answer came 

back. On March 8, as a motorcade drove west on Canal Road, officers had heard a 

'popping sound' from a 'steep, rocky cliff' on the Virginia side of the Potomac River. But 

it had been President Reagan's motorcade, not Bush's. And the noises never proved to be

gunfire." [fn 9] Had there been an attempt to assassinate Reagan, or to intimidate him? In 

any case Senator Howard Baker, the GOP majority leader at that time, was overheard 

making jokes about the allegedly discredited Rumor at a weekend party, and this was 

duly noted in the Washinton Post of March 25. 

In the midst of the Bush-Baker cabal's relentless drive to seize control over the Reagan 

administration, John Warnock Hinckley Jr. carried out his attempt to assassinate 

President Reagan on the afternoon of March 30, 1981. George Bush was visiting Texas 

that day. Bush was flying from Fort Worth to Austin in his Air Force Two Boeing 707. In 

Fort Worth, Bush had unveiled a plaque at the Hyatt Regency Hotel, the old Hotel Texas, 

designating it as a national historic site. This was the hotel, coincidentally, in which John 

F. Kennedy had spent the last night of his life, before going on to Dallas the next day, 

November 22, 1963. Here was a sinister symbolism! 

In Austin Bush was scheduled to deliver an address to a joint session of the Texas state 

legislature. It was Al Haig who called Bush in the clear and told him that the President 

had been shot, while forwarding the details of Reagan's condition, insofar as they were 

known, by scrambler as a classified message. Haig was in touch with James Baker III, 

who was close to Reagan at George Washington University hospital. Bush's man in the 

White House situation room was Admiral Dan Murphy, who was standing right next to 

Haig. Bush agreed with Haig's estimate that he ought to return to Washington at once. 

But first his plane needed to be refueled, so it landed at Carswell Air Force Base near 

Austin. 

Refueling took about forty minutes; during this time Bush talked on board the plane with 

Texas Governor William Clements, his wife, Rita, and Texas Secretary of State George 

Strake. Texas Congressman Jim Wright was also travelling on Bush's plane that day, as 

were Congressmen Bill Archer of Houston and Jim Collins of Dallas. Bush's top aide 

Chase Untermeyer was also with the party on Air Force Two. [fn 10] 

Bush says that his flight from Carswell to Andrews Air Force Base near Washington took 

about two and one half hours, and that he arrived at Andrews at abouit 6:40 PM. Bush 

says he was told by Ed Meese that the operation to remove the bullet that had struck 

Reagan was a success, and that the president was likely to survive. Bush's customary 

procedure was to land at Andrews and then take a helicopter to the vice presidential 

residence, the Naval Observatory on Massachusetts Avenue. His aides Ed Pollard and 

John Matheny suggested that he would save time by going by helicopter directly to the 

White House south lawn, where he could arrive in time to be shown on the 7 PM Eastern 

time evening news broadcasts. Bush makes much oif the fact that he refused to do this, 

allegeedly on the symbolic grounds that "Only the President lands on the south lawn." 

Back at the White House, the principal cabinet officers had assembled in the situation 

room and had been running a crisis management committee during the afternoon. Haig 

says he was at first adamant that a conspiracy, if discovered, should be ruthlessly 

exposed: "It was essential that we get the facts and publish them quickly. Rumor must not 

be allowed to breed on this tragedy. Remembering the aftermath of the Kennedy

assassination, I said to Woody Goldberg, 'No matter what the truth is about this shooting, 

the American people must know it." [fn 11] But the truth has never been established. 

Defense Secretary Caspar Weinberger's memoir of that afternoon reminds us of two 

highly relevant facts. The first is that a "NORAD [North American Air Defense 

Command] exercise with a simulated incoming missle attack had been planned for the 

next day." Weinberger agreed with General David Jones, the chiarman of the Joint Chiefs 

of Staff, that this exercise should be cancelled. [fn 12] 

Weinberger also recalls that the group in the Situation Room was informed by James 

Baker that "there had been a FEMA [Federal Emergency Management Administration] 

exercise scheduled for the next day on presidential succession, with the general title 'Nine 

Lives.' By an immediate consensus, it was agreed that exercise should also be cancelled." 

[fn 13] 

As Weinberger further recalls, "at almost exactly 7:00, the Vice President came to the 

Situation Room and very calmly assumed the chair at the head of the table." [fn 14] 

According to Weinberger, the first item discussed was the need for someonme to sign the 

Dairy Price Support Bill the next day so as to reassure the public. Bush asked Weinberger 

for a report on the status of US forces, which Weinberger furnished. 

Another eyewitness of these transactions was Don Regan, whom the Tower Board later 

made the fall-guy for Bush's Iran-contra escapades. Regan records that "the Vice 

President arrived with Ed Meese, who had met him when he landed to fill him in on the 

details. George asked for a condition report: 1) on the President; 2) on the other wounded; 

3) on the assailant; 4) on the international scene. [...] After the reports were given and it 

was determined that there were no international complications and no domestic 

conspiracy, it was decided that the US government would carry on business as usual. The 

Vice President would go on TV from the White House to reassure the nation and to 

demonstrate that he was in charge." [fn 15] 

As Weinberger recounts the same moments: "[Attorney General Bill French Smith] then 

reported that all FBI reports concurred with the information I had received; that the 

shooting was a completely isolated incident and that the assassin, John Hinckley, with a 

previous record in Nashville, seemed to be a 'Bremmer' type, a reference to the attempted 

assassin of George Wallace." [fn 16] 

Those who were not watching carefully here may have missed the fact that just a few 

minutes after George Bush had walked into the room, he had presided over the sweeping 

under the rug of the decisive question regarding Hinckley and his actions: was Hinckley a 

part of a conspiracy, domestic or international? Not more than five hours after the attempt 

to kill Reagan, on the basis of the most fragmentary early reports, before Hinckley had 

been properly questioned, and before a full investigation had been carried out, a group of 

cabinet officers chaired by George Bush had ruled out a priori any conspiracy. Haig, 

whose memoirs talk most about the possibility of a conspiracy, does not seem to have 

objected to this incredible decision.

From that moment on, "no conspiracy" became the official doctrine of the US regime, for 

the moment a Bush regime, and the most massivew efforts were undertaken to stifle any 

suggestion to the contrary. The iron curtain came down on the truth about Hinckley. 

What was the truth of the matter? The Roman common sense of Lucius Annaeus Seneca 

(who had seen so many of Nero's intrigues, and who would eventually fall victim to one 

of them) would have dictated that the person who would have profited most from 

Reagan's death be scrutinized as the prime suspect. That was obviously Bush, since Bush 

would have assumed the presidency if Reagan had succumbed to his wounds. The same 

idea was summed up by an eighth grade student at the Alice Deal Junior High School in 

Washington DC who told teachers on March 31: "It is a plot by Vice President Bush to 

get into power. If Bush becomes President, the CIA would be in charge of the country." 

The pupils at this school had been asked for their views of the Hinckley assassination 

attempt of the previous day. [fn 17] 

Curiously enough, press accounts emerging over the next few days provided a 

compelling prima facie case that there had been a conspiracy around the Hinckley 

attentat, and that the conspiracy had included members of Bush's immediate family. Most 

of the overt facts were not disputed, but were actually confirmed by Bush and his son 

Neil. 

On Tuesday, March 31 the Houston Post published a copyrighted story under the 

headline: "BUSH'S SON WAS TO DINE WITH SUSPECT'S BROTHER, by Arthur 

Wiese and Margarte Downing." The lead paragraph read as follows: 

Scott Hinckley, the brother of John Hinckley Jr., who is charged with shooting President Reagan 

and three others, was to have been a dinner guest Tuesday night at the home of Neil Bush, son of 

Vice President George Bush, The Houston Post has learned. 

According to the article, Neil Bush had admitted on Monday, March 30 that he was 

personally acquainted with Scott Hinckley, having met with him on one occasion in the 

recent past. Neil Bush also stated that he knew the Hinckley family, and referred to large 

monetary contributions made by the Hinckleys to the Bush 1980 presidential campaign. 

Neil Bush and Scott Hinckley both lived in Denver at this time. Scott Hinckley was the 

vice president of Vanderbilt Energy Corporation, and Neil Bush was employed as a land 

man for Standard Oil of Indiana. John W. Hinckley Jr., the would-be assassin, lived on 

and off with his parents in Evergreen, Colorado, not far from Denver. 

Neil Bush was reached for comment on Monday, March 30, and was asked if, in addition 

to Scott Hinckley, he also knew John W. Hinckley Jr., the would-be killer. "I have no 

idea," said Neil Bush. "I don't recognize any pictures of him. I just wish I could see a 

better picture of him." 

Sharon Bush, Neil's wife, was also asked about her acquaintance with the Hinckley 

family. "I don't even know the brother," she replied, suggesting that Scott Hinckley was 

coming to dinner as the date of a woman whom Sharon did know. "From what I know 

and have heard, they [the Hinckleys] are a very nice family...and have given a lot of

money to the Bush campaign. I understand he [John W. Hinckley Jr.] was just the 

renegade brother in the family. They must feel awful." 

It also proved necessary for Bush's office to deny that the vice-president was familiar 

with the "Hinckley-Bush connection." Bush's press secretary, the British-born Peter 

Teeley, said when asked to comment: "I don't know a damn thing about it. I was talking 

to someone earlier tonight, and I couldn't even remember his [Hinckley's] name. All I 

know is what you're telling me." Teeley denied that Bush had revealed that he knew 

Hinckley or the Hinckley family when he first heard the assassin's name; the vice 

president "made no mention of it whatsoever." Bush, repeated Teeley, "certainly didn't 

indicate anything like that." 

Chase Untermeyer of Bush's staff, who had been with him throughout the day, put in that 

in his recollection Bush had not been told the assailant's name through the time that Bush 

reached the Naval Observatory in Washington on his way to the White House. 

On April 1, 1981, the Rocky Mountain News of Denver carried an account of a press 

conference given the previous day in Denver by Neil Bush. During most of the day on 

March 31, Neil Bush had refused to answer phone calls from the media, referring them to 

the vice presidential press office in Washington. But then he appeared in front of the 

Amoco Building at East 17th Avenue and Braodway in Denver, saying that he was 

willing to meet the media once, but then wanted to "leave it at that." As it turned out, his 

wishes were to be scrupulously respected, at least until the Silverado Savings and Loan 

scandal got out of hand some years later. 

The Rocky Mountain News article signed by Charles Roos carried Neil Bush's 

confirmation that if the assassination had not happened, Scott Hinckley would have been 

present at a dinner party at Neil Bush's home that very same night. According to Neil, 

Scott Hinckley had come to the home of Neil and Sharon Bush on January 23, 1981 to be 

present along with about 30 other guests at a surprise birthday party for Neil, who had 

turned 26 one day earlier. Scott Hinckley had come "through a close friend who brought 

him," according to this version, and this same close female friend was scheduled to come 

to dinner along with Scott Hinckley on that last night of March, 1981. 

"My wife set up a surprise party for me, and it truly was a surprise, and it was an honor 

for me at that time to meet Scott Hinckley," said Neil Bush to reporters. "He is a good 

and decent man. I have no regrets whatsoever in saying Scott Hinckley can be considered 

a friend of mine. To have had one meeting doesn't make the best of friends, but I have no 

regrets in saying I do know him." 

Neil Bush told the reporters that he had never met John W. Hinckley, Jr., the gunman, nor 

his father, John W. Hinckley, president and chairman of the board of Vanderbilt Energy 

Corporation of Denver. But Neil Bush also added that he would be interested in meeting 

the elder Hinckley: "I would like [to meet him]. I'm trying to learn the oil business, and 

he's in the oil business. I probably could learn something from Mr. Hinckley.

Neil Bush then announced that he wanted to "set straight" certain inaccuracies that had 

appeared the previous day in the Houston Post about the relations betyween the Bush and 

Hinbckley families. The first was his own wife Sharon's reference to the large 

contributions from the Hinckleys to the Bush campaign. Neil asserted that the 1980 Bush 

campaign records showed no money whatever coming in from any of the Hinckleys. All 

that could be found, he argued, was a contribution to that "great Republican," John 

Connally. 

The other issue the Houston Post had raised regarded the 1978 period, when George W. 

Bush of Midland, Texas, Neil's oldest brother, had run for Congress in Texas' 19th 

Congressional district. At that time Neil Bush had worked for George W. Bush as his 

campaign manager, and in this connection Neil had lived in Lubbock, Texas during most 

of the year. This raised the question of whether Neil might have been in touch with 

gunman John W. Hinckley during that year of 1978, since gunman Hinckley had lived in 

Lubbock from 1974 through 1980, when he was an intermittent student at Texas Tech 

University there. Neil Bush ruled out any contact between the Bush family and gunman 

John W. Hinckley in Lubbock during that time. 

The previous day, elder son George W. Bush had been far less categorical about never 

having met gunman Hinckley. He had stated to the press: "It's certainly conceivable that I 

met him or might have been introduced to him." "I don't recognize his face from the brief, 

kind of distorted thing they had on TV, and the name doesn't ring any bells. I know he 

wasn't on our staff. I could check our volunteer rolls." But now Neil was adamant: there 

had been no contact. 

Neil was a chip off the old block, and could not resist some hypocritical posturing at the 

end of the press conference: "Let me say that my heart goes out--as does the heart of 

every American--to the people suffering in this tragedy." He mentioned Reagan, Brady, 

the wounded Secret Service agent and District of Columbia policeman. "And the 

Hinckley family, for the tremendous pain thbey must be suffering now." And finally: "I 

only ask now that we can try to put this behind us and move forward in dealing with the 

problems." 

Neil Bush's confirmation of his relations with Scott Hinckley was matched by a parallel 

confirmation from the Executive Office of the Vice President. This appeared in The 

Houston Post, April 1, 1981 under the headline "VICE PRESIDENT CONFIRMS HIS 

SON WAS TO HAVE HOSTED HINCKLEY BROTHER" by Post Washington Bureau 

Chief Arthur Wiese. Here the second-string press secretary, Shirley Green, was doing the 

talking. "I've spoken to Neil," she said, "and he says they never saw [Scott] Hinckley 

again [after the birthday party]. They kept saying 'we've got to get together,' but they 

never made any plans until tonight." Contradicting Neil Bush's remarks, Ms. Green 

asserted that Neil Bush knew Scott Hinckley "only slightly." 

Shirley Green described the Tuesday night dinner appointment as "a bizarre 

happenstance, a weird occurence."

Later in the day Bush spokesman Peter Teeley surfaced to deny any campaign donations 

from the Hinckley clan to the Bush campaign. When asked why Sharon Bush and Neil 

Bush had made reference to large political contributions from the Hinckleys to the Bush 

campaign, Teeley responded, "I don't have the vaguest idea." "We've gone through our 

files," said Teeley, "and we have absolutely no information that he [John W. Hinckley 

Sr.] or anybody in the family were contributors, supporters, anything." 

A summary of this material was made generally available through the Associated Press, 

which published the following short note on March 31: 

The family of the man charged with trying to assassinate President Reagan is acquainted with the 

family of Vice President George Bush and had made large contributions to his political 

campaign....Scott Hinckley, brother of John W. Hinckley Jr. who allegedly shot at Reagan, was to 

have dined tonight in Denver at the home of Neil Bush, one of the Vice President's sons....The 

Houston Post said it was unable to reach Scott Hinckley, vice president of his father's Denverbased 

firm, Vanderbilt Energy Corp., for comment. Neil Bush lives in Denver, where he works for 

Standard Oil Co. of Indiana. In 1978, Neil Bush served as campaign manager for his brother, 

George W. Bush, the Vice President's eldest son, who made an unsuccessful bid for Congress. 

Neil lived in Lubbock, Texas, throughout much of 1978, where John Hinckley lived from 1974 

through 1980. 

It is not known how many newspapers chose to print this AP despatch; it would appear 

that the Washington Post for one did not do so. The electronic media also do not appear 

to have devoted much attention to this story. Once the cabinet had decided that there had 

been no conspiracy, all such facts were irrelevant anyway. There is no record of Neil 

Bush, George W. Bush, or Vice President George H.W. Bush ever having been 

questioned by the FBI in regard to the contacts described. They never appeared before a 

grand jury or a Congressional investigating committee. No special prosecutor was ever 

appointed. Which is another way of saying that by March, 1981, the United States 

government had degenerated into total lawlessness, with special exemptions for the now 

ruling Bush family. Government by laws had dissolved. 

The media were not interested in the dinner date of Neil Bush and Scott Hinckley, but 

they were very interested indeed in the soap opera of what had gone on in the Situation 

Room in the White House during the afternoon of March 30. Since the media had been 

looking for ways to go after Haig for weeks, they simply continued this line into their 

coverage of the White House scene that afternoon. Haig had appeared before the 

television cameras to say: 

Constitutionally, gentlemen, you have the President, the Vice President, and the Secretary of State, 

in that order, and should the President decide that he wants to transfer the helm he will do so. He 

has not done that. As of now, I am in control here, in the White House, pending the return of the 

Vice President and in close touch with him. If something came up, I would check with him, of 

course. 

This led to an immense hue and cry, mightily stoked by the Bush networks, on the theme 

that Haig wanted to usurp the presidential succession. More than this garbled statement 

by Haig, Bush was certain to have been disturbed by Haig's refusal a few seconds later to 

rule out conspiracy a priori :

Q: Any additional measures being taken --was this a conspiracy or was this a.... 

Haig: We have no indication of anything like that now, and we are not going to say a word on that 

subject until the situation clarifies itself. [fn 18 ] 

But when Bush returned, the cabinet soon decided otherwise. 

The "I'm in control here" story on Haig was made into the Leitmotif for his sacking, 

which was still a year in the future. Reagan's own ghostwritten biography published the 

year after he left office gives some idea what Baker and Deaver fed the confused and 

wounded president about what had gone during his absence: 

On the day I was shot, George Bush was out of town and Haig immediately came to the White 

House and claimed he was in charge of the country. Even after the vice-president was back in 

Washington, I was told he maintained that he, not George, should be in charge. I didn't know 

about this when it was going on. But I heard later that the rest of the cabinet was furious. They 

said he acted as if he thought he had the right to sit in the Oval office and believed it was his 

constitutional right to take over-- a position without any legal basis. [fn 19] 

This fantastic account finds no support in the Regan or Weinberger memoirs, but is a fair 

sample of the Bushman line. 

What did interest the media very much was the story of John W. Hinckley Jr.'s obsession 

with the actress Jodie Foster, who had played the role of a teenage prostitute in the 1976 

movie Taxi Driver. The prostitute is befriended by a taxi driver, Travis Bickle, who 

threatens to kill a senator who is running for president in order to win the love of the girl. 

Young John Hinckley had imitated the habits and mannerisms of Travis Bickle. 

When John Hinckley Jr. had left his hotel room in Washington DC on his way to shoot 

Reagan, he had left behind a letter to Jodie Foster: 

Dear Jodie, 

There is a definite possibility that I will be killed in my attempt to get Reagan. It is for this reason 

that I am writing you this letter now. As you well know by now, I love you very much. The past 

seven months I have left you dozens of poems, letters, and messages in the faint hope you would 

develop an interest in me. [...] Jodie, I'm asking you to please look into your heart and at least give 

me the chance with this historical deed to gain your respect and love. 

I love you forever. 

[signed] John Hinckley [fn 20] 

In 1980, Jodie Foster was enrolled at Yale University in New Haven, Connecticut, as an 

undergraduate. Hinckley spent three weeks in September, 1980 in a New Haven hotel, 

according to the New York Daily News. In early October he spent several days in New 

Haven, this time at the Colony Inn motel. Two bartenders in a bar near the Yale campus 

recalled Hinckley as having bragged about his relationship with Jodie Foster. Hinckley 

had been arrested by airport authorities in Nashville, Tennesse on October 9, 1980 for

carrying three guns, and was quickly released. Reagan had been in Nashville on October 

7, and Carter arrived there on October 9. The firearms charge on the same day that the 

President was coming to town should have landed Hinckley on the Secret Service watch 

list of potential presidential assassins, but the FBI apparently neglected to transmit the 

information to the Secret Service. 

In February 1981, Hinckley was again near the Yale campus. During this time, Hinckley 

claimed that he was in contact with Jodie Foster by mail and telephone. Jodie Foster had 

indeed received a series of letters and notes from Hinckley, which she had passed on to 

her college dean. The dean allegedly gave the letters to the New Haven police, who 

supposedly gave them to the FBI. Nevertheless, nothing was done to restrain Hinckley, 

who had a record of psychiatric treatment. Hinckley had been buying guns in various 

locations across the United States. Was Hinckley a Manchurian candidate, brainwashed 

to carry out his role as an assassin? Was a network operating through the various law 

enforcement agencies responsible for the failure to restrain Hinckley or to put him under 

special surveillance? 

The FBI soon officially rubber-stamped the order promulgated by the cabinet that no 

conspiracy be found: "there was no conspiracy and Hinckley acted alone," said the 

bureau. Hinckley's parents' memoir refers to some notes penciled notes by Hinckley 

which were found during a search of his cell and which "could sound bad." These notes 

"described an imaginary conspiracy--either with the political left or the political right [...] 

to assasinate the President." Hinckley's lawyers from Edward Bennett Williams's law 

firm said that the notes were too absurd to be taken seriously, and they have been 

suppressed. [fn 21] 

In July 1985, the FBI was compelled to release some details of its investigation of 

Hinckley under the Freedom of Information Act. No explanation was offered of how it 

was determined that Hinckley had acted alone, and the names of all witnesses were 

censored. According to a wire service account, "the file made no mention of papers 

seized from Hinckley's prison cell at Butner, North Carolina, which reportedly made 

reference to a conspiracy. Those writings were ruled inadmissible by the trial judge and 

never made public." [fn 22] The FBI has refused to release 22 pages of documents 

concerning Hinckley's "associates and organizations," 22 pages about his personal 

finances, and 37 pages about his personality and character. The Williams and Connolly 

defense team argued that Hinckley was insane, controlled by his obsession with Jodie 

Foster. The jury accepted this version, and in July, 1982, Hinckley was found not guilty 

by reason of insanity. He was remanded to St. Elizabeth's mental hospital where he 

remains to this day with no fixed term to serve; his mental condition is periodically 

reviewed by his doctors. 

The other aspect of the case that would have merited more careful scrutiny was the 

relation of John W. Hinckley Sr., the gunman's father, to the US intelligence community. 

The line in the press right after the assassination attempt was that "the father of John 

Hinckley is a devout Christian who did work in Africa." Some papers also included the 

fact that John W. Hinckley Sr. had also worked with World Vision, beginning in 1976.

World Vision describes itself as the largest "international Christian relief and 

development agency" active in the third world. It is officially a joint activity of the 

Episcopal and Presbyterian churches. 

"Jack" Hinckley, as the gunman's father was frequently called, during the 1970's became 

a close associate of Robert Ainsworth, the director of US Ministries for World Vision, 

Inc. Jack Hinckley's profile was that of a born again Christian. Jack Hinckley and 

Ainsworth traveled together to the Sahel region of Africa, Zimbabwe, and South Africa. 

Even before joining World Vision, Jack Hinckley had carried on "relief work" in 

Guatemala. "Jack and I became very close," Ainsworth said. "Jack was a successful 

businessman. On occasion he would ask us to pray for his son. It's not that Jack felt that 

John would do something bad, just that John had no direction, John had not found 

himself." 

World Vision is one of the notorious non-governmental organizations that function as a 

de facto arm of US intelligence under current arrangements. Robert Ainsworth's pedigree 

is impressive: he was a foreign area analyst for the US Deaprtment; an advisor in 

Vietnam during the war there; and chaired an international committee involved in the 

negotiation of the Chemical and Bacteriological Warfare Treaty of 1973. 

The largest contributor to World Vision is the US State Department Agency for 

International Development (AID), whose program is frankly genocide. Pax Christi, the 

Catholic human rights organization, has accused World Vision of functioning as a 

"Trojan horse for US foreign policy." The entire milieu is thus redolent of the US 

intelligence agencies. 

Reagan went into a long convalescence, first in the hospital and then at his ranch in 

California. Even when Reagan was pronounced fully recovered, he was even more 

detached than before, even more absent, even more dependent on his long afternoon nap. 

Nancy Reagan, crazed by fear and unable to comprehend the forces that had been at work 

behind the assassination attempt, vastly increased her reliance on the astrological advice 

of her resident clairvoyant, Joan Quigley. Through this channel, the Occult Bureau of 

British intelligence acquired an awesome capability of manipulation over the Reagan 

Presidency, which could often be mobilized in favor of Bush. This was all the more true 

since Nancy Reagan's obsession was always her image, what the press was saying about 

her and how she looked in the media. Nancy appealed to her astrologer to secure her a 

better press image. Since the controlled press could be calibrated from day to day by the 

Bush networks, Nancy Reagan found herself in the grip of a many-levelled inside-outside 

operation whose true nature she was too shallow to suspect. 

As Ms. Quigley has written, she was as resident astrologer of Reagan's court of miracles 

"responsible for timing all press conferences, most speeches, the State of the Union 

addresses, the takeoffs and landings of Air Force One. I picked the time of Ronald 

Reagan's debate with Carter and the two debates with Walter Mondale; all extended trips 

abroad as well as the shorter trips and one-day excursions, the announcement that Reagan 

would run for a second term, briefings for all summits except Moscow, although I

selected the time to begin the Moscow trip. [...] I re-created Nancy's image, defused 

Bitburg, erected a chart for the INF treaty. [...] I exposed the President as little as possible 

to the public and the media from January to August 1987, to protect him from both the 

physical and political dangers I foresaw. I was heavily involved in what happened in the 

relations between the superpowers, changing Ronald Reagan's "Evil Empire" attitude, so 

that he went to Geneva prepared to meet a different kind of Russian leader and one he 

could convince of doing things our way. Improved relations, glasnost and perestroika 

may, in some small measure, have come out of this." [fn 23] 

Bush took up the duties of the presidency, all the while elaborately denying, in his selfdeprecating 

way, that he had in fact taken control: "He campaigned as 'a President we 

won't need to train' -- and for two weeks now, George Bush has stepped smoothly into his 

limited role as surrogate president....The first stand-in greeted visiting dignitaries, 

announced Reagan's proposed relaxation of auto emission standards, met with 

Congressional leaders....His duties now include an early briefing with Reagan aides 

Edwin Meese, James Baker, and Michael Deaver, a meeting with Congressional liaison 

Max Friedersdorf and a full briefing from national security adviser Richard Allen." [fn 

24] During the time that Reagan was convalescing, the president was even less interested 

than usual in detailed briefings about government operations. Bush's visits to the chief 

executive were thus reduced to the merest courtesy calls, after which Bush was free to do 

what he wanted. "Bush has even limited his visits with Reagan. 'I just stop in for a minute 

or two,' Bush says. 'I think it's better not to overload the circuits.'" 

Bush's key man was James Baker III, White House chief of staff and the leading court 

favorite of Nancy Reagan. During this period Deaver was a wholly controlled appendage 

of Baker and would remain one for as long as he was useful to the designs of the 

Bushmen. Among Baker, Deaver, and the astrologer, Nancy Reagan could also be 

manipulated into substantial subservience to Bush's designs. 

And Baker and Deaver were not the only Bushmen in the White House. There were also 

Bush campaign veterans David Gergen and Jay Moorhead. In the cabinet, one Bush 

loyalist was Secretary of Commerce Malcolm Baldridge, who was flanked by his 

Assistant Secretary, Fred Bush (allegedly not a member of the Bush family). The 

Bushmen were strong in the sub-cabinet: here were Assistant Secretary of State for East 

Asian and Pacific Affairs John Holdridge, who had served Bush on his Beijing mission 

staff and during the 1975 Pol Pot caper in Beijing; and Assistant Secretary of State for 

Congressional Affairs Richard Fairbanks; with these two in Foggy Bottom, Haig's days 

were numbered. At the Pentagon was Henry E. Catto, the Assistant Secretary of Defense 

for Public Affairs; Catto would later by rewarded by Bush with an appointment as US 

Ambassador to the Court of St. James in London, the post that Foreign Service Officers 

spend their lives striving to attain. Bush was also strong among the agencies: his pal 

William H. Draper III, scion of the racist Draper clan, was the chairman and president of 

the Export-Import Bank. Loret Miller Ruppe, Bush's campaign chairman in Michigan, 

was Director of the Peace Corps.

At the Treasury, Bush's cousin John Walker would be assistant secretary for enforcement. 

When the BCCI scandal exploded in the media during 1991, William von Raab, the 

former director of the US Customs, complained loudly that, during Reagan's second term, 

his efforts to "go after" BCCI had been frustrated by reticence at the Treasury 

Department. By this time James Baker III was secretary of the Treasury, and Bush's 

kissing cousin John Walker was an official who would have had the primary 

responsibility for the intensity of such investigations. 

At the Pentagon, Caspar Weinberger's Deputy Assistant Secretary for East Asia, Richard 

Armitage, was no stranger to the circles of Shackley and Clines. Weinberger had 

extravagant praise in his Pentagon memoirs for "Rich" Armitage, "who served the 

Department and me with extraordinary fidelity and skill and unparalleled knowledge and 

good humor during all the time I was in office." [fn 25] Bush's staff numbered slightly 

less than sixty during the early spring of 1981. He often operated out of a small office in 

the West Wing of the White House where he liked to spend time because it was "in the 

traffic pattern," but his staff was principally located in the Old Executive Office Building. 

Here Bush sat at a mammoth mahogany desk which had been used in 1903 by his lifetime 

ego ideal, the archetypal liberal Republican extravagant, Theodore Roosevelt. Bush also 

kept an office at the Senate. Some of the leading Bush operatives were: 

Bush's chief of staff was Admiral Daniel J. Murphy, who had represented Bush in the 

Situation Room until the vice president had returned from Texas. Murphy had served 

Melvin Laird and Elliot Richardson when they commanded the Pentagon under Nixon; he 

had commanded the Sixth Fleet in the Mediterranean during the 1973 Middle East War. 

Murphy habitually accompanied Bush to attend Reagan's national security briefing each 

morning in the Oval Office, a ritual that was conducted by Richard Allen as long as he 

lasted, and attended by Baker and Deaver, plus Haig, until he too was ousted. 

The deputy chief of staff was Richard N. Bond, a younger political operative who had 

worked in the offices of liberal Republicans like William Green of New York and Sen. 

Charles Mathias of Maryland. He had managed Bush's winning efforts in the Iowa 

caucuses and in the Connecticut primary. 

Bush's executive assistant and special assignments man was Charles G. "Chase" 

Untermeyer, who had graduated from Harvard, worked as a newspaper reporter and 

served between 1977 and 1980 as a GOP member of the Texas House of Representatives 

for the silk stocking Republican 83rd district in Houston, where James Baker, John 

Connolly, and Leon Jaworski own homes. 

Bush's general counsel was C. Boyden Gray, a Harvard-educated lawyer who had worked 

as a partner for the Washington powerbroker law firm of Wilmer, Cutler, and Pickering, 

where he was specialized in antitrust litigation and representing businessmen's groups 

like the Business Roundtable and the American Mining Congress. Gray's family were 

plutocrats from North Carolina who had sponsored the forced sterilization programs 

described above. Gray's father, Gordon Gray, had served as chief of the National Security 

Council during the Eisenhower administration, and had authored the overall document

under which the very extensive covert operations of the Eisenhower years had been 

carried out. "Boy" Gray took an important part in Bush's Task Force on Regulatory 

Relief, which was billed as an effort to "cut federal red tape," but which in reality 

furthered the highly destructive process of deregulation in many critical areas of business 

and finance. Boy Gray's family had profted immensely from the merger of their family 

firm, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco, with the National Biscuit Company to form RJR-Nabisco. 

They would profit astronomically from the leveraged buy-out of RJR-Nabisco by the 

Wall Street firm of Kohlberg, Kravis, Roberts, a swindle that was facilitated by the new 

regulatory climate that Boy Gray had himself helped to create. 

Bush's assistant for domestic affairs was Thaddeus Garrett, Jr., the highest ranking black 

on Bush's staff and an ordained minister of the African Methodist Episcopal Church. 

Garrett had served Vice President Nelson Rockefeller in the same capacity in 1975-76, 

and had worked as a Congressional aide to Reps. William Ayres (R-Ohio) and Shirley 

Chisholm (D-NY). 

Bush's assistant for national security affairs was Nancy Bearg Dyke, who had been 

principal deputy assistant secretary of the Air Force for manpower resources and military 

administration in the Carter Administration. Dyke was a veteran of the State Department, 

the NSC, the Senate Armed Services Committee staff, and the Congressional Budget 

office. 

Bush's executive assistant for Congressional relations was Robert V. Thompson, who had 

served as Bush's assistant during the presidential campaign. Thompson was from the 

Tulsa of the Liedtke and Kravis families, where he had founded three companies dealing 

with commodity speculation, oil rigs, and refrigerator rentals. 

Bush's legislative assistant was Susan E. Alvarado, former legislative assistant to the then 

Senate Minority Whip Ted Stevens (R-Alaska). 

Bush's press secretary was Peter Teeley, who had been born in Great Britain and had later 

lived in Detroit. Teeley had worked for GOP Senators Jake Javits of New York and 

Robert Griffin of Michigan, and he was considered very much a liberal. Teeley had also 

been Communications Director for the Republican National Committee. 

Bush's deputy press secretary was Shirley M. Green, whom we have seen in action during 

the March, 1981 attempted coup d'etat. Green had worked at the Texas GOP headquarters 

in Austin, and had coordinated the Bush for President effort in Texas and Arkansas. 

Bush's appointments secretary was the inevitable Jennifer Fitzgerald, who had been his 

executive assistant during the CIA days in Langley. Fitzgerald had worked as a special 

aide of former Yale President Kingman Brewster when he was US Ambassador to 

London. She was a veteran of the White House staffs of the Nixon and Ford years. 

Jennifer Fitzgerald has remained with Bush over the years, and her presence has given 

rise to much gossip.

Bush's director of administration was Susan Cockrell, who had worked in vice 

presidential national security and foreign affairs staffs since 1974, serving Gerald Ford, 

Nelson Rockefeller, and Walter Mondale before Bush. 

Bush's advance man was Michael Farley, a former Arizona insurance agent and broker 

who had worked for Ford in 1976 and for Bush during the 1979-80 campaign. 

Bush's trip director was Joseph W. Hagin, a former operative for the Bush campaign in 

Florida and Iowa. After the Detroit convention, Hagin travelled full time with Bush. [fn 

26] 

After Reagan had recovered, Bush customarily arrived at his office in the Old Executive 

Office Building at about 7:30 each morning for his own national security briefing and a 

staff meeting. Then Bush and Murphy would go over to the Oval Office, less than a 

hundred yards away, to sit in on Reagan's national security briefing. During the rest of the 

day, depending on the requirements of intrigue and manipulation, Bush was free to float 

between OEOB and West Wing, often gravitating back towards his own staff at the end 

of the day. 

Bush had a standing invitation to sit on all cabinet meetings and other executive 

activities, and Baker was always there to make sure he knew what was going on. Bush 

was a part of every sesssion of the National Security Council. Bush also possessed 

guaranteed access to Reagan, in case he ever needed that: each Thursday Reagan abnd 

Bush would have lunch alone together in the Oval Office. 

Each Tuesday, Bush attended the weekly meeting of GOP committee chairmen presided 

over by Senate Majority Leader Howard Baker at the Senate. Then Bush would stay on 

the Hill for the weekly luncheon of the Republican Policy Committee hosted by Sen. 

John Tower of Texas. Before and after these weekly events, there was time for meetings 

with individual senators. Bush also cultivated his older House networks, including 

through paddleball workouts in the House gymnasium. 

Prescott's old friend William Casey was beginning to work his deviltry at Langley, and 

kept in close touch with Bush. Reports of personality conflicts between Bush and Casey 

are the most transparent disinformation. 

The result was a machine capable of steering many of the decisions of the Reagan 

Administration. At this point, Bush was not looking for a great deal of publicity; he didn't 

need it. "Bush himself reacted with sensitivity to the amount of publicity he received 

while performing as a presidential surrogate while Reagan was recovering from his 

gunshot wound. When the President returned to his work schedule, Bush asked his staff 

to cut back on scheduling him for interviews. "He thought he should lower his profile for 

a while,' an aide explained." 

Problems might have come from the oversight functions of the Congress, but the 

Congress was now in the process of being destroyed as a Constitutional force. Senator

Harris Williams of New Jersey was now on trial on charges resulting from the FBI's 

illegal "Abscam" entrapment operations. Williams' forced resignation from the Senate, 

after a number of Congressmen had been convicted on the same maufactured charges, 

would complete the subordination of Congress to police state controls. 

Problems might have come from the Director of the National Security Council, but here 

the job had been downgraded: Richard Allen reported not to Reagan, but to Meese. Allen 

would in any case soon be ousted from office becase he had accepted some watches from 

Japanese visitors. Allen would be followed in quick succession by William Clark, Bud 

McFarlane, John Poindexter, Frank Carlucci, and Colin Powell- a new NSC director a bit 

more than once a year. For Bush, the dangerous one had been Clark; the rest were quite 

prepared to go with the Kissinger line. In any case, this merry-go-round at the NSC 

meant that no serious challenge could emerge against Bush from this quarter. 

It took more than a year to finish off Al Haig. The final opportunity came during the 

Malvinas (or Falklands) war in the spring of 1982. When Thatcher made clear that she 

was intent on waging war against Argentina, Haig flew to London and assured her that 

there would be no new Suez, that the US would back Britain in the end. But Haig insisted 

on posing in public as an honest broker, mediating between Britain and Argentina, and 

made proposals that involved concessions which enraged Thatcher. Haig also called Lord 

Carrington a "duplicitious bastard." Bush and Baker used the failure of Haig's shuttle 

diplomacy in the Malvinas crisis to prepare the final bureaucratic coup de grace. Haig 

was replaced by George Shultz, a Bechtel executive and Nixon cabinet retread. 

The loudest squawking in public about Bush's formidable behind the scenes power during 

the Reagan years came from the old "New Right" alumni of the Young Americans for 

Freedom during the Goldwater era. One gathers that these personages were miffed at the 

idea that George's networks were grabbing plum jobs which the old YAFers regarded as 

their eminent domain. One of these was Terry Dolan of the National Conservative 

Political Action Committee, who spoke in 1982 of the "Bushization of the Reagan 

Administration." (Dolan later died of AIDS.) The right-wing direct mail fundraiser 

Richgard Viguerie asserted that "this is a Bush administration, not a Reagan 

administration." 

The right-wing concern was summed up by Witcover and Germond: "George Bush is 

playing possum, acting the amenable helpmate to Reagan while insidiously planting his 

agents in key positions in the administration-- especially in the White House-- and, more 

recently, in the Republican National Committee." [fn 27] 

These circles pointed to the ascendancy of James Baker in the White House, the influence 

of David Gergen as White House director of communications, the position of Richard 

Darman (from the Eliot Richardson stable) as Baker's deputy, and the dominance of Rich 

Bond, Bush's chief of staff, as deputy chairman of the Republican National Committee. 

Some were also worried about the power of David Stockman, the austerity ideologue of 

the early Reagan Office of Management and Budget and close Bush ally. "Bush has been 

more effective in getting his people placed in the administration than Reagan has,"

complained Paul Weyrich of the Committee for the Survival of a Free Congress. "There 

was a tremendous power vacuum and Baker's moved into it, but Baker has used it to get 

Bush people into key places...Bush has an ideal situation. He goes around the country 

collecting due bills by expressing support of Reagan, meanwhile putting his people in 

place." These circles were very concerned by the frequent rumors that Reagan might 

renounce a race for a second term in what Viguerie called an "LBJ scenario," with 

Reagan dropping out during the primary season. These hopes never panned out, but the 

"Baker-Bush connection" enraged the right wingers for years. 

In public, Bush worked on his Task Force for Regulatory Relief, a good way to curry 

favor with the legions of greed in Wall Street and Beverly Hills who were looking for the 

Reagan administration to fulfill their hopes. After the French elections, it was Bush who 

was despatched to France to meet the new French President Francois "Tonton" 

Mitterrand of the Grand Orient freemasonry. Bush and Mitterrand had mutual friends in 

the Schlumberger interests of Jean and Monique de Menil of Houston; Bush began 

building a special relationship with Tonton Mitterrand that included very cordial Franco- 

American summits at Kennebunkport and St. Martin during 1989. For Tonton, close ties 

with Bush were essential for undoing the heritage of General de Gaulle, who had insisted 

on French national independence and sovereignty. With the Bush-Mitterrand axis, those 

forces were strenghened who wanted France to become again what she had been in the 

shameful adventure of Suez in 1956: an auxiliary to the Anglo-Americans. 

Bush also had a special interest in the Atlanta murders of black children, which were 

reaching their peak during the first months of 1981. On February 8, 1981, Bush 

announced that the federal government would provide special assistance to the Atlanta 

Police Department in investigating the murders. On February 22, a federal task force 

focussed on Atlanta was created, and on March 15 George and Barbara journeyed to 

Atlanta to meet with the families of some of the victims. These murders were clearly 

connected to satantic cults operating in the Atlanta area. 

Bush became heavily engaged on this front. His office "aggressively and publicly" 

pursued his assignment of coordinating federal asssistance to Atlanta. Admiral Murphy 

and staffer Thaddeus Garrett helped to arrange a series of grants from various agencies 

and set up a task force on the ground in Atlanta under the leadership of Charles 

Rinkevich, a regional official of the Justice Department. Garrett gave himself credit for 

expediting $3.8 million to support the investigation of the Atlanta murders and to provide 

"support and protective supervision" for the terror-stricken residents of the area. 

Naturally: an alumnus of Skull and Bones knew all about satanism. 

Forty-four days after the attempted assassination of Reagan, there followed the attempt to 

assassinate Pope John Paul II during a general audience in St. Peter's Square in Rome. 

During those 44 days, Bush had been running the US government. It was as if a new and 

malignant evil had erupted onto the world stage, and was asserting its presence with an 

unprecedented violence and terror. Bush was certainly involved in the attempt to cover up 

the true authors of the attentat of St. Peter's Square. An accessory before the fact in the

attempt to slay the pontiff appears to have been Bush's old cohort Frank Terpil, who had 

been one of the instructors who had trained Mehmet Ali Agca, who had fired on the pope. 

After a lengthy investigation, the Italian investigative magistrate Ilario Martella in 

December 1982 issued seven arrest warrants in the case, five against Turks and two 

against Bulgarians. Ultimate responsibility for the attempt on the Pope's life belonged to 

Yuri Andropov of the Soviet KGB. On March 1, 1990, Viktor Ivanovich Sheymov, a 

KGB officer who had defected to the west, revealed at a press conference in Washington 

DC that as early as 1979, shortly after Karol Woityla became Pope, the KGB had been 

instructed through an order signed by Yuri Andropov to gather all possible information 

on how to get "physically close to the Pope. [fn 28] 

According to one study of these events, during the second week of August, 1980, when 

the agitation of the Polish trade union Solidarnosc was at its height, the Pope had 

despatched a special emissary to Moscow with a personal letter for Soviet President 

Leonid Brezhnev. The Pope's message warned the Soviet dictator that if the Red Army 

were to invade Poland, as then seemed imminent, the Pope would fly to Warsaw and lead 

the resistance. It is very likely that shortly after this the Soviets gave the order to 

eliminate Pope John Paul II. [fn 29] 

With the Vatican supporting Judge Martella in his campaign to expose the true 

background of Ali Agca's assault, it appeared that the Bulgarian connection, and with it 

the Andropov-KGB connection, might soon be exposed. But in the meantime, Brezhnev 

had died, and had been succeeded by the sick and elderly Konstantin Chernenko. Bush 

was already in the "you die, we fly" business, representing Reagan at all important state 

funerals, and carrying on the summit diplomacy that belongs to such occasions. Bush 

attended Brezhnev's funeral, and conferred at length with Yuri Andropov. Chernenko was 

a transitional figure, and the Anglo-American elites were looking to KGB boss Andropov 

as a desirable successor with whom a new series of condominium deals at the expense of 

peoples and nations all over the planet might be consummated. For the sake of the 

condominium, it was imperative that the hit against the Pope not be pinned on Moscow. 

There was also the scandal that would result if it turned out that US assets had also been 

involved within the framework of derivative assassination networks. 

During the first days of 1983, Bush lodged an urgent request with Monsignor Pio Laghi, 

the apostolic pro-nuncio in Washington, in which Bush asked for an immediate private 

audience with the Pope. By February 8, Bush was in Rome. According to reliable reports, 

during the private audience Bush "suggested that John Paul should not pursue quite so 

energetically his own interest in the plot." [fn 30] 

Bush's personal intervention had the effect of supplementing and accelerating a US 

intelligence operation that was already in motion to sabotage and discredit Judge Martella 

and his investigation. On May 13, 1983, the second anniversary of the attempt on the 

Pope's life, Vassily Dimitrov, the first secretary of the Bulgarian Embassy in Rome, 

expressed his gratitutde: "Thanks to the CIA, I feel as if I were born again!"

Bush consistently expressed skepticism on Bulgarian support for Agca. On December 20, 

1982, responding to the Martella indictments, Bush told the Christian Science Monitor: 

"Maybe I speak defensively as a former head of the CIA, but leave out the operational 

side of the KGB-- the naughty things they allegedly do: Here's a man, Andropov, who 

has had access to a tremendous amount of intelligence over the years. In my judgment, he 

would be less apt to misread the intentions of the USA. That offers potential. And the 

other side of that is that he's tough, and he appears to have solidified his leadership 

position." 

According to one study, the German foreign intelligence service, the 

Bundesnachrichtendienst, believed at this time that "a common link between the CIA and 

the Bulgarians" existed. [fn 31] 

Martella was convinced that Agca had been sent into action by Sergei Antonov, a 

Bulgarian working in Rome. According to author Gordon Thomas, Martella was aware 

that the White House, and Bush specifically, were determined to sabotage the exposure of 

this connection. Martella brought Agca and Antonov together, and Agca identified 

Antonov in a line-up. Agca also described the interior of Antonov's apartment in Rome. 

"Later, Martella told his staff that the CIA or anyone else can spread as much 

disinformation as they like; he is satisfied that Agca is telling the truth about knowing 

Antonov." [fn 32] Later US intelligence networks would redouble these sabotage efforts 

with some success. Agca was made to appear a lunatic, and two key Buglarian witnesses 

changed their testimony. A campaign of leaks was also mounted. In a bizarre but 

significant episode, even New York Senator Al Damato got into the act. Damato alleged 

that he had heard about the Pope's letter warning Brezhnev about invading Poland while 

he was visiting the Vatican during early 1981: as the New York Times reported on 

February 9, 1983, "Damato says he informed the CIA about the letter and identified his 

source in the Vatican when he returned to the US from a 1981 trip to Rome." Later, 

Damato was told that the Rome CIA station had never heard anything from Langley 

about his report of the Pope's letter. "I gave them important information and they clearly 

never followed it up," complained Damato to reporters. 

In February, 1983, Damato visited Rome once again on a fact-finding mission in 

connection with the Agca plot. He asked the US Embassy in Rome to set up 

appointments for him with Italian political leaders and law enforcement officials, but his 

visit was sabotaged by US Ambassador Maxwell Raab. The day before Damato was 

scheduled to leave Washington, he found that he had no meetings set up in Rome. Then 

an Italian-speaking member of the staff of the Senate Intelligence Committee, who was 

familiar with the Agca investigation and who was scheduled to accompany Damato to 

Rome, informed the senator that he would not make the trip. Damato told the press that 

this last-minute cancellation was due to pressure from the CIA. 

Much to Damato's irritation, it turned out that George Bush personally had been 

responsible for a rather thorough sabotage of his trip. Damato showed the Rome press "a 

telegram from the American Ambassador in Rome urging him to postpone the visit 

because the embassy was preoccupied with an overlapping appearance by Vice President

Bush," as the New York Timnes reported. This was Bush's mission to warn the Pope not 

to pursue the Bulgarian connection. Damato said he was shocked that no one on the CIA 

staff in Rome had been assigned to track the Agca investigation. 

The CIA station chief in Rome during the early 1980's was William Mulligan, a close 

associate of former CIA deputy assistant director for operations Theodore Shackley. 

Shackley, as we have seen, was a part of the Bush for President campaign of 1980. 

Mehmet Ali Agca received training in the use of explosives, firearms, and other subjects 

from the "former" CIA agent Frank Terpil. Terpil was known to Agca as "Major Frank," 

and the training appears to have taken place in Syria and in Libya. 

Agca's identification of Terpil had been very precise and detailed on Major Frank and on 

the training program. Terpil himself granted a television interview, which was 

incorporated into a telecast on his activities and entitled "The Most Dangerous Man in the 

World," during which Terpil described in some detail how he had trained Agca. Shortly 

after this, Terpil left his apartment in Beirut, accopanied by three unidentified men, and 

disappeared. Terpil and Ed Wilson had gone to Libya and begun a program of terrorist 

training at about the time that George Bush became the CIA director. Wilson was 

indicted for supplying explosives to Libya, for conspiring to assassinate one of Qaddafi's 

opponents in Egypt, and for recruiting former US pilots and Green Berets to work for 

Qaddafi. Wilson was later lured back to the US and jailed. Terpil presumably continues 

to operate, if he is still alive. Was Terpil actually a triple agent? 

What further relation might George Bush have had to the attempt to take the life of the 

Pope? As we have seen, the Bush family had carried on an obsessive vendetta against the 

Vatican over decades. In the family tradition, it was Catholic opponents of birth control 

and genocide, including Roman Catholic prelates, who were held responsible for the 

defeat of Prescot Bush in the 1950 election, when his involvement with the genocide 

lobby had received effective and timely exposure. We have seen how Bush personally 

nursed this grudge, hysterically recounting the story to his colleagues in the House of 

Representatives. We have seen Bush's enraged response to Pope Paul VI's encyclical 

Humanae Vitae, which attacked the racist heart of the Bush family creed. We will later 

see Bush attacking the political activities of Jesuits in central America. We will see Bush 

ordering violent demonstrators in Panama City to storm the Papal nunziatura. In all of 

this the freemason Bush shares the obsession of the Anglo-American elite, who are 

committed to destroying the papacy as one of the few institutions in the world that has 

dared to resist their Malthusian proposition that the central problem of humanity is 

overpopulation. 

Freemason George Bush allegedly possesses important connections to some of the more 

sinister currents of continental European masonry. Unconfirmed published reports have 

linked George Bush to the Propaganda Due or P-2 masonic lodge of Rome, Italy, as well 

as to the Comite Montecarlo. Barbara Honegger, in her book October Surprise, cites her 

mysterious informant "Y", who claims that the notorious Italian political fixer Francesco 

Pazienza told him that George Bush was even made an honorary member of the P-2

lodge by that lodge's venerable grand master, the notorious Licio Gelli. Gelli is also 

reported by informed sources to have worked energetically to promote Bush's 1980 

presidential candidacy. 

Some see Bush's alleged connections to Licio Gelli's P-2 lodge as relevant to the 

assassination of Swedish Prime Minister Olof Palme on February 28, 1986. According to 

Barbara Honegger's mysterious informant "Y", on February 25, 1986, just a few days 

before Palme was killed, Licio Gelli, who was then in Brazil, sent a message to Philip 

Guarino, a former official of the Republican National Committee telling him that "the 

Swedish tree will be felled," along with a request to "tell our good friend Bush." [fn 33] 

Palme, at the time of his death, was aware of the participation of Swedish arms 

companies in weapons deliveries to the Khomeini regime within the framework of what 

later became known as Iran-contra. 

On July 2, 1990, the first program (Tg-1) of RAI Television, the Italian governmentsponsored 

network, broadcast an interview by journalist Ennio Remondino with Ibrahim 

Razin and Richard Brennecke, a former US intelligence agent who has become well 

known in connection with his allegations concerning the 1980 October Surprise. Here 

Razin repeated the account of the message from Gelli to Guarino and Bush just 

summarized. Brennecke added that US intelligence agencies provided the P-2 lodge with 

funding in the amount of $10 million per month for gun-running, drug-running, and 

destabilization. In the wake of this telecast, President Francesco Cossiga, the 

psychologically unstable Italian chief of state, demanded that Prime Minister Giulio 

Andreotti investigate these charges. Cossiga was indignant that both the US government 

and George Bush had been accused of these heinous crimes. Andreotti's investigation was 

a superficial one and certainly did not disprove any of the charges, leaving the matter 

hanging. [fn 34] 

NOTES: 

1. Joan Quigley, "What Does Joan Say" (New York, 1990), p. 112. 

2. Clay F. Richards, "George Bush: 'co-president' in the Reagan administration" United Press International, 

March 10, 1981. 

3. Alexander Haig, Caveat (New York, 1984), p. 54. 

4. Haig, Caveat, p. 115. 



7. Washington Post, March 22, 1981. 

8. Haig, Caveat, pp. 144-145.


10. The Daily Texan, March 31, 1981. 


12. Caspar Weinberger, Fighting for Peace (New York, 1990), p. 91. 

13. Weinberger, Fighting for Peace, p. 93. 


15. Donald T. Regan, For the Record (New York, 1988), p. 168. 




19. Ronald Reagan, An American Life (New York, 1990), p. 271. 

20. Jack and JoAnn Hinckley, Breaking Points (Grand Rapids, Michigan, 1985), p. 169. 

21. Breaking Points, p. 215. 

22. Judy Hasson, United Press International, July 31, 1985. 

23. Joan Quigley, What Does Joan Say? (New York, 1990), p. 12. 

24. Newsweek, April 20, 1981, p. 29. 

25. Weinberger, Fighting for Peace, pp. 230-231. 

26. For Bush's staff see "George Bush--Keeping His Profile Low So He Can Keep His Influence High," 

National Journal, June 20, 1981, p. 1096 ff.; and Arthur Wiese, "The Bush Team," Houston Post, April 1, 

1981. 

27. Jack W. Germond and Jules Witcover, "Why Do Conservatives Hate Bush?", The Washingtonian, April 

1982. 


29. See Gordon Thomas, Pontiff (New York, 1983). 

30. Gordon Thomas, Averting Armageddon (New York, 1984), p. 74. 

31. Averting Aramgeddon, p. 268. 

32. Averting Armageddon, p. 75.

33. Barbara Honegger, October Surprise (New York: Tudor Publishing, 1989), p. 240. Many are the names 

that have been attributed to informant "Y," including Ibrahim Razin, Racine, Oswald Le Winter, Oscar 

LeWinter, and George Cave, who was supposedly once a CIA employee specializing in Iranian affairs. 

34. See Corriere della Sera and La Stampa, July 24, 1990.

Chapter -XVIII- Iran- Contra 

``What pleases the prince has the force of law.'' 

--Roman law 

`Às long as the police carries out the will of the leadership, it is acting legally.'' 

-- Gestapo officer Werner Best@s1 

We cannot provide here a complete overview of the Iran-Contra affair. We shall attempt, 

rather, to give an account of George Bush's decisive, central role in those events, which 

occurred during his vice-presidency and spilled over into his presidency. The principal 

elements of scandal in Iran-Contra may be reduced to the following points: 

1) the secret arming of the Khomeini regime in Iran by the U.S. government, 

during an official U.S.-decreed arms embargo against Iran, while the U.S. 

publicly denounced the recipients of its secret deliveries as terrorists and 

kidnappers--a policy initiated under the Jimmy Carter presidency and accelerated 

by the Reagan-Bush administration; 

2) the Reagan-Bush administration's secret arming of its `` Contras '' for war 

against the Sandinista regime in Nicaragua, while such aid was explicitly 

prohibited under U.S. law; 

3) the use of communist and terrorist enemies--often armed directly by the Anglo- 

Americans--to justify a police state and covert, oligarchical rule at home; 

4) paying for and protecting the gun-running projects with drugsmuggling, 

embezzlement, theft by diversion from authorized U.S. programs, and the `` 

silencing '' of both opponents and knowledgeable participants in the schemes; and 

5) the continual, routine perjury and deception of the public by government 

officials pretending to have no knowledge of these activities; and the routine 

acquiescence in that deception by Congressmen too frightened to oppose it. 

When the scandal broke, in late 1986 and early 1987, George Bush maintained that he 

knew nothing about these illegal activities; that other government officials involved in 

them had kept him in the dark; that he had attended no important meetings where these 

subjects were under discussion. Since that time, many once- classified documents have 

come to light, which suggest that Bush organized and supervised many, or most, of the 

criminal aspects of the Iran-Contra adventures. The most significant events relevant to 

George Bush's role are presented here in the format of a chronology. At the end of the 

chronology, parts of the testimony of George Bush's loyal assistant Donald Gregg will be 

provided, to allow for a comparison of the documented events with the Bush camp's 

account of things. Over the time period covered, the reader will observe the emergence of 

new structures in the U.S. government:

• The `` Special Situation Group, '' together with its subordinate `` Standing Crisis Pre- 

Planning Group '' (May 14, 1982). 

• The `` Crisis Management Center '' (February 1983). 

• The `` Terrorist Incident Working Group '' (April 3, 1984). 

• The `` Task Force on Combatting Terrorism '' (or simply Terrorism Task Force) (July 

1985). 

The `` Operations Sub-Group '' (January 20, 1986). These were among the official, secret 

structures of the U.S. government created from 1982 through 1986. Other structures, 

whose existence has not yet come to light, may also have been created--or may have 

persisted from an earlier time. Nothing of this is to be found in the United States 

Constitution. All of these structures revolved around the secret command role of the then- 

Vice President, George Bush. The propaganda given out to justify these changes in 

government has stressed the need for secrecy to carry out necessary covert acts against 

enemies of the nation (or of its leaders). Certainly, a military command will act secretly 

in war, and will protect secrets of its vulnerable capabilities. But the Bush apparatus, 

within and behind the government, was formed to carry out covert policies: to make war 

when the constitutional government had decided not to make war; to support enemies of 

the nation (terrorists and drug-runners) who are the friends or agents of the secret 

government. In the period of the chronology, there are a number of meetings of public 

officials-- secret meetings. Who really made the policies, which were then well or poorly 

executed by the covert action structure? By looking at the scant information that has 

come to light on these meetings, we may reach some conclusions about who advocated 

certain policy choices; but we have not then learned much about the actual origin of the 

policies that were being carried out. This is the rule of an oligarchy whose members are 

unknown to the public, an oligarchy which is bound by no known laws. 

January 20, 1981: 

Ronald Reagan was inaugurated as U.S. President. 

March 25, 1981: 

Vice President George Bush was named the leader of the United States `` crisis 

management '' staff, `` as a part of the National Security Council system. '' 

March 30, 1981: 

The new President was shot in an attempted assassination. He survived his wounds, so 

Vice President Bush did not succeed to the presidency. 

May 14, 1982: 

Bush's position as chief of all covert action and de facto head of U.S. intelligence--in a 

sense, the acting President--was formalized in a secret memorandum. The memo 

explained that `` National Security Decision Directive 3, Crisis Management, establishes

the Special Situation Group (SSG), chaired by the Vice President. The SSG is charged ... 

with formulating plans in anticipation of crises. '' It is most astonishing that, in all of the 

reports, articles and books about the Iran-Contra covert actions, the existence of Bush's 

SSG has received no significant attention. Yet its importance in the management of those 

covert actions is obvious and unmistakable, as soon as an investigative light is thrown 

upon it. The memo in question also announced the birth of another organization, the 

Standing Crisis Pre-Planning Group (CPPG), which was to work as an intelligencegathering 

agency for Bush and his SSG. This new subordinate group, consisting of 

representatives of Vice President Bush, National Security Council (NSC) staff members, 

the CIA, the military and the State Department, was to `` meet periodically in the White 

House Situation Room.... '' They were to identify areas of potential crisis and `` [p]resent 

... plans and policy options to the SSG '' under Chairman Bush. And they were to provide 

to Bush and his assistants, `` as crises develop, alternative plans, '' `` action/options '' and 

`` coordinated implementation plans '' to resolve the `` crises. '' Finally, the subordinate 

group was to give to Chairman Bush and his assistants `` recommended security, cover, 

and media plans that will enhance the likelihood of successful execution. '' It was 

announced that the CPPG would meet for the first time on May 20, 1982, and that 

agencies were to `` provide the name of their CPPG representative to Oliver North, NSC 

staff.... '' The memo was signed `` for the President '' by Reagan's national security 

adviser, William P. Clark. It was declassified during the congressional Iran-Contra 

hearings.@s2 

Gregg, Rodriguez and North Join the Bush Team 

August 1982: 

Vice President Bush hired Donald P. Gregg as his principal adviser on national security 

affairs. Gregg now officially retired from the Central Intelligence Agency. 

Donald Gregg brought along into the Vice President's office his old relationship with 

mid-level CIA assassinations manager Felix I. Rodriguez. Gregg had been Rodriguez's 

boss in Vietnam. Donald Gregg worked under Bush in Washington from 1976--when 

Bush was CIA Director--through the later 1970s, when the Bush clique was at war with 

President Carter and his CIA Director, Stansfield Turner. Gregg was detailed to work at 

the National Security Council between 1979 and 1982. From 1976 right up through that 

NSC assignment, CIA officer Gregg saw CIA agent Rodriguez regularly. Both men were 

intensely loyal to Bush.@s3 Their continuing collaboration was crucial to Vice President 

Bush's organization of covert action. Rodriguez was now to operate out of the Vice 

President's office. 

December 21, 1982: 

The first `` Boland Amendment '' became law: `` None of the funds provided in this Act 

[the Defense Appropriations Bill] may be used by the Central Intelligence Agency or the 

Department of Defense to furnish military equipment, military training or advice, or other 

support for military activities, to any group or individual ... for the purpose of

overthrowing the government of Nicaragua. '' `` Boland I, '' as it was called, remained in 

effect until Oct. 3, 1984, when it was superseded by a stronger prohibition known as `` 

Boland II. ''@s4 

February 1983: 

Fawn Hall joined Oliver North as his assistant. Ms. Hall reported that she worked with 

North on the development of a secret `` Crisis Management Center. '' Lt. Colonel North, 

an employee of the National Security Council, is seen here managing a new structure 

within the Bush-directed SSG/CPPG arrangements of 1981- 82.@s5 

March 3, 1983: 

In the spring of 1983, the National Security Council established an office of `` Public 

Diplomacy '' to propagandize in favor of and run cover for the Iran-Contra operations, 

and to coordinate published attacks on opponents of the program. Former CIA Director of 

Propaganda Walter Raymond was put in charge of the effort. The unit was to work with 

domestic and international news media, as well as private foundations. The Bush familyaffiliated 

Smith Richardson Foundation was part of a National Security Council `` private 

donors' steering committee '' charged with coordinating this propaganda effort. A March 

3, 1983 memorandum from Walter Raymond to then-NSC Director William Clark, 

provided details of the program: `` 

As you will remember you and I briefly mentioned to the President when we briefed him on the 

N[ational] S[ecurity] D[ecision] D[irective] on public diplomacy that we would like to get 

together with some potential donors at a later date.... 

``To accomplish these objectives Charlie [United States Information Agency Director Charles Z. 

Wick] has had two lengthy meetings with a group of people representing the private sector. This 

group had included principally program directors rather than funders. The group was largely 

pulled together by Frank Barnett, Dan McMichael (Dick [Richard Mellon] Scaife's man), Mike 

Joyce (Olin Foundation), Les Lenkowsky (Smith Richardson Foundation) plus Leonard Sussman 

and Leo Cherne of Freedom House. A number of others including Roy Godson have also 

participated. '' [Everything above in parentheses is in the original].@s6 

Elsewhere, Raymond described Cherne and Godson as the coordinators of this group. 

Frank Barnett was the director of the Bush family's National Strategy Information Center, 

for which Godson was the Washington, D.C. director. Barnett had been the project 

director of the Smith Richardson Foundation prior to being assigned to that post. The 

Smith Richardson Foundation has sunk millions of dollars into the Iran-Contra projects. 

Some Smith Richardson grantees, receiving money since the establishment of the 

National Security Council's ``private steering committee'' (according to the foundation's 

annual reports) include the following: 

• Freedom House. This was formed by Leo Cherne, business partner of CIA Director 

William Casey. Cherne oversaw Walter Raymond's ``private donor's committee.'' 

• National Strategy Information Center, founded in 1962 by Casey, Cherne and the Bush 

family (see Chapter 4). Thus, when an item appeared in a daily newspaper, supporting the

Contras, or attacking their opponents--calling them `èxtremists,'' etc.--it is likely to have 

been planted by the U.S. government, by the George Bush-NSC ``private donors''' 

apparatus. 

March 17, 1983: 

Professional assassinations manager Felix I. Rodriguez met with Bush aide Donald P. 

Gregg, officially and secretly, at the White House. Gregg then recommended to National 

Security Council adviser Robert `` Bud '' McFarlane a plan for El Salvador-based military 

attacks on a target area of Central American nations including Nicaragua. Gregg's March 

17, 1983 memo to McFarlane said: `` The attached plan, written in March of last year, 

grew out of two experiences: ``--Anti-Vietcong operations run under my direction in III 

Corps Vietnam from 1970-1972. These operations [see below], based on ... a small elite 

force ... produced very favorable results. ``--Rudy Enders, who is now in charge of what 

is left of the para-military capability of the CIA, went to El Salvador in 1981 to do a 

survey and develop plans for effective anti-guerrilla operations. He came back and 

endorsed the attached plan. (I should add that Enders and Felix Rodriguez, who wrote the 

attached plan, both worked for me in Vietnam and carried out the actual operations 

outlined above.) ``This plan encountered opposition and skepticism from the U.S. 

military.... `Ì believe the plan can work based on my experience in Vietnam....''@s7 

Three years later, Bush agent Rodriguez would be publicly exposed as the supervisor of 

the covert Central American network illegally supplying arms to the Contras; that 

exposure of Rodriguez would begin the explosive public phase of the `Ìran-Contra 

scandal.'' Rodriguez's uncle had been Cuba's public works minister under Fulgencio 

Batista, and his family fled Castro's 1959 revolution. Felix Rodriguez joined the CIA, and 

was posted to the CIA's notorious Miami Station in the early 1960s. The Ted Shackley-E. 

Howard Hunt organization there, assisted by Meyer Lansky's and Santos Trafficante's 

mafiosi, trained Rodriguez and other Cubans in the arts of murder and sabotage. 

Rodriguez and his fellow CIA trainees took part in numerous terror raids against Castro's 

Cuba. Felix Rodriguez recounted his early adventures in gun-running under false pretexts 

in a ghost-written book, Shadow Warrior: 

Just around the time President Kennedy was assassinated, I left for Central America. I spent 

almost two years in Nicaragua, running the communications network for [our enterprise].... [O]ur 

arms cache was in Costa Rica. The funding for the project came from the CIA, but the money's 

origin was hidden through the use of a cover corporation, a company called Maritima BAM, 

which was [Manuel] Artim's initials spelled backwards. Periodically, deposits of hundreds of 

thousands of dollars would be made in Maritima BAM's accounts, and disbursed by Cuban 

corporation officers. The U.S. government had the deniability it wanted; we got the money we 

needed.... In fact, what we did in Nicaragua twenty-five years ago has some pretty close parallels 

to the Contra operation today.@s8 

Rodriguez followed his CIA boss Ted Shackley to Southeast Asia in 1970. Shackley and 

Donald Gregg put Rodriguez into the huge assassination and dope business which 

Shackley and his colleagues ran during the Indochina war; this bunch became the heart of 

the `Ènterprise'' that went into action 15 to 20 years later in Iran- Contra. Shackley 

funded opium-growing Meo tribesmen in murder, and used the dope proceeds in turn to 

fund his hit squads. He formed the Military Assistance Group-Special Operations Group 

(MAG-SOG) political murder unit; Gen. John K. Singlaub was a commander of MAG-

SOG; Oliver North and Richard Secord were officers of the unit. By 1971, the Shackley 

group had killed about 100,000 civilians in Southeast Asia as part of the CIA's Operation 

Phoenix. After Vietnam, Felix Rodriguez went back to Latin American CIA operations, 

while other parts of the Shackley organization went on to drug- selling and gun-running 

in the Middle East. By 1983, both the Mideast Shackley group and the self-styled 

``Shadow Warrior,'' Felix Rodriguez, were attached to the shadow commander-in-chief, 

George Bush. 

May 25, 1983: 

Secretary of State George Shultz wrote a memorandum for President Reagan, trying to 

stop George Bush from running Central American operations for the U.S. government. 

Shultz included a draft National Security Decision Directive for the President to sign, and 

an organizational chart (`` Proposed Structure '') showing Shultz's proposal for the line of 

authority--from the President and his NSC, through Secretary of State Shultz and his 

assistant secretary, down to an interagency group. The last line of the Shultz memo says 

bluntly what role is reserved for the Bush-supervised CPPG: ``The Crisis Pre-Planning 

Group is relieved of its assignments in this area.'' Back came a memorandum for The 

Honorable George P. Shultz, on a White House letterhead but bearing no signature, 

saying no to Shultz: ``The institutional arrangements established in NSDD-2 are, I 

believe, appropriate to fulfill [our national security requirements in Central America]....'' 

With the put-down is a chart headlined ``NSDD-2 Structure for Central America.'' At the 

top is the President; just below is a complex of Bush's SSG and CPPG as managers of the 

NSC; then below that is the Secretary of State, and below him various agencies and 

interagency groups.@s9 

July 12, 1983: 

Kenneth De Graffenreid, new manager of the Intelligence Directorate of the National 

Security Council, sent a secret memo to George Bush's aide, Admiral Daniel Murphy: 

`` ... Bud McFarlane has asked that I meet with you today, if possible, to review procedures for 

obtaining the Vice President's comments and concurrence on all N[ational] S[ecurity] C[ouncil] 

P[lanning G[roup] covert action and MONs. ''@s1@s0 

The Bush Regency in Action 

October 20, 1983: 

The U.S. invasion of the Caribbean island-nation of Grenada was decided upon in a 

secret meeting of the metagovernment--the National Security State--under the leadership 

of George Bush. National Security Council operative Constantine Menges, a stalwart 

participant in these events, described the action for posterity: 

My job that afternoon was to write the background memorandum that would be used by the vice 

president, who in his role as ``crisis manager'' would chair this first NSC meeting on the [Grenada] 

issue.... [F]ortunately I had help from Oliver North, who in his nearly three years with NSC had

ecome expert in the memo formats and formal procedures. After the morning CPPG meeting, 

North had begun to get interested in Grenada.... Shortly before 6:00 P.M., the participants began to 

arrive: Vice President Bush, [Secretary of Defense Caspar] Weinberger, [Attorney General Edwin] 

Meese, J[oint] C[hiefs of] S[taff] Chairman General Vessey, acting CIA Director McMahon, 

[State Dept. officer Lawrence] Eagleburger, ... North and myself. We all went to the Situation 

Room in the White House. President Reagan was travelling, as were [CIA Director] Bill Casey 

and Jeane Kirkpatrick.... Vice President Bush sat in the president's chair. 

Menges continued: ``... A factual update was the first order of business. Then the discussion 

moved to the availability of military forces and how long it would take to ready them. The 

objective, right from the beginning, was to plan a rescue [of American students detained on 

Grenada] that would guarantee quick success, but with a minimum of casualties....'' ``The first 

suggested presidential decision was to prepare for possible military action by shifting navy ships, 

which were taking a marine unit to rotate forces in Lebanon, plus other naval units, toward 

Grenada. ``Secrecy was imperative.... As part of this plan, there would be no change in the 

schedule of the top man. President Reagan ... would travel to Augusta, Georgia, for a golf 

weekend. Secretary of State Shultz would go too....'' Work now proceeded on detailed action 

plans, under the guidance of the Vice President's Special Situation Group. ``Late Friday afternoon 

[Oct. 21] ... the CPPG ... [met] in room 208.... Now the tone of our discussions had shifted from 

whether we would act to how this could be accomplished.... ''[The] most secure means [were to] 

be used to order U.S. ships to change course ... toward Grenada. Nevertheless, ABC news had 

learned about this and was broadcasting it.'' 

Thus, the course of action decided upon without the President was ``leaked'' to the news 

media, and became a fait-accompli. Menges's memo continues: 

It pleased me to see that now our government was working as a team.... That evening Ollie North 

and I worked together ... writing the background and decision memoranda. Early in the evening 

[NSC officer Admiral John] Poindexter reviewed our first draft and made a few minor revisions. 

Then the Grenada memoranda were sent to the President, Shultz and McFarlane at the golf course 

in Georgia.... Shortly before 9:00 A.M. [Oct. 22], members of the foreign policy cabinet [sic!] 

began arriving at the White House--all out of sight of reporters. The participants included 

Weinberger, Vessey, and Fred Ikle from Defense; Eagleburger and Motley from State; McMahon 

and an operations officer from CIA; and Poindexter, North and myself from NSC. Vice President 

Bush chaired the Washington group. All participants were escorted to room 208, which many had 

never seen before. The vice president sat at one end of the long table and Poindexter at the other, 

with speaker phones positioned so that everyone could hear President Reagan, Shultz, and 

McFarlane. The meeting began with an overview and an update.... There were animated 

discussions.... The conclusion was that by early Tuesday, October 25, the United States and allied 

forces would be in a position to initiate military action.... The only legal authority on Grenada was 

the governor general, Sir Paul N. Scoon, ... a Grenadan citizen appointed by the British crown.... 

Ingeniously, he had smuggled out a request for external help in restoring law and order.... The 

detailed hour-by-hour plan was circulated to everyone at the meeting. There was also a short 

discussion of the War Powers Resolution, which requires the president to get approval of Congress 

if he intends to deploy U.S. troops in combat for more than sixty days. There was little question 

that U.S. combat forces would be out before that time.... The president had participated and asked 

questions over the speaker phone; he made his decision. The U.S. would answer the call from our 

Caribbean neighbors. We would assure the safety of our citizens.@s1@s 1 

Clearly, there was no perceived need to follow the U.S. Constitution and leave the 

question of whether to make war up to the Congress. After all, President Reagan had 

concurred, from the golf course, with Acting President Bush's decision in the matter. And 

the British nominee in the target country had requested Mr. Bush's help!

November 3, 1983: 

Bush aide Donald Gregg met with Felix Rodriguez to discuss `` the general situation in 

Central America. ''@s1@s2 

December 1983: 

Oliver North accompanied Vice President Bush to El Salvador as his assistant. Bush met 

with Salvadoran army commanders. North helped Bush prepare a speech, in which he 

publicly called upon them to end their support for the use of `` death squads. '' North later 

testified that Bush's speech `` was one of the bravest things I've seen for anybody [sic]. 

''@s1@s3 

Attack from Jupiter 

January 1 through March 1984: 

The Wall Street Journal of March 6, 1985 gave a de- romanticized version of certain 

aquatic adventures in Central America: 

Armed speedboats and a helicopter launched from a Central Intelligence Agency `` mother ship'' 

attacked Nicaragua's Pacific port, Puerto Sandino on a moonless New Year's night in 1984. A 

week later the speedboats returned to mine the oil terminal. Over the next three months, they laid 

more than 30 mines in Puerto Sandino and also in the harbors at Corinto and El Bluff. In air and 

sea raids on coastal positions, Americans flew--and fired from--an armed helicopter that 

accompanied the U.S.-financed Latino force, while a CIA plane provided sophisticated 

reconaissance guidance for the nighttime attacks. The operation, outlined in a classified CIA 

document, marked the peak of U.S. involvement in the four-year guerrilla war in Nicaragua. More 

than any single event, it solidified congressional opposition to the covert war, and in the year since 

then, no new money has been approved beyond the last CIA checks drawn early [in the] summer 

[of 1984].... CIA paramilitary officers were upset by the ineffectiveness of the Contras.... As the 

insurgency force grew ... during 1983 ... the CIA began to use the guerrilla army as a cover for its 

own small `` Latino '' force.... [The] most celebrated attack, by armed speedboats, came Oct. 11, 

1983, against oil facilities at Corinto. Three days later, an underwater pipeline at Puerto Sandino 

was sabotaged by Latino [sic] frogmen. The message wasn't lost on Exxon Corp.'s Esso unit 

[formerly Standard Oil of New Jersey], and the international giant informed the Sandinista 

government that it would no longer provide tankers for transporting oil to Nicaragua. The CIA's 

success in scaring off a major shipper fit well into its mining strategy.... The mother ship used in 

the mining operation is described by sources as a private chartered vessel with a configuration 

similar to an oil-field service and towing ship with a long, flat stern section where helicopters 

could land.... 

The reader may have already surmised that Vice President Bush (with his background in 

`` oilfield service '' and his control of a `` top-level committee of the National Security 

Council '') sat in his Washington office and planned these brilliant schemes. But such a 

guess is probably incorrect--it is off by about 800 miles. On Jupiter Island, Florida, where 

the Bush family has had a seasonal residence for the past several decades (see Chapter 4) 

is the headquarters of Continental Shelf Associates, Inc. (CSA).@s1@s4

This company describes itself as `` an environmental consulting firm specializing in 

applied marine science and technology ... founded in 1970.... The main office ... is 

located in Jupiter, Florida, approximately 75 miles north of Miami. '' CSA has `` Offshore 

and Onshore divisions. '' It lists among its clients Exxon Company, U.S.A.; Military 

Sealift Command; Pennzoil Company; U.S. Department of Defense/Army Corps of 

Engineers; and other oil companies and government agencies. CSA's main advertised 

concern is with underwater engineering, often involving oil or nuclear facilities. It has 

many `` classified '' projects. It employs the world's most sophisticated subsurface 

vehicles and monitoring equipment. The founder and chief executive of CSA is Robert `` 

Stretch '' Stevens. A former lieutenant commander in naval special operations, Stevens 

has been a close associate of CIA officer Theodore Shackley, and of Bush agent Felix 

Rodriguez since the early 1960s, when Stevens served as a boat captain in the invasion of 

Cuba at the Bay of Pigs, and through the Vietnam War. During the period 1982-85, CSA 

was contracted by the U.S. intelligence community, including the CIA, to carry out 

coastal and on-the-ground reconnaissance and logistical support work in the eastern 

Mediterranean in support of the U.S. Marine deployment into Lebanon; and coastal 

mapping and reconnaissance of the Caribbean island of Grenada prior to the October 

1983 U.S. military action. Beginning in approximately the autumn of 1983, CSA was 

employed to design and execute a program for the mining of several Nicaraguan harbors. 

After the U.S. Senate restricted such activities to non-U.S. personnel only, CSA trained `` 

Latin American nationals '' at a facility located on El Bravo Island off the eastern coast of 

Nicaragua. Acta Non Verba (Deeds Not Words) is a `` subsidiary '' of CSA, incorporated 

in 1986 and located at the identical Jupiter address. Rudy Enders, the head of the CIA's 

paramilitary section--and deployed by George Bush aide Donald Gregg--is a minority 

owner of Acta Non Verba (ANV). ANV's own tough-talking promotional literature says 

that it concentrates on `` counter-terrorist activities in the maritime environment. '' A very 

high-level retired CIA officer, whose private interview was used in preparation for this 

book, described this `` Fish Farm '' in the following more realistic terms: `` Assassination 

operations and training company controlled by Ted Shackley, under the cover of a private 

corporation with a regular board of directors, stockholders, etc., located in Florida. They 

covertly bring in Haitian and Southeast Asian boat people as recruits, as well as Koreans, 

Cubans, and Americans. They hire out assassinations and intelligence services to 

governments, corporations, and individuals, and also use them for covering or 

implementing `Fish Farm' projects/activities. '' The upshot of the attack from Jupiter--the 

mining of Nicaragua's harbors--was that the Congress got angry enough to pass the `` 

Boland II '' amendment, re-tightening the laws against this public- private warfare (see 

entry for Oct. 3, 1984). 

April 3, 1984: 

Another subcommittee of the Bush terrorism apparatus was formed, as President Reagan 

signed National Security Decision Directive 138. The new `` Terrorist Incident Working 

Group '' reported to Bush's Special Situation Group. The TIWG geared up government 

agencies to support militant counterterrorism assaults, on the Israeli model.@s1@s5 

`` How Can Anyone Object? ''

June 25, 1984: 

The National Security Planning Group, including Reagan, Bush and other top officials, 

met secretly in the White House situation room at 2:00 P.M. They discussed whether to 

risk seeking `` third- country aid '' to the Contras, to get around the congressional ban 

enacted Dec. 21, 1982. George Bush spoke in favor, according to minutes of the meeting. 

Bush said, `` How can anyone object to the U.S. encouraging third parties to provide help 

to the anti- Sandinistas under the [intelligence] finding. The only problem that might 

come up is if the United States were to promise to give these third parties something in 

return so that some people might interpret this as some kind of an exchange '' [emphasis 

added]. Warning that this would be illegal, Secretary of State Shultz said: `` I would like 

to get money for the contras also, but another lawyer [then-Treasury Secretary] Jim Baker 

said if we go out and try to get money from third countries, it is an impeachable offense. '' 

CIA Director Casey reminded Shultz that `` Jim Baker changed his mind [and now 

supported the circumvention].... '' NSC adviser Robert McFarlane cautioned, `` I propose 

that there be no authority for anyone to seek third party support for the anti-Sandinistas 

until we have the information we need, and I certainly hope none of this discussion will 

be made public in any way. '' President Ronald Reagan then closed the meeting with a 

warning against anyone leaking the fact they were considering how to circumvent the 

law: `` If such a story gets out, we'll all be hanging by our thumbs in front of the White 

House until we find out who did it. '' In March of the following year, Bush personally 

arranged the transfer of funds to the Contras by the Honduran government, assuring them 

they would receive compensating U.S. aid. The minutes of this meeting, originally 

marked `` secret, '' were released five years later, at Oliver North's trial in the spring of 

1989.@s1@s6 

October 3, 1984: 

Congress enacted a new version of the earlier attempt to outlaw the U.S. secret war in 

Central America. This `` Boland II '' amendment was designed to prevent any 

conceivable form of deceit by the covert action apparatus: `` During fiscal year 1985, no 

funds available to the Central Intelligence Agency, the Department of Defense, or any 

other agency or entity of the United States involved in intelligence activities may be 

obligated or expended for the purpose or which would have the effect of supporting, 

directly or indirectly, military or paramilitary operations in Nicaragua by any nation, 

group, organization, movement, or individual. '' This law was effective from October 3, 

1984, to December 5, 1985, when it was superceded by various aid-limitation laws 

which, taken together, were referred to as `` Boland III. ''@s1@s7 


Felix Rodriguez's partner, Gerard Latchinian, was arrested by the Federal Bureau of 

Investigation. Latchinian was then tried and convicted of smuggling $10.3 million in 

cocaine into the United States. The dope was to finance the murder and overthrow of the 

President of Honduras, Roberto Suazo Cordova. Latchinian was sentenced to a 30-year 

prison term.

On Nov. 10, 1983, a year before the arrest, Felix Rodriguez had filed the annual 

registration with Florida's secretary of state on behalf of Latchinian's and Rodriguez's 

joint enterprise, `` Giro Aviation Corp. ''@s1@s8 


Felix Rodriguez met in the office of the Vice President with Bush adviser Donald Gregg. 

Immediately after this meeting, Rodriguez met with Oliver North, supposedly for the first 

time in his life. But Bush's adviser strenuously denied to investigators that he `` 

introduced '' his CIA employee to North.@s1@s9 

January 18, 1985 (Friday): 

Felix Rodriguez met with Ramon Milian Rodriguez (not known to be a relative of Felix), 

accountant and money launderer, who had moved $1.5 billion for the Medelli@aan 

cocaine cartel. Milian testified before a Senate investigation of the Contras' drugsmuggling, 

that more than a year earlier he had granted Felix's request and given $10 

million from the cocaine cartel to Felix for the Contras. 

Milian Rodriguez was interviewed in his prison cell in Butner, North Carolina, by 

investigative journalist Martha Honey. He said Felix Rodriguez had offered that `` in 

exchange for money for the Contra cause he would use his influence in high places to get 

the [Cocaine] cartel U.S. `good will'.... Frankly, one of the selling points was that he 

could talk directly to Bush. The issue of good will wasn't something that was going to go 

through 27 bureaucratic hands. It was something that was directly between him and Bush. 

'' Ramon Milian Rodriguez was a Republican contributor, who had partied by invitation 

at the 1981 Reagan-Bush inauguration ceremonies. He had been arrested aboard a 

Panama-bound private jet by federal agents in May 1983, while carrying over $5 million 

in cash. According to Felix Rodriguez, Milian was seeking a way out of the narcotics 

charges when he met with Felix on January 18, 1985. This meeting remained secret until 

two years later, when Felix Rodriguez had become notorious in the Iran-Contra scandal. 

The Miami Herald broke the story on June 30, 1987. Felix Rodriguez at first denied ever 

meeting with Ramon Milian Rodriguez. But then a new story was worked out with 

various agencies. Felix `` remembered '' the Jan. 18, 1985 meeting, claimed he had `` said 

nothing '' during it, and `` remembered '' that he had filed documents with the FBI and 

CIA telling them about the meeting just afterwards.@s2@s0 

January 22, 1985 (Tuesday): 

George Bush met with Felix Rodriguez in the Executive Office Building. The agenda 

may have included the results of the meeting five days before with Medelli@aan cocaine 

cartel representative Milian Rodriguez. 

Felix's ghost writer doesn't tell us what was said, only that Felix was `` able to show 

[Bush] some of the photos from my album. The honor of being with the Vice President ...

was overwhelming. Mr. Bush was easy to talk to, and he was interested in my stories. 

''@s2@s1 

Late January, 1985: 

George Bush's office officially organized contacts through the State Department for Felix 

Rodriguez to operate in Central America from a base in El Salvador, in a false `` private '' 

capacity. The U.S. ambassador to El Salvador, Thomas Pickering, then cabled to Gen. 

Paul F. Gorman, commander of the U.S. Army Southern Command: `` Rodriguez has 

high-level contacts at the White House, DOS [State Dept] and DOD [Defense 

Department], some of whom are strongly supporting his use in El Salvador. 

`Ìt would be in our best interests that Mr. Rodriguez confer with you personally prior to 

coming to El Salvador. I have some obvious concerns about this arrangement.... '' Felix 

Rodriguez flew to Panama to speak to General Gorman. They discussed his covert aid to 

the Contras ``since the early eighties.''@s2@s2 Rodriguez, by George Bush's story the 

private, volunteer helper of the Contras, flew from Panama to El Salvador on General 

Gorman's personal C-12 airplane. General Gorman also sent a confidential cable to 

Ambassador Pickering and Col. James Steele, U.S. military liaison man with the Contra 

resupply operation in El Salvador: `Ì have just met here with Felix Rodriguez, [deleted, 

probably ``CIA''] pensioner from Miami. Born in Cuba, a veteran of guerrilla operations 

[several lines deleted].... ``He is operating as a private citizen, but his acquaintanceship 

with the V[ice] P[resident] is real enough, going back to the latter's days as D[irector of] 

C[entral] I[ntelligence]. ``Rodriguez' primary commitment to the region is in [deleted] 

where he wants to assist the FDN [Contras military forces]. I told him that the FDN 

deserved his priority.... He will want to fly with the E[l] S[alvador] A[ir] F[orce] to 

establish his credibility, but that ... seems to me both unnecessary and unwise....''@s2@s3 

February 7, 1985: 

The Crisis Pre-Planning Group (CPPG), subordinate to Chairman Bush of the Special 

Situation Group (SSG), met to discuss means to circumvent the Boland amendment's ban 

on aid to the Contras. They agreed on a `` Presidential letter '' to be sent to President 

Suazo of Honduras, ``to provide several enticements to Honduras in exchange for its 

continued support of the Nicaraguan Resistance. These enticements included expedited 

delivery of military supplies ordered by Honduras, a phased release of withheld economic 

assistance (ESF) funds, and other support.'' The preceding was the admission of the 

United States government in the 1989 Oliver North trial--number 51 in a series of 

``stipulations'' that was given to the court to avoid having to release classified documents. 


The government admissions in the North trial continued: 

`` ... North proposed that McFarlane send a memo [to top officials on] the 

recommendation of the CPPG [the Bush-supervised body, often chaired by Bush 

adviser Don Gregg].... The memo stated that this part of the message [to the

Honduran president] should not be contained in a written document but should be 

delivered verbally by a discreet emissary. '' [This was to be George Bush himself- 

- see March 16, 1985.] Honduras would be given increased aid, to be diverted to 

the Contras, so as to deceive Congress and the American population.@s2@s4 

February 15, 1985 (Friday): 

After Rodriguez had arrived in El Salvador and had begun setting up the central resupply 

depot for the Contras--at Ilopango Airbase-- Ambassador Thomas Pickering sent an `` 

Eyes Only '' cable to the State Department on his conversation with Rodriguez. 

Pickering's cable bore the postscript, `` Please brief Don Gregg in the V.P.'s office for 

me. ''@s2@s5 

February 19, 1985 (Tuesday): 

Felix Rodriguez met with Bush's staff in the vice-presidential offices in the Executive 

Office Building, briefing them on the progress of his mission. 

Over the next two years, Rodriguez met frequently with Bush staff members in 

Washington and in Central America, often jointly with CIA and other officials, and 

conferred with Bush's staff by telephone countless times.@s2@s6 

March 15-16, 1985 (Friday and Saturday): 

George Bush and Felix Rodriguez were in Central America on their common project. 

On Friday, Rodriguez supervised delivery in Honduras of military supplies for the FDN 

Contras whose main base was there in Honduras. 

On Saturday, George Bush met with Honduran President Roberto Suazo Cordova. Bush 

told Suazo that the Reagan-Bush administration was expediting delivery of more than 

$110 million in economic and military aid to Suazo's government. This was the `` quid 

pro quo '': a bribe for Suazo's support for the U.S. mercenary force, and a transfer through 

Honduras of the Contra military supplies, which had been directly prohibited by the 

Congress. 

Government as Counterterror 

June 14, 1985: 

`` Shiite Muslim terrorists '' hijacked an Athens-to-Rome airliner. One American was 

killed, 39 Americans were held hostage and released June 30. 

July 1985:

Vice President George Bush was designated by President Reagan to lead the Task Force 

on Combatting Terrorism (or Terrorism Task Force). Bush's task force was a means to 

sharply concentrate the powers of government into the hands of the Bush clique, for such 

policies as the Iran-Contra armaments schemes. The Terrorism Task Force had the 

following cast of characters: 

GEORGE BUSH, U.S. Vice President: CHAIRMAN 

Admiral James L. Holloway III: Executive assistant to Chairman Bush 

Craig Coy: Bush's deputy assistant under Holloway 

Vice Admiral John Poindexter:Senior NSC representative to Chairman Bush 

Marine Corps Lt. Col. Oliver North: Day-today NSC representative to George 

Bush 

Amiram Nir: Counterterror adviser to Israeli Premier Shimon Peres 

Lt. Col. Robert Earl: Staff member 

Terry Arnold: Principal consultant 

Charles E. Allen, CIA officer: Senior Review Group 

Robert Oakley, Director, State Dept. Counter Terrorism Office: Senior 

Review Group 

Noel Koch, Deputy to Asst. Secretary of Defense Richard Armitage: Senior 

Review Group 

Lt. Gen. John Moellering, Joint Chiefs of Staff: Senior Review Group 

Oliver `` Buck '' Revell, FBI executive: Senior Review Group 

This was the first known official contact of the Israeli Nir with the U.S. government in 

the Iran-Contra affair. In the future, Nir would serve as the main Israeli agent in the 

covert arms-for- hostages negotiations with Iran, alongside such other well-known U.S. 

participants as Oliver North and Robert McFarlane. The Terrorism Task Force 

organization, as we shall see, was a permanent affair.@s2@s7 

August 8, 1985: 

George Bush met with the National Security Planning Group in the residence section of 

the White House. Spurring on their deliberations on the terrorism problem, a car bomb 

had blown up that day at a U.S. air base in Germany, with 22 American casualties.

The officials discussed shipment of U.S.-made arms to Iran through Israel--to replenish 

Israeli stocks of TOW missiles and to permit Israel to sell arms to Iran. 

According to testimony by Robert McFarlane, the transfer was supported by George 

Bush, Casey and Donald Regan, and opposed by Shultz and Weinberger.@s2@s8 

August 18, 1985: 

Luis Posada Carriles escaped from prison in Venezuela, where he was being held for the 

terrorist murder of 73 persons. Using forged documents falsely identifying him as a 

Venezuelan named `` Ramon Medina, '' Posada flew to Central America. Within a few 

weeks, Felix Rodriguez assigned him to supervise the Bush office's Contra resupply 

operations being run from the El Salvador air base. Posada personally ran the safe-houses 

used for the CIA flight crews. Rodriguez explained the arrangement in his book: `` 

Because of my relationship with [El Salvador Air Force] Gen. Bustillo, I was able to pave 

the way for [the operations attributed to Oliver] North to use the facilities at Ilopango [El 

Salvador air force base].... I found someone to manage the Salvadorian-based resupply 

operation on a day-to-day basis. They knew that person as Ramon Medina. I knew him 

by his real name: Luis Posada Carriles.... I first [sic!] met Posada in 1963 at Fort 

Benning, Georgia, where we went through basic training together ... as U.S. Army second 

lieutenants.... '' Rodriguez neglects to explain that agent Posada Carilles was originally 

recruited and trained by the same CIA murder operation, `` JM/WAVE '' in Miami, as 

was Rodriguez himself. Felix continues: `` In the sixties, he reportedly went to work for 

DISIP, the Venezuelan intelligence service, and rose to considerable power within its 

ranks. It was rumored that he held one of the top half- dozen jobs in the organization.... 

After the midair bombing of a Cubana airliner on October 6, 1976, in which seventythree 

people were killed, Posada was charged with planning the attack and was thrown in 

prison.... Posada was confined in prison for more than nine years.... ''@s2@s9 

September 10, 1985: 

George Bush's national security adviser, Donald Gregg, met at 4:30 P.M. with Oliver 

North and Col. James Steele, the U.S. military official in El Salvador who oversaw flights 

of cargo going to the Contras from various points in Central America. They discussed 

information given to one or more of them by arms dealer Mario DelAmico, supplier to 

the Contras. According to the entry in Oliver North's notebook, they discussed 

particularities of the supply flights, and the operations of FDN commander Enrique 

Bermudez. 

Elsewhere in the diary pages for that day, Colonel North noted that DelAmico had 

procured a certain 1,000 munitions items for the Contras.@s3@s0 

November 1985 (ca. American Thanksgiving Day): 

George Bush sent Oliver North a note, with thanks for `` your dedication and tireless 

work with the hostage thing and with Central America. ''@s3@s1

December 1985: 

Congress passed new laws limiting U.S. aid to the Contras. The CIA, the Defense 

Department, and `` any other agency or entity of the United States involved in 

intelligence activities '' were prohibited from providing armaments to the Contras. The 

CIA was permitted to provide communications equipment and training. `` Humanitarian '' 

aid was allowed. These laws, known together as `` Boland III, '' were in effect from 

December 4, 1985 to October 17, 1986. 


CIA official Charles E. Allen, a member of George Bush's Terrorism Task Force, wrote 

an update on the arms-for-hostages dealings with Iran. Allen's memo was a debriefing of 

an unnamed member of the group of U.S. government officials participating in the arms 

negotiations with the Iranians. The unnamed U.S. official (from the context, probably 

NSC terrorism consultant Michael Ledeen) is referred to in Allen's memo as `` Subject ''. 

Allen wrote: `` [Speaker of the Iranian Parliament Hashemi] Rafsanjani ... believes Vice 

President George Bush is orchestrating the U.S. initiative with Iran. In fact, according to 

Subject, Rafsanjani believes that Bush is the most powerful man in the U.S. because in 

addition to being Vice President, he was once Director of CIA. ''@s3@s2 

December 1985-January 1986: 

George Bush completed his official study of terrorism in December 1985. John 

Poindexter now directed Oliver North to go back to work with Amiram Nir. Amiram Nir 

came to Washington and met with Oliver North. He told U.S. officials that the Iranians 

had promised to free all hostages in exchange for more arms. Reportedly after this Nir 

visit, in an atmosphere of constant terrorism and rumors of terrorism, President Reagan 

was persuaded of the necessity of revving up the arms shipments to Iran.@s3@s3 


Terrorists bombed Rome and Vienna airports, killing 20 people, including five 

Americans. The Crisis Pre-Planning Group (CPPG), supervised by Bush's office and 

reporting to Bush, blamed Libyans for the attack and began planning for a military strike 

on Libya. Yet an unpublished CIA analysis and the Israelis both acknowledged that the 

Abu Nidal group (in effect, the Israeli Mossad agency) carried out the attacks.@s3@s4 

Bush's CPPG later organized the U.S. bombing of Libya, which occurred in mid-April 

1986. 

December 31, 1985 (Tuesday): 

Iranian arms dealer Cyrus Hashemi told Paris-based CIA agent Bernard Veillot that Vice 

President Bush was backing arms sales to Iran, and that official U.S. approval for private

sales to Iran, amounting to $2 billion, was `` going to be signed by Mr. Bush and [U.S. 

Marine Corps commandant] Gen. [Paul X.] Kelley on Friday. ''@s3@s5 

Loudly and publicly exposed in the midst of Iran arms deals, Veillot was indicted by the 

U.S. Then the charges were quietly dropped, and Veillot went underground. A few 

months later Hashemi died suddenly of `` leukemia. ''@s3@s6 

January 2, 1986 (Thursday): 

Israeli counterterrorism chief Amiram Nir met with North and Poindexter in Washington. 

The Bush report on terrorism had now been issued within the government but was not yet 

published. Bush's report was urging that a counterterrorism coordinator be named for the 

entire U.S. government--and Oliver North was the one man intended for that slot. 

At this meeting, Nir proposed specifically that prisoners held by Israeli-controlled 

Lebanese, and 3,000 American TOW missiles, be exchanged for U.S. hostages held by 

Iran. Other discussions between Nir and Bush's nominee involved the supposedly new 

idea that the Iranians be overcharged for the weapons shipped to them, and the surplus 

funds be diverted to the Contras.@s3@s7 

January 6, 1986 (Monday): 

President Reagan met with George Bush, Donald Regan, McFarlane and Poindexter. The 

President was handed a draft `` Presidential Finding '' that called for shipping arms to Iran 

through Israel. The President signed this document, drafted following the discussions 

with Amiram Nir. The draft consciously violated the National Security Act which had 

established the Central Intelligence Agency, requiring notification of Congress. But Bush 

joined in urging President Reagan to sign this `` finding '': `` I hereby find that the 

following operation in a foreign country ... is important to the national security of the 

United States, and due to its extreme sensitivity and security risks, I determine it is 

essential to limit prior notice, and direct the Director of Central Intelligence to 

refrain from reporting this finding to the Congress as provided in Section 501 of the 

National Security Act of 1947, as amended, until I otherwise direct '' [emphasis 

added]. `` ... The USG[overnment] will act to facilitate efforts by third parties and third 

countries to establish contacts with moderate elements within and outside the 

Government of Iran by providing these elements with arms, equipment and related 

materiel in order to enhance the credibility of these elements.... '' Of course, Bush, Casey 

and their Israeli allies had never sought to bolster `` moderate elements '' in Iran, but 

overthrew them at every opportunity--beginning with President Abolhassan Bani- 

Sadr.@s3@s8 

January 7, 1986: 

President Reagan and Vice President Bush met at the White House with several other 

administration officials. There was an argument over new proposals by Amiram Nir and 

Iranian arms dealer Manucher Ghorbanifar to swap arms for hostages.

Secretary of State George Shultz later told the Tower Commission that George Bush 

supported the arms-for-hostages deal at this meeting, as did President Reagan, Casey, 

Meese, Regan and Poindexter. Shultz reported that he himself and Secretary of Defense 

Caspar Weinberger both opposed further arms shipments.@s3@s9 

January 9, 1986: 

Lt. Col. Oliver North complained, in his notebook, that `` Felix [Rodriguez] '' has been `` 

talking too much about the V[ice] P[resident] connection. ''@s4@s0 

January 15, 1986: 

CIA and Mossad employee Richard Brenneke wrote a letter to Vice President Bush 

giving full details, alerting Bush about his own work on behalf of the CIA in illegal--but 

U.S. government-sanctioned-- sales of arms to Iran.@s4@s1 

Mid-January, 1986: 

George Bush and Oliver North worked together on the illegal plan. 

Later, at North's trial, the Bush administration--portraying Colonel North as the master 

strategist in the case!--stipulated that North `` prepared talking points for a meeting 

between Admiral Poindexter, Vice-President Bush, and [the new] Honduran President 

[Jose Simon] Azcona. North recommended that Admiral Poindexter and Vice-President 

Bush tell President Azcona of the need for Honduras to work with the U.S. government 

on increasing regional involvement with and support for the Resistance. Poindexter and 

Bush were also to raise the subject of better U.S. government support for the states 

bordering Nicaragua. '' That is, Honduras, which of course `` borders on Nicaragua, '' was 

to get more U.S. aid and was to pass some of it through to the Contras. In preparation for 

the January 1986 Bush-Azcona meeting, the U.S. State Department sent to Bush adviser 

Donald Gregg a memorandum, which `` alerted Gregg that Azcona would insist on 

receiving clear economic and social benefits from its [Honduras's] cooperation with the 

United States. ''@s4@s2 Two months after the January Bush-Azcona meeting, President 

Reagan asked Congress for $20 million in emergency aid to Honduras, needed to repel a 

cross-border raid by Nicaraguan forces against Contra camps. Congress voted the `` 

emergency '' expenditure. 

January 17, 1986: 

George Bush met with President Reagan, John Poindexter, Donald Regan, and NSC staff 

member Donald Fortier to review the final version of the January 7 arms-to-Iran draft. 

With the encouragement of Bush, and the absence of opponents to the scheme, President 

Reagan signed the authorization to arm the Khomeini regime with missiles, and keep the 

facts of this scheme from congressional oversight committees. This was the reality of the 

Bush `` counterstrategy '' to terrorism, for whose implementation his Terrorism Task 

Force was just then creating the covert mechanism. The official story about this meeting--

given in the Tower Commission Report--is as follows: `` [T]he proposal to shift to direct 

U.S. arms sales to Iran ... was considered by the president at a meeting on January 17 

which only the Vice President, Mr. Regan, Mr. Fortier, and VADM Poindexter attended. 

Thereafter, the only senior-level review the Iran initiative received was during one or 

another of the President's daily national security briefings. These were routinely attended 

only by the President, the Vice President, Mr. Regan, and VADM Poindexter. There was 

no subsequent collective consideration of the Iran initiative by the NSC principals before 

it became public 11 months later.... 

Because of the obsession with secrecy, interagency consideration of the initiative was 

limited to the cabinet level. With the exception of the NSC staff and, after January 17, 

1986, a handful of CIA officials, the rest of the executive departments and agencies were 

largely excluded. 

``The National Security Act also requires notification of Congress of covert intelligence 

activities. If not done in advance, notification must be ìn timely fashion.' The 

Presidential Finding of January 17 directed that congressional notification be withheld, 

and this decision appears to have never been reconsidered. ''@s4@s3 

January 18, 1986: 

Defense Secretary Caspar Weinberger was directed to prepare the transfer of 4,000 TOW 

anti-tank missiles to the CIA, which was to ship them to Khomeini's Iran. Bypassing 

normal channels for covert shipments, he elected to have his senior military assistant, Lt. 

Gen. Colin L. Powell, handle the arrangements for the arms transfer.@s4@s4 

January 19-21, 1986: 

George Bush's deputy national security aide, Col. Samuel Watson, worked with Felix 

Rodriguez in El Salvador, and met with Col. James Steele, the U.S. military liaison 

officer with the covert Contra resupply organization in El Salvador.@s4@s5 

Bush Sets Up North as Counterterrorism Boss--and `` Fall Guy'' 

January 20, 1986: 

Following the recommendations of an as yet unofficial report of the George Bush 

Terrorism Task Force, President Reagan signed National Security Decision Directive 

(NSDD) 207. 

The unofficial Bush report, the official Bush report released in February, and the Bushorganized 

NSDD 207, together put forward Oliver North as `` Mr. Iran-Contra. '' North 

became the nominal, up- front coordinator of the administration's counterterrorism 

program, hiding as best he could Bush's hand in these matters. He was given a secret 

office and staff (the Office to Combat Terrorism), separate from regular NSC staff 

members. George Bush now reassigned his Terrorism Task Force employees, Craig Coy 

and Robert Earl, to do the daily work of the North secret office. The Bush men spent the

next year working on Iran arms sales: Earl devoted one-quarter to one- half of his time on 

Iran and Contra support operations; Coy ``knew everything'' about Project Democracy. 

North traveled much of the time. Earl and Coy were at this time officially attached to the 

Crisis Management Center, which North worked on in 1983.@s4@s6 FBI Assistant 

Director Revell, often George Bush's ``hit man'' against Bush's domestic opponents, 

partially disclosed this shell game in a letter to Sen. David Boren (D-Ok.), explaining the 

FBI's contacts with North: 

At the time [April 1986], North was the NSC official charged by the President with the 

coordination of our national counterterrorist program. He was responsible for working closely 

with designated lead agencies and was responsible for participating in all interagency groups, 

maintaining the national programming documents, assisting in the coordination of research and 

development in relation to counterterrorism, facilitating the development of response options and 

overseeing the implementation of the Vice President's Terrorism Task Force recommendations. 

This description of Col. North's position is set forth in the public report of the Vice President's 

Task Force on Combatting Terrorism, February 1986. There is an even more detailed and 

comprehensive description of Col. North's position in the classified National Security Decision 

Directive #207 issued by the President on January 20, 1986. @s4@s7 

The Bush Terrorism Task Force, having completed its official work, had simply made 

itself into a renamed, permanent, covert agency. Its new name was Operations Sub-Group 

(OSG). In this transformation, CIA Contra-handler Duane Clarridge had been added to 

the Task Force to form the `ÒSG,'' which included North, Poindexter, Charles Allen, 

Robert Oakley, Noel Koch, General Moellering and ``Buck'' Revell. According to the 

Oliver North diaries, even before this final phase of the Bush-North apparatus there were 

at least 14 meetings between North and the Bush Task Force's senior members Holloway, 

Oakley and Allen, its principal consultant Terry Arnold, and its staff men Robert Earl and 

Craig Coy. The North diaries from July 1985 through January 1986, show one meeting 

with President Reagan, and four meetings with Vice President Bush: either the two alone, 

North with Bush and Amiram Nir, or North with Bush and Donald Gregg. The Bush 

counterterrorism apparatus had its own communications channels, and a global 

antiterrorist computer network called Flashboard outside of all constitutional government 

arrangements. Those opposed to the arming of terrorists, including cabinet members, had 

no access to these communications.@s4@s8 This apparatus had responsibility for Iran 

arms sales; the private funding of the Contras, from contributions, theft, dope-running; 

the ``public diplomacy'' of Project Democracy to back these efforts; and 

counterintelligence against other government agencies and against domestic opponents of 

the policy.@s4@s9 

January 28, 1986: 

George Bush met with Oliver North and FDN Contra Political Director Adolfo Calero in 

the Old Executive Office Building.@s5@s0 North and Calero would work together to 

protect George Bush when the Contra supply effort blew apart in October 1986. 

January 31, 1986:

Iranian arms dealer Cyrus Hashemi was told by a French arms agent that `` [a]n assistant 

of the vice president's going to be in Germany ... and the indication is very clear that the 

transaction can go forward '' referring to George Bush's supposed approval of the private 

arms sale to Iran.@s5@s1 


Responding to the January 15 letter from Richard Brenneke, Bush aide Lt. Col. E. 

Douglas Menarczik wrote to Brenneke: `` The U.S. government will not permit or 

participate in the provision of war materiel to Iran and will prosecute any such efforts by 

U.S. citizens to the fullest extent of the law. 1''@s5@s2 

February 7, 1986: Samuel M. Evans, a representative of Saudi and Israeli arms 

dealers, told Cyrus Hashemi that `` [t]he green light now finally has been given 

[for the private sale of arms to Iran], that Bush is in favor, Shultz against, but 

nevertheless they are willing to proceed. ''@s5@s3 


Richard Brenneke wrote again to Bush's office, to Lt. Col. Menarczik, documenting a 

secret project for U.S. arms sales to Iran going on since 1984. 

Brenneke later said publicly that early in 1986, he called Menarczik to warn that he had 

learned that the U.S. planned to buy weapons for the Contras with money from Iran arms 

sales. Menarczik reportedly said, `` We will look into it. '' Menarczik claimed not to have 

`` any specific recollection of telephone conversations with '' Brenneke.@s5@s4 

Late February, 1986: 

Vice President George Bush issued the public report of his Terrorism Task Force. In his 

introduction to the report, Bush asserted: `` Our Task Force was briefed by more than 25 

government agencies ... traveled to embassies and military commands throughout the 

world.... Our conclusion: ... We firmly oppose terrorism in all forms and wherever it 

takes place.... We will make no concessions to terrorists. ''@s5@s5 

March 1986: 

According to a sworn statement of pilot Michael Tolliver, Felix Rodriguez had met him 

in July 1985. Now Rodriguez instructed Tolliver to go to Miami International Airport. 

Tolliver picked up a DC-6 aircraft and a crew, and flew the plane to a Contra base in 

Honduras. There Tolliver watched the unloading of 14 tons of military supplies, and the 

loading of 12 and 2/3 tons of marijuana. Following his instructions from Rodriguez, 

Tolliver flew the dope to Homestead Air Force Base in Florida. The next day Rodriguez 

paid Tolliver $75,000.@s5@s6 

Tolliver says that another of the flights he performed for Rodriguez carried cocaine on 

the return trip to the U.S.A. He made a series of arms deliveries from Miami into the air

ase at Agucate, Honduras. He was paid in cash by Rodriguez and his old Miami CIA 

colleague, Rafael `` Chi Chi '' Quintero. In another circuit of flights, Tolliver and his crew 

flew between Miami and El Salvador's Ilopango air base. Tolliver said that Rodriguez 

and Quintero `` instructed me where to go and who to see. '' While making these flights, 

he `` could go by any route available without any interference from any agency. We 

didn't need a stamp of approval from Customs or anybody.... ''@s5@s7 With reference to 

the covert arms shipments out of Miami, George Bush's son Jeb said: `` Sure, there's a 

pretty good chance that arms were shipped, but does that break any law? I'm not sure it's 

illegal. The Neutrality Act is a completely untested notion, established in the 1800s. 

''@s5@s8 

Smuggling Missiles and Reporting to the Boss 

Trafficking in lethal weapons without government authorization is always a tricky 

business for covert operators. But when the operatives are smuggling weapons in a 

particular traffic which the U.S. Congress has expressly prohibited, a good deal of 

criminal expertise and certain crucial contacts are required for success. And when the 

smugglers report to the Vice President, who wishes his role to remain concealed, the 

whole thing can become very sticky--or even ludicrous to the point of low comedy. 

March 26, 1986: 

Oliver North sent a message to Robert McFarlane about his efforts to procure missiles for 

the Contras, and to circumvent many U.S. laws, as well as the customs services and 

police forces of several nations. The most important component of such transactions, 

aside from the purchase money, was a falsified document showing the supposed recipient 

of the arms, the end-user certificate (EUC). In the message he wrote, North said that `` 

we have '' an EUC; that is, a false document has been acquired for this arms sale: `` [W]e 

are trying to find a way to get 10 BLOWPIPE launchers and 20 missiles from [a South 

American country] ... thru the Short Bros. Rep.... Short Bros., the mfgr. of the 

BLOWPIPE, is willing to arrange the deal, conduct the training and even send U.K. 

`tech. reps' ... if we can close the arrangement. Dick Secord has already paid 10% down 

on the delivery and we have a [country deleted] EUC which is acceptable to [that South 

American country]. ''@s5@s9 Now, since this particular illegal sale somehow came to 

light in the Iran-Contra scandal, another participant in this one deal decided not to bother 

hiding his own part in it. Thus, we are able to see how Colonel North got his false 

certificate. 

April 20, 1986: 

Felix Rodriguez met in San Salvador with Oliver North and Enrique Bermudez, the 

Contras' military commander. Rodriguez informs us of the following in his own, ghostwritten 

book: 

`` Shortly before that April 20 meeting, Rafael Quintero had asked me to impose upon 

my good relations with the Salvadoran military to obtain ènd-user' certificates made out

to Lake Resources, which he told me was a Chilean company.... ''@s6@s0 

The plan was to acquire false end-user certificates from his contacts in the Salvadoran 

armed forces for Blowpipe ground-to-air missiles supposedly being shipped into El 

Salvador. The missiles would then be illegally diverted to the Contras in Honduras and 

Nicaragua. Rodriguez continues, with self-puffery: `` The Salvadorans complied with my 

request, and in turn I supplied the certificates, handing them over personally to Richard 

Secord at that April 20 meeting. ''@s6@s1 While arranging the forgery for the munitions 

sale, Rodriguez was in touch with the George Bush staff back in his home office. On 

April 16, four days before the Rodriguez-North missile meeting, Bush national security 

adviser Donald Gregg asked his staff to put a meeting with Rodriguez on George Bush's 

calendar. Gregg said the purpose of the White House meeting would be `` to brief the 

Vice President on the war in El Salvador and resupply of the Contras. '' The meeting was 

arranged for 11:30 A.M. on May 1.@s6@s2 Due its explicitly stated purpose-- 

clandestine weapons trafficking in an undeclared war against the rigid congressional 

prohibition--the planned meeting was to become one of the most notorious of the Iran- 

Contra scandal. 

April 30, 1986 (Wednesday): 

Felix Rodriguez met in Washington with Bush aide Col. Sam Watson. 

The following reminder message was sent to George Bush: 

Briefing Memorandum for the Vice President 

Event: Meeting with Felix Rodriguez 

Date: Thursday, May 1, 1986 

Time: 11:30-11:45 a.m.--West Wing 

From: Don Gregg 

I. PURPOSE 

Felix Rodriguez, a counterinsurgency expert who is visiting from El Salvador, will provide a briefing on 

the status of the war in El Salvador and resupply of the Contras. 

III. [sic] PARTICIPANTS 

The Vice President Felix Rodriguez 

Craig Fuller 

Don Gregg 

Sam Watson 

IV. MEDIA COVERAGE 

Staff photographer. [i.e. internal-use photographs, no media coverage]@s6@s3 

May 1, 1986: 

Vice President Bush and his staff met in the White House with Felix Rodriguez, Oliver 

North, financier Nicholas Brady, and the new U.S. ambassador to El Salvador, Edwin 

Corr.

At this meeting it was decided that `` private citizen '' Felix Rodriguez would continue his 

work in Central America.@s6@s4 

May 16, 1986: 

George Bush met with President Reagan, and with cabinet members and other officials in 

the full National Security Planning Group. They discussed the urgent need to raise more 

money for the Contras to continue the anti-Sandinista war. 

The participants decided to seek support for the Contras from nations (`` third countries '') 

which were not directly involved in the Central American conflict. As a result of this 

initiative, George Bush's former business partners, the Sultan of Brunei, donated $10 

million to the Contras. But after being deposited in secret Swiss bank accounts, the 

money was `` lost. ''@s6@s5 

May 20, 1986: 

George Bush met with Felix Rodriguez and El Salvador Air Force commander Gen. Juan 

Rafael Bustillo at a large reception in Miami on Cuban independence day.@s6@s6 

May 29, 1986: 

George Bush, President Reagan, Donald Regan and John Poindexter met to hear from 

McFarlane and North on their latest arms-for- hostages negotiations with Iranian officials 

and Amiram Nir in Teheran, Iran. The two reported their arrangement with the Khomeini 

regime to establish a secure covert communications network between the two `` enemy '' 

governments.@s6@s7 

July 10, 1986: 

Eugene Hasenfus, whose successful parachute landing would explode the Iran-Contra 

scandal into world headlines three months later, flew from Miami to El Salvador. He had 

just been hired to work for `` Southern Air Transport, '' a CIA front company for which 

Hasenfus worked previously in the Indochina War. Within a few days he was introduced 

to `` Max Gomez ''--the pseudonym of Felix Rodriguez--as `` one of the Cuban 

coordinators of the company. '' Rodriguez (`` Gomez '') took him to the Ilopango air base 

security office where he and others hired with him were given identity cards. He now 

began work as a cargo handler on flights carrying military supplies to Contra soldiers 

inside Nicaragua.@s6@s8 

July 29, 1986: 

George Bush met in Jerusalem with Terrorism Task Force member Amiram Nir, the 

manager of Israel's participation in the arms-for hostages schemes. Bush did not want this 

meeting known about. The Vice President told his chief of staff, Craig Fuller, to send his 

notes of the meeting only to Oliver North--not to President Reagan, or to anyone else.

Craig Fuller's memorandum said, in part: 

1. SUMMARY. Mr. Nir indicated that he had briefed Prime Minister Peres and had been asked to 

brief the V[ice] P[resident] by his White House contacts. He described the details of the efforts 

from last year through the current period to gain the release of the U.S. hostages. He reviewed 

what had been learned which was essentially that the radical group was the group that could 

deliver. He reviewed the issues to be considered--namely that there needed to be ad [sic] decision 

as to whether the items requested would be delivered in separate shipments or whether we would 

continue to press for the release of the hostages prior to delivering the items in an amount agreed 

to previously. 

2. The VP's 25 minute meeting was arranged after Mr. Nir called Craig Fuller and requested the 

meeting and after it was discussed with the VP by Fuller and North.... 

14. Nir described some of the lessons learned: `We are dealing with the most radical elements.... 

They can deliver ... that's for sure.... [W]e've learned they can deliver and the moderates 

can't....@s6@s9 

July 30, 1986: 

The day after his Jerusalem summit with Amiram Nir, Vice President Bush conferred 

with Oliver North. This meeting with North was never acknowledged by Bush until the 

North diaries were released in May 1990. 

Early September, 1986: 

Retired Army Maj. Gen. John K. Singlaub sent a memo to Oliver North on the Contra 

resupply effort under Felix Rodriguez. Singlaub warned North that Rodriguez was 

boasting about having `` daily contact '' with George Bush's office. According to 

Singlaub, this could `` damage President Reagan and the Republican Party. ''@s7@s0 

The Scandal Breaks--On George Bush 


A C-123k cargo aircraft left El Salvador's Ilopango air base at 9:30 A.M., carrying `` 

10,000 pounds of small arms and ammunition, consisting mainly of AK rifles and AK 

ammunition, hand grenades, jungle boots. '' It was scheduled to make air drops to Contra 

soldiers in Nicaragua.@s7@s1 The flight had been organized by elements of the CIA, the 

Defense Department, and the National Security Council, coordinated by the Office of 

Vice President George Bush. At that time, such arms resupply was prohibited under U.S. 

law--prohibited by legislation which had been written to prevent precisely that type of 

flight. The aircraft headed south along the Pacific coast of Nicaragua, turned east over 

Costa Rica, then headed up north into Nicaraguan air space. As it descended toward the 

point at which it was to drop the cargo, the plane was hit in the right engine and wing by 

a ground-to-air missile. The wing burst into flames and broke up. Cargo handler Eugene 

Hasenfus jumped out the left cargo door and opened his parachute. The other three crew

members died in the crash.@s7@s2 Meanwhile, Felix Rodriguez made a single telephone 

call--to the office of Vice President George Bush. He told Bush aide Samuel Watson that 

the C-123k aircraft was missing and was possibly down. 


Eugene Hasenfus, armed only with a pistol, took refuge in a small hut on a jungle hilltop 

inside Nicaragua. He was soon surrounded by Sandinista soldiers and gave himself 

up.@s7@s3 

Felix Rodriguez called George Bush's aide Sam Watson again. Watson now notified the 

White House Situation Room and the National Security Council staff about the missing 

aircraft. 

Oliver North was immediately dispatched to El Salvador to prevent publicity over the 

event, and to arrange death benefits for the crew.@s7@s4 

After the shoot-down, several elaborate attempts were made by government agencies to 

provide false explanations for the origin of the aircraft. 

A later press account, appearing on May 15, 1989, after Bush was safely installed as 

President, exposed one such attempted coverup: 

Official: Contras Lied to Protect VP Bush 

By Alfonso Chardy, Knight-Ridder Newspapers 

WASHINGTON-- Nicaraguan rebels falsely assumed responsibility for an arms-laden plane 

downed over Nicaragua in 1986 in an effort to shield then-Vice President George Bush from the 

controversy that soon blossomed into the Iran-Contra scandal, a senior Contra official said in early 

May 1989. According to the Contra official, who requested anonymity but has direct knowledge 

of the events, a Contra spokesman, Bosco Matamoros [official FDN representative in Washington, 

D.C.], was ordered by [FDN Political Director] Adolfo Calero to claim ownership of the downed 

aircraft, even though the plane belonged to Oliver North's secret Contra supply network.... Calero 

called (Matamoros) and said, `` Take responsibility for the Hasenfus plane because we need to 

take the heat off the vice president, '' the Contra source said.... The senior Contra official said that 

shortly after Calero talked to Matamoros, Matamoros called a reporter for the New York Times and 

`` leaked '' the bogus claim of responsibility. The Times ran a story about the claim on its front 

page.@s7@s5 


Rep. Henry B. Gonzalez (D-Tx.) called for a congressional investigation of the 

Nicaraguan air crash, and the crash of a Southern Air Transport plane in Texas, to see if 

they were part of a covert CIA operation to overthrow the Nicaraguan government. 


At a news conference in Nicaragua, captured U.S. crew member Eugene Hasenfus 

exposed Felix Rodriguez, alias `` Max Gomez, '' as the head of an international supply

system for the Contras. The explosive, public phase of the Iran-Contra scandal had 

begun. 

October 11, 1986: 

The Washington Post ran two headlines side-by-side: `` Captured American Flyer to be 

Tried in Nicaragua '' and `` Bush is Linked to Head of Contra Aid Network. '' The Post 

reported: 

Asked about these matters, a spokesman for Bush, Marlin Fitzwater, said: `` 

Neither the vice president nor anyone on his staff is directing or coordinating an 

operation in Central America. '' ... 

The San Francisco Examiner, which earlier this week linked [Bush adviser 

Donald] Gregg to Gomez, reported that Gomez maintains daily contact with 

Bush's office.... 

[M]embers of Congress said yesterday they wanted to investigate the 

administration's conduct further. And ... several said that their focus had shifted 

from the CIA to the White House.... 

[T]he Sunday crash will be among events covered by a [Senate] Foreign Relations 

Committee probe into allegations that the contras may have been involved in 

drug-running and abuse of U.S. aid funds, [Senator Richard G.] Lugar said.... 

The Customs Service said yesterday it is investigating whether the downed plane 

may have carried guns out of Miami, which would violate federal restrictions on 

arms exports and other laws, including the Neutrality Act, which bars U.S. 

citizens from working to overthrow governments not at war with the United 

States.... 

Hasenfus told reporters in Nicaragua the plane had flown out of Miami.@s7@s6 

George Bush's career was now on the line. News media throughout the world broke the 

story of the Hasenfus capture, and of the crewman's fingering of Bush and his underlings 

Rodriguez and Posada Carriles. Bush was now besieged by inquiries from around the 

world, as to how and why he was directing the gun-running into Latin America. Speaking 

in Charleston, South Carolina, George Bush described Max Gomez/Rodriguez as `` a 

patriot. '' The Vice President denied that he himself was directing the illegal operations to 

supply the Contras: `` To say I'm running the operation ... it's absolutely untrue. '' Bush 

said of Rodriguez: `` I know what he was doing in El Salvador, and I strongly support it, 

as does the president of El Salvador, Mr. Napoleon Duarte, and as does the chief of the 

armed forces in El Salvador, because this man, an expert in counterinsurgency, was down 

there helping them put down a communist- led revolution [i.e. in El Salvador, not 

Nicaragua]. ''@s7@s7 

Two days later, Gen. Adolfo Blando@aan, armed forces chief of staff in El Salvador, 

denied Bush's contention that Felix Rodriguez worked for his country's military forces: `` 

This intrigues me. It would have to be authorized [by our] joint chiefs of staff [and] the 

government. '' He said such authorization had not been given.@s7@s8

October 12, 1986: 

Eugene Hasenfus, the U.S. airman downed in Nicaragua, gave and signed an affidavit in 

which it was stated: `` About Max Gomez [Felix Rodriguez], Hasenfus says that he was 

the head Cuban coordinator for the company and that he works for the CIA and that he is 

a very close friend of the Vice-President of the United States, George Bush.... Max 

Gomez, after receiving his orders was the one who had to ... [say] where the air drops 

would be taking place. 

About Ramon Medina [escaped airplane bomber Luis Posada Carriles], Hasenfus says 

that he was also a CIA agent and that he did the `small work' because Max Gomez was 

the `senior man.' He says that Ramon took care of the rent of the houses, the maids, the 

food, transportation and drivers, and also, coordination of the fuel for the aircraft, etc. '' 

[emphasis in the original].@s7@s9 His cover being blown, and knowing he was still 

wanted in Venezuela for blowing up an airliner and killing 73 persons, Posada Carriles 

now `` vanished '' and went underground.@s8@s0 

October 19, 1986: 

Eugene Hasenfus, interviewed in Nicaragua by Mike Wallace on the CBS television 

program `` 60 Minutes, '' said that Vice President Bush was well aware of the covert arms 

supply operation. He felt the Reagan-Bush administration was `` backing this 100 

percent. '' Wallace asked Hasenfus why he thought that Gomez/Rodriguez and the other 

managers of the covert arms resupply `` had the blessing of Vice President Bush. '' 

Hasenfus replied, `` They had his knowledge that he was working [on it] and what was 

happening, and whoever controlled this whole organization--which I do not know--Mr. 

Gomez, Mr. Bush, I believe a lot of these other people. They know how this is being run. 

I do not. ''@s8@s1 

Iran-Contra Characters Fall In and Out 


The Lebanese newspaper Al-Shiraa revealed that the U.S. government was secretly 

dealing arms to the Khomeini regime. This was three weeks after the Eugene Hasenfus 

expose@aa of George Bush made world headlines. Yet the Bush administration and its 

retainers have since decided that the Iran-Contra affair `` began '' with the Al-Shiraa 

story! 


President Reagan sent a message, through Vice President George Bush, to Secretary of 

State George Shultz, along the lines of `` Support me or get off my team. ''@s8@s2 

December 18, 1986:

CIA Director William Casey, a close ally of George Bush who knew everything from the 

inside, was operated on for a `` brain tumor '' and lost the power of speech. That same 

day, associates of Vice President George Bush said that Bush believed White House 

Chief of Staff Donald Regan should resign, but claim Bush had not yet broached the issue 

with the President. Donald Regan said that he had no intention of quitting.@s8@s3 


CIA Director William Casey resigned. He soon died, literally without ever talking. 


Former National Security Director Robert McFarlane, a principal figure in the Reagan- 

Bush administration's covert operations, attempted suicide by taking an overdose of 

drugs. McFarlane survived. 

February 26, 1987 (Thursday): 

The President's Special Review Board, commonly known as the Tower Commission, 

issued its report. The commission heavily blamed White House Chief of Staff Donald 

Regan for the `` chaos that descended upon the White House '' in the Iran-Contra affair. 

The Commission hardly mentioned Vice President George Bush except to praise him for 

his `` vigorous reaffirmation of U.S. opposition to terrorism in all forms ''! The afternoon 

the Tower Commission report came out, George Bush summoned Donald Regan to his 

office. Bush said the President wanted to know what his plans were about resigning. 

Donald Regan blasted the President: `` What's the matter--isn't he man enough to ask me 

that question? '' Bush expressed sympathy. Donald Regan said he would leave in four 

days.@s8@s4 

February 27, 1987 (Friday): 

Cable News Network televised a leaked report that Donald Regan had already been 

replaced as White House chief of staff. After submitting a one-sentence letter of 

resignation, Donald Regan said, `` There's been a deliberate leak, and it's been done to 

humiliate me. ''@s8@s5 

George Bush, when President, rewarded the commission's chairman, Texas Senator John 

Tower, by appointing him U.S. Secretary of Defense. Tower was asked by a reporter at 

the National Press Club, whether his nomination was a `` payoff '' for the `` clean bill of 

health '' he gave Bush. Tower responded that `` the commission was made up of three 

people, Brent Scowcroft and [Senator] Ed Muskie in addition to myself, that would be 

sort of impugning the integrity of Brent Scowcroft and Ed Muskie.... We found nothing 

to implicate the Vice President.... I wonder what kind of payoff they're going to get? 

''@s8@s6 President Bush appointed Brent Scowcroft his chief national security adviser. 

But the Senate refused to confirm Tower. Tower then wrote a book and began to talk 

about the injustice done to him. He died April 5, 1991 in a plane crash.

March 8, 1987: 

In light of the Iran-Contra scandal, President Reagan called on George Bush to reconvene 

his Terrorism Task Force to evaluate the current program! 

June 2, 1987: 

Bush summarized his findings in a press release: `` [O]ur current policy as articulated in 

the Task Force report is sound, effective, and fully in accord with our democratic 

principles, and national ideals of freedom. ''@s8@s7 


The designated congressional committees filed their joint report on the Iran-Contra affair. 

Wyoming Representative Richard Cheney, the senior Republican member of the House 

Select Committee to Investigate Covert Arms Transactions with Iran, helped steer the 

joint committees to an impotent result. George Bush was totally exonerated, and was 

hardly mentioned. 

George Bush, when President, rewarded Dick Cheney by appointing him U.S. Secretary 

of Defense, after the Senate refused to confirm John Tower. 

The Mortification of the U.S. Congress 

January 20, 1989: 

George Bush was inaugurated President of the United States. 

May 12, 1989: 

President Bush's nomination of Donald Gregg to be U.S. ambassador to Korea was 

considered in hearings by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. 

Gregg was now famous in Washington as Bush's day-to-day controller of the criminal 

gun-running into Central America. Before the Gregg hearings began, both Republican 

and Democratic Senators on the committee tried to get President Bush to withdraw the 

Gregg nomination. This was to save them the embarrassment of confirming Gregg, 

knowing they were too intimidated to stop him. 

What follows are excerpts from the typed transcript of the Gregg hearings. The transcript 

has never been reproduced, it has not been printed, and it will not be published by the 

Senate Foreign Relations Committee, which is evidently embarrassed by its 

contents.@s8@s8 

Gregg: [As] his national security adviser [for] six and a half years ... I worked closely with the 

Vice President keeping him informed as best I could on matters of foreign policy, defense, and 

intelligence.... Travelling with the Vice President as I did ... [in] a great variety of missions to

more than 65 countries.... [After Vietnam] I did not see [Felix Rodriguez] until the early eighties 

where he would drop into Washington sporadically ... we remained friends.... So, some of those 

contacts would have been [1979-1982] when I was at the White House at the NSC. 

Sen. Sarbanes: And Felix would come to see you there? 

Gregg: No, at my home.... [Then] he brought me in '83 the plan which I have already discussed 

with Senator Cranston.... [At that point] I was working for the Vice President ... [which I began in] 

August 1982. 

Sen. Sarbanes: In December of 1984 he came to see you with the idea of going to El Salvador. 

You ... cleared it with the Vice President? 

Gregg: ... I just said, `` My friend Felix, who was a remarkable former agency employee ... wants 

to go down and help with El Salvador. And I am going to introduce him to [State Department 

personnel] and see if he can sell himself to those men, '' and the Vice President said fine. 

Gregg: Felix went down there about the first of March [1985]. Before he went ... I introduced him 

to the Vice President ... and the Vice President was struck by his character and wished him well in 

El Salvador. 

Sen. Sarbanes: So before he went down, you undertook to introduce him to the Vice President.... 

Why did you do that? 

Gregg: Well, the Vice President had always spoken very highly and enthusiastically of his career 

[!], or his one-year as DCI [Director of Central Intelligence]. I had gone out with him to the 

agency just after I joined him in '82 and I saw the tremendous response he got there and he got 

quite choked up about it and as we drove back in the car he said, you know, that is the best job I 

have ever had before I became Vice President. So here it was, as I said probably the most 

extraordinary CIA comrade I had known, who was going down to help in a country that I knew 

that the Vice President was interested in.... The Vice President was interested in the progress of the 

Contras. There were two occasions on which he asked me, how are they doing and I, on one 

occasion went to a CIA officer who was knowledgeable and got a run-down on how they were 

doing from that and sent it to the Vice President and he sent it back with no comment. On another 

occasion, he asked me again, how are they doing, and I went--I drew a memo up, I think on the 

basis of a conversation with North. Again, he returned that with no comment. So he was interested 

in the Contras as an instrument of putting pressure on the Sandinistas. But what I said we had 

never discussed was the intricacies, or who was supplying what to whom.... 

Sen. Simon: Let me read another section from Senator Cranston's statement. I believe the record 

suggests the following happened: After Boland II was signed in October 1984 [outlawing all U.S. 

aid to the Contras], you and certain others in the White House were encouraged to secure military 

aid for the Contras through unorthodox channels. Your career training in establishing secrecy and 

deniability for covert operations, your decades-old friendship for Felix Rodriguez, apparently led 

you to believe you could serve the national interest by sponsoring a freelance covert operation out 

of the Vice President's office. What is your response to that statement? 

Gregg: Well, I think it is a rather full-blown conspiracy theory. That was not what I was doing.... I 

was involved in helping the Vice President's task force on antiterrorist measures write their report. 

But normally I had no operational responsibilities.... 

Sen. Simon: When did you first find out the law was being violated?

Gregg: By the law, do you mean the Boland amendment? 

Sen. Simon: That is correct. 

Gregg: I guess my knowledge of that sort of came at me piecemeal after Hasenfus had been shot 

down [Oct. 5, 1986] and there were various revelations that came out.... 

Sen. Simon: So what you are telling us, you found out about the law being violated the same time 

the rest of us found out the law was being violated? 

Gregg: Yes, sir.... 

Sen. Cranston: From February 1985 to August 1986, you have acknowledged that you spoke to 

Rodriguez many, many times on the telephone. Let me quote from your sworn deposition to the 

Iran- Contra Committee: `` Felix called me quite often and frequently it was what I would call sort 

of combat catharsis. He used to do the same thing in Vietnam. He would come back from an 

operation in which some people had been lost and he would tell me about it. '' Now, is it still your 

testimony that Rodriguez never mentioned his deep involvement in Contra supply activities during 

any of these phone conversations? 

Gregg: That is my testimony. 

Sen. Cranston: Is it still your testimony that prior to Aug. 8th, 1986, Rodriguez never mentioned 

the status of his Contra resupply efforts during his numerous face-to-face meetings with you in 

Washington? 

Gregg: Never. 

Sen. Cranston: Is it still your testimony that Rodriguez did not mention the status of his Contra 

resupply efforts in the very meetings that were convened according to two memos bearing your 

name, for Rodriguez to `` brief the Vice President on the status of the war in El Salvador and 

efforts to resupply the Contras ''? 

Gregg: There was no intention to discuss resupply of the Contras and everyone at that meeting, 

including former Senator Nick Brady have testified that it was not discussed. 

Sen. Cranston: As you know, it is difficult to reconcile those statements about what happened in 

the meeting with the statement and memos from you that the agenda was ... two things, one of 

them being efforts to resupply the Contras.... 

Gregg: Those memos first surfaced to my attention in December of 1986, when we undertook our 

first document search of the Vice President's office. They hit me rather hard because by that time I 

had put the pieces together of what had been going on and I realized the implications of that 

agenda item. I did not shred the documents. I did not hide it.... [T]his is the worst thing I have 

found and here it is, and I cannot really explain it.... I have a speculative explanation which I 

would like to put forward if you would be interested. 

Sen. Cranston: Fine. 

Gregg: Again, turning to Felix [Rodriguez]'s book ... Felix makes the following quote.... [By the 

way the book] is going to be published in October of this year. The text has been cleared by CIA 

and it is now with the publishers. I was given an advance copy.... This is the quote, sir: `` ... I had 

no qualms about calling [Sam Watson] or Don [Gregg] when I thought they could help run

interference with the Pentagon to speed up deliveries of spare chopper parts. '' That means 

helicopters. `` I must have made many such calls during the spring of 1986. Without operating 

Hughes 500 helicopters it was impossible to carry out my strategy against the [El Salvadoran] 

insurgents.... '' [There are] then documented steps that Colonel Watson had taken with the 

Pentagon to try to get spare parts expedited for El Salvador.... So my construction is this, sir. I 

recall that in the meeting with the Vice President the question of spare parts for the helicopters in 

El Salvador was discussed and so that I think what the agenda item on the two memos is, is a 

garbled reference to something like resupply of the copters, instead of resupply of the 

Contras [emphasis added]. [At this point there was laughter and whistling in the hearing room. 

Afterwards, Gregg told reporters, `` I don't know how it went over, but it was the best I could do. 

''] 

Sen. Sarbanes: How did the scheduling proposal of April 16, 1986 and the briefing memorandum 

of April 30th take place? 

Gregg: They were prepared by my assistant, Mrs. Byrne, acting on advice from Colonel Watson. 

She signed my initials, but those are not my initials. I did not see the documents until December 

1986, when I called them to the attention of the House Intelligence Committee.... And if, you 

know, if you do not--if my speculation does not hold up, I have to refer you to a memorandum that 

I turned over to the Iran-Contra Committee on the 14th of May 1987, which-- 

Sen. Sarbanes: I am looking at that memorandum now. 

Gregg: Okay. That has been my explanation up until now. 

Sen. Sarbanes: But you are now providing a different explanation? 

Gregg: It is the only one--I have been thinking about these documents for over two years, and it is 

the only thing that I can come up with that would come close to explaining that agenda item-given 

the fact that there was no intention of discussing resupply to the Contras. That resupply of 

the Contras was not discussed, according to the testimony of everyone who was in the meeting....'' 

Sen. Kerry: Douglas Minarczik is who? 

Gregg: He was one of my assistants in my office responsible for Mid-East and African affairs.... 

Sen. Kerry: And he was working for you in 1985 and 1986, that period? 

Gregg: Yes. 

Sen. Kerry: Now, when I began first investigating allegations of the gun-running that was taking 

place out of Miami, one of the very first references that my staff, frankly, frequently heard, and I 

think you and I have talked about this, that Miami was buzzing with the notion that the Vice 

President's office was somehow involved in monitoring that, at least [emphasis added]. Now, 

Jesus Garcia was a Miami corrections official who got into trouble and wound up going to jail on 

weapons offenses. Through that connection, we came across telephone records. And those 

telephone records demonstrate calls from Garcia's house to Contra camps in Honduras, to John 

Hull in Costa Rica, and Douglas Minarczik in, not necessarily in your office, but directly to the 

White House. However, there is incontrovertible evidence that he had in his possession the name 

of Mr. Minarczik, a piece of paper in our possession, in Garcia's home in connection with 

monitoring those paramilitary operations, in August of 1985. Now, how do you account for the 

fact that Minarczik's--that the people involved with the Contra supply operations out of Miami ...

had Minarczik's name and telephone number, and that there is a record of calls to the White House 

at that time? 

Gregg: I cannot account for it. Could it have anything to do with our old friend Mr. Brenicke 

[sic]? Because Brenicke did have Minarczik's phone number.... 

Sen. Kerry: ... No. Totally separate. 

Gregg: This is all new. I do not have an explanation, sir.... 

Sen. Kerry: Do you recall the downing of a Cuban airliner in [1976] in which 72 people lost their 

lives as a result; do you remember that? 

Gregg: Yes. 

Sen. Kerry: A terrorist bomb. And a Cuban-American named Luis Posada [Carriles] was arrested 

in Venezuela in connection with that. He then escaped in 1985 with assistance from Felix 

Rodriguez-- I do not know if this is going to be in the [Rodriguez] book or not... 

-Gregg: It is. 

Sen. Kerry: Okay, and he brought him to Central America to help the Contras under pseudonym of 

Ramon Medina, correct? Gregg: Now, I know that; yes. 

Sen. Kerry: ... [Is] it appropriate for a Felix Rodriguez to help a man indicted in a terrorist 

bombing to escape from prison, and then appropriate for him to take him to become involved in 

supply operations, which we are supporting? 

Gregg: I cannot justify that, sir. And I am not certain what role Felix played in getting him out.... I 

thought that Orlando Boche [sic], or someone of that nature, had been responsible for that. 

Sen. Kerry: When did you first learn that [i.e. about Posada's hiring for Contra resupply], Don? 

Gregg: When I learned who the various aliases were, which was some time in 

November/December [1986], after the whole thing came out. 

COMMITTEE SESSION JUNE 15, 1989 

Sen. Cranston: Before proceeding in this matter, I would like to state clearly for the record what 

the central purpose of this investigation is about and in my view what it is not about. It is not about 

who is for or against the Contras.... Similarly, this investigation is not about building up or tearing 

down our new President [Bush]. We have tried throughout this proceeding to avoid partisan 

attacks. Indeed, Republicans and Democrats alike have sought Mr. Gregg's withdrawal as one 

way to avoid casting aspersions on the [Bush] White House.... [emphasis added]. 

Mr. Gregg remains steadfast in his loyalty to his boss, then-Vice President Bush, and to his longtime 

friend, Felix Rodriguez. Mr. Gregg has served his country in the foreign policy field for more 

than three decades. By all accounts he is a loyal American.... As Mr. Gregg himself conceded last 

month, there are substantial reasons for senators to suspect his version of events and to raise 

questions about his judgement. It does not take a suspicious or partisan mind to look at the 

documentary evidence, the back channel cables, the `` eyes only '' memos, and then to conclude 

that Mr. Gregg has not been straight with us. Indeed, I am informed that more than one

Republican senator who has looked at the accumulated weight of the evidence against Mr. Gregg, 

has remained unconvinced and has sought Mr. Gregg's withdrawal. 

Mr. Gregg, this committee has a fundamental dilemma. If we are to promote a man we believe to 

have misled us under oath, we would make a mockery of this institution. We would invite 

contempt for our enquiries. We would encourage frustration of our constitutional obligations. ... 

[It] has been established that when you are confronted with written evidence undermining your 

story, you point the finger of blame elsewhere. At our last hearing you said Gorman's cables were 

wrong, North's notebooks were wrong, Steele's memory was wrong, North's sworn testimony [that 

Gregg introduced Rodriguez to him] was wrong, you concocted a theory that your aide, Watson, 

and your secretary erred by writing `` Contras '' instead of `` helicopters '' on those infamous 

briefing memos for the Vice President. In sum, you have told a tale of an elaborate plan in which 

your professional colleagues and long-time friends conspired to keep you ignorant of crucial facts 

through days of meetings, monthly phone calls and nearly two years' worth of cables and memos. 

Incredibly, when senators confront you with the documentary evidence which undermines your 

story, you accuse us of concocting conspiracy theories and you do so with a straight face. ... I 

think it is clear by now that many important questions may never be answered satisfactorily, 

especially because we have been stonewalled by the administration. The National Security Agency 

has rejected our legitimate enquiries out of hand. The Central Intelligence Agency provided a 

response with access restrictions so severe ... as to be laughable. The Department of Defense has 

given an unsatisfactory response two days late. The State Department's response was utterly 

unresponsive. They answered our letter after their self-imposed deadline and failed to produce 

specific documents we requested and which we know exist. This Committee has been stonewalled 

by Oliver North, too. He has not complied with the Committee subpoena for his unredacted 

notebooks. The redacted notebooks contain repeated January 1985 references to Felix Rodriguez 

which suggests North's involvement in Rodriguez' briefings of the Vice President. No member of 

the Senate can escape the conclusion that these administration actions are contemptuous of this 

Committee. I find this highly regrettable, with potential long-term ramifications, but I 

recognize the will of the majority to come to a committee vote soon, up or down, and to move 

on to other pressing business [emphasis added].... 

Sen. McConnell: ... During the period of the Boland Amendment, were you ever asked to inform 

the Vice President's office or lend his name to private, nonprofit efforts to support the Contras? 

Gregg: Yes. I recall one instance, in particular, where there was a request--I guess it was probably 

from one aspect of the Spitz Channell organization, which had a variety of things going on in and 

around Nicaragua. We got, on December 2nd, 1985, a letter to the Vice President, asking him to 

get involved in something called the Friends of the Americas, which was aid to the Meskito 

Indians ... in Nicaragua that had been badly mistreated by the Sandinistas.... And so I have a 

document here which shows how we dealt with it. I sent it to Boyden Gray, the counsel of the 

Vice President and said, `` Boyden, this looks okay as a charity issue, but there is the question of 

precedent. Please give me a legal opinion. Thanks. '' ... Boyden Gray wrote back to me and said, `` 

No, should not do. Raises questions about indirect circumvention of congressional funding limits 

or restriction, vis-a- vis Nicaragua. '' That is the only time I recall that we had a specific request 

like that, and this is how we dealt with it. [In fact, George Bush had a much more interesting 

relationship to the affairs of Carl R. `` Spitz '' Channell than Mr. Gregg discusses here. Channell 

worked with Bush's covert action apparatus, moving his wealthy contacts toward what he termed 

`` the total embrace of the Vice President. ''] 

Sen. Pell [Chairman of the Committee]: ... First, you say that you offered to resign twice, I think. 

Knowing that you are a very loyal servant of what you view as the national interest, and knowing 

the embarrassment that this nomination has caused the administration, I was wondering why you 

did not ask your name to be withdrawn ... to pull your name back.... [w]hich has been 

recommended by many of us as being a way to resolve this problem.

Gregg: Well, I haven't because I think I'm fully qualified to be Ambassador to South Korea. And 

so does the Vice President [sic]. So I am here because he has asked me to serve.... 

Sen. Cranston: ... Senators will recall that on Oct. 5th of '86 a plane bearing military supplies to 

the Contras was shot down over Nicaragua. The sole survivor, Eugene Hasenfus, spoke publicly of 

the role of Felix Rodriguez, alias Max Gomez, in aiding military resupply and noted Gomez's ties 

to the Vice President's office. Could you please describe your understanding of why it was that the 

first call to official Washington regarding the shootdown was from Felix Rodriguez to your aid[e] 

in Washington? 

Gregg: ... [It] was because on the 25th of June of that year he had come to Washington to confront 

North about what he regarded as corruption in the supply process of the Contras.... [H]e broke 

with North on the 25th of June and has not been on speaking terms with the man since then.... [H]e 

tried to get me--he could not--he reached Colonel Watson.... 

Sen. Cranston: As you recall, the Vice President was besieged at that time with inquiries regarding 

Rodriguez's ties to the Vice President's office. What did you tell [Bush press spokesman] Marlin 

Fitzwater regarding that relationship? 

Gregg: ... The thrust of the press inquiries was always that from the outset I had had in mind that 

Rodriguez should play some role in the Contra support operation, and my comments to Marlin ... 

were that that had not been in my mind.... 

Sen. Cranston: Let me quote again from the New York Times, George Bush quoted October 13, 

'86. Bush said, `` To the best of my knowledge, this man, Felix Rodriguez, is not working for the 

United States government. '' Now Mr. Gregg, you knew that Rodriguez was aiding the Contras and 

receiving material assistance in the form of cars, housing, communications equipment and 

transportation from the U.S. government. Did you inform Bush of those facts so that he could 

make calculated misleading statements in ignorance of his staff's activities? 

Gregg: ... At that point I had no idea that Felix--you said--you mentioned communications 

equipment. I had no idea he had been given by North one of those encryption devices. I think I 

was aware that Colonel Steele had given him access to a car, and I knew he was living in a BOQ at 

the air base. He was not being paid any salary. His main source of income was, as it is now, his 

retirement pension from CIA. 

Sen. Cranston: ... You told the Iran-Contra committee that you and Bush never discussed the 

Contras, had no expertise on the issue, no responsibility for it, and the details of Watergate-sized 

scandal involving NSC staff and the [Edwin] Wilson gang was not Vice Presidential. Your 

testimony on that point I think is demonstrably false. There are at least six memos from Don 

Gregg to George Bush regarding detailed Contra issues.... 

Sen Cranston: Am I correct in this, that you have confirmed ... that senior U.S. military, 

diplomatic ... and intelligence personnel, really looked with great doubt upon Rodriguez's mission 

and that they tolerated it only because Rodriguez used his contacts with the Vice President and his 

staff as part of the way to bolster his mission. 

Gregg: ... I was not aware of the diplomatic; I was aware of the military and intelligence, yes, sir. 

The committee voted in favor of confirmation. Cranston voted no. But three Democrats-- 

Charles Robb, Terry Sanford and Chairman Claiborne Pell--joined the Republicans. 

Sanford confirmed Cranston's viewpoint, saying that he was allowing the nomination to 

go through because he was afraid `` the path would lead to Bush, '' the new President.

Sanford said, shamefacedly, `` If Gregg was lying, he was lying to protect the 

President, which is different from lying to protect himself. ''[Emphasis 

added]@s8@s9 

In George Bush's government, the one-party state, the knives soon came out, and the 

prizes appeared. The Senate Ethics Committee, including the shamefaced Terry Sanford, 

began in November 1989, its attack on the `` Keating Five. '' These were U.S. Senators, 

among them Senator Alan Cranston, charged with savings and loan corruption. The 

attack soon narrowed down to one target only--the Iran-Contrary Senator Cranston. On 

Aug. 2, 1991, Senator Terry Sanford, having forgotten his shame, took over as the new 

chairman of the Senate Ethics Committee. 

NOTES: 

1. William L. Shirer, The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich: A History of Nazi Germany (New York: Simon 

and Schuster, 1960), p. 271. 

2. Memo, May 14, 1982, two pp. bearing the nos. 29464 and 29465. See also `` NSDD-2 Structure for 

Central America, '' bearing the no. 29446, a chart showing the SSG and its CPPG as a guidance agency for 

the National Security Council. 

3. Testimony of Donald P. Gregg, pp. 72-73 in Stenographic Transcript of Hearings Before the U.S. Senate 

Committee on Foreign Relations, Nomination Hearing for Donald Phinney Gregg to be Ambassador to the 

Republic of Korea. Washington, D.C., May 12, 1989 (hereinafter identified as `` Gregg Hearings ''). This 

transcript is available for reading at the office of the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee, in the 

Capitol, Washington, D.C. See also Felix Rodriguez and John Weisman, Shadow Warrior (New York: 

Simon and Schuster, 1989), pp. 213-14. The book was ghost written--and spook-approved--by the CIA and 

Donald Gregg before publication. 

4. Report of the Congressional Committees Investigating the Iran Contra Affair (hereinafter identified as 

the `` Iran-Contra Report ''), published jointly by the U.S. House of Representatives Select Committee to 

Investigate Covert Arms Transactions with Iran, and the U.S. Senate Select Committee on Secret Military 

Assistance to Iran and the Nicaraguan Opposition, Nov. 17, 1987, Washington, D.C., pp. 395-97. Note that 

different sections of the Congressional Iran-Contra Report were published on different dates. 

5. CovertAction, No. 33, Winter 1990, p. 12; drawn from Public Testimony of Fawn Hall, Iran-Contra 

Report, June 8, 1987, p. 15. 

6. Memoranda and meetings of March 1983, in the `` National Security Archive '' Iran-Contra Collection on 

microfiche at the Library of Congress, Manuscript Reading Room (hereinafter identified as `` Iran-Contra 

Collection ''). 

7. Don Gregg Memorandum for Bud McFarlane, March 17, 1983, stamped SECRET, since declassified. 

Document no. 77 in the Iran- Contra Collection; on the memo is a handwritten note from `` Bud '' 

[McFarlane] to `` Ollie '' [North]. See also Gregg Hearings, pp. 54- 55. 

8. Rodriguez and Weisman, op. cit., p. 119.

9. Shultz Memorandum, May 25, 1983 and White House reply, both stamped SECRET/SENSITIVE. 

Documents beginning no. 00107 in the Iran- Contra Collection. 

10. De Graffenreid Memorandum for Admiral Murphy, July 12, 1983, since declassified, bearing the no. 

43673. Document no. 00137 in the Iran-Contra Collection. 

11. Constantine C. Menges, Inside the National Security Council (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1988), 

pp. 70-78. 

12. Chronology supplied by the Office of the Vice President, cited in The Progressive, May 18, 1987, 

London, England, p. 20. 

13. Rodriguez and Weisman, op. cit., p. 221.; CovertAction, No. 33, Winter 1990, p. 13, citing Testimony 

of Oliver North; Iran-Contra Report (June 8, 1987), pp. 643, 732-33. 

14. This section is based on 1) literature supplied by CSA, Inc. and its subsidiary ANV, and 2) an 

exhaustive examination of CSA/ANV in Jupiter and other locations, including interviews with personnel 

employed by the company, and with military and CIA personnel who have worked with the company. 

15. Scott Armstrong, Executive Editor for The National Security Archive, The Chronology: The 

Documented Day-by-Day Account of the Secret Military Assistance to Iran and the Contras (New York: 

Warner Books, 1987), p. 55. Jonathan Marshall, Peter Dale Scott and Jane Hunter, The Iran-Contra 

Connection: Secret Teams and Covert Operations in the Reagan Era (Boston: South End Press, 1987), pp. 

219- 20. 

16. National Security Planning Group Meeting Minutes, June 25, 1984, pp. 1 and 14, photostats reproduced 

in EIR Special Report: `` American Leviathan: Administrative Fascism under the Bush Regime '' 

(Wiesbaden, Germany: Executive Intelligence Review Nachrichtenagentur, April 1990), p. 159. 

17. This is an excerpt from Section 8066 of Public Law 98-473, the Continuing Appropriations Act for 

Fiscal Year 1985; Iran-Contra Report, Nov. 13, 1987, p. 398l. 

18. Armstrong, op. cit., Nov. 1, 1984 entry, p. 70, citing Miami Herald 11/2/84 and 11/3/84, Wall Street 

Journal 11/2/84, Washington Post 8/15/85, New York Times 12/23/87. Armstrong, op. cit., Nov. 10, 1983 

entry, p. 42, citing corporate records of the Florida secretary of state 7/14/86, Miami Herald 11/2/84, New 

York Times 11/3/84. 

19. Rodriguez and Weisman, op. cit., pp. 220-21; EIR Special Report: `` American Leviathan, '' pp. 157-58. 

20. Report of the Subcommittee on Terrorism, Narcotics and International Operations of the Committee on 

Foreign Relations, United States Senate, December 1988, pp. 61-62. 

21. Rodriguez and Weisman, op. cit., pp. 221-22. 

22. Ibid., pp. 224- 25. 

23. General Gorman `` eyes only '' cable to Pickering and Steele, Feb. 14, 1985. Partially declassified and 

released on July 30, 1987 by the National Security Council, bearing no. D 23179. Document no. 00833 in 

the Iran-Contra Collection. See also Rodriguez and Weisman, op. cit., pp. 225-26. 

24. U.S. government stipulations in the trial of Oliver North, reproduced in EIR Special Report: `` 

Irangate..., '' pp. 20, 22.

25. Gregg Hearings, p. 99. 

26. Rodriguez and Weisman, op. cit., p. 227. Gregg Hearings, New York Times, Dec. 13, 1986. 

27. CovertAction, No. 33, Winter 1990, pp. 13-14. On Amiram Nir, see Armstrong, op. cit., pp. 225-26, 

citing Wall Street Journal 12/22/86, New York Times 1/12/87. On Poindexter and North, see Menges,op. 

cit., p. 264. 

28. Armstrong, op. cit., pp. 140-41, citing Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, `` Report on 

Preliminary Inquiry, '' Jan. 29, 1987. 


30. Oliver North's diary, since edited and partially declassified, entries for `` 10 Sep 85. '' Document no. 

01527 in the Iran-Contra Collection. 

31. Washington Post, June 10, 1990. 

32. Charles E. Allen `` Memorandum for the Record, '' December 18, 1985. Partially declassified/released 

(i.e. some parts are still deleted) by the National Security Council on January 26, 1988. Document no. 

02014 in the Iran-Contra Collection. 

33. Armstrong, op. cit., pp. 226-27, citing Wall Street Journal 12/22/86, New York Times 12/25/86 and 

1/12/87. 

34. Armstrong, op. cit., p. 231, citing Washington Post 2/20/87, New York Times 2/22/87. 

35. Ibid., p. 232, citing Miami Herald 11/30/86. 36. Interview with Herman Moll in EIR Special Report: `` 

Irangate..., '' pp. 81-83. 

37. Armstrong, op. cit., p. 235, citing Washington Post 12/16/86, 12/27/86, 1/10/87 and 1/12/87; Ibid., p. 

238, citing Tower Commission Report; Menges, op. cit., p. 271. 

38. Armstrong, op. cit., pp. 240-41, citing Washington Post 1/10/87 and 1/15/87; Sen. John Tower, 

Chairman, The Tower Commission Report: The Full Text of the President's Special Review Board (New 

York: Bantam Books, 1987), p. 217. 

39. Ibid., pp. 37, 225. 

40. North notebook entry Jan. 9, 1986, Exhibits attached to Gregg Deposition in Tony Avirgan and Martha 

Honey v. John Hull, Rene Corbo, Felipe Vidal et al., 29 April 1988. 

41. Armstrong, op. cit., p. 258, citing the Brenneke letter, which was made available to the National 

Security Archive. 

42. U.S. government stipulations at the North trial, in EIR Special Report: `` Irangate..., '' p. 22. 

43. Tower Commission Report, pp. 67-68, 78. 

44. Armstrong, op. cit., p. 266, citing Washington Post 1/10/87 and 1/15/87.

45. Chronology supplied by Office of Vice President Bush; Armstrong, op. cit., p. 266, citing Washington 

Post 12/16/86. 

46. Deposition of Robert Earl, Iran-Contra Report, May 2, 1987, Vol. 9, pp. 22-23; Deposition of Craig 

Coy, Iran-Contra Report, March 17, 1987, Vol. 7, pp. 24-25: cited in CovertAction, No. 33, Winter 1990, 

p. 13. 

47. Oliver Revell to Sen. David Boren, chairman of Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, April 17, 

1987; Washington Post Feb. 17, 20 and 22, 1987; Wall Street Journal Feb. 20, 1987: cited in CovertAction, 

No. 33, Winter 1990, p. 13. 

48. Newsweek, Oct. 21, 1985, p. 26; Earl Exhibit, nos. 3- 8, attached to Earl Deposition, op. cit. cited in 

CovertAction No. 33, Winter 1990, p. 15. 

49. Earl Deposition, op. cit., May 30, 1987, pp. 33-37; May 15, 1987, pp. 117-21 (Channell and Miller); 

May 15, 1987, pp. 131, 119 (private contributors). 

50. Donald Gregg Briefing Memorandum for the Vice President, Jan. 27, 1986; released by the National 

Security Council March 22, 1988. Document no. 02254 in Iran-Contra Collection. 

51. Armstrong, op. cit., p. 275, citing Miami Herald 11/30/86. 

52. Ibid., p. 280, citing the Menarczik letter to Brenneke which was made available to the National Security 

Archive. 

53. Ibid., citing Miami Herald 11/30/86. 

54. New York Times, Nov. 30, 1986, Dec. 4, 1986. See Gregg testimony: Brenneke had M's number. 

55. Quoted in Menges, op. cit., p. 275. 

56. Deposition of Michael Tolliver in Avirgan and Honey, op. cit. 

57. Allan Nairn, `` The Bush Connection, '' in The Progressive (London: May 18, 1987), pp. 21-22. 

58. Nairn, op. cit., pp. 19, 21-23. 

59. Tower Commission Report, p. 465 


61. Ibid. 

62. `` Schedule Proposal, '' Office of the Vice President, April 16, 1986, exhibit attached to Gregg 

Deposition in Avirgan and Honey, op. cit. 

63. Office of the Vice President Memorandum, April 30, 1986, released Aug. 28, 1987 by the National 

Security Council. Document no. 02738 in the Iran-Contra Collection. 

64. Rodriguez and Weisman, op. cit., pp. 245-46. See also Gregg confirmation hearings, excerpted infra, 

and numerous other sources.

65. Armstrong, op. cit., pp. 368-69, citing Senate Select Intelligence Committee Report, Jan. 29, 1987. 66. 

Ibid., p. 373, citing Washington Post 12/16/86. 

67. Ibid., p. 388-89, citing McFarlane testimony to the Tower Commission. 

68. Affidavit of Eugene Harry Hasenfus, October 12, 1986, pp. 2- 3. Document no. 03575 in the Iran- 

Contra Collection. 69. Tower Commission Report, pp. 385-88. 

70. Washington Post, Feb. 26, 1987. 

71. Hasenfus Affidavit, pp. 6-7. 72. Ibid. 

73. Hasenfus Affidavit, p. 7. 

74. Armstrong, op. cit., p. 508, citing the chronology provided by George Bush's office, Washington Post 

12/16/86; New York Times 12/16/86, 12/17/86 and 12/25/86; Wall Street Journal 12/19/86 and 12/24/86. 

75. Laredo [Texas] Morning Times, May 15, 1989, p. 1. 

76. Washington Post, Oct. 11, 1986. 

77. Washington Post, Oct. 12, 1986, Oct. 14, 1986. 

78. Washington Post, Oct. 14, 1986. 

79. Hasenfus Affidavit, p. 3. 

80. Rodriguez and Weisman, op. cit., p. 241. 

81. Washington Post, Nov. 20, 1986. 

82. Washington Post, Feb. 12, 1987. 

83. Washington Post, Dec. 18, 1986, Wall Street Journal, Dec. 19, 1986. 

84. Donald T. Regan, For the Record: From Wall Street to Washington (New York: Harcourt Brace 

Jovanovitch, 1988), pp. 368-73. 

85. Ibid. 

86. New York Times, March 2, 1989. 

87. CovertAction, No. 33, Winter 1990, p. 15. 

88. Stenographic Transcript of Hearings Before the U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations, 

Nomination Hearing for Donald Phinney Gregg to be Ambassador to the Republic of Korea. Washington, 

D.C., May 12 and June 15, 1989. Some misspellings in the transcript have been corrected here. 

89. Mary McCrory, `` The Truth According to Gregg, '' Washington Post, June 22, 1989. 

90. NEPL contributions 1985 printout, cited in Armstrong, op. cit., p. 226.

Chapter -XIX- The Leveraged Buy-out Gang 

During the entire decade of the 1980's, the policies of the Reagan Bush and Bush 

administrations encouraged one of the greatest paroxysms of speculation and usury that 

the world has ever seen. Starting especially in the summer of 1982, a malignant and 

cancerous mass of speculative paper spread through all the vital organs of the banking, 

credit, and financial system. Capital had long since ceased to be used for the creation of 

new productive plant and equipment, and new productive manufacturing jobs; investment 

in transportation, power systems, education, health services and other infrastructure 

declined well below thje break even level. Wall Street investors came more and more to 

resemble vampires who ranged over a ghouilish landscape in search of living prey whose 

blood they could suck to perpetuate their own lively form of death. 

Industrial employment was out, the service sector was in. The post-industrial society 

meant that the production of tangible, physical wealth, of hard commodities, within US 

borders was being terminated. The future would belong to parasitical legions of lawyers, 

financial services experts, accountants, and clerical support personnel, but the growth in 

the balance of payments deficit signalled that the game could not go on forever. 

On the surface, wild speculation was the order of the day: there was the stock market 

boom, which underwent a crash in 1987, but then, thanks to James Brady's drugged 

futures and index options markets, kept rising until the Dow had passed 3,000, although 

by that time no one could remember why it was still called the industrial average. The 

stock market provided the right atmosphere for a much broader speculative boom, the one 

in commercial and residential real estate, which kept going until almost the end of the 

decade, but which then began to crash with a vengeance. When real estate began to 

implode, as in Texas at the middle of the 1980's or the northeast after 1988, savings 

banks and commercial banks by the scores became insolvent. Thus, by the third year of 

the Bush administration, a bankrupt savings and loan was being seized by federal 

regulators on almost every business day, and Congressman Dingell of Michigan had to 

announce that Citibank, still the largest bank in the USA, was indeed "technically" 

bankrupt. Depositors in Hong Kong started a run on the Citibank branch there; their US 

counterparts were slower to react, perhaps because deluded by the pathetic faith that the 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation could still cover their deposits. 

Even more fundamental than speculation was the absolute primacy of debt. During the 

Reagan and Bush years, unprecedented federal defecits pushed the public debt of the 

United States into the ionosphere, with the total almost quadrupling over a little more 

than ten years to approach the fantastic total of $3.25 thousand billion. In 1989, it was 

estimated that total debt claims in the US economy had attained almost $25 thousand 

billion, and their total has increased exponentially ever since. The debt of state and local 

governments, corporate debt, consumer debt --all expanded into the wild blue yonder. In 

the meantime, the Great Lakes industrial region became the rust bowl, the Sun belt oil 

and computer booms collapsed, the great cities of the east were rotten to the core with 

slums, and farmers went bankrupt more rapidly than at any other time in the memory of 

man.

Living standards had been in a gradual but constant decline since the days of Nixon, and 

it began to dawn on more and more families who considered themselves members of the 

middle class that they could no longer afford their own home, nor hope to send their 

children to college, all because of the prohibitive costs. The Bureau of the Census made 

sure in 1990 not to count the number of those who had become homeless during the 

1980's, since the real figure would be an acute political embarrassment to George Bush: 

were there 5 million, or 6, as many as the total population of Sweden, or of Belgium? 

New jobs were created, but most of them were dead-ends for losers at or below the 

mimimum wage that presupposed illiteracy on the part of the applicant: hamburger sales 

and pizza home delivery were the growth areas, although a smart kid might still aspire to 

become a croupier. Behind it all lurked the pervasive narcotics trade, with hundreds of 

billions of dollars a year in heroin, crack, marijuana. 

For the vast majority of the US population (to say nothing of the brutal immiseration in 

the developing countries) it was an epoch of austerity, sacrifice, and decline, of the 

entropy of a society in which most people have no purpose and feel themselves becoming 

redundant, both on the job market and ontologically. 

But for a paper thin stratum of plutocrats and parasites, the 1980's were a time of 

unlimited opportunity. These were the practioners of the monstrous financial swindles 

that marked the decade, the protagonists of the hostile takeovers, mergers and 

acquisitions, leveraged buy-outs, greenmail and stock plays that occupied the admiration 

of Wall Street. These were corporate raiders like J. Hugh Liedkte, Blaine Kerr, T. Boone 

Pickens, and Frank Lorenzo, Wall Street financiers like Henry Kravis and Nicholas 

Brady. And these men, surely not by coincidence, belonged to the intimate circle of 

personal friends and close political supporters of George Herbert Walker Bush. 

If the orgy of usury and speculation during the 1980's can be compared to a glittering and 

exclusive dinner party, and Liedtke, Kerr, Pickens, Lorenzo, Kravis, and Brady were the 

invited guests, then surely George Bush was the host and arbiter elegantiarum who 

presided, deciding according to his own whim who would receive an invitation and who 

would not, and setting the norms for acceptable conduct. By late 1991, the long-deferred 

bill for these lucullian entertainments was about to arrive. The exhausted working people 

and destitute unemployed must present the bill to the founder of the feast, the whining 

and greedy enfant gate' of American politics, George Bush, the man whose idea of 

privation would be a life without servants, and whose concept of a domestic agenda 

would be a plan to hire two maids and a butler. 

One of the landmark corporate battles of the first Reagan Administration was the battle 

over control of Getty Oil, a battle fought between Texaco, at that time the third largest oil 

company in the United States and the fourth largest industrial corporation, and J. Hugh 

Liedkte's Pennzoil. George Bush's old partner and constant crony, J. Hugh Liedtke, was 

still obsessed with his dream of building Pennzoil into a major oil company, one that 

could become the seventh of the traditional Seven Sisters after Chevron and Gulf merged. 

But the sands of biological time were running out on "Chairman Mao" Liedkte, as the

abrasive Pennzoil boss was known in the years after he became the first US oilman to 

drill in China, thanks to Bush. The only way that Chairman Mao Liedkte could realize his 

lifelong dream would be by acquiring a large oil company and using its reserves to build 

Pennzoil up to world-class status. 

Liedtke was the chairman of the Pennzoil board, and the Pennzoil president was now 

Blaine Kerr, a former lawyer from Baker & Botts in Houston. Blaine Kerr was also an 

old friend of George Bush. Back in 1970, when George was running against Lloyd 

Bentsen, Kerr had advised Bush on a proposed business deal involving a loan request 

from Victor A. Flaherty, who needed money to buy Fidelity Printing Company. Blaine 

Kerr was a hard bargainer: he recommended that Bush make the loan, but that he also 

demand some stock in Fidelity Printing as part of the deal. Three years later, when 

Fidelity Printing was sold, Bush cashed in his stock for $499,600 in profit, a gain of 

1,900% on his original investment. That was the kind of return that George Bush liked, 

the kind that honest activities can so rarely produce. [fn 1] 

Chairman Mao Liedkte and his sidekick Blaine Kerr constantly scanned their radar 

screens for an oil company to acquire. They studied Superior Oil, which was in play, but 

Superior Oil did too much of its business in Canada, where there had been no equivalent 

of George Bush's Task Force on Regulatory Relief, and where the oil companies were 

still subject to some restraints. Chairman Mao ruled that one out. Then there was Gulf 

Oil, where T. Boone Pickens was attempting a takeover, but Liedkte reluctantly decided 

that Gulf was beyond his means. Then, Chairman Mao began to hear reports of conflicts 

on the board of Getty Oil. Getty Oil, with 20,000 employees, was a $12 billion 

corporation, about six times larger than Pennzoil. But Chairman Mao had already 

managed to fagocitate United Gas when that compnay was about six times larger than his 

own Pennzoil. Getty Oil had about a billion barrels of oil in the ground. Now Chairman 

Mao was very interested. 

The trouble on the Getty Board was a conflict between Gordon Getty, the surviving son 

of the freebooting founder J. Paul Getty, and Sidney Petersen, the chairman of the Getty 

Board. Gordon Getty had musical-aesthetic ambitions; but he wanted to be consulted on 

all major policy decisions by Getty Oil. Gordon and his wife moved in the social circles 

of Graham Allison of Harvard's Kennedy School, Lawrence Tisch of Loewe's 

Corporation, and Warren Buffett, the owner of the Berkshire Hathaway investment house 

in Omaha. Gordon Getty now controlled the Sarah Getty Trust with 40% of the 

outstanding stock. About 12% of the stock was controlled by the Getty Museum. 

Chariman Mao Liedtke gathered his team to attempt to seize control of Getty Oil: James 

Glanville of Lazard Freres was his investment banker, Arthur Liman of Paul, Weiss, 

Rifkind, Wharton, & Garrison was his chief negotiator. Liedtke also had the services of 

the megafirm Baker & Botts of Houston. 

In early 1984, Gordon Getty and his Sarah Getty Trust and the Getty Museum 

represented by the New York mergers and acquisitions lawyer Marty Lipton combined to 

oblige the board of Getty Oil to give preliminary acceptance to a tender offer for Getty 

Oil stock (a la Gammell once again) at a price of about $112.50 per share. Arthur Liman

thought he had a deal that would enable Chariman Mao to seize control of Getty Oil and 

its billion barrel reserves, but no contract or any other document was ever signed, and key 

provisions of the transaction remained to be negotiated. 

When the news of these negotiations began to leak out, major oil compnaies who also 

wanted Getty and its reserves began to move in: Chevron showed signs of making a 

move, but it was Texaco, represented by Bruce Wasserstein of First Boston and the 

notorious Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom law firm, that got the attention of the 

Getty Museum and Gordon Getty with a bid (of $125) that was sweeter than the tightfisted 

Chairman Mao Liedkte had been willing to put forward. Gordon Getty and the 

Getty Museum accordingly signed a contract with Texaco. This was the largest 

acquisition in human history up to that time, and the check received by Gordon Getty was 

for $4,071,051,264, the second largest check ever written in the history of the United 

States, second only to one that had been used to roll over a part of the postwar national 

debt. 

Chairman Mao Liedkte thought he had been cheated. "They've made off with a million 

dollars of my oil!", he bellowed. "We're going to sue everybody in sight!" 

But Chairman Mao Liedtke's attempts to stop the deal in court were fruitless; he then 

concentrated his attention on a civil suit for damages on a claim that Texaco had been 

guilty of "tortious interference" with Pennzoil's alleged oral contract with Getty Oil. The 

charge was that Texaco had known that there already had been a contract, and had set out 

deliberately to breach it. After extensive forum shopping, Chairman Mao concluded that 

Houston, Texas was the right venue for a suit of this type. 

Liedtke and Pennzoil demanded $7 billion in actual damages and $7 billion in punitive 

damages for a total of at least $14 billion, a sum bigger than the entire public debt of the 

United States on December 7, 1941. Liedke hired Houston lawyer Joe "King of Torts" 

Jamail, and backed up Jamail with Baker & Botts. 

Interestingly, the judge who presided over the trial until the final phase, when the die had 

already been cast, was none other than Anthony J.P. "Tough Tony" Farris, whom we 

have met two decades earlier as a Bushman of the old guard. Back in February, 1963, we 

recall, the newly elected Republican County Chairman for Harris County, George H.W. 

Bush, had named Tough Tony Farris as his first assistant county chairman. [fn 2] This 

was when Bush was in the midst of preparations for his failed 1964 senate bid. Farris had 

tried to get elected to Congress on the GOP ticket, but failed. During the Nixon 

Administration, Farris became the United States Attorney in Houston. Given what we 

know of the relations between Nixon and George Bush (to say nothing the relations 

between Nixon and Prescott Bush), we must conclude that a patronage appointment of 

this type could hardly have been made without George Bush's involvement. Tough Tony 

Farris was decidedly an asset of the Bush networks. 

Now Tough Tony Farris was a State District Judge whose remaining ambition in life was 

an appointment to the federal bench. Farris did not recuse himself because his patron,

George Bush, was a former business partner and constant crony of Chariman Mao 

Liedkte. Farris rather began issuing a string of rulings favorable to Pennzoil: he ruled that 

Pennzoil had a right to quick discovery, rocket-docket discovery from Texaco. Farris was 

an old friend of Pennzoil's lead trial lawyer Joe Jamail, and Jamail had just given Tough 

Tony Farris a $10,000 contribution for his next election campaign. Jamail, in fact, was a 

member of Tough Tony's campaign committee. Texaco attempted to recuse Farris, but 

they failed. Farris claimed that he would have recused himself if Texaco's lawyers had 

come to him privately, but that their public attempt to get him pitched out of the case 

made him decide to fight to stay on. Just at that point the district courts of Harris County 

changed their rules in such a way as to allow Bush's man Tough Tony Farris, who had 

presided over the pretrial hearings, to actually try the case. 

And try the case he did, for fifteen weeks, during which the deck was stacked for 

Pennzoil's ultimate victory. With a few weeks left in the trial, Farris was diagnosed as 

suffering from a terminal cancer, and he was forced to request a replacement district 

judge. The last-minute substitute was Judge Solomon Casseb, who finished up the case 

along the lines already clearly established by Farris. In late November, 1985, the jury 

awarded Pennzoil damages of $10.53 billion, a figure that exceeded the total Gross 

National product of 116 countries around the world. Casseb not only upheld this 

monstrous result, but increased it to a total of $11,120,976,110.83. 

Before the trial, back in January, 1985, Chairman Mao Liedkte had met with John K. 

McKinley, the chairman of Texaco, at the Hay-Adams Hotel across Lafayette Park from 

the White House in Washington DC. Liedkte told McKinley that he thought what Texaco 

had done was highly illegal, but McKinley responded that his lawyers had assured him 

that his legal position was "very sound." McKinley offered suggestions for an out-ofcourt 

settlement, but these were rejected by Chairman Mao, who made his own counteroffer: 

he wanted three sevenths of Getty Oil, and was now willing to hike his price to 

$125 a share. According to one account of this meeting: 

Liedtke seemed to go out of his way to mention his friendship with George Bush, according to Bill 

Weitzel of Texaco. "Mr. Liedkte was quite outspoken with regard to the influence that he felt he 

had--and would and could expect in Washington--in connection with antitrust matters and 

legislative matters," McKinley would say in deposition. "This idea that Pennzoil was not without 

political influence that could adversely affect the efforts of Texaco in completing its merger." [fn 

3] 

Liedkte denied all this: "The political-influence thing isn't true. I don't have any and 

McKinley knows it.!" Did Liedkte keep a straight face? Even during the talks between 

lawyers on the two sides to set up this meeting, the Pennzoil attorney had referred to the 

capacity of his client to deflect "antitrust lightning" in the case. Chairman Mao's relations 

with Nixon and Bush make his protestations about a total lack of political influence 

sound absurd. Blaine Kerr, Bush's investment advisor, also piously avers that the name of 

George Bush was never invoked. 

In any case, the Reagan-Bush regime made no secret of its support for Pennzoil. In the 

spring of 1987, after prolonged litigation, the US Supreme Court required Texaco to post

a bond of $11 billion. On April 13, 1987, the press announced that Texaco had filed for 

chapter eleven bankruptcy protection. The Justice Department created two committees to 

represent the interests of Texaco's unsecured creditors, and Pennzoil was made the 

chairman of one of these committees. Texaco operations were subjected to severe 

disruptions. 

During the closing weeks of 1987, Texaco was haggling with Chairman Mao about the 

sum of money that the bankrupt firm would pay to Pennzoil. At this point Bushman 

Lawrence Gibbs was the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service, one of the 

principal targetting agencies of the totalitarian police state. Gibbs was always looking for 

new and better ways to serve the Bush power cartel, and now he found one: he slammed 

bankrupt and wounded Texaco with a demand for $6.5 billion in back taxes. This move 

was in the works behind the scenes during the Texaco-Pennzoil talks, and it certainly 

made clear to Texaco which side the government was on. The implication was that 

Texaco had better settle with Chairman Mao in a hurry, or face the prospect of being 

broken up by the various Wall Street sharks - Holmes a Court, T. Boone Pickens, 

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts and Carl Icahn- who had begun to circle the wounded company. 

In case Texaco had not gotten the message, the Department of Energy also launched an 

attack on Texaco, alleging that the bankrupt firm had overcharged its customers by $1.25 

billion during the time before 1981 when oil price controls had been in effect. 

Chairman Mao Liedkte finally got his pound of flesh: he would eventually receive $3 

billion from Texaco. Texaco in late 1987 announced an asset write-down of $4.9 billion 

as a result of staggering losses, and began to sell assets to try to avoid liquidation. 

Texaco's Canadian operations, its German operations were sold off, as were 600 oil 

properties in various locations. Later Texaco also sold off a 50% interest in its refining 

and marketing system to Saudi Arabia. A number of Texaco refineries were simply shut 

down. A total of $7 billion in assets were sold off during 1988-89 alone. 

By early 1989, Texaco had been reduced to two-thirds of its former size, and from its 

former number three position had become the "runt of the litter" among the US majors. 

Texaco revenue fell from 47.9 billion in 1984 to $35.1 billion in 1988. Assets declined 

from $37.7 billion to $26.1 billion. In order to ward off the raiding attacks of Carl Icahn, 

Texaco was obliged to worsen its situation furthger by payment of $330 million in 

greenmail in the form a special $8 distribution to shareholders designed mainly to placate 

Icahn. [fn 4] 

The entire affair represented a monstrous miscarriage of justice, a declaration that the 

entire US legal system was bankrupt. At the heart of the matter was the pervasive 

influence of the Bush networks, which gave Liedkte the support he needed to fight all the 

way to the final settlement. The real losers in this affair were the Texaco and Getty 

workers whose jobs were destroyed, and the families of those workers. Estimates of the 

numbers of these victims are hard to come by, but the count must reach into the tens of 

thousands. In addition, the entire economy suffered from a transaction that increased the 

debt claims on current production while reducing the physical scale of that production.

But even the enormities of Chairman Mao Liedkte were destined to be eclipsed in the 

political and regulatory climate of savage greed created with the help of the Reagan-Bush 

administration and George Bush's Task Force on Regulatory Relief. Even Liedkte's 

colossal grasping was about to be out-topped by a small Wall Street firm which, 

primarily during the second Reagan-Bush term (when Bush's influence and control were 

even greater) assembled a financier empire greater than that of J.P. Morgan at the height 

of Jupiter's power. This firm was Kohlberg, Kravis, Roberts (KKR) which had been 

founded in 1976 by a partner and some former employees of the Bear Sterns brokerage of 

lower Manhattan, and which by late 1990 had bought a total of 36 companies using some 

$58 billion lent to KKR by insurance companies, commercial banks, state pension funds, 

and junk bond king Michael Milken. The dominant personality of KKR was Henry 

Kravis, the man who inspired actor Michael Douglas (Kravis's former prep school 

classmate at the Loomis School) when Douglas played the role of corporate raider 

Gordon Gekko in Oliver Stone's movie "Wall Street." Henry Kravis was in particular the 

motor force behind the KKR leveraged buyout of RJR Nabisco, which, with a price tag of 

$25 billion, was the largest transaction of recorded history. 

Henry Kravis's epic achievements in speculation and usury perhaps had something to do 

with the fact that he was a close family friend of George Bush. 

As we have seen, when Prescott Bush was arranging a job for young George Herbert 

Walker Bush in 1948, he contacted Ray Kravis of Tulsa, Oklahoma, whose business 

included helping Brown Brothers, Harriman to evaluate the oil reserves of companies. 

Ray Kravis had quickly offered George a job, but George declined it, preferring to go to 

work for Dresser Industries, a much larger company. That was how George had ended up 

in Odessa and Midland, in the Permian basin of Texas. Ray Kravis over the years had 

kept in close touch with Senator Prescott Bush and George Bush, and young Henry 

Kravis had been introduced to George and had hob-nobbed with him at various 

Republican Party and other fund-raising events. Henry Kravis by the early 1980's was a 

member of the Republican Party's elite Inner Circle. 

Bush and Henry Kravis became even more closely associated during the time that Bush, 

ever mindful of campaign financing, was preparing his bid for the presidency. Among 

political contributors, Henry Kravis was a very high roller. In 1987-88, Kravis gave over 

$80,000 to various senators, congressmen, Republican Political Action Committees, and 

the Republican National Committee. During 1988, Kravis gave $100,000 to the GOP 

Team 100, which meant a "soft money" contribution to the Bush campaign. Kravis's 

partner George Roberts also anted up $100,000 for the Republican Team 100. In 1989, 

the first year in which it was owned by KKR, RJR Nabisco also gave $100,000 to Team 

100. During that year, Kravis and Roberts gave $25,000 each to the GOP. 

During the 1988 primary season, Kravis was the co-chair of a lavish Bush fundraiser at 

the Vista Hotel in lower Manhattan at which Henry's fellow Wall Street dealmakers and 

financier fatcats coughed up a total of $550,000 for Bush. Part of Kravis's symbolic 

recompense was to be honored with the prestigious title of co-chairman of Bush's 

Inaugural Dinner in January, 1989. One year later, in January 1990, Kravis was the

National Chairman of Bush's Inaugural Anniversary Dinner. This was a glittering gala 

held at the Kennedy Center in Washington for a thousand members of the Republican 

Eagles, most of whom qualify by giving the GOP $15,000 or more. The entertainment 

was organized as an "oldies night," with Chubby Checker, Tony Bennett, and B.B. King. 

When George Bush addressed the Eagles, he was prodigal in his praise for Henry Kravis 

as one of "those who did the heavy lifting on this." [fn 5 ] 

According to Jonathan Bush, George Bush's brother and the finance chiarman of the New 

York State Republican Party, Henry Kravis was "very helpful to President Bush in 

fundraisers." According to brother Jonathan, Kravis "admired the President. And also, 

significantly, on a personal level, his father, Ray, and [George Bush] were friends from 

way back. And that meant a lot to Henry. He wanted to be part of that." 

Henry Kravis had married the former Janey Smith of Kirksville, Missouri, who now 

called herself Carolyne Roehm. Carolyne Roehm had been introduced into New York 

Nouvelle Society by Oscar de la Renta. She and Henry Kravis cultivated a frenetically 

sybaritic lifestyle in the company of a social circle that included Bush's patron Henry 

Kissinger, American Express Chairman Jim Robinson and his wife Linda, Donald and 

Ivana Trump, Anne Bass, corporate raider Saul Steinberg, cosmetics magnate Ronald 

Lauder, and Bush's finance operative Robert Mosbacher and his wife Georgette. It was 

very much a Bushman crowd. Kravis and his "trophy wife" lived in a Park Avenue 

apartment large enough to be a Hollywood sound stage, and also had a 270 acre estate in 

Weatherstone, Connecticut. The palatial house there, which is listed in the National 

Historic Register, has nine fireplaces. Henry and Carolyne added a $7 million, sixbuilding, 

42,000 square foot "farm complex" for their seven horses. This was Henry 

Kravis, chief stoker of the bonfire of the vanities, celebrated by Vice President Dan 

Quayle as the New York Republican Party Man of the Year. 

It was to such an apostle of usury that George Bush turned for advice on public policy in 

economics and finance. According to Kravis, Bush "writes me handwritten notes all the 

time and he calls me and stuff, and we talk." The talk concerned what the US government 

should do in areas of immediate interest to Kravis: "We talked on corporate debt--this 

was going back a few years--and what that meant to the private sector," said Kravis. 

Henry Kravis certainly knows all about debt. The 1980's witnessed the triumph of debt 

over equity, with a tenfold increase in total corporate debt during the decade, while 

production, productive capacity, and unemployment stagnated and declined. One of the 

principal ways in which this debt was loaded onto a shrinking productive base was 

through the technique of the hostile, junk-bond assisted leveraaged buyout, of which 

Henry Kravis and his firm were the leading practitioners. 

The economist Franco Modigliani had written in the 1950's about the theoretical debt 

limits of corporations. Small scale leveraged buyouts were pioneered by Kohlberg during 

the late 1970's. In its final form, the technique looked something like this: Corporate 

raiders looked around for companies that would be worth more than their current stock 

price if they were broken up and sold off. Using money borrowed from a number of

sources, the raider would make a tender offer (once again, a la Jimmy Gammell in the 

Liedkte United Gas buyout) or otherwise secure a majority of the shares. Often all 

outstanding shares in the company would be bought up, taking the company private, with 

ownership residing in a small group of financiers. The company would end up saddled 

with an immense amount of new debt, often in the form of high-yield, high-risk 

sunbordinated debt certificates called junk bonds. The risk on these was high since, if the 

company were to go bankrupt and be auctioned off, the holders of the junk bonds would 

be the last to get any compensation. 

Often, the first move of the raider after seizing control of the company and forcing out its 

existing management would be to sell off the parts of the firm that produced the least 

cash-flow, since enhanced cash flow was imperative to start paying the new debt. 

Proceeds from these sales could also be used to pay down some of the initial debt, but 

this process inevitably meant jobs destroyed and production diminished. 

Thes raiding operations were justified by a fascistoid-populist demagogy that accused the 

existing management of incompetence, indolence and greed. The LBO pirates professed 

to have the interests of the shareholders at heart, and made much of the fact that their 

operations increased the value of the stock and, in the case of tender offers, gave the 

stockholders a better price than they would have gotten otherwise. The litany of the 

corporate raider was built around his committment to "maximize shareholder value;" 

workers, bondholders, the public, and management were all expendable. Ivan Boesky and 

others further embroidered this with a direct apology for greed as a motor force of 

progress in human affairs. 

An important enticement to transform stocks and equity into bonded and other debt was 

provided by the insanity of the US tax code, which taxed profits distributed to 

shareholders, but not the debt paid on junk bonds. The ascendancy of the leveraged 

buyout therefore proceeded pari passu with the demolition of the US corporate tax base, 

contributing in no small way to the growth of federal deficits. Plutocrats are always adept 

in finding loopholes to avoid paying their taxes. Ultimately, the big profits were expected 

when the companies acquired, after having been downsized to "lean and mean" 

dimensions, had their stock sold back to the public. KKR reserved itself 20% of the 

profits on these final transactions. In the meantime Kravis and his associates collected 

investment banking fees, retainer fees, directors' fees, management fees, monitoring fees, 

and a plethora of other charges for their services. 

The leverage was accomplished by the smaller amount of equity left outstanding in 

comparison with the vastly increased debt. This meant that if, after deducting the debt 

service, profits went up, the return to the investors could become very high. Naturally, if 

losses began to appear, reverse leverage would come into play, producing astronomical 

amounts of red ink. Most fundamental was that companies were being loaded with debt 

during the years of what the Reagan-Bush regime insisted on calling a boom. It was 

evident to any sober observer that in case of a recession or a new depression, many of the 

companies that had succumbed to leveraged buyouts and related forces of usury would 

very rapidly become insolvent. The Reagan-Bush regime was forced to argue that supply-

side economics and Bush's deregulation had abrogated the business cycle, and that there 

never would be any more recessions. This is why the "recession" (in reality the 

exacerbation of the pre-existing depression) that George Bush was forced to acknowledge 

during late 1990 was so ominous in its implications. The leveraged buyouts of the 1980's 

were now doomed to collapse. The handwriting on the wall was clear by September- 

October of 1989, the first year of George Bush's presidency, when the $250 billion 

market for junk bonds collapsed just in advance of the mini-crash of the New York Stock 

Exchange. 

All in all, during the years between 1982 and 1988, more than 10,000 merger and 

acquisition deals were completed within the borders of the USA, for a total capitlization 

of $1 trillion. There were in addition 3500 international mergers and acquisitions for 

another $500 billion. [fn 6 ] The enforcement of antitrust laws atrophied into nothing: as 

one observer said of the late 1980's, "such concentrations had not been allowed since the 

early days of antitrust at the beginning of the century." 

George Bush's friend Henry Kravis raised money for his leveraged buyouts from a 

number of sources. Money came first of all from insurance companies such as the 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company of New York, which cultivated a close relation 

with KKR over a number of years. Met was joined by Prudential, Aetna, and Northwest 

Mutual. Then there were banks like Manufacturers Hanover Trust and Bankers Trust. All 

these institutions were attracted by astronomical rates of return on KKR investments, 

estimated at 32.2% in 1980, 41.8% in 1982, 28% in 1984, and 29.6% in 1986. By 1987, 

KKR prospectus boasted that they had carried out the first large LBO of a publicly held 

company, the first billion-dollar LBO, the first large LBO of a public company via tender 

offer, and the largest LBO in history, Beatrice Foods. 

Then came the state pension funds, who were also anxious to share in these very large 

returns. The first to begin investing with KKR was Oregon, which shovelled money to 

KKR like there was no tomorrow. Other states that joined in were Washington, Utah, 

Minnesota, Michigan, New York, Wisconsin, Illinois, Iowa, Massachusetts, and 

Montana. The decisions to committ funds were typically made by state boards. An 

example is Minnesota: here the State Board of Investment is made up of the Governor, 

the state Treasurer, the state auditor, the Secretary of State, and the Attorney General, 

currently Skip Humphrey. Some of these funds are so heavily committed to KKR that if 

any of the highly-leveraged deals should go sour in the current "recession," pensions for 

many retired state workers in those states would soon cease to exist. In that eventuality, 

which for many working people has already occurred, the victims should remember 

George Bush, the political godfather of Henry Kravis and KKR. 

KKR had one other very important source of capital for its deals: this was the nowdefunct 

Wall Strreet investment firm of Drexel, Burnham, Lambert, and its Californiabased 

junk bond king, Michael Milken. Drexel and Milken were the most important 

single customers KKR had. (Drexel had its own Harriman link: it had merged with 

Harriman Ripley & Co. of New York in 1966.) During the period of close working 

alliance between KKR and Drexel, Milken's junk-bond operation raised an estimated $20

illion of funds for KKR. Junk bonds were high-risk, high-yield, junior debt securities 

that Milken floated. He started off with junk bonds issued by fly-by-night insurance 

companies owned by financiers seeking to emerge from the penumbra of Meyer Lansky. 

These included Carl Lindner and his Great American; Saul Steinberg and his Reliance 

Insurance Co., Meshulam Riklis and his Rapid American group; Laurence Tisch and 

CNA; Nelson Peltz; Victor Posner; Carl Icahn; Thomas Spiegel and his Columbia 

Savings and Loan; and Fred Carr, a financial gunslinger of the 1960's and his First 

Executive Corp. insurance firm. Later, the circle of Milken's customers would expand to 

include commercial banks, savings and loans, mutual funds, upscale insurance companies 

and others who could not resist the high yields. These robbery barons of modern usury 

were dubbed "Milken's monsters" by one of their number, Meshulam Riklis. 

All of these personages pranced at Milken's annual meetings in Beverley Hills, which 

were followed by evenings of sumptuous entertainment. These became known as "the 

predators' ball," and attracted such people as T. Boone Pickens, Icahn, Irwin Jacobs, Sir 

James Goldsmith, Oscar Wyatt, Saul Steinberg, Boesky, Lindner, the Canadian Belzberg 

family, Ron Perelman, and other such figures. 

First Executive Corp. was the first great bankruptcy among the insurance companies in 

early 1991, giving the depression of the 1990's a dimension that the economic-financial 

conflagration of the 1930's did not possess. First Executive Life succumbed to losses on 

its junk bond portfolio, and it will be the first of many insurance companies to find 

bankrutpcy via this route. Shortly thereafter, Mutual Benefit Life Insurance Company of 

New Jersey was seized by state regulators. Mutual Benmefit was also the victim of 

combined real estate and junk bond losses, and more retirement plans were threatened 

with annihlitation. Those whose pensions are lost must recall the junk bond united front 

that reached from Milken to Kravis to Bush. 

Spiegel's Columbia S&L is a classic case of a thrift institution that went wild in its 

acquisition of Milken's high-yield junk. At one time this instutution had about $10 billion 

of junk in its portfolio. Columbia S&L was seized by federal regulators during the early 

months of 1990. Although many savings and loan bankruptcies have been caused by real 

estate speculation, many must also be attributed to a failed quest for a junk bonanza. 

Milken's silent partner was Ivan Boesky, the arbitrageur who went beyond program 

trading to become a silent partner in advancing Milken's stockjobbing: sometimes 

Milkenm would have Boesky begin to acquire the stock of a certain company so as to 

signal to the market that it was in play, setting off a stampede of buyers when this suited 

Milken's strategy. 

The Beatrice LBO illustrates how necessary Milken's role was to the overall strategy of 

Bush backer Kravis. Beatrice was the biggest LBO up to the time it was completed in 

January-February 1986, with a price tag of $8.2 billion. As part of this deal, Kravis gave 

Milken warrants for five million shares of stock in the new Beatrice corporation. These 

warrants could be used in the future to buy Beatrice shares at a small fraction of the 

market price. One result of this would be a dilution of the equity of the other investors.

Milken kept the warrants for his own account, rather than offer them to his junk bond 

buyers in order to get a better price for the Beatrice junk bonds. Later in the same year, 

KKR bought out Safeway grocery stores for $4.1 billion, of which a large part came from 

Milken. 

After 1986, Kravis and Roberts were gripped by financial megalomania. Between 1987 

and 1989, they acquired 8 additional companies with an aggregate price tag of $43.9 

billion. These new victims included Owens-Illinois glass, Duracell, which may not keep 

on running as long as many think, Stop and Shop food markets, and, in the landmark 

transaction of the 1980's, RJR Nabisco. RJR Nabisco was the product of a number of 

earlier mergers: National Bisucuit Company had merged with Standard Brands to form 

Nabisco Brands, and this in turn merged with R.J. Reynolds Tobacco to create RJR 

Nabisco. It is important to recall that R.J. Reynolds was the concern traditionally 

controlled by the famnily of Bush's personal White House lawyer, C. Boyden "Boy" 

Gray. 

The battle for control of RJR Nabisco was lost by RJR Nabisco chairman Ross Johnson, 

Peter Cohen of Sherason Lehman Hutton and the notorious John Gutfruend of Salomon 

Brothers. KKR opposed this group, and a third offer for RJR came from First Boston. 

The Johnson offer and the KKR were about the same, but a cover story in the Luce-Skull 

and Bones Time Magazine in early December, 1988 targetted Johnson as the greedy 

party. The attraction of RJR Nabisco, one of the twenty largest US corporations, was an 

immense cash flow supplied especially by its cigarette sales, where profit margins were 

enormous. The crucial phases of the fight corresponded with the presidential election of 

1988: Bush won the White House, so it was no surprise that Kravis won RJR with a bid 

of about $109 per share compared to a stock price of about $55 per share before the 

company was put into play, giving the prebuyout shareholders a capital gain of more than 

$13.3 billion. How much of that went to Boy Gray of the Bush White House? 

The RJR Nabisco swindle generated senior bank debt of about $15 billion. The came $5 

billion of subordinate debt, with the largest offering of junk bonds ever made. Then came 

an echelon of even more junior debt with payment in securities and junk bonds that payed 

interest not in cash, but in other junk bonds. But even with all the wizardry of KKR, there 

could have been no deal without Milken and his junk bonds. The banks could not muster 

the cash required to complete the financing; KKR required bridge loans. Merrill Lynch 

and Drexel were in the running to provide an extra $5 billion of bridge financing. Drexel 

got Milken's monsters and many others to buy short-term junk notes with an interest rate 

that would increase the longer the owner refrained from cashing in the note. Drexel's 

"increasing rate notes" easily brought in the entire $5 billion required. 

In November of 1986, Ivan Boesky pleaded guilty to one felony count of manipulating 

securities, and his testimony led to the indictment of Milken in March, 1989, some 

months after the RJR Nabisco deal had been sewn up. In order to protect more important 

financial players, Milken was allowed to plead guilty in April 1990 a five counts of 

insider trading, for which he agreed to pay a fine of $600 million. On February 13, 1990, 

Drexel Burnham Lambert had declared itself bankrupt and gone into liquidation, much to

the distress of junk bond holders everywhere who saw the firm as a junk bond buyer of 

last resort. 

By this time, many of the great LBOs had begun to collapse. Robert Campeau's retail 

sales empire of Allied and Federated stores blew up in the fall of 1989, bring down 

almosty $10 billion of LBO debt. Revco, Freuhauf, Southland (Seven-Eleven stores), 

Resorts International, and many other LBOs went into chapter eleven proceedings. As for 

KKR's deals, they also began to implode: SCI-TV, a spin-off of Storer Broadcasting, 

announced that it could not service its $1.3 billion of debt, and forced the holders of $500 

million in junk bonds to settle for new stocks and bonds worth between 20 and 70 cents 

on the dollar. Hillsborogh Holdings, a subsidiary of Jim Walker, went bankrupt, and 

Seamans Furniture put through a forced restructuring of its debt. 

It was clear at the time of the RJR Nabisco LBO that the totality of the company's large 

cash flow would be necessary to maintain payments of $25 billion of debt. That will take 

a lot of animal crackers and Winstons. If RJR Nabisco had been a foreign country, it 

would have ranked among the top 15 debtor nations, coming in between Peru and the 

Phillipines. Within a short time after the LBO, RJR Nabisco proved unable to maintain 

payments. KKR was forced to inject several billion dollars of new equity, take out new 

bank loans, and dunning its clients for an extra $1.7 billion. RJR Nabisco by the early 

autumn of 1991 was a time bomb ticking away near the center of a ruined US economy. 

If citizens are bright enough to follow the line that leads back from Milken to Kravis to 

Bush, RJR and similar horror stories could politically demolish George Bush. 

In September 1987, Senator William Proxmire submitted a bill which aimed at restricting 

takeovers. Two weeks later, Rep. Rostenkowski of Illinois offered a bill to limit the tax 

deductability of the interest on takeover debt. The LBO gang in Wall Street was horrified, 

even though it was clear that the Reagan-Bush team would oppose such legislation using 

every trick in the book. Later, LBO ideologues blamed the Congress for causing the crash 

of October, 1987. 

Kravis has always been adamant in opposing any restrictions on the kind of insanity we 

have briefly reviewed. "I'm very much of a free-market person," says Kravis. I don't want 

interference. My life...you've listened to my life story, I don't want interference! The best 

thing to happen to people and this country is a free market system, and I'm very 

concerned, if we don't keep the right people in office, that we're not going to have this 

free-market environment. And we should have it!" [fn 7] 

This corresponds exactly to Bush's policy. During the 1988 campaign, Bush presented his 

views on hostile takeovers, using the forum provided by his old friend T. Boone Pickens' 

USA Advocate, a monthly newsletter published by the United Shareholders Association, 

which Pickens runs. In the October, 1988 issue of this publication, Bush made clear that 

he was not worried about leveraged buyouts. Rather, what concerned Bush was the need 

to prevent corporations from adopting defenses to deter such attempted hostile takeovers. 

Bush indicated he wanted to ban poison pill defenses, which often take the form of a new 

class of stock in a company that lets its holders buy stock in the successor company at

ock-bottom prices after a buyout. Poison pills were invented by New York lawyer Marty 

Lipton, and did not deter raider Sir James Goldsmith from seizing control of Crown 

Zellerbach in the mid-1980's, although Goldsmith's costs were increased. 

Bush also railed against "golden parachutes," which provide lucrative settlements for top 

executives who are ousted as the result of a takeover: 

I am frankly a bit skeptical about claims that these so-called 'defensive' tactics are necessary to 

encourage long-term investment. Studies suggest that prices of stock reflect information that is 

publicly available. Sometimes it seems that managers use these tactics to save themselves from the 

competitive pressures of the market for corporate control, not to protect the interests of the 

shareholders. 

Bush was clearly hostile to any federal restrictions on hostile takeovers. If anything, he 

was closer to those who demanded that the federal government stop the states from 

passing laws that interfere with LBO activity. For that notorious corporate raider and 

disciple of Chairman Mao Liedtke, T. Boone Pickens, the message was clear: 

I know that Vice President Bush is a free enterpriser. I don't think there is any doubt if you look at 

what Vice President Bush has said and what Gov. Dukakis has said that Bush is pro-stockholder. I 

would say Dukakis is pro-management. * 

The expectations of Pickens and his ilk were not disappointed by the Bush cabinet that 

took office in January, 1989. The new Secretary of the Treasury, Bush crony Nicholas 

Brady, was only a supporter of leveraged buyouts; he had been one of the leading 

practitioners of the mergers and acquisitions game during his days in Wall Street as a 

partner of the Harriman-allied investment firm of Dillon Read. 

The family of Nicholas Brady has been allied for most of this century with the Bush- 

Walker clan. During his Wall Street career at Dillon, Read, Brady, like Bush, cultivated 

the self-image of the patrician banker, becoming a member of the New York Jockey Club 

and racing his own thorougbred horses at the New York tracks once presided over by 

George Herbert Walker and Prescott Bush. Brady, like Bush, is a member of the 

Bohemian Club of San Francisco and attended the Bohemian Grove every summer. 

Inside the Bohemian Grove oligarchic pantheon, Brady enjoys the special distinction of 

presiding over the prestigious Mandalay Camp (or cabin complex), the one habitually 

attended by Henry Kissinger, and sometimes frequented by Gerald Ford. When Senator 

Harrison Williams of New Jersey was driven out of office by the FBI's "Abscam" 

entrapment operation, Brady was appointed to fill out the remainder of the term to which 

Williams had been elected. Brady is also reportedly a victim of dyslexia. 

At the Regency in Lower Manhattan, Brady rubbed elbows each morning at breakfast 

with Joe Flom and the rest of the the Skadden Arps crowd, Arthur F. Long of D.F. King 

and Co., Marty Lipton, Arthur Liman, Felix Rohatyn, Boesky's friend Marty Siegel, and 

Joe Perella of First Boston. 

Brady's LBO experience goes back to the 1985 battle for control of Unocal, the former 

Union Oil Company. T. Boone Pickens and Mesa Petroleum attempted a hostile takeover

of Unocal through a complex "two-tiered" tender offer by which those shareholders 

willing to help Pickens to a majority stake in Unocal would receive cash payment for 

their stocks, but those forced to sell to Pickens after he had gone over the top would be 

compelled to accept junk securities. In order to defend against this two-tier, front-loaded 

hostile tender offer, Unocal management called in Brady's Dillon Read together with 

Goldman Sachs. 

Working with Goldman Sachs, Brady helped to devise a new form of anti-takoever 

defense for Unocal: it was in effect a self-inflicted leveraged buyout, a self-tender for a 

large portion of Unocal's stock which the company offered to buy back at a higher price 

than the one stipulated in the Pickens tender offer, although Unocal would refuse to 

accept any of the shares held by Pickens. Pickens tried to overturn this selective selftender 

in the courts of Delaware, but he was defeated. 

The self-tender sponsored by Brady's investment bankers was actually a usurious chicken 

game: Unocal's tender offer to buy 80 million shares at an astronomical $72 per share in 

comparison with the $54 offered by Pickens. This meant $5.8 billion in new high-interest 

junk-bond debt for Unocal, in another triumph of debt over equity. The premiss was that 

if Pickens insisted on going ahead, he might very well take over Unocal, but the new debt 

burden would mean that the company would soon go bankrupt and Pickens would lose all 

his money. In this case, the Unocal management advised by Nick Brady was more than 

willing to gamble with the existence of their entire company, and thus with the 

livelihoods of thousands of workers and their families, to ward off the advances of 

Pickens. In the end, this device would load Unocal with a crushing $3.6 billion of highinterest 

debt as a result of the plan advocated by Brady's firm. 

Nick Brady got the job he presently occupies by heading up a study of the October, 1987 

stock market crash, the results of which Brady announced on a cold Friday afternoon in 

January, 1988, just after the New York stock market had taken another 150 point dive. 

The study of the October, 1988 "market break" was produced by a group of Wall Street 

and Treasury insiders billed as the "Presidential Task Force on Market Mechanisms." At 

the center of the report's attention was the relation between the New York Stock 

Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and NASDAC over-the-counter stock trading, on 

the one hand, and the future, options, and index trading carried on at the Chicago Board 

of Trade, Chicago Board Options Exchange, and Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The 

Brady group examined the impact of program trading, index arbitrage and portfolio 

insurance strategies on the behavior of the markets that led to the crash. The Brady report 

recommended the centralization of all market oversight in a single federal agency, the 

unification of clearing systems, consistent margins, and the installation of circuit breaker 

mechanisms. That, at least, was the public content of the report. 

The real purpose of the Brady report was to create a series of drugged and manipulated 

markets using funds from the Federal Reserve and other sources. The Brady group 

realized that if the Chicago futures price of a stock or stock index could be artifically 

inflated, this would be of great assistance in propping up the value of the underlying

stock in New York. The Brady group focussed on the Major Market Index of 20 stock 

futures traded on the Chicago Board of Trade, which roughly corresponded to the 

principal stocks of the Dow Jones Industrial Average. As long as the MMI was trading at 

a higher price than the DJIA, the program traders and index arbitrageurs would tend to 

sell the MMI and buy the underlying stock in New York in order to lock in their 

stockjobbing profits. The great advantage of this system was first of all that some tens of 

millions of dollars in Chicago could generate some hundreds of millions of dollars of 

demand in New York. In addition, the margin requirements for borrowing money for use 

to buy futures in Chicago were much less stringent than the requirements for margin 

buying of stocks in New York. Liquidity for this operation could be drawn from banks 

and other institutions loyal to the Bush-Baker-Brady power cartel, with full backup and 

assistance from the district banks of the Federal Reserve. 

The Brady "drugged market" mechanisms, with the refinements they have acquired since 

1988, are a key factor behind the Dow Jones Industrials' seeming defiance of the law of 

gravity in attainting a new all time high well above the 3000 mark during 1991. 

Brady's exercise was nothing new: during the collapse of the Earl of Oxford's South Sea 

bubble in 1720, the South Sea Company attemp]ted to support the astronomically inflated 

price of its shares by becoming a buyer of its own stock until its cash and credit reserves 

were exhausted. Such manuevers can indeed delay the onset of the final collapse for 

some period of time, but they guarantee that when the panic, crash and bankruptcy finally 

become overwhelming, the aggregate damage to society will be far greater than if the 

crash had been allowed to occur according to its own spontaneous dynamic. For this 

reason, a large part of the fearful price that is being exacted from the American people as 

the depression unfolds in its full fury is a result of the Bush-Brady measures to postpone 

the inevitable reckoning beyond the 1988 election. 

One important case study of the impact of Bush's Task Force on Regulatory Relief is the 

meat-packing industry. In February 1981, when Reagan gave Bush "line" authority for 

deregulation, he promulgated Executive Order 12291, which established the principle that 

federal regulations "be based upon adequate evidence that their potential benefits to 

society are greater than their potential costs to society." In practice, that meant that Bush 

threw health and safety standards out the window in order to ingratiate himself with 

entrepreneurs. In March 1981, Bush wrote to businessmen and invited them to enumerate 

the 10 areas they wanted to see deregulated, with specific recommendations on what they 

wanted done. By the end of the year Bush's office issued a self-congratulatory report 

boasting of a "significant reduction in the cost of federal regulation." In the meatpacking 

industry, this translated into production line speedup as jobs were eliminated, with a 

cavalier attitude towards safety precautions. At the same time the Occupational Safety 

and Health Administration sharply reduced inspections, often arriving only after 

disabling or lethal accidents had already occured. In 1980 there were 280 OSHA 

inspections in meat packing plants, but in 1988 there were only 176. This, in an industry 

in which the rate of personal injury is 173 persons per working day, three times the 

average of all remaining US factories. [fn 8]

Bush used his Regulatory Relief Task Force as a way to curry favor with various business 

groups whose support he wanted for his future plans to assume the presidency in his own 

right. According to one study made midway through the Reagan years, Bush converted 

his own office "into a convenient back door for corporate lobbyists" and "a hidden court 

of last resort for special interest groups that have lost their arguments in Congress, in the 

federal courts, or in the regulatory process." "Case by case, the vice president's office got 

involved in some mean and petty issues that directly affect people's health and lives, from 

the dumping of toxic pollutants to government warnings concerning potentially harmful 

drugs." [fn 9] 

There were also reports of serious abuses by Bush, especially in the area of conflicts of 

interest. In one case, Bush intervened in March, 1981 in favor of Eli Lilly & Co., a 

company of which he had been a director in 1977-79. Bush had owned $145,000 of stock 

in Eli Lilly until January, 1981, after which it was placed in a blind trust, meaning that 

Bush allegedly had no way of knowing whether his trust still owned shares in the firm or 

not. The Treasury Department had wanted to make the terms of a tax break for US 

pharmaceutical firms operating in Puerto Rico more stringent, but Vice President Bush 

had contacted the Treasury to urge that "technical" changes be made in the planned 

restriction of the tax break. By April 14 Bush was feeling some heat, and he wrote a 

second letter to Treasury Secretary Don Regan asking that his first request be withdrawn 

because Bush was now "uncomfortable about the appearance of my active personal 

involvement in the details of a tax matter directly affecting a company with which I once 

had a close association." [fn 10] Bush's continuing interest in Eli Lilly is underlined by 

the fact that the Pulliam family of Indiana, the family clan of Bush's later running mate 

Dan Quayle, owned a very large portion of the Eli Lilly shares. Bush's choice of Quayle 

was but a re-affirmation of a pre-exisiting financial and political alliance with the Pulliam 

interests, which also include a newspaper chain. 

The long-term results of the deregulation campaign that Bush used to burnish his image 

are suggested by the September, 1991 fire in a chicken-processing plant operated by 

Imperial Food Products in Hamlet, North Carolina, in which 25 persons died. One 

obvious cause of this tragedy was an almost total lack of adequate state and federal 

inspection, which might have identified the fire hazards that had built up over a period of 

years. This fire led during October, 1991 to the bankruptcy of the Imperial Food Products 

Company, which could not obtain financing to roll over its short-term and long-term debt 

obligations. 225 workers at the Hamlet plant lost their jobs, as did 200 workers at the 

company's other plant in Cumming, Georgia. 

Bush's idea of ideal labor-management practices and corporate leadership in general 

appears to have been embodied by Frank Lorenzo, the most celebrated and hated 

banquerotteur of US air transport. Before his downfall in early 1990, Lorenzo combined 

Texas Air, Continental Airlines, New York Air, People Express, and Eastern Airlines into 

one holding, and then presided over its bankruptcy. Now Eastern has been liquidated, and 

the other components are likely to follow suit. Along the way to this debacle, Lorenzo 

won the sympathy of the Reagan-Bush crowd through his union-busting tactics: he had 

thrown Continental Airlines into bankruptcy court and used the bankruptcy statutes to

eak all union contracts, and to break the unions themselves as well. Continental pilots 

had been stripped of seniority, benefits, and bargaining rights, and had been subjected to 

a massive pay cut under threat of being turned out into the street. In 1985, the average 

yearly wage of a pilot was $87,000 at TWA, but less than $30,000 at Continental. The 

hourly cost of a flight crew for a DC-10 at American Airlines was $703, while at 

Continental it was only $194. It is an interesting commentary on such wage gouging that 

Lorenzo neverthless managed to bankrupt Continental by the end of the decade. 

George Bush has been on record as a dedicated union-buster going back to 1963-64, and 

he has always been very friendly with Lorenzo. When Bush became president, this went 

beyond the personal sphere and became a revolving door between the Texas Air group 

and the Bush Administration. During 1989, the Airline Pilots' Association issued a list of 

some 30 cases in which Texas Air officials had transferred to jobs in the Bush regime and 

vice versa. By the end of 1989, Bush's top Congressional lobbyist was Frderick D. 

McClure, who had been a vice president and chief lobbyist for Texas Air. McClure had 

traded jobs with Rebecca Range, who had worked as a public liasion for Reagan until she 

moved over to the post of lead Congressional lobbyist for Texas Air. John Robson, 

Bush's deputy Secretary of the Treasury, was a former member of the Continental 

Airlines board of directors. Elliott Seiden, once a top antritrust lawyer for the Justice 

Department, switched to being an attorney for Texas Air. [fn 11] 

When questioned by Jack Anderson, McClure and Robson claimed that they recused 

themselves from any matters involving Texas Air. But McClure signed a letter to 

Congress announcing Bush's opposition to any government investigation of the 

circumstances surrounding the Eastern Airlines strike in early 1989. Bush himself has 

always stonewalled in favor of Lorenzo. During the early months of the landmark Eastern 

Airlines strike, in which pilots, flight attendants, and machinists all walked out to block 

Lorenzo's plan to downsize the airline and bust the unions, the Congress attempted to set 

up a panel to investigate the dispute, but Bush was adamant in favor of Lorenzo and 

vetoed any government probes. [fn 12] 

Lorenzo's activities were decisive in the wrecking of US airline transportation during the 

Reagan-Bush era. When Carl Icahn was in the process of taking over TWA, he was able 

to argue that the need to compete in many of the same markets in which Lorenzo's 

airlines were active made mandatory that the TWA work force accept similar sacrifices 

and wage cuts. The cost-cutting criteria pioneered with such ruthless aggressivity by 

Lorenzo have had the long-term of effect of reducing safety margins and increasing the 

risk the travelling public must confront in any decision to board an airliner operating 

under US jurisdiction. Eastern has disappeared, and Continental has been joined in 

bankruptcy by Midway, America West, while Pan American sold off a large part of its 

operations to Delta while teetering on the verge of liquidation. Icahn's TWA is bankrupt 

in every sense except the final technicalities. Northwest, having been taken through the 

wringer of an LBO by Albert Cecchi, is now busy lining up subsidies from the state of 

Minnesota and other sources as a way to stay afloat. It is widely believed that when the 

dust settles, only Delta, American, and perhaps United will remain among the large 

nationwide carriers. At that point hundreds of localities will be served by only one airline,

and that airline will proceed to raise its fares without any fear of price competition or any 

other form of competition. With that, air travel will float beyond the reach of much of the 

American middle class, and the final fruits of airline deregulation will be manifest. In the 

meantime, it must be feared that the erosion of safety margins will exact a growing toll of 

human lives in airline accidents. If such tragedies occur, the bereaved relatives will 

perhaps recall George Bush's friend Frank Lorenzo. 

And how, the reader may ask, was George Bush doing financially while surrounded by so 

many billions in junk bonds? Bush had always pontificated that he had led the fight for 

full public disclosure of personal financial interests by elected officials. He never tired of 

repeating that "in 1967, as a freshman member of the House of Representatives, I led the 

fight for full financial disclosure." But after he was elected to the vice presidency, Bush 

stopped disclosing his investments in detail. He stated his net worth, which had risen to 

$2.1 million by the time of the 1984 election, representing an increase of some $300,000 

over the previous five years. Bush justified his refusal to disclose his investments in 

detail by saying that he didn't know himself just what securities he held, since his 

portfolio was now in the blind trust mentioned above. The blind trust was administered 

by W.S. Farish & Co. of Houston, owned by Bush's close crony William Stamps Farish 

III of Beeville, Texas, the descendant of the Standard Oil executive who had backed 

Heinrich Himmler and the Waffen SS. [fn 13] 

NOTES: 

1. Walter Pincus and Bob Woodward, "Doing Well With help From Family, Freinds," Washington Post, 

August 11, 1988. 

2. Houston Chronicle, February 21, 1963. See clippings available in Texas Historical Society, Houston. 

3. Thomas Petzinger, Oil and Honor (New York, 1987), pp. 244-245. 

4. See Washington Post, February 5, 1989. 

5. For the relation between George Bush and Henry Kravis, see Sarah Bartlett, The Money Machine: How 

KKR Manufactured Power & Profits (New York, 1991), pp. 258-259 and 267-270. 

6. Roy C. Smith, The Money Wars (New York, 1990), p. 106. 

7. Bartlett, pp. 269-270. 


9. Judy Mann, "Bush's Top Achievement," Washington Post, November 2, 1988. 

10. William Greider, Rolling Stone, April 12, 1984. 

11. "Bush Denies Influencing Drug Firm Tax Proposal," Washington Post, May 20, 1981.

12. Jack Anderson and Dale Van Atta, "The Bush-Lorenzo Connections," Washington Post, December 21, 

1989. 

13. James Ridgway, The Tax Records of Reagan and Bush, Texas Observer, September 28, 1984.

Chapter -XX- The Phony War on Drugs 

Tout le monde me prend pour un homme de bien; Mais la verite pure est que je ne vaux 

rien. 

Moliere, Le Tartuffe 

An indispensable component of the mythical media profile which George Bush has built 

up over the years to buttress his electoral aspirations has been his role as an anti-drug 

fighter. His first formally scheduled prime time presidential television address to the 

nation in September, 1989 was devoted to announcing his plans for measures to combat 

the illegal narcotics that continued to inundate the sreets of the United States. During his 

1988 election campaign, Bush pointed with astounding complacency to his record as 

President Reagan's designated point man in the administration's war on drugs. 

In his acceptance speech to the Republican National Convention in 1988, Bush stated: "I 

want a drug-free America. Tonight, I challenge the young people of our country to shut 

down the drug dealers around the world....My Administration will be telling the dealers, 

"Whatever we have to do, we'll do, but your day is over. You're history.'" 

Indeed, Bush has an impressive resume of bureaucratic titles to back up his claim to be 

America's top anti-drug fighter. On January 28, 1982, Reagan created the South Florida 

Task Force under Bush's high-profile leadership to coordinate the efforts of the various 

federal agencies to stem the tide of narcotics into Bush's old family bailiwick. On March 

23, 1983, Bush was placed in charge of the National Narcotics Border Interdiction 

System, which was supposed to staunch the drug flow over all US borders. In August, 

1986 US officials presented to their Mexican counterparts a scheme called Operation 

Alliance, a new border enforcement initiative that was allegedly to do for the US- 

Mexican border area what the South Florida Task Force had allegedly already done for 

the southeastern states. George Bush was appointed chief of Operation Alliance, which 

involved 20 federal agencies, 500 additional federal officers, and a budget of $266 

million. 

To crown all these efforts, Bush sought to obtain a cameo role for a brief appearance on 

the television series Miami Vice. He was perhaps inspired by his mentor, Kissinger, who 

had walked through a cameo of his own on Dynasty. But Bush was unable to accomplish 

his dream. 

The drug plague is an area in which the national interest requires results. Illegal narcotics 

are one of the most important causes of the dissolution of American society at the present 

time. To interdict the drug flows and to prosecute the drug money launderers at the top of 

the banking community would have represented a real public service. But Bush had no 

intention of seriously pursuing such goals. For him, the war on drugs was a cruel hoax, a 

cynical exercise in demagogic self-promotion, designed in large part to camouflage 

activities by himself and his networks that promoted drug trafficking. A further shocking 

episode that has come to light in this regard involves Bush's 14-year friendship with a

member of Meyer Lansky's Miami circles who sold Bush his prized trophy, the Cigarette 

boat Fidelity. 

Bush's war on drugs was a rhetorical and public relations success for a time. On February 

16, 1982, in a speech on his own turf in Miami, Florida, Bush promised to use 

sophisticated military aircraft to track the airplanes used by smugglers. Several days later, 

Bush ordered the US Navy to send in its E2C surveillance aircraft for this purpose. If 

these were not available in sufficient numbers, said Bush, he was determined to bring in 

the larger and more sophisticated AWACS early warning aircraft to do the job. But 

Bush's skills as an interagency expediter left something to be desired: by May, two of the 

four E2C aircraft that originally had been in Florida were transferred out of the state. By 

June, airborne surveillance time was running a mere 40 hours per month, not the 360 

hours promised by Bush, prompting Rep. Glenn English to call hearings on this topic. By 

October, 1982 the General Accounting Office issued an opinion in which it found "it is 

doubtful whether the [south Florida] task force can have any substantial long-term impact 

on drug availability." But the headlines were grabbed by Bush, who stated in 1984 that 

the efforts of his task force had eliminated the marijuana trade in south Florida. That was 

an absurd claim, but it sounded very good. When Francis Mullen. Jr., the administrator of 

the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) criticized Bush for making this wildly inaccurate 

statement, he was soon ousted from his post at the DEA. 

In 1988, Democratic Congressman Glenn English concluded that Bush's "war on drugs" 

had been fought with "little more than lip service and press releases." English wrote: 

"There has been very little substance behind the rhetoric, and some of the major 

interdiction problems have yet to be resolved. The President assigned...Bush to 

coordinate and direct federal antidrug-abuse programs among the various law 

enforcement agencies. However, eight years later it is apparent that the task has not been 

accomplished." [fn 1] No observer still stationed in reality could dispute this very 

pessimistic assessment. 

But the whole truth is much uglier. We have documented in detail how the Iran-contra 

drug-running and gun-running operations run out of Bush's own office played their role 

in increasing the heroin, crack, cocain, and marijuana brought into this country. We have 

reviewed Bush's relations with his close supporters in the Wall Street LBO gang, much of 

whose liquidity is derived from narcotics payments which the banking system is eager to 

recycle and launder. We recall Bush's 1990 meeting with Syrian President Hafez Assad, 

who is personally one of the most prolific drug pushers on the planet, and whom Bush 

embraced as an ally during the Gulf crisis. 

Bush's "soft on drugs" profile went further. In the Pakistan-Afghanistan theatre, for 

example, it was apparent that certain pro-Khomeini formations among the Afghan 

guerillas were, like the contras, more interested in trafficking in drugs and guns than in 

fighting the Soviet-backed regime in Kabul and the Red Army forces that maintained it in 

power. There were reports that such activities on the part of such guerilla groups were 

seconded by parts of the Pakistani secret intelligence services, the Inter-Service 

Intelligence, and the National Logistics Cell. According to these reports, Bush's visit to

Pakistan's President Gen. Zia ul-Haq in May, 1984 was conducted in full awareness of 

these phenomnena. Nevertheless, Bush chose to praise the alleged successes of the Zia 

government's anti-narcotics program which, Bush intoned, was a matter of great 

"personal interest" to him. Among those present at the banquet where Bush made these 

remarks were, reportedly, several of the officials most responsible for the narcotics 

trafficking in Pakistan. [fn 2] But there is an even more flagrant aspect of Bush's conduct 

which can be said to demolish once and for all the myth of the "war on drugs" and 

replace it with a reality so sinister that it goes beyond the imagination of most citizens. 

Those who follow Bush's frenetic sports activities on television are doubtless familiar 

with Bush's speedboat, in which he is accustomed to cavort in the waters off his estate at 

Walker's Point in Kennebunkport, Maine. [fn 3] The craft in question is the Fidelity, a 

powerboat capable of operating on the high seas. Fidelity is a class of boat marketed 

under the brand name of "Cigarette," a high-priced speedboat dubbed "the Ferrari of the 

high seas." This detail should awaken our interest, since Bush's profile as an Anglo- 

Saxon aristocrat would normally include a genteel predeliction for sailing, rather than a 

preference for a vulgar hotrod like Fidelity, which evokes the ethos of rum-runners and 

smugglers. 

The Cigarette boat Fidelity was purchased by George Bush from a certain Don Aronow. 

Bush reportedly met Aronow at a boat show in 1974, and decided to buy one of the 

Cigarette boats Aronow manufactured. Aronow was one of the most celebrated and 

successful powerboat racers of the 1960's, and had then turned his hand to designing and 

building these boats. But according to at least one published account, there is compelling 

evidence to conclude that Aronow was a drug smuggler and suspected drug-money 

launderer linked to the Genovese Purple Gang of New York City within the more general 

framework of the Meyer Lansky organized crime syndicate. Aronow's role in marijuana 

smuggling was reportedly confirmed by Bill Norris, head of the Major Narcotics Unit at 

the Miami US Attorney's office and thus the top federal drug prosecution official in south 

Florida. [fn 4] 

Aronow numbered among his friends and acquaintances not just Bush, but many 

international public figures and celebrities, many of whom had purchased the boats he 

built. Aronow's wife was said to be a former girlfriend of King Hussein of Jordan. 

Aronow was in touch with King Juan Carlos of Spain, Lord Lucan (Billy Shand-Kydd, a 

relative of Princess Diana's mother), Sir Max Aitken (the son of British press baron Lord 

Beaverbrook), Prince Rainier and Princess Grace of Monaco, Eastern Airlines chairman 

and former astronaut Frank Bormann, Kimberly-Clark heir Jim Kimberley, Alvin Malnik 

(one of the reputed heirs to Meyer Lansky) and Charles Keating, later the protagonist of 

the Lincoln Savings and Loan scandal. Some of these exalted acquaintances are 

suggestive of strong intelligence connections as well. 

In May of 1986, Aronmow received a letter from Nicolas Iliopoulos, the royal boat 

captain to King Hussein of Jordan expressing on behalf of the King the latter's 

satisfaction with a powerboat purchased from Aronow, and conveying the compliments 

of King Juan Carlos of Spain and President Hosni Mubarak of Egypt, who had recently

een the Jordanian sovereign's guests on board. Aronow sent a copy of this letter to Bush, 

from whom he received a reply dated June 6, 1986 in which Bush thanked him "with 

warm regards" for forwarding the royal note and added: "I can repeat that my old 

Cigarette, the "Fidelity" is running well too. I've had her out a couple of weekends and 

the engines have been humming. I hope our paths cross soon, my friend." [fn 5] 

Aronow was reportedly a close friend of George Bush. In his book-length account of the 

life and death of Aronow which is the basis for the following analysis, Thomas Burdick 

quotes an unnamed Justice Department official relating the comments of one of his 

friends on the Bush-Aronow relation: "My friend said, 'I guarantee you I know what the 

connection was between him and Bush. It's the boats. The guy loves fucking boats." A 

Secret Service agent also referred to Bush as a "boat groupie." [fn 6] But does this 

exhaust the topic? 

Over the years, Bush had apparently consulted with Aronow concerning the servicing and 

upkeep of his Cigarette boat. During 1983, Bush began to seek out Aronow's company 

for fishing trips. The original engines on Bush's Cigarette boat needed replacement, and 

this was the ostensible occasion for renewing contact with Aronow. Aronow told Bush of 

a new model of boat that he had designed, supposedly a high-performance catamaran. 

Bush planned to come to Florida during the New Year's holiday for a short vacation 

during which he would go bonefishing with his crony Nick Brady. During this time he 

would also arrange to deliver an antidrug pep-talk. 

On January 4, 1984, George Bush rendezvoused with Don Aronow at Islamorada in the 

Florida Keys. Earlier in the day, Bush had delivered one of his "war on drugs" speeches 

at the Omni International Hotel in Miami. Bush and Brady then proceeded by motorcade 

to Islamorada, where Aronow was waiting with his catamaran. Accompanied by a flotilla 

of Secret Service and Customs agents in Cigarette boats that had been seized from drug 

smugglers, Bush, Brady, Aronow, and one of the latter's retainers, the catamaran 

proceeded through moderate swells to Miami, with White House photographers 

eternalizing the photo opportunity at every moment. Bush, who had donned designer 

racing goggles for the occasion, was allowed to take the wheel of the catamaran and 

seemed very thrilled and very happy. Nick Brady, sporting his own wrap-around shades, 

found the seas too rough for his taste. 

After the trip was over, Bush personally typed the following letter to Don Aronow on his 

vice presidential staionery, which he sent accompanied by some photographs of Bush, 

Aronow, Brady and the others on board the catamaran: 


Dear Don, 

Here are some pretty good shots which I hope will bring back some pretty good memories. I 

included one signed shot in your packet for [Aronow's pilot] Randy [Riggs]. Also am enclosing a 

set of picture [sic] for Willie not having his address or knowing how he spells Myers? Will you 

please give them to him and thank him for his part in our wonderful outing. He is quite a guy and I 

learned a lot from him on the way up to Miami from the Keys.

Again Don this day was one of the greatest of my life. I love boats, always have. But ever since 

knowing you that private side of my life has become ever more exciting and fulfilling. 

Incidentally, I didn't get to tell you but my reliable 28 footer Cigarette that is, still doing just 

fine...no trouble at all and the new last year engines. 

All the best to you and all your exciting ventures. May all your boats bee [sic] number one and 

may the hosres [sic] be not far behind. 

At the end of this message, before his signature, Bush wrote in by hand, "My typing 

stinks." [fn 7] 

As a result of this outing, Bush is said to have used his influence to see to it that Aronow 

received a lucrative contract to build the Blue Thunder catamarans at $150,000 apiece for 

the US Customs Service. This contract was announced with great fanfare in Miami on 

February 4, 1985, and was celebrated a week later in a public ceremony in which Florida 

Senator Paula Hawkins and US Customs Commissioner William von Raab mugged for 

photographers together with Aronow. The government purchase was hyped as the first 

time that the Customs would receive boats especially designed and built to intercept drug 

runners on the high seas, a big step forward in the war on drugs. 

This was the same George Bush who in March, 1988 had stated: "I will never bargain 

with drug dealers on US or foreign soil." 

As one local resident recalled of that time, "everyone in Miami knew that if you needed a 

favor from Bush, you spoke to Aronow." [fn 8] It was proverbial among Florida pols and 

powerbrokers that Aronow had the vice president's ear. 

The Customs soon found that the Blue Thunder catamarans were highly unseaworthy and 

highly unsuitable for the task of chasing down other speedboats, including above all 

Aronow's earlier model Cigarette boats, which were now produced by a company not 

controlled by Aronow. Blue Thunder was relatively slow class, capable of a top speed of 

only 56 miles per hour, despite the presence of twin 440-horsepower marine engines. The 

design of the catamaran hulls lacked any hydrodynamic advantages, and the boats were 

too heavy to attain sufficient lift. The stern drives were too weak for the powerful 

engines, leading to the problem of "grenading" : when the drive shafts severed, which 

was often, the engines began to rev far beyond their red line, leading to the explosion or 

disintegration of the engines and the sharpnel-like scattering of red-hot steel fragments 

through the boat. This meant that the boats had to be kept well below their maximum 

speed. Most Blue Thunders spent more time undergoing repairs than chasing drug 

runners in the coastal waters of Florida. Blue Thunder was in boating parlance "wet," a 

complete lemon, useful only for photo opportunities and publicity shots. 

Documents found by Burdick in the Dade County land records office show that USA 

Racing, the company operated by Aronow which built the Blue Thunder catamarans for 

the Customs service was not owned by Aronow, but rather by a one Jack J. Kramer in his 

capacity of president of Super Chief South Corporation. Jack Kramer had married a niece 

of Meyer Lansky. Jack Kramer's son Ben Kramer was thus the great nephew and one of

the putative heirs of the top boss of the US crime syndicate, Meyer Lansky. Ben Kramer 

was also a notorious organized crime figure in his own right. On March 28, 1990 Jack 

Kramer and Ben Kramer were both found guilty of 23 and 28 counts (respectively) of 

federal money laundering charges. In the previous year, Ben Kramer had also been 

sentenced to life imprisonment without parole for having imported half a million pounds 

of marijuana. Bush had thus given a prime contract in waging the war on drugs to one of 

the leading drug-smuggling and money-laundering crime families in the US. 

Don Aronow was murdered by Mafia-style professional killers on February 3, 1987. 

During the last days of his life, Aronow is reported to have made numerous personal 

telephone calls to Bush. Aronow had been aware that his life was in danger, and he had 

left a list of instructions to tell his wife what to do if anything should happen to him. The 

first point on the list was "#1. CALL GEORGE BUSH." [fn 9] Lillian Aronow did call 

Bush, who reportedly responded by placing a personal call to the MetroDade Police 

Department homicide division to express his concern and to request an expeditious 

handling of the case. Bush did not attend Aronow's funeral, but a month later he sent a 

letter to Aronow's son Gavin in which he called the late Don Aronow "a hero." 

When Lillian Aronow suspected that her telephone was being tapped, she called Bush, 

who urged her to be calm and promised to order an investigation of the matter. Shortly 

after that, the suspicious noises in Mrs. Aronow's telephone ceased. When Lilian Aronow 

received reports that her husband might have been murdered by rogue CIA operatives or 

other wayward federal agents and that she herself and her children were still in danger, 

she shared her fears in a telephone call to Bush. Bush reportedly later called Mrs. 

Aronow and, as she recalled, "He said to me, 'Lillian, you're fine.' He said that 'ex-CIA 

people are really off.' That's the truth." [fn 10] Later, Mrs. Aronow heard that Gen. 

Noriega of Panama was interested in buying some of her boats, and she began to prepare 

a trip to Panama in the hope of generating some orders. Before her departure, she says 

she called Bush who advised her against making the trip because of Noreiga's 

involvement in "bad things." Mrs. Aronow cancelled her reservations for Panama City. 

But in the summer of 1987, Bush snubbed Mrs. Aronow by pointedly avoiding her at a 

Miami dinner party. But during this same period, Bush frequently went fishing with 

former Aronow employee Willie Meyers, whom he had mentioned in the letter cited 

above. According to Thomas Burdick's sources, Willie Meyers was also a friend of 

Secretary of State George Shultz, and often expressed concern about damaging publicity 

for Bush and Shultz that might derive from the Aronow case. 

According to Thomas Burdick, Meyers says that Bush talked to him about how the vice 

president's staff was monitoring the Aronow investigation. Bush lamented that he did not 

have grounds to get federal agencies involved. "I just wish," said Bush to Meyers, "that 

there was some federal aspect to the murder. If the killers crossed state lines. Then I 

could get the FBI involved." [fn 11] The form of the argument is reminiscent of the views 

expressed by Bush and Tony Lapham during the Letelier case. 

In May or June of 1987, several months after Aronow had been killed, Mike Brittain, 

who owned a company called Aluminum Marine Products, located on "Thunderboat

Alley" in the northern part of Miami (the same street where Aronow had worked), was 

approached by two FBI special agents, Joseph Usher and John Donovan, both of the 

Miami FBI field office. They were accompanied by a third FBI man, whom they 

presented as a member of George Bush's staff at the National Drug Task Force in 

Washington DC. The third agent, reportedly named William Temple, had, according to 

the other two, come to Miami on a special mission ordered by the Vice President of the 

United States. 

As Brittain told his story to Burdick, Special Agent Temple "didn't ask about the murder 

or anything like that. All he wanted to know about was the merger." [fn 12] The merger 

in question was the assumption of control over Aronow's company, USA Racing, by the 

Kramers' Super Chief South, which meant that a key contract in the Bush "war on drugs" 

had been awarded to a company controlled by persons who would later be convicted for 

marijuana smuggling and money laundering. Many of the FBI questions focussed on this 

connection between Aronow and Kramer. Later, after Bush's victory in the 1988 

presidential election, the FBI again questioned Brittain, and again the central issue was 

the Aronow-Kramer connection, plus additional questions of whether Brittain had 

divulged any of his knowledge of these matters to other persons. A possible conclusion 

was that a damage control operation in favor of Bush was in progress. 

Tommy Teagle, an ex-convict interviewed by Burdick, said he feared that George Bush 

would have him killed because information in his possession would implicate Jeb Bush in 

cocaine smuggling. Teagle's story was that Aronow and Jeb Bush had been partners in 

cocaine trafficking and were $2.5 million in debt to their Columbian suppliers. Dr. Robert 

Magoon, a friend of Aronow, is quoted in the same location as having heard a similar 

report. But Teagle rapidly changed his story. [fn 3] Ultimately, an imprisoned convict 

was indicted for the murder of Aronow. 

But the circumstances of the murder remain highly suspect. Starting in 1985, and with 

special intensity during 1987-88, more than two dozen persons involved in various 

aspects of the Iran-contra gun-running and drug-running operation met their deaths. At 

the same time, other persons knowledgeable about Iran-contra, but one or more steps 

removed from eyewitness knowledge of these operations, have been subjected to 

campaigns of discrediting and slander, often associated with indictments on a variety of 

charges, charges which often stemmed from the Iran-contra operations themselves. 

Above and beyond the details of each particular case, the overall pattern of these deaths 

strongly suggests that they are coherent with a damage control operation by the networks 

involved, a damage control operation that has concentrated on liquidating those 

individuals whose testimony might prove to be most damning to the leading personalities 

of these networks. The death of Don Aronow occurred within the time frame of this 

general process of amputation and cauterization of the Iran-contra and related networks. 

Many aspects of Aronow's life suggest that his assassination may have been a product of 

the same "damage control" logic.

NOTES: 

1. For Bush's "war on drugs", see Jack Anderson and Dale Van Atta, "How Bush Commanded the War on 

Drugs," Washington Post, June 20, 1988; Lawrence Lifschultz, "Bush, Drugs and Pakistan: Inside the 

Kingdom of Heroin," The Nation, November 14, 1988; "Drug Czars We Have Known," The Nation, 

February 27, 1989; and Robert A. Pastor and Jorge Castaneda, Limits to Friendship: The United States and 

Mexico (New York, 1988), p. 271. 

2. "Bush, Drugs, and Pakistan," The Nation, November 14, 1988. 

3. See the cover of Newsweek, October 19, 1987 "Fighting the 'Wimp Factor,'" which portrays Bush at the 

controls of Fidelity. A similar photo appears facing p. 223 in George Bush and Vic Gold, Looking Forward 

(New York, 1987). 

4. See Thomas Burdick and Charlene Mitchell, Blue Thunder (New York, 1990), p. 229. The following 

account of the relations between Bush and Aronow relies upon this remarkable study. 

5. Blue Thunder, p. 182. 







12. Blue Thunder, pp. 326-327. 

13. Blue Thunder, pp. 351, 357.

Chapter -XXI- Omaha 

On the morning of June 29, 1989, pandemonium erupted in the corridors of power in the 

nation's capital. ``Homosexual Prostitution Probe Ensnares Official of Bush, Reagan,'' 

screamed the front-page headline of the Washington Times with the kicker ``Call Boys 

Took Midnight Tour of White House.'' 

The Times reported, `À homosexual prostitution ring is under investigation by federal 

and District authorities and includes among its clients key officials of the Reagan and 

Bush administrations, military officers, congressional aides and U.S. and foreign 

businessmen with close ties to Washington's political elite.'' 

The exposeé centered on the role of one Craig Spence, a Republican powerbroker known 

for his lavish ``power cocktail'' parties. Spence was well connected. He celebrated 

Independence Day 1988 by conducting a midnight tour of the White House in the 

company of two teenage male prostitutes among others in his party. 

Rumors circulated that a list existed of some 200 Washington prominents who had used 

the call boy service. The Number Two in charge of personnel affairs at the White House, 

who was responsible for filling all the top civil service posts in the federal bureaucracy, 

and Secretary of Labor Elizabeth Dole's chief of staff, were two individuals publicly 

identified as patrons of the call boy ring. 

Two of the ring's call boys were allegedly KGB operatives, according to a retired general 

from the Defense Intelligence Agency interviewed by the press. But the evidence seemed 

to point to a CIA sexual blackmail operation, instead. Spence's entire mansion was 

covered with hidden microphones, two-way mirrors and video cameras, ever ready to 

capture the indiscretions of Washington's high, mighty and perverse. The political criteria 

for proper sexual comportment had long been established in Washington: Any kinkiness 

goes, so long as you don't get caught. The popular proverb was that the only way a 

politician could hurt his career was if he were ``caught with a dead woman or a live boy'' 

in his bed. 

Months after the scandal had died down, and a few weeks before he allegedly committed 

suicide, Spence was asked who had given him the ``key'' to the White House. The 

Washington Times reported that ``Mr. Spence hinted the tours were arranged by `top 

level' persons, including Donald Gregg, national security advisor to Vice President 

Bush''@s1 and later U.S. ambassador to South Korea. 

We have already had occasion to examine Don Gregg's role in Iran-Contra, and have 

observed his curious performance when testifying under oath before congressional 

committees. Gregg indignantly denied any connection to Spence, yet it is public record 

that Spence had sponsored a dinner in Gregg's honor in the spring of 1989 at 

Washington's posh Four Seasons Hotel in Georgetown.

George Bush was less than pleased with the media coverage of the prostitution charges 

and kept abreast of the scandal as it mushroomed. The Washington Times reported in an 

article titled ``White House Mute on Call Boy Scandal,'' that ``White House sources 

confirmed that President Bush has followed the story of the late night visit and Mr. 

Spence's links to a homosexual prostitution ring under investigation by federal authorities 

since they were disclosed June 29 in the Washington Times. But top officials will not 

discuss the story's substance, reportedly even among themselves. 

``Press officers have rebuffed repeated requests to obtain Mr. Bush's reaction and decline 

to discuss investigations or fall out from the disclosures.''@s2 By midsummer, the 

scandal had been buried. The President had managed to avoid giving a single press 

conference where he would surely have been asked to comment. 

As the call boy ring affair dominated the cocktail gossip circuit in Washington, another 

scandal, halfway across the country in the state of Nebraska, peaked. Again this scandal 

knocked on the President's door. 

A black Republican who had been a leader in organizing minority support for the 

President's 1988 campaign and who proudly displayed a photo of himself and the 

President, arm in arm, in his Omaha home, was at the center of a sex and money scandal 

that continues to rock the Cornhusker state. 

The scandal originated with the collapse of the minority-oriented Franklin Community 

Credit Union in Omaha, directed by Lawrence E. King, Jr., a nationally influential black 

Republican who sang the national anthem at both the 1984 and 1988 Republican 

conventions. King became the subject of the Nebraska Senate's investigation conducted 

by the specially created ``Franklin Committee'' to probe charges of embezzlement. In 

November 1988, King's offices were raided by the FBI and $40 million was discovered 

missing. Within weeks, the Nebraska Senate, which initially opened the inquiry to find 

out where the money had gone, instead found itself questioning young adults and 

teenagers who said that they had been child prostitutes. Social workers and state childcare 

administrators accused King of running a child prostitution ring. The charges grew 

with the former police chief of Omaha, the publisher of the state's largest daily 

newspaper, and several other political associates of King, finding themselves accused of 

patronizing the child prostitution ring. 

King is now serving a 15-year federal prison sentence for defrauding the Omaha-based 

credit union. But the magazines Avvenimenti of Italy and Pronto of Spain, among others, 

have charged that King's crimes were more serious: that he ran a national child 

prostitution ring that serviced the political and business elite of both Republican and 

Democratic parties. Child victims of King's operations charged him with participation in 

at least one satanic ritual murder of a child several years ago. The Washington Post, New 

York Times, Village Voice and National Law Journal covered the full range of 

accusations after the story broke in November of 1988. King's money machinations were 

also linked to the Iran-Contra affair, and some say that King provided the CIA with 

information garnered from his alleged activities as a ``pimp'' for the high and mighty.

Pronto, the Barcelona-based, largest circulation weekly in Spain with 4.5 million readers, 

reported that the Lawrence E. King child prostitution scandal `àppears to directly 

implicate politicos of the state of Nebraska and Washington, D.C. who are very close to 

the White House and George Bush himself.'' 

The weekly stated that Roy Stephens, a private investigator who has worked on the case 

and heads the Missing Youth Foundation, ``says there is reason to believe that the CIA is 

directly implicated,'' and that the ``FBI refuses to help in the investigation and has 

sabotaged any efforts'' to get to the bottom of the story. Stephens says that ``Paul 

Bonnacci directly accused President Bush of being implicated'' in the affair when he 

testified before the Franklin Committee.@s3 Bonnacci, who had been one of the child 

prostitutes, is identified by leading child-abuse experts as a well-informed, credible 

witness. 

Lawrence King was no stranger to President Bush. And Lawrence King was no stranger 

to Craig Spence. Several of the Omaha child prostitutes testified that they had traveled to 

Washington, D.C. with King in private planes to attend political events which were 

followed by sex parties. King and Spence had much in common. Not only were they both 

Republican Party activists but they had gone into business together procuring prostitutes 

for Washington's elite. 

Bush's name had repeatedly surfaced in the Nebraska scandal. But his name was first put 

into print in July 1989, a little less than a month after the Washington call boy affair had 

first made headlines. Omaha's leading daily newspaper reported, `Òne child, who has 

been under psychiatric care, is said to believe she saw George Bush at one of King's 

parties.''@s4 

A full three years after the scandal had first made headlines, Bush's name again appeared 

in print. Gentleman's Quarterly (GQ) carried a lengthy article, viewed by many political 

observers in Nebraska as an attempt to refute the charges which would not die, despite 

the termination of all official inquiries. The GQ piece disputed the allegations as a 

conspiracy theory that went out of control and resonated because of some mystical 

sociological phenomena allegedly unique to Nebraskan rural folk who will believe 

anything and burn ``with the mistrust of city life that once inflamed the prairie with 

populist passion.'' Numerous polls over the last few years have recorded over 90% saying 

they believe there has been a ``cover up'' of the truth. 

GQ reported that yes, there was theft, corruption and homosexuality in this story, ``but no 

children were ever involved in this case.'' In fact, ``the only child even mentioned was a 

9-year-old boy, whom the least reliable of Caradori's witnesses claimed to have seen in 

the company of George Bush at one of Larry King's Washington parties.'' 

Gary Caradori was a retired state police investigator who had been hired by the Nebraska 

Senate to investigate the case, and who had died mysteriously during the course of his 

investigations.@s5

Sound crazy? Not to Steve Bowman, an Omaha businessman who is compiling a book 

about the Franklin money and sex scandal. ``We do have some credible witnesses who 

say that `Yes, George Bush does have a problem.'... Child abuse has become one of the 

epidemics of the 1990s,'' Bowman told GQ. Allegedly, one of Bowman's sources is a 

retired psychiatrist who worked for the CIA. He added that cocaine trafficking and 

political corruption were the other principal themes of his book.@s6 

It didn't sound crazy to Peter Sawyer either. An Australian conservative activist who 

publishes a controversial newsletter, Inside News, with a circulation of 200,000, 

dedicated his November 1991 issue entirely to the Nebraska scandal, focusing on 

President Bush's links to the affair. In a section captioned, ``The Original Allegations: 

Bush First Named in 1985,'' Sawyer writes, 

"Stories about child sex and pornography first became public knowledge in 1989, 

following the collapse of the Franklin Credit Union. That is not when the 

allegations started, however. Indeed, given the political flavor of the subsequent 

investigations, it would be easy to dismiss claims that George Bush had been 

involved. He was by then a very public figure...." 

If the first allegations about a massive child exploitation ring, centered around Larry King 

and leading all the way to the White House, had been made in 1989, and had all come 

from the same source, some shenanigans and mischievous collusion could be suspected. 

However, the allegations arising out of the Franklin Credit Union collapse were not the 

first. 

Way back in 1985, a young girl, Eulice (Lisa) Washington, was the center of an 

investigation by Andrea L. Carener, of the Nebraska Department of Social Services. The 

investigation was instigated because Lisa and her sister Tracey continually ran away from 

their foster parents, Jarrett and Barbara Webb. Initially reluctant to disclose information 

for fear of being further punished, the two girls eventually recounted a remarkable story, 

later backed up by other children who had been fostered out to the Webb's [sic]. 

These debriefings were conducted by Mrs. Julie Walters, another welfare officer, who 

worked for Boys Town at the time, and who had been called in because of the constant 

reference by the Webb children and others, to that institution. 

Lisa, supported by her sister, detailed a massive child sex, homosexual, and pornography 

industry, run in Nebraska by Larry King. She described how she was regularly taken to 

Washington by plane, with other youths, to attend parties hosted by King and involving 

many prominent people, including businessmen and politicians. Lisa specifically named 

George Bush as being in attendance on at least two separate occasions. ``Remember, this 

was in 1985,'' emphasized the Australian newsletter. 

The newsletter reproduces several documents on Lisa's case, including a Nebraska State 

Police report, a State of Nebraska Foster Care Review Board letter to the Attorney 

General, an investigative report prepared for the Franklin Committee of the Nebraska

Senate, and a portion of the handwritten debriefing by Mrs. Julie Walters. Peter Sawyer 

says that he obtained the documents from sympathetic Australian law enforcement 

officers who had helped Australian Channel Ten produce an exposeé of a national child 

prostitution ring Down Under. The Australian cops seem to have been in communication 

with American law enforcement officers who apparently agreed that there had been a 

coverup on the Nebraska scandal. Subsequent investigations by the authors established 

that all four documents were authentic. 

Mrs. Julie Walters, now a housewife in the Midwest, confirmed that in 1986 she had 

interviewed the alleged child prostitute, Lisa, who told her about Mr. Bush. Lisa and her 

sister Tracey were temporarily living at the time in the home of Kathleen Sorenson, 

another foster parent. Mrs. Walters explained that at first she was very surprised. But 

Lisa, who came from a very underprivileged background with no knowledge of political 

affairs, gave minute details of her attendance at political meetings around the country. 

From Julie Walters' 50-page handwritten report: 

3/25/86. Met with Kathleen [Sorenson] and Lisa for about 2 hours in Blair [Neb.] 

questioning Lisa for more details about sexual abuse.... Lisa admitted to being 

used as a prostitute by Larry King when she was on trips with his family. She 

started going on trips when she was in 10th grade. Besides herself and Larry there 

was also Mrs. King, their son, Prince, and 2-3 other couples. They traveled in 

Larry's private plane, Lisa said that at these trip parties, which Larry hosted, she 

sat naked ``looking pretty and innocent'' and guests could engage in any sexual 

activity they wanted (but penetration was not allowed) with her.... Lisa said she 

first met V.P. George Bush at the Republican Convention (that Larry King sang 

the national anthem at) and saw him again at a Washington, D.C. party that Larry 

hosted. At that party, Lisa saw no women (``make-up was perfect--you had to 

check their legs to make sure they weren't a woman''). 

The polygraph test which Lisa took only centered around sexual abuse committed by 

Jarrett Webb. At that time, she had said only general things about Larry's trips (i.e. where 

they went, etc.). She only began talking about her involvement in prostitution during 

those trips on 3/25/86.... 

Lisa also accompanied Mr. and Mrs. King and Prince on trips to Chicago, N.Y. and 

Washington, D.C. beginning when she was 15 years old. She missed twenty-two days of 

school almost totally due to these trips. Lisa was taken along on the pretense of being 

Prince's babysitter. Last year she met V.P. George Bush and saw him again at one of the 

parties Larry gave while on a Washington, D.C. trip. At some of the parties there are just 

men (as was the case at the party George Bush attended)--older men and younger men in 

their early twenties. Lisa said she has seen sodomy committed at those parties.... 

At these parties, Lisa said every guest had a bodyguard and she saw some of the men 

wearing guns. All guests had to produce a card which was run through a machine to

verify who the guest was, in fact, who they said they were. And then each guest was 

frisked down before entering the party.@s7 

The details of the accusations against Mr. Bush are known to be in the hands of the FBI. 

A Franklin Committee report stated: 

Apparently she [Lisa] was contacted on December 19 [1988] and voluntarily 

came to the FBI offices on December 30, 1988. She was interviewed by Brady, 

Tucker and Phillips. 

She indicates that in September or October 1984, when [Lisa] Washington was fourteen 

or fifteen years of age, she went on a trip to Chicago with Larry King and fifteen to 

twenty boys from Omaha. She flew to Chicago on a private plane. 

The plane was large and had rows of two seats apiece on either side of the interior middle 

aisle. 

She indicates that King got the boys from Boys Town and the boys worked for him. She 

stated that Rod Evans and two other boys with the last name of Evans were on the plane. 

Could not recall the names of the other boys. 

The boys who flew to Chicago with Washington and King were between the ages of 

fifteen and eighteen. Most of the boys were black but some were white. She was shown a 

color photograph of a boy and identified that boy as being one of the boys on the plane. 

She could not recall his name. 

She indicates that she was coerced to going on the trip by Barbara Webb. 

She indicates that she attended a party in Chicago with King and the male youths. She 

indicated George Bush was present. 

She indicates that she set [sic] at a table at the party while wearing nothing but a negligee. 

She stated that George Bush saw her on the table. She stated she saw George Bush pay 

King money, and that Bush left the party with a nineteen year old black boy named Brent. 

Lisa said the party George Bush attended was in Chicago in September or October 1984. 

According to the Chicago Tribune of October 31, 1984, Bush was in Illinois campaigning 

for congressional candidates at the end of October. 

Lisa added more details on the Chicago trip, and told why she was sure it was George 

Bush she had seen. According to a May 8, 1989 report by investigator Jerry Lowe, 

`Èulice [Lisa] indicated that she recognized George Bush as coming to the party and that 

Bush had two large white males with him. Eulice indicated Bush came to the party 

approximately 45 minutes after it started and that he was greeted by Larry King. Eulice 

indicated that she knew George Bush due to the fact that he had been in political 

campaigns and also she had observed a picture of Bush with Larry King at Larry King's 

house in Omaha.''

There is no question that Lisa and Tracey Webb were abused in the way they claimed. 

But, in keeping with the alleged pattern of coverup, a Washington County, Nebraska 

judge in December 1990 dismissed all charges against their abusers, Jarrett and Barbara 

Webb. The judge ignored presented testimony of the 1986 report by Boys Town official 

Julie Walters. The report stated: ``Lisa was given four polygraph tests administered by a 

state trooper at the State Patrol office on Center Street in Omaha. The state trooper, after 

Lisa's testing was completed, told [another foster parent] he tried to `break Lisa down,' 

but he was convinced she was telling the truth.''@s8 

Furthermore, numbers of foster care officials and youth workers debriefed the sisters. All 

of them fully believed not only their general story of abuse, but specifically their account 

of Bush's involvement. The March 1986 report on Bush was incorporated into the Foster 

Care Review Board's official report presented to the Senate Franklin Committee and to 

law enforcement. As Kathleen Sorenson wrote in a report dated May 1, 1989, ``This was 

long before he [Bush] was president. It seems like there were more exciting people to `lie' 

about if that's what they were doing.''@s9 

The rumors about Mr. Bush were given new life when Dr. Ronald Roskens, the head of 

the Agency for International Development (AID), found himself the object of 

controversy. Executive Intelligence Review reported in the fall of 1991 that Dr. Roskens 

is the subject of a scandal in which he is being charged with violating federal laws and 

ethics codes, according to the Oct. 6 Washington Post. A report prepared by AID 

Inspector General Herbert Beckington, dated April 5 and leaked to the Post, charges 

Roskens with accepting thousands of dollars in payments from ``different organizations 

in compensation of his and his wife's travel expenses'' while Roskens was on official 

government travel. He also took money for a private trip from a company ``from which 

Roskens had agreed to divest himself as a condition of his presidential appointment.'' 

The inspector general concluded that the money accepted by Roskens was a clear conflict 

of interest and violated federal law against earning non-government income. But on Sept. 

4, after reviewing the charges, the Department of Justice ... informed Beckington that it 

had decided not to prosecute--giving no explanation for its decision. The White House is 

reviewing the case. 

Congressional investigators are already looking into the allegations. Should they scratch 

below the surface, they will find that this is not the first time Roskens has been touched 

by scandal. Although President Bush promised that he would not tolerate even the 

appearance of impropriety in his administration, Congress should not be surprised if the 

White House threatens to start ``breaking legs'' in Roskens's defense. 

It is not just that Roskens is a personal friend of the President--although he is.... [A]n 

unimpeded investigation into Roskens could expose the link between Bush's little 

publicized birth control mania--much of which is carried out through the State 

Department's AID in the Third World--and the sexual depravity rampant in U.S. political 

and intelligence elites. Any such scandal could shatter the illusions of Bush's 

conservative base, many of whom still accept the President's claims to being ``pro-life,''

`ànti-drug,'' and an American patriot. It should also make anyone who thinks of the 

propaganda about Bush being the `èducation President,'' deeply queasy. 

Roskens left his home state of Nebraska for the nation's capital in early 1990 enmired in 

controversy. He had been fired suddenly as president of the University of Nebraska, in a 

secret meeting of the state Board of Regents in July 1989. No public explanation was 

given for his removal. Yet, within weeks, the White House offered Roskens the highprofile 

job in Washington. The administration knew about the controversy in Nebraska, 

but Roskens passed an FBI background check, and was confirmed to head AID. 

The FBI appears to have overlooked a Feb. 19, 1990 investigative report by the late Gary 

Caradori [see footnote 5 below], an investigator for the ``Franklin Committee'' of the 

Nebraska Senate. He wrote, `Ì was informed that Roskins [sic] was terminated by the 

state because of sexual activities reported to the Regents and verified by them. Mr. 

Roskins [sic] was reported to have had young men at his residence for sexual encounters. 

As part of the separation from the state, he had to move out of the state-owned house 

because of the liability to the state if some of his sexual behavior was ìllegal.'''@s1@s0 

There has been no independent confirmation of the accusation. As of late December 

1991, a congressional committee was looking into the charges. 

NOTES: 

1. Washington Times, Aug. 9, 1989. 

2. Washington Times, July 7, 1989. 

3. Pronto (Barcelona, Spain), Aug. 3, 1991 and Aug. 10, 1991. 

4. Omaha World-Herald, July 23, 1989. 

5. On July 11, 1990, during the course of his investigations, Gary Caradori, 41, died in the crash of his 

small plane, together with his 8-year-old son, after a mid-air explosion whose cause has not yet been 

discovered. A skilled and cautious pilot, Caradori told friends repeatedly in the weeks before his death that 

he feared his plane would be sabotaged. 

6. Gentleman's Quarterly, December 1991. 

7. Report, written on March 25, 1986 by Julie Walters and authenticated by her in an interview in 1990. 

8. Report, early 1989, compiled by Jerry Lowe, the first investigator for the Franklin Committee of the 

Nebraska State Senate. 

9. A book recently published on the Nebraska affair by a former Republican state senator and decorated 

Vietnam veteran, John W. De Camp, The Franklin Cover-Up: Child Abuse, Satanism and Murder in 

Nebraska (Lincoln, Nebraska: AWT, Inc., 1992) tells the whole story. 

10. Executive Intelligence Review, Oct. 18, 1991.

Chapter -XXII- Bush Takes The Presidency 

Oderint dum metuant 

(Let them hate me, provided that they fear me.) 

Accius, "Atreus" (c. 125 BC), attributed by Suetonius to Caligula. 

George Bush's quest for the summit of American political power was so sustained and so 

unrelenting that it is impossible to assign the beginning of his campaign for president to 

any specific date. It is more accurate to report that his entire tenure as vice president was 

consumed by the renovation and expansion of his personal and family network for the 

purpose of seizing the presidency at some point in the future. During this phase, Bush 

was far more concerned with organizational and machine-building matters than with 

ideology or public relations. For most of the 1980's, it was convenient for Bush to 

cultivate the public profile of a faithful and even obsequious deputy to Reagan, while 

using the office of the vice president to build a national-electoral and internationalovert/covert 

power cartel. 

This arrangement worked very well for Bush, since it gave the Bush camarilla 

considerable power in the inner councils of the second Reagan administration. But as the 

1987-1988 period approached. it also became clear that Bush's public toadying to the 

Reagan mystique had been so exaggerated as to give rise to his notorious "wimp" 

problem. Bush could easily have refuted these charges by citing the long series of brutal 

and bloody covert and semi-covert interventions he had directed in his role as boss of the 

Special Situation Group, but he judged this impolitic. 

Bush started with the knowledge that he was a weak candidate. Reagan had embodied the 

popular ideology in such a flawless way as to remind everyone of their favorite uncle; 

whatever the crimes of his administration, whatever the decline of their living standards, 

the masses could not hate him; this was why Reagan was such an ideal facade for regime 

that kept getting nastier. Reagan also had an ideological following of people who would 

support him almost without regard to what he did: Reagan was the beneficiary of the 

fully justified ideological backlash against the Democrats and Carter, against the 

Rockefeller-Ford liberal Republicans. 

But Bush had none of this. He had no regional constituency in any of the half-dozen 

places he tried to call home; his favorite son appeal was diluted all over the map. He had 

no base among labor, blacks, or in the cities, like the Kennedy apparat. Blueblood 

financiers gravitated instinctively to Bush, and his lifeline to the post-Meyer Lansky mob 

was robust indeed, and these were important factors, although not enough by themselves 

to win an election. Bush's networks could always tilt the media in his favor, but the 

Reagan experience had provided a painful lesson of how inadequate this could be against 

a clever populist rival. Otherwise, Bush's base was in the government, where eight years 

of patient work had packed the executive branch, the Congress and its staffs, and the 

judiciary with Bushmen. This would give Bush's effort undoubted power, but also an

aroma of a modern Bonapartism of a special kind, of a regime in which the government 

asserts the imagined interests of government itself against the population, a vindictive 

and tyrannical government set above the people and in direct conflict with them. That 

would work well as long as the population were atomized and passive, but might backfire 

if they could find a point of coalescence against their tormentors. 

Nor was it only that Bush lacked a loyal base of support. He also had very high negatives, 

meaning that there were a lot of people who disliked him intensely. Such animosity was 

especially strong among the ideological Reaganite conservatives, whom Bush had been 

purging from the Reagan Administration from early on. There would prove to be very 

little that Bush could do to lower his negative response rate, so the only answer would be 

to raise the negatives of all rival candidates on both sides of the partizan divide. This 

brutal imperative for the Bush machine has contributed significantly to the last half 

decade's increase in derogation and villification in American life. Bush's discrediting 

campaigns would be subsumed within the "anything goes" approach advocated by the 

late Lee Atwater, the organizer of Reagan's 1984 campaign who had signed on with Bush 

well in advance of 1988. 

Elements of Reagan's success posed a very real threat to Bush. There were for example 

the Reagan Democrats, many of them ethnic, Catholic, and blue collar workers in the 

midwest and Great Lakes states who had turned their backs on the Democrats in disgust 

over the succession of McGovern, Carter, and Mondale and were now supporting 

Reagan. These voters were not likely to show up in the Republican primaries, but any 

that did so would hardly vote for Bush. In the general election, there was a real danger 

that they would be repelled by Bush and return to their traditional Democratic home, as 

squalid as that had become. Bush would need heavy camouflage to pass muster with 

these voters. The Bushmen recalled that before they had been Reagan Democrats, many 

of these intensely frustrated voters had flirted with Wallace in 1968 and 1972. The flag, 

the death penalty, and an appeal to racism might provide an ideological smokescreen for 

the patrician Bush. 

Bush could not model his effort on Reagan's campaigns from 1968 on. For him, the 

closest model was that of Gerald Ford in 1976, a weak liberal Republican with powerful 

network and masonic support, but no issues, no charisma, and no popular appeal. Ford's 

defeat highlighted many of the pitfalls that Bush faced as he prepared for 1988. Ford and 

Carter had been locked in a virtual dead heat as the voters went to the polls. An honest 

count would have given Ford the election, but ballot-box stuffing by the Democratic 

machines in Ohio and New York City had given Carter the palm. Bush therefore had to 

pay attention to any marginal factors that might tilt a close race in his favor. Was it a 

conincidence that, during 1985 and 1986, the Democratic machines in Ohio and New 

York were decimated by scandals and indictments, much to the dismay of Ohio mob 

banker Marvin Warner, and Stanley Friedman and the late Donald Mannes, the corrupt 

borough presidents of the Bronx and of Queens? For Bush, these reckonings were simply 

the most elementary precautions, and a harbinger of what would befall rival candidates as 

the primaries drew nearer.

Bush also had to look back at his performance in the 1984 campaign, hardly an epic 

effort. Bush had gotten in some trouble because he had refused categorically to rule out a 

tax increase in terms as adamantine as Reagan's. Bush tried to wiggle out of press 

onferences where this came up: "No more nit-picking. Zippity doo-dah. Now it's off to 

the races," was his parting shot as he sought to exit one press conference where he was 

being grilled. Otherwise Bush was the ultra-orthodox Reagan cheerleader, judged 

"fawning" by Witcover and Germond: "he had the reputation of being a bootlicker, and 

his conduct in office did nothing to diminish it." [fn 1] Columnist Joseph Kraft wrote of 

Bush: "the patrician has tried to be a populist. He comes across, in consequence, as 

puerile." [fn 2] 

Bush's big moment was his vice presidential debate with Geraldine Ferraro. During the 

debate, Bush remarked that the marines who had been killed in the bombing of their 

Beirut, Lebanon barracks in October, 1983 had "died in shame." On the morning after the 

debate, Bush went to Elisabeth, New Jersey for a rally with longshoremen. He said to a 

man in the crowd that "we tried to kick a little ass" in the debate with Ferraro. Then he 

saw that a microphone suspended from a boom was within earshot. "Whoops! Oh, God, 

he heard me! Turn that thing off," said the tough guy of the royal "we." Barbara Bush got 

inot the act with her quip that Ferraro was a "four million dollar --- I can't say it but it 

rhymes with rich." Britisher Teeley added that Ferraro was "too bitchy." [fn 3] In the 

most stupefied election of modern times, these slogans were the stuff of which great 

issues were made. 

The Washington Post went after Bush as "the Cliff Barnes of American politics," a 

reference to a character in the soap opera Dallas whom the Post found "blustering, 

opportunistic, craven, and hoplessly ineffective all at once." Others, foreshadowing the 

thyroid revelations of 1991, talked about Bush's "hyperkinesis." Even the unsavory 

George Will commented that "the optimistic statement 'George Bush is not as silly as he 

frequently seems' now seems comparable to Mark Twain's statement that Wagner's music 

is better than it sounds." [fn 4] 

There was thus very little hope that Bush could help himself by campaigning effectively. 

But did George have any new achievements in his resume that he could point to? 

There were few that he would or could talk about. In the context of his "you die, we fly" 

role as Reagan's official surrogate at state funerals, he had met the new Soviet leader Yuri 

Andropov at Brezhnev's funeral for a "spook to spook" conversation, as Bush said. He 

had then met Michael Gorbachov at Andropov's funeral in the spring of 1985. But Bush 

would not want to play up his role in turning the "evil empire" Reagan of the first term 

into the summit-going "useful idiot of Soviet propaganda" of the second term, since this 

would stir up problems along Bush's right flank. 

All Bush could talk about were his foreign trips. When Brezhnev died in November, 

1982, Bush had been in Africa, whence he diverted to Moscow. This was a trip to seven 

black African states, including Nigeria and Kenya. When he got back to Washington he 

tried to capitalize on the African junket, which was undertaken in the spirit of the Reagan

Administration's "constructive engagement", meaning in practice offering various 

rewards and inducements to the Pretoria regime while gently prodding them to withdraw 

from Namibia. In both Lagos and Nairobi, Bush was denounced for establishing a USsponsored 

linkage between the departure of Cuban forces from Angola and the 

termination of the South African protectorate over Namibia. [fn 5] 

In the summer of 1983, Bush went to Scandinavia, accompanied by scores of Secret 

Service agents and aides, bulletproof limousines, and White House communications 

equipment. Bush's staff were trying to plan photo opportunities and television 

perspectives in the tradition of Michael Deaver and Dr. Goebbels. During a visit to a 

memorial to the monument to Denmark's World War II resistance fighters, a US Navy 

officer on Bush's staff instructed the Danish protocol chief that Danish Prime Minister 

Schluter and other Danish offocials had to be "herded" to one side as Bush strode toward 

the momument: a boorish insult, to say the least. (Bush's travelling entourage has gotten 

progressively uglier over the years, as we are reminded by the Bush party's clash with 

Swiss security officers at Geneva Airport during Bush's meeting with Hafez Assad in the 

fall of 1990. Hyperthyroid at the top infects the people further down the line.) 

In Iceland, Bush gave a speech so generic that it was not clear if he had lost track of what 

country he was in. In Stockholm, he clashed heatedly with Swedish Prime Minister Olof 

Palme over the US "contra" covert action programs in Central America. A few years later 

Palme was to be assassinated, and many attribute his death to his very detailed 

knowledge of the European dimension of Iran-contra. But for Bush the trip was a big 

success: he got to play tennis doubles with Bjorn Borg, and went fishing off Iceland. [fn ] 

In May of 1984, Bush was off to India and Pakistan. Indira Gandhi was rightly suspicious 

of Bush, and had recently commented about bad US-Indian relations: "What can be 

done? The problem is the orientation of the [US] administration." [fn 7] The policy which 

Bush presented to Mrs. Gandhi included sharp cutbacks in residual US aid and US 

sabotage of loans to India by the international agencies. In November, 1984, Mrs. Gandhi 

was assassinated. 

In March, 1985, Bush's handlers staged a globetrotting photo opportunity to begin 

building up their man for 1988. Bush flew to the Sudan, to Niger, and to Mali, where he 

was overtaken by word of the death of Konstantin Chernenko, the Soviet leader. Bush's 

"you die, we fly" operation took him at once to Moscow, where he met with Gorbachov, 

Nakasone of Japan, Helmut Kohl of Germany, Margaret Thatcher, Rajiv Gandhi, and Zia 

ul-Haq of Pakistan. Then it was on to post-invasion Grenada, followed by Bush's 

appearance at the inauguration of the new civilian government of Brazil. Here Bush 

dodged Danny Ortega, the leader of the Nicaraguan Sandinista regime, who wanted to 

confront Bush on US policy in the region. The ninth and last stop on Bush's junket was 

Honduras, where Bush visited with President Roberto Suazo Cordova, a key player in the 

world of contra policy. [fn 8] 

Naturally, there was more to each one of these stops than met the eye. The insipid 

platitudes of Bush's public speeches were matched more often than not with vicious

covert activity. Often the verbiage was at variance with the real policy, or soon would be. 

In 1981, Bush had been Reagan's envoy to an inauguration of President Marcos of the 

Philippines. Bush's toast to Marcos, "We love your adherence to democratic principle and 

to the democratic process" had been castigated by the liberal press (the New York Times 

called it "a real clanger"), but when the line changed and it was time for the US 

government to overthrow Marcos, it was the Bush apparatus that did it with the "people 

power" of the US-guided enrages of Manila. 

One small window on the real dimensions of Bush's vice presidential travel agenda is 

provided by the visit to the Sudan just mentioned. During this trip, Bush was 

accompanied by televangelists Pat Robertson and Jerry Fallwell, two Elmer Gantries of 

the video ether, each with strong intelligence connections. Robertson made the trip with 

Bush, while Falwell was already in the country on a mission of his own in the framework 

of the ongoing famine in the Sahel region. Robertson brought a camera crew from his 

CBN network, which got a demagogic shot of Bush and Robertson slowly descending 

from Air Force Two in Khartoum while the band played "Hail to the Chief." Robertson 

was bringing relief supplies. On March 6, 1985, he told CBN that he was working with 

the genocidal US Agency for International Development on relief projects. Reliable 

Sudanese sources report that US AID policies are designed to exacerbate mortality in 

areas where they are applied. 

Bush's urgent purpose was to arrange the overthrow of the President of the Sudan, Jaafar 

Nimiery, whom Wall Street wanted deposed. Bush seems to have some difficulty in 

planning and executing a swift and effective coup d'etat. His response to the Moscow 

putsch of August, 1991, "Coups can fail," reflected his own bitter experience, in Panama 

in October 1990 and in the case in point in the Sudan. The CIA was backing a group of 

junior officers who wanted to take power, but they dawdled too long. They waited until 

Nimiery left the country on a one-week visit to the United States. Then, instead of seizing 

the obvious nodal points, they spent a full week in orchestrating a typical CIA "people 

power" upsurge, with demonstrations in the streets of the capital and a strike by 10,000 

doctors, teachers, bankers, and judges. Nimiery was by now flying back from the US. 

This inordinate delay allowed a group of senior officers who were not US puppets plenty 

of time to develop their own plan for a pre-emptive seizure of power. The senior group, 

led by General Abdul Rahman Swareddahab, acted decisively on April 6, 1985, catching 

Bush's junior officer clique flat-footed. [fn 9] The lustre was gone from Bush's reputation 

as a golpista, and it has never really returned. 

Bush's trip to Khartoum was also designed to serve the Israeli Mossad. During his visit, 

Bush secured the consent of Nimiery to an Israeli airlift known as "Operation Moses," 

which transferred thousands of Ethiopian Jews from the Sudan to Israel. The Israeli 

presence was linked to the plan to topple Nimiery. 

In July, 1985, Bush was President for a Day, when Reagan transferred his powers to the 

vice president before undergoing anesthesia in the course of an operation to remove an 

intestinal polyp. Bush had flown to Kennbunkport on July 12, the same day that Reagan 

was admitted to Bethesda naval hospital for an examination. When it was found that

Reagan would require an operation the next day, Bush flew back from Kennbunkport to 

get his hands on the long-awaited levers of power. At 10:32 AM, Reagan signed letters to 

House Speaker Tip O'Neill and Senate President Pro Tempore Stron Thurmond passing 

the helm to Bush. Reagan's operation began slightly before noon, and Bush was acting 

president when he arrived at Andrews Air Force Base about half an hour later. Bush got 

to his home at the Naval Observatory and spent the rest of the day there. His staff said 

that nothing presidential happened before Reagan awoke from his anesthesia at 7:22 PM 

and signed a paper resuming his powers. 

Had nothing presidential really happened? As Jack Anderson wrote some years later, it 

was really "nothing...unless you're talking to former president Gerald R. Ford, the king of 

pratfalls." It appears that Bush, doubtless overcome by the euphoria of power, had 

slipped while playing tennis and hit his head rather seriously. According to some highlevel 

White House officials polled by the Jack Anderson column, the manic Bush had 

actually been "unconscious" for a time, but never "incapacitated." "It wasn't serious 

enough to be checked," according to a Bush aide, and Bush "slept it off." [fn 10] Not 

much here for a campaign speech celebrating Bush's experience, which now included a 

brief encounter with the dizzy apex of power itself. 

For Reagan's State of the Union message in January, 1986, Bush's handlers worked hard 

to prevent him from "squirming, yawning, slumping, gazing into space and mostly 

looking...bored by his president." Bush was drilled into rapt attention for the Great 

Communicator's words by viewing embarrassing film clips of himself presiding over 

earlier joint sessions of the Congress. [fn 11] Otherwise, Bush had won some notoriety 

for changing his watchbands to match his suit. [fn 12] 

More than anything, Bush wanted an early endorsement from Reagan in order to suppress 

or at least undercut challenges to his presumptive front-runner status from GOP rivals in 

the primaries; it was already clear that Senator Bob Dole might be the most formidable of 

these. Bush feared Dole's challenge, and desperately wanted to be annointed as Reagan's 

heir-apparent as soon as possible before 1988. But Reagan had apparently not gotten over 

the antipathy to Bush he had conceived during the Nashua Telegraph debate of 1980. 

According to a high-level Reagan Administration source speaking in the summer of 

1986, "more than once the president [told Bush], 'Obviously, I'm going to stay neutral 

until after the convention, and then I'm going to work for whichever candidate comes out 

on top." [fn 13] Despite Bush's "slavish devotion," Reagan wanted to keep the door open 

to his good friend, Senator Paul Laxalt of Nevada, whom Reagan apparently thought was 

getting ready to run for president. One can imagine Bush's rage and chagrin. 

As the months went by, it became clear that there was no love lost on Bush by Reagan. 

Bush was running much of the administration, but he was not running Reagan in certain 

matters, and this seemed to be one of them. In the late summer of 1987, Reagan granted a 

magazine interview in which he seemed to praise Bush: "I don't know that there has ever 

been a vice president who has been more completely involved in all that goes on than this 

vice president." In the middle of Iran-contra, that might not have been exactly what Bush 

wanted. The Reagan was asked to cite examples. "I can't answer in that context," replied

Reagan. Bush had grown up in the liberal GOP paradise of the Eisenhower years, and he 

could not help remembering old Ike's disparaging answer to a similar question that had 

invited him to name some decisions Vice President Nixon had participated in. "If you 

give me a week, I might think of one," quipped Ike. [fn 14] 

Reagan stubbornly refused to come out for Bush until the endorsement could no longer 

help him in the Republican primaries. Reagan chose to wait until Super Tuesday was 

over and the rest of the Republican field had been mathematically eliminated. Reagan 

actually waited until Bob Dole, the last of Bush's rivals, had dropped out. Then Reagan 

ignored the demands of Bush's media handlers and perception-mongers and gave his 

endorsement in the evening, too late for the main network news programs. The scene was 

a partisan event, a very large GOP Congressional fundraising dinner. Reagan waited to 

the end of the speech, explained that he was now breaking his silence on the presidential 

contest, and in a perfunctory way said he would support Bush. "I'm going to work as hard 

as I can to make Vice President George Bush the next president of the United States," 

said old Ron. There were no accolades for Bush's real or imagined achievements, no 

stirring kudos. Seasoned observers found Reagan's statement "halfhearted...almost 

grudging." [fn 15] 

Some day we may know how much of the public denigration of Reagan in accounts both 

true and invented, including studies showing mental impairment that surfaced in late 

1987 and early 1988, was due to the efforts of a Bush machine determined to create the 

impression that a president who refused enthusiastically to endorse Bush was a mental 

incompetent. Had the Discrediting Committee been unleashed against the President of the 

United States? It would not be the first time. 

Reagan's endless reticence meant that Bush had to work especially hard to pander to the 

right wing, to those people which he despised but neverthless needed to use. Here Bush 

stooped to boundless public degradation. In December, 1985 Bush went to Canossa by 

accepting an invitation to a dinner in Manchester, New Hampshire held in honor of the 

late William Loeb, the former publisher of the Manchester Union Leader. We have 

already documented that old man Loeb hated Bush and worked doggedly for his defeat in 

1980. Still, Bush was the "soul of humility," and he was willing to do anything to be able 

to take power in his own name. Bush gave a speech full of what the Washington Post 

chose to call "self-deprecating humor," but what others might have seen as grovelling. 

Bush regaled 500 Republicans and rightists with a fairy tale about having tried in 1980 to 

woo Loeb by offering rewards of colored watchbands, LaCoste shirts and Topsider shoes 

to anyone who could win over Bill Loeb. The items named were preppy paraphernalia 

which Loeb and many others found repugnant. 

Bush quoted what Loeb had said about him: "hypocrite...double-standard morality, 

involved up to his neck in Watergate...unfit to be the Republican nominee...incompetent; 

liberal masquerading as a conservative; a hypocrite...a spoon-fed little rich kid who has 

been wet-nursed to success," and so on from the series of 1979-1980 editorials. Bush then 

praised the author of these words as a man of "passionate conviction and strong belief...In 

never mincing his words or pulling his punches, Bill Loeb was part of a great tradition of

outspoken publishers." Some of the assembled right-wingers repeated the line from the 

Doonesbury comic strip according to which Bush "had placed his manhood in a blind 

trust." Loeb's widow Nackey Scripps Loeb was non-commital. "We have decided on a 

candidate for 1988--whoever best fights for the Reagan agenda," she announced. 

"Whether that person is here tonight remains to be seen," she added. [fn 16] 

Lawfully, Bush had earned only the contempt of these New Hamsphire conservatives. In 

October, 1987, when the New Hampshire primary season was again at hand, Mrs. Loeb 

rewarded Bush for his grovelling with a blistering attack that featured reprints of Bill 

Loeb's 1980 barbs: "a preppy wimp, part of the self-appointed elite," and so forth. Mrs. 

Loeb wrote, "George Bush has been Bush for 63 years. He has been Ronald Reagan's 

errand boy for just the last seven. Without Ronald Reagan he will surely revert to the 

original George Bush." Mrs. Loeb repeated her late husband's 1980 advice: "Republicans 

should flee the presidential candidacy of George Bush as if it were the black plague 

itself." [fn 17] 

Displays of this type began to inspire a more general public contempt for Bush during 

1987. Bush was coming across as "deferential almost to the point of obsequiousness," 

"too weak, too namby-pamby." George Will, anxious to pick a winner, began to ridicule 

Bush as a "lapdog." The "wimp factor" was beginning to torment Bush. Old Bill Loeb 

was still making Bush squirm. Two veteran observers pointed out: "Reagan's own 

physical presence and self-confidence made Bush in contrast seem even weaker, and 

Bush's penchant for the prissy remark at times cast him as the Little Lord Fauntleroy of 

the campaign trail.." Bush said he was running a negative campaign so as not to leave the 

Democrats a monopoly on "the naughty stuff." [fn 18] 

All of this culminated in the devastating Newsweek cover story of October 19, 1987, 

"Fighting the 'Wimp Factor.'" The article was more analytical than hostile, but did 

describe the "crippling handicap" of begin seen as a "wimp." Bush had been a "vassal to 

Kissinger" at the United Nations and in Beijing, the article found, and now even Bush's 

second term chief of staff said of Bush, "He's emasculated by the office of vice 

president." To avoid appearing as a television wimp, Bush had "tried for the past 10 years 

to master the medium, studying it as if it were a foreign language. He has consulted voice 

and television coaches. He tried changing his glasses and even wearing contact lenses. 

[...] Bush's tight, twangy voice is a common problem. Under stress, experts explain, the 

vocal cords tighten and the voice is higher than normal and lacks power." According to 

Newsweek, 51% of Americans found that "wimp" was a "seriously problem" for Bush. 

The magazine offered various sophomoric psychological explanations of how Bush got 

that way, mainly concentrating on his family upbringing. Here Bush was allegedly taught 

to conceal his sociopathic drives beneath a veneer of propitiation and sharing, as in his 

childhood nickname of "Have Half" George. 

The Newsweek "wimp" cover soon had Bush chewing the carpet at the Naval 

Observatory. Bush's knuckle-dragging son George W. Bush called the story "a cheap 

shot" and added menacingly: "...I'd like to take the guy who wrote that headline out on 

that boat," i.e., the Aronow-built Fidelity in which Bush was depicted on the Newsweek

cover. Which sounded very much like a threat. George W. Bush also called Newsweek 

Washington bureau chief Evan Thomas to inform him that the Bush campaign had 

officially cut off all contact with Newsweek and its reporters. The decision to put 

Newsweek out of business was made by candidate Bush personally, and aborted a plan 

by Newsweek to publish a book on the 1988 campaign. The press got the message: 

portray Bush in a favorable light or face vindictive and discriminatory countermeasures. 

Bush campaigns have always advanced on a cushion of money, and the 1988 effort was 

to push this characteristic to unheard-of extremes. In keeping with a tradition that had 

stretched over almost three decades, the Bush campaign finance chairman was Robert 

Mosbacher, whose Mosbacher Energy Corporation is one of the largest privately held 

independent oil companies in Texas. Mosbacher's net personal worth is estimated at $200 

million. During the 1988 campaign, Mosbacher raised $60 million for the Bush campaign 

and $25 million for the Republican National Committee. It was Mosbacher who formed 

the Team 100 corps d'elite of 250 fatcats, among whom we have seen Henry Kravis. The 

trick was that many of these $100,000 contributors were promised ambassadorial posts 

and other prestigious appointments, a phenomenon that would reach scandalous 

proportions during 1989. In 1984, Mosbacher's son Rob Jr. ran a strong but losing race 

for the senate seat vacated by John Tower. 

Mosbacher by the mid-1980's had become a director of the biggest bank in Houston, and 

a member of the most exclusive clubs in the city. He was a central figure of that cabal of 

financiers and oil men which in the postwar years was called "the Suite 8F crowd," and 

which has since evolved into new forms. Mosbacher, Baker, and Bush are now at the 

center of the business oligarchy that runs the state of Texas. 

Mosbacher was also a celebrity. When he was between his second and third marriages 

during the early 1980's, he was billed as Houston's most eligible bachelor. His third wife 

Georgette, a cosmetics entrepreneur, was the star of the Bush inaugural as far as the 

photographers were concerned. The Mosbachers habitually flew around the country in 

their own private jet, and maintained homes in New York, Washington DC, and the 

expensive River Oaks section of Houston. 

During the mid-1980's, Mosbacher reportedly lined his pockets to the tune of $40 to $50 

million through a scam called the Houston Grand Parkway. Mosbacher's gains derived 

from the Texas Transportation Corporation Act, which provided for the de facto 

privatization of highway building in conformity with the ideological tenets and fast-buck 

mentality of the Reagan-Bush economic climate. Local landowners were empowered to 

set up "transportation corporations" which would solicit donations of the rights-of-way of 

new roads, and which would fund the engineering studies for the roads. If right-of-way 

and design plans were approved, the state would proceed to actually build the roads. 

In practice this became a gigantic speculation at the center of which lay Mosbacher's 

Cinco Ranch, a property he had acquired for $5 million in 1970. One provision of the bill 

was that many small landowners in the general area of the proposed rods would be hit by 

special road assessment tax levies of up to eight times the value of their property.

Mosbacher cashed in by selling off his Cinco Ranch for $84 million, the highest price in 

Houston's history. The leap in the value of the land was made possible by the Grand 

Parkway passing right through the center of Mosbacher's ranch, a route that had been 

designed by a Mosbacher old boy network that reached into the Texas highway 

department. [fn 19] 

Mosbacher's network for the Houston Grand Parkway caper included Harris County 

Commissioner Robert Y. "Big Bob" Eckels, whose personal friendship and close political 

ties with George Bush were well known. [fn 20] Eckels was a landowner who stood to 

benefit from the new road-building projects permitted under the new law. Eckels was also 

a dedicated GOP activist who made the Harris County government into a de facto arm of 

the Reagan-Bush campaign in 1984. In 1985, Houston press reports showed that Big Bob 

Eckels had deployed county government employees, county government telephones, and 

county computer equipment to organize and service a group calling itself National 

Conference of Republican County Officials which, according to Roanoake County, 

Virginia Treasurer Fred Anderson, functioned as "a working arm for the White House 

and the national [Republican] party." [fn 21] Eckels later admitted that he had also spent 

at least $20,000 of his own funds for "a world" of mailings for the Reagan-Bush ticket 

and had not reported these expenditures to the Federal Election Commission. Eckels was 

convicted on misdeamenaor charges of accepting a gift from a county contractor in the 

form of a road on his Austin County tree farm. Eckels had been indicted six times while 

still in office, on various charges. 

By June, 1989, Eckels was in semi-retirement on his tree farm, but was telling the press 

that he was working on his autobiography which he assured a reporter would not be just a 

"muck-raking deal." [fn 22] This book project was widely viewed in Houston as an 

attempt by Eckels to develop a retaliatory capability to ward off possible further attacks 

by his own former partners. 

Big Bob Eckels may have been serving George Bush in other ways as well. In the spring 

of 1985, Houston attorney Douglas Caddy says he was told by Richard Brown of the 

International Intelligence Network Corporation that "a secret Reagan-Bush campaign 

fund" with "$1.5 million in it" had been uncovered follwing the 1984 presidential 

campaign. Caddy alleged that Brown told him the fund was "controlled by Harris County 

Commissioner Bob Eckels." According to Caddy, Brown further alleged that "IRS 

Criminal Intelligence knows about it." According to Caddy, Brown was a person with 

links to both the FBI and the IRS. Caddy also asserts that a report of the existence of the 

secret fund was also repeated to him by private investigator Clyde Wilson. [fn 23] During 

May 1988 and June 1989, Caddy wrote to the FBI and the FEC on the matter. The FEC 

declared the allegations Matter Under Review (MUR) 2925, but later decided in February 

1991, despite "reason to believe" Caddy's charges, to take no action. [fn 24] During 1989, 

Caddy was hit by an Internal Revenue Service audit which led to an IRS assessment of 

hundreds of thousands of dollars of penalties against him, a lien on his property, and 

other measures. In Caddy's view, this audit was a retaliation against his having raised the 

issue of the $1.5 million Reagan-Bush campaign fund.

Further investigation of this potentially embarrassing complex of allegations was greatly 

hindered by the death of Robert Y. Eckels on December 24, 1989. 

Bush's big money campaigning was especially dependent upon Texas oilmen, whose 

largesse he required to stoke his political machine. Bush was running a political action 

committee called the Fund for America's Future which raised $3.9 million in off-year 

1985, a hefty sum. Of that take, about a fifth was raised from 505 Texas donors, with 

Texans giving more than the residents of any other state. $135,095 of Bush's money 

harvest came from persons who could be clearly identified as oil industry figures, and the 

rakeoff here was probably much greater. When the price of a barrel of oil fell during this 

period from $39 to $12, Bush had a big problem. His donors began to squawk. 

Overall, the collapse of the oil price, itself a result of the world-wide industrial 

depression, was a boon to the bankrupt US dollar. The insolvent greenback was shored up 

by this new subsidy, which restored a little of the currency's ability to command some 

real commodities in the real world. But for Bush's immediate cronies and money-minded 

political base, it was a disaster. "You've got to figure George was getting banged around 

by all his oil friends, particularly the drillers, who have been hurt the most," a 

Congressional Bushman told the Washington Post. [fn 25] Sure enough, Bush's old pal 

Bill Liedtke, now the president of POGO Producing in Houston, a drilling company, 

confirmed that his man was highly attuned to the issue: "George understands very well 

that you're going to lose a certain percentage of production permanently if the price goes 

too low. Ever since I have known him, back to the Eisenhower era, he has been very 

sensitive to the connection between a strong [oil] industry and national security." [fn 26] 

Robert Mosbacher, Bush's moneybags, confirmed this view in spades: "I always find that 

when I talk to George about the oil and gas business, he's up to speed. He has two sons in 

the business, and he stays in touch through them." 

The collapse of the oil price posed a real problem that should have been answered by 

introducing an oil tariff with a trigger price of $25 per barrel, so that the domestic price of 

oil would never fall below that figure, as was proposed at the time by a few spokesmen 

for the oil patch. That would have been the equivalent of setting up a parity price for oil, 

and would have given domestic producers solid certainties for long-term development 

and planning. But the Reagan Administration in general was still wedded to the 

president's irrational fetishism of "the magic of the marketplace," and would violently 

oppose anything smacking of dirigism or re-regulation. 

Bush was not interested in a parity price for oil. He rather took advantage of a scheduled 

trip to the Middle East, during which he was supposed to be discussing regional security 

matters, to talk up the price of oil with his long-time crony King Fahd of Saudi Arabia. 

Bush expressed his concern about "the free fall" of oil prices and talked with Fahd about 

"how [the Saudis] feel there can be some stability to a market that certainly can't be very 

happy to them." He denied that he had come to Saudi Arabia on a "price-fixing mission," 

but invoked national security. Bush lectured Saudi Oil Minister Zaki Yamani about the 

saturation of the world oil market. The implication was clear: the Saudis were supposed 

to cut back their production. [fn 27] It was a few weeks later that the US bombed Libya.

Bush sanctimoniously claimed that his remarks had nothing to do with the quest for 

political advantage. His performance may have played well in the oil patch, but reviews 

elsewhere were not laudatory. A White House official said that "poor George" had 

committed "a gaffe" that was sure to hurt him in New Hampshire. Reagan was still very 

committed to free market forces setting the price of oil, was the word in this quarter. Up 

in the rust bowl, the Detroit News headlined: "Bush to Michigan: Drop Dead." A Dole 

spokesman gloated that "given Bush's background, the last thing he needs to be doing is 

carrying water for the oil industry and the international banks....It was as if his whole 

resume was talking." 

Once again, as so frequently in his career, politics was proving unkind to the hopes of 

George Bush. By the spring of 1987, Bush was "catching the dickens" out on the hustings 

for his Iran-contra activities. On the Democratic side, Gary Hart, the former senator from 

Colorado who had run second to Mondale through the 1984 primaries, was emerging as a 

clear front-runner. With his own efforts foundering, Bush had every reason to fear 

succumbing in a long season of photo opportunities in competition with Hart. But if 

politics was fickle, there was always the bedrock of covert action. 

Gary Hart talked about being the candidate with new ideas, but he had an immense 

vulnerability. He was a habitue of Turnberry Isle, a 234 acre earthly paradise located 

north of Miami. Part of the complex was a 29 story condomium. Turnberry was 

frequented by celebrities of the sports and entertainment world, by politicians and by 

Mafiosi like Joey Ippolito, a convicted marijuana kingpin. The developer and manager of 

Turnberry was Don Soffer, who was also the owner of a yacht named the Monkey 

Business. (After the February, 1987 murder of Don Aronow, Soffer received a telephone 

call, from a person who told him, "You're next." Soffer hired extra bodyguards and went 

for a one-week Atlantic cruise on the Monkey Business.) Soffer was a friend of Don 

Aronow. Ben Kramer was also a frequent visitor to Turnberry Isle. The establishment 

employed a staff of hostesses who were termed "Donnie's girls" or "the party girls". 

According to some, these hostesses doubled as luxury prostitutes for the Turnberry 

clientele of wealthy male patrons. 

Among the employees of Turnberry was the sometime model Donna Rice. Another 

woman, Lynn Armandt, was in charge of the staff of party girls, and also had retail space 

for a bikini boutique in an upscale and remunerative Turnberry shopping complex. Lynn 

Armandt was the widow of a reputed Ben Kramer associate, a Miami drug dealer and 

underworld figure who had disappeared and never been found. The car of Armandt's 

husband was eventually found, riddled with machine-gun slugs and stained with blood. In 

the glove compartment, investigators found the telephone number of Ben Kramer. 

When federal agents raided Bem Kramer's Fort Apache Marina on August 28, 1987, they 

examined the contents of Kramer's safe and found the original manuscripts of early 

primary stump speeches by Gary Hart. [fn 28] 

At 8:30 PM on the evening of Monday, April 27, 1987, journalist Tom Fiedler, who had 

just written a story on the rumors of sexual promiscuity that had begun to surface around

the Gary Hart campaign, received a telephone call at his office. It was just after Gart Hart 

had told E.J. Dionne of the New York Times, "Follow me around. I don't care. I'm 

serious. If anybody wants to put a tail on me. go ahead. They'd be very bored." An 

extensive and well-organized network in the media was hyping the story that Hart was 

promiscuous. The telephone call received that day by Fiedler was from a woman who 

told him, "Gary Hart is having an affair with a friend of mine. We don't need another 

president who lies like that." The next morning at 10:30 AM the same woman called back 

with the report that her female friend was likely to accept an invitation to spend the 

weekend with Gary Hart at his Washington townhouse, and that the friend was likely to 

make the trip by air Friday evening. Published sources and unnamed aides in the Gary 

Hart campaign have identified Lynn Armandt as the woman who made this call to Tom 

Fiedler of the Miami Herald, although Fiedler denies this is true. [fn 29] 

These telephone calls led to the stakeout of Hart's townhouse by Fiedler and other 

reporters of the Miami Herald who came upon Hart together with Donna Rice, detonating 

the scandal which destroyed Hart's candidacy. 

The woman caller described herself as a liberal Democrat but a foe of mendacity. She 

told Fiedler that she and her girlfriend had spent time on a yacht with Hart and an older 

man named Bill who was supposedly Hart's lawyer. This turned out to be a cruise by 

Hart, Donna Rice, Lynn Armandt and Hart's lawyer William Broadhurst plus a crew of 

five on board the Soffer-owned "chartered yacht" Monkey Business to Bimini and back in 

the springtime. Donna Rice later confirmed she had met Hart at Turnberry. 

William Broadhurst or "Billy B." was a Washington lawyer and Hart backer who served 

the candidate as an operative on the campaign trail. Broadhurst had a Capitol Hill 

townhouse near Hart's. Broadhurst later explained that Lynn Armandt had come to 

Washington to consider his offer to be a social director for his lobbying and entertaining 

activities in Washington. Broadhurst said that Donna Rice had come along with her 

friend Lynn Armandt, and that both women had stayed overnight at his house, not at 

Hart's. Lynn Armandt soon left Washington after the story had broken, and the Hart 

campaign people said they never heard from her again. 

There is no need to recount the ostracism and revelations that followed, leading to the 

destruction of Gary Hart as a political figure. Nor is it our intention here to defend the 

lost cause of the decidedly unsavory former Senator Hart. But given the situation of the 

Bush campaign in April-May, 1987, we are reminded by Seneca's "Cui prodest" 

proposition that the Bushmen as prime beneficiaries would necessarily qualify as prime 

suspects if any "naughty stuff" were to overtake Hart, as it did. Our suspicions can only 

be heightened by the obvious degree to which Bush, Aronow, Kramer, Soffer, Armandt, 

and Rice must be seen virtually as one interrelated social amalgam in the setting of 

Miami, Thunderboat Alley, Turnberry Isle, and the Monkey Business. Perhaps an old 

score was being settled here as well, dating back to December, 1975, hearings in which 

Gary Hart had taunted Bush about the Liedkte money laundering apparatus referenced in 

Richard M. Nixon's "smoking gun" tape.

James Baker was the titular head of the Bush campaign, but the person responsible for the 

overall concepts and specific tactics of the Bush campaign was Lee Atwater, a political 

protege of Senator Strom Thurmond of South Carolina. Thurmond had been a Democrat, 

then a Dixiecrat in 1948, then a Democrat again, and finally a Republican. The 

exegencies of getting elected in South Carolina on the GOP ticket had taught Thurmond 

to reach deeply into that demagogue's bag of tricks called the wedge issues. Under 

Thurmond's tutelage, Atwater had become well versed in the essentials of the Southern 

Strategy, the key to that emergent Republican majority in presidential elections which 

Kevin Phillips had written about in 1968. Atwater had also imbibed political doctrine 

from the first practitioner of the Southern Strategy, the dark-jowled Richard M. Nixon 

himself. In January 1983, for example, Lee Atwater, at that time deputy director of the 

White House office of political affairs (and a creature of the Bush-Baker connection), met 

with Nixon for three and a half hours in Columbia, South Carolina. Nixon held forth on 

three points: the decisive political importance of the Sun Belt, the numerical relations 

within the Electoral College, and the vast benefits of having no primary competition 

when seeking re-election. Atwater found that Nixon knew the Electoral College like the 

back of his hand, and knew that the electoral votes of the southern states were the key to 

the ball game as presently constituted. Nixon had railed against two Congressmen, Pete 

McCloskey of California and John Ashbrook of Ohio, who had challenged him from the 

left and right when he sought re-election in 1972. "Those guys were two gnats on my 

ass," complained Nixon. [fn 30] Bush has obviously attributed great importance to 

Nixon's advice that all primary competition be banned during the quest for a second term. 

Nixon's advice underlines the real problems posed for Bush by a candidacy like that of 

television commentator Pat Buchanan. 

In 1988 as well, Nixon was brought in to be the spiritus rector of the Bush campaign. 

During March of 1988, when it was clear that Bush was going to win the nomination, 

Nixon "slipped into town" to join George Bush, Bar, and Lee Atwater for dinner at the 

Naval Observatory. This time it was Bush who received a one hour lecture from Tricky 

Dick on the need to cater to the Republican right wing, the imperative of a tough line on 

crime in the streets and the Soviets (again to propitiate the rightists), to construct an 

independent identity only after the convention, and to urge Reagan to campaign actively. 

And of course, where Nixon shows up, Kissinger cannot be far away.[fn 31] 

1988 saw another large-scale mobilization of the intelligence community in support of 

Bush's presidential ambitions. The late Miles Copeland, a high-level former CIA official 

who operated out of London during the 1980's, contributed a piece frankly titled "Old 

Spooks for Bush" to the March 18, 1988 issue of National Review. (Since the magazine's 

editor, William Buckley, was a notorious Skull and Bones cultist, the allusion to "spooks" 

assumed the character of an insider pun.) Copeland based his endorsement of Bush on the 

candidate's anti-Soviet firmness, a viewpoint that seems odd in retrospect. Copeland 

suggested that Bush would go back to the procedures of staff work that had been standard 

under Eisenhower: "Ronald Reagan is apparently oblivious of this simple 'Standard 

Operation procedure,' but we know from experience that Bush isn't. This is why my old 

friends and I are in George Bush's corner in the presidential race: we see him not only as 

one who has the wisdom, discretion, and ability to grasp the facts of our situation on the

international gameboard, but as one who will appoint as his key advisors real experts in 

the relevant fields -- unlike the inexperienced men with whom President Reagan has 

surrounded himself. [...] It happens that we are in a state of national crisis, but, due to the 

Soviets' success at dezinformatzia and to our peculiar susceptibilities, it isn't 

recognizable. We see Bush as the candidate who, speaking with a voice of authority, can 

make it recognizable." This statement is doubly interesting because it is a clear precursor 

of the mood of bureaucratic triumphalism that marked the early weeks of the Bush 

Administration, when the new team launched what was billed as a "policy review" on 

Soviet relations to get back to hard bargaining after the departure of the slobbering 

sentimentalist Reagan. 

Bush and Atwater feared all their competition. They feared former Gov. Pierre DuPont of 

Delaware because of his appeal to liberal and blueblood Republicans who might 

otherwise automatically gravitate to Bush. They feared New York Congressman Jack 

Kemp because of his appeal to the GOP right wing, to the blue-collar Reagan Democrats, 

and his disturbing habit of talking about the Strategic Defense Initiative and many other 

issues. They feared that Senator Bob Dole of Kansas with his "root canal economics," 

right-wing populism, and his solid backing from the international grain cartel might 

appear more credible to the Wall Street bankers than Bush as an enforcer of austerity and 

sacrifices. But at the same time, they knew that Bush had more money to spend and 

incomparably more state by state organization than any of his GOP rivals, to say nothing 

of the fabled Brown Brothers, Harriman media edge. Bush also ruled the Republican 

National Committee with Stalin-like ferocity, denying these assets to all of his rivals. 

This allowed Bush to wheel towards the right in 1986-87 to placate some of his critics 

there, and then move back towards the center by the time of the primaries. Indeed, Bush's 

many layers of money and political apparatchiki made it possible for him to absorb even 

stunning defeats like the outcome of the Iowa caucuses without folding. Victory, thought 

Bush, would belong to the big battalions. 

But all the money and the organization could not mask the fact that Bush was 

fundamentally a weak candidate. This began to become obvious to Atwater and his team 

of perception mongers as the Iowa caucuses began to shape up. These were the caucuses 

that Bush had so niftily won in 1980, imparting to him the fickle charisma of the Big Mo. 

By 1988, Bush's Iowa effort had become complicated by reality, in the form of a farm 

crisis that was driving thousands of farmers into bankruptcy every week. Farm voters 

were now enraged against the avuncular thespian Ronald Reagan and were looking for a 

way to send a message to the pointy-headed set in Washington DC. Governor Branstad of 

Iowa complained as early as February, 1986: "I don't think his advisors are even keeping 

[Bush] informed on the extent of the farm crisis. We've got a crisis in agriculture and no 

one is in charge." Bush's Iowa campaign was dripping with lucre, but this now brought 

forth resentment among the grim and grey-faced rural voters. 

In mid-October, 1987, five of the six declared Republican candidates attended a 

traditional Iowa GOP rally in Ames, just north of Des Moines, on the campus of Iowa 

State University. Televangelist Pat Robertson surprised all the others by mobilizing 1,300 

enthusiastic supporters for the Saturday event. The culmination of this rally was a

presidential straw poll, which Robertson won with 1,293 votes to 958 for Dole. Bush 

trailed badly with 864. This was the occasion for Bush's incredible explanation of what 

had happened: "A lot of people that support me, they were off at the air show, they were 

at their daughters' coming out parties, or teeing up at the golf course for that all-important 

last round." [fn 32] Many Iowans, including Republicans, had to ask what a debutante 

cotillion was, and began to meditate on the fact that they were not socially acceptable. 

But most concluded that George Bush was the imperial candidate from another planet, 

bereft of the foggiest notion of their lives and their everyday problems. 

During the buildup to the Iowa caucus, Bush continued to dodge questions on Irancontra. 

The famous "tension city" encounter with Dan Rather took place during this time. 

Lee Atwater considered that performance Bush's defining event for the campaign, a 

display which made him look like John Wayne, Clint Eastwood, and Gary Cooper, 

especially in the south, where people like a pol who "can kick somebody's ass" and where 

that would make a big difference on Super Tuesday. 

But Bush's handlers were nevertheless shocked when Dole won the Iowa caucuses with 

37% of the vote, followed by Robertson with 25%. Bush managed only a poor show, with 

19%, a massive collapse in comparison with 1980, when he had been far less known to 

the public. 

Bush had known that defeat was looming in Iowa, and he had scuttled out of the state and 

gone to New Hampshire before the results were known. Bush was nevertheless stunned 

by his ignominious third-place finish, and he consulted with Nick Brady, Lee Atwater, 

chief of staff Craig Fuller and pollster Bob Teeter. Atwater had boasted that he had built 

a "fire wall" in the southern Super Tuesday states that would prevent any rival from 

seizing the nomination out of Bush's grasp, but the Bush image-mongers were well aware 

that a loss in New Hampshire might well prove a fatal blow to their entire effort, the 

advantages of money, networks, and organization notwithstanding. Atwater accordingly 

ordered a hugh media buy of 1,800 gross rating points, enough to ensure that the 

theoretical New Hampshire television viewer would be exposed to a Bush attack ad 18 

times over the final three days before the election. The ad singled out Bob Dole, judged 

by the Bushmen as their most daunting New Hampshire challenger, and savaged him for 

"straddling" the question of whether or not new taxes out to be imposed. The ad 

proclaimed that Bush "won't raise taxes," period. Bush was glorified as opposing an oil 

import tax, and for having supported Reagan's INF treaty on nuclear forces in Europe 

from the very beginning. It was during this desperate week in New Hampshire that Bush 

became indissolubly wedded to his lying and demagogic "no new taxes" pledge, which he 

repudiated with considerable fanfare during the spring of 1990. 

The Bush campaign brought in former Boston Red Sox star Ted Williams, test pilot 

Chuck Yeager, and finally even old Barry Goldwater to help humanize George's 

appearance on the hustings. George worked a long day, putting in five or six radio 

interviews before 7:30 AM, proceeding to a staged telegenic campaign event for the local 

evening news and then campaigning intensively at locations suggested to him by New 

Hampshire Governor John Sununu, his principal supporter in the state.

When Bush had arrived in Manchester the night of the disastrous Iowa result, Sununu had 

promised a nine point victory for Bush in his state. Oddly enough, that turned out to be 

exactly right. The final result was 38% for Bush, 29% for Dole, 13% for Kemp, 10% for 

DuPont, and 9% for Robertson. Was Sununu a clairvoyant? Perhaps he was, but those 

familiar with the inner workings of the New Hampshire quadrennials are aware of a very 

formidable ballot-box stuffing potential assembled there by the blueblood political 

establishment. Some observers pointed to pervasive vote fraud in the 1988 New 

Hampshire primaries, and Pat Robertson, as we shall see, also raised this possibility. The 

Sununu machine delivered exactly as promised, securing the governor the post of White 

House chief of staff. Sununu soon became so self-importantly inebriated with the 

trappings of the imperial presidency as reflected in his travel habits that it was suggested 

that the state motto appearing on New Hampshire license plates be changed from "Live 

Free or Die" to "Fly Free or Die." In any case, for Bush the heartfelt "Thank You, New 

Hampshire" he intoned after his surprising victory signalled that his machine had 

weathered its worst crisis. 

Bush's real thank you to New Hampshire would come gradually, in the form of an 

accelerated economic depression. Soon after the 1988 vote, the bottom fell out of the 

state's real estate boom, banks began failing, and the unemployment rate spiked upward. 

During 1991, food stamp usage there went up 51%.-an object lesson of what happens to 

those who fail to resist George Bush. 

In the South Carolina primary, the Bushmen were concerned about a possible threat from 

television evangelist Pat Robertson, who had mounted his major effort in the Palmetto 

state. Robertson was widely known through his appearances on his Christian 

Broadcasting Network. Shortly before the South Carolina vote, a scandal became public 

which involved another television evangelist, Jimmy Swaggart, a close friend of 

Robertson and an active supporter of Robertson's presidential campaign. Swaggart 

admitted to consorting with a prostitute, and this caused a severe crisis in his ministry. 

Jim Baker of the PTL television ministry had already been tainted by a sex scandal. 

Robertson accused the Bush campaign of orchestrating the Swaggart revelations at a time 

that would be especially advantageous to their man. Talking to reporters, Robertson 

pointed to "the evidence that two weeks before the primary...it suddenly comes to light." 

Robertson added that the Bush campaign was prone to "sleazy" tricks, and suggested that 

his own last-place finish in New Hampshire was "quite possibly" the result of "dirty 

tricks" by the Bush campaign. Bush responded by dismissing Robertson's charges as 

"crazy" and "absurd." Robertson had been linking Bush to the "international banking 

community" in his South Carolina campaigning. [fn 33] 

True to his Southern Strategy, Atwater had "front-loaded" Bush's effort in the southern 

states with money, political operatives, and television, straining the legal limit of what 

could be spent during the primary season as whole. A few days before Super Tuesday 

came the South Carolina primary. Here Bush appeared before a group of two dozen 

evangelical fundamentalist ministers and declared with a straight face: "Jesus Christ is 

my personal savior." The state's governor, Carol Campbell, was a former customer of Lee 

Atwater's. Strom Thurmond was for Dole, but his endorsement proved to be valueless.

Here Bush got all the state's 37 delegates by scoring 48% of the vote to 21% for Dole, 

19% for Robertson, and 11% for Kemp. 

On the way to Super Tuesday, Bush stopped off in Miami to address a constituency with 

which he had been closely associated for three decades: the Miami Cubans. Bush was 

joined by Barry Goldwater and Florida Governor Bob Martinez, later chosen as field 

marshal of Bush's phony war on drugs. There was a good turnout of Republican Cuban 

Americans, who lionized George and also his son Jeb Bush, the former Dade County 

GOP chair who was now the Florida Secretary of Commerce. Obviously with some help 

from the family network, Jeb had been lobbying the Immigration and Naturalization 

Service to procure work permits for the wave of Nicaraguan emigres flooding into south 

Florida, not a few of whom were part of the contra drug-running operations. The rally 

was held at Florida International University, and before his main speech Bush talked to a 

class in international relations, where he wore his old obsessions on his sleeve. Had there 

been any sign of a change in Fidel Castro, a student wanted to know. "No," said Bush, 

"and our policy will not change toward Fidel Castro." 

Bush was shocked when Professor Mark Rosenberg of the FIU Latin American 

Caribbean Center introduced him to the rally in terms that were somewhat short of 

panegyric. Rosenberg noted that Bush had been part of "questionable political decision 

making" in the Iran-contrea scandal and also referred to the "high sleaze factor" of the 

Reagan-Bush regime. "Does [Bush] have the will to clean up the Reagan economic 

mess?," asked Rosenberg. "Time will tell." Rosenberg was grabbed by the shoulders and 

hustled off the platform by FIU President and presumed Bushman Modesto Madique. 

Bush built his speech around a promise that no Cuban-Americans would be deported to 

Cuba under a Bush administration. "They are fleeing oppressive Marxism under Fidel 

Castro and they will not be treated as though they were coming in here for some other 

[economic] purpose," intoned Bush. There were shouts of "Ariba!" from a crowd that 

contained knots of marielitos, those who came during Castro's boat lift. It was a promise 

that Bush was to violate in any case, as some prison riots later on would remind the 

public. [fn 34] 

Then, in the March 8 Super Tuesday polling, Bush scored an across-the board triumph, 

winning in Florida, Texas, Alabama, Arkansas, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, 

Mississippi, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Tennesse, Virginia, Missouri, and Maryland, 

plus Massachusetts and Rhode Island outside of the region. It was better than one of 

Napoleon Bonaparte's plebiscites. With this, Bush took 600 of 803 delegates at stake that 

day. 4.5 million Republicans had voted, the best turnout ever in southern GOP primaries. 

Most of the votes were votes for Reagan in the part of the country that felt least 

disillusioned by the Great Communictor, but they were all scored as votes for Bush. 

When Bush beat Dole by a three to two margin in Illinois, supposedly a part of Dole's 

base, it was all over. Bush prepared for the convention and the choice of a vice president. 

The Bush campaign of 1988 had no issues, but only demagogic themes. These were 

basically all on the table by June, well before the Republican convention. The first was 

the pledge of no new taxes, later embroidered with the Clint Eastwood tough-guy

overtones of "Read My Lips- No New Taxes." The other themes reflected Atwater's 

studies of how to drive up the negatives of Bush's Democratic opponent, who would be 

Massachusetts Governor Dukakis. Very early on, Bush began to harp on Dukakis's veto 

of a bill requiring teachers to lead their class each day in the pledge of allegiance. 

Speaking in Orange County, California on June 7, Bush said: "I'll never understand, when 

it came to his desk, why he vetoed a bill that called for the pledge of allegiance to be said 

in the sschools of Massachusetts. I'll never understand it. We are one nation under God. 

Our kids should say the pledge of allegiance." [fn 35] 

This theme lent itself very well to highly cathexized visual portrayal, with flags and 

bunting. Atwater was assisted in these matters by Roger Ailes, a television professional 

who had been the executive producer of the Mike Douglas Show by the time he was 27 

years old. That was in 1967, when he was hired by Richard Nixon and Leonard Garment. 

Ailes had been one of the most cynical designers of the selling of the president in 1968, 

and he had remained in the political media game ever since. Between them, Atwater and 

Ailes would produce the modern American television equivalent of a 1930's Nurmeburg 

party rally. 

At about this time, the Bush network we have seen in operation at the Reader's Digest 

since the 1964 campaign conveniently printed an article about a certain Willie Horton, a 

black convicted murderer who was released from a Masschusetts jail on a furlough, and 

then absconded to Maryland, where he raped a white woman and stabbed her fiance. The 

Massachusetts furlough program had been started by Republican Governor Frank 

Sargent, but this meant nothing. Bush was to use Willie Horton in the same way that 

Hitler and the Nazis exploited the grisly crimes of one Harmann, a serial killer in 

Germany of the early 1930's, in their calls for law and order. In Illinois in mid-June, Bush 

began to talk about how Dukakis let "murderers out on vacation to terrorize innocent 

people." "Democrats can't find it in their hearts to get tough on criminals," Bush ranted. 

"What did the governor of Massachusetts think he was doing when he let convicted firstdegree 

murderers out on weekend passes, even after one of them criminally, brutally 

raped a woman and stabbed her fiance? Why didn't he admit his mistake? Eight months 

later, he was still defending his program, and only when the Massachusetts legislature 

voted by an overwhelming majority to abolish this program did he finally give in. I think 

Governor Dukakis owes the American people an explanation of why he supports this 

outrageous program." 

As packaged by Bush's handlers, it was throughly racist without being nominally so, like 

Nixon's "crime in the streets" shorthand for racist backlash during the 1968 campaign. 

Later, Bush would embroider this theme with his demand for the death penalty, his own 

Final Solution to the problem of criminals like Willie Horton. These themes fit very well 

into the standard Bush campaign event, which was very often Bush appearing before a 

local police department to receive their endorsement. Bush's ability to organize these 

events in places like Boston, to the great embarrassment of Dukakis, doubtless reflected 

strong support from the CIA Office of Security, which was the bureau that kept in contact 

with police departments all over the country and, inevitably, infiltrated them.

All of Bush's themes corresponded to wedge issues, the divisive Pavlovian ploys the 

southern Republicans had become expert in during their decades of battering and 

dismantling the classic Franklin D. Roosevelt coalition of labor, the cities, blacks, 

farmers, and intellectuals. They were designed to propitiate the vilest prejudices of a 

majority, while offending a minority, and studiously avoiding any real politics or 

economics that might be deterimental to the imperatives of Wall Street or the Washington 

bureaucracy. 

To crown this demagogy, George H.W. Bush of Skull and Bones portrayed Dukakis as an 

elitist insider: "Governor Dukakis, his foreign-policy views born in Harvard Yard's 

boutique, would cut the muscle of our defense." Bush's frequent litany of "liberal 

Massachusetts governor" was shameless in its main purpose of suggesting that Bush 

himself was NOT a liberal. Later, in 1990, Barbara Bush would confess that both she and 

George "cared about people" and were thus both liberals. 

When Bush arrived in New Orleans for the Republican National Convention, he 

displayed signs of being unusually race-conscious. The image-mongers had set up a 

Reagan-Bush meeting on the airbase taxiway; Reagan was departing the convention after 

a long nostalgic-platitudinous farewell the day before. Now he would pass the mantle to 

George, with the appropriate camera angles. After a few seconds of small talk with 

Reagan, Bush and Bar called over three of their grandchildren, all from the family of 

their son Jeb, the Miami GOP party boss, and his Ibero-American wife Columba. "That's 

Jebbie's kids from Florida," Bush said, in a voice that was picked up by the airport public 

address system. "The little brown ones. Jebbie's the big one in the yellow shirt saying the 

pledge of allegiance tonight." "Oh, really," observed Nancy Reagan. Skin color has 

always meant a lot to Bush, but he really had been born with a silver foot in his mouth. 

[fn 36] 

Bush now repaired to the admiral's house at the Belle Chase Naval Air Station where this 

scene had played. Bush was accompanied by Baker, Teeter, Fuller, Atwater, Ailes, and 

Baker's girl Friday, Margaret Tutwiler. Up to this point Bush's staff had expected him to 

generate a little suspense around the convention by withholding the name of his vice 

presidential choice until the morning of the last day of the convention, when Bush could 

share his momentous secret with the Texas caucus and then tell it to the world. 

Bush's vetting of vice presidents was carried out between Bush and Robert Kimmitt, the 

Washington lawyer and Baker crony who later joined Baker's ruling clique at the State 

Department before being put up for Ambassador to Germany when Vernon Walters quit 

in the spring of 1991. United Germany can now boast a US Ambassador whose greatest 

achievement was to guide Bush towards the choice of J. Danforth Quayle. Bush and 

Kimmitt reviewed the obvious choices: Kemp was out because he lectured Bush on the 

SDI and was too concerned about issues. Dole was out because he kept sniping at Bush 

with his patented sardonic zingers. Elizabeth Dole was a choice to be deemed imprudent. 

John Danforth, Pete Domenici, Al Simpson and some others were eliminated. Many were 

the possible choices who had to be ruled out not because of lack of stature, but because 

they might seem to have more stature than Bush himself. Quayle had shown up on lists

prepared by Fuller and Ailes. Ed Rollins, attuned to the Reagan Democrats, could not 

believe that Quayle was being seriously considered. But now, at Belle Chase Naval Air 

Station north of New Orleans, Bush told his staffs that he had chosen Dan Quayle. Not 

only was it Quayle, but Bush's thyroid was now in overdrive: he wanted to announce his 

selection within hours. Quayle was contacted by telephone and instructed to meet Bush at 

the dock in New Orleans when the paddle-wheel steamer Natchez brought Bush down the 

Missisippi to that city's Spanish Plaza. 

Quayle turned up at the dock in a state of inebriated euphoria, grabbing Bush's arm, 

prancing and capering around Bush. Bush was momentarily taken aback: had he engaged 

a dervish? As soon as the dossiers on Quayle came out, a few questions were posed. Had 

his senate office been a staging point for contra resupply efforts? One of the Iran-contra 

figures, Rob Owen, had indeed worked for Quayle, but Quayle denied everything. Had 

Quayle, now a hawk, been in Vietnam? Tom Brokaw asked Quayle if he had gotten help 

in joining the National Guard as a way of ducking the draft? Quayle stammered that it 

had been twenty years earlier, but maybe "phone calls were made." Then Dan Rather 

asked Quayle what his worst fear was. "Paula Parkinson," was the reply. This was the 

woman lobbyist and Playboy nude model who had been present with Quayle at a wild 

weekend at a Florida country club back in 1980. The Bush image-mongers hurriedly 

convened damage control sessions, and Quayle was given two professional handlers, 

Stuart Spencer and Joe Canzeri. Spencer was an experienced GOP operative who had 

done public relations and consulting work worth $350,000 for Gen. Noriega of Panama 

during the mid-1980's. [fn 37] After a couple of Bush-Quayle joint appearances before 

groups of war veterans to attempt to dissipate Quayle's National Guard issue, Quayle was 

then shunted into the secondary media markets under the iron control of his new 

handlers. 

Although Bush's impulsive proclamation of his choice of Quayle does indeed raise the 

question of the hyperthyroid snap decision, the choice of Quayle was not impuslve, but 

rather perfectly coherent with Bush's profile and pedigree. Bush told Baker that Quayle 

had been "my first and only choice." [fn 38] Bush's selection of political appointees is 

very often the product of Bush-Walker family alliances over more than a generation, as in 

the case of Baker, Brady, Boy Gray, and Henry Kravis, or at least of a long and often 

lucrative business collaboration, as in the case of Mosbacher. The choice of Quayle lies 

somewhere in between, and was strengthened by a deep ideological affinity in the 

question of racism. 

J. Danforth Quayle's grandfather was Eugene C. Pulliam, who built an important press 

empire starting with his purchase of the Atchison (Kansas) Champion in 1912. The bulk 

of these papers were in Indiana, the home state of the Pulliam clan, and in Arizona. 

"Gene" Pulliam had died in 1975, but his newspaper chain was worth an estimated $1.4 

by the time Dan Quayle became a household word. Pulliam was a self-proclaimed 

ideologue: "If I wanted to make money, I'd go into the bond business. I've never been 

interested in the money I make but the influence we have." [fn 39] Gene Pulliam was one 

of the first power brokers to encourage the political career of young Barry Goldwater in 

1949 through the support of the Pulliam Arizona Republic and Gazette of Phoenix. When

Gene Pulliam died, his last word was not "Rosebud" but "Goldwater," scratched onto a 

pad just before he expired. 

Old Gene was a firm opponent of racial integration. When Martin Luther King Jr. was 

assassinated in 1968, Gene Pulliam sent a note to the editors of his papers in Indianapolis, 

Indiana ordering them not to give the King tragedy "much exposure" because he 

considered the civil rights leader a "rabble rouser." He instructed that the news of King's 

death be summarized in as few words as possible and relegated to the bottom of the front 

page. 

The Bush-Quayle alliance thus reposed first of all on a shared premiss of racism. 

Old man Pulliam also had a vendetta against the Kennedy family. During the 1968 

primaries, he sent a memo to his editors instructing them: "Give Sen. [Eugene] McCarthy 

full coverage, but this does not apply to a man named Kennedy." Pulliam was supporting 

Tricky Dick. Bobby Kennedy also held the Pulliam chain in contempt. Once when he 

came to Indianapolis he found that he was being refused a permit to hold a rally 

downtown. When when of his supporters urged him to go ahead and have the rally 

without the permit, Kennedy retorted that he couldn't think of a worse fate than having to 

spend the night in the Marion County Jail and having nothing to read but the Indianapolis 

Star, the Pulliam paper. 

Dan Quayle had been a mediocre student at DePauw University, where he managed to 

graduate with a 2.4 grade point average. He was a party boy, and received numerous Ds 

in his political science major. Quayle lived at the Delta Kappa Epsilon fraternity (the 

same fraternity of which Bush had been a member at Yale.) During the fall of 1968, the 

DKE house, according to one account, "unleashed a party without a house mother for the 

first time and sponsored a frat party known as 'The Trip.'" According to some, this 

actually was a party at which the hallucingoen LSD was dispensed. According to one 

published account, a photograph of J. Danforth Quayle that appears in the DePauw 

University yearbook has a caption which reads: "'The Trip' is a colorful psychedelic 

journey into the wild sights and sounds produiced by LSD." [fn 40] 

Quayle is known to the vast majority of the American public as a virtual cretin. Quayle is 

the first representative of the post-war Baby Boom to advance to national elective office. 

Unfortunately, he seems to exhibit some of the mental impairment that is known to 

overtake long-term, habitual marijuana users. 

Quayle was admitted by the University of Indiana Law School in violation of that 

school's usual policy of rejecting all applicants with an academic average of less than 2.6. 

He wanted to be a lawyer because he had heard that "lawyers make lots of money and do 

little," as he told his fraternity brothers at De Pauw. As it turned out, the dean of 

admissions at the University of Indiana Law School was one G. Kent Frandsen, who was 

a Republican city judge in Lebanon, Indiana, a town where the Pulliam family controls 

the local newspaper. He had always been endorsed by the Pulliam interests. Two years 

later, Frandsen would officiate at the marriage of J. Danforth Quayle to Marilyn Tucker.

Still later Frandsen would serve as Quayle's campaign manager in Boone County during 

the 1986 senate race. It was thus no surprise that Frandsen was willing to admit Dan 

Quayle to law school as part of a program for disadvantaged students, primarily those 

from the black community. 

After all this, it may appear as a mircale that Dan Quayle was ever able to obtain a law 

degree. J. Danforth's receipt of that degree appears to have been mightily facilitated by 

the plutocratic Quayle family, who made large donations to the law school each year 

during Dan's time as a law student. 

What were Quayle's passtimes during his law school years? According to one account, 

they included recreational drugs. During the summer of 1988, a Mr. Brett Kimberlin told 

Dennis Bernstein and a radio audience of WBAI in New York that he had first met J. 

Danforth during this period at a fraternity party at which marijuana was indeed being 

consumed. "He found out that I had marijuana avilable at the time," said Kimberlin. "It 

was good quality, and he asked if I had any for sale....I thought it was kind of strange. He 

looked kind of straight. I thought he might be a narc [DEA agent] at first. But we talked 

and I felt a little more comfortable, and finally I gave him my phone number and said, 

'Hey, well, give me a call.' He called me a couple weeks later, and said, 'Hey, this is DQ. 

Can we get together?' and I said 'Yes, meet me at the Burger Chef restaurant.' We struck 

up a relationship that lasted for 18 months. I sold him small quantities of marijuana for 

his personal use about once a month during that period. He was a good customer. He was 

a friend of mine. We had a pretty good relationship. He always paid cash. [...] When him 

and Marilyn got married in 1972, I gave him a wedding present of some Afghanistan 

hashish and some Acapulco gold." [fn 41] 

Kimberlin repeated these charges in a pre-election interview on NBC News on November 

4, 1988. Kimberlin was a federal prisoner serving time in Tennessee after conviction on 

charges of drug smuggling and explosives. Later that same day Kimberlin was scheduled 

to address a news conference by telephone conference call. But before Kimberlin could 

speak to the press, he was placed in solitary confinement, and was moved in and out of 

solitary confinement until well after the November 8 presidential election. A second 

attempted press conference by telephone hookup on the eve of the election did not take 

place because Kimberlin was still being held incommunicado. On August 6, 1991, US 

District Judge Harold H. Greene ruled that the allegations made by Kimberlin against US 

Bureau of Prisons Director J. Michael Quinlan were "tangible and detailed" enough to 

justify a trail. Kimberlin had accused Quinlan of ordering solitary confiment for him 

when it became clear that his ability to further inform the media about Quayle's drug use 

would damage the Bush-Quayle effort. 

In March, 1977, Congressman Dan Quayle contributed an article to the Fort Wayne 

Indiana News-Sentinel in which he recommended that Congress take a "serious" look at 

marijuana decriminalization. In April, 1978, Quayle repeated this proposal, specifying he 

supported decriminalization for first-time users. [fn 42]

As for Quayle's military service, he had enlisted in the Indiana National Guard on May 

19, 1969, in the midst of a freeze on further recruiting which had been ordered because 

the Indiana National Guard had exceeded its legally mandated full complement of 

manpower. Guard service was popular among those threatened by the draft, since it 

virtually guaranteed that service in Vietnam could be avoided. Dan Quayle had been 

declared 1-A on May 25, 1969, when he was about to graduate from DePauw University. 

Quayle-Pulliam family influence was instrumental in inducing National Guard Major 

General Wendell Phillippi to admit Quayle and assign him to a desk job. At this time 

Wendell Phillippi was also the managing editor of the Indianapolis News, a Pulliam 

family property. [fn 43] Dan Quayle spent about one year in the National Guard working 

as a reporter for the quarterly publication, Indiana National Guard, a sinecure. 

In contrast with all this, Quayle campaigned as a "Vietnam-era veteran" and a warmonger 

of apocalyptic proportions. He once told a gathering of fundamentalist preachers that a 

nuclear war "would hurry Jesus's second coming" [fn 44] During the Gulf crisis and the 

Iraq war of 1990-91, Quayle was the principal voice in the Bush Administration 

threatening the use of nuclear weapons by the United States against Baghdad. This points 

to Quayle's important role in cementing Bush's own Armageddon connection to the 

apocalyptic-millenarian strata among the Protestant evangelical fundamentalists. 

The power behind Dan Quayle is widely acknowledged to be his consort, Marilyn Tucker 

Quayle. Mrs, Quayle has been described as a "prototype of the new-age political spouse: 

an asset to her husband as a polished professional, not just a decorative surrogate." [fn 

45] Mrs. Quayle comes from an evangelical family; her father, of Nineveh, Indiana, 

believes that Satan is trying to destroy the world and agrees with Ronald Reagan that the 

best president of his lifetime was "Silent Cal" Coolidge. Mrs. Quayle advocates the death 

penalty and says she grew up in a home environment in which daily Bible study was a 

duty for all. The Quayle family was Presbyterian at first, but later broke with this 

denomination to gravitate towards the teachings of Houston, Texas spiritual leader 

Colonel R.B. Thieme, whose taped messages were an institution in the Tucker household. 

Marilyn's sister Nancy Tucker Northcott told a journalist that Thieme's taped sermons 

were a constant background refrain in the Tucker home. Mrs. Tucker "played them all 

day, every day." This sister also pointed out that Marilyn "uses some of [Thieme's] 

Sunday school things.. in her home as a supplement for thir own church," which latter is a 

branch of the Prebyterian Church of America. Marilyn Quayle herself endorsed R.B. 

Thieme's devotional materials as "very good." But Quayle and his handlers have 

attempted to distance the family from Thieme. 

Colonel R.B. Thieme is the pastor of the Berachah Church, an interdenominationalfundamentalist 

institution located in the Galleria neighborhood of Houston, Texas. 

Thieme is a preacher of decidedly military cast who sometimes wears his World War II 

US Army Air Force unform during his appearances in the pulpit. The Bulletin and Prayer 

List for the Berachah Church stresses the military motif, with a quarter of its space being 

devoted to parishioners who are on active duty with the US military. Thieme sees the 

world approaching the end-time, and exhorts his congregation to "prepare for battle,"

while "preparing for the rapture." His ideal is one of "Christian knights, soldiers going to 

war for Jesus." The official hymnal of the Berachah Church contains "Christian Soldier," 

with ranting doggerel lyrics by Thieme set to the tune of "Men of Harlech," the 

traditional Welsh air: **INDENT Christian solider with Christ soaring Do not fear the 

devil's roaring, Wave on wave of Satan's demons Clash with groaning sound. 

'Tis the thrust of Satan's dagger Sin and death to make men stagger With their unbelief in 

darkness, They shall die in hell. 

Gospel of a new salvation, In Christ a new creation The Word of God now going forth 

Shall launch its bolts of thunder. 

Christian soldiers you're victorious, Trusting Christ the strong and glorious, Faith with 

faith a mighty victory Conquers sin and death. **END 

In politics, Thieme rails about the modern United States as a "mobocracy" threatened by 

"satanic propaganda" and "creeping socialism." 

The liturgy for Thieme's lilly-white congregation is built around a lecture in which 

Thieme dispenses a strange and eclectic mixture of Hebrew and Greek philology, Biblical 

nominalism, modern psychological jargon, and plain gibberish while his audience sit in 

what looks like a high school auditorium and busily take notes and underline passages in 

their Bibles. Sin nature control, we learn, can lead to dissociation and multiple 

personality disorder. There are eight stages of reversionism through which a psychobeliever 

may descend to implosion and self-fragmentation. It is a blasphemy to make 

promises to God. We should not be sorry for sins, but we should turn our minds away 

from sin. It is blasphemy to say that we invite Christ to come into our hearts; rather, 

Christ invites us. Spiritually brain dead believers do not understand that they can be 

saved by faith alone and by the spirit (pneumatikos). There are those among the born 

again who become murderers, and so forth in eclectic and vindictive brew. 

R.B. Thieme has been described as "a cult figure" by James Dunn, the executive director 

of the Baptist Joint Committee on Public Affairs in Washington. Controversial through 

he may be even among fundamentalists, Thieme is one of the Quayle family's contact 

points with the legions of Armageddon, who provided a decisive base of support for the 

Bush-Quayle administration during the Gulf war. 

Bush himself has a very strong apocalyptic streak, which he has more often expressed in 

the doomsday language of the RAND Corporation than in the theological terminology of 

an R.B. Thimeme. But there is ample convergence, as shown in this interview with 

Robert Scheer on the campaign trail in early 1980. Scheer started by asking Bush, "How 

do you win in a nuclear exchange?" Bush's response: 

Bush: You have a survivability of command in control, survivability of industrial potential, 

protection of a percentage of your citizens, and you have a capability that inflicts more damage on 

the opposition than it can inflict upon you. That's the way you can have a winner, and the Soviets' 

planning is based on the ugly concept of a winner in a nuclear exchange.

Scheer: Do you mean like five percent would survive? Two percent? 

Bush: More than that-- if everybody fired everything he had, you'd have more than that survive. 

[fn 46] 

Bush's presidential campaign offered nothing of value. In his acceptance speech to the 

Republican national Convention on August 18, 1988, Bush professed the Calvinistic 

creed of a man who sees life in terms of "missions"; the mission now, he thought, was to 

make sure that the crumbling "American Century" of Col. Stimson and his World War II 

cabal which "lit the world with our culture" were followed by "another American 

century." Bush promised to avoid war: "We have peace, and I am not going to let anyone 

take it away from us." Bush harped on his theme of voluntarism-boosterism-corporatism 

with his celebration of "the idea of community" and his notorious "thousand points of 

light" as a recipe to deal with the human wreckage being piled up by the unbridled free 

enterprise he had stood for all his life. The irreverent soon transformed that into "a 

thousand points of blight." 

Remarkably, Bush still had a few promises on the economic front. He went on record 

once again with his "Read my lips: no new taxes." He boasted that the Reagan-Bush 

forces had created 17 million jobs over the previous five years of recovery. He pledged to 

create "30 in eight, 30 million jobs in the next eight years." (Non-farm payrolls were 

slightly over 107 million when Bush took office, and rose to slightly more than 110 

million by the middle of 1990. Then, with layoffs averaging 2,000 a day, total 

unemployment sagged through the early autumn of 1991, with a net loss of about 1 1/2 

million jobs. Bush is not on track to filfill this promise, which nobody has heard him 

repetaing since the election. There has been no "kinder, gentler nation." 

The final stages of the campaign were played out amid great public indifference. Some 

interest was generated in the final weeks by a matter oif prurient, rather than policy 

interest: rumors were flying of a Bush sex scandal. This talk, fed by the old Jennifer 

Fitzgerald story, had surfaced during 1987 in the wake of the successful covert operation 

against Gary Hart. The gossip became intense enough that George W. Bush asked his 

father if he had been guilty of philandering. The young Bush reported back to the press 

that "the answer to the Big A [adultery] question is N-O." Lee Atwater accused David 

Keene of the Dole campaign of helping to circulate the rumor, and Keene, speaking on a 

television talk show, responded that Atwater was "a liar." Shortly thereafter, a "sex 

summit" was convened between the Bush and Dole camps for the purpose of maintaing 

correct GOP decorum even amidst the acrimony of the campaign. [fn 47] 

Evans and Novak opined that "Atwater and the rest of the Bush high command, 

convinced that the rumors would soon be published, reacted in a way that spelled panic to 

friend anmd foe alike." On June 17, 1987, Michael Sneed of the Chicago Sun-Times had 

written that "several major newspapers are sifting ...reported dalliances of Mr. Boring." 

[fn 48] But during that summer of 1988, the Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones 

networks were powerful enough to suppress the story and spare Bush any embarrassment.

During the weeks before the election, the LA Weekly, an alternative paper in Los Angeles, 

devoted an entire issue to "the dark side of George Bush." British newspapers like the 

tabloid London Evening Standard repeated some details, but US news organizations were 

monolithic in refusing to report anything; the Bush networks were in total command. 

Then rumors began to fly that the Washington Post was preparing to publish an account 

of Bush's sex pecadillos. On Wednesday, October 19, the New York Stock Exchange was 

swept by reports that stories damaging to Bush were about to appear, and this was cited 

as a contributing factor in a 43 point drop in the Dow Jones Industrial Average. The Wall 

Street Journal and USA Today gingerly picked up the story, albeit in very vague terms. 

The Wall Street Journal wrote that the Washington Post was preparing a story that "Bush 

had carried on an extramarital affair," with a "report that he [Bush] has had a mistress for 

several years." One of the allegations was that Bush had had an extramarital affair during 

the mid-1970's with a woman who was no longer in his entourage. 

Donna Brazile of the Dukakis campaign staff told reporters in New Haven, Connecticut: 

"I wasn't on the stock market yesterday but I understood they got a little concerned that 

George was going to the White House with somebody other than Barbara. I think George 

Bush owes it to the American people to 'fess up...." "The American people have every 

right to know if Barbara Bush will share that bed with him in the White House. I'm 

talking about Barbara Bush and someone with the initials J.F. or whatever the names 

are," said Ms. Brazile. Was this a reference to Jennifer Fitzgerald? A few hours later, 

Donna Brazile, a young black woman who had also accused the Bushmen of using "every 

code word and racial symbol to package their little racist campaign," was fired from the 

Dukakis campaign. Paul Brountas, one of Dukakis's close advisers, said that he would not 

accuse the Bush campaign of being racist. With the Willie Horton ads running full clip 

everywhere, many could not believe their ears. After an Associated Press wire sent out on 

Thursday, October 20 had offered another summary of the rumor, Bush's press aide 

Sheila Tate dismissed the entire story as "warmed over garbage." [fn 49] But in the end, 

the Washington Post published no story, and the entire issue was stifled by the brutal 

power of the Bush media networks. 

In the end, the greatest trump card of Bush's 1988 campaign was Bush's opponent 

Michael Dukakis. There is every reason to believe that Dukakis was chosen by Bush 

Democrat power brokers and the Eastern Establishment bankers primarily because he 

was so manifestly unwilling and unable seriously to oppose Bush. Many are the 

indications that the Massachusetts governor had been selected to take a dive. The gravest 

suspicions are in order as to whether there ever was a Dukakis campaign at all. Reagan 

soon made his celebrated quip, "I'm not going to pick on an invalid," focussing intense 

public attention on Dukakis's refusal to release his medical records. 

The colored maps used by the television networks on the night of November 8 presented 

a Bush victory which, although less convincing than Reagan's two landslides, 

nevertheless seemed impressive. A closer examination of the actual vote totals reveals a 

much different lesson: even in competition with the bumbling and craven Dukakis 

campaign, Bush remained a pitifully weak candidate who, despite overwhelming 

advantages of incumbency, money, organization, years of enemies' list operations, a free

ide from the controlled media, and a pathetic opponent, just managed to eke out a 

hairsbreadth margin. 

Bush had won 53% of the popular vote, but if just 535,000 voters in eleven states (or 

600,000 voters in 9 states) had switched to Dukakis, the latter would have been the 

winner. The GOP had ruled the terrain west of the Mississippi for many moons, but Bush 

had managed to lose three Pacific states, Oregon, Washington, and Hawaii. Bush won 

megastates like Illinois and Pennsylvania by paper-thin margins of 51%, and the allimportant 

California vote, which went to Bush by just 52%, had been too close for 

George's comfort. Missouri had also been a 52% close call for George. In the farm states, 

the devastation of GOP free enteprise caused both Iowa and Wisconsin to join Minnesota 

in the Democratic column. Chronically depressed West Virginia was having none of 

George. In the oil patch, the Democrats posted percentage gains even though Bush 

carried these states: in Texas, Oklahoma, and Louisiana the Democratic presidential vote 

was up between 7 and 11 percent compared to the Mondale disaster of 1984. In the 

Midwest, Dukakis managed to carry four dozen counties that had not gone for a 

Democratic presidential contender since 1964. All in all half of Bush's electoral votes 

came from states in which he got less than 55.5% of the two-party vote, showing that 

there was no runaway Bush landslide. 

Exit polls showed that less than half of Bush's voters were strongly committed to him, 

underlining the fact that Bush has never succeeded in winning the loyalty of any 

identifiable groups in the population, except the spooks and the bluebloods. At the time 

of the election, the official statistics of the Reagan regime were alleging a yearly 

consumer inflation rate of 5.2% and an unemployment figure of 4.1%. Exit polls that 

53% of all voters through that the economy was getting better. As the economic 

depression worsens into 1992, all of those figures will belong to the good old days. A 

comparison of Bush's victory in the Iowa caucuses of 1980 with his wretched third-place 

finish there in 1988 is a good indicator of how utterly support for Bush can collapse as a 

result of a dramatic deterioration in economic conditions, given once again that Bush has 

no loyal base of political support. 

The voter turnout hit a new postwar low, with just 49.1% of eligible voters showing up at 

the polls, significantly worse than the Truman-Dewey matchup of 1948, when just 51% 

had deemed it worthwile to vote. This means that Bush expected to govern the country 

with the votes of just 26.8% of the eligible voters in his pocket. Bush had won a number 

of southern states by lop-sided margins of about 20%, but this was correlated in many 

cases with very low overall voter turnout, which dipped below 40% in Georgia and South 

Carolina. A big plus factor for George was the very low black voter turnout in the south, 

where a significant black vote had helped the Democrats retake control of the Senate in 

1986. With Dukakis capturing 90% of the black vote, a bigger black turnout would have 

created some serious problems for George. Bush knows that victory in 1992 will depend 

on keeping the black turnout low, and this is part of the rationale behind his "wedge 

issue" nomination of the black rightist Clarence Thomas to the Supreme Court, which 

successfully split national black organizations in such a way that Bush hopes he will be 

able to ignore them in 1992.

More generally, it would appear that Bush would be very happy to keep across the board 

voter turnout at such depressed levels, since a larger vote could only threaten his results. 

Dukakis was able to attract only about half of the Reagan Democrats back to their 

traditional party, despite the preppy-blueblood aura of the Bush campaign, which these 

voters would normally have found highly offensive. The Bush cause is therefore well 

served by public scandals and media campaigns that tend to elicit widespread disgust 

with politics and government, since these increase the probability that citizens will stay 

home on election day, leaving George to dominate the field. It is no surprise that 

precisely such scandals, from Congressional pay raises and the Keating five to the 

Thomas nomination hearings have proliferated during the years of the Bush regime. 

Among those Republicans who had succeeded in winning the White House in two-way 

races (excluding years like 1948 or 1968, when the totals were impacted by Henry 

Wallace and Strom Thurmond's Dixiecrats, or by George Wallace), Bush's result was the 

weakest since fellow Skull and Bones alumnus William Howard Taft in 1908. [fn 50] 

These patterns might also indicate that the dominant role of the electoral votes of the 

former Confederate States of America within the Electoral College under the post-1968 

Southern Strategy of the national Republican Party may be subjected to erosion in 1992, 

especially under the impact of the Bush economic depression. 

It is also to be hoped that 1988 will prove in retrospect to have represented the high-water 

mark of hired gun media and campaign consultants in presidential elections. Atwater at 

one time boasted that his staff contained at least 28 media experts and political operatives 

who had worked in at least three previous presidential elections, many of which were also 

winning efforts for the GOP. These men were drawn from New York's Madison Avenue 

and from Washington's Connecticut Avenue "Power Alley," where many of the bestconnected 

political consulting firms have their offices. It is clear that men like Atwater, 

Ailes, Spencer, Deaver and others have performed a function in the consoldation of a 

modern American leviathan state that is exactly analagous to the vital services rendered 

to the Third Reich by Propaganda Minister Dr. Josef Goebbels between 1933 and 1945. 

There is a crime of menticide which consists in the deliberate destruction of the cognitive 

powers of another human being, and the campaigns organized by these consultants have 

represented menticide on a mass scale. Further: if the international economic policies 

inflicted on the world by the Reagan-Bush and Bush regimes have exacted a yearly 

global death toll of upwards of 50 million needless deaths, primarily in the developing 

sector, it has been the image mongers and public relations men who have organized the 

US domestic electoral consensus that has permitted those genocidal policies to go 

forward. For all of these reasons, the media and campaign consultants are fascists. They 

are virulent fascists typical of the American totalitarian state of the late twentieth century, 

and this is true even if these consultants lack the bombastic trappings of the central 

European fascists of more than a half century ago. 

Lee Atwater celebrated the Bush inauguration by playing his electric guitar at a rhythm 

and blues concert in which his gyrations bordered on the outright obscene. Although Lee 

Atwater had masterminded the most racist presidential campaign in modern history, he 

still had the gall during the spring of 1989 to be a candidate for a post on the Board of

Trustees of Howard University, the historically black institution of higher learning in 

Washington, DC. Atwater was forced to abandon this outrageous candidacy by a mass 

mobilization of the Howard students. 

Some months later, Atwater was found to be suffering from a malignant brain cancer. It 

is rumored around Washington that Atwater in his final days became a convert to Roman 

Catholicism and expressed repentance for many of the deeds he performed during his 

political career. It appears certain that he personally apologized to some of the candidates 

whom he had vilified during the course of various political campaigns. When Atwater 

died in April, 1991 at the age of 40, it was widely rumored in Washington that he had 

expressed the deepest remorse for having contributed to the creation of the Bush 

administration. 

NOTES: 

1. Jack W. Germond and Jules Witcover, Wake Us When It's Over: The Presidential Politics of 1984 (New 

York, 1985), p. 489. 

2. Joseph Kraft, "The Real George Bush," Washington Post, October 18, 1984. 

3. Wake Us When It's Over, p. 522. 

4. George Will column, January 30, 1986, in Will, The Morning After, p. 254. 

5. Philip Geylin, "Makings of a Success in Africa," Washington Post, December 10, 1982. 

6. "Bush Makes Few Waves at Home, Creates Big Splash in Sandinavia," Washington Post, July 12, 1983. 

7. "Bush Ends Trip to Subcontinent With US Ties Largely Unaltered," Washington Post, May 19, 1984. 

8. "Globe-Spanning Mission Strengthens Bush for '88," Washington Post, March 24, 1985. 

9. See Sara Diamond, Spiritual Warfare, pp. 72 and 254. 

10. Jack Anderson and Dale Van Atta, "Bush's Day at the Helm," Washington Post, January 27, 1988. 

11. "Bush is Counseled to Look Sharp Tuesday," Washington Post, January 26, 1986. 

12. Maxine Cheshire,"VIP," Washington Post, April 25, 1981. 

13. Jack Anderson and Dale Van Atta, "Bush Waits and Hopes for Reagan Nod," Washington Post, August 

18, 1986. 

14. "Reagan Won't Cite Issues Bush Affected," Washington Post, September 12, 1987. 

15. Jack W. Germond and Jules Witcover, Whose Borad Stripes and Bright Stars: The Trivial Pursuit of the 

Presidency, 1988 (New York, 1989), p. 156.

16. "Bush Proves Successful in Ticklish Appearance." Washington Post, December 12, 1985. 

17. "New Hampshire Chill," Washington Post, October 11, 1987. 

18. Whose Broad Stripes and Bright Stars, pp. 71-72 and 366. 

19. Joe Conason, "Robert Mosbacher's Grand Scheme," Texas Observer, April 28, 1989. 

20. Ibid., p. 12. 

21. "County resources utilized by Eckels to boost the GOP," Houston Post, February 8, 1985. 

22. Houston Chronicle, June 2, 1989. 

23. Douglas Caddy, letter to FBI Director William Sessions, May 2, 1988. 

24. Federal Election Commission Bulletin, Volune 17, Number 2, February, 1991, p. 11. 




28. See Thomas Burdick and Charlene Mitchell, Blue Thunder (New York, 1990), pp. 73, 167, and 290- 

293. 

29. Blue Thunder, p. 167; Germond and Witcover, Whose Broad Stripes and Bright Stars, p. 185, quote 

unnamed Hart campaign aides who "said later they were convinced" that Lynn Armandt had called 

journalist Tom Fiedler of the Miami Herald with a tip-off that Donna Rice was going to washington to be 

an overnight guest of Gary Hart. But Fiedler denies that Armandt was the caller. 

30. Jack W. Germond and Jules Witcover, Wake Us When It's Over (New York, 1985), pp. 326-327. 

31. For Bush in the 1988 campaign, see Germond and Witcover, Whose Broad Stripes and Bright Stars. 


33. "Robertson Links Bush to Swaggart Scandal," Washington Post, February 24, 1988. 

34. "The Contra Country Campaign," Washington Post, March 6, 1988. 

35. Germond and Witcover, Whose Broad Stripes and Bright Stars, p. 161. 


37. Frank McNeil, War and Peace in Central America, p. 277. 

38. Whose Broad Stripes and Bright Stars, p. 385.

39. Eleanor Randolph, "Ghost of Dan Quayle's grandfather laid to rest," Dallas Times-Herald, August 23, 

1988. 

40. Alexander Cockburn, "Beat the Devil: Dan Quayle, Acid Freak?" The Nation, September 26, 1988, p. 

226. 

41. Joel Bleifuss, "In Short," In These Times, 16-22 November, 1988, p. 5, cited by Arthur Frederick Ide, 

Bush-Quayle: The Reagan Legacy (Irving, Texas: Scholars Books, 1989), pp. 55-56. 

42. 

43. Ide, Bush-Quayle, p. 14. 

44. Ide, Bush-Quayle, p. 5. 

45. Elinor J. Brecher, "Marilyn Quayle called 'prototype of the new-age political spouse," Louisville 

Courier-Journal, September 25, 1988. 

46. "Burning Bush," The Nation, March 8, 1980, p. 261. 



49. Eleanor Randolph, "Bush Rumor Created Dilemma for Media," Washington Post, October 22, 1988. 

50. See Kevin Phillips, The Politics of Rich and Poor, (New York, 1990), p. 215; Facts on File,, November 

11, 1988; and Paul R. Abramson, John H. Aldrich, and David W. Rohde, Change and Continuity in the 

1988 Elections (Washington DC: Congressional Quarterly, 1991).

Chapter -XXIII- The End of History 

Der Staat ist als die Wirklichkeit des substantiellen Willens, die er in dem zu 

seiner Allgemeinheit erhobenen besonderen Selbstbewusstseyn hat, das an und 

fuer sich Vernuenftige. Diese substantielle Einheit ist absoluter unbewegter 

Selbstzweck, in welchem die Freiheit zu ihrem hoechsten Recht kommt, so wie 

dieser Endzweck das hoechste Recht gegen die Einzelnen hat, deren hoechste 

Pflicht es ist, Mitglieder des Staats zu seyn. 

G.W.F. Hegel, Grundlinien der Philosophie des Rechts. 

George Bush's inaugural address of January 21, 1989, was on the whole an eminently 

colorless and forgettable oration. The speech was for the most part a rehash of the tired 

demagogy of Bush's election campaign, with the ritual references to "a thousand points of 

light" and the hollow pledge that when it came to the drug inundation which Bush had 

supposedly been fighting for most of the decade, "This scourge will stop." Bush talked of 

"stewardship" being passed on from one generation to another. There was almost nothing 

about the state of the US economy. Bush was preoccupied with the "divisiveness" left 

over from the Vietnam era, and this he pledged to end in favor of a return to bipartisan 

consensus between the president and the Congress, since "the statute of limitations has 

been reached. This is a fact: The final lesson of Vietnam is that no great nation can long 

afford to be sundered by a memory." There is good reason to believe that Bush was 

already contemplating the new round of foreign military adventures which were not long 

in coming. 

One thing is certain: Bush's inaugural address contained no promise to keep the peace of 

the sort that had figured in his New Orleans acceptance speech back in August. 

The characteristic note of Bush's remarks came at the outset, in the passages in which he 

celebrated the triumph of the American variant of the bureaucratic-authoritarian police 

state, based on usury, which chooses to characterize itself as "freedom:" 

We know what works: Freedom works. We know what's right: Freedom is right. We know how to 

secure a more just and prosperous life for man on Earth- through free markets, free speech, free 

elections, and the exercise of free will unhampered by the state. 

For the first time in this century, for the first time perhaps in all history, man does not have to 

invent a system by which to live. We don't have to talk late into the night about which form of 

government is better. We don't have to wrest justice from the kings. We only have to summon it 

from within ourselves. We must act on what we know. [fn 1] 

After the inauguration ceremonies at the Capitol were completed, George and Barbara 

Bush descended Pennsylvania Avenue towards the White House in a triumphant 

progress, getting out of their limousine every block or two to walk among the crowds and 

savour the ovations. George Bush, imperial administrator and bureaucrat, had now 

reached the apex of his career, the last station of the cursus honorum: the chief 

magistracy. Bush now assumed leadership of a Washington bureaucracy that was

increasingly focussed on itself and its own aspirations, convinced of its own omnipotence 

and infallibility, of its own manifest destiny to dominate the world. It was a heady 

moment, full of the stuff of megalomaniac delusion. 

Imperial Washington was now aware of the increasing symtoms of collapse in the Soviet 

Empire. The feared adversary of four decades of the cold war was collapsing. Germany 

and Japan were formidable economic powers, but they were led by a generation of 

politicians who had been well schooled in the necessity of following Anglo-Saxon orders. 

France had abandoned her traditional Gaullist policy of independence and sovereignty, 

and had returned to the suivisme of the old Fourth Republic under Bush's freemasonic 

confrere Francois Mitterrand. Opposition to Washington's imperial designs might still 

come from leading states of the developing sector, from India, Brazil, Iraq and Malasia, 

but the imperial administrators, puffed up with their xenophobic contempt for the former 

colonials, were confident that these states could ne easily defeated, and that the third 

world would meekly succumb to the installation of Anglo-American puppet regimes in 

the way that the Philippines and so many Latin American countries had during the 1980's. 

Bush could also survey the home front with self-congratulatory complacency. He had 

won a Congressional election in his designer district in Houston, but in 1964 and 1970 

majorities at the polls had proven mockingly elusive. Now, for just the second time in his 

life, he had solved the problem of winning a contested election, and this time it had been 

the big one. Bush had at one stroke fulfilled his greatest ambition and solved his most 

persistent problem, that of getting himself elected to public office. He had dealt 

successfully with the thorny issue of governance in the domestic sphere, foiling the jinx 

that had dogged all sitting vice presidents seeking to move up after Martin Van Buren's 

success in 1836. 

Bush assembled a team of his fellow Malthusian bureaucrats and administrators from 

among those officials who had staffed Republican administrations going back to 1969, 

the year that Nixon chose Kissinger for the National Security Council. Persons like 

Scowcroft, Baker, Carla Hills, and Bush himself had, with few exceptions, been in or 

around the federal government and especially the executive branch for most of two 

decades, with only the brief hiatus of Jimmy Carter to let them fill their pockets in private 

sector influence peddling. Bush's cabinet and staff was convinced it boasted the most 

powerful battery of resumes, the the most consummate experience, the most impeccable 

credentials, of any management team in the history of the world. All the great issues of 

policy had been solved under Nixon, Ford, and Reagan; the geopolitical situation was 

being brought under control; all that remained was to consolidate and perfect the total 

administration of the world according to the policies and procedures already established, 

while delivering mass consensus through the same methods that had just proven 

unbeatable in the presidential campaign. The Bush team was convinced of its own 

inherent superiority to the Mandarin Chinese, the Roman and Byzantine, the Ottoman, 

the Austrian, the Prussian, the Soviet, and to all other bureaucratic-authoritarian regimes 

that had ever existed on the planet. Only the British East India Company was even in the 

same league, thought the theorists of usury on the Bush team. (Pride goeth ever before a

fall. By late 1991, this same team had acquired the deserved reputation of a gaggle of 

maladroit buffoons.) 

These triumphant bureaucrats and above all George Bush himself were not kindly 

disposed to old Ronald Reagan, in whose shadow they had labored for so long. How 

many of them had been consumed with rage when plum posts had been given to Reagan's 

fast-buck California parvenu cronies! How they had cursed Reagan for a sentimental 

pushover when he made concessions to Gorbachov! The bureaucrats would not join 

Reagan in slobbering over Gorbachov, at least not right away; they were there to drive a 

hard bargain, to make sure the Soviet empire collapsed. They had accepted Reagan as a 

useful facade, a harmless vaudeville act to keep the great unwashed masses amused while 

the bureaucrats carried out their machinations. But the bureaucrats had a savage temper, 

and they never appreciated the bumbling antics of any favorite uncles. If scripted Reagan 

had seemed a necessary evil as long as he appeared indispensable to procure election 

victories and mass consensus, how intolerable he seemed now that he had been proven 

unnecessary, now that imperial functionary George Bush had won election in his own 

right, without Reagan's bobbing histrionics! 

Reagan-bashing became one of the ruling passions of the new patrician regime. This was 

a matter of Realpolitik that went beyond mere words: it was the demolition of any 

remaining Reaganite political machinery, lest it provide a springboard for a political 

challenge to the plutocracy of little Lord Fauntleroy. The campaign was so intense that it 

elicited a letter from Richard Nixon to John Sununu complaining of a newspaper account 

of White House aides speaking on background to depict Reagan as a dunce, much 

inferior to his successor. Nixon urged that "whoever was the source of this story should 

be fired as an example to others who might be tempted to play the same kind of game." 

Nixon denounced "anonymous staffers who believe that the way to build him [Bush] up 

is to tear Reagan down." Sununu hurriedly telephoned Tricky Dick to reassure him that 

he was also found the denigration of Reagan "absolutely intolerable," but the trashing of 

the old Reagan machine only accelerated. One assistant to Bush boasted that the new 

president was "in the business of governing," while poor old Reagan had been a prop for 

photo opportunities. [fn 2] 

Of course, the imperial functionaries of the Bush team had chosen to ignore certain gross 

facts, most importantly the demonstrable bankruptcy and insolvency of their own leading 

institutions of finance, credit, and government. Their ability to command production and 

otherwise to act upon the material world was in sharp decline. How long would the 

American population remain in its state of stupefied passivity in the face of deteriorating 

standards of living that were now falling more rapidly than at any time in the last twenty 

years? And now, the speculative orgy of the 1980's would have to be paid for. Even their 

advantage over the crumbling Soviet Empire was ultimately only a marginal, relative, and 

temporary one, due primarily to a faster rate of collapse on the Soviet side; but the day of 

reckoning for the Anglo-Americans was coming, too. 

This was the triumphalism that pervaded the opening weeks of the Bush administration. 

Bush gave more press conferences during the transition period than Reagan had given

during most of his second term; he revelled in the accoutrements of his new office, and 

gave the White House press corps all the photo opportunities and interviews they wanted 

to butter them up and get them in his pocket. 

These fatuous delusions of grandeur were duly projected upon the plane of the 

philosophy of history by an official of the Bush Administration, Francis Fukuyama, the 

Deputy Director of the State Department Policy Planning Staff, the old haunt of 

Harrimanites like Paul Nitze and George Kennan. In the winter of 1989, during Bush's 

first hundred days in office, Fukuyama delivered a lecture to the Olin Foundation which 

was later published in The National Interestquarterly under the title of "The End of 

History?" Imperial administrator Fukuyama had studied under the reactionary elitist 

Allan Bloom, and was conversant with the French neo-enlightenment semiotic (or semiidiotic) 

school of Derrida, Foucault, and Roland Barthes, whose zero degree of writing 

Fukuyama may have been striving to attain. Above all, Fukayama was a follower of 

Hegel in the interpetation of the French postwar neo-Hegelian Alexandre Kojeve. 

Fukuyama qualifies as the official ideologue of the Bush regime. His starting point is the 

"unabashed victory of economic and social liberalism," meaning by that the economic 

and political system reaching its maturity under Bush-- what the State Department 

usually calls "democracy." "The triumph of the West, of the Western idea, is evident first 

of all in the total exhaustion of viable systematic alternatives to Western liberalism," 

Fukuyama wrote. "The triumph of the Western political idea is complete. Its rivals have 

been routed....Political theory, at least the part concerned with defining the good polity, is 

finished," Fukuyama opined. "The Western idea of governance has prevailed." "What we 

may be witnessing is not just the end of the Cold War, or the passing of a particular 

period of postwar history, but the end of history as such: that is, the end point of 

mankind's ideological evolution and the universalization of Western liberal democracy as 

the final form of human government." According to Fukayama, communism as an 

alternative system had bee thoroughly discredited in the USSR, China, and the other 

communist countries. Since there are no other visible models contending for the right to 

shape the future, he concludes that the modern American state is the "final, rational form 

of society and state." There are of course large areas of the world where governments and 

forms of society prevail which diverge radically from Fukuyama's western model, but he 

answers this objection by explaining that backward, still historic parts of the world exist 

and will continue to exist for some time. It is just that they will never be able to present 

their forms of society as a credible model or alternative to "liberalism." Since Fukuyama 

presumably knew something of what was in the Bush administration pipeline, he 

carefully kept the door open for new wars and military conflicts, especially among 

historic states, or between historic and post-historic powers. Both Panama and Iraq 

would, according to Fukayam's typology, fall into the "historic" category. 

Thus, in the view of the early Bush administration, the planet would come to be 

dominated more and more by the "universal homogenous state," a mixture of "liberal 

democracy in the political sphere combined with easy access to VCRs and stereos in the 

economic." The arid banality of that definition is matched by Fukuyama's dazzled tribute 

to "the spectacular abundance of advanced liberal economies and the infintely diverse

consumer culture." Fukuyama, it turns out, is a resident of the privileged enclave for 

imperial functionaries that is northeast Virginia, and so has little understanding of the 

scope of US domestic poverty and immiseration: "This is not to say that there are not rich 

people and poor people in the United States, or that the gap between them has not grown 

in recent years. But the root causes of economic inequality have less to do with the 

underlying legal and social strcutures of our society, which remain fundamentally 

egalitarian and moderately redistributionist, as with the cultural and social characteristics 

of the groups that make it up, which are in turn the historical legacy of premodern 

conditions. Thus black poverty in the United States, for example, is not the inherent 

product of liberalism, but is rather the 'legacy of slavery and racism' which persisted long 

after the formal abolition fo slavery." For Fukuyama, writing at a moment when 

American class divisions were more pronounced that at any time in human memory, "the 

egalitarianism of modern America represents the essential achievement of the classless 

society envisoned by Marx." As a purveyor of official doctrine for the Bush regime, 

Fukuyama is bound to ignore twenty years of increasing poverty and declining standards 

of living for all Americans which has caused an even greater retrogression for the black 

population; there is no way that this can be chalked up to the heritage of slavery. 

It is not far from the End of History to Bush's later slogans of the New World Order and 

the imperial Pax Universalis. It is ironic but lawful that Bush should have chosen a neo- 

Hegelian as apologist for his regime. Hegel was the arch-obscurantist, philosophical 

dictator, and saboteur of the natural sciences; he was the ideologue of Metternich's Holy 

Alliance system of police states in the post-1815 oligarchic restoration in Europe imposed 

by the Congress of Vienna. When we mention Metternich we have at once brought 

Bush's old patron Kissinger into play, since Metternich is well known as his ego ideal. 

Hegel deified the bureaucratic-authoritarian state machinery of which he was a part as the 

final embodiment of rationality in human affairs, beyond which it was impossible to go. 

Hegel told intellectuals to be reconciled with the world they found around them, and 

pronounced philosophy incapable of producing ideas for the reform of the world. As 

Hegel put it in the famous preface to the Philosophy of Right: "Wenn die Philosophie ihr 

Grau in Grau mahlt, dann ist eine Gestalt des Lebens alt geworden, und mit Grau in Grau 

laesst sie sich nicht verjuengen, sondern nur erkennen; die Eule der Minerva beginnt erst 

mit der einbrechenden Daemmerung ihren Flug." References to Hegel's owl of Minerva 

have been a staple of Washington coktail-party chatter during the Bush years. As 

Fukuyama put it: "The end of history will be a very sad time....There will be neither art 

nor philosophy, just the perpetual caretaking of the museum of human history....Perhaps 

this very prospect of centuries of boredom at the end of history will serve to get history 

started over again." [fn 3] 

The Bush regime thus took shape as a bureaucratic-authoritarian stewardship of the 

financial interests of Wall Street and the City of London. Many saw in the Bush team the 

patrician financiers of the Rockefeller Administration that never was. The groups in 

society were to be served were so narrowly restricted that the Bush administration often 

looked like a government that had totally separated itself from the underlying society and 

had constituted itself to govern in the interests of the bureaucracy itself. Since Bush was 

irrevocably committed to carrying forward the policies that had been consolidated and

institutionalized during the previous eight years, the regime became more and more rigid 

and inflexible. Active opposition, or even the dislocations occasioned by administration 

policies were therefore dealt with by the repressive means of the police state. The Bush 

regime could not govern, but it could indict, and the Discrediting Committee was aways 

ready to vilify. Some observers spoke of a new form of bonapartism sui generis, but the 

most accurate description for the Bush combination was the "administrative fascism". 

Bush's cabinet reflected several sets of optimizing criteria. 

The best way to attain a top cabinet post was to belong to a family that had been allied 

with the Bush-Walker clan over a period of at least half a century, and to have served as a 

functionary or fund-raiser for the Bush campaign. This applied to Secretary of State 

James Baker III, Secretary of the Treasury Nicholas Brady, Secretary of Commerce 

Robert Mosbacher, and Bush's White House counsel and top political adviser, C. Boyden 

Gray. 

A second royal road to high office was to have been an officer of Kissinger Associates, 

the international consulting firm set up by Bush's lifelong patron, Henry Kissinger. In this 

category we find Gen. Brent Scowcroft, the former chief of the Kiss Ass Washington 

office, and Lawrence Eagleburger, the dissipated wreck who was named to the number 

two post in the State Department, Undersecretary of State. Eagleburger had been the 

president of Kissinger Associates. The ambassadorial (or proconsul) list was also rife 

with Kissingerian pedigrees: a prominent one was John Negroponte, Bush's ambassador 

to Mexico. 

Overlapping with this last group were the veterans of the 1974-77 Ford Administration, 

one of the most freemasonic in recent US history. National Security Council Director 

Brent Scowcroft, for example, was simply returning to the job that he had held under 

Ford as Kissinger's alter ego inside the White House. Dick Cheney, who eventually 

became Secretary of Defense, had been Ford's White House chief of staff. Cheney had 

been Executive Assistant to the Director of Nixon's Office of Economic Opportunity way 

back in 1969. In 1971 he had joined Nixon's White House staff as Don Rumsfeld's 

deputy. From 1971 to 1973, Cheney was at the Cost of Living Council, working as an 

enforcer for the infamous Phase II wage freeze in Nixon's "Economic Stabilization 

Program." The charming Carla Hills, who became Bush's Trade Representative, had been 

Ford's Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. William Seidman and James Baker 

(and Federal Reserve Board Chairman Alan Greenspan, a Reagan holdover who was the 

chairman of Ford's Council of Economic Advisers) had also been in the picture under 

Jerry Ford. 

Bush also extended largesse to those who had assisted him in the election campaign just 

concluded. At the top of this list was Governor John Sununu of New Hampshire, who 

would have qualified as the modern Nostradamus for his exact prediction of Bush's 9% 

margin of victory over Dole in the New Hampshire primary --unless he had helped to 

arrange it with vote fraud.

Another way to carry off a top plum in the Bush regime was to have participated in the 

coverup of the Iran-contra scandal. The leading role in that coverup had been assumed by 

Reagan's own blue ribbon commission of notables, the Tower Board, which carried out 

the White House's own in-house review of what had allegedly gone wrong, and had 

scapegoated Don Regan for a series of misdeeds that actually belonged at the doorstep of 

George Bush. The members of that board were former GOP Senator John Tower of 

Texas, Gen. Brent Scowcroft, and former Sen. Edmund Muskie, who had been Secretary 

of State for Carter after the resignation of Cyrus Vance. Scowcroft, who shows up under 

many headings, was ensconced at the NSC. Bush's original candidate for Secretary of 

Defense was John Tower, who had been the point man of the 1986-87 coverup of Irancontra 

during the months before the Congressional investigating committees formally got 

into the act. Tower's nomination was rejected by the Senate after he was accused of being 

drunken and promiscuous by Paul Weyrich, a Buckleyite activist, and others. Some 

observers thought that the Tower nomination had been deliberately torpedoed by Bush's 

own discrediting committee so as to avoid the presence of a top cabinet officer with the 

ability to blackmail Bush by threatening to bring him down at any time. Perhaps Tower 

had overplayed his hand. In any case, Dick Cheney, a Wyoming Congressman with 

strong intelligence community connections, was speedily nominated and confirmed after 

Tower had been shot down, prompting speculation that Cheney was the one Bush had 

really wanted all the time. 

Another Iran-contra veteran in line to get a reward was Bush's former national security 

adviser, Don Gregg, who had served Bush since at least the time of the 1976 Koreagate 

scandal. Gregg, as we have seen, was more than willing to commit the most maladroit 

and blatant perjury in order to save his boss from the wolves. The pathetic drama of 

Gregg's senate confirmation hearings, which marked a true degradation for that body, has 

already been recounted. Later, when William Webster retired as Director of the CIA, 

there were persistent rumors that the hyperthyroid Bush had originally demanded that 

Don Gregg be nominated to take his place. According to these reports, it required all the 

energy of Bush's handlers to convince the president that Gregg was too dirty to pass 

confirmation; Bush relented, but then announced to his dismayed and exhausted staff that 

his second and non-negotiable choice for Langley was Robert Gates, the former CIA 

deputy director who had been working as Scowcroft's number two at the National 

Security Council. The problem was that Gates, who had already dropped out of an earlier 

confirmation battle for the CIA director's post, was about as thoroughly compromised as 

Don Gregg. But at that point, Bush's could not be budged a second time, so the name of 

Gates was sent to the senate, bringing the entire Iran-contra complex into full public view 

once again. As it turned out, the Bush Democrats in the Senate proved more than willing 

to approve Gates. 

Still on the Iran-contra list was Gen. Colin Powell, whom Bush appointed as Chairman of 

the Joint Chiefs of Staff. After Vice Admiral John Poindexter and Oliver North had 

departed from the Old Executive Office Building in November, 1986, Reagan had 

appointed Frank Carlucci to lead the NSC. Carlucci had brought along Gen. Powell. With 

Colin Powell as his deputy, Carlucci cleaned up the stables of Augeias of the OEOB- 

NSC complex in such a way as to minimize damage to Bush. Powell was otherwise a

protege of the very Anglophile Caspar Weinberger, and of Carlucci, a man with strong 

links to Operation Democracy and to the Sears, Roebuck interests. 

The State Department, too, had its Iran-contra coverup brigade. First came Thomas R. 

Pickering, chosen by Bush to take over his old post as US Ambassador to the United 

Nations, a job with cabinet rank. When Pickering was US Ambassador to El Salvador 

during the 1984-85 period, he helped arrange shipment of more than $1 million of 

military equipment to the contras, all during a time when this was forbidden by US law, 

according to his own testimony before the Congressional Iran-contra investigating 

committees. Pickering did not report any of his doings to the State Department, but 

instead kept in close touch with Don Gregg, Felix Rodriguez, and Oliver North of Bush's 

retinue. Pickering, when he was ambassador to Israel in 1985-86, was also in on Israeli 

third-country arms shipments to Iran that were supposed to secure the release of certain 

hostages held in nearby Lebanon. [fn 4] This vulgar, gun-running filibusterer is now the 

arrogant spokesman for Bush's New World Order among the five permanent members of 

the United Nations Security Council, where he dispenses imperial threats and platitudes. 

Still on the Iran-contra coverup honors list we find Reginald Bartholomew, Bush's choice 

as Undersecretary of State for security affairs, science, and technology. Bartholomew was 

US Ambassador in Beirut in September-November 1985, when an Israeli shipment of 

508 US-made TOW antitank missles was followed by the release of Rev. Benjamin Weir, 

an American hostage held by the pro-Iranian Islamic Jihad. According to the testimony of 

then Secretary of State George Shultz to the Tower Board, Bartholomew was working 

closely with Oliver North on a scheme to use Delta Force commandoes to free any 

hostages not spontaneously released by Islamic Jihad. According to Shultz, Bartholomew 

told him on September 4, 1985 that "North was handling an operation that would lead to 

the release of all seven hostages." [fn 5] 

Other choice appointments went to long-time members of the Bush network. These 

included Manuel Lujan, who was tapped for the Department of the Interior, and former 

Rep. Ed Derwinski, who was given the Veterans' Administration, shortly to be upgraded 

to a cabinet post. A prominent figure of Bush's first year in office was William Reilly, 

tapped to be administrator of the Environmental Portection Agency, the green police of 

the regime. Reilly had been closely associated with the oligarchical financier Russell 

Train at the US branch of Prince Phillip's World Wildlife Fund and the Conservation 

Foundation. 

So many top cabinet posts were thus assigned on the basis of direct personal services 

rendered to George Bush that the collegial principle of any oligarchic system would 

appear to have been neglected. There were relatively few key posts left over for 

distribution to political-financial factions who might reasonably expect to be brought on 

board by being given a seat at the cabinet table. Richard Thornburgh, a creature of the 

Mellon interests who had been given his job under Reagan, was allowed to stay on, but 

this led to a constant guerilla war between Thornburgh and Baker with the obvious issue 

being the 1996 succession to Bush. Clayton Yeutter went to the Department of 

Agriculture because that was what the international grain cartel wanted. The choice of

Jack Kemp, a 1988 presidential candidate with a loyal conservative-populist base, for 

Housing and Urban Development appeared inspired more by Bush's desire to prevent a 

challenge from emerging on his right in the GOP primaries of 1992 than by the need to 

cater to an identifiable financier faction. The tapping of Reagan's Secretary of Education, 

William Bennett, a leading right wing ideologue and possible presidential prospect, to be 

Drug Czar, is a further example of the same thinking. The selection of Elizabeth Hanford 

Dole to be Secretary of Labor was dictated by similar intra-GOP considerations, namely 

the need to placate the angry Republican Minority Leader, Sen. Bob Dole of Kansas, a 

darling of Dwayne Andreas of Archer-Daniels-Midland and the rest of the grain cartel. 

Later reshuffling of the Bush cabinet has conformed to the needs of getting an 

intrinsically weak candidate re-elected, especially by accentuating the southern strategy: 

when Lauro Cavazo left the Department of Education, he was replaced by former 

Tennessee Governor Lamar Alexander. When Bennett had to be replaced as drug czar, 

the nod went to another Republican former southern governor, Bob Martinez of Florida. 

All of this was to build the southern base for 1992. When Thornburgh quit as Attorney 

General to run for the senate in Pennsylvania in the vain hope of positioning himself for 

1996, Bush tapped Thornburgh's former number two at Justice, William P. Barr, who had 

been a CIA officer when Bush was CIA director in 1976, for this key police-state post. 

But all in all, this cabinet was very much an immediate reflection of the personal network 

and interests of George Bush, and not representative of the principal financier factions 

who control the United States. We see here once more the very strong sense of national 

government as personal property for private exploitation which was evident in Bush's oil 

price ploy of 1986, and which will soon characterize his choreography of the Gulf crisis 

of 1990-91. This approach to cabinet appointments could give rise to a surprising 

weakness on the part of the Bush regime, should the principal financier factions become 

disaffected in the wake of the banking and currency panic towards which Bush's policies 

are steering the country. 

Bush's shameless exploitation of political appointments and plum jobs for blatant 

personal advantage became a national scandal when he began to assign certain 

ambassadorial posts. It became clear that these jobs of representing the United States 

abroad had been virtually sold at auction, with the most flagrant disregard for 

qualifications and ability, in return for cash contributions to the Bush campaign and the 

coffers of the Republican Party. These appointments were carried out with Bush's 

approval by a transition team of GOP pollster Bob Teeter, Bush's campaign aide Craig 

Fuller, who had lost out on his bid to be White House chief of staff, campaign press 

secretary Sheila Tate, and long-time Bush staffer Chase Untermeyer. Calvin Howard 

Wilkins Jr., who had given over $178,000 to the GOP over a number of years, including 

$92,000 to the Kansas Republican National State Election Committee on September 6, 

1988, became the new ambassador to the Netherlands. Penne Percy Korth was Bush's 

selection for ambassador to Mauritius; Ms. Korth was a crack GOP fundraiser. Della M. 

Newman, tapped for New Zealand, had been Bush's campaign chiarman in Washington 

state. Joy Silverman, Bush's choice for Barbados, had contributed $180,000. Joseph B. 

Gilderhorn, destined for Switzerland, had coughed up $200,000. Fred Bush, allegedly not

a relative but certainly a former aide and leading fundraiser, was the new president's 

original pick for Luxemburg. Joseph Zappala, who gave $100,000, was put up for the 

Madrid embassy. Melvin Sembler, another member of Team 100, was tapped for 

Australia. Fred Zeder, a Bush crony who had already been the ambassador to Micronesia, 

was nominated for the Overseas Private Investment Corporation, despite a congressional 

probe of alleged corruption [fn 6] 

As with any group of rapacious oligarchs, the Bush cabinet was prone to outbreaks of 

intestine factional warfare among various contending cliques. During the first days of the 

new administration, Bush's White House counsel Boy Gray was hit by reports that, 

despite his high government positions over the recent years, he had retained a lucrative 

post as chairman of the board of his family's communications company, raising the clear 

problems of conflicts of interest. Gray thereupon quit his chairman's post and, following 

Bush's own example, put his stock into a blind trust. Gray then lashed out against Baker 

by leaking the fact that Baker, during all his years as White House chief of staff and 

Secretary of the Treasury, had kept extensive holdings of Chemical Banking Corp., a 

lending institution that had a direct interest in Baker's handling of debt negotiations with 

third world debtor countries within the framework of the infamous and failed "Baker 

Plan" for international debt-service maintenance. Boy Gray also retaliated against Baker 

by questioning the constitutionality of a deal negotiated by Baker with the Congress for 

aid to the Nicaraguan contras, a deal which Newsweek classified as "Bush's only foreignpolicy 

success" during his first two months in office. [fn 7] Bush had attempted to 

burnish his image by promising that his new regime would break with the sleazy Reagan 

years by promoting new high standards of ethical behavior in which even the perception 

of corruption and conflict of interest would be avoided. These hollow pledges were 

promptly deflated by the reality of more graft and more hypocrisy than under Reagan. 

Bush's first hundred days in office fulfilled Fukuyama's prophecy that the End of History 

would be "a very sad time." If '"post-history" meant that very little was accomplished, 

Bush filled the bill. Three weeks after his inauguration, Bush addressed a joint session of 

the Congress on certain changes that he had proposed in Reagan's last budget. The litany 

was hollow and predictable: Bush wanted to be the Education President, but was willing 

to spend less than a billion dollars of new money in order to do it. He froze the US 

military budget, and announced a review of the previous policy towards the Soviet 

Union. This last point meant that Bush wanted to wait to see how fast the Soviets would 

in fact collapse before he would even discuss trade normalization, which had been the 

perspective held out to Moscow by Reagan and others. Bush said he wanted to join with 

Drug Czar Bennett in "leading the charge" in the war on drugs. 

Bush also wanted to be the Environmental President. This was a far more serious 

aspiration. Shortly after the election, Bush had attended the gala centennial awards dinner 

of the very oligarchical National Geographic Society, for many years a personal fiefdom 

of the feudal-minded Grosvenor family. Bush promised the audience that night that there 

was "one issue my administration is going to address, and I'm talking about the 

environment." Bush confided that he had been coordinating his plans with British Prime 

Minister Margaret Thatcher, and that he had agreed with her on the necessity for

"international cooperation" on green issues. "We will support you," intoned Gilbert 

Grosvenor, a fellow Yale alumnus "...Planet Earth is at risk." Among those present during 

that gala evening was Sir Edmund Hillary, who had planted the Union Jack at the summit 

of Mount Everest. [fn 8] 

In order to be the Environmental President, Bush was willing to propose a disastrous 

Clean Air Act that would drain the economy of hundreds of billions of dollars over time 

in the name of fighting acid rain. Bush's first hundred days coincided with the notable 

phenomenon of the "greening" of Margaret Thatcher, who had previously denounced 

environmentalists as "the enemy within," and fellow travellers of the British Labour Party 

and the loonie left. Thatcher's resident ideologue, Nicholas Ridley, had referred to the 

green movement in Britian as "pseudo-Marxists." But in the early months of 1989, 

allegedly under the guidance of Sir Crispin Tickell, the British Ambassador to the United 

Nations, Thatcher embraced the orthodoxy that the erosion of the ozone layer, the 

greenhouse effect, and acid rain --every one of them a pseudo-scientific hoax--were 

indeed at the top of the list of the urgent problems of the human species. Thatcher's 

acceptance of the green orthodoxy permitted the swift establishment of a total 

environmentalist-Malthusian consensus in the European Community, the Group of 7, and 

other key international forums. 

Characteristically, Bush followed Thatcher's lead, as he would on so many other issues. 

During the hundred days, Bush called for the elimination of all chlorofluorocarbons 

(CFCs) by the end of the century, thus accepting the position assumed by the European 

Community as a result of Mrs. Thatcher's turning green. Bush told the National Academy 

of Sciences that new "scientific advancements" had permitted the identification of a 

serious threat to the ozone layer; Bush stressed the need to "reduce CFCs that deplete our 

precious upper atmospheric resources." A treaty had been signed in Montreal in 1987 that 

called for cutting the production of CFCs by one half within a ten-year period. "But 

recent studies indicate that this 50 percent reduction may not be enough," Bush now 

opined. Senator Al Gore of Tennessee was calling for complete elimination of CFCs 

within five years. Here a pattern emerged that was to be repeated frequently during the 

Bush years: Bush would make sweeping concessions to the environmentalist Luddites, 

but would then be denounced by them for measures that were insufficiently radical. This 

would be the case when Bush's Clean Air Bill was going through the Congress during the 

summer of 1990. 

After Bush's appearance before the Congress with his revised budget, the new regime 

exploited the honeymoon to seal a sweetheart contract with the rubber-stamp 

Congressional Democrats, who under no circumstances could be confused with an 

opposition. The de facto one party state was alive and well, personified by milquetoast 

Senator George Mitchell of Maine, the Democrats' Majority Leader. The collusion 

between Bush and the Democratic leadership involved new sleight of hand in order to 

meet the defecit targets stipulated by the Gramm-Rudman-Hollings law. This involved 

mobilizing more than $100 billion from surpluses in the Social Security, highway, and 

other special trust funds which had not previously been counted. The Democrats also 

went along with a $28 billion package of asset sales, financing tricks, and unspecified

new revenues. They also bought Bush's rosy economic forecast of higher economic 

growth and lower interest rates. Senate Majority Leader Mitchell, accepting his pathetic 

rubber-stamp role, commented only that "much sterner measures will be required in the 

future." Since the Democrats were incapable of proposing an economic recovery program 

in order to deal with the depression, they were condemned to give Bush what he wanted. 

This particular swindle would come back to haunt all concerned, but not before the 

spectacular budget debacle of October, 1990. 

In the spring of 1990, according to an estimate by Sid Taylor of the National Taxpayers' 

Union, the total potential liabilities of the US Federal government exceeded $14 thousand 

billion. At that point the national debt totalled $2.8 billion, but this estimate included the 

committments of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, the Federal 

Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, and other 

agencies. 

Bush's inability to pull his regime together for a serious round of domestic austerity was 

not appreciated by the crowd at the Bank for International Settlements in Geneva. Evelyn 

Rothschild's London Economist summed up the international banking view of George's 

temporizing on this score with its headline, "Bush Bumbles." 

A few weeks into the new administration, it was the collapse of the FSLIC, studiously 

ignored by the waning Reagan Administration, that reached critical mass. On February 6, 

1989, Bush announced measures that his image-mongers billed as the most sweeping and 

significant piece of financial legislation since the creation of the Federal Reserve Board 

on the eve of World War I. This was the savings and loan bailout, a new orgy in the 

monetization of debt and a giant step towards the consolidation of a neo-fascist corporate 

state. 

At the heart of Bush's policy was his refusal to acknowledge the existence of an 

economic crisis of collossal proportions which had among its symptoms the gathering 

collapse of the real estate market after the stock market crash of October, 1987. The 

sequence of a stock market panic followed by a real estate and banking crisis closely 

followed the sequence of the Great Depression of the 1930's. But Bush violently rejected 

the existence of such a crisis, and was grimly determined to push on with more of the 

same. This meant that federal government would simply take control of the savings 

banks, the overwhelming majority of which were bankrupt or imminently bankrupt. The 

savings banks would then be sold off. The depositors might get their money, but the 

result would be the total debasement of the currency and a deepening depression all 

around. In the process, the US federal government would become one of the main owners 

of real estate, buildings, and the worthless junk bonds that had been spewed out by Bush's 

friend Henry Kravis and his partner Michael Millken during the heady days of the boom. 

The federal government would create a new world of bonded debt to pay for the savings 

banks that would be seized. When Bush announced his bailout that February, he stated 

that $40 billion had already been poured into the S&L sinkhole, and that he proposed to 

issue an additional $50 billion in new bonds through a financing corporation, a subsidiary

of the new Resolution Trust Corporation. By August, 1989, when Bush's legislation had 

been passed, the estimated cost of the S&L bailout had increased to $164 billion over a 

period of ten years, with $20 billion of that scheduled to be spent by the end of 

September, 1989. 

Within a few months, Bush was forced to increase his estimates once again. "It's a whale 

of a mess, and we'll see where we go," Bush told a group of newspaper editorial writers at 

the White House in mid-December. "We've had this one refinancing. I am told that that 

might not be enough." By this time, academic experts were suggesting that the bailout 

might exceed the administration's $164 billion by as much as $100 billion more. Every 

new estimate was swiftly overtaken by the ghastly spectacle of a real estate market in free 

fall, with no bottom in sight. The growing public awareness of theis situation, 

compounded by the ongoing bankruptcy of the commercial banking system as well, 

would lead in July, 1990 to a very ugly public relations crisis for the Bush regime around 

the role of the president's son (and Scott Hinckley's old friend) Neil Bush in the 

insolvency of the Silverado Savings and Loan of Denver, Colorado. As we will see, one 

of the obvious reasons for Bush's enthusiastic choice of war in the Persian Gulf was the 

need to get Neil Bush off the front page. But even the Gulf war bought no respite in the 

collapse of the real estate markets and the chain-reaction bankruptcies of the savings 

banks: by the summer of 1991, federal regulators were seizing S&Ls at the rate of just 

under one every business day, and the estimates of the total price tag of the bailout had 

skyrocketed to over $500 billion, with every certainty that this figure would also be 

surpassed. [fn 9] 

The carnage among the S&Ls did not prevent Bush from seeking an increase in the US 

contribution to the International Monetary Fund, the main agency of a world austerity 

that claims upwards of 50 million human lives each year as the needless victims of its 

Malthusian conditionalities. The members of the IMF had been debating an increase in 

the funds each member must pay into the IMF (which has been bankrupt for years as a 

matter of reality), with Managing Director Michel Camdessus proposing a 100% 

increase, and Britain and Saudi Arabia arguing for a much smaller 25% hike. Bush 

attempted to mediate and resolve the dispute with a proposal for a 35% increase, equal to 

an $8 billion additional payment by the US. This sum was equal to more than three times 

the yearly expenditure for the highly successful, but tragically underfunded Women, 

Infants and Children (WIC) program of the US Department of Agriculture, which 

attempted to provide a high-protein and balanced food supplement to mothers and their 

offspring. WIC underwent savage cuts during the first year of the Bush regime, causing 

many needy women who sought its benefits to be turned away and denied even such 

modest quantities of surplus cheese, powdered milk, and orange juice as the program 

provides. [fn 10] 

As the depression deepened, Bush had only one idea: to reduce the capital gains tax rate 

from 28% to 15%. This was a proposal for a direct public subsidy to the vulture legions 

of Kravis, Liedtke, Pickens, Milken, Brady, Mosbacher, and the rest of Bush's apostles of 

greed. The Bushmen estimated that a capital gains tax reduction in this magnitude would 

cost the Treasury some $25 billion in lost receipts over 6 years, a crass underestimate.

These funds, argued the Bushmen, would then be invested high-tech plant and 

equipment, creating new jobs and new production. In reality, the funds would have 

flowed into bigger and better leveraged buyouts, which were still being attempted after 

the crash of the junk bond market with the failure of the United Airlines buyout in 

October, 1989. But Bush had no serious interest in, or even awarenss of, commodity 

production. His policies had now brought the country to a brink of a financial panic in 

which 75% of the current prices of all stocks, bonds, debentures, mortgages, and other 

financial paper would be wiped out. 

Not quite halfway through his dismal first hundred days, Bush was moved to defend 

himnself against charges that he was presiding over a debacle. On day 45 of the new 

regime, Bush told reporters that he had talked on the phone to a certain Robert W. Blake, 

an oilman of Lubbock, Texas, the city which Neil Bush and John Hinckley had called 

home for a while in the late 1970's. Blake had allegedly told Bush that "all the people in 

Lubbock think things are going great." Armed with this testimonial, Bush defended his 

handling of the presidency: "It's not adrift and there isn't malaise," he said, answering 

columnists who had suggested that the country had fallen through a time warp back to the 

days of Jimmy Carter. "So I would simply resist the clamor that nothing seems to be 

bubbling around, that nothing is happening. A lot is happening. Not all of it good, but a 

lot is happening." Bush described his oilman friend Blake as "a very objective 

spokesman," and stated this his personal rule was "never get all too uptight about stuff 

that hasn't reached Lubbock yet." [fn 11] 

If there was a constant note in Bush's first year in office, it was a callously flaunted 

contempt for the misery of the American people. During the spring of 1989, the Congress 

passed a bill that would have raised the minimum wage in interstate commerce from 

$3.55 per hour to $4.55 per hour by a series of increments over three years. This 

legislation would even have permitted a subminimum wage that could be paid to certain 

newly hired workers over a 60-day training period. Bush vetoed this measure because the 

$4.55 minimum wage was 30 cents an hour higher than he wanted, and because he 

demanded a subminimum wage for all new employees for the first six months on the job, 

regardless of their previous experience or training. On June 14, 1989, the House of 

Representatives failed to override this veto, by a margin of 37 votes. (Later, Bush signed 

legislation to raise the minimum wage to $4.25 per hour over two years, with a 

subminimum training wage applicable only to teenagers and only during the first 90 days 

of the teenagers' employment, with the possibility of a second 90-day training wage stint 

if they moved on to a different employer.) [fn 12] 

This was the same George Bush who had proposed $164 billion for bankrupt S&Ls, and 

$8 billion for the International Monetary Fund, all without batting an eye. 

Before Christmas, 1988, and during other holiday periods, Bush customarily joined his 

billionaire crony William Stamps Farrish III at his Lazy F Ranch near Beeville, Texas, 

for the two men's traditional holiday quail hunt. This was the same William Stamps 

Farrish III whose grandfather, the president of Standard Oil of New Jersey, had financed 

Heinrich Himmler. William Stamps Farrish III's investment bank in Houston, W.S.

Farrish & Co. had at one time managed the personal blind trust into which Bush had 

placed his personal investment portfolio. Farrish was rich enough to vaunt five addresses: 

Beeville, Texas; Lane's End Farm in the Versailles, Kentucky bluegrass; Florida, and two 

others. Farrish's hobby for the past several decades had been the creation of his own topflight 

farm for the raising of thoroughbred horses. This was the 3,000 acre Lazy F Ranch, 

with its ten horse barns, four sumptuous residences, 100 employees, and other 

improvements. Over the years, Farrish has saddled winners in the 1972 Preakness and the 

1987 Belmont Stakes, and bred 80 stakes winners over the past decade. Farrish, who is 

married to Sarah Sharp, the daughter of a Du Pont heiress, had worked with Bush as an 

aide during the 1964 senate campaign. 

Farrish was rich enough to extend his largesse even to Queen Elizabeth II of the United 

Kingdom, probably the richest individual in the world. The Queen has visited Farrish's 

horse farm at least four times over the past few years, travelling by Royal Air Force 

jetliner to the Blue Grass Airport in Lexington, Kentucky, accompanied by mares which 

Her Majesty wishes to breed with Farrish's million-dollar prize stallions. Farrish 

magnanimously waives the usual stud fees for the Queen, resulting in an estimated 

savings to Her Majesty of some $800,000. Farrish's social circle is rounded out by such 

plutocrats as Clarence Scharbauer, a fellow member of the horsey set who also happens 

to own the bank, the hotel, the radio station, oil wells, and an estimated one half of the 

city of Midland, Texas, the old Bush bastion in the Permian Basin. 

Farrish has been described as the Bush regime's counterpart to Bebe Rebozo, Richard 

Nixon's sleazy crony. According to Bush, when he is watching movies, hunting, and 

playing tennis with his old friend Farrish, "we talk about issues. He's very up on things, 

but it's a comfortable thing, not probing beyond what I want to say." Michael York of the 

Washington Post wrote that "Farish says he'll always be one of Bush's biggest boosters, 

and he's ready at a moment's notice to make the resume argument in favor of Bush's 

being the best-prepared man ever to become president. It's also clear that Bush regularly 

asks Farish's advice on the budget, domestic policy, and politics." With a cabal of friends 

and advisers like William Stamps Farish III and Henry Kravis, we begin to comprehend 

the wellsprings of Bush's policies of parasitical looting of infrastructure and the work 

force. [fn 13] 

For George Bush, the exercise of power has always been inseparable from the use of 

smear, scandal, and the final sanctions of police-state methods against political rivals and 

other branches of government. A classic example was the Koreagate scandal of 1976, 

unleashed with the help of Bush's long-time retainer, Don Gregg. It will be recalled that 

Koregate included the toppling of Democratic Speaker of the House Carl Albert of 

Oklahoma, who quietly retired from the House at the end of 1976. That was in the year 

when Bush had returned from Beijing to Langley. Was it merely coincidence that in the 

first year of Bush's tenure in the White House not just the Democratic Speaker of the 

House, but also the House Majority Whip, were driven from office? 

The campaign against Speaker of the House Jim Wright was spearheaded by Georgia 

Republican Congressman Newt Gingrich, a typical "wedge issue" ideologue of the GOP's

Southern Strategy. During 1987-88, Gingrich had been bad-mouthing Wright as the 

"Mussolini of the House." Gingrich's campaign against Wright could never have 

succeeded without systematic support from the news media, who regularly trumpeted his 

charges and lent him a wholly undeserved importance. Gingrich's pretext was a story 

about the financing of a small book in which Wright had collected some of his old 

speeches, which Gingrich claimed had been sold to lobbyists in such a way as to 

constitute an unreported gift in violation of the House rules. One of Gingrich's first steps 

when he launched the assault on Wright during 1988 was to send letters to Bush and to 

Assistant Attorey General William Weld, whose family investment bank, White Weld, 

had purchased Uncle Herbie Walker's G.H. Walker & Co. brokerage when Bush's 

favorite uncle was ready to retire. Gingrich wrote: "May I suggest, the next time the news 

media asks about corruption in the White House, you ask them about corruption in the 

Speaker's office." A similar letter went out from the "Conservative Campaign Fund" to 

all GOP House candidates with the message: "We write to encourage you to 

make...House Speaker Jim Wright a major issue in your campaign." Bush placed himself 

in the vanguard of this campaign. 

When Bush, in the midst of his presidential campaign, was asked by reporters about the 

investigation of Reagan Attorney General Edwin Meese (no friend of Bush) concerning 

his dealings with the Wedtech Corporation, he replied: "You talk about Ed Meese. How 

about talking about what Common Cause raised against the Speaker the other day? Are 

they going to go for an independent counsel so the nation will have this full 

investigation? Why don't people call out for that? I will right now. I think they ought to." 

[fn 14] Reagan followed Bush's lead in calling for Wright to be investigated. 

According to published accounts, Wright was deeply offended by Bush's role in the 

assault that was being organized against him, since the two shared the background of 

being Texas Congressmen and had often had dealings together. At a dinner held by 

Italian Ambassador Rinaldo Petrignani, Wright went out of his way to avoid meeting 

Bush, and had his wife feign illness as an excuse to leave very early. Bush in those days 

frequented the House gymnasium to play racketball with his old crony, Mississippi 

Democrat Sonny Montgomery. Bush attended the annual dinner of the House gymnasium 

and here crossed paths with Wright. 

Wright told Bush: "George, I'm not feeling kindly toward you. You took a cheap shot at 

me. And I had just been defending you." Bush flew into a rage: "When did you defend 

me? You damn well didn't defend me at your convention." "Well, George, you don't have 

any complaint about what I said," was Wright's rejoinder. "You don't find me attacking 

your integrity or your honor." "You and I just see it differently," said Bush as he stalked 

off in a rage. [fn 15] 

Later, Wright turned to Sonny Montgomery to use his good offices to resolve the dispute 

with Bush. Wright called Bush and offered the olive branch. "George, if you're President 

and I'm Speaker, we've got to work together." "Jim, I'm very glad you called. I did not 

mean to be personally offensive." By this point the reader knows the real Bush well 

enough to give that assurance its proper weight. Bush attenuated his public attacks on

Wright in the campaign, but the witch-hunt against Wright went on. After Bush had won 

the election, Bush is reported to have promised Wright a truce. "I want you to know I 

respect you and the House as an institution. I won't have any part in anything at all that 

impinges on your honor or integrity," Bush is said to have reassured the Speaker. Before 

Bush took office, Wright was busy working on his favorite populist themes: the 

concentration of financial power, housing, education, health care, and taxes. 

In January-February, 1989, the House took under consideration a pay increase for 

members. Both Reagan and Bush had endorsed such a pay increase, but Lee Atwater, 

now installed at the Republican National Committee, launched a series of mailings and 

public statements to make the pay increase into a new wedge issue. It was a brilliant 

success, with the help of a few old Prescott Bush strings pulled on key talk show hosts 

across the country. Bush accomplished the coup of thoroughly destabilizing the Congress 

at the outset of his tenure. Wright was hounded out of office and into retirement a few 

months later, followed by Tony Coelho, the Democratic whip. What remained was the 

meek Tom Foley, a pliable rubber stamp, and Richard Gebhardt, who briefly got in 

trouble with Bush during 1989, but who found his way to a deal with Bush that allowed 

him to rubber-stamp Bush's "fast track" formula for the free trade zone with Mexico, 

which effectively killed any hope of resistance to that measure. The fall of Wright was a 

decisive step in the domestication of the Congress by the Bush regime. 

Bush was also able to rely on an extensive swamp of "Bush Democrats" who would 

support his proposals under virtually all circumstances. The basis of this phenomenon 

was the obvious fact that the national leadership of the Democratic Party had long been a 

gang of Harrimanites. The Brown, Brothers, Harriman grip on the Democratic Party had 

been represented by W. Averell Harriman until his death, and after that was carried on by 

his widow, Pamela Churchill Harriman, the former wife of Sir Winston Churchill's 

alcoholic son, Randolph. The very extensive Meyer Lansky/Anti-Defamation League 

networks among the Democrats were oriented towards cooperation with Bush, sometimes 

directly, and sometimes through the orchestration of gang vs. countergang charades for 

the manipulation of public opinion. A special source of Bush strength among southern 

Democrats is the cooperation between Skull and Bones and southern jurisdiction 

freemasons in the tradition of the infamous Albert Pike. These southern jurisdiction 

freemasonic networks have been most obviously decisive in the senate, where a group of 

southern Democratic senators have routinely joined with Bush to block overrides of 

Bush's many vetoes, or to provide a pro-Bush majority on key votes like the Gulf war 

resolution. 

Bush's style in the Oval Office was described during this period as "extremely secretive." 

Many members of Bush's staff felt that the president had his own long-term plans, but 

refused to discuss them with his own top White House personnel. During Bush's first 

year, the White House was described as "a tomb," without the usual dense barrage of 

leaks, counter-leaks, trial balloons, and signals which government insiders customarily 

employ to influence public debate on policy matters. Bush is said to employ a "need to 

know" approach even with his closest White House collaborators, keeping each one of 

them in the dark about what the others are doing. Aides have complained of their inability

to keep up with Bush's phone calls when he goes into his famous "speed-dialing mode," 

in which he can contact dozens of politicians, bankers or world leaders within a couple of 

hours. Unauthorized passages of information from one office to another inside the White 

House constitute leaks in Bush's opinion, and he has been at pains to suppress them. 

When information was given to the press about a planned meeting with Gorbachov, Bush 

threatened his top-level advisers: "If we cannot maintain proper secrecy with this group, 

we will cut the circle down." 

Bush routinely humiliates and mortifies his subordinates. This recalls his style in dealing 

with the numerous hapless servants and domestics who populated his patrician youth; it 

may also have been re-enforced by the characteristic style of Henry Kissinger. If advisers 

or staff dare to manifest disagreement, the typical Bush retort is a whining "If you're so 

damned smart, why are you doing what you're doing and I'm the president of the United 

States?" [fn 16] 

In one sense, Bush's style reflects his desire to seem "absolute and autocratic" in the 

tradition of the Romanov tsars and other Byzantine rulers. He refuses to be advised or 

dissuaded on many issues, relying on his enraged, hypethyroid intuitions. More 

profoundly, Bush's "absolute and autocratic" act was a cover for the fact that many of his 

initiatives, ideas, and policies came from outside of the United States government, since 

they originated in the rarified ether of those international finance circles where names 

like Harriman, Kravis and Gammell were the coin of the realm. Indeed, many of Bush's 

policies came from outside of the United States altogether, and derived from the 

oligarchical financial circles of the City of London. The classic case will the the Gulf 

crisis of 1990-91. When the documents on the Bush Administration are finally thrown 

open to the public, it is s safe bet that some top British financiers and Foreign Office 

types will be found to have combined remarkable access and power with a non-existent 

public profile. 

One of the defining moments in the first year of the Bush's presidency was his reaction to 

the Tien An Men massacre of June 4, 1989. No one can forget the magnificent movement 

of the anti-totalitarian Chinese students who used the occasion of the funeral of Hu 

Yaobang in the spring of 1989 to launch a movement of protest and reform against the 

monstrous dictatorship of Deng Xiao-ping, Yang Shankun, and Prime Minister Li Peng. 

As the portrait of the old butcher Mao Tse-tung looked down from the former imperial 

palace, the students erected a statue of liberty and filled the square with the Ode to Joy 

from Beethoven's Ninth Symphony. By the end of May it was clear that the Deng regime 

was attempting to pull itself together to attempt a convulsive massacre of its political 

opposition. At this point, it is likely that a pointed and unequivocal public warning from 

the United States government might have avoided the looming bloody crackdown against 

the students. Even a warning through secret diplomatic channels might have sufficed. 

Bush undertook neither, and he must bear responsibility for this blatant omission. 

The non-violent protest of the students was then crushed by the martial law troops of the 

hated and discredited communist regime. Untold thousands of students were killed 

outright, and thousands more died in the merciless death hunt against political dissidents

which followed. Mankind was horrified. For Bush, however, the main considerations 

were that Deng Xiao-ping was part of his own personal network, with whom Bush had 

maintained close contact since at least 1975. Bush's devotion to the immoral British 

doctrine of "geopolitics" further dictated that unless and until the USSS had totally 

collapsed as a military power, the US alliance with China as the second strongest land 

power must be maintained at all costs. Additionally, Bush was acutely sensible to the 

views on China policy held by his mentor, Henry Kissinger, whose paw-prints were still 

to be found all over US relations with Deng. In the wake of Tien An Men, Kissinger 

(who had lucrative consulting contracts with the Beijing regime) was exceptionally vocal 

in condemning any proposed US countermeasures against Deng. These were the decisive 

factors in Bush's reactions to Tien An Men. 

In the pre-1911 imperial court of China, the etiquette of the Forbidden City required that 

a person approaching the throne of the son of heaven must prostrate himself before that 

living deity, touching both hands and the forehead to the floor three times. This is the 

celebrated "kow-tow." And it was "kow-tow" which sprang to the lips and pens of 

commentators all over the world as they observed Bush's elaborate propitiation of the 

Deng regime. Even cynics were astounded that Bush could be so deferential to a regime 

that was obviously so hated by its own population that it had to be considered as being on 

its last legs; the best estimate was that when octogenarian Deng finally died, the 

communist regime would pass from the scene with him. 

In a press conference held on June 9, in the immediate wake of the massacre, Bush 

astounded even the meretricious White House press corps by his mild and obsequious 

tone towards Deng and his cohorts. Bush limited his retaliation to a momentary cutoff of 

some military sales. That would be all: "I'm one who lived in China; I understand the 

importance of the relationship with the Chinese people and with the government. It is in 

the interest of the United States to have good relations..." [fn 17] Would Bush consider 

further measures, such as the minor step of temporarily recalling the US Ambassador, 

Bush's CIA crony and fellow patrician James Lilly? 

Well, some have suggested, for example, to show our forcefulness, that I bring the American 

ambassador back. I disagree with that 180 degrees, and we've seen in the last few days a very good 

reason to have him there. [...] 

What I do want to do is take whatever steps are most likely to demonstrate the concern that 

America feels. And I think I've done that. I'll be looking for other ways to do it if we possibly can. 

This was the wimp with a vengeance, grovelling and scraping like Chamberlain before 

the dictators, but there was more to come. As part of his meek and pathetic response, 

Bush had pledged to terminate all "high-level exchanges" with the Deng crowd. With this 

public promise, Bush had cynically lied to the American people. Shortly before Bush's 

invasion of Panama in December, it became known that Bush had despatched the two 

most prominent Kissinger clones in his retinue, NSC chairman Brent Scowcroft and 

Undersecretary of State Lawrence Eagleburger, on a secret mission to Beijing over the 

July 4 weekend, less than a month after the massacre in Tien An Men. Bush regarded this 

mission as so sensitive that he reportedly kept it a secret even from White House chief of

staff Sununu, who only learned of the trip when two of his aides stumbled across the 

paper trail of the planning. The story about Scowcroft and Eagleburger, both veterans of 

Kissinger Associates, spending the glorious Fourth toasting the butchers of Beijing was 

itself leaked in the wake of a high-profile public mission to China involving the same 

Kissingerian duo that started December 7, 1989. Bush's cover story for the second trip 

was that he wanted to get a briefing to Deng on the results of the Bush-Gorbachov Malta 

summit, which had just concluded. The second trip was supposed to lead to the quick 

release of Chinese physicist and dissident Fang Lizhi, who had taken refuge in the US 

Embassy in Beijing during the massacre; this did not occur until some time later. 

During a press conference primarily devoted to the ongoing Panama invasion, Bush 

provided an unambiguous signal that the inspiration for his China policy, and indeed for 

his entire foreign policy, was Kissinger: 

There's a lot of going on that, in the conduct of the foreign policy or a debate within the US 

government, has to be sorted out without the spotlight of the news. There has to be that way. The 

whole opening to China would never have happened...if Kissinger hadn't undertaken that mission. 

It would have fallen apart. So you have to use your own judgment. [fn 18] 

The news of Bush's secret diplomacy in favor of Deng caused a widespread wave of 

sincere and healthy public disgust with Bush, but this was shortly overwhelmed by the 

jingoist hysteria that accompanied Bush's invasion of Panama. 

Bush's handling of the issue of the immigration status of the Chinese students who had 

enrolled at US universities also illuminated Bush's character in the wake of Tien An Men. 

In Bush's pronouncements in the immediate wake of the massacre, he absurdly asserted 

that there were no Chinese students who wanted political asylum here, but also promised 

that the visas of these students would be extended so that they would not be forced to 

return to political persecution and possible death in mainland China. It later turned out 

that Bush had neglected to promulgate the executive orders that would have been 

necessary. In response to Bush's prevarication with the lives and well-being of the 

Chinese students, the Congress subsequently passed legislation that would have waived 

the requirement that holders of J-visas, the type commonly obtained by Chinese students, 

be required to return to their home country for two years before being able to apply for 

permanent residence in the US. Bush, in an act of loathsome cynicism, vetoed this bill. 

The House voted to override by a majority of 390 to 25, but Bush Democrats in the 

senate allowed Bush's veto to be sustained by a vote of 62 to 37. Bush, squirming under 

the broad public obloquy brought on by his despicable behavior, finally issued 

regulations that would temporarily waive the requirement of returning home for most of 

the students. 

Bush came back from his summer in Kennbunkport with a series of "policy intitiatives" 

that turned out to be no more than demagogic photo opportunities. In early September, 

Bush made his first scheduled evening television address to the nation on the subject of 

his alleged war on drugs. The highlight of this speech was the moment when Bush 

produced a bag of crack which had been sold in a transaction in Lafayette Park, directly 

across the street from the White House. The transaction had been staged with the help of

the Drug Enforcement Administration. This was George Bush, the friend of Felix 

Rodriguez, Hafez Assad, Hashemi Rafsanjani, and Don Aronow. The funds and the 

targets set for Bush's program were minimal. A real war on drugs remained a vital 

necessity, but it was clear that there would be none under the Bush administration. 

Later the same month, on September 27-28, Bush met with the governors from all 50 

states in Charlottesville, Virginia for what was billed as an "education summit." This was 

truly a glorified photo opportunity, since all discussions were kept rigorously off the 

record, and everything was carefully choreographed by White House image-mongers. 

The conference issued a communique that called for "clear national performance goals," 

and the substantive direction of Bush's "education presidency" appeared to resolve itself 

into a nationwide testing program that could be used to justify the scaling down of 

college education and the exclusion from it of those whom Bush might define as "mental 

defectives." Would the testing program be used to finger and list the "feeble minded," 

perhaps over a generation or two? Was there a veiled intent of "culling" the hereditary 

defectives? With Bush's track record on the subject, nothing could be excluded. 

One of the themes of the "education summit" was that material resources had absolutely 

nothing to do with the performance of an educational system. This was coming from 

preppie George Bush, who had enjoyed a physical plant, library, sports facilities, low 

average class size and other benefits at his posh Greenwich Country Day School and 

exclusive Phillips Academy in Andover which most schoolteachers could only dream of. 

When, during the summer of 1991, it was found that national average scores for the 

Scholastic Aptitute Test had continued to fall, Bush was still adamant that increased 

resources and the overall economic condition of society had nothing to do with the 

answer. At that time it also turned out that Bush's reshuffled Secretary of Education, 

former Tennessee Governor Lamar Alexander, was sending his children to an elite day 

school associated with Georgetown University, where the tuition exceeded the yearly 

income of many poor families. 

Many governors joined James Blanchard of Michigan in complaining that under 

Reaganomics, the federal government had unloaded whole sectors of infrastructural 

expenditure, including education, on the states. "We do not come to [Charlottesville] to 

rattle a tin cup," said Blanchard. "But we cannot afford to have our education revenues 

'bled' by the federal government. Over the past decade, the federal committment to 

education has declined from 2.5% of the federal budget to less than 1.8%. If education is 

to become a national priority, you and the Congress should reverse that decline." [fn 19] 

Ironically, the best perspective on Bush's "education summit" eyewash came from within 

his own regime. Obviously piqued at the bad reviews his previous performance as 

Reagan's Secretary of Education was getting, Bush Drug Czar William Bennett told 

reporters that the proceedings in Charlottesville were "standard Democratic and 

Republican pap --and something that rhymes with pap. Much of the discussion proceeded 

in a total absence of knowledge about what takes place in schools."

By the autumn of 1989, Bush was facing a crisis of confidence in his regime. His 

domination of Congress on all substantive matters was complete; at the same time he had 

nothing to propose except vast public subsidies to bankrupt financial and speculative 

interests. Except for exertions to shovel hundreds of billion of dollars into Wall Street, 

the entire government appeared as aparalyzed and adrift. This was soon accentuated by 

colossal upheavals in China, eastern Europe, and the USSR. On Friday, October 13, 

timed approximately with the second anniversary of the great stock market crash of 1987, 

there was a fall in the Dow Jones Industrial average of 190.58 points during the last hour 

of trading. This was triggered by the failure of a labor-management group to procure 

sufficient financing to carry out the leveraged buyout of United Airlines. The stage for 

this failure had been set during the preceeding weeks by the crisis of the highly-leveraged 

Campeau retail empire, which made many junk bonds wholly illiquid for a time. The 

autumn was full of symptoms of a deflationary contraction of overall production and 

employment. For a time Bush appeared to be approaching that delicate moment in which 

a president is faced with the loss of his mandate to rule. 

October has been one of the cruellest months for the Bush presidency: each time the 

leaves fall, each time the critical third-quarter economic statistics are published, a crisis 

in public confidence in the patrician regime has ensued. In two out of three years so far, 

the reaction of the Bushmen has been to lash out with international violence and mass 

murder. 

October, 1989 was full of anxiety and apprehension about the economic future, and 

worry about where Bush was leading the country. Included in the many mood pieces was 

an evident desire of the Eastern Liberal Establishment circles to spur Bush on to more 

decisive and aggressive action in imposing austerity at home, and in increasing the rate of 

primitive accumulation in favor of the dollar abroad. A typical sample of these October 

elucubrations was a widely-read essay by Kevin Phillips (the traditional Republican 

theoretician of ethnic splitting and the Southern Strategy) entitled "George Bush and 

Congress--Brain-Dead Politics of '89." Phillips faulted Bush for his apparent decision "to 

imitate the low-key, centrist operating mode of President Dwight D. Eisenhower. But 

imitating Ike in the 1990s makes as little sense as trying to imitate Queen Victoria in the 

1930's." [fn 20] Phillips pointed to the way in which Bush was restrained by his evident 

committment to continue all of the essential policies of the Reagan years, while denying 

the existence of any crisis: Bush did "not seek to identify national problems because in 

doing so, [he] would largely be identifying [his] party's own failings." "The Republicans 

at least know they have a problem on the 'vision thing,'" Phillips noted, while the 

Democratic opposition "can't even spell the word." All of this added up to the "cerebral 

atrophy of government." Phillips catalogued the absurd complacency of the Bushmen, 

with Brady saying of the US economy that "it couldn't get much better than it is" and 

Baker responding to Democratic criticisms of Bush foreign policy with the retort: "When 

the President is rocking along with a 70 per cent approval rating on his handling of 

foreign policy, if I were the leader of the opposition, I might have something similar to 

say." Phillips's basic thesis was that Bush and his ostensible opposition had joined hands 

simply to ignore the existence of the leading problems threatening US national life, while 

hiding behind an "irrelevant consensus" forged ten to twenty years in the past, and

eminiscent overall of the pre-1860 tacit understanding of Democrats and Whigs to sweep 

sectionalism and slavery under the rug. One result of this conspiracy of the incumbents to 

ignore the real world was the "unhappy duality that the United States and Russia are both 

weakening empires in haphazard retreat from their post-1945 bipolar dominance." 

Phillips's conclusion was that while reality might begin to force a change in the "political 

agenda" by 1990, it was more likely that a shift would occur in 1992 when an aroused 

electorate, smarting from decades of decline in standards of living and economic 

aspirations, might "hand out surprising political rewards." "Honesty's day is coming," 

summed up Phillips, with the clear implication that George Bush would not be a 

beneficiary of the new day. 

Similar themes were developed in the Bonesmen's own Time Magazine towards the end 

of the month in coverage entitled "Is Government Dead?," which featured a cover picture 

of George Washington shedding a big tear and a blurb warning that "Unwilling to lead, 

politicians are letting America slip into paralysis." [fn 21] Inside, the Washington regime 

was stigmatized as "the can't do government," with an analysis concluding that "abroad 

and at home, more and more problems and opportunities are going unmet. Under the 

shadow of a massive federal defecit that neither political party is willing to confront, a 

kind of neurosis of accepted limits has taken hold from one end of Pennsylvania Avenue 

to the other." Time discovered that Bush and the Congress were "conspiring to hide" $96 

billion of a $206 billion defecit through various strategems, while the bill for the S&L 

bailout had levitated upwards to $300 billion. Time held up to ridicule the "paltry $115 

million" Bush had offered as economic aide to Poland during his visit there during the 

summer. Grave responsibility for the growing malaise was assigned by Time to Bush: 

"Leadership is generally left to the President. Yet George Bush seems to have as much 

trouble as ever with the 'vision thing.' Handcuffed by his simplistic 'read my lips' 

campaign rhetoric against a tax increase as well as by his cautious personality, Bush too 

often appears self-satisfied and reactive." Time went on to indict Bush for malfeasance or 

nonfeasance in several areas: "His long-term goals, beyond hoping for a 'kinder, gentler' 

nation, have been lost in a miasma of public relations stunts. The President's recent 

'education summit' with the nation's Governors produced some interesting ideas about 

national standards but little about how to pay the costs of helping public schools meet 

them. His much trumpeted war on drugs was more an underfinanced skirmish. Bush told 

voters last year that he is an environmentalist, but the most significant clean-air proposals 

put forth this year--stringent new standards on automobile emissions-- were adapted from 

California's strict limits for the 1990's." 

"Abroad, Bush tends to turn Teddy Roosevelt's famous dictum on its head by speaking 

loudly and carrying a small stick, " was Time's unkindest cut of all for a president who 

had placed the racist Rough Rider's portrait in the Oval Office, replacing the likeness of 

"Silent Cal" Coolidge that had adorned the premises during the Reagan years. It was a 

barb to make George wince when he read it. 

Bush, Baker, and Brady were thus confronted with some clear signals of an ugly mood of 

discontent on the part of key establishment financier circles inside their own traditional 

base. These groups were demanding more austerity, more primitive accumulation against

the US population than George had been able to deliver. A further ingredient in the 

dangerous dissatisfaction in Wall Street and environs was that Bush had botched and 

bungled a US-sponsored coup d'etat against the Panamanian government loyal to Gen. 

Manuel Antonio Noriega. Noriega's survival and continued defiance of Washington 

seemed to certify, in the eyes of the ruling financiers, that Bush was indeed a wimp 

incapable of conducting their international or domestic business. By November, 1989, the 

ten-month old Bush regime was drifiting towards the Niagara of serious trouble. It was 

under these circumstances that the Bush networks responded with their invasion of 

Panama. 

On October 3, 1989, several officers of the Panamanian Defense Forces under the 

leadership of Major Moises Giroldi attempted to oust General Noriega and seize power. 

The pro-golpe forces appear to have had Noriega in their physical control for a certain 

period of time, and they were in contact with the US Southern Command in Panama City 

through various channels. But they neither executed Noriega nor turned him over to the 

US forces, and Noriega used the delay to rally the support of loyal troops in other parts of 

Panama. The US forces mobilized, and blocked two roads leading towards the PDF 

headquarters, just as they golpe leaders had requested. But the golpistas also wanted US 

combat air support and would have required US ground forces to provide active 

assistance. Bush stalled on these requests, and the golpe collapsed before Bush could 

make up his mind what to do. 

Bush's crisis management style was portrayed as an autocratic one-man show, with Bush 

refusing to convoke the usual "excomm"-style crisis committee with representatives from 

State, Defense, NSA, CIA, and other interested bureaucratic parties. Instead, Bush 

reportedly insisted on being furnished with three parallel streams of reports from State, 

Defense, and CIA. While he was puzzling over the conflicting evaluations, his coup team 

was being rounded up and liquidated. It was worse than his blundering management of 

the Sudan coup in 1985. 

There are signs that the wide criticism of his botched handling of the coup, including 

from such close allies as Skull and Bones Senator David Boren of Oklahoma, was an 

excruciating personal humiliation for Bush. As the feared former boss of Langley, he was 

supposedly a past master in subversion, putsches, and the toppling of governments 

disobedient to Washington. His foreign policy credentials, touted as the strong suit in his 

resume, were now fatally tarnished. According to some alleged insider accounts, US 

forces had not rushed to the aid of the rebels because of reluctance and mistrust on the 

part of US officers, starting with Gen. Thurman, the US commander in Panama. 

Congressman Dave McCurdy of Oklahoma criticized Bush: "Yesterday makes Jimmy 

Carter look like a man of resolve. There's a resurgence of the wimp factor." George Will 

wrote a column entitled "An Unserious Presidency." 

Bush hid from the press for 11 days after the golpe was crushed, but then had to face a 

barrage of hostile questions anyway. Since he had urged the overthrow of Noriega, he 

was asked, was it consistent not to back the rebels with US armed forces? Bush replied:

Yes, absolutely consistent. I want to see him [Noriega] out of there and I want to see him brought 

to justice. And that should not imply that that automatically means, no matter what the plan is, or 

no matter what the coup attempt is, diplomatically and anything else, that we give carte blanche 

support to that. 

I think this rather sophisticated argument that if you say you'd like to see Noriega out, that implies 

a blanket, open carte blanche on the use of American military force...to me that's a stupid 

argument that some very erudite people make. 

Bush was very sarcastic about "instant hawks appearing from where there used to be 

feathers of a dove." There had been reports of severe temper tantrums by Bush as critical 

accounts of his crisis leadership had been leaked from inside his own administration. But 

Bush denied that he had been chewing the carpet: "I never felt, you know, anger or 

blowing up. It's absurd," Bush stated disingenuously. "I didn't get angry. I didn't get 

angry. What I did say is, I don't want to see any blame coming out of the Oval Office or 

attributed to the Oval Office in the face of criticism. I'm not in the blame business. 

Blame, if there's some to be assigned, it comes in there. And that's where it belongs." 

Bush stressed that he was ready to use force to oust Noriega: "I wouldn't mind using 

force now if it could be done in a prudent manner. We want to see Mr. Noriega out." The 

mortified former CIA director also defended the quality of his intelligence: "There has 

not been an intelligence gap that would make me act in a different way." "I don't see any 

serious disconnects at all." [fn 22] Bush's chief of staff, Sununu, had stated that one of the 

difficulties faced by the White House in reacting to the coup had been the difficulty of 

determining the identity of the coup leaders. While that was probably disinformation, 

Bush's disarray was most poignant. It was while squirming and whining under of the 

opprobrium of his first failure in Panama that Bush matured the idea of a large-scale 

military invasion to capture Noriega and occupy Panama around Christmas, 1989. 

George Bush's involvement with Panama goes back to operations conducted in Central 

American and the Caribbean conducted by Senator Prescott Bush's Jupiter Island 

Harrimanite cabal. We recall Bush's pugnacious assertions of US sovereignty over the 

Panama Canal during his 1964 electoral contest with Senator Yarborough. For the Bush 

clan, the cathexis of Panama is very deep, since it is bound up with the exploits of 

Theodore Roosevelt, the founder of the twentieth-century US imperialism which the 

Bush family is determined to defend to the farthest corners of the planet. For it was 

Theodore Roosevelt who had used the USS Nashville and other US naval forces to 

prevent the Colombian military from repressing the US-fomented revolt of Panamanian 

soldiers in November, 1903, thus setting the stage for the creation of an independent 

Panama and for the signing of the Hay-Bunau-Varilla Treaty which created a Panama 

Canal Zone under US control. Roosevelt's "cowboy diplomacy" had been excoriated in 

the US press of those days as "piracy;" the Springfield Republican had found the episode 

"the most discreditable in our history," but the Bush view was always pro-imperialist. It 

was the comparison with Theodore Roosevelt's bucaneering audacity that made poor 

George look bad. 

Theodore Roosevelt had in December, 1904 expounded his so-called "Roosevelt 

Corrollary" to the Monroe Doctrine, in reality a complete repudiation and perversion of

the anti-colonial essense of John Quincy Adams's original warning to the British and 

other imperialists. The self-righteous Teddy Roosevelt had stated that: 

Chronic wrongdoing...may in America, as elsewhere, ultimately require intervention by some 

civilized nation, and in the Western Hemisphere the adherence of the United States to the Monroe 

Doctrine may force the United States, however reluctantly, in flagrant cases of such wrongdoing 

or impotence, to the exercise of an international police power. [fn 23] 

The old imperialist idea of Theodore Roosevelt was quickly revived by the Bush 

Administration during 1989. Through a series of actions by Attorney General Richard 

Thornburgh, the US Supreme Court, and CIA Director William Webster, the Bush 

regime arrogated to itself a sweeping carte blanche for extraterritorial interference in the 

internal affairs of sovereign states, all in open defiance of the norms of international law. 

These illegal innovations can be summarized under the heading of the "Thornburgh 

Doctrine." The Federal Bureau of Investigation arrogated to itself the "right" to search 

premises outside of US territory and to arrest and kidnap foreign citizens outside of US 

jurisdiction, all without the concurrence of the judicial process of the other countries 

whose territory was thus subject to violation. US armed forces were endowed with the 

"right" to take police measures against civilians. The CIA demanded that an Executive 

Order prohibiting the participation of US government officials and military personnel in 

the assassination of foreign political leaders, which had been issued by President Ford in 

October, 1976, be rescinded. There is every indication that this presidential ban on 

assassinations of foreign officials and politicians, which had been promulgated in 

response to the Church and Pike Committee investigations of CIA abuses, has indeed 

been abrogated. To round out this lawless package, an opinion of the US Supreme Court 

issued on February 28, 1990 permitted US officials abroad to arrest (or kidnap) and 

search foreign citizens without regard to the laws or policy of the foreign nation subject 

to this interference. Through these actions, the Bush regime effectively staked its claim to 

universal extraterritorial jurisdiction, the classic posture of an empire seeking to assert 

universal police power. The Bush regime aspired to the status of a world power legibus 

solutus, a superpower exempted from all legal restrictions. [fn 24] 

Back in January, 1972, at the extraordinary session of the United Nations Security 

Council in Addis Ababa, the Panamanian delegate, Aquilino Boyd, had delivered a 

scathing condemnation of the American "occupation" of the Canal Zone, which most 

Panamanians found increasingly intolerable. At that time Ambassador Bush had wormed 

his way out of a tough situation by pleading that Boyd was out of order, since Panama 

had not been placed on the agenda for the meeting. Boyd was relentless in pressing for a 

special session of the Security Council in Panama City at which he could bring up the 

issue of sovereignty over the Canal Zone and the canal. Later, in March, 1973, Bush's 

successor at the UN post, John Scali, was forced to resort to a veto in order to kill a 

resolution calling for the "full respect for Panama's effective sovereignty over all its 

territory." This veto had been a big political embarrassment, since it was cast in the face 

of vociferous condemnation from the visitors' gallery, which was full of Panamanian 

patriots. To make matters worse, the US had been totally isolated, with 13 countries 

supporting the resolution and one abstention. [fn 25]

As we have seen, direct personal dealings between Bush and Noriega went back at least 

as far as Bush's 1976 CIA tenure. At that time Noriega, who had been trained by the US 

at Fort Gulick, Fort Bragg, and other locations, was the chief of intelligence for the 

Panamanian nationalist leader, Gen. Omar Torrijos, with whom Carter signed the Panama 

Canal Treaty, the ratification of which by the US Senate meant that the canal would 

revert to Panama by the year 2000. During the treaty negotiations between Torrijos and 

the Carter Administration, the US National Security Agency and the Defense Intelligence 

Agency are alleged to have conducted eletronic eavesdropping against Panamanian 

officials involved in the negotiations. This bugging had reportedly been discovered by 

Noriega, who had allegedly proceeded to bribe members of the US Army's 470th Military 

Intelligence Group, who furnished him with tapes of all the bugged conversations, which 

Noriega then submitted to Torrijos. According to published accounts, the US Army had 

investigated this situation under a probe code-named Operation Canton Song, and 

identified a group of "singing sergeants" on Noriega's payroll. Lew Allen, Jr., the head of 

the NSA, supposedly wanted a public indictment of the sergeants for treason and 

espionage, but Bush is alleged to have demurred, saying that the matter had to be left to 

the Army, which had decided to cover up the matter. A plausible political cover story for 

Bush's refusal to prosecute was his desire to avoid scandals in the intelligence community 

that could hurt Gerald Ford in the 1976 election. [fn 26] Whatever the truth of all these 

allegations, there seems to be no doubt that Bush met personally with Noriega during his 

1976 CIA tenure. According to one account, that Bush-Noriega meeting was a luncheon 

held in December, 1976 at the residence of the Panamanian Ambassador to Washington. 

As Ferderick Kempe notes, "Years later in 1988, after Noriega was indicted on drug 

charges in Florida, Bush would at first deny having ever met Noriega. He thereafter 

recalled the meeting, but none of its details. His three lunch guests have better memories 

and one of them insisted this was the third meeting between the two men." [fn 27] 

During the preparation of his 1991 trial in Miamai, Florida, Noriega's defense attorneys 

submitted a document to the United States District Court for the Southern District of 

Florida in which they specified matters they intended to use in Noriega's defense which 

might involve information considered claissified by the US government. Before being 

released to the public, this document was heavily censored. No part of this filing is more 

heavily censored, however, than the section entitled "General Noriega's Relationship with 

George Bush," which has been whited out on approximately 6 of 15 pages, allegedly to 

protect US national security, but in reality to hide material that is explosively 

compromising to the political reputation of Bush. Noriega's proffer confirms a Bush- 

Noriega meeting on December 8, 1976 at the Panamanian Embassy in Washington. 

"During this meeting there were discussions concerning the unrest in the canal zone. But 

at no time did Mr. Bush suggest that the Panamanian government was in any way 

responsible for the bombing" that had occured in the Canal Zone when Ford, worried 

about attacks from Reagan demanding that the canal remain in US hands, had cut off the 

talks on the future of the canal. Noriega's proffer adds that "when Bush left office he sent 

a letter to Noriega thanking Noriega for his assistance. Bush said that he was going to 

inform his successor of Noriega's cooperation." [fn 28]

During this period, the CIA was allegedly paying Noriega a retainer of $110,000 per 

year, supposedly in exchange for Noriega's intelligence on Cuban and other activities of 

interest to the US. Admiral Stansfield Turner claims that when he took over the CIA, he 

terminated the payments to Noriega, and refused to meet with him. Turner confirms 

several details of the Bush-Noriega relationship of those years: "We all know that Bush 

met with Noriega, even though he was there only 11 months. And I will affirm that Bush 

had him on the payroll," said Turner in October, 1988. "I was there four years, and I 

never saw fit to see him [Noriega] or have him on the payroll," said Turner. [fn 29] 

Turner went on to say that after the fall of Carter Bush re-enstated Noriega as a US asset, 

asserting that Bush "met with Noriega and put him back on the payroll" as a purveyor of 

intelligence. Turner would not specify his proof, but was nevertheless categorical: "I can 

tell you I am very confident of that." 

During 1991, reports surfaced of a joint project of the CIA and the Mossad in central 

America which included large-scale smuggling of illegal drugs from Colombia through 

Panama to the United States. This was code-named "Operation Watchtower." According 

to an affidavit signed by the late Colonel Edward P. Cutolo, a US Army Special Forces 

Commander who was in charge of operations in Colombia subsumed under this project, 

"the purpose of Operation Watch Tower was to establish a series of three electronic 

beacon towers beginning outside of Bogota, Colombia and running northeast to the 

border of Panama. Once the Watch Tower teams were in place, the beacon was activated 

to emit a signal that aircraft could fix on and fly undetected from Bogota to Panama, then 

land at Albrook Air Station." [fn 30] According to Cutolo, the flights were often met at 

Albrook Air Station by Noriega, other PDF officers, CIA agents, and an Israeli national 

believed to be David Kimche of the Mossad. Another Israeli involved in the flights was 

Mossad agent Michael Harari, who maintained a close relation to Noriega until the time 

of the US invasion of December 20, 1989. According to Cutolo's affidavit, "I was told 

from Pentagon contacts, off the record, that CIA Director Stansfield Turner and former 

CIA Director George Bush are among the VIPs that shield Harari from public scrutiny." 

According to Cutolo, "the cargo flown from Colombia to Panama was cocaine," which 

ultimately ended up in the United States. The profits were allegedly laundered through a 

series of banks, including banks in Panama. According to published reports, Cutolo and a 

long list of other US military personnel who knew about Operation Watchtower died 

under suspicious circumstances during the 1980's, one of them after having vainly 

attempted to interest the CBS News "60 Minutes " staff in this matter. Mike Harari of the 

Mossad is reportedly a prime suspect in the death of one of these US officers, Army Col. 

James Rowe, who was killed in the Phillipines on April 21, 1989. Was Operation 

Watchtower on the agenda of the Bush-Noriega meeting of 1976? 

According to Noriega's CIPA proffer, "another contact between Noriega and George 

Bush was after George Bush became Vice-President. At this time Noriega sent Bush a 

letter of congratulations and Bush sent back a response. In this letter, dated December 23, 

1980, Bush says 'thanks for the great congratulatory message.' He also says, 'I do recall 

your visit in 1976 and I hope our paths will cross again.'" [fn 31]

There can be no doubt that Noriega's dealings with the Reagan-Bush administration were 

very intense. According to Panamanian turncoat Jose Blandon, Noriega frequently 

travelled to Washington for secret private meetings with CIA Director William Casey 

during 1982-83 and the year following. Noriega also met somewhat later with Bush's 

Iran-contra point man, Oliver North. [fn 32] According to Noriega's CIPA submission, 

Noriega was introduced to North on a cruise down the Potomac by US General 

Schweitzer, the director of the Inter-American joint military group. According to 

Noriega's CIPA submission, North had been drinking heavily and talked in an animated 

fashion about the problems encountered by the contras. "North was particularly 

concerned with allegations that had surfaced connecting the contras with narcotics 

trafficking." "North urged Noriega to do whatever he could for the contras. During this 

meeting North claimed that he was in charge of all operations in central America having 

to do with the contras and that he was working directly for Reagan and Bush. Although 

North asked for help he did not say exactly what he wanted. North did tell Noriega that if 

at any time he needed to talk to North that Noriega could just call him at the White 

House." [fn 33] 

According to Noriega's CIPA proffer submitted in preparation for his trial in Miami, 

"from around August of 1985 through September of 86 Noriega repeatedly received 

emissaries from Oliver North. One was Humberto Quinones. Quinones attempted to 

ingratiate himself with Noriega and repeatedly used Reagan's and Bush's names. 

Quinones said that the contras are not fighting very well and requested that Panama come 

to the aid of the contras." 

Later, at the end of the summer of 1985, Noriega met with North and Secord in London. 

North demanded that Noriega use Panamanian commandos to conduct operations against 

the Sandinista regime. "Noriega just listened" and did not agree to cooperate. [fn 34] 

This was all denied by the Bush campaign through spokesman Steve Hart, but a photo 

exists of Bush meeting with Noriega in Panama City in December, 1983. Don Gregg was 

also on the scene. This meeting was also attended by Everett Briggs, then the US 

Ambassador to Panama. During the previous months, Noriega had repudiated the policy 

of supporting the Nicaraguan contra rebels which the Bushmen had successfully sold to 

Reagan as his leading obsession. Noriega had done this by declaring his support fo the 

Contadora group, which thus emerged as an alignment of Mexico, Venezuela, Colombia, 

and Panama, and which advocated a plan for pacification and the restoration of national 

sovereignty in Central America as a whole through the interdiction of gun-running, plus 

the removal of foreign advisers and bases. According to Briggs, Bush may have sought 

Noriega's diplomatic support for the US position in the region. But Briggs denies that 

Bush was also looking for Panamanian military support against the Sandinistas. 

According to the Bushmen, Bush's pourparler in Panama was devoted to a "privileged" 

talk with the President of Panama, Ricardo de la Espriella, who was also present at the 

meeting. [fn 35] But Noriega was clearly the dominant figure on the Panamanian political 

scene.

Later, Bush henchman Don Gregg was obliged to testify under oath about Bush's 

relations with Noriega in the context of the civil lawsuit brought by the Christic Institute 

of Washington, DC against members of the Bush-Shackley-Clines Enterprise. Gregg 

specified that Ambassador Briggs was himself a friend of Bush. Gregg said that at the 

December, 1983 meeting, Panamanian President Ricardo de la Espriella had denied US 

press reports alleging Panamanian government complicity in drug trafficking. 

But while Noriega kept close relations with the United States, he also dealt with Cuba 

and other countries in the region. Noriega was increasingly motivated by Panamanian 

nationalism, and a desire to preserve a margin of independence for his country. The 

hostility of the US government against Noriega was occasioned first of all by Noriega's 

refusal to be subservient to the US policy of waging war against the Sandinista regime. 

This was explained by Noriega in an interview with CBS journalist Mike Wallace on 

February 4, 1988, in which Noriega described the US campaign against him as a 

"political conspiracy of the Department of Justice." Noriega described a visit to Panama 

on December 17, 1985 by Admiral John Poindexter, then the chief of the US National 

Security Council, who demanded that Noriega join in acts of war against Nicaragua, and 

then threatened Panama with economic warfare and political destabilization when 

Noriega refused to go along with Poindexter's plans: 

Noriega: Poindexter said he came in the name of President Reagan. He said that Panama and 

Mexico were acting against US policy in Central America because we were saying that the 

Nicaragua conflict must be settled peacefully. And that wasn't good enough for the plans of the 

Reagan administration. The single thing that will protect us from being economically and 

politically attacked by the United States is that we allow the contras to be trained in Panama for 

the fight against Nicaragua. 

Wallace: He told you that you would be economically attacked if you didn't do that? 

Noriega: It was stated, Panama must expect economic consequences. Your interest was that we 

should aid the contras, and we said 'no' to that. 

Poindexter outlined plans for a US invasion of Nicaragua that would require the fig-leaf 

of participation of troops from other countries in the region: 

Noriega: Yes, they wanted to attack Nicaragua and the only reason it hadn't already happened was 

that Panama was in the way, and all they wanted was that Panama would open the way and make 

it possible for them to continue their plans. 

According to Noriega's advisor, Panamanian Defense Forces Captain Cortiso, 

"[the US] wanted that Panamanian forces attack first. Then we would receive support from US 

troops." [fn 36] 

It was in this same December, 1985 period that Bush and Don Gregg met with 

Ambassador Briggs to discuss the Noriega's refusal to follow dictation from Washington. 

According to Gregg in his deposition in the Christic Institute lawsuit, "I think we [i.e., 

Bush and Gregg] came away from the meeting with Ambassador Brggs with the sense 

that Noriega was a growing problem, politically, militarily, and possibly in the drug

area." When pressed to comment about Noriega's alleged relations to drug trafficking, 

Gregg could only add: "It would have been part of the general picture of Noriega as a 

political problem, corruption, and a general policy problem. Yes." [fn 37] "I don't recall 

any specific discussion of Noriega's involvement in drugs," Gregg testified. In this case it 

is quite possible that Don Gregg is for once providing accurate testimony: the US 

government decision to begin interference in Panama's internal affairs for the overthrow 

of Noriega had nothing to do with questions of drug trafficking. It was predicated on 

Noriega's rejection of Poindexter's ultimatum demanding support for the Nicargauan 

contras, themselves a notorious gang of drug pushers enjoying the full support of Bush 

and the US government. Colonel Samuel J. Watson III, deputy national security adviser 

to Bush during those years, invoked executive privilege during the course of his Christic 

Institute deposition on the advice of his lawyer in order to avoid answering questions 

about Bush's 1985 meeting with Briggs. [fn 38] 

In addition to the question of contra aid, another rationale for official US rage against 

Noriega had emerged during 1985. President Nicky Barletta, a darling of the State 

Department and a former vice president of the genocidal World Bank, attempted to 

impose a package of conditionalities and economic adjustment measures dictated by the 

International Monetary Fund. This was a package of brutal austerity, and riots soon 

erupted in protest against Barletta. Noriega refused to comply with Barletta's request to 

use the Panamanian military forces to put down these anti-austerity riots, and the IMF 

austerity package was thus compromised. Barletta was shortly forced out as president. 

During 1986-1987, Noriega cooperated with US law enforcement officials in a number of 

highly effective anti-drug operations. This successful joint effort was documented by 

letters of commendation sent to Noriega by John C. Lawn, at that time head of the US 

Drug Enforcement Administration. On February 13, 1987, Lawn wrote to Noriega: "Your 

longstanding support of the Drug Enforcement Administration is greatly appreciated. 

International police cooperation and vigorous pursuit of drug traffickers are our common 

goal." Later in the same year, Lawn wrote to Noriega to commend the latter's 

contributions to Operation Pisces, a joint US-Panamanian effort against drug smuggling 

and drug money laundering. Panamanian participation was facilitated by a tough new 

law, called Law 23, which contained tough new provisions against drug money laudering. 

Lawn 's letter to Noriega of May 27, 1987 includes the following: *As you know, the recently 

concluded Operation Pisces was enormously successful: many millions of dollars and many thousands of 

pounds of drugs have been taken from the drug traffickers and international money launderers.... 

Again, the DEA and officials of Panama have together dealt an effective blow against drug dealers 

and international money launderers. Your personal committment to Operation Pisces and the 

competent, professional, and tireless efforts of other officials in the Republic of Panama were 

essential to the final positive outcome of this investigation. Drugs dealers throughout the world 

now know that the profits of their illegal operations are not welcome in Panama. The operation of 

May 6 led to the freezing of millions of dollars in the bank accounts of drug dealers. 

Simultaneously, bank papers were confiscated that gave officials important insights into the drug 

trade and the laundering operations of the drug trade. The DEA has always valued close 

cooperation, and we are prepared to proceed together against international drug dealers whenever 

the opportunity presents itself. [fn 39]

By a striking coincidence, it was in June, 1987, just one month after this glowing tribute 

had been written, that the US government declared war against Panama, initiating a 

campaign to destabilize Noriega on the pretexts of lack of democracy and corruption. On 

June 30, 1987, the US State Department demanded the ouster of General Noriega. Elliott 

Abrams, the Assistant Secertary of State for Latin American Affairs, later indicted for 

perjury in 1991 for his role in the Iran-contra scandal and coverup, made the 

announcement. Abrams took note of a resolution passed on June 23 by the Senate 

Foreign Relations Committee demanding the creation of a "democratic government" in 

Panama, and officially concurred, thus making the toppling of Noriega the official US 

policy. Abrams also demanded that the Panamanian military be freed of "political 

corruption." 

These were precisely the destabilization measures which Poindexter had threatened 18 

months earlier. The actual timing of the US demand for the ouster of Noriega appears to 

have been dictated by resentment in the US financial community over Noriega's apparent 

violation of certain taboos in his measures against drug money laundering. As the New 

York Times commented in on August 10, 1987: "The political crisis follows closely what 

bankers here saw as a serious breach of bank secrecy regulations. Earlier this year, as part 

of an American campaign against the laundering of drug money, the Panamanian 

government froze a few suspect accounts here in a manner that bankers and lawyers 

regarded as arbitrary." These were precisely the actions lauded by Lawn. Had Noriega 

shut down operations sanctioned by the US intelligence community, or confiscated assets 

of the New York banks? 

In November, 1987, Noriega was visited by Bush's former vice presidential chief of staff, 

Admiral Daniel J. Murphy. Murphy had left Bush's office in 1985 to go into the 

international consulting business. Murphy was accompanied on his trip by Tongsun Park, 

a protagonist of the 1976 Koreagate scandal which had served Bush so well. Murphy 

claimed that Park was part of a group of international businessmen who had sent him to 

Panama to determine if Murphy could help in "restoring stability in Panama" as a 

representative of the businessmen or of the Panamanian government, a singular cover 

story. "I was really there trying to find out whether there was negotiating room between 

him and the opposition," Murphy said in early 1988. There were reports that Murphy, 

who had conferred with NSC chief Colin Powell, Don Gregg and Elliott Abrams of the 

State Department before he went to Panama, had told Noriega that he could stay in office 

through early 1989 if he allowed political reforms, free elections, and a free press, but 

Murphy denied having done this. It is still not known with precision what mission 

Murphy was sent to Panama to perform for Bush. [fn 40] 

On August 12, 1987, Noriega responded to the opposition campaigns fomented by the US 

inside Panama by declaring that the aim of Washington and its Panamanian minions was 

"to smash Panama as a free and independent nation. It is a repetition of what Teddy 

Roosevelt did when he militarily attacked following the separation of Panama from 

Colombia." On August 13, 1987, the Los Angeles Times reported that US Assistant 

Attorney General Stephen Trott, who had headed up the Department of Justice "Get 

Noriega" Task Force for more than a year, had sent out orders to "pull together

everything that we have on him [Noriega] in order to see if he is prosecutable." This 

classic "enemies' list" operation was clearly aimed at fabricating drug charges against 

Noriega, since that was the political spin which the US regime wished to impart to its 

attack on Panama. In February, 1988, Noriega was indicted on US drugs charges, despite 

a lack of evidence and an even more compelling lack of jurisdiction. This indictment was 

quickly followed by economic sanctions, an embargo on trade, and other economic 

warfare measures that were invoked by Washington on March 2, 1988. All of these 

measures were timed to coincide with the "Super Tuesday" presidential preference 

primaries in the southern states, where Bush was able to benefit from the racist appeal of 

the assault on Noriega, who is of mestizo background and has a swarthy complexion. 

During the spring of 1988, the Reagan Administration conducted a negotiation with 

Noriega with the declared aim of convincing him to relinquish power in exchange for 

having the drug charges against him dropped. In May, Michael G. Kozak, the deputy 

assistant Secretary of State for Inter-American affairs had been sent to Panama to meet 

with Noriega. Bush had come under attack from other presidential candidates, especially 

Dukakis, for being soft on Noriega and seeking a plea bargain with the Panamanian 

leader. Bush first took the floor during the course of an administration policymaking 

meeting to advocate an end of the bargaining with Noriega. According to press reports, 

this proposal was "hotly contested." Then, in a speech in Los Angeles, Bush made one of 

his exceedingly rare departures from the Reagan line by announcing with a straight face 

that a Bush Administration would not "bargain with drug dealers" at home or abroad. [fn 

41] 

Bush's interest in Noriega continued after he had assumed the presidency. On April 6, 

1989, Bush formally declared that the government of Panama represented an "unusual 

and extraordinary threat" to US national security and foreign policy. He invoked the 

National Emergencies Act and the International Emergency Act to declare a state of 

"national emergency" in this country to meet the menace allegedly posed by the 

nationalists of little Panama. The May 1, 1989 issue of US News and World Report 

revealed that Bush had authorized the expenditure of $10 million in CIA funds for 

operations against the Panamanian government. These funds were obviously to be 

employed to influence the Panamanian elections, which were scheduled for early May. 

The money was delivered to Panama by CIA bagman Carlos Eleta Almaran, who had just 

been arrested in Georgia in April, 1989 on charges of drug trafficking. On May 2, with 

one eye on those elections, Bush attempted to refurbush his wimp image with a blustering 

tirade delivered to the Rockefeller-controlled Council of the Americas in which he stated: 

"Let me say one thing clearly. The USA will not accept the results of fraudulent elections 

that serve to keep the supreme commander of the Panamanian armed forces in power." 

This made clear that Bush intended to declare the elections undemocratic if the pro- 

Noriega candidates were not defeated. 

In the elections of May 7, the CIA's $10 million and other monies were used to finance 

an extensive covert operation which aimed at stealing the elections. The US-supported 

Civic Democratic Alliance, whose candidate was Guillermo Endara, purchased votes, 

bribed the election officials, and finally physically absconded with the official vote

tallies. Because of the massive pattern of fraud and irregularities, the Panamanian 

government annulled the election. Somewhere along the line the usual US-staged "people 

power" upsurge had failed to materialize. The inability of Bush to force through a victory 

by the anti-Noriega opposition was a first moment of humiliation for the would-be Rough 

Rider. 

This was the occasion for a new outburst of hypocritical breast-beating from Bush, whose 

vote fraud operation had not worked so well in Panama as it had in New Hampshire. 

Speaking at the commencement ceremonies of Mississippi State University in Starkville, 

Mississippi, Bush issued a formal call to the citzens and soldiers of Panama to overthrow 

Noriega, asserting that "they ought to do everything they can to get Mr. Noriega out of 

there." Asked whether this was a call for a military coup against Noriega, Bush replied: "I 

would love to see them get him out of there. Not just the PDF-- the will of the people of 

Panama." Bush elaborated that his was a call for "a revolution--the people rose up and 

spoke for-- in a democratic election with a substantial - a tremendous- turnout, said what 

they wanted. The will of the people should not be thwarted by this man and a handful of 

these Doberman thugs." "I think the election made so clear that the people want 

democracy and made so clear that democracy is being thwarted by one man that that in 

itself would be the catalyst for removing Noriega," Bush added, making his characteristic 

equation of "democracy" with a regime subservient to US whim. Bush prevaricated on 

his own committment to disbanding the Panamanian Defense Forces, saying that he 

wanted to "make clear... that there's no vendetta against the Panamanian Defense Forces 

as an institution;" the US was concerned only with Noriega's "thuggery" and "pariah" 

status. Bush seemed also to invite the assassination of Noriega by blurting out, "No, I 

would add no words of caution" on how to do any of this. He slyly kept an escape hatch 

open in case a coup leader called on the US for support, as in fact later happened: "If the 

PDF asks for support to get rid of Noriega, they wouldn't need support from the United 

States in order to get rid of Noriega. He's one man, and they have a well-trained force." 

Bush also seemed to encourage Noriega to flee to a country from which he could not be 

extradited back to the US, which sounded like a recipe for avoiding legal proceedings 

that could prove highly embarrassing to Bush personally and to the whole US 

government. 

During this period, Admiral William Crowe, the chairman of the US Joint Chiefs of Staff, 

attempted to convince the US commander in Panama, Gen. Frederick F. Woerner, to 

accept a brigade-sized reinforcement of 3,000 troops in addition to the 12,000 men 

already stationed in Panama. Woerner declined the additional men, which the Pentagon 

had intended to despatch with great fanfare in an attempt to intimidate Noriega and his 

triumphant supporters. At this point the Pentagon activated preparations for Operation 

Blue Spoon, which included a contigency plan to kidnap Noriega with the help of a Delta 

force unit. There were discussions about whether an attempt could be made to abduct 

Noriega with any likelihood of success; it was concluded that Noriega was very wily and 

exceedingly difficult to track. It was in the course of these deliberations that Defense 

Secretary Cheney is reported to have told Crowe, "'You know, the President has got a 

long history of vindictive political actions.''Cross Bush and you pay,' he said, supplying 

the names of a few victims and adding: Bush remembers and you have to be careful." [fn

42] Thus intimidated by Bush, the military commanders concurred in Bush's 

announcement of a brigade-sized reenforcement for Woerner, plus the secret despatch of 

Delta forces and Navy Seals. On July 17, Bush approved a plan to "assert US treaty 

rights" by undertaking demonstrative military provocations in violation of the treaty. 

Woerner was soon replaced by General Maxwell Reid "Mad Max" Thurman, who would 

bring no qualms to his assignment of aggression. Thurman took over at the Southern 

Command on September 30. 

In the wake of this tirade, the US forces in Panama began a systematic campaign of 

military provocations which continued all the way to the December 20 invasion. In July 

the US forces began practicing how to seize control of important Panamanian military 

installations and civilian objectives, all in flagrant violation of the Panama Canal Treaty. 

On July 1, for example, the town of Gamboa was seized and held for 24 hours by US 

troops, tanks, and helicopters. The mayor of the town and 30 other persons were illegally 

detained during this "maneuver." In Chilibre, the US forces occupied the key water 

purification plant serving Panama City and Colon. On August 15, Bush escalated the 

rhetoric still further by proclaiming that he had the obligation "to kidnap Noriega". Then, 

during the first days of October, there came the abortive US-sponsored coup attempt, 

followed by the public humiliation of George Bush, who had failed to measure up to the 

standards of efficacy set by Theodore Roosevelt. 

All during October and November and into December, the Bush Administration worked 

to prepare the plans for a large-scale invasion of Panama, Operation Blue Spoon. By mid- 

December, there were a total of 24,000 US troops in Panama, arrayed against the 16,000 

of the PDF, of whom only about 3,500 were organized and equipped for military combat. 

The US was now committed to a military attack. Beginning on January 1, 1990, 

according to the US-Panama treaty, the head of the canal administration would have to be 

a Panamanian citizen, proposed by Panama and approved by the US government. This 

was a transaction which Bush wished to conduct with a puppet state, and not with an 

independent government. In the light of transparent US preparations for a short-term 

invasion or other armed incursion, the National Assembly of Panama passed a resolution 

of December 15 to take note of the state of affairs that had now been forced upon Panama 

by Bush. The statement was designed to permit the assumption of emergency powers by 

the Panamanian government to meet the crisis, and was in no way equivalent to a 

declaration of war under international law, no more than Bush's April 6, 1989 declaration 

of a US state of emergency over the Panamanian situation had been. "The Republic of 

Panama," the statement read, "has for the last two years suffered a cruel and constant 

harrassment by the US government, whose president has made use of the powers of 

war...to try to subject the will of Panamanians....The Republic of Panama is living under 

a genuine state of war, under the permanent hounding of the US government, whose 

soldiers not only daily violate the integrity of the Torrijos-Carter treaties... but trample 

our sovereign rights in open, arrogant, and shameless violation of the pacts and norms of 

international law....Therefore be it resolved that the Republic of Panama be declared in a 

state of war, for as long as the aggression unleashed against the Panamanian people by 

the US government continues." [fn 43] The first comment from White House spokesman

Marlin Fitzwater was to minimize this declaration: "I don't think anybody here considers 

it important enough in terms of impact," Fitzwater told the White House press corps. It 

was only after Bush had given the final order to attack that it was discovered that this 

statement had been another casus belli. 

At this point, the US provocation activity was stepped up, with special attention given to 

the approaches to Noriega's headquarters, the Commandancia. Here, at the Avenue A 

PDF checkpoint, on the evening of Saturday, December 16, Navy Lieutenant Adam J. 

Curtis and his wife Bonnie had been detained as they chose to take an evening stroll in 

this very tense and highly sensitive neighborhood. Their presence could in no way have 

been interpreted as purely casual. Then, while Lieutenant and Mrs. Curtis were having 

their identity checked by the PDF, a car occupied by four other "off-duty" American 

officers in civilian clothes drove up. These officers would later say that they had taken a 

wrong turn towards Noriega's Commandancia, where the cat and mouse game of wouldbe 

kidnappers and their prey was known to go on at all hours. These US officers alleged 

that the PDF guards had ordered them to get out of their car at gunpoint. But the US 

officers also admitted that they attempted to depart from the area of the PDF checkpoint 

at high speed, and it is not clear in which direction they were headed. The US officers' car 

did succeed in departing the scene. At this point, according to the US account, the PDF 

guards opened fire and wounded Marine Lieutenant Robert Paz, who is later reported to 

have died of his wounds at the US Gorgas Military Hospital. Another US officer in the 

car was reportedly slightly wounded in the leg. 

When Lieutenant and Mrs. Curtis were released by the PDF some four hours later, they 

alleged that Lieutenant Curtis had been beaten, and Mrs. Curtis fondled and sexually 

threatened by the PDF. These details, which may have been purely invented, were 

obsessively seized upon by Bush in his public justifications of the US invasion. Published 

accounts indicate that the public affairs officer of the US Southern Command suggested 

that Lieut. Curtis be interviewed on television to recount his story, but that this idea had 

been quickly vetoed by Defense Secretary Cheney, suggesting that the US command 

authority had its doubts about Curtis's ability to tell a tale useful for the Bush regime's 

propaganda mill. [fn 44] 

With the incidents at Avenue A, the imposing "mind war" and "mind control" apparatus 

of the US regime went into action. Here Bush was taking a leaf from the book of his 

father's protege, Adolf Hitler. When Hitler had wished to invade Poland, he first 

completed his military preparations and then staged the infamous provocation codenamed 

Operation Canned Meat at the Gleiwitz radio station on the German side of the 

border with Poland. The Nazis took some German convicts from a jail, murdered them, 

and then dressed them in Polish uniforms. These bodies were then presented to the press 

as the result of a murderous Polish raid across the border. Within hours, Hitler had issued 

an early-morning declaration of war. Bush showed that his pedigree had been acquired in 

the same school. 

Bush gave the final order for the attack on Sunday, December 17. He made a series of 

raving statements about the alleged sexual molestation of Mrs. Curtis, and it was evident

that racist hysteria was being actively elicited. In his speech delivered at 7:20 AM on 

December 21, 1989 announcing the US invasion, Bush said: * 

Many attempts have been made to resolve this crisis through diplomacy and negotiations. All were 

rejected by the dictator of Panama, General Manuel Noriega, an indicted drug trafficker. 

Last Friday, Noriega declared his military dictatorship to be in a state of war with the United 

States and publicly threatened the lives of Americans in Panama. The very next day forces under 

his command shot and killed an unarmed American serviceman, wounded another, arrested and 

brutally beat a third American serviceman and then brutally interrogated his wife, threatening her 

with sexual abuse. That was enough. [fn 45] 

On December 22, Bush was asked what had made him decide to launch the attack now. 

He replied: 

I think what changed my mind was the events that I cited in briefing the American people on this 

yesterday: the death of the Marine, the brutalizing, really obscene torture of the Navy lieutenant, 

and the threat of sexual abuse and the terror inflicted on that Navy lieutenant's wife.... [fn 46] 

Later in the same press conference Bush obsessively returned to the same topic, this time 

answering a question about the Soviet reaction to the US move: 

And I also need to let him [Gorbachov] know-- look, if an American marine is killed, if they kill 

an American Marine-- that's real bad. And if they threaten and brutalize the wife of an American 

citizen, sexually threatening the lieutenant's wife while kicking him in the groin over and over 

again, then, Mr. Gorbachov, please understand, this president is going to do something about it." 

Blacks and mestizos make up the vast majority of the population of Panama. The 

principal enemy image was constructed around the figure of Noriega, who was ridiculed 

as "the pineapple" in the US media loyal to Bush. Noriega was not however the only 

target: Francisco Rodriguez, the pro-Noriega President of Panama, was, like Noriega, a 

mestizo, while the minister of government and justice, the minister of the treasury, and 

the minister of labor were all black. The foreign minister was of Chinese background, as 

was the head of the small air force. A number of Noriega's leading PDF colleagues were 

black. By contrast, Guillermo Endara, the new US puppet president who was now 

adminiustered his oath of office by US military officers on a US military base, was white, 

and lily-white was his retinue, including first vice president Ricardo Arias Calderon and 

second vice president Guillermo "Billy" Ford. There would be only one non-white in the 

new Endara cabinet, a black woman who was minister of education. The rest of the US 

assets belonged to the lily-white oligarchy of Panama, the rabiblancos or "cottontails," 

who had ruled the country with supreme incomptence and maximum corruption until the 

advent of the nationalist revolution of Gen. Omar Torrijos, Noriega's patron, in 1968. 

Endara's base was among the "BMW revolutionaries" who had attended anti-Noriega 

rallies only in the confort of their air-conditioned limousines. These were Bush's kind of 

people. One of Bush's soldatesca in Panama, General Marc Cisneros, boasted that the 

Panamanians "need to have a little infusion of Anglo values." 

The US military operations, which got under way just after midight on Tuesday, were 

conducted with unusual ferocity. The officers were obsessed with avoiding a repetition of

the fiasco of Desert One on 1980, or the fratricidal casualties of Grenada. Mad Max 

Thurman sent in the new Stealth and A-7 fighter-bombers, and AC-13 gunships. The 

neighborhood around Noriega's Commandancia, called El Chorillo, was bombarded with 

a vengeance and virtually razed, as was the working-class district of San Miguelito, and 

large parts of the city of Colon. US commanders had been instructed that Bush wished to 

avoid US casualties at all costs, and that any hostile fire was to be answered by 

overwhelming US firepower, without regard to the number of civilian casualties that this 

might produce among the Panamanians. Many of the Panamanian civilian dead were 

secretly buried in unmarked mass graves during the dead of night by the US forces; many 

other bodies were consumed in the holocaust of fires that levelled El Chorillo. The 

Institute of Seismology counted 417 bomb bursts in Panama City alone during the first 14 

hours of the US invasion. For many days there were no US estimates of the civilian dead 

(or "collateral damage"), and eventually the Bush regime set the death toll for 

Panamanian non-combattants at slightly over 200. In reality, as Executive Intelligence 

Review and former US Attorney General Ramsay Clark pointed out, there had been 

approximately 5,000 innocent civilian victims, including large numbers of women and 

children. 

US forces rounded up 10,000 suspected political opponents of "democracy" and 

incarcerated them in concentration camps, calling many of them prisoners of war. Many 

political prisoners were held for months after the invasion without being charged with 

any specific offense, a clear violation of the norms of habeas corpus. The combined 

economic devastation caused by 30 months of US sanctions and economic warfare, plus 

the results of bombardments, firefights, and torchings, had taken an estimated $7 billion 

out of the Panamanian economy, in which severe poverty was the lot of most of the 

population apart from the rabiblanco bankers that were the main support for Bush's 

intervention. The bombing left 15,000 homeless. The Endara government purged several 

thousand government officials and civil servants under the pretext that they had been 

tainted by their association with Noriega. Ironically, the new US puppet regime could 

only be described as a congeries of drug pushers and drug money launderers. The most 

succinct summary was provided by the International Herald Tribune on February 7, 

1990, which reported: "The nation's new President Guillermo Endara has for years been a 

director of one of the Panamanian banks used by Colombia's drug traffickers. Guillermo 

Ford, the second vice president and chairman of the banking commission, is a part owner 

of the Dadeland Bank of Florida, which was named in a court case two years ago as a 

central financial institution for one of the biggest Medellin money-launderers, Gonzalo 

Mora. Rogelio Cruz, the new Attorney General, has been a director of the First 

Interamericas Bank, owned by Rodrguez Orejuela, one of the bosses of the Cali Cartel 

gang in Colombia." The portly Endara was also the business partner and corporate 

attorney of Carlos Eleta Almaran, the CIA bagman already mentioned. Eleta Almaran, 

the owner of the Panamanian branch of Philip Morris tobacco was arraigned in Bibb 

County, Georgia by DEA officials who accused him of conspiracy to import 600 kilos of 

cocaine per month into the US, and to set up dummy corporations to launder the 

estimated $300 million in profits this project was expected to produce. Eleta was first 

freed on $8 million bail; after the "successful" US invasion of Panama, all charges 

against him were ordered dropped by Bush and Thornburgh. Bush's heart had gone out in

his December 21 war speech especially to drug pusher Billy Ford: "You remember those 

horrible pictures of newly elected Vice President Ford covered head to toe with blood, 

beaten mercilessly by so-called 'dignity battalions.'" Bush, it would appear, has never 

wanted to beat up a drug pusher. 

As for Endara's first vice president, Ricardo Arias Calderon, his brother, Jaime Arias 

Calderon, was president of the First Interamericas bank when that bank was controlled by 

the Cali cartel. Jaime Arias Calderon was also the co-owner of the Banco Continental, 

which laundered $40 million in drug money, part of which was used to finance the 

activities of the anti-Noriega opposition. Thus, all of Bush's most important newlyinstalled 

puppets were implicated in drug dealing. 

The invasion presented some very difficult moments for Bush. From the beginning of the 

operation late on December 20, until Christmas eve, the imposing US martial apparatus 

had proven incapable of locating and capturing Noriega. The US Southern Command was 

terrorized when a few Noriega loyalists launched a surprise attack on US headquarters 

with mortars, scattering the media personnel who had been grinding out their propaganda. 

There was great fear through the US command that Noriega had successfully 

implemented a plan for the PDF to melt away to arms cashes and secret bases in the 

Panamanian jungle for a prolonged guerilla warfare effort. As it turned out, Noriega had 

failed to give the order to disperse. The reason for this is most instructive: Noriega had 

expected a US move, but refused to credit the overwhelming evidence that the US was 

launching a full-scale invasion for the purpose of completely dismantling the PDF and 

occupying the totality of Panamanian territory. Noriega remained convinced until very 

late in the day that US aggression would be limited to a commando raid devoted 

primarily to the kidnapping or assassination of Noriega and a few top lieutenants. In this, 

Noriega joins the company of the Shah of Iran, President Marcos of the Philippines, and 

Saddam Hussein of Iraq, all of whom were unable to fathom the true extent of the US 

committment to topple their regimes (or, in the case of Iraq, lay waste to much of the 

country). This is the principal reason why the PDF failed to execute its plan to disperse 

and regroup in the jungle. 

As Christmas eve approached, and Noriega still had not been eliminated, a whining 

hysteria increasingly colored Bush's public pronouncements. In his press conference of 

December 22, Bush was tremendously agitated, and opened the proceedings by 

complaining: "I have a brief press statement, to be followed by a brief press conference 

because I have a pain in the neck. Seriously." Bush refused to discuss the details of this 

pain. Was it a symptom of the thryoid condition that was diagnosed in early May of 

1991? That is difficult to determine, but there was no mistaking Bush's hyperthyroid 

mood. His response to the inevitable first question about tracking down the demonized 

Noriega: 

I've been frustrated that he's been in power this long-- extraordinarily frustrated. The good news: 

he's out of power. The bad news: he has not yet been brought to justice. So I'd have to say, there is 

a certain level of frustration on this account. The good news, though. is that the government's

eginning to function, and the man controls no forces, and he's out. But, yes, I won't be satisfied 

until we see him come to justice. 

Noriega was irrelevant, Bush tried to suggest, since his government and army had both 

ceased to exist, but Bush lacked conviction. He feared a long Christmas day spent by at 

home by 80 million families, with no news except the football scores and the mortified 

consternation of the US regime Noriega had managed to elude. Then, on the evening of 

December 24, it was reported that Noriega, armed with an Uzi machine gun, had made 

his way unchallenged and undetected to the Papal Nunciatura in Panama City where he 

had asked for and obtained political asylum. There are no reports of how far George Bush 

gnawed into the White House Bigelows upon hearing that news, but it is clear that there 

was important damage to the deep pile in the Oval Office. 

The standoff that then developed encapsulated the hereditary war of the Bush family with 

the Holy See and the Roman Catholic Church. For eight days, US troops surrounded the 

Nunciatura, which they proceeded to bombard with deafening decibels of explicitly 

satanic heavy metal and other hard rock music, which according to some reports had been 

personally chosen by mad Max Thurman in order to "unnerve Noriega and the Nuncio," 

Monsignor LaBoa. Noriega was reputed to be an opera lover. 

At the same time, Bush ordered the State Department to carry out real acts of thuggery in 

making threatening representations to the Holy See. It became clear that Roman Catholic 

priests, nuns, monks and prelates would soon be in danger in many countries of Ibero- 

America. Nevertheless, the Vatican declined to expel Noriega from the Nunciatura in 

accordance with US demands. Bush's forces in Panama had shown they were ready to 

play fast and loose with diplomatic immunity. A number of foreign embassies were 

broken into by US troops while they were frantically searching for Noriega, and the 

Cuban and Nicaraguan Embassies were ringed with tanks and troops in a ham-handed 

gesture of intimidation. It is clear that in this context, Bush contemplated the storming of 

the Nunciatura by US forces. Perhaps he was deterred by the worldwide political 

consequences he would have faced. When the German Wehrmacht occupied Rome 

during the war years of 1943-44, Hitler had never dared to order an incursion into the 

sovereign territory of the Vatican. Could Bush face the opprobrium of having ordered 

what Hitler himself had ruled out? At this point, Bush's criminal energy failed him, and 

he had to look for other options. 

These were difficult days for Bush. On December 27, he gave another press conference 

during which he was asked: 

Q: Do you fear that Mr. Noriega might disclose any CIA information that could embarrass you or 

the government? 

Bush: No. 

Q: Nothing whatsoever? 

Bush: I don't think so. I think that's history and I think that the main thing is that he should be tried 

and brought to justice and we are pursuing that course with no fear of that. You know, we may get

into some release of certain confidential documents, that he may try to blind side the whole justice 

process, but the system works, so I wouldn't worry about that. 

Q: Would you open up any documents that he might request so that there'd be no question as there 

has been in other cases? 

Bush: There would be enough to see that he's given a totally fair trial. 

New Year's Day was excruciating for Bush, since this was another holiday spent at home 

with football scores yeilding only to speculation on how long Noriega would elude 

Bush's legions. The manifest refusal of the Vatican to expel Noriega seemed to deprive 

Bush's aggression of its entire moral justification: if Noriega was what Bush claimed, 

why did the Pope John Paul II decline to honor the imperative US demand for custody? 

While Bush squirmed in agony waiting for the Rose Bowl to end, he began to think once 

again of People Power. 

In Panama City, the Endara-Ford-Arias Calderon forces mobilized their BMW base and 

hired hundreds of those who had nothing to eat for militant demonstrations outside of the 

Nunciatura. These were liberally seeded with US special forces and other commandos in 

civilian clothes. As the demonstrations grew more menacing, and the US troops and tanks 

made no move to restrain them, it was clear that the US forces were preparing to stage a 

violent but "spontaneous" assault by the masses on the Nunciatura that would include the 

assassination of Noriega and the small group of his co-workers who had accompanied 

him into that building. At about this time Msgr. Laboa warned Noriega, "you could be 

lynched like Mussolini." Noriega appears to have concluded that remaining in the 

Nunciatura meant certain death for himself and his subordinates at the hands of the US 

commandos operating under the cover of the mob. LaBoa and the other religious on the 

staff of the Nunciatura would also be in grave danger. On January 3, 1990, after thanking 

LaBoa and giving him a letter to the Pope, Noriega, dressed in his general's uniform, left 

the Nunciatura and surrendered to Gen. Cisneros. 

In Bush's speech of December 20 he had offered the following justification for his act of 

war, Operation Just Cause: 

The goals of the United States have been to safeguard the lives of Americans, to defend 

democracy in Panama, to combat drug trafficking, and to protect the integrity of the Panama Canal 

Treaty. 

If these were the goals, then Bush's invasion of Panama must be counted not only a 

crime, but also a failure. 

On April 5, 1991, newspapers all over Latin American carried details of a new report by 

the US Drug Enfocrement Administration confirming that the US-installed puppet 

president of Panama, Guillermo Endara, had been an officer of at least six companies 

which had been demonstrably implicated in laundering drug money. These were the 

Banco General, the Banco de Colombia, the Union Bank of Switzerland, the Banco 

Aleman, the Primer Banco de Ahorros, Sudameris, Banaico, and the Banco del Istmo. 

The money laundered came from a drug smuggling ring headed up by Augusto Falcon

and Sahvador Magluta of Colombia, who are reported to have smuggled an average of 

one ton of cocaine per month into Florida during the decade 1977-87, including many of 

the years during which Bush's much-touted South Florida Task Force and related 

operations were in operation. 

With the puppet president so heavily implicated in the activity of the international drug 

mafia, it can be no surprise that the plague of illegal drugs has markedly worsened in the 

wake of Bush's invasion. According to the London Independent of March 5, 1991, 

"statistics now indicate that since General Noriega's departure, cocaine trafficking has, in 

fact, prospered" in the country. On March 1, the State Department had conceded that the 

turnover of drug money laundered in Panama had at least regained the levels attained 

before the 1989 invasion. According to the Los Angeles Times of April 28, 1991, current 

levels of drug trafficking in Panama "in some cases exceed" what existed before the 

December 20 invasion, and US officials "say the trend is sharply upward and includes 

serious movements by the Colombian cartels into areas largely ignored under Noriega." 

This was all real drug activity, and not the cornmeal tamales wrapped in banana leaves 

that Bush's mind war experts found in one of Noriega's residences and labelled as 

"cocaine" during the invasion. 

Bush's invasion of Panama has done nothing to fight the scourge of illegal narcotics. 

Rather, the fact that so many of Bush's hand-picked puppets can be shown to be top 

figures in the drug mafia suggests that drug trafficking through Panama towards the 

United States has increased after the ouster of Noriega. If drug shipments to the United 

States have increased, this exposes Bush's pledge to "protect the lives of Americans" as a 

lie. 

As far as the promise of democracy is concerned, it must be stressed that Panama has 

remained under direct US military dictatorship and virtual martial law until this writing in 

the late autumn of 1991, two years after Bush's adventure was launched. The 

congressional and local elections that were conducted during early 1991 were thoroughly 

orchestrated by the US occupation forces. Army intelligence units interrogated potential 

voters, and medical battalions handed out vaccines and medicines to urban and rural 

populations to encourage them to vote. Every important official in the Panamanian 

government from Endara on down has US military "liasion officers" assigned on a 

permanent basis. These officers are from the Defense Department's Civic Action-Country 

Area Team (or CA-CAT), a counterinsurgency and "nation building" apparatus that 

parallels the "civic action" teams unleashed during the Vietnam war. CA-CAT officers 

supervise all government ministries and even supervise police precincts in Panama City. 

The Panamanian Defense Forces have been dissolved, and the CA-CAT officers are 

busily creating a new constabulary, the Fuerza Publica. During December 1990 and 

January 1991, as the US-led coalition was about to launch its attacks into Iraq, large-scale 

military demonstrations were staged by the US forces in the provinces of Chiriqui, Bocas 

del Toro, Panama, and Colon for the purpose of intimidating the large Arab populations 

of these areas, which the US suspected of sympathizing with Iraq. Radio stations and 

newspapers which spoke out against the US invasion or criticized the puppet regime were 

jailed or intimidated, as in the case of the publisher Escolastico Calvo, who was held in

concentration camps and jails for some months after the invasion without an arrest 

warrant and without specific charges. Trade union rights are non-existent: after a 

demonstration by 100,000 persons in December, 1990 had protested growing 

unemployment and Endara's plans to "privatize" the state sector by selling it off for a 

song to the rabiblanco bankers, all of the labor leaders who had organized the march were 

fired from their jobs, and arrest warrants were issued against 100 union officials by the 

government. But even the pervasive military presence has not been sufficient to reestablish 

stability in Panama: on December 5, 1990, heavily armed US forces were sent 

into the streets of Panama City to deter a coup d'etat that was allegedly being prepared by 

Eduardo Herrera, the former chief of police. As the popularity of "Porky" Endara wanes, 

there are signs that the Bush State Department is grooming a possible successor in 

Gabriel Lewis Galindo, the owner of the Banco del Istmo, one of the banks involved in 

drug money laundering. 

In the wake of Bush's invasion, the economy of Panama has not been rebuilt, but has 

rather collapsed further into immiseration. The Bush administration has set as the first 

imperative for the puppet regime the maintenance of debt service on Panama's $6 billion 

in international debt. Debt service payments take precedence over spending on public 

works, public health, and all other categories. Bush had promised Panama $2 billion for 

post-invasion reconstruction, but he later reduced this to $1 billion. What was finally 

forthcoming was just $460 million, most of which was simply transferred to the Wall 

Street banks in order to defray the debt service owed by Panama. The figure of $460 

scarcely exceeds the $400 in Panamanian holdings that were supposedly frozen by the 

US during the period of economic warfare againmst Noriega, but which were then given 

to the New York banks, also for debt service payments. 

As far as the integrity of the Panama Canal Treaty signed by Torrijos and Carter, and 

ratified by the US Senate is concerned, a resolution co-sponsored by Republican Senator 

Bob Dole of Kansas and GOP Congressman Phil Crane of Illinois is currently before the 

Congress which calls on Bush to renegotiate the treaty so as to allow US military forces 

to remain in Panama beyond the current deadline of December 31, 1999. Since no 

Panamanian government could re-open negotiations on the treaty and survive, this 

strategy, which appears to enjoy the support of the Bush White House, implies a US 

military occupation of not just the old Canal Zone, but of all of Panama, for the entire 

foreseeable future. 

Thus, on every point enumerated by Bush as basic to his policy-- the lives of Americans, 

Panamanian democracy, anti-drug operations, and the integrity of the treaty-- Bush has 

obtained a fiasco. Bush's invasion of Panama will stand as a chapter of shame and infamy 

in the recent history of the United States. 

As this book goes to press, the prosecution is presenting its case in the trial of Gen. 

Noriega in Miami, Florida. These proceedings have been a shocking demonstration of the 

politically-motivated, police-state frameups that are now the rule in US courts. Noriega 

was brought into the United States through a violent exercise in international kidnapping. 

In any case, Noriega's undeniable status as a prisoner of war means that under the Geneva

Convention he cannot be held criminally responsible in a United States court for actions 

that antedate the opening of hostilities between the United States and Panama. These 

overarching considerations set the stage for a series of scandalous abuses within the 

framework of the trial itself. As a result of the Bush regime's "mind war" conducted in 

cooperation with the controlled news media, it is clear that Noriega cannot receive a fair 

trial anywhere in the United States, because of the impossibility of finding an impartial 

jury. During the time that Noriega was preparing his defense, the US Department of 

Justice and the FBI violated the rights of the defendant under the Sixth Amendment by 

tapping and taping his conversations with his defense lawyers. Attorney Raymond Takiff 

had been retained by Noriega as a lawyer at the same time that he was working for the 

US Department of Justice as a secret informant in undercover sting operations. In his 

outrageously political pre-trial opinions, US District Judge William Hoeveler barred all 

references to Noriega's dealings with CIA Director and Vice President George Bush, 

ruling that the Noriega-Bush relation was irrelevant to the US government's charge that 

Noriega was part of drug smuggling into the United States. Hoeveler's pre-trial ruling 

amounts to a ban on discussion of wrongdoing by the US government. This guts 

Noriega's defense, which is that US agencies, and not Noriega, were responsible for the 

importation of illegal narcotics into the United States as an integral part of the US 

government's policy of supporting the Nicaraguan contras, and that the US government 

fabricated the February, 1988 indictments against Noriega as part of a political strategy to 

overthrow him because he refused to join the US in supporting the contras. 

The parade of government witnesses against Noriega includes the usual rogue's gallery of 

professional perjurers from the Federal Witness Protection Program. Those testifying 

against Noriega are, almost without exception, felons at the mercy of the US government, 

many of whom have concluded plea bargains with federal prosecutors in which they have 

been treated more leniently in exchange for their willingness to testify against Noriega. 

These professional witnesses constitute a phalanx of CIA stringers and other mercenaries 

of the perjury wars who have received total payments of US taxpayers' money estimated 

anywhere between $1.5 million and $6 million. The upkeep of this stable of witnesses 

and other exorbitant court costs are not being defrayed by the Bush presidential campaign 

nor by Bush personally, despite the fact that the main purpose of the proceedings is to 

retroactively validate Bush's atrocity of December, 1989, and to contribute to his efforts 

at self-glorification for re-election in 1992. Judge Hoeveler has abrogated the usual rules 

of evidence, admitting hearsay reports on Noriega's activities from celebrity felons like 

Carlos Lehder who have never met nor spoken with Noriega. Despite this unprecedented 

mobilization of the police state apparatus, news media like US News and World Report of 

September 23, 1991 have conceded that the Justice Department case against Noriega is 

"shockingly weak," and legal experts not friendly to Noriega have asserted that the first 

month of the prosecution case had utterly failed to provide convincing evidence of any 

violations of US law by Noriega. 

Bush's performance during the Panama crisis was especially ominous because of the 

president's clearly emerging mental imbalance. Several outbursts during the Noriega 

press conferences had resembled genuine public fits. Racist and sexual obsessions were 

reaching critical mass in Bush's subconscious. These gross phenomena did not receive the

attention they would have merited from journalists, television commentators, and pundits, 

who rather preferred studiously to ignore them. 

It was during these waning days of 1989 that Bush's mental disintegration became 

unmistakable, foreshadowing the greater furors yet to come. 

NOTES: 


2. Evans and Novak, "A Note From Saddle River," Washington Post, April 10, 1989. 

3. For Fukuyama's "End of History," see The National Interest, Summer, 1989, and Henry Allen, "The End. 

Or Is It?", Washington Post, September 27, 1989. 

4. Washington Post, December 8, 1988 

5. Washington Post, April 17, 1989 

6. See Jack Anderson and Dale Van Atta, "Another Test of Loyalty and Standards," Washington Post, April 

26, 1989 and "Overseas Spoils for GOP Loyalists," Washington Post, September 22, 1989; and Ann 

Devroy, "Bush Ambassadorial Nomination in Limbo," Washington Post, September 12, 1989. 

7. "Off on the Wrong Foot: Gray takes on Baker," Newsweek, April 10, 1989. 

8. "Bush's Earthly Pursuits," Washington Post, November 18, 1988. 

9. See the transcript of Bush's statement and news conference, Washington Post, February 7, 1989; "With 

Signs and Ceremony, S&L Bailout Begins," Washington Post, August 10, 1989; and "Bush: S&Ls May 

Need More Help," Washington Post, December 12, 1989. 

10. "Bush Backs Increase in IMF Funds," Washington Post, November 23, 1989. 

11. "President Defends Pace of Administration," Washington Post, March 8, 1989. 

12. See House Democratic Study Group, Special Report No. 101-45, "Legislation Vetoed by the President," 

p. 83. 

13. Washington Post, April 29, 1990, p. F1. 

14. John M. Barry, The Ambition and the Power, (New York: Viking Press, 1989), pp. 621-622. 

15. Barry, The Ambition and the Power, p. 642. 

16. "Bush: The Secret Presidency," Newsweek, January 1, 1990. 

17. "Transcript of President Bush's Press Conference," Washington Post, June 9, 1989.

18. Bush press conference, Washington Post, December 22, 1989. 

19. "Manuevering Marks Eve of 'Education Summit'", Washington Post, September 27, 1989. 

20. Kevin Phillips, "George Bush and Congress-- Brain-Dead Politics of '89," Washington Post, October 1, 

1989. 

21. Time, October 23, 1989. 

22. "Bush Attacks Critics of Response to Coup," Washington Post, October 14, 1989. 

23. Congressional Record, 58th Congress, 3d session, p. 19. 

24. See "Police State and Global Gendarme: The United States under the Thornburgh Doctrine," American 

Leviathan, pp. 61-102. 

25. Kenneth J. Jones, The Enemy Within, (Cali, Colombia: Carvajal, 1990), p. 22. 

26. Frederick Kempe, "The Noriega Files," Newsweek, January 15, 1990. 

27. Kempe, "The Noriega Files," p. 19. 

28. Frank A. Rubino Esq. and Jon A. May, Esq., Classified Information Procedures Act Submission in 

United States of America vs. General manuel A. Noriega, United States District Court, Southern District of 

Florida, Case No. 89-79-CR-HOEVELER, March 18, 1991, hereafter cited as Noriega CIPA proffer. 

29. "Bush Returned Noriega to Payroll, Turner Says," Washington Post, October 1, 1988. 

30. Mike Blair, "Mossad Silent Partner," The Spotlight, May 13, 1991. 

31. Noriega CIPA proffer, p. 82. 

32. Kempe, "The Noriega Files," p. 23. 

33. Noriega CIPA proffer, p. 52. 

34. Noriega CIPA proffer, p. 54-55. 

35. "The Bush-Noriega Relationship," Newsweek, January 15, 1990, pp. 16-17, including the photo of the 

Bush-Noriega meeting. 

36. "Panama: Atrocities of the 'Big Stick,'" in American Leviathan: Administrative Fascism under the Bush 

Regime, (Wiesbaden: EIR News Service, 1990), pp. 39-40. 

37. For Gregg's testimony on Bush-Noriega relations, see "Testimony on Bush Meeting With Panama 

Ambassador," New York Times, May 21, 1988. 

38. ""Bush Aide Invokes Executive Privilege," Washington Post, May 20, 1988. 

39. American Leviathan, pp. 41-42.

40. "Ex-Bush Aide Is Said to Have Advised Noriega," Washington Post, January 22, 1989. 

41. "Bush Presses to Cut Off Talks with Noriega," Washington Post, May 20, 1988. 

42. Bob Woodward, The Commanders, (New York: Simon and Shuster, 1991), p. 89. 

43. See "Fact Sheet on the US Invasion of Panama," American Leviathan, p. 46. 

44. The Commanders, p. 161. 

45. Text of President Bush's Address, Washington Post, December 21, 1989. 

46. Text of Bush press conference, Washington Post, December 22, 1989.

Chapter -XXIV- The New World Order 

Roma caput mundi regit orbis frena rotundi 

(Rome, the chief of the world, hold the reins of this round orb.) 

Inscription on the imperial crown of Diocletian. 

During late 1989 and 1990, George Bush traversed a decisive watershed in his political 

career and in his own personal mental life. Up until this transition, Bush had attempted to 

secure advancement through an attitude of deference and propitiation, currying favor with 

a series of politicians and power brokers whom he despised as his social inferiors, and 

whom he never hesitated to stab in the back once he got the chance to do so. This was the 

old duplicitious "have half" persona of his early childhood. During the long years of 

Bush's quest for the vice presidency, and during the eight long years of his tenure in that 

office, the public face of Bush was that of dog-like fidelity and Reaganite orthodoxy. 

During these years Bush exhibited the same relative cognitive impairment which he had 

exhibited since his Andover days. On the surface, he was a top-level bureuacratic 

functionary of the US police state, sharing the moral insanity of the policy committments 

of the government apparatus which he represented. 

Severe and debilitating mental strains had been evident in Bush's personality from his 

earliest years. Such tensions were an inevitable result of the inhuman self-discipline 

demanded by his mother, Dorothy Walker Bush, whose regimen combined the most 

ruthless pursuit of personal affirmation for its own sake, with the imperative that all this 

single-minded striving be dissembled behind the elaborate pose of fairness and concern 

for the rights of others. During 1989 and 1990, the tensions converging on Bush's 

personal psychological structures were greatly magnified not just by the Panama 

adventure and the Gulf war, but also by the crisis of the Anglo-American financial 

interests, by the threat posed to Anglo-American plans by German reunification, by the 

thorny problems of preparing his own re-election, and by the foundering of his 

condominium partners in the Kremlin. As a result of this surfeit of tensions, Bush's 

personality entered into a process of disintegration. The whining accents of the wimp, so 

familiar to Bush-watchers of years past, were now increasingly supplanted by the hiss of 

frenetic spleen. 

The successor personality which emerged from this upheaval differed in several 

important respects from the George Bush who had sought and occupied the vicepresidency. 

The George Bush who emerged in late 1990 after the dust had settled was far 

less restrained than the man who had languished in Reagan's shadow. The hyperthyroid 

"presidential" persona of Bush was equipped with little self-control, and rather featured a 

series of compulsive, quasi-psychotic episodes exhibited in the public glare of the 

television lights. These were typically rage-induced outbursts of verbal abuse and threats 

made in the context of international crises, first against Noriega and later against Iraqi 

president Saddam Hussein.

Some might argue that the public rage fits that became increasingly frequent during 

1989-90 were calculated and scripted performances, calibrated and staged according to 

the methods of mind war for the express purpose of intimidating foreign adversaries and, 

not least of all, the American population itself. Bush's apprenticeship with Kissinger 

would have taught him the techniques we have seen Kissinger employ in his secret 

communications with Moscow during the Indo-Pakistani war of 1970: Kissinger makes 

clear that an integral part of his crisis management style is the studied attempt to 

convince his adversary that the latter is dealing with a madman who will not shun any 

expedient, no matter how irrational, in order to prevail. But with the Bush of 1990 we are 

far beyond such calculating histrionics. There were still traces of method in George 

Bush's madness, but the central factor was now the madness itself. 

The thesis of this chapter is that while it is clear that the Gulf war was a deliberate and 

calculated provocation by the Anglo-American oligarchical and financier elite, the mental 

instability and psychological disintegration of George Bush was an indispensable 

ingredient in implementing the actions which the oligarchs and bankers desired. Without 

a George Bush who was increasingly non compos mentis, the imperialist grand design for 

the destruction of the leading Arab state and the intimidation of the third world might 

have remained on the shelf. Especially since the Bay of Pigs and the Vietnam debacle, 

American presidents have seen excellent reasons to mistrust their advisers when the latter 

came bearing plans for military adventures overseas. The destruction of the once 

powerful Lyndon B. Johnson, in particular, has stood as an eloquent warning to his 

successors that a president who wants to have a political future must be very reticent 

before he attempts to write a new page in the martial exploits of imperialism. 

Eisenhower's repudiation of the Anglo-French Suez invasion of 1956 can serve to remind 

us that even a relatively weak US president may find reasons not to leap into the 

vanguard of the latest hare-brained scheme to come out of the London clubs. The 

difficulty of orchestrating a "splendid little war" is all the more evident when the various 

bureaucratic, military, and financier factions of the US establishment are not at all 

convinced that the project is a winner or even worthwhile, as the pro-sanctions, wait and 

see stance of many Democratic members of the House and Senate indicates. The 

subjectivity of George Bush is therefore a vital link in the chain of any explanation of 

why the war happened, and that subjectivity centers an increasingly desperate, 

aggravated, infantile id, tormented by the fires of a raging thyroid storm. 

Bush's new desire to strut and posture as a madman on the world stage, as contrasted with 

his earlier devotion to secret, behind-the-scenes iniquity has certain parallels in 

Suetonius's portrait of the Emperor Nero. Before Nero had fully consolidated his hold on 

power, he cultivated outward and public displays of filial piety, and strove to manifest 

"good intentions." These were the veneer for monstrous crimes that were at first carried 

out covertly: "...at first his acts of wantonness, lust, extravagance, avarice, and cruelty 

were gradual and secret...." But once Nero had firmly established his own regime, the 

monster became more and more overt: "little by little, however, as his vices grew 

stronger, he dropped jesting and secrecy and with no attempt at disguise openly broke out 

into worse crime." [fn 1] Something similar can be observed in the case of Caligula, who 

had a wimp problem of sorts during the time that he lived on the island of Capri in the

shadow of the aging emperor Tiberius, in somewhat the same way that Bush had lived in 

the shadpw of Reagan, as least as far as the public was concerned. In the case of Caligula, 

"although at Capri every kind of wile was resorted to by those who tried to lure him or 

force him to utter complaints, he never gave them any satisfaction...." Caligula was "...so 

obsequious towards his grandfather [Tiberius] and his household, that it was well said of 

him that no one had ever been a better slave or a worse master." [fn 2] Later, when 

Caligula came into his own, he exacted a terrible price from the world for his earlier 

humiliations. 

The process of mental and moral degeneration, the loss of previous self-control 

observable in Bush during this period is not merely an individual matter. The geek act in 

the White House was typical of the collective mental and political behavior of the faction 

to which Bush belongs by birth and pedigree, the Anglo-American financiers. During 

1989 and 1990, outbursts of megalomania, racism, and manic flight forward were 

common enough, not just in Washington, but in Wall Street, Whitehall, and the City of 

London as well. These moods provided the psychic raw material for the strategic 

construct which Bush would proclaim during the late summer of 1990 as "The New 

World Order." 

By the autumn of 1989, it was evident that the Soviet Empire, the cold-war antagonist 

and then the uneasy partner of the Anglo-Americans over more than four decades, was 

falling apart. During the middle 1980's, the Anglo-Americans and their counterparts in 

the Kremlin had arrived at the conclusion that, since they could no longer dominate the 

planet through their rivarly (the cold war), they must now attempt to dominate it through 

their collusion. The new detente of Reagan's second term, in which Bush had played a 

decisive role, was a worldwide condominium of the Soviets and Anglo-Saxons, the two 

increasingly feeble and gutted empires who now leaned on each other like two drunks, 

each one propping the other up. That had been the condominium, incarnated in the figure 

of Gorbachov. 

Both empires were collapsing at an exceedingly rapid pace, but during the second half of 

the 1980's the rate of Soviet decay outstripped that of the Anglo-Americans. That took 

some doing, since between 1985 and 1990, the global edifice of Anglo-American 

speculation and usury had been shaken by the panic of 1987, and by the deflationary 

contraction of 1989, both symptoms of a lethal disorder. But the Anglo-Americans, 

unlike the Soviets, were insulated within their North Atlantic metropolis by the 

possession of a global, as distinct from a merely continental, base of economic rapine, so 

the economic and political manifestations of the Soviet collapse were more spectacular. 

The day of reckoning for the Anglo-Americans was not far off, but in the meantime the 

breathtaking collapse of the Soviets opened up megalomaniac vistas to the custodians of 

the Imperial idea in London drawing rooms and English country houses. The 

practitioners of the Great Game of geopolitics were now enticed by the perspective of the 

Single Empire, a worldwide Imperium that would be a purely Anglo-Saxon show, with 

the Russians and Chinese forced to knuckle under. Like the contemporaries of the Duke 

of Wellington in 1815, the imbecilic Anglo-American think-tankers and financiers

contemplated the chimera of a new century of world domination, not unlike the British 

world supremacy that had extended from the Congress of Vienna until the First World 

War. The old Skull and Bones slogan of Henry Luce's "American Century" of 1945, 

which had been robbed of its splendid lustre by the Russians and the Cold War, could 

now ride again. 

True, there were still some obstacles. The Great Russian rout meant that German 

reunification could not be avoided, which brought with it the danger of a 

Wirtschaftswunder reaching from the Atlantic to the Urals. That, and the continued 

economic dynamism of the Japanese-oriented sphere in the Far East, would be 

combatted, by economic conflicts and trade wars that would take advantage of the Anglo- 

American control of raw materials and above all oil, with the Anglo-American lease on 

the Persian Gulf to be vigorously reaffirmed. Even so, the end of the partition of 

Germany was a real trauma for the Anglo-Saxons, and would elicit a wave of true 

hysteria on the part of Mrs. Thatcher, Nicholas Ridley, and the rest of their circle, and a 

parallel public episode of consternation and chagrin on the part of Bush. The Anglo- 

Americans were moved to sweeping countermeasures. A little further down the line, a 

war in the Balkans could bring chaos to the German economic Hinterland. From the 

standpoint of British and Kissingerian geopolitics, the countermeasures were necessary to 

restore the balance of power, which now risked shifting in favor of the new Germany. 

German ascendancy would mean that London would occupy the place to which 

Thatcher's economics had entitled that wretched nation- a niche of impotence, 

impoverishment, isolation, and irrelevance. But the British were determined to be 

important, and war was a way to attain that goal. 

There were also governments in the developing sector whose obedience to the Anglo- 

Saxon supermen was in doubt. The 250,000,000 Arabs, who were in turn the vanguard of 

a billion Moslems, would always be intractable. The out-of-area deployments doctrine of 

the Atlantic Alliance would now be the framework for the ritual immolation of the 

leading Arab state, which happened to be Iraq. Later, there would be time to crush and 

dismember India, Malaysia, Brazil, Indonesia and some others. 

Then there was the inherent demographic weakness of the Anglo-Saxons, especially the 

falling birth rate, now exacerbated by Hollywood, television, and heavy metal. How 

could such a small master race prevail against the black, brown, yellow, Mediterranean 

and Slavic masses? The answer to that could only be genocide on a collossal scale, with 

economic breakdown, famine, epidemics and pestilence completing the job that war had 

begun. If the birth rate of Nigeria seemed destined to catapult that country into second 

place among the world demographic powers, the AIDS epidemic in central Africa was 

the remedy. General Death was the main ally of the Anglo-Saxons. 

Despite these problems, Bush and his co-thinkers were confident that they could 

subjugate the planet for a full century. But they had to hurry. Unless the Soviets, Chinese, 

Germans, Japanese, and third world powers could be rapidly dealt with, the Anglo- 

Americans might be overtaken by their own accelerating economic collapse, and they 

might soon find themselves too weak to extend their yoke over the world. The military

machine that attacked Iraq was in the process of shrinking by more than 25% because of 

growing American economic weakness, so it was important to act fast. 

The Anglo-American system depended on squeezing enough wealth out of the world 

economy to feed the insatiable demands of the debt and capital structures in London and 

New York. During the 1980's, those capital structures had swelled like malignant tumors, 

while the depleted world economy was bled white. Now, crazed after their October 1987 

and October 1989 brushes with bottomless financial and currency panic, the masters of 

usury in London and New York demanded that the rate of primitive accumulation be 

stepped up all over the world. The old Soviet sphere would pass from the frying pan of 

the Comecon to the fires of the IMF. By the spring of 1991 Bush would issue his calls for 

a free trade zone from the north pole to Tierra del Fuego, and then for world wide free 

trade. Bush's handling of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade and the North 

American Free Trade Zone soon convinced the Europe '92 crowd in Brussels that the 

Anglo-Americans were hell-bent on global trade war. 

These were the impusles and perspectives which impinged on Bush from what he later 

called "the Mother Country," and which were vigorously imparted to him in his frequent 

consultations with British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, who now loomed very large 

in the configuration of Bush's personal network. 

Bush had met Gorbachov in March, 1985, when his "you die, we fly" services were 

required for the funeral of old Konstantin Chernenko, the octogenarian symbol of the 

impasse of the post-Andropov Kremlin who had ruled the USSR for just 390 days. 

Gorbachov had come highly recommended by Margaret Thatcher, with whom he had 

become acquainted the previous year. Thatcher had judged the new-look Gorbachov a 

man with whom she could do business. Bush came to Moscow bearing an invitation from 

Reagan for a parley at the summit; this would later become the choreographed pirouette 

of Geneva that November. Bush gave Gorbachov a garbled and oblique endorsement: "If 

ever there was a time that we can move forward with progress in the last few years, then I 

would say this is a good time for that," stammered Bush. [fn 3] After Geneva there would 

follow summits in Iceland in 1986, Washington in 1987 to sign the INF treaty, and then 

Reagan's swan song in Moscow in the summer of 1988, a valuable auxiliary to George's 

own electioneering. But, as we have seen, the Bush team was contemptuous of slobbering 

sentimental old Reagan, a soft touch who let the Russians take him to the cleaners, 

especially in arms control negotiations. Bush wanted to drive a hard bargain, and that 

meant stalling until the Soviets became truly desperate for any deal. In addition, when 

Reagan and Bush had met Gorbachov on Governor's Island in New York harbor in the 

midst of the transition, Gorbachov had been guilty of lese majeste towards the heir 

apparent and had piqued Bush's ire. 

According to one account of the Governor's Island meeting of December 7, 1988, after 

some small talk by Uncle Ron, Bush wanted to know from Gorbachov, "What assurance 

can you give me that I can pass to American businessmen who want to invest in the 

Soviet Union that perestroika and glasnost will succeed?" Was this the official business 

of the United States, or investment counselling for Kravis, Liedkte, Mossbacher, and

Pickens? Gorbachov's reply is recalled by participants as brusque to the point of 

rudeness: "Not even Jesus Christ knows the answer to that question," said he, amidst the 

gasps of Bush's staff. A minute later, Gorbachov turned to Bush with a lecture: "Let me 

take this opportunity to tell you something. Your staff may have told you that what I'm 

doing is all a trick. It's not. I'm playing real politics. I have a revolution going that I 

announced in 1986. Now, in 1988, the Soviet people don't like it. Don't misread me, Mr. 

Vice President, I have to play real politics." [fn 4] After that, the telegenic Gorbachov 

could look for his photo opportunities somewhere else during most of 1989. There would 

ne no early Most Favored Nation trade status for Moscow. In addition, the signals from 

London were to go slow. The result was Bush's "prudent review" of US-Soviet relations. 

Gorbachov was always hungry for summitry, and during an April visit to Thatcher, the 

Soviet leader chided Bush for the US "hesitation" on new arms control deals. Bush 

dismissed this remark with a huff: "We're making a prudent review, and I will be ready to 

discuss that with the Soviets when we are ready. We'll be ready to react when we feel like 

reacting." [fn 5] Ministerial meeting between Baker and Shevardnadze were proceeding. 

In May, the voice of Reagan was heard from his California retirement, telling his friends 

that he was "increasingly concerned at what he considers an excessively cautious 

approach to nuclear arms reductions with the Soviets." Reagan thought that Bush was 

indeed too hesitant, and that Gorbachov was seizing the initiative with western Europe as 

a result. In the view attributed to Reagan by these unnamed friends, "Bush opted for the 

delaying tactic of a policy review, behaving the way new presidents do when replacing 

someone from the opposing party with different views." According to journalist Lou 

Cannon, "both in Bonn and in Beverly Hills they are wondering if Bush's only strategy is 

to react to events as they unfold." [fn 6] There was the wimp again. 

In September, Bush was in Helena, Montana, sounding the same prudent note while 

defending himself from Senate Majority Leader Mitchell, who had been making some 

debater's points about Bush's "timidity" and "status-quo" thinking. Bush repeated that he 

was in "no rush" for a summit with Gorbachov. "I don't think there's any chance of a 

disconnect" in Moscow's comprehension that "we want to see their perestroika succeed," 

said Bush. [fn 7] 

What changed Bush's mind was the collapse of the East German communist regime, 

which had been gathering speed during the summer of 1989 with the thousands of East 

Germans demanding admittance to West German embassies, first in Hungary, and then in 

Czechoslovakia. Then, in one of the most dramatic developments in recent decades of 

European history, the Berlin Wall and the East German "shoot to kill" order along the 

line of demarcation in the middle of Germany were tossed into the dustbin of history. 

This was one of the most positive events that the generations born after 1945 had ever 

witnessed. But for Bush and the Anglo-Americans, it was the occasion for public 

tantrums. 

For Bush individually, the breaching of the Berlin Wall of 1961 was the detonator of one 

of his most severe episodes thus far of public emotional disturbance. Bush had repeated 

Reagan's sure-fire formula of "Mr. Gorbachov, tear this wall down," during a visit to

Helmut Kohl in Mainz in late May. "Let Berlin be next," Bush had said then. The wall 

"must come down." But in the midst of Bush's throw away lines like "Let Europe be 

whole and free," there was no mention whatsoever of German reunification, which was 

nevertheless in the air. 

Thus, when the wall came down, Bush could not avoid a group of reporters in the Oval 

Office, where he sat in a swivel chair in the company of James Baker. Bush told the 

reporters that he was "elated" by the news, but his mood was at once funereal and testy. If 

he was so elated, why was he so unhappy? Why the long face? "I'm just not an emotional 

kind of guy." The main chord was one of caution. "It's way too early" to speculate about 

German reunification, although Bush was forced to concede, throuigh clenched teeth, that 

the Berlin Wall "will have very little relevance" from now on. Everything Bush said 

tended to mute the drama of what had happened: "I don't think any single event is the end 

of what you might call the Iron Curtain. But clearly, this is a long way from the harsh 

days of the --the harshest Iron Curtain days-- a long way from that." "We are not trying to 

give anybody a hard time," Bush went on. "We're saluting those who can move forward 

to democracy. We are encouraging the concept of a Europe whole and free. And so we 

just welcome it." The East German "aspirations for freedom seem to be a little further 

down the road now." But Bush was not going to "dance on the wall," that much was 

clear. [fn 8] 

After this enraged and tongue-tied monologue with the reporters, Bush privately asked 

his staff: "How about if I give them one of these?" Then he jumped in the air, waved his 

hands, and yelled "Whoooopppeee!" at the top of his lungs. [fn 9] Bush's spin doctors 

went into action, explaining that the president had been "restrained" because of his desire 

to avoid gloating or otherwise offending Gorbachov and the Kremlin. 

Bush's gagged emotional clutch attracted a great deal of attention in the press and media. 

"Why did the leader of the western world look as though he had lost his last friend the 

day they brought him the news of the fall of the Berlin Wall?", asked Mary McGrory. 

"George Bush's stricken expression and lame words about an event that had the rest of 

mankind quickly singing hosannas were an awful letdown at a high moment in history." 

[fn 10] 

In reality, Bush's suppressed rage was another real epiphany of his character, the sort of 

footage which a serious rival presidential campaign would put on television over and 

over to show voters that George has no use for human freedom. Bush's family tradition 

was to support totalitarian rule in Germany, starting with daddy Prescott's role in the 

Hitler project, and continuing with Averell Harriman's machinations of 1945, which 

helped to solidify a communist dictatorship for forty years in the eastern zone after the 

Nazis had fallen. But Bush's reaction was also illustrative of the Anglo-American 

perception that the resurgence of German industrialism in central Europe was a deadly 

threat. 

Over in London, Thatcher's brain truster Nicholas Ridley was forced to quit the cabinet 

after he foamed at the mouth in observations about German unity, which he equated with

a Nazi resurgence seeking to enslave Britain within the coils of the EEC. Conor Cruise 

O'Brien, Peregrine Worthshorne and various Tory propagandists coined the phrase of an 

emergent "Fourth Reich" which would now threaten Europe and the world. The Anglo- 

Saxon oligarchs were truly dismayed, and it is in this hysteria that we must seek the roots 

of the Gulf crisis and the war against Iraq. 

But in the meantime, the collapse of the old Pankow regime in East Berlin meant that 

Bush had urgent issues to discuss with Gorbachov. The two agreed to meet on ships in 

Malta during the first week of December. 

Bush talked about his summit plans in a special televised address before Thanksgiving, 

1989. He tried to claim credit for the terminal crisis of communism, citing his own 

inaugural address: "The day of the dictator is over." But mainly he sought to reassure 

Gorbachov: "...we will give him our assurance that America welcomes this reform not as 

an adversary seeking advantage but as a people offering support." "...I will assure him 

that there is no greater advocate of perestroika than the president of the United States." 

Bush also had to protect his flank from criticism from Europeans and domestic critics 

who had warned that the Malta meeting contained the threat of an attempted new Yalta of 

the superpowers at the expense of Europe. "We are not meeting to determine the future of 

Europe," Bush promised. [fn 11] 

It is reported that, here again, Bush was so secretive about this summit until it was 

announced that he did not consult with his staffs. If he had, the nature of Mediterranean 

winter storms might have influenced a decision to meet elsewhere. The result was the 

famous sea-sick summit, during which Bush, whose self-image as a bold sea dog in the 

tradition of Sir Francis Drake required that he spend the night on a heaving US warship, 

required treatment for acute mal de mer. Bush's vomiting syndrome, which was to 

become so dramatic in Japan, was beginning. He had perhaps not been so tempest-tossed 

since his nautical outing with Don Aronow back in 1983. 

At the Malta-Yalta table, Bush and Gorbachov haggled over the "architecture" of the new 

Europe. Gorbachov wanted NATO to be dissolved as the Warsaw Pact ceased to exist, 

but this was something Bush and the British refused to grant. Bush explained that 

Germany was best bound within NATO in order to avoid the potential for independent 

initiatives that neither Moscow nor Washington wanted. A free hand for each empire 

within its respective sphere was reaffirmed, as suggested by the symmetry of Bush's 

assault on Panama during the Romanian crisis that liquidated Ceausescu, but left a neocommunist 

government of old Comintern types like Iliescu and Roman in power. Bush 

would also support the Kremlin against both Armenia and Azerbaijan when hostilities 

and massacres broke out between these regions during the following month. Bush's 

reciprocal services to Gorbachov included a monstrous diplomatic first: just as the 

communist regime in East Germany was in its death agony, Bush despatched James 

Baker to Potsdam to meet with the East German "reform communist" leader, Modrow. 

No US Secretary of State had ever set foot in the DDR during its entire history after 

1949, but now, in the last days of the Pankow communist regime, Baker would go there. 

His visit was an insult to those East Germans who had marched for freedom, always

having to reckon with the danger that Honecker's tanks would open fire. Baker's visit was 

designed to delay, sabotage and stall German reunification in whatever ways were still 

possible, while shoring up the communist regime. Baker gave it his best shot, but his 

sleazy dealmaking skills were of no use in the face of an aroused populace. Nevertheless, 

after Tien An Men and Potsdam, Bush was rapidly emerging as one of the few world 

leaders who could be counted on to support world communism. 

During the early months of 1990, certain forces in Moscow, Bonn, and other capitals 

gravitated towards a new Rapallo arrangement in a positive key: there was the potential 

that the inmates of the prison-house of nations might attain freedom and selfdetermination, 

while German capital investments in infrastructure and economic 

modernization could guarantee that the emerging states would be economically viable, a 

process from which the entire world could benefit. 

A rational policy for the United States under these circumstances would have entailed a 

large-scale committment to taking part in rebuilding the infrastructure of the former 

Soviet sphere in transportation, communications, energy, education, and health services, 

combined with capital investments in industrial modernization. Such investment might 

also have served as a means to re-start the depressed US economy. The pre-condition for 

economic cooperation would have been a recognition by the Soviet authorities that the 

aspirations of their subject nationalities for self-determination had to be honored, 

including through the independence of the former Soviet republics in the Baltic, the 

Trans-caucasus, central Asia, the Ukraine, and elsewhere. As long as long as the Soviet 

military potential remained formidable, adequate military preparedness in the west was 

indispensable, and should have featured a significant committment to the "new physical 

principles" anti-missle defenses that had inspired the original Strategic Defense Initiative 

of the 1983. Obviously, none of these measures would have been possible without a 

decisive break with the economic policy of the Reagan-Bush years, in favor of an 

economic recovery program focussed on fostering high-technology growth in capitalintensive 

industrial employment producing tangible, physical commodities. 

Bush never made a serious proposal for the economic reconstruction of the areas included 

within the old USSR, and was niggardly even in loans to let the Russians buy agricultural 

commodities. In November, 1990, Gorbachov addressed a desperate plea to world 

governments to alleviate the USSR food shortage, and sent Foreign Minister 

Shevardnadze to Washington in the following month in hopes of obtaining a significant 

infusion of outright cash grants for food purchases from US stocks. After photo 

opportunities with Baker in Texas and with Bush at the White House, all Shevardnadze 

had to take back to Moscow was a paltry $1 billion and change. Within a week of 

Shevardnadze's return, he resigned his post under fire from critics, referring to sinister 

plans for a coup against Gorabchov. The coup, of course, came the following August. It 

should have been obvious that Bush's policy was maximizing the probability of ugly 

surprises further down the road. 

Bush did not demand self-determination for the subject nationalities, but sided with the 

Kremlin against the republics again and again, ignoring the January, 1991 bloodbath in

Lithuania, or winning himself the title of "chicken Kiev" during a July, 1991 trip to the 

Ukraine in which he told that republic's Supreme Soviet to avoid the pitfalls of "suicidal" 

nationalism. Even though the Soviet missle park was largely intact, Bush was compelled 

by his budget penury to take down significant areas of US military capacities. And 

finally, his stubborn refusal to throw the bankrupt policies of the Reagan-Bush years 

overboard guaranteed further US economic collapse. 

But Bush was mindful neither of war avoidance nor economic recovery. In the months 

after Panama, he basked in the afterglow of a dramatic increase in his poularity, as 

reflected by the public opinion polls. A full-scale state visit by Gorbachov was scheduled 

for late May. Rumblings were being heard in the Middle East. But, in early April, Bush's 

mind was focussed on other matters. It was now that he made his famous remarks on the 

subject of broccoli. The issue surfaced when the White House decreed that henceforth, by 

order of the president himself, broccoli would no longer be served to Bush. Reporters 

determined to use the next available photo opportunity to ask what this was all about. 

Bush's infantile anti-broccoli outburst came in the context of a White House State Dinner 

held in honor of the visiting Polish Prime Minister, Tadeusz Mazowiecki. Although Bush 

was obsessed with broccoli, he did make some attempt to relate his new obsession to the 

social context in which he found himself: 

Just as Poland had a rebellion against totalitarianism, I am rebelling against broccoli, and 

I refuse to give ground. I do not like broccoli, and I haven't liked it since I was a little kid 

and my mother made me eat it. And I'm President of the United States, and I'm not going 

to eat any more broccoli. 

Out in California, where broccoli is big business as a cash crop, producers were aroused 

sufficiently to despatch 10 tons of broccoli, equivalent to about 80,000 servings, to the 

White House. Bush was still adamant: 

Barbara loves broccoli. She's tried to make me eat it. She eats it all the time herself. So 

she can go out and meet the caravan. [fn 12] 

These statements were an illumination in themselves, since the internal evidence pointed 

conclusively to a choleric infantile tantrum being experienced by the president. But what 

could have occasioned an outburst on broccoli, of all things? Slightly more than a year 

later, when it became known that Bush was suffering from Basedow's disease, some 

observers recalled the broccoli outburst. For it turns out that broccoli, along with cabbage 

and some other vegetables, belongs to a category of foods called goitrogens. Some 

schools of medicine recommend frequent servings of broccoli in order to help cool off an 

overactive thyroid. [fn 13] There was much speculation that Bush's hyperthyroid 

syndrome had been diagnosed by March-April, or perhaps earlier, and that broccoli had 

been appearing more often on the White House menu as part of a therapy to return Bush's 

thyroid and metabolism to more normal functioning. Was the celebrated thyroid outburst 

a case of an irascible president, in the grip of psychopathological symptoms his 

physicians were attempting to treat, rebelling against his doctors' orders?

At their spring summit, Bush and Gorbachov continued to disagree about whether united 

Germany would be a member of NATO. Much time was spent on strategic arms, the 

Vienna conventional arms reduction talks, and the other aspects of the emerging 

European architecture, where their mutual counter-revolutionary committments went 

very deep. Both stressed that they had taken their Malta consultations as their point of 

departure. Bush's hostility to the cause of Lithuania and the other Baltic republics, now 

subject to crippling economic blockade by Moscow, was writ large. The central 

exchanges of this summit were doubtless those which occurred in the bucolic isolation of 

Camp David among a small shirtsleeve group that comprehended Bush, Gorbachov, 

Shevardnadze, Baker, and Scowcroft. Bush was unusually closed-mouthed, but the very 

loquacious Gorbachov volunteered that they had come to talk about the "planet and its 

flash-points" and the "regional issues." There was the distinct impression that these talks 

were sweeping and futurological in their scope. In his press conference the next day, 

Gorbachov had glowing praise for these restricted secret talks: "I would like, in 

particular, to emphasize the importance of our dialogue at Camp David, where we talked 

during the day yesterday. And this is a new phase in strengthening mutual understanding 

and trust between us. We really discussed all world problems. We compared our political 

perspectives, and we did that in an atmosphere of frankness, constructive atmosphere, an 

atmosphere of growing trust. We discussed specifically such urgent international issues 

as the situation in the Middle East, Afghanistan, southern Africa, Cambodia, central 

America. That is just some of what we discussed. I would not want to go into detail right 

now. I think you will probably seek to get clarification on this, but anyway I think the 

Camp David dialogue was very important." [fn 14] 

Gorbachov also had lengthy answers about the discontent in the Arab world over the 

Soviet policy of mass emigrations of Russian Jews who were obliged to settle in Israel. 

For the Middle East was indeed approaching crisis. In the words of one observer, "Bush 

and Gorbachov stirred the boiling pot of Middle East tensions with their press conference 

remarks, forgetting the damage that seemingly remote forces can do to the grandest of 

East-West designs." [fn 15] Did Bush and Gorbachov use their Camp David afternoon to 

coordinate their respective roles in the Gulf crisis, which the Anglo-Americans were now 

about to provoke? It is very likely that they did. 

Bush's political stock was declining during the summer of 1990. One indication was 

provided by the astoundingly frank remarks of Justice Thurgood Marshall of the US 

Supreme Court in an interview with Sam Donaldson on the ABC News television 

program "Prime Time Live." Justice Marshall, the sole black justice on the Supreme 

Court, was asked for his reaction to Bush's nomination of the "stealth candidate" David 

Souter to fill the place of the retiring Justice William Brennan, a friend of Marshall's. 

Souter was a man without qualities who appeared to have no documentable opinions on 

any subject, although he had a sinister look. "I just don't understand what he's doing. I 

just don't understand it. I mean this last appointment is... the epitome of what he's been 

doing." said Marshall of Bush. Marshall didn't have "the slightest idea" of Bush's motives 

in the Souter nomination. Would Marshall comment on Bush's civil rights record, asked 

correspondent Sam Donaldson. "Let me put it this way. It's said that if you can't say

something good about a dead person, don't say it. Well, I consider him dead." Who was 

dead, asked Donaldson. "Bush!" was Marshall's reply. "He's dead from the neck up." 

Marshall added that he regarded Bush's chief of staff, John Sununu of New Hampshire, 

the state Souter was from, as the one "calling the shots." "If he came up for election," said 

Marshall of Bush, "I'd vote against him. No question about it. I don't think he's ever 

stopped" running for re-election since he took office. Marshall and Donaldson had the 

following exchange about Souter: 

Donaldson: Do you know Judge David Souter? 

Marshall: No, never heard of him. 

Donaldson: He may be the man to replace Brennan. 

Marshall: I still never heard of him. When his name came down I listened to television. 

And the first thing, I called my wife. Have I ever heard of this man? She said, "No, I 

haven't either. So I promptly called Brennan, because it's his circuit [the First Circuit in 

Boston]. And his wife answered the phone, and I told her. She said: "He's never heard of 

him either." 

Marshall and Brennan had often been at odds with the Bush's administration's promotion 

of the death penalty. In this connection, Marshall commented: "My argument is that if 

you make a mistake in a trial and it's corrected later on --you find out it was an error-- 

you correct it. But if you kill a man, what do you say? "Oops?" "I'm sorry?" "Wait a 

minute?" That's the trouble with death. Death is so lasting." 

On this occasion, Marshall renewed his pledge that he would never resign, but would die 

in office: "I said before, and I repeat that, I'm serving out my life term. I have a deal with 

my wife that when I begin to show signs of senility, she'll tell me. And she will." [fn 16] 

Yet, less than one year later, Marshall announced his retirement from the bench, giving 

Bush the chance to split the organizations of black America with the Clarence Thomas 

appointment. Those who saw Marshall's farewell press conference would have to agree 

that he still possessed one of the most lucid and trenchant minds anywhere in the 

government. Had Bush's vindictiveness expressed itself once again through its inevitable 

instruments of secret blackmail and threats? 

During June and July, domestic economic issues edged their way back to center stage of 

US politics. As always, that was bad news for Bush. 

Bush's biggest problem during 1990 was the collision between his favorite bit of 

campaign demagogy, his "read my lips, no new taxes" mantra of 1990, and the looming 

national bankruptcy of the United States. Bush had sent his budget to the Hill on January 

29 where the Democrats, despite the afterglow of Panama, had promptly pronounced it 

Dead on Arrival. During March and April, there were rounds of haggling between the 

Congress and Bush's budget pointman, Richard Darman of OMB. Then, on the sunny

spring Sunday afternoon of May 6, Bush used the occasion of a White House lecture on 

his ego ideal, Theodore Roosevelt, to hold a discreet meeting with Democratric 

Congressional leaders for the purpose of quietly deep-sixing the no new taxes litany. 

Bush was extremely surreptitious in the jettisoning of his favorite throw-away line, but 

the word leaked out in Monday's newspapers that the White House, in the person of 

hatchet-man Sununu, was willing to go to a budget summit with "no preconditions." 

Responding to questions on Monday, Bush's publicity man Fitzwater explained that Bush 

wanted budget negotiations "unfettered with conclusions about positions taken in the 

past." That sounded like new taxes. 

Bush had been compelled to act by a rising chorus of panicked screaming from the City 

of London and Wall Street, who had been demanding a serious austerity campaign ever 

since Bush had arrived at the White House. After the failure of the $13 billion Bank of 

New England in January, Wall Street corporatist financier Felix Rohaytn had 

commented: "I have never been so uneasy about the outlook in 40 years. Everywhere you 

look, you see red lights blinking. I see something beyond recession, but short of 

depression." [fn 17] At the point that Bush became a tax apostate, estimates were that the 

budget defecit for fiscal 1990 would top $200 billion and after that disappear into the 

wild blue yonder. The IMF-BIS bankers wanted Bush to extract more of that wealth from 

the blood and bones of the American people, and George would now go through the 

motions of compliance. 

The political blowback was severe. Ed Rollins, the co-chairman of the National 

Republican Congressional Committee, was a Reagan Democrat who had decided to stick 

with the GOP, and he had developed a plan, which turned out to be a chimera, about how 

the Republicans could gain some ground in the Congress. As a professional political 

operative, Rollins was acutely sensitive to the fact that Bush's betrayal of his "no new 

taxes pledge" would remove the one thing that George and his party supposedly stood 

for. "The biggest difference between Republicans and Democrats in the public perception 

is that Republicans don't want to raise taxes," complained Rollins. "Obviously, this 

makes that go right out the door. Politically, I think it's a disaster." [fn 18] With that, 

Rollins was locked in a feud with Bush that would play out all the way to the end of the 

year. 

But Democrats were also unhappy, since "no preconditions" was an evasive euphemism, 

and they wanted Bush to take the full opprobrium of calling for "new taxes." The White 

House remained duplicitious and evasive. In mid-May, pourparlers were held in the 

White House on a comprehensive defecit-reduction agreement. The Democrats demanded 

that Bush go on national television to motivate drastic, merciless austerity all along the 

line, with tax increases to be combined with the gouging of domestic and social 

programs. Bush demurred. All during June, the haggling about who would take the public 

rap went forward. On June 26, during a White House breakfast meeting with Bush, 

Sununu, Darman, and Congressional leaders, Congressman Foley threatened to walk out 

of the talks unless Bush went public with a call for tax hikes. For a moment, the dollar, 

the Treasury bill market, and the entire insane house of cards of Anglo-American finance 

hung suspended by a thread. If the talks blew up, a worldwide financial panic might

ensue, and the voters would hold George responsible for the consequences. Bush's 

Byzantine response was to issue a low-profile White House press statement. 

It is clear to me that both the size of the defecit problem and the need for a package that 

can be enacted require all of the following: entitlement and mandatory program reform; 

tax revenue increases; growth incentives; discretionary spending reductions; orderly 

reductions in defense expenditures; and budget process reform. 

"Tax revenue increases" was the big one. June 26 is remembered by the GOP right wing 

as a Day of Infamy; Bush cannot forget it either, since it was on that day that his poll 

ratings began to fall, and kept falling until late November, when war hysteria bailed him 

out. Many Congressional Republicans who for years had had no other talking point than 

taxes were on a collision course with the nominal head of their party; a back-benchers' 

revolt was in full swing. Fitzwater and a few others still argued that "tax revenue 

increases" did not mean "new taxes", but this sophistry was received with scorn. 

Fitzwater argued in doublethink: 

We feel [Bush] said the right thing then and he's saying the right thing now.....Everything 

we said was true then and it's true now. No regrets, no backing off. 

Nixon's spokesman Ron Nessen had been more candid when he once announced, "All 

previous statements are inoperative." When Fitzwater was asked if he would agree that 

Bush had now formally broken his no tax pledge, Fitzwater replied: "No. Are you crazy?" 

On July 11, Congressional Democrats blocked Bush's favorite economic panacea, the 

reduction of the capital gains tax rate, by demanding that any such cut be combined with 

an overall increase of income tax rates on the wealthy. This yielded a deadlock which 

lasted until the last days of September. 

Bush hid out in the White House for a few days, but then he had to face the press. There 

would be only one topic: his tax pledge. Bush affected a breezy and cavalier manner that 

could not disguise his seething internal rage at the thought of being nailed as a liar. The 

internal turmoil was expressed in the frequent incoherence of verbal expression. Bush 

started off with an evasive and rambling introduction in which he portrayed himself as 

fighting to prevent the suffering that an automatic sequester under the Gramm-Rudman- 

Hollings law would entail. The first question: "I'd like to ask you about your reversal on 

'no new taxes.'" occasioned more evasive verbiage. Other questions were all on the same 

point. Bush attempted to pull himself together: 

I'll say I take a look at a new situation. I see an enormous defecit. I see a savings and loan 

problem out there that has to be resolved. And like Abraham Lincoln said, "I'll think 

anew." I'm not -- but I'm not violating or getting away from my fundamental conviction 

on taxes or anything of that nature. Not in the least. But what I have said is on the table, 

and let's see where we go. But we've got a different-- we've got a very important national 

problem, and I think the president owes the people his --his judgment at the moment he 

has to address the problem. And that's exactly what I'm trying to do.

And look, I knew I'd catch some flak on this decision....But I've got to do what I think is 

right, and then I'll ask the people for support. But more important than posturing now, or 

even negotiating, is the result.... 

It was a landmark of impudence and dissembling. One of Bush's main objectives as he 

zig-zagged through the press conference was to avoid any television sound bites that 

would show him endorsing new taxes. So all his formulations were as diffuse as possible. 

Were tax revenue increases the same as taxes? 

Bush: And I say budget reforms are required, and I say spending cuts are required, and so 

let's see where we come out on that. 

Q: But is it taxes? 

Bush: Is what taxes? 

Q:What you're saying. Are you saying taxes are --higher taxes are-- 

Bush: I've told you what I've said, and I can't help you any more. Nice try. 

Q:You said we needed-- 

Bush:You got it. You got it, and you've got a--you've seen the arrows coming my way. 

And that's fine, but-- let people interpret it any way-- 

Q: Well, I have-- 

Bush: Well, I want to leave it the way I said I would, so the negotiators are free to discuss 

a wide array of options, including tax increases. Does that help? 

A questioner cited a tabloid headline: "Read My Lips: I Lied." Bush had been prepped by 

an historical review of how other presidents had allegedly changed their minds or lied, 

which had convinced Bush that he, although a liar, was actually in the same class with 

Lincoln. "I've been more relaxed about it than I thought I'd be," quipped Bush. "I feel 

comfortable about that because I've gone back and done a little research and seen these 

firestorms come and go, people who feel just as strongly on one side or another of an 

issue as I do and haven't gotten their way exactly." Why had he said no new taxes during 

the campaign? "Well, I don't think anybody did such a penetrating job of questioning...." 

Bush's basic idea was that he could get away with it, in the way that Reagan had gotten 

away with the 1982 recession. But for many voters, and even for many Republican 

loyalists, this had been yet another epiphany of a scoundrel. Many were convinced that 

Bush believed in absolutely nothing except hanging on to power. 

It was also in the early summer of 1990 that it gradually dawned on many taxpayers that, 

according to the terms of the Savings & Loan bailout championed by Bush during the 

first weeks of his regime, they would be left holding the bag to the tune of at least $500

illion. Their future was now weighted with the crushing burden of a defacto second 

mortgage, in addition to the astronomical national debt that Reagan and Bush had rolled 

up. This unhappy consciousness was compounded by the personal carnage of the 

continuing economic contraction, which had been accelerated by the shocks of 

September-October, 1989. An ugly mood was abroad, with angry people seeking a point 

of cathexis. 

They found it in Neil Bush, the president's marplot cadet son, the one we saw explaining 

his March 31, 1981 dinner engagement with Scott Hinckley. As even little children now 

know, Neil Bush was a member of the board of directors of Silverado Savings and Loan 

of Denver, Colorado, which went bankrupt and had to be seized by federal regulators 

during 1988. Preliminary estimates of the costs to the taxpayers were on the order of $1.6 

billion, but this was sure to go higher. The picture was complicated by the fact that Neil 

Bush had received a $100,000 personal loan (never repayed, and formally forgiven) and a 

$1.25 million line of credit from two local land speculators, Kenneth Good and William 

Walters, both also prominent money-bags for the Republican Party. In return for the 

favors he had received, Neil Bush certainly did nothing to prevent Silverado from lending 

$35 million to Good for a real estate speculation that soon went into default. Walters 

received $200 million in loans from Silverado, which were never called in. This was a 

prima facie case of violation of the conflict of interest regulations. But instead of keeping 

quiet, Neil Bush showed that the family tradition of self-righteous posturing even when 

caught with both hands in the cookie jar was well represented by him: he launched an 

aggressive campaign of proclaiming his own innoncence; it was all political, thought 

Neil, and all because people wanted to get at his august father through him. 

Sleazy Neil Bush's pontificating did not play well; Neil sounded "arrogant and flip" and 

the result, as People magazine commented at the end of the year, was "a public relations 

fiasco." Posters went up in Washington emblazoned with the call to "Jail Neil Bush," 

while out in Denver, the Colorado Taxpayers for Justice marched outside Neil's 

downtown office (where Neil had answered questions about his ties to the Hinckley 

family in on March 31, 1981) carrying placards and chanting "Yes, Neil, it's wrong to 

steal!" and "Give it back, Neil!" [fn 19] Neil was looking forward to public hearings 

organized by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to probe his malfeasance; there 

was talk of a criminal indictment, but this eventually dwindled into a $200 million civil 

suit brought against Neil and 10 other former Silverado officials for "gross negligence" in 

their running of the affairs of the bank. 

Bush's immediate reaction to the dense clouds gathering over Neil's head was to step up a 

scandal he saw as a counterweight: this was the "Keating Five" or "Lincoln Brigade" 

affair, which hit Senate Democrats Cranston, Riegle, Glenn, and DeConcini, plus 

Republican McCain. Some S&L loans showed "excesses," Bush was now ready to 

concede, and some were "foolish and ill-advised." But, he quickly stipulated: "I don't 

want to argue in favor of re-regulating the industry." And Bush was also on the defensive 

because, while he mandated $500 billion for the S&Ls, he wanted to veto a measure 

providing for unpaid parental leave for working mothers, despite a campaign promise that 

"we need to assure that women don't have to worry about getting their jobs back after

having a child or caring for a child during serious illness." Bush now specified that he 

was not endorsing "mandated benefits" from government, but was just supporting 

collective bargaining to allow such leave. What to do if employers refused to grant leave? 

"You've got to keep working for them until they do," answered Bush with the ancien 

regime "let 'em eat cake" logic of a Marie Antoinette. [fn 20] 

At a press conference in mid-July, Bush was asked if he agreed with son Neil's selfdefense 

campaign, which was premissed on the idea that the attack was a purely political 

smear, all because the poor boy's name happened to be Bush. The issue was focussing 

public attention on all the inherent rapacity of the predatory Bush family. George 

launched into an enraged, self-righteous monologue: 

I agree that the president ought to stay out of it, and that the system ought to work. And I 

have great confidence in the integrity and honor of my son. And beyond that, I'm -- say 

no more. And if he's done something wrong, the system will --will-- will digest that. I 

have -- this is not easy for me, as a father; it's easy for me as the president because the 

system is going to work, and I will not intervene. I've not discussed this with any officials 

and suggested any outcome. 

Note that once again the word "integrity" comes to the fore as soon as a probe seems to 

be turning up a felony. As for "system," this refers in the parlance of the Kissinger faction 

to the rule of the interlocking power cartels of the Eastern Anglophile liberal 

establishment. What Bush is really saying is that the matter will be hushed up by the 

damage control of the "system." Bush went on: 

But what father wouldn't express a certain confidence in the honor of his son? And that's 

exactly the way I feel about it, and I feel very strongly about it. And for those who want 

to challenge it, whether they're in Congress or elsewhere, let the system work and then 

we can all make a conclusion as to his honor and integrity. 

And it's tough on people in public life to some degree. And I've got three other sons and 

they all want to go to the barricades, every one of them, when they see some cartoon they 

don't like, particularly those that are factually incorrect in total -- total demeaning of the 

honor of their brother. They want to -- they want to do what any other-- any other kids 

would do. And I say: you calm down now, we're in a different role now; you can't react 

like you would if your brother was picked on in a street fight-- that's not the way the 

system works. But we have great emotions that I share with Barbara, I share with my 

sons and daughter that I won't share with you, except to say: One, as a president I am 

determined to stay out of this and let it work and let it work fairly. And secondly, I have 

confidence in the honor and integrity of my son, and if the system finds he's done 

something wrong he will be the first to step up and do what's right. [fn 21] 

Bush's parting shot seemed to contain the optimistic premiss that any sanctions against 

young Neil would be civil, and not criminal, and that is very likely the signal that George 

was sending out with these remarks. But the avoidance of criminal charges was not a 

foregone conclusion. A group of House Democrats had written to Attorney General

Thornburgh to demand a special prosecutor for the hapless Neil. The signers included Pat 

Schroeder, Kastenmeier of Wisconsin, Don Edwards of California, Conyers of Michigan, 

Morrison of Connecticut, Larry Smith of Florida, Boucher of Virginia, Staggers of West 

Virginia, and Bryant of Texas. The measure was fully justified, but it soon turned out that 

the Foley leadership in the House, more of a marshmallow-stamp than a rubber stamp, 

had been leaning on Democratic members to shun this initiative. This became public 

when Congressman Feighan of Ohio, who had signed the letter, retracted his signature 

under the pressure of Foley's Democratic leadership. 

But there was no doubt that Neil Bush had been acting as an influence peddler. 

Documents released by the Office of Thrift Supervision which detailed the conflict of 

interest charges against Neil conveyed a very low view of the dyslexic young man's 

business acumen: the regulators described him as "unqualified and untrained" to be a 

director of a financial institution. An untutored squirt, his father might have said. In the 

words of the OTS, "certainly he had no experience in managing a large corporation, 

especially a financial institution with almost $2 billion in assets." 

The swirling controversy also engulfed Bush's consort. When questioned by a journalist 

several days before the Kuwait crisis erupted, Bar "flushes indignantly over the 

allegations against son Neil...." "I'm not going to talk about it," snapped Mrs. Bush, but 

she then did remark that it was "outrageous" that such a "wonderful, decent, honest man" 

was being denigrated just because his parents "chose to get into political life." As the 

interviewer noted, Mrs. Bush "smiles with maternal pride, though, when she 

acknowledges a rumor that son Marvin, 33, nearly resorted to fisticuffs defending Neil's 

honor and that brother Jeb, 37, was so ready to join the fray that 'we had to hold him 

back.'" "We just love our children, and they know it," gushed Mrs. Bush. "Someone once 

said to me that they didn't know another family where all five siblings love each other so 

much. And that's true. If push comes to shove, they're all there for each other." [fn 22] 

As the end of July approached, Neil Bush was becoming a severe public relations 

problem for his father George. To make matters worse, economist Dan Brumbaugh, who 

enjoyed a certain notoriety as the Cassandra of the S&L debacle, appeared on television 

to confirm what the insiders aleady knew, that not just the S&Ls, but the entire 

commercial banking system of the United States, from the Wall Street giants down 

through the other money center banks, was all bankrupt. Economic reality, Bush's old 

nemesis, was once against threatening his ambition to rule. Then, in the last days of July, 

the White House received information that a national newsmagazine, probably 

Newsweek, was planning a cover story on Neil Bush. [fn 23] 

Such were the events in the political and personal life of George Bush that provided the 

backdrop for Bush's precipitous and choleric decision to go to war with Iraq. This is not 

to say that the decision to go to war was caused by these unpleasant developments; the 

causes of the Gulf war are much more complicated than that. But it is equally clear that 

Bush's bellicose enthusiasm for the first war that came along was notably facilitated by 

the complex of problems which he would thus sweep off the front page.

There is much evidence that the Bush regime was committed to a new, large-scale war in 

the Middle East from the very day of its inauguration. The following analysis was filed 

on Palm Sunday, March 19, 1989 by one of the authors of the present study, and was 

published in Executive Intelligence Review under the title "Is Bush courting a Middle 

East war and a new oil crisis?": 

Is the Bush administration preparing a military attack on Iran, Libya, Syria, or other 

Middle East nations in a flight forward intended to cut off or destroy a significant part of 

the world's oil supply and drastically raise the dollar price of crude on the world markets? 

A worldwide pattern of events monitored on Palm Sunday by Executive Intelligence 

Review suggests that such a move may be in the works. If the script does indeed call for a 

Middle East conflict and a new oil shock, it can be safely assumed that Henry Kissinger, 

the schemer behind the 1973 Yom Kippur war, is in the thick of things, through National 

Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft and the State Department's number-two man Lawrence 

Eagleburger. [...] 

Why should the Bush administration now be a candidate to launch an attack on Libya and 

Iran, with large-scale hostilities likely in the Gulf? The basic answer is, as part of a manic 

flight-forward fit of "American Century" megalomania designed to distract attention from 

the fiasco of the new President's first 60 days in office. [fn 24] 

Despite the numerous shortcomings in this account, including the failure to identify Iraq 

as the target, it did capture the essential truth that Bush was planning a Gulf war. By 

August, 1988 at the latest, when Iraq had emerged as the decisive victor in the 8-year 

long Iran-Iraq war, British geopolitical thinkers had identified Iraq as the leading Arab 

state, and the leading threat to the Israeli-dominated balance of power in the Middle East. 

This estimate was seconded by those Zionist observers for whom the definition of 

minimal security is the capability of Israel to defeat the combined coalition of all Arab 

states. By August of 1988, leading circles in both Britain and Israel were contemplating 

ways of preventing Iraq from rebuilding its postwar economy, and were exploring 

options for a new war to liquidate the undeniable economic achievements of the Baath 

Party. Bush would have been a part of these deliberations starting at a very early phase. 

During June and July, this warning was seconded by King Hussein of Jordan, Yassir 

Arafat of the PLO, Prince Hassan of Jordan, and Saddam Hussein himself. 

The Bush regime's contributions to the orchestration of the Gulf crisis of 1990-91 were 

many and indispensable. First there was a campaign of tough talking by Bush and Baker, 

designed to goad the new Likud-centered coalition of Shamir (in many respects the most 

belligerent and confrontational regime Israel had ever known) into postures of increased 

bellicosity. Bush personally referred to Israel as one of the countries in the Middle East 

that held hostages. In early March, 1990, Bush said that the US government position was 

to oppose Israeli settlements not only on the West Bank of the Jordan and the Gaza Strip, 

but also in East Jerusalem. A few days before that, Baker had suggested that US support 

for a $400 million loan guarantee program for settling Soviet Jews in Israel would be 

forthcoming only if Israel stopped setting up new settlements in the occupied territories.

Bush's mention of East Jerusalem had toughened that line. [fn 26] Baker had added some 

tough talk of his own when he had told a Congressional committee that if and when the 

Israeli government wanted peace, they had only to call the White House switchboard, 

whose number he proceeded to give. But on June 20, Bush suspended the US dialogue 

with the PLO which he had caused to be started during December, 1988. The pretext was 

a staged terror incident at an Israeli beach. 

July, 1990 was full of the hyperkinetic travel and diplomacy which has become George's 

trademark. Over the July Fourth weekend, Bush went to Kennebunkport to prepare for 

the London NATO summit and the successive Houston summit of the seven leading 

industrial nations. There is evidence that he was already in the full flush of the manic 

phase, and that the "read my lips" press conference and the Neil Bush affair had produced 

massive psychic carnage. According to a press account, Bush passed the time in 

Kennebunkport 

with his usual breakneck round of throwing horseshoes, casting fishing lures, bashing 

golf balls, and careening across the waves in his speedboat. Instead of arriving in London 

a day before the meeting began, Mr. Bush squeezed in one more golf game on 

Wednesday morning, and left that night. But here, it seemed that the bottomless well of 

energy had a bottom after all. Mr. Bush got off Air Force One looking tired, eyes puffy 

and his stride less spry than the "spring colt" to which he always compares himself. 

During the London summit, Bush appears to have been unusually irritable. One small 

crisis came when he found himself waiting for his limousine in front of Lancaster House 

while his aides scrambled to bring his car around. Bush "craned his neck around, pursed 

his lips, stuck his hands in his pockets, and glared at the nearest aide until his car finally 

appeared." [fn 27] 

The secret agenda at this summit was dominated by the NATO out of area deployments, 

transforming the alliance into the white man's vengeful knout against the third world. 

According to a senior NATO consultant, the Lancaster House summit focussed on 

"increasing tension and re-armament in a number of countries, in North Africa, the 

Middle East including Palestine, and Asia through, increasingly, to Southeast Asia. There 

are new dangers from new directions. We are shifting from an exclusive focus on the 

east-west conflict, to a situation of risk coming eventually or potentially from all 

directions." The talk in London in that July was about a possible new Middle East war, 

which "would tend to escalate horizontally and vertically. A real conflict in the Levant 

would extend from the Turkish border to the Suez canal. It would involve the neighbors 

of the main combatants. The whole thing would be in a state of flux, because the great 

powers couldn't afford just to sit there." In order to avoid public relations problems for 

the continental European governments, who still had qualms about their domestic public 

opinion, these debates were not featured in the final communique, which complacently 

proclaimed the end of the Cold War and invited Gorbachov to come and visit NATO 

headquarters to make a speech. [fn 28]

After hob-nobbing with Thatcher, Queen Elizabeth II, and other members of the royal 

family, Bush flew to Houston to assume the role of host of the Group of 7 yearly 

economic summit. At this summit, the Anglo-Saxon master race as represented by Bush 

and Thatcher found itself in a highly embarrassing position. Everyone knew that the 

worst economic plague outside of the communist bloc was the English-speaking 

economic depression, which held not just the United States, the United Kingdom, and 

Canada but also Australia, New Zealand, and other former imperial outposts in its grip. 

The continental Europeans were interested in organizing emergency aid and investment 

packages for the emerging countries of eastern Europe, and the Soviet republics, but this 

the Anglo-Saxons adamantly opposed. Rather, Bush and Thatcher were on a full tradewar 

line against the European Community and Japan when it came to the General 

Agreement on Tariffs and Trade and other matters of international economics. Bush's 

Tex-Mex menus and country and western entertainment programs were unable to hide an 

atmosphere of growing animosity. 

In the following week, the Anglo-Saxon supermen were once again plunged into gloom 

when Gorbachov and Kohl, meeting on July 16 in the south Russian town of Mineralny 

Vody near Stavropol, announced the Soviet acquiescence to the membership of united 

Germany in NATO. This was an issue that Bush and Thatcher had hoped would cause a 

much longer delay and much greater acrimony, but now there were no more barriers to 

the successful completion of the "two plus four" talks on the future of Germany, which 

meant that German reunification before the end of the year was unavoidable. 

On the same day that Kohl and Gorbachov were meeting, satellite photographs monitored 

in the Pentagon showed that Iraq's crack Hammurabi division, the corps d'elite of the 

Republican Guard, was moving south towards the border of Kuwait. By July 17, 

Pentagon analysts would be contemplating new satellite photos showing the entire 

division, with 300 tanks and over 10,000 men, in place along the Iraq-Kuwait border. A 

second division, the Medina Luminous, was beginning to arrive along the border, and a 

third division was marching south. [fn 29] 

The disputes between Iraq and Kuwait were well-known, and the Anglo-Americans had 

done everything possible to exacerbate them. Iraq had defended Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, 

and the other Gulf Cooperation Council countries against the fanatic legions of Khomeini 

during the Iran-Iraq war. Iraq had emerged from the conflict victorious, but burdened by 

$65 billion in foreign debt. Iraq demanded debt relief from the rich Gulf Arabs, who had 

not lifted a finger for their own defense. As for Kuwait, it had been a British puppet state 

since 1899. Both Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates were each acknowledged to be 

exceeding their OPEC production quotas by some 500,000 barrels per day. This was part 

of a strategy to keep the price of oil artificially low; the low price was a boon to the dollar 

and the US banking system, and it also prevented Iraq from acquiring the necessary funds 

for its postwar demobilization and reconstruction. Kuwait was also known to be stealing 

oil by overpumping the Rumailia oil field, which lay along the Iraq-Kuwait border. The 

border through the Rumaila oil field was thus a bone of contention between Iraq and 

Kuwait, as was the ownership of Bubiyan and Warba islands, which controlled the access 

to Umm Qasr, Iraq's chief port and naval base as long as the Shatt-el-Arab was disputed

with Iran. It later became known that the Emir of Kuwait was preparing further measures 

of economic warfare against Iraq, including the printing of masses of counterfeit Iraqi 

currency notes which he was preparing to dump on the market in order to produce a crisis 

of hyperinflation in Iraq. Many of these themes were developed by Saddam Hussein in a 

July 17 address in which he accused the Emir of Kuwait of participation in a US-Zionist 

conspiracy to keep the price of oil depressed. 

The Emir of Kuwait, Jaber el Saba, was a widely hated figure among Arabs and 

Moslems. He was sybaritic degenerate, fabulously wealthy, a complete parasite and 

nepotist, the keeper of a harem, and the owner of slaves, especially black slaves, for 

domestic use in his palace. The Saba family ran Kuwait as the private plantation of their 

clan, and Saba officials were notoriously cruel and stupid. Iraq, by contrast, was a 

modern secular state with high rates of economic growth, and possessed one of the 

highest standards of living and literacy rates in the Arab world. The status of women was 

one of the most advanced in the region, and religious freedom was extended to all 

churches. 

Anglo-American strategy was thus to use economic warfare measures, including 

embargos on key technologies, to back Saddam Hussein into a corner. When the position 

of Iraq was judged sufficiently desperate, secret feelers from the Anglo-Americans 

offered Saddam Hussein encouragement to attack Kuwait, with secret guarantees that 

there would be no Anglo-American reaction. Reliable reports from the Middle East 

indicate that Saddam Hussein was told before he took Kuwait that London and 

Washington would not go to war against him. Saddam Hussein was given further 

assurances through December and January, 1991 that the military potential being 

assembled in his front would not be used against him, but would only permanently 

occupy Saudi Arabia. It is obvious that, in order to be believable on the part of the Iraqi 

leadership, these assurances had to come from persons known to exercise great power 

and influence in London and Washington-- persons, let us say, in the same league with 

Henry Kissinger. One prime suspect who would fill the bill is Tiny Rowland, a property 

custodian of the British royal family and administrator of British post-colonial and neocolonial 

interests in Africa and elsewhere. Tiny Rowland had been in Iraq in July, shortly 

before the Iraqi military made their move. 

It is important to note that every aspect of the public conduct of the Bush regime until 

after the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait had become a fait accompli was perfectly coherent with 

the assurances Saddam Hussein was receiving, namely that there would be no US 

military retaliation against Iraq for taking Kuwait. 

The British geopoliticians so much admired by Bush are past masters of the intrigue of 

the invitatio ad offerendum, the suckering of another power into war. Invitatio ad 

offerendum means in effect "let's you and him fight." It is well known that US Secretary 

of State Dean Acheson, a close associate of Averell Harriman, had in January, 1950 

officially and formally cast South Korea outside the pale of American protection, 

providing encouragement to Kim Il Sung to start the Korean war. There is every 

indication that the North Korean attack on South Korea in 1950 was also secretly

encouraged by the British. Later, the British secretly encouraged Chinese intervention 

into that same war. The Argentinian seizure of the Malvinas Islands during 1982 was 

evidently preceeded by demonstrations of lethargic disinterest in the fate of these islands 

by the British Foreign Secretary, Lord Carrington. Saddam Hussein's attack on Iran in 

1980 had been encouraged by US and British assurances that the Teheran government 

was collapsing and incapable of resistance. 

As we have seen, the Pentagon knew of Iraqi troops massing on the border with Kuwait 

as for July 16-17. These troop concentrations were announced in the US press only on 

July 24, when the Washington Post reported that "Iraq has moved nearly 30,000 elite 

army troops to its border with Kuwait and the Bush administration put US warships in the 

Persian Gulf on alert as a dispute between the two gulf nations over oil production quotas 

intensified, US officials and Arab diplomats said yesterday." The Iraqis had invited a 

group of western military attaches to travel by road from Kuwait City to Baghdad, during 

which time the western officers counted some 2,000 to 3,000 vehicles moving south with 

a further reinforcement of two divisions of the Republican Guards. [fn 30] 

If Kuwait had been so vital to the security of the United States and the west, then it is 

clear that at any time between July 17 and August 1 --and that is to say during a period of 

almost two weeks-- Bush could have issued a warning to Iraq to stay out of Kuwait, 

backing it up with some blood-curdling threats and serious, high-profile military 

demonstrations. Instead, Bush maintained a studied public silence on the situation and 

allowed his ambassador to convey a message to Saddam Hussein that was wholly 

misleading, but wholly coherent with the hypothesis of a British plan to sucker Saddam 

into war. 

On July 24, press releases from the White House, the State Department and the Pentagon 

were balanced between support for the "moderate" Kuwaitis and Saudis on the one hand, 

and encouragement for an Arab-mediated peaceful settlement. Margaret Tutwiler at the 

State Department stressed that the United States had no committment to defend Kuwait: 

We do not have any defense treaties with Kuwait and there are no special defense or 

security committments to Kuwait. We also remain strongly committed to supporting the 

individual and collective self-defense of our friends in the gulf, with whom we have deep 

and long-standing ties. 

An anonymous US military official quoted by the Washington Post added that if Iraq 

seized a small amount of Kuwaiti territory as a means of gaining negotiating leverage in 

OPEC, "the United States probably would not directly challenge the move, but would 

join with all Arab governments in denouncing it and putting pressure on Iraq to back 

down." Two US KC-135 air tankers were about to carry out refueling exercises with the 

United Arab Emirates Air Force, it was announced, and the six ships of the US Joint Task 

Force Middle East based in the Persian Gulf were deployed Monday July 23 for 

"communications support" for this air exercise, according to the Pentagon. Two of these 

US ships were in the northern Gulf, near the coasts of Iraq and Kuwait. [fn 31] But there 

was nothing blood-curdling about any of this, and Bush's personal silence was the most

eloquent of all. In addition, the Bush administration was lobbying in Congress during this 

week in opposition to a new round of Congressional trade sanctions against Iraq. Iraqi 

capabilities to take Kuwait were now in place, and the Bush regime had not reacted. 

On July 25, US Ambassador April Glaspie met with Saddam Hussein, and conveyed a 

highly misleading message about the US view of the crisis. Glaspie assured Saddam 

Hussein that she was acting on direct instructions from Bush, and then delivered her 

celebrated line: "We have no opinion on the Arab-Arab conflict, like your border 

disagreement with Kuwait." There is every indication that these were indeed the 

instructions that had been given directly by the chief agent provocateur in the White 

House, Bush. "I have direct instructions from the president to seek better relations with 

Iraq," Glaspie told Saddam. According to the Iraqi transcript of this meeting, Glaspie 

stressed that this had always been the US position: "I was in the American embassy in 

Kuwait during the late 1960's. The instruction we had during this period was that we 

should express no opinion on this issue and the issue is not associated with America." [fn 

32] Saddam Hussein illustrated Iraq's economic grievances and need of economic 

assistance for postwar reconstruction, points for which Ms. Glaspie expressed full US 

official comprehension. Shortly after this, April Glaspie left Kuwait to take her summer 

vacation, another signal of elaborate US government disinterest in the Kuwait-Iraq crisis. 

According to the Washington Post of July 26, Saddam Hussein used the meeting with 

Glaspie to send Bush a message that "'nothing will happen' on the military front while 

this weekend's mediation efforts are taking place." The mediation referred to an effort by 

Egyptian President Mubarak and the Saudi government to organize direct talks between 

Iraq and Kuwait, which were tentatively set for the weekend of July 28-29 in Jeddah. 

Over that weekend, Bush still had absolutely nothing to say about the Gulf crisis. He 

refused to comment on what Thurgood Marshall had said about him and his man Souter: 

"I have a high regard for the separation of powers and for the Supreme Court," was 

Bush's reply to reporters. (Attorney General Thornburgh said he was "saddened" by 

Marshall's comment.) 

According to the Washington Post of July 30, the Saudi government announced on July 

29 that the Iraqi-Kuwaiti talks, which had been postponed, would take place in Jeddah 

starting Tuesday, July 31. The Kuwaiti delegation abruptly walked out of these talks, a 

grandstanding gesture obviously calculated to incense the Iraqi leadership. On the 

morning of July 31, the Washington Post reported that the Iraqi troop buildup had now 

reached 100,000 men between Basra and the Kuwaiti border. At the Penatagon, when 

spokesman Pete Williams was pressed to comment on this story, he replied: 

I've seen reports about the troops there, but we've never discussed here numbers or made 

any further comments on that. I think the State Department has some language they've 

been using about obviously being concerned about any buildup of forces in the area, and 

can go through, as we've gone through here, what our interests in the Gulf are, but we've 

never really gotten into numbers like that or given that kind of information out. [fn 33]

Even the escalation of the Iraqi troop buildup had not disturbed the official US posture of 

blase' indifference in the face of the crisis. It was a deliberate and studied deception 

operation, what the Russians call maskirovka. 

Bush would have known all about the additional Iraqi troops at least 36 hours earlier, 

through satellite photos and embassy reports. But still Bush remained silent as a tomb. 

Bush had plenty of opportunity that day to say something about the Gulf; he met with the 

GOP Congressional leadership for more than an hour on the morning of July 31 and, 

according to participants, told them he was "annoyed" at the pace of the budget talks, 

which remained stalemated. At this time the White House was receiving intelligence 

reports that made an Iraqi invasion seem more likely, and some officials were quoted in 

the New York Times of the next day as having "expressed growing concern that hostilities 

could break out...." But Bush said nothing, did nothing. 

Then, in the afternoon, Bush reluctantly received a Latvian delegation led by Ivars 

Godmanis. The Latvian request for an audience had at first been rudely rejected by the 

White House, but then acceded to under pressure from some influential senators. 

Godmanis wanted recognition and aid, but Bush made no committments, and limited 

himself to asking several "very exact questions." 

On Wednesday, August 1, Bush was undoubtedly not amused by a New York Times 

account showing that one of his former top White House aides, Robert L. Thompson, had 

abused his access to government information in order to help his clients to make 

advantageous deals for themselves in buying S&Ls. In the evening, about 9 PM, reports 

began to reach Washington that Iraqi forces had crossed the border into Kuwait in large 

numbers. From the moment the crisis had emerged on July 16-17 until the moment of the 

invasion, Bush had preserved a posture of nonchalant silence. But now things began to 

happen very rapidly. Scowcroft and Bush drafted a statement which was released by 

11:20 PM. This strongly condemned the Iraqi invasion and demanded "the immediate and 

unconditional withdrawal of all Iraqi forces." The New York Times of August 2, in 

reporting the Iraqi invasion, recorded the surface posture of the Bush regime: 

Despite its efforts to deter an attack on Kuwait, the Bush Administration never said 

precisely what the United States would do if Iraq launched a small scale or large scale 

attack on Kuwait. The vagueness of the American pronouncements, which eschewed any 

explicit promise to come to Kuwait's assistance, disturbed some Kuwaiti officials, who 

hoped for a firmer statement of American intentions that would be backed up by a greater 

demonstration of military force. 

On Thursday, Bush was scheduled to fly to Aspen Colorado for a meeting with Margaret 

Thatcher, a personage of whom Bush was in awe. Thatcher, whose rise to power had 

included a little help from Bush in sweeping the Labour Party out of government in 

accordance with the designs of Lord Victor Rothschild, had now been in power for over 

11 years, and had assured her place in the pantheon of Anglo-Saxon worthies. This 

dessicated mummy of British imperialism had been invited to Aspen, Colorado, to hold 

forth on the future of the west, and Bush was scheduled to confer with her there. At 5

AM, Bush was awakened by Scowcroft, who had brought him the executive orders 

freezing all Iraqi and Kuwaiti assets in the US. At 8 AM the National Security Council 

gathered in the Cabinet Room. At the opening of this session there was a photo 

opportunity to let Bush put out the preliminary line on Iraq and Kuwait. Bush told the 

reporters: 

We're not discussing intervention. 

Q: You're not contemplating any intervention or sending troops? 

Bush: I'm not contemplating such action, and I, again, would not discuss it if I were. 

According to published accounts, during the meeting that followed the one prospect that 

got a rise out of Bush was the alleged Iraqi threat to Saudi Arabia. This, as we will see, 

was one of the main arguments used by Thatcher later in the day to goad Bush to 

irreversible committment to massive troop deployment and to war. A profile of Bush's 

reactions on this score could easily have been communicated to Thatcher by Scowcroft or 

by other participants in the 8 AM meeting. Scowcroft was otherwise the leading hawk, 

raving that "We don't have the option to appear not be acting." [fn 34] This meeting 

nevertheless ended without any firm decisions for further measures beyond the freezing 

of assets already decided, and can thus be classified as inconclusive. During Bush's flight 

to Aspen, Colorado, Bush got on the telephone with several Middle East leaders, who he 

said had urged him to forestall US intervention and allow ample time for an "Arab 

solution." 

Bush's meetings with Thatcher in Aspen on Thursday, August 2, and on Monday, August 

6 at the White House are of the most decisive importance in understanding the way in 

which the Anglo-Americans connived to unleash the Gulf war. Before meeting with 

Thatcher, Bush was clearly in an agitated and disturbed mental state, but had no bedrock 

committment to act in the Gulf crisis. After the sessions with Thatcher, Bush was rapidly 

transformed into a raving, monomaniacal warmonger and hawk. The transition was 

accompanied by a marked accentuation of Bush's overall psychological impairment, with 

a much increased tendency towards rage episodes. 

The impact of Bush's Aspen meeting with Thatcher was thus to brainwash Bush towards 

a greater psychological disintegration, and towards a greater pliability and suggestibility 

in regard's to London's imperial plans. One can speculate that the "Iron Lady" was armed 

with a Tavistock Institute psychological profile of Bush, possibly centering on young 

George's feelings of inadequacy when he was denied the love of his cold, demanding 

Anglo-Saxon sportswoman mother. Perhaps Thatcher's underlying psychological 

gameplan in this (and previous) encounters with Bush was to place herself along the line 

of emotional cathexis associated in Bush's psyche with the internalized image of his 

mother Dorothy, especially in her demanding and domineering capacity as the grey 

eminence of the Ranking Committee. George had to do something to save the embattled 

English-speaking peoples, Thatcher might have hinted. Otherwise, he would be letting 

down the side in precisely the way which he had always feared would lose him his

mother's love. But to do something for the Anglo-Saxons in their hour of need, George 

would have to be selfless and staunch and not think of himself, just as mother Dorothy 

had always demanded: he would have to risk his entire political career by deploying US 

forces in overwhelming strength to the Gulf. This might have been the underlying 

emotional content of Thatcher's argument. 

On a more explicit level, Thatcher also possessed an array of potent arguments. Back in 

1982, she might have recalled, she had fallen in the polls and was being written off for a 

second term as a result of her dismal economic performance. But then the Argentinians 

seized the Malvinas, and she, Thatcher, acting in defiance of her entire cabinet and of 

much of British public opinion, had sent the fleet into the desperate gamble of the 

Malvinas war. The British had reconquered the islands, and the resultant wave of 

jingoism and racist chauvinism had permitted Thatcher to consolidate her regime until the 

present day. Thatcher knew about the "no new taxes" controversy and the Neil Bush 

affair, but all of that would be quickly suppressed and forgotten once the regiments began 

to march off to the Saudi front. For Bush, this would have been a compelling package. 

As far as Saddam Hussein was concerned, Thatcher's argument is known to have been 

built around the ominous warning, "He won't stop!" Her message was that MI-6 and the 

rest of the fabled British intelligence apparatus had concluded that Saddam Hussein's 

goal would be an immediate military invasion and occupation of the immense Kingdom 

of Saudi Arabia, with its sensitive Moslem holy places, its trackless deserts and its 

warlike Bedouins. Since Thatcher was familar with Bush's racist contempt for Arabs and 

other dark-skinned peoples, which she emphatically shared, she would also have laid 

great stress on the figure of Saddam Hussein and the threat he posed to Anglo-Saxon 

interests. The Tavistock profile would have included how threatened Bush felt in his 

psycho-sexual impotence by tough customers like Saddam, whom nobody had ever 

referred to as little Lord Fauntleroy. 

At this moment in the Gulf crisis, the only competent political-military estimate of Iraqi 

intentions was that Saddam Hussein had no intent of going beyond Kuwait, a territory to 

which Baghdad had a long-standing claim, arguing that the British Empire had illegally 

established its secret protectorate over the southern part of the Ottoman Empire's 

province of Basra in 1899. This estimate that Iraq had no desire to become embroiled 

with Saudi Arabia was repeated during the first week of the crisis by such qualified 

experts as former US Ambassador to Saudi Arabia James Aikens, and by the prominent 

French military leader Gen. Lacaze. Even General Schwarzkopf though it highly unlikely 

that Saddam would move against Saudi Arabia. 

In her public remarks in Aspen, Thatcher began the new phase in the racist demonization 

of Saddam Hussein by calling his actions "intolerable" in a way that Syrian and Israeli 

occupations of other countries' lands seemingly were not. She asserted that "a collective 

and effective will of the nations belonging to the UN" would be necessary to deal with 

the crisis. Thatcher's travelling entourage from the Foreign Office had come equipped 

with a strategy to press for mandatory economic sanctions and possible mandatory

military action against Iraq under the provisions of Chapter VII of the United Nations 

Charter. Soon Bush's entourage had also picked up this new fad. 

Bush had now changed his tune markedly. He had suddenly and publicly re-acquired his 

military options. When asked about his response, he stated: 

We're not ruling any options in but we're not ruling any options out. 

Bush also revealed that he had told the Arab leaders with whom he had been in contact 

during the morning that the Gulf crisis "had gone beyond simply a regional dispute 

because of the naked aggression that violates the United Nations charter." These 

formulations were I.D. format Thatcher-speak. Bush condemned Saddam for "his 

intolerable behavior," again parrotting Thatcher's line. Bush was now "very much 

concerned" about the safety of other small Gulf states. Bush also referred to the hostage 

question, saying that threats to American citizens would "affect the United States in a 

very dramatic way because I view a fundamental responsibility of my presidency [as 

being] to protect American citzens." Bush added that he had talked with Thatcher about 

British proposals to press for "collective efforts" by members of the United Nations 

against Iraq. The Iraqi invasion was a "totally unjustified act," Bush went on. It was now 

imperative that the "international community act together to ensure that Iraqi forces leave 

Kuwait immediately. Bush revealed that he and his advisors were now examing the "next 

steps" to end the crisis. Bush said he was "somewhat heartened" by his telephone 

conversations with President Hosni Mubarak of Egypt, King Hussein of Jordan, and Gen. 

Ali Abdallah Salib of Yemen. 

There is every reason to believe that Bush's decision to launch US military intervention 

and war was taken in Aspen, under the hypnotic influence of Thatcher. Any residual 

hesitancy displayed in secret councils was merely dissembling to prevent his staffs from 

opposing that decision. Making a strategic decision of such collossal implications on the 

basis of a psycho-manipulative pep talk from Thatcher suggests that Bush's hyperthyroid 

condition was already operating; the hyperthyroid patient notoriously tends to resolve 

complicated and far-reaching alternatives with quick, snap decisions. Several published 

accounts have sought to argue that the decision for large-scale intervention did not come 

until Saturday at Camp David, but these accounts belong to the "red Studebaker" school 

of coverup. The truth is that Bush went to war as the racist tail on the British imperial 

kite, cheered on by the Kissinger cabal that permeated and dominated his administration. 

As the London Daily Telegraph gloated, Mrs. Thatcher had "stiffened [Bush's] resolve." 

Bush had been scheduled to stay overnight in Aspen, but he now departed immediately 

for Washington. Later, the White House said that Bush had been on the phone with Saudi 

King Fahd, who had agreed that the Iraqi invasion was "absolutely unacceptable." [fn 35] 

On the return trip and through the evening, the Kissingerian operative Scowcroft 

continued to to press for military intervention, playing down the difficulties which other 

avdisers had been citing. Given Kissinger's long-standing relationship with London and 

the Foreign Office, it was no surprise that Scowcroft was fully on the London line.

Before the day was out, "the orders started flooding out of the Oval Office. The president 

had all of these diplomatic pieces in his head. The UN piece. The NATO piece. The 

Middle east piece. He was meticulous, methodical, and personal," according to one 

official. [fn 36] 

The next morning was Friday, August 3, and Bush called another NSC meeting at the 

White House. The establishment media like the New York Times were full of accounts of 

how Iraq was allegedly massing troops along the southern border of Kuwait, about to 

pounce on Saudi Arabia. Scowcroft, with Bush's approval, bludgeoned the doubters into a 

discussion of war options. Bush ordered the CIA to prepare a plan to overthrow or 

assassinate Saddam Hussein, and told Cheney, Powell, and Gen. Schwarzkopf to prepare 

military options for the next day. Bush was opening the door to war slowly, so as to keep 

all of his civilian and military advisers on board. Later on Friday, Prince Bandar, the 

Saudi Arabian ambassador to Washington, met with Bush. According to one version, 

Bush pledged his word of honor to Bandar that he would "see this through with you." 

Bandar was widely reputed to be working for the CIA and other western intelligence 

agencies. There were also reports that he had Ethiopian servants in the Saudi embassy in 

Washington, near the Kennedy Center, who were chattel slaves according to United 

Nations definitions. 

When the time came in the afternoon to walk to his helicopter on the White House south 

lawn for the short flight to the Camp David retreat in the Catoctin Mountains of 

Maryland, Bush stopped at the microphones that were set up there, a procedure that 

became a habit during the Gulf crisis. There was something about these moments of 

entering and leaving the White House that heightened Bush's psychological instability; 

the leaving and arriving rituals would often be the moments of some of his worst public 

tantrums. At this point Bush was psyching himself up towards the fit that he would act 

out on his Sunday afternoon return. But there was already no doubt that Bush's bellicosity 

was rising by the hour. With Kuwait under occupation, he said, "the status quo is 

unacceptable and further expansion" by Iraq "would be even more unacceptable." This 

formulation already pointed to an advance into Kuwait. He also stressed Saud Arabia: "If 

they ask for specific help-- it depends obviously on what it is-- I would be inclined to 

help in any way we possibly can." [fn 37] 

On Saturday morning, August 4, Bush met with his entourage in Camp David, present 

Quayle, Cheney, Sununu, William Webster, Wolfowitz, Baker, Scowcroft, Powell, 

Schwarzkopf, Fitzwater, and Richard Haas of the NSC staff. Military advisers, especially 

Colin Powell, appear to have directed Bush's attention to the many problems associated 

with military intervention. According to one version, Gen. Schwarzkopf estimated that it 

would take 17 weeks to move a defensive, deterrent force of 250,000 troops into the 

region, and between 8 and 12 months to assemble a ground force capable of driving the 

Iraqi army out of Kuwait. For the duration of the crisis, the Army would remain the most 

reluctant, while the Air Force, including Scowcroft, would be the most eager to open 

hostilities. Bush sensed that he had to stress the defense of Saudi Arabia to keep all of his 

bureaucratic players on board, and to garner enough public support to carry out the first 

phase of the buildup. Then, perhaps three months down the line, preferably after the

November elections, he could unveil the full offensive buildup that would carry him into 

war with Iraq. "That's why our defense of Saudi Arabia has to be our focus," Bush is 

reported to have said at this meeting. This remark was calculated to cater to the views of 

Gen. Powell, who was thinking primarily in these defensive terms. [fn 38] When the 

larger NSC meeting dispersed, Bush met with a more restricted group including Quayle, 

Sununu, Baker, Scowcroft, Cheney, Powell, and Webster. This session was dominated by 

the fear that the Saudi Arabian monarchy, which would have to be coerced into 

agreeement with plans for a US military buildup on its territory, would prefer a 

compromise solution negotiated among the Arabs to the Anglo-Saxon war hysteria. The 

Saudis were not all as staunch as the American agent Prince Bandar; the presence of large 

contingents of infidel ground troops, including Jews and women, would create such 

friction with Saudi society as to pose an insoluble political problem. There was great 

racist vituperation of the Arabs in general: they could not be trusted, they were easy to 

blackmail. This meeting produced a decision that Bush would call Saudi King Fahd and 

demand that he accept a large US ground force contingent in addition to aircraft. 

As Bush feared, Fahd was inclined to reject the US ground forces. There was a report that 

Iraq had announced that its forces would leave Kuwait on Sunday, and Fahd wanted to 

see if that happened. Fahd had not yet been won over to the doctrine of war at any cost. 

Through an intrigue of Prince Bandar, who knew that this difficulty might arise, King 

Fahd was prevailed upon to receive a US "briefing team" to illustrate the threat to him 

and demand that he approve the US buildup on his territory. Fahd thought that all he was 

getting were a few briefing officers. But Bush saw this as a wedge for greater things. "I 

want to do this. I want to do it big time," Bush told Scowcroft. [fn 39] By now Bush had 

launched into his "speed-dialing" mode, calling heads of state and government one after 

the other, organizing for an economic embargo and a military confrontation with Iraq. 

One important call was to Sheikh Jabir al Ahmed al Sabah, the degenerate Emir of 

Kuwait, representative of a family who had been British assets since 1899 and Bush's 

business partners since the days of Zapata Offshore in the late 1950's. Other calls went to 

Turgut Oezal of Turkey, whom Bush pressed to cut off Iraq's use of oil pipelines across 

his territory. Another call went to Canadian Prime Minister Mulroney, who was also in 

deep domestic political trouble, and who was inclined to join the Anglo-Saxon 

mobilization. During the course of Saturday, White House officials began to spread a 

deception story that Bush had been "surprised by the invasion this week and largely 

unprepared to respond quickly," as the next day's New York Times alleged. 

At 8 AM on Sunday morning, there was another meeting of the NSC at Camp David with 

Bush, Baker, Cheney, Scowcroft, Powell and various aides. This time the talk was almost 

exclusively devoted to military options. Bush designated Cheney for the Saudi mission, 

and Cheney left Washington for Saudi Arabia in the middle of Sunday afternoon. 

Bush now boarded a helicopter for the flight from Camp David back to the White House 

south lawn. Up to this point, Bush was firmly committed to war in his own mind, and had 

been acting on that decision in his secret councils of regime, but he had carefully avoided 

making that decision clear in public. We are now approaching the moment when he 

would do so. Let us contemplate George Bush's state of mind as he rode in his helicopter

from Camp David towards Washington on that early August Sunday afternoon. 

According to one published account, Bush was "in a mood that White House officials 

describe variously as mad, testy, peevish, and, to use a favorite bit of Bush-speak, spleenventing." 

This observer, Maureen Dowd of the New York Times, compared Reagan's 

relaxed or somniferous crisis style with Bush's hyperkinesis: Reagan, she recalled, "slept 

peacefully" during clashes of US and Libyan planes over the Mediterranean, but "Mr. 

Bush, by contrast, becomes even more of a dervish" in such moments. According to Ms. 

Dowd, "by the time the president came home from Camp David on Sunday afternoon, he 

was feeling frustrated and testy. He was worried that the situation in Kuwait was 

deteriorating, and intelligence reports showed him that the Iraqis were beginning to mass 

at the Kuwait-Saudi border. He was also disappointed in the international response." [fn 

40] As Bush was approaching Washington, Bush called his press secretary, Marlin 

Fitzwater, to ask him his opinion about whether to pause at the microphones on the south 

lawn before going into the White House. Fitzwater appears to have supported the idea. 

According to Ms. Dowd, an eyewitness, Bush was "visibly furious" when he climbed out 

of his helicopter. As Bush walked towards the microphones, he was accosted by Richard 

Haas of the NSC staff who thrust a cable into Bush's hands. Bush read the cable, 

scowling. However ugly his mood had been before he had seen the memo, reading it sent 

him into an apoplectic rage. According to White House officials, this cable contained 

information about the dimensions of the Iraqi troop buildup and indicated that the Iraqi 

troops were moving south towards the Saudi border, and not leaving Kuwait. [fn 41] 

According to Ms. Dowd, this was the secret memo that "seemed to spark the President's 

irritation at his news conference. In any case, Bush now launched into a violent diatribe 

that left no doubt that as far as he was considered, the desired outcome was now war. 

In Bush's opening statement, he summarized the result of his frenetic "speed dialing" 

exercise: Oezal, Kaifu, Mulroney, Mitterrand, Kohl, Thatcher, the Emir of Kuwait had all 

been reached. The alleged result: 

What's emerging is nobody is -- seems to be showing up as willing to accept anything 

less than total withdrawal from Iraq, from Kuwait of the Iraqi forces, and no puppet 

regime. We've been down that road, and there will be no puppet regime that will be 

accepted by any countries that I'm familiar with. And there seems to be a united front out 

there that says Iraq, having committed brutal, naked aggression, ought to get out and that 

the-- this concept of their installing some puppet leaving behind will not be acceptable. 

So, we're pushing forward on diplomacy. We've gotten-- tomorrow I will meet here in 

Washington with the Secretary General of the United Nations-- I mean, the Secretary 

General of NATO-- and Margaret Thatcher will be coming in here tomorrow, and I will 

be continuing this diplomatic effort. 

What about the situation on the ground? Had Iraq pulled out? 

Iraq lied once again. They said they were going to start moving out today and we have no 

evidence that they're moving out.

A question about the embassies in Kuwait City launched Bush into his enraged 

crescendo, punctuated by menacing histrionics: 

I'm not trying to characterize threats. The threat is the vicious aggression against Kuwait. 

And that speaks for itself. And anything collaterally is just simply more indication that 

these are outlaws -- international outlaws and renegades. And I want to see the United 

Nations move soon with Chapter 7 sanctions. And I want to see the rest of the world join 

us, as they are in overwhelming numbers, to isoltate Saddam Hussein. 

When asked how a puppet regime could be prevented, Bush snapped, "Just wait. Watch 

and learn." Since he had made so many calls, had he tried to get through to Saddam 

Hussein? "No. No, I have not." The policy of refusing to negotiate with Iraq would be 

maintained all the way to the end of the war. What about King Hussein of Jordan, who 

was known to be attempting a mediation? "I talked to him once and that's all," hissed 

Bush. "But he's embraced Saddam Hussein. He went to Baghdad and embraced--" said 

one questioner. "What's your question? I can read," raged Bush. Was Bush disappointed 

with King Hussein? 

I want to see the Arab states join the rest of the world in condemning this outrage and 

doing what they can to get Saddam Hussein out. Now. He was talking-- King Hussein-- 

about an Arab solution, but I am disappointed to find any comment by anyone that 

apologizes or appears to condone what's taken place. 

Bush elaborated a few seconds later that there was no possibility of an Arab solution: 

Well. I was told by one leader that I respect enormously-- I believe this was back on 

Friday-- that they needed 48 hours to find what was called an Arab solution. That 

obviously has failed. And of course I'm disappointed that the matter hasn't been resolved 

before now. This is a very serious matter. I'll take one more and then I've got to go to 

work over here. 

The last question was about possible steps to protect American citizens, a question that 

the administration wanted to play down at the beginning, and play up later on. Bush 

concluded: 

I am not going to discuss what we're doing in terms of moving of forces, anything of that 

nature. But I view it very seriously, not just that, but any threat to any other countries as 

well, as I view very seriously our determination to reverse this aggression. And please 

believe me, there are an awful lot of countries that are in total accord with what I've just 

said. And I salute them. They are staunch friends and allies. And we will be working with 

them all for collective action. This will not stand. This will not stand, this aggression 

against Kuwait. I've got to go. I have to go to work. I've got to go to work. [fn 42] 

This was the beginning of the war psychosis, and there is no doubt that the leading war 

psychotic was Bush himself.

A number of aspects of this performance merit underlining. The confusion of Manfred 

Woerner with Perez de Cuellar will be the first of a number of such gaffes committed by 

Bush over the next few days. "Naked aggression" is once again Thatcher's term. Thatcher 

is mentioned twice in a way that suggests that Bush had been on the phone with her again 

after leaving Aspen. Indeed, the code word "staunch" towards the end, which for Bush 

can only be associated with the British, implies that Bush's entire episode had been 

coordinated with Thatcher in advance. In regard to Saddam Hussein, in addition to the 

direct contact that was never attempted we have here the beginning of a cascade of verbal 

abuse that would continue through the course of the buildup and the war. According to 

many observers, the purpose of these gratuitous insults was to make a compromise 

settlement through negotiations impossible by casting aspersions on Saddam Hussein's 

honor. This might have reflected advice from Arabists of the type known to inhabit the 

British Foreign Office. Bush's responses concerning King Hussein of Jordan were very 

ominous for the Hashemite monarch, and left no doubt that Bush regarded any Arabsponsored 

peaceful solution as an unfriendly act. Indeed, Bush here declared the Arab 

solution dead. No greater sabotage of peace efforts in the region could be imagined. 

Bush's stress on Kuwait indicates that his subsequent presentation of his troop 

deployments as serving the defense of Saudi Arabia was disinformation, and that the US 

occupation of Kuwait was his goal all along. Finally, the combination of the manic tone, 

the confusion of the two Secretaries General, and the obsessive "I've got to go to work" 

repeated three times at the end combine to suggest a state of psychological upheaval, with 

the thyroid undoubtedly making its contribution to Bush's flight forward. But, for the 

positive side of Bush's ledger, notice that there were no questions about new taxes or Neil 

Bush. 

"Was Bush's Sunday diatribe staged?", asked the Washington Post some days later. White 

House officials denied it. "He did it because he felt that way," said one. "There was no 

intention beforehand to assume a posture just for the impact." [fn 43] Dr. Josef Goebbels 

was famous for his ability to deliver a speech as if it were a spontaneous emotional 

outburst, and the afterward cynically review it point by point and stratagem by stratagem. 

There is much evidence that Bush did not possess this degree of lucidity and internal 

critical distance. 

Bush went into the White House for yet another meeting of the NSC. At this meeting, it 

was already a foregone conclusion that there would be a large US military deployment, 

although that had never been formally deliberated by the NSC. It had been a solo decision 

by Bush. There was now only the formality of Saudi assent. 

Monday at the White House was dominated by the presence of Margaret Thatcher at her 

staunchest. Thatcher's theme was now that the enforcement of the economic sanctions 

voted by the UN would require a naval blockade in which the Anglo-Saxon combined 

fleets would play the leading role. Thatcher's first priority was that the sanctions had to 

be made to work. But if Washington and London were to conclude that a naval blockade 

were necessary for that end, she went on, "you would have to consider such a move." 

Thatcher carted out her best Churchillian rhetoric to advertize that Britain already had 

one warship stationed in the Persian Gulf, and that two more frigates, one from

Mombassa and one from Malaysia, were on their way. "Those sanctions must be 

enforceable," raved Thatcher, who had never accepted economic sanctions against South 

Africa. "I cannot remember a time when we had the world so strongly together against an 

action as now." 

Bush immediately took Thatcher's cue: "We need to discuss full and total implementation 

of these sanctions, ruling out nothing at all. These sanctions must be enforced. I think the 

will of the nations around the world-- not just the NATO countries-- not just the EC, not 

just one area of the world-- the will of the nations around the world will be to enforce 

these sanctions. We'll leave the details of how we implement it to the future, but we'll 

begin working on that immediately. That's how we go about encouraging others to do that 

and what we ourselves should be doing." [fn 44] In the midst of these proceedings, 

NATO Secretary General Manfred Woerner showed up, and tried his hand at being 

staunch, but he could not come close to Thatcher. All of a sudden, the British were at the 

center of things again, the most important country, all on the basis of the token forces 

they were deploying. With Thatcher there, Bush had the fig-leaf of an instant 

international coalition to use as a bludgeon against domestic critics. 

The breast-beating about the enforcement of the sanctions signalled that the Anglo- 

Americans were going on a diplomatic offensive against countries like Germany, Japan, 

and many in the third world who might have assumed a neutral or pacifist position in the 

crisis. Baker had been travelling in Siberia with Shevardnadze when Iraq had entered 

Kuwait, and Soviet condemnation of Iraq had been immediate. Many countries, 

especially in the third world, now found that with the Soviets closing ranks with the 

Anglo-Americans, the margin of maneuver they had enjoyed during the cold war was 

now totally gone. Countries like Jordan, the Sudan, Yemen, the PLO, and others who 

expressed understanding for Iraqi motives went to the top of the Anglo-American hit list. 

Bush assumed the role of top cop himself, with gusto: according to Fitzwater, the "speed 

dialing mode" had produced 20 calls to 12 different world leaders over slightly more than 

three days. 

When Cheney arrived in Saudi Arabia, the essence of his mission was to convey to King 

Fahd and his retinue that the first elements of the 82nd Airborne Division would be 

landing within an hour or two, and that the Saudi monarchy would be well advised to 

welcome them. In effect, Cheney was there to tell the Saudis that they were an occupied 

country, and that the United States would assume physical possession of most of the 

Arabian peninsula, with all of its fabulous oil wealth. Did King Fahd think of protesting 

the arrogance of Cheney's ultimatum? If he did, he had only to think of the fate of his 

predecessor, King Feisal, who had been murdered by the CIA in 1975. By the time King 

Fahd acquiesced, the first US units were already on the ground. Cheney went through the 

charade of calling Bush to tell him that the dispatch of a US contingent for the defense of 

Saudi Arabia had been approved by His Majesty, and then formally to ask Bush's 

approval for the transfer of the troops. "You got it. Go," Bush is supposed to have replied. 

Bahrein, the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Oman, all the members of the Gulf 

Cooperation Council would soon be subject to the same process of military occupation.

The US expeditionary force in Saudi Arabia became widely known in Washington on 

Tuesday, August 7, as White House officials hastened to share the news with journalists. 

Bush personally wanted to stay out of the spotlight. At a Cabinet meeting, Bush told his 

advisers that his regime had warned the Saudi government that the threat posed by the 

Iraqi military to Saudi Arabia was also a threat to the national security of the United 

States. According to Fitzwater, Saddam Hussein met with the US charge d'affaires in 

Baghdad, Joseph Wilson, to tell him that "he had no intention of leaving Kuwait and 

every intention of staying and claiming it as his own." 

On Wednesday morning, Bush delivered a televised address to the American people from 

the Oval Office. This was still a format that he disliked very much, since it made him 

seem maladroit. Bush grinned incongruously as he read his prepared text. He told the 

public that his troop deployments were "to take up defensive positions in Saudi Arabia." 

These US forces would "work together with those of Saudi Arabia and other nations to 

preserve the integrity of Saudi Arabia and to deter further Iraqi aggression." He 

inaugurated the Anglo-American Big Lie that the Iraqi actions had been "without 

provocation," which readers of daily newspapers knew not to be true. He also minted the 

story that Iraq possessed ":the fourth largest military in the world," a wild exaggeration 

that was repeated many times. The "new Hitler" theme was already prominent: 

"Appeasement does not work," Bush asserted. "As was the case in the 1930's, we see in 

Saddam Hussein an aggressive dictator threatening his neighbors....His promises mean 

nothing." Bush summed up the goals of his policy as follows: 

First, we seek the immediate, unconditional and complete withdrawal of all Iraqi forces 

from Kuwait. Second, Kuwait's legitimate government must be restored to replace the 

puppet regime. And third, my administration, as has been the case with every president 

from President Roosevelt to President Reagan, is committed to the security and stability 

of the Persian Gulf. And fourth, I am determined to protect the lives of American citizens 

abroad. [fn 45] 

None of this appeared to include offensive military action. Bush attempted to re-enforce 

that false impression in his news conference later the same afternoon. It was during this 

appearance that the extent of Bush's mental disintegration and psychic dissociation 

became most evident. But first, Bush wanted to stress his "defensive" cover story: 

Well, as you know, from what I said, they're there in a defensive mode right now, and 

therefore that is not the mission, to drive the Iraqis out of Kuwait. We have economic 

sanctions that I hope will be effective to that end. 

The purpose, he stressed, was the "defense of the Saudis." "We're not in a war," Bush 

added. After several exchanges, he was asked what had tipped his hand in deciding to 

send troops and aircraft into Saudi Arabia? If this had been a polygraph test, the needles 

would have jumped, since this went to Bush's collusion with Thatcher long before any 

annoucement had been made. Bush replied:

There was no one single thing that I can think of. But when King Fahd requested such 

support we were prompt to respond. But I can't think of an individual specific thing. If 

there was one it would perhaps be the Saudis moving south when they said they were 

withdrawing.... 

The press corps stirred uneasily and one or two voices could be heard prompting Bush 

"The Iraqis...the Iraqis" There was acute embarrassment on the faces of Sununu and 

Fitzwater; this was the classic gaffe of cold war presidents who confused North Korea 

and South Korea, or East Germany and West Germany. Bush's forte was supposedly 

international affairs; he had travelled to both Saudi Arabia and Kuwait as a government 

official and before that as a businessman. So this gaffe pointed to a disorder of the 

synapses. Bush realized what he had done and tried to recover: 

I mean the Iraqis, thank you very much. It's been a long night. The Iraqis moving down to 

the Kuwait-Saudi border, when indeed they have given their word that they were 

withdrawing. That heightened our concern. 

Why had it been a long night for Bush? He had made all of his important decisions on the 

troop movements during the day on Tuesday. What had robbed him of his sleep between 

Tuesday and Wednesday? Those who have read this far will know that it was not 

conscience. A little later there was another sensitive question, touching on the mission of 

the troops and the possible future occupation of Saudi Arabia, postwar bases, and the 

like: "Could you share with us the precise military objective of this mission? Will the 

American troops remain there only until Saddam Hussein removes his troops from the 

Saudi border?" Bush, obviously in deep water, answered: 

I can't answer that because we have to-- we have a major objective with those troops, 

which is the defense of the Soviet Union, so I think it beyond a defense of Saudi Arabia. 

So I think it's beyond the-- I think it's beyond just the question of tanks along the border... 

The defense of the Soviet Union! But Bush pressed on: "I'm not preparing for a long 

ground war in the Persian Gulf." "My military objective is to see Saudi Arabia defended." 

Did he feel that he had been let down by his intelligence? 

No, I don't feel let down by the intelligence at all. When you plan a blitzkrieg-like attack 

that's launched at two o'clock in the morning, that's pretty hard to stop, particularly when 

you have just been given the word of the people involved that there won't be any such 

attack. And I think the intelligence community deserves certain credit for picking up what 

was a substantial boycott-- a substantial buildup-- and then reporting it to us. So when 

this information was relayed, properly, to interested parties, that the move was so swift 

that it was pretty hard for them to stop it. I really can't blame our intelligence in any way, 

fault them, on this particular go-round. 

Once again, the gaffe on boycott/buildup occurs at a moment of maximum prevarication. 

Bush's gibberish is dictated by his desire say on the one hand that he knew about the Iraqi

troop buildup almost two weeks before the invasion, but on the other that the invasion 

came as a bolt from the blue. There was no follow-up on this theme. 

The final portion of the press conference was devoted to the very important theme of the 

UN sanctions railroaded through the Security Council by the Anglo-Americans with the 

help of their willing French, Soviet and Chinese partners. The sanctions were in 

themselves an act of genocide against Iraq and the other populations impacted in the 

region. The sanctions, maintained after the war had ceased with the pretext that Saddam 

Hussein was still in power, have proven more lasting than the war itself, and they may yet 

prove more lethal. The Congressional debate in January was fought almost exclusively 

between the stranglers of the Democratic Party, who wanted to "give the sanctions more 

time to work," and the bombers of the Bush Administration and the Republican Party 

who wanted to initiate an air war. Both positions constituted high crimes against 

humanity. Bush wanted to argue for the inviolability of these sanctions, but he did so in 

such a way as to underline the monstrous and hypocritical double standard that was being 

applied to Iraq: 

...And that's what has been so very important about this concerted United Nations effort, 

unprecedented, you might say, or certainly not enacted since-- what was it, 23 years ago? 

23 years ago. So I don't think we can see clearly down that road. 

What Bush has in mind here, but does not mention by name, were the United Nations 

sanctions against the racist Ian Smith regime in Rhodesia. Perhaps Bush was reluctant to 

mention the Rhodesian sanctions because the United States officially violated those 

sanctions by an act of Congress, and UN Ambassador George Bush as we have seen, was 

one of the principal international apologists for the US policy of importing strategic raw 

materials from Rhodesia because of an allegedly pre-eminent US national interest. Bush's 

final response shows that he was fully aware that the economic sanctions designed by the 

State Department and the Foreign Office would mean genocide against Iraqi children, 

since they contained an unprecedented prohibition of food imports: 

Well, I don't know what they owe us for food, but I know that this embargo, to be 

successful, has got to encompass everything. And if there are-- you know, if there's a 

humanitarian concern, pockets of starving children, or something of this nature, why, I 

would take a look. But other than that this embargo is going to be all-encompassing, and 

it will include food, and I don't know what Iraq owes us now for food. Generally 

speaking, in normal times, we have felt that food might be separated out from-- you 

know, grain, wheat, might be separated out from other economic sanctions. But this one 

is all-encompassing and the language is pretty clear in the United Nations resolutions. [fn 

46] 

As a final gesture, Bush acknowledged to the journalists that he had "slipped up a couple 

times here," and thanked them for having corrected him, so that his slips and gaffes 

would not stand as a part of the permanent record. Bush had now done his work; he had 

set into motion the military machine that would first strangle, and then bomb Iraq. Within

two days, Bush was on his way to Walker's Point in Kennebunkport, where his handlers 

hoped that the dervish would pull himself together. 

During August, Bush pursued a hyperactive round of sports activities in Kennebunkport, 

while cartoonists compared the Middle East to the sandtraps that Bush so often landed in 

during his frenetic daily round of golf. On August 16, King Hussein of Jordan, who was 

fighting to save his nation from being dismembered by the Israelis under the cover of the 

crisis, came to visit Bush, who welcomed him with thinly veiled hatred. At this time Bush 

was already talking about mobilizing the reserves. Saddam Hussein's situation during 

these weeks can be compared with Noriega's on the eve of the US invasion of Panama. 

The US was as yet very weak on the ground, and a preventive offensive thrust by the 

Iraqis into Saudi Arabia towards Dahran would have caused an indescribable chaos in the 

US logistics. But Saddam, like Noriega, still believed that he would not be invaded; the 

Iraqi government gave more credit to its secret assurances than to the military force that 

was slowly being assembled on its southern border. Saddam therefore took no preemptive 

military actions to interfere with the methodical marshalling of the force that was 

later to devastate his country. The key to the US buildup was the logistical infrastructure 

of NATO in Europe; without this the buildup would have lasted until the summer of 1991 

and beyond. 

It was during these August days that Scowcroft coined the slogan of Bush's Gulf war. On 

August 23, Scowcroft told reporters, "We believe we are creating the beginning of a new 

world order out of the collapse of US-Soviet antagonisms." [fn 47] 

Bush was now conducting a systematic "mind war" campaign to coerce the American 

people into accepting the war he had already chosen. On August 20, Bush introduced a 

new rhetorical note, now calling the American citizens detained in Iraq "hostages." Under 

international law, the imminent threat of acts of war against a country entitles that 

country to intern enemy aliens as a matter of self-defense; this had been the rule in earlier 

wars. Henceforth, Bush would attempt to turn the hostage issue on and off according to 

his propaganda needs, until Iraq freed all the Americans in early December. 

On August 27, Bush opined that "Saddam Hussein has been so resistant to complying 

with international law that I don't yet see fruitful negotiations." [fn 48] Statements like 

these were made to cloak the fact that Bush was adamantly refusing to negotiate with 

Iraq, and preventing other nations from doing so. Bush's diplomatic posture was in effect 

an ultimatum to Iraq to get out of Kuwait, with the Iraqi departure to come before any 

discussions. Bush called this a refusal to reward aggression; it was in fact a refusal to 

negotiate in good faith, and made clear that Bush wanted war. His problem was that the 

US military buildup was taking longer than expected, with ship convoys forced to turn 

back in the Atlantic because freighters broke down and were left dead in the water. Bush 

strove to fill the time with new demagogic propaganda gambits. 

Bush returned to Washington at the end of August to address members of Congress. In 

the public part of this meeting, Bush reiterated that his goal was to "persuade Iraq to 

withdraw." There followed an executive session behind closed doors. The next day Bush

ecorded a broadcast to the US forces in the Gulf, which was beamed to Saudi Arabia by 

the Armed Forces Radio. "Soldiers of peace will always be more than a match for a tyrant 

bent on aggression," Bush told the troops. During early September, it became evident that 

that the US and Soviet approaches to the Gulf crisis were beginning to show some signs 

of divergence. Up to this point, Foreign Minister Shevardnadze had backed every step 

made by Bush and Baker, but the US Gulf intervention was not popular among Red 

Army commanders and among Soviet Moslems who were disturbed by the infidel 

occupation of the holy places. On September 9, Bush met with Gorbachov in Helsinki, 

Finnland in order to discuss this and other matters of interest to a condominium in which 

the Anglo-Saxons were now more than ever the senior partners. Gorbachov spoke up for 

"a political solution" to the conflict, but his government willingly took part in every vote 

of the UN Security Council which opened the way to the Gulf war. A few days later, on 

September 15, Bush received precious support from his masonic brother Francois 

Mitterrand, who exploited a trifling incident involving French diplomatic premises in 

Kuwait -- the sort of thing that Bush had done repeatedly in Panama -- massively to 

escalate the French troop presence and rhetoric in the Gulf. "C'est une aggression, et nous 

allons y repondre," said the master of the Grand Orient; the spirit of Suez 1956, the spirit 

of the Algerian war and of Dienbienphu were alive and well in France. 

To while away the weeks of the buildup, Bush busied himself with extortion. This was 

directed especially against Germany and Japan, two countries that were targets of the 

Gulf war, and whom Bush now called upon to pay for it. The constitutions of these 

countries prevented them from sending military contingents, and intervention would have 

been unpopular with domestic public opinion in any case. Japan was assessed $4 billion 

in tribute, and Germany a similar sum. By the end of the crisis, Bush and Baker had 

organized a $55 billion shakedown at the expense of a series of countries. These 

combined to produce the first balance of payments surplus for the United States in recent 

memory during the first quarter of 1991, obtaining a surcease for the dollar. 

But even prediscounting this extorted tribute, the fiscal crisis of the US Treasury was 

becoming overwhelming. On September 11, Bush was to address the Congress on the 

need for austerity measures to reduce the deficit for the coming fiscal year. But Bush did 

not wish to appear before the Congress as a simple bankrupt; he wanted to strut before 

them as a warrior. The resulting speech was a curious hybrid, first addressing the Gulf 

crisis, and only then turning to the dolorous balance sheets of the regime. It was in this 

speech that Bush repeated the Scowcroft slogan that will accompany his regime into the 

dust bin of history: The New World Order. After gloatingly quoting Gorbachov's 

condemnation of "Iraq's aggression," Bush came to the relevant passage: 

Clearly, no longer can a dictator count on East-West confrontation to stymie concerted 

United Nations action against aggression. A new partnership of nations has begun, and 

we stand today at a unique and extraordinary moment. The crisis in the Persian Gulf, as 

grave as it is, also offers a rare opportunity to move toward an historic period of 

cooperation. Out of these troubled times, our fifth objective --a new world order-- can 

emerge: A new era-- freer from the threat of terror, stronger in the pursuit of justice and

more secure in the quest for peace. An era in which the nations of the world, east and 

west, north and south, can propser and live in harmony. [fn 49] 

During August and September, Bush's Gulf offensive had allowed him to dominate the 

headlines and news broadcasts with bellicose posturing and saber-rattling in the crisis 

which he had assiduously helped to create. Now, during October, the awesome economic 

depression produced by the bipartisan economic policies of the Eastern Liberal 

Establishment over a quarter-century re-asserted its presence with all the explosive force 

of reality long denied. 

All during August and September, the haggling had continued between Bush and the 

Congressional leadership about how optimally to inflict more drastic austerity on the 

American people. The haggling had recessed in August, but had resumed in great secrecy 

on September 7, with the elite group of participants sequestered from the world at a 

military air base near Washington. The haggling proceeded slowly, and key budget 

deadlines built into the Gramm-Rudman calendar began to slip by: September 10, 

September 15, and September 25 were missed. It was now apparent that the final deadline 

posed for the beginning of the fiscal year on October 1 could not be met; there was a 

danger of a Gramm-Rudman "train wreck" or automatic, across the board sequester of 

budget spending authority. On September 30, Bush and the elite Congressional 

summiteers appeared in a Rose Garden ceremony to announce a five-year, $500 billion 

deficit reduction package, allegedly featuring $40 billion in deficit reduction during the 

first year, to be submitted to Congress for rubber-stamping. This plan contained higher 

taxes on gasoline, cigarettes, liquor, luxury items, plus savage cuts on defense, Medicare 

for the elderly, and farm payments. It was unsweetened by Bush's favorite nostrum for 

fatcats, a cut in the capital gains tax. Tax deductions were limited for the most wealthy. 

George, squirming under warnings from all sides, but especially the GOP right wing, that 

this deal codified his infamous betrayal of June 26, tried to be a little contrite: 

Sometimes you don't get it the way you want, and this is such a time for me. And I 

suspect it's such a time for everybody standing here. But it's time we put the interests of 

the United States of America here and get this deficit under control. 

Bush called the package "balanced" and "fair." "Now comes the hard part," said Mitchell, 

referring to the irritating formality of Congressional passage. Believing the assurances of 

Mitchell and Foley, Dole and Michel that the resulting deal could be passed, Bush signed 

a continuing resolution to keep the government going from October 1 until October 5, 

while also avoiding the Gramm-Rudman guillotine. 

On October 2, at the urging of the Congressional leaders, Bush made one of his rare 

televised addresses to the nation from the Oval Office. According to one observer, 

"Bush's TV address on the budget was the most listless presidential appeal since Carter's 

'malaise' speech." [fn 50] Bush's tones had a pinch of the apocalypse" "If we fail to enact 

this agreement, our economy will falter, markets may tumble, and recession will follow. 

Tell your congressmen and senators you support this deficit-reduction agreement. If they 

are Republicans, urge them to stand with the president. If they are Democrats, urge them

to stand with their Congressional leaders." Bush had now discovered that the deficit, 

which he had ignored in 1989, was a "cancer gnawing away at our nation's health." The 

plan he recommended, he pointed out with bathos, was a product of "blood, sweat, and 

fears-- fears of the economic chaos that would follow if we fail to reduce the deficit." [fn 

51] Bush's plan was supported by Alan Greenspan of the Federal Reserve, the voice of 

the international central bankers. 

Shepherding such a weighty affair of state through the Congress was considered a job for 

a team headed by none other than Dan Quayle. Quayle quipped that he was like a friendly 

dentist applying a lot of novocain and hoping for a few votes. Despite such boyish good 

spirits, it was not to be. Republicans were incensed that Bush had given away the "crown 

jewels" of their party just in order to get a deal. Right-wing Republicans lamented that 

the package was a "road-map to recession" and a "cave-in to the liberal Democrats." "I 

wouldn't vote for it if it cured cancer," said Congressman Trafficant. Democrats were 

angered by the new excise tax, which was regressive, and by higher income tax rate 

increases for lower income groups. When the plan came up for a vote in the House on the 

fateful day of October 5, with the stopgap legislation about to run out, many Democrats 

deferred voting until they could see that a clear majority of the Republicans were voting 

against their own president's plan. Then the Democrats also cast negative votes. The 

deficit package was soundly defeated, 254-179. Bush was humiliated: only 71 

Republican stuck with their president, joined by 108 Democrats. 105 GOPers had 

revolted, and joined with 149 Democrats to sink the accord Bush had pleaded for on 

television. Even Rep. Newt Gingirch of Georgia, who as House GOP Minority Whip 

should have superintended efforts to dragoon votes for Bush, had jumped ship on October 

1, encouraging other GOP defections. 

The Congress then quickly passed and sent to Bush a further continuing resolution to 

keep the government going; it was now the Friday before the Columbus Day weekend. 

Bush had threatened to veto any such legislation, and he now made good on his threat, 

intoning that "the hour of reckoning is at hand." The federal government thereupon began 

to shut down, except for Desert Shield and some other operations the bureaucracy 

considered essential. Tourists in Washington noticed that the toilets maintained by the 

National Park Service were shutting down. Bush, wanting to set a good example, decided 

that Sunday that he would drive back from Camp David by car: he got a rude taste of how 

the other half lives, ending up stalled in a typical traffic jam on the interstate. 

The following week was a time of great political hemorraging for George Bush. His 

problems grew out of a clumsy series of trial baloons he floated about what kind of tax 

package he would accept. By one count, he changed his mind five times in three days. 

First came the government itself. Any president, and especially an apparatchik like Bush, 

has a healthy respect for what the Washington bureaucracy might do to him if it, like the 

mercenaries Machiavelli warned about, were not paid. Bush accordingly relented and 

signed a short-term continuing resolution to keep the paychecks flowing and the 

bureaucracy open. Now Congressmen of both parties began to offer amendments on the 

$22 billion tax bill that was at the heart of the new austerity package. First Bush indicated 

that he would accept an increase in income tax rates for the most wealthy in exchange for

a cut in the capital gains tax. Then he indicated that he would not. In a press conference, 

he said such a deal would be "fine." Then a group of Republican Congressmen visited 

him to urge him to drop the idea of any such deal; they came out declaring that Bush was 

now in agreement with them. But then Bush drifted back towards the tradeoff. Richard 

Darman, one of Bush's budget enforcers, was asked what Bush thought about the tax 

rates trade off. "I have no idea what White House statement was issued," said the top 

number cruncher, "but I stand behind it 100%." By the weekend of October 13-14, there 

were at least three draft tax bills in circulation. Even hard-core Bushmen were unable to 

tell the legislators what the president wanted, and what he would veto. The most 

degraded and revealing moment came when Bush was out jogging, and reporters asked 

him about his position on taxes. "Read my hips!," shouted Bush, pointing towards his 

posterior with both hands. It was not clear who had scripted that one, but the message 

was clear: the American people were invited to kiss Bush's ass. 

It was one of the most astounding gestures by a president in modern times, and posed the 

inevitable question: had Bush gone totally psychotic? 

"The public is not laughing," commented a White House official. Newsday, the New 

York tabloid, went with the headline READ MY FLIPS. The New York Times revived the 

label that Bush resented most: for the newspaper of record, Bush was "a political wimp." 

A senior GOP political consultant noted that "the difference is that Reagan had principles 

and beliefs. This guy has no rudder." In the opinion of Newsweek, "Bush took no stand on 

principle and didn't seem to know what he wanted....He made incomprehensible jokes. 

He was strangely eager to please even those who were fighting him, and powerless to 

punish defectors. As in the bad old days, he looked goofy." [fn 52] 

The haggling went on into the third week of October, and then into the fourth. Would it 

last to Halloween, to permit a macabre night of the living dead on the Capitol? Newt 

Gingrich told David Brinkley on "This Week" of October 21 that most House 

Republicans were prepared to vote against any plan to increase taxes, totally disregarding 

the wishes of Bush. Senator Danforth of Missouri complained, "I am concerned and a lot 

of Republicans are concerned that this is becoming a political rout." At this point the 

Democrats wanted to place a 1% surtax on all income over 41 million, while the GOP 

favored reducing the deductions for the rich. In yet another flip-flop, Bush had conceded 

on October 20 that he would accept an increase in the top income tax rate from 28% to 

31%. By October 24, a deal was finally reached which could be passed, and the next day 

Bush attempted to put the best possible face on things by assembling the bruised and 

bleeding Republican Congressional leadership, including the renegade Gingrich, for 

another Rose Garden ceremony. 

The final budget plan set the top income tax rate at 31%, and increased taxes on gasoline, 

cigarettes, airline tickets, increased Medicare payroll taxes and premiums, while cutting 

Medicare benefit payouts and government payments to farmers. Another part of the 

package replaced the Gramm-Rudman-Hollings once a year sequester threat with a 

"triple, rolling sequester" with rigid spending caps for each of the three categories of 

defense, foreign aid, and discretionary domestic spending, and no transfers permitted

among these. The entire apparatus will require super-majorities of 60 votes to change in 

the future. Naturally, this package was of no use whatever in deficit reduction, given the 

existence of an accelerating economic depression. In Bush's famous New World Order 

speech on September 11, he had frightened the Congress with the prospect of a deficit of 

$232 billion. In October of 1991, it was announced that the deficit for the fiscal year 

ending September 31, 1991, the one that was supposed to show improvement, had come 

in at $268.7 billion, the worst in all history. Predictions for the deficit in the year 

beginning on October 1, 1991 were in excess of $350 billion, guaranteeing that the 1991 

record would not stand long. Bush's travail of October, 1990 had done nothing to 

improve the picture. 

Bush's predicament was that the Reaganomics of the 1980's (which had been in force 

since the period after the Kennedy assassination) had produced more than a depression: 

they had engendered the national bankruptcy of the United States. That bankruptcy was 

now lawfully dismembering the Reagan coalition, the coalition which Bush had still been 

able to ride to power in 1988. Since Bush refused to replace the suicidal, post-industrial 

economic policies of the last quarter century, he was obliged to attempt to smother 

irrepressible political conflicts with police state methods, and with war hysteria. 

But in the interval before he could start the war, Bush would pay a heavy political price. 

According to the Newseek poll, Bush's job approval rating had dropped from 67% during 

the Gulf scare of August to 48% at the end of the October budget battles. The 20-point 

free fall was a reminder that Bush possessed no solid base of support among any 

numerically significant group in the US electorate. Now, the Carteresque Bush found that 

his own party was turning against him. A split had opened up in the GOP which 

threatened that party with the fate of the degenerate Federalists. 

In the midst of the budget upheaval Bush, ever true to his family's racist creed, had 

impudently vetoed the Civil Rights Act of 1990. To make the symbolism perfect, he 

signed the veto after an appearance at the Theodore Roosevelt Conservation Award 

ceremonies in Washington. Bush was playing the card of racism for 1990 and 1992. "I 

deeply regret having to take this action with a bill bearing such a title," said Bush, 

"especially since it contains provisions that I strongly endorse." But he was adamant that 

this bill "employs a maze of highly legalistic language to introduce the destructive force 

of quotas into our national unemployment system." Bush claimed that this was a quota 

bill, and since equal opportunity was thwarted by quotas, "the very committment to 

justice and equality that is offered as the reason why this bill should be signed requires 

me to veto it." An attempted override fell short by one vote in the Senate, 66-34, even 

though Minnesota Republican Rudy Boschwitz, who had been against the bill, switched 

sides to oppose Bush's veto. Boschwitz was doomed to defeat in the November election 

in any case. 

A most dramatic sign of the repudiation of Bush even by the Republican party apparatus 

was the celebrated memorandum issued on October 15 by veteran political operative Ed 

Rollins of the National Republican Congressional Committee. Rollins had been given a 

four-year, million dollar contract to help the GOP win a majority on the Hill. He was

dedicated to helping his Congressional clients, incumbents and challengers alike, to get 

elected. Watching the polls, Rollins saw that Bush's June 26 broken promise was sure to 

be poison at the polls in early November. He sent out a memo that made the following 

points: 

The mood of the country has shifted dramatically in the past ten days; voters have 

become as pessimistic about the direction of the country as at any time in recent history. 

The President's approval/disapproval and job performance ratings have dropped 

precipitously. This is no doubt due to the lack of a budget resolution and the lack of a 

clear Republican position on taxes and spending. 

Understanding that several members have never taken a no tax pledge, my best advice 

today is to urge you to oppose taxes, specifically gas and income taxes. Do not hesitate to 

oppose either the President or proposals being advanced in Congress. [fn 53] 

Bush appears to have learned of the Rollins memo in an NBC news broadcast on October 

24. According to one source, Bush then told a group of GOP Congressional leaders that 

while he could not control all Republican political consultants, he "did control Rollins," 

and wanted him fired immediately. Rollins's immediate boss, Rep. Guy Vander Jagt, a 

Republican wheelhorse from Michigan, complained that he had come out of this meeting 

with Bush "black and blue" from the president's punishment. [fn 54] The answer from 

Rollins was, "I don't plan to resign." Incredibly, Bush was unable to secure the ouster of 

Rollins, who, one must conclude, enjoyed more support from rank and file Republican 

Congressmen at this point than Bush himself. Some consultants suggested that Bush 

should simply back off: "If the November 6 results are as bad as they appear, the 

consensus will be that George Bush blew it," said one. Bush "is the George Steinbrenner 

of politics," said another perception-monger. "He just booted away the best franchise in 

the sport." Dreams of taking House seats were vanishing with each new poll; the GOP 

now hoped for damage control measures to keep the loss to ten seats if they could. 

On the campaign trail, Bush was finally receiving treatment commensurate with his 

merits. October 23 was a day he will never forget. George had gotten up before dawn to 

make a day of it on the hustings, only to find that he was being shunned as the new 

Typhoid Mary of American politics. 

The first stop was an early-morning fund raiser in Burlington, Vermont, designed to 

benefit Rep. Peter Smith, a freshman Congressman. Smith was supposed to give Bush a 

rousing introduction and then bask in the warmth of Bush's support. But instead, Smith 

astounded Bush and his handlers by launching into a tortured monologue on all the points 

of disagreement that divided him from Bush. Smith told of how he had been loyal to 

Bush on October 5, and of how his constituents had then rebelled, with the result that he 

caught political hell for his pro-Bush vote. Smith demanded that Bush now raise taxes on 

the wealthy. Smith also menmtioned the civil rights bill: "My specific disagreements with 

this administration are a matter of record," Smith stressed. Poor Smith: his pro-Bush vote

on October 5 had doomed him to defeat in his close race with Bernie Sanders, the former 

socialist mayor of Burlington. 

Bush stewed, raged, and squirmed. He looked around to see if anyone would come to his 

aid. Sitting next to Bush was GOP Senator James M. Jeffords, who had voted in favor of 

the civil rights bill Bush had vetoed. He had made an emotional speech in the Senate 

lambasting Bush for trying to punch giant "loopholes" in the civil rights of citizens. 

Jeffords sat staring straight ahead, doing a fair imitation of Bush at the Nashua Telegraph 

debate. When Bush got up, he was dissociated and tongue-tied. He stumbled through his 

speech, improvising a few lines in which he praised the independent-mindedness of 

Vermonters like Smith, but whined that he wished it would not come at his expense. 

Bush then asserted that 

we have a sluggish economy out there nationally. That's one of the reasons why I favor 

this deficit so much. [fn 55] 

The crowd was puzzled; some of them were perhaps driven to try the socialism of Bernie 

Sanders over this. The mental disintegration of George Bush went on apace. 

Bush's second stop of the day was in Manchester, New Hampshire. Here he was greeted 

by his old friend, the Manchester Union Leader, with a front page cartoon of the granitefaced 

man in the mountain saying "Read His Lips, Mr. President. Go Home and Take 

Your Taxes with You." Here there was no attack on Bush's economics; the candidate he 

was supposed to be helping, Rep. Robert C. Smith, had obviously concluded that any film 

footage showing him in the same picture with Bush would pose the threat of disaster, so 

he had simply stayed in Washington. The congressman's wife was there to tell the 

audience that her husband had stayed in Washington for House votes he could not miss; 

an apoplectic Bush ferociously chewed on an apple before he rose for perfunctory 

remarks. 

Bush's third stop was in Waterbury, Connecticut, where the beneficiary of his presence 

was Gary Franks, a black Republican whom Bush needed as a fig leaf for his veto of the 

civil rights bill. Franks solved the Typhoid Mary problem by barring the news media 

from the campaign event, so no sound bites associating him with Bush could be used 

against him by his opponent. Later there was a brief photo opportunity with Bush and 

Franks together. 

Surely Bush had cut a ridiculous figure. But how many Iraqis would die in January, 

February and beyond to assuage Bush's humiliations of this day? 

Bush's last pre-election campaign trip would eliminate stops in Oregon, Nebraska, 

Illinois, and North Carolina, where Republicans teetered on the edge of defeat. Bush was 

trying to cut his losses, and he was not alone. During the months before the election, 

Bush had spent hours sweating under television lights to tape endorsement commercials 

for over 80 GOP candidates. One Congressman, Rep. Alfred A. McCandless of 

California, used pieces of Bush's tape in a commercial designed to highlight his

differences with Bush. Many of the other tapes were never used; many of those endorsed 

pleaded as an excuse that their fundraising had been ruined by Bush's tax policy, so they 

never had the money to put them on the air. 

Bush attempted to regroup by seeking new demagogic themes. For those struggling with 

economic depression he offered...term limits for members of Congress, in the hands of 

the GOP a transparent attempt to flush out Democratic incumbents. Term limitation, said 

Bush, was "an idea whose time has come." "America doesn't need a liberal House of 

Lords," said Bush in Oklahoma City. "America needs a Republican Congress." The 

Democrats "truly believe they deserve to be elected from now until kingdom come," said 

Bush in Los Angeles. The response was less than overwhelming. Then Bush tried to 

blame the depression on the Democrats. The venue chosen was a $1000 a plate fundraiser 

for Sen. Pete Wilson, who wanted to be governor of California. The "strong medicine" of 

the defecit package, Bush claimed, "is required because the Democratically controlled 

Congress has been on an uncontrolled spending binge for years." In Oklahoma City, he 

averred that the Democrats had "choked the economy" and brought the country to the 

verge of recession. He accused Congressional liberals of spewing out the "class warfare 

garbage" they always resurrect at election time. But none of this had any bite. [fn 56] On 

November 3, Bush reached into his talk bag and pulled out Jimmy Carter, threatening 

voters with a return to the "malaise days." According to Newseek, Bush had reacquired 

that "electrocuted" look. 

Bush went back to his staple offering: hysterical, rage-driven warmongering, with an 

extra dividend for some audiences coming through the clear racist overtones. Once 

Congress had adjourned, one observer noted, "Bush was able to switch to his favorite 

script, 'Desperately Seeking Saddam.'" [fn 57] Bush grimaced and pouted against the 

"butcher of Baghdad" trying to look like a more genteel, Anglo-Saxon Mussolini. 

Saddam was now "Hitler revisited." Later, there were estimates that Bush's exclusive 

concentration on the war theme had saved one to two senate seats, and perhaps half a 

dozen in the House. 

But Bush came dangerously close to overdoing it. In the last days of October, he had 

begun a demagogic effort to whip up hysteria about the US citzens interned by Iraq. "I 

have had it" with the Iraqi handling of the internees, was now Bush's favorite line. When 

Bush wrapped himself in the flag, he expected the Democrats to kow-tow, but now there 

was some opposition. Bush met with some 15 Congressional leaders active in foreign 

policy, and began raving about the "horrible, barbarous" conditions of the hostages. 

Sharp questions were immediately posed by Democrats, many of them facing re-election 

in a few days. According to one Congressman, "They were asking, in not so many words, 

Is this trumped up? If it isn't, how come we just have started hearing about it in the 

middle of this political mess the president is in? It seems to be coming out of nowhere. 

Dante Fascell said the Democrats had told Bush, "If there is additional provocation [by 

Iraq], it better be real and able to stand up to press scrutiny." Too bad the Democrats had 

not applied that standard to the whole trumped-up Gulf crisis. [fn 58]

The result of the November 6 election was a deep disappointment to Republicans; Bush's 

party lost one senate seat, 9 House seats, and one governorship. Not all of these gains 

went to Democrats, since disgruntled voters gave two governorships and one House seat 

to independents outside of the two party system. Most dramatic was the anti-incumbent 

mood against governors, where economic crisis and tax revolt had been on the agenda all 

year: the governing party, whether Republican or Democrat, was ousted in 14 of the 36 

state houses that were contested. For Bush there were very special disappointments: he 

had campaigned very hard for Clayton Williams in Texas and for Governor Bob Martinez 

in Florida, but Bush's coattails proved non-existent to negative; Democrats won both 

governorships. The loss of Texas and Florida was a very ominous threat for Bush's 1992 

re-election campaign, since these were the two indispensable keystones of the Southern 

Strategy. Now, that GOP lock on the Electoral College might be drawing to a close. But 

unforunately, that was for the future: Bush's repudiation at the polls this time around was 

not enough to reduce him to an impotent lame duck with no mandate to wage war. Bush 

was now a wounded beast who could, and would, lash out. 

Bush emerged gravely damaged: Business Week devoted a cover to a photo of Bush and 

the legend: "Losing Ground: GOP Losses in Congress, statehouse setbacks, and internal 

party strife are eroding George Bush's authority-- and his ability to lead the nation." "A 

few more good days like that and Republicans will go the way of Whigs," wrote the 

magazine. The vote was a "humbling rebuke to a barnstorming Bush." [49] In the words 

of an October 31 headline in the pro-regime Washington Times, "Bush in 92? 'Dead 

Meat,' say skeptics." Kevin Phillips noted that economics could prove fatal for Bush: 

"Since World War II the GOP's pattern has been for economic downturns during midterm 

election years: full-fledged recessions in 1954, 1958, 1970, 1974, and 1982, and a severe 

farm-belt and oil-patch slump in 1986. Today's economic thunderclouds, however, are 

the first in memory (at least since the post-1929 period) to portend their storms for the 

third year of a GOP presidency." And for Bush, the economic bad news was to be found 

even in the New York Times: "What Recession? It's a Depression," proclaimed one 

article. Leonard Silk made the optimistic case in the same paper: "Why It's Too Soon to 

Predict Another Great Depression," was his title. [fn 59] 

But well before the dust had settled from the election debacle, Bush had resumed his 

march towards a holocaust in the Middle East. On the day after the election, Baker, 

speaking in Moscow, launched Bush's all-out press for a UN Security Council resolution 

legitimizing the use of armed force against Iraq over the Kuwait question. Bush had to 

push his war through both the US Congress and the UN permanent five; his estimate was 

that the world powers would be easier to dragoon, and that the assent of the Security 

Council could then be used to bludgeon the Congress into acquiescence. [fn 60] 

It is important to note that in shifting his policy towards aggressive war, Bush was once 

again dancing to the tune being piped in from London. On Wednesday, November 7, the 

racist crone Thatcher, now on her way out as Prime Minister, issued her most 

warmongering statement so far on the Gulf crisis:

Either [Saddam Hussein] gets out of Kuwait soon or we and our allies will remove him 

by force and he will go down to defeat with all the consequences. He has been warned. 

[fn 61] 

Yet again, the United States was to be drawn into a useless and genocidal war as the tail 

on the British imperial kite. 

And so, flaunting his vicious contempt for the democratic process, on Thursday 

November 8, just two days after the election, Bush made what any serious, intelligent 

person must have recognized as a declaration of preemptive war in the Gulf: 

After consultation with King Fahd and our other allies I have today directed the secretary 

of defense to increase the size of US forces committed to Desert Shield to ensure that the 

coalition has an adequate offensive military option should that be necessary to achieve 

our common goals. Towards this end we will continue to dicuss the possibility of both 

additional allied force contributions and appropriate United Nations actions. Iraq's 

brutality, aggression, and violations of international law cannot be allowed to succeed. 

[fn 62] 

For those who had ever believed Bush's verbal declarations, here was an entirely new 

policy, advanced without the slightest motivation. Bush argued that the current US troop 

stregnth of 230,000 was enough to defend Saudi Arabia, but that was no longer good 

enough. Bush's only argument was that gradual strangulation by sanctions might take too 

long. Reporters pointed out that Thatcher had threatened to use military force the day 

before. Did Bush want war? "I would love to see a peaceful resolution to this question, 

and that's what I want." Some of the more lucid minds had now figured out that Bush was 

indeed a pathological liar. 

For the rest of the month of November, a modest wave of anti-war sentiment was 

observed in the United States, some of it coming from Democrats of the strangler faction 

who had never wavered in their devotion to evil. On Sunday, November 11 Sen. Sam 

Nunn questioned Bush's rush to war. But Nunn did not call for a denial of funds to wage 

war on the model of the Hatfield-McGovern amendment which had finally tied Nixon's 

hands in Vietnam. Nunn was a leader of the strangler group, urging reliance on the 

sanctions. James Reston wrote in the New York Times, that "Bush's comparison of 

Hussein to Hitler, a madman with superior military forces in the center of industrial 

Europe, is ridiculous." "Saying 'My President, right or wrong,' in such circumstances, is a 

little like saying, 'my driver, drunk or sober,' and not many passengers like to go that far." 

[fn 63] The following day, under a headline reading "Tide against war grows at home, 

abroad," the Washington Times carried a warning from New York Senator Moynihan: "If 

George Bush wants his presidency to die in the Arabian desert, he's going at it very 

steadily and as if it were a plan. He will wreck our military, he will wreck his 

administration, and he'll spoil the chance to get a collective security system working. It 

breaks the heart." Sen. Kerrey of Oklahoma declared himself "not convinced this 

administration will do everything in its power to avoid war. And if ever there was an 

avoidable war, it is this one."

On November 15, Sen. Bill Bradley of New Jersey warned Bush that "to continue to hold 

the support of Congress, [Bush] must suspend the newly announced buildup of offensive 

forces against Iraq until he justifies why he has downgraded the promising strategy of 

patient pressure. Without hearing a convincing explanation of that change, and with the 

cost of Operation Desert Shield now heading toward $30 billion, Congress should 

authorize no expenditures for an enlarged offensive option to invade Kuwait or Iraq." [fn 

64] Bradley had to pay attention to public opinion; he had almost lost his seat earlier in 

the month. On the following day, Gorbachov's special envoy to the Middle East, 

Yevgeny Primakov, called for a delay in the resolution on the use of force against Iraq to 

allow Saddam Hussein a "face-saving" way out. One week later, in the context of the 

Paris Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe, Gorbachov directed his 

desperate appeal to the world for food shipments to the USSR. Even if the Kremlin had 

wished to resist Bush's war drive, their weakness was evident. The Soviet Union, like 

China, would soon vote for the resolution that would justify Bush's January attack. 

But the hyperthyroid Bush was unwilling to brook criticism. In best bullying style, he 

came to a meeting with Congressional leaders on November 14 with a sheaf of articles 

from Iraqi newspapers reporting, among other things, Moynihan's speech of a few days 

before. Even Republican Richard Lugar was targetted by Bush's ire. Bush whined that 

such statements were giving Saddam reasons to doubt US resolve. On November 16, the 

National Council of Churches condemned Bush's Gulf policy, citing "reckless rhetoric," 

"imprudent behavior," and the precipitous military buildup. 

James Baker, groping for reasons for the coming war, thought he had found one: "If you 

want to sum it up in one word, it's jobs. Because an economic recession, worldwide, 

caused by the control of one nation, one dictator, of the West's economic lifeline will 

result in the loss of jobs on the part of American citizens." [fn 65] Many citizens were 

offended by Baker's patronizing condescension, which was coordinated with Bush's 

remarks of the same day in which he admitted that the country was in a "downturn," and 

hinted that the depth of any recession would depend on whether or not the Gulf crisis 

turned into a prolonged standoff. If recession were to come, said Bush, "it will not be 

deep and we will come out of it relatively soon- six months at most." [fn 66] 

Commenting on what really concerned him, Bush commented, "holding public opinion 

forever is very difficult to do." Bush was not even succeeding in the short term: 

Pennsylvania Democratic Chairman Larry Yatch told reporters that support for Bush's 

Gulf policy was "at the teetering point-- the people are really becoming skeptical." His 

Louisiana counterpart, James J. Brady, noted that Bush " has not given them answers to 

their questions." "Jobs are not the reason we are there," he added. [fn 67] 

In the House of Representatives, a group of 45 House Democrats went to federal court in 

a vain attempt to stop Bush from initating hostilities, and Rep. Gonzalez of Texas, the 

honorable maverick, offered a bill of impeachment against Bush. 

On November 16, Bush left on a multi-country blitz of Europe and the Middle East which 

was intended to shore up the anti-Iraq coalition until the buildup could be completed and 

the war unleashed. In Prague, Bush was lionized by large crowds; President Havel gave

Bush a testimonial of support about the lessons of Munich 1938 and appeasement that 

Bush would wave around all through the war. It was unfortunate that freedom from 

communist tyranny for some politicians seemed to mean the freedom to lick Bush's 

boots. In Speyer, Germany, Bush had another apoplectic moment when Catholic Bishop 

Anton Schlembach wished Bush success "but without war and bloodshed." Bush sat redfaced 

like a roasted cherub. Germans were not happy about Bush's extortion of their 

country when they needed money to rebuild the newly freed federal states in the east; 

Germany was now reunified. Bush had a strained meeting with Kohl, and, at the CSCE 

finale in Paris, a cordial one with Mitterrand, with whom his rapport was excellent. Here 

our hero pressed Gorbachov for a Soviet imprimatur on his war resolution, but 

Gorbachov was still stalling. 

On Thanksgiving Day, Bush and Bar were with the troops in Saudi Arabia. Many soldiers 

told reporters that they were not happy to be there, and were not in favor of war. One 

trooper asked Bush, "Why not make a deal with Saddam Hussein, Mr. President?" while 

Bush gagged on his chicken a la king Meal Ready to Eat (MRE). Flying westward the 

next day, Bush stopped in Geneva for a meeting with Hafez Assad of Syria, a true villain 

and butcher who had, during the month of October, taken advantage of his deal with 

Bush to finish off Gen. Aoun's independent Lebanese state. Bush's meeting with Assad 

lasted for three hours. Assad had provided 7,500 Syrian troops for the coalition attack 

force in Saudi Arabia, which he promised to increase to 20,000. "Mr. Assad is lined up 

with us with a committment to force," said Bush. "They are on the front line, or will be, 

standing up to this aggression." 

Manic hysteria at the top of a bureaucratic apparatus will swiftly infect the lower 

echelons as well, and this was illustrated by the mishaps of Bush's travelling entourage, 

which clashed with Swiss security officers while entering and leaving Geneva Airport. A 

new factor exacerbating Bush's mental instability during this trip was the imminent fall of 

his Anglo-Saxon Svengali, Margaret Thatcher, who was about to be dumped as prime 

minister, primarily because she had become persona non grata among the leaders of 

western Europe in an era in which Britain's future survival depended on parasitizing the 

wealth of the continent. The Swiss have some of the most level-headed and expert airport 

protocol personnel in the world, but Bush's retinue was determined to run amok. Bush 

and Fitzwater wanted the press corp free to run around the airport to get the most 

dramatic shots and sound bites of Bush's epic entry into one of the centers of world 

diplomacy. When Bush landed, the "photo dogs" wanted to gather under the wing of 

Bush's plane, but the Swiss moved them out of the area. At the departure, the press corps 

went bonkers, and many of them had to be physically restrained by the Swiss officers 

when they attempted to break through a crowd-control line. Fitzwater complained that 

State Department protocol chief Joseph V. Reed (the scion of the Jupiter Island magnate) 

had had a machine gun shoved into his stomach, and that Sununu had been "verbally 

abused" during the altercation. But Fitzwater was an accomplished prevaricator: "I must 

say I have never seen that kind of brutal and vicious treatment by a security force in the 

last 10 years. It's strange. It's supposedly a peace-loving nation but they gave us the most 

vicious treatment I've ever seen." Thierry Magnin described the actions of some US 

reporters as "deplorable" and "inadmissable." Magnin said there had been "a row and

heated words, but this was to enforce security measures...taken in accord with the 

American security services." He denied that any submachine gun was ever pointed at 

Reed. [fn 68] Magnin said the Geneva police would not apologize, and later it was indeed 

the US which backed down. 

On November 30, UN Security Council, now reduced to a discredited tool of the Anglo- 

Americans, voted for a resolution authorizing the use of force against Iraq. This piece of 

infamy was labelled resolution 648 and passed with twelve assenting votes against the no 

votes of Cuba and Yemen, with the People's Republic of China abstaining. (International 

jurists later pointed out that according to the text of the UN Charter, which requires the 

positive votes of all five permanent members to approve substantive resolutions, the 

resolution had not passed, and that in acting on it the UN had entered a phase of anarchy 

and lawlessness.) Iraq was given 47 days to leave Kuwait, and this ultimatum was to 

expire on January 15. Bush clearly hoped that this resolution could be used to silence his 

Congressional critics. 

But in the meantime, Bush's path to war was beset with troubles on the domestic front. 

The ghoulish Scowcroft and other Bush spokesmen had been attempting to whip up war 

sentiment with wildly exaggerated reports about Iraq's nuclear preparations; these 

accounts, like the later alleged findings of "UN inspector" David Kay, failed to 

distinguish between peaceful and military uses of nuclear energy; the name of this game 

was technological apartheid. This campaign had evoked much skepticism: "Bush's 

Atomic Red Herring" was the title of one op-ed in the New York Times. 

Anti-war sentiment now crystallized around the hearings being held by Sam Nunn's 

Senate Armed Services Committee. Two former chairmen of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 

Admiral William J. Crowe and General David C. Jones, urged a policy of continued 

reliance on the sanctions. They were soon joined by former Secretary of Defense James 

R. Schlesinger, Gen. William Odom, and other figures of past regimes. Bush's principal 

support came from the croaking voice of Henry Kissinger, who was for war as soon as 

practicable. These were the days when King Fahd flirted briefly with the idea of a 

negotiated settlement, before he was reminded by the State Department that he ruled an 

occupied country. "Once Again: What's the Rush?" asked the New York Times of 

November 29. Bush wanted the Congress to pass a resolution giving him a blank check to 

wage war, but he hesitated to set off a debate that might go on all the way to January 15 

and beyond, and in which he risked being beaten. After all, Bush was still refusing to 

negotiate. 

Now, on Friday, November 30, Bush executed the cynical tactic that would ultimately 

paralyze his craven domestic opposition and clear the way to war: he made a fake offer of 

negotiations with Iraq: 

However, to go the extra mile for peace, I will issue an invitation to Foreign Minister 

Tariq Aziz to come to Washington at a mutually convenient time during the latter part of 

the week of December 10th to meet with me. And I'll invite ambassadors of several of 

our coalition partners in the gulf to join me in that meeting.

In addition, I am asking Secretary Jim Baker to go to Baghdad to see Saddam Hussein, 

and I will suggest to Iraq's president that he receive the secretary of state at a mutually 

convenient time between December 15 and January 15 of next year. [fn 70] 

It was all a fiendish lie, even down to the offer of times and venues for the talks. When 

Iraq responded with proposals for the schedule of meetings, Bush welched and reneged. 

Iraq released the US internees, but Bush still wanted war. "We've got to continue to keep 

the pressure on," was his reaction. Then came a full month of useless haggling, which 

was exactly what Bush wanted. As his text had pointed out, he was not interested in real 

negotiation anyway; the UN resolutions had already resolved everything. The real 

purpose of this gambit was to suppress the domestic opposition, since negotiations were 

allegedly now ongoing. 

The most important opposition to a January 15 war according to the deadline railroaded 

through the UN by Bush came from the US Army, the service least enthralled by the idea 

of a needless war. During a visit by Powell and Cheney to Saudi Arabia, Lieut. Gen. 

Calvin A. H. Waller, the second in command of US forces in the Gulf, remarked that 

there was a "distinct possibility that every unit will not be fully combat-ready until some 

time after February 1," or perhaps as late as mid-February." "If the owner asks me if I'm 

ready to go, I'd tell him "No, I'm not ready to do the job,'" Waller told the press. It was 

understood that Waller was acting as spokesman for a broad stratum of senior officers. 

The Bush White House was once again infuriated. "This is not the message we were 

trying to send now," said one top Bushman. [fn 71] Waller and the other active duty 

officers would henceforth remain silent. 

Bush's buildup went on inexorably through the Christmas holidays. In the first week of 

the New Year, Bush offered a meeting of Baker and Tariq Aziz, the Iraqi foreign 

minister, in Geneva. His ground rules made the meeting pointless even before it 

happened: "No negotiations, no compromises, no attempts at face-saving and no rewards 

for aggression." [fn 72] Bush was showing more of his hand now; the buildup was 

approaching what he, if not the generals, thought enough to start bombing Iraq. 

The Tariq Aziz-Baker talks in Geneva went on for six hours on January 10, with no 

result. Baker was an Al Capone in striped pants; Tariq Aziz expressed himself with great 

dignity. Tariq Aziz had made clear that since Israel was in reality an integral part of 

Bush's Gulf coalition, it could not be exempt from retaliation if Iraq were to come under 

attack. For Bush, when millions of lives were at stake, the issue of greatest moment was a 

letter full of threats which Tariq Aziz had read, but refused to accept, and had left lying 

on the table in Geneva. (In this letter, which was later released, Bush was revealed as a 

megalomaniac who warned Saddam "we stand today at the brink of war between Iraq and 

the world," as if Bush were the chief executive of the entire planet.) Here was a new 

focus for Bush's apoplectic rage: he had been insulted by this Arab! What about that 

letter, the reporters asked. A surfeit of thyroxin coursed through Bush's veins: 

Secretary Baker also reported to me that the Iraqi foreign minister rejected my letter to 

Saddam Hussein, refused to carry this letter and give it to the president of Iraq. The Iraqi

Ambassador here in Washington did the same thing. This is but one more example that 

the Iraqi government is not interested in direct communications designed to settle the 

Persian Gulf situation. 

But this was a -this was a - a total stiff-arm. This is a total rebuff. 

The letter was not rude; the letter was direct. And the letter did exactly what I think is 

necessary at this stage. But to refuse to even pass a letter along seems to me to be just one 

more manifestation of the stonewalling that has taken place. [fn 73] 

The gods were laughing. 

The United Nations Security Council resolution, with its approaching artificial deadline 

which Bush had demanded, plus the failure of the Baker-Tariq Aziz meeting, on January 

9 became the tools of the White House in obtaining a Congressional resolution for war. 

Bush was careful to stress his view that he could wage war without the Congress, but that 

he was magnanimously letting them express their support for him by approving such a 

motion. On this same day, the Kremlin despatched troop contingents to seven Soviet 

republics where nationalist movements were gaining ground. 

The Congressional debate provided many eloquent pleas, generally from Democrats, for 

delaying military action in order to save Americans from useless slaughter. But these 

pleas were almost always vitiated by a failure to recognize the equal claim to humanity of 

the Iraqi population; the Democrats who urged continued reliance on sanctions were in 

effect calling for an equal or greater genocide prolonged over time. One exception was 

Senator Mark Hatfield of Oregon, who voted against the Bush war resolution and the 

Democrats' sanctions resolution on the grounds that he opposed the entire military 

deployment in the Middle East; Hatfield argued for a peaceful settlement using 

diplomacy alone. This Republican defection in the name of high principle may have 

attracted the darts of Bush's vindictiveness; in May a report on Hatfield's personal 

finances appearing in the Capitol Hill weekly Roll Call alleged that a former 

Congressman and a California businessman had forgiven $133,000 in loans to Hatfield 

over an 8-year period. This information was somehow leaked from Senate records. [fn 

74] The obvious intent of this story was to make it look as if the loan forgiveness had 

been used to buy influence. Hatfield's actions were not in violation of senate rules at the 

time these loans were forgiven. 

Bush's war resolution passed the Senate by the narrow margin of 52-47; Sen. Cranston, 

who was absent because of illness, would have come to the senate and voted against the 

war if this would have changed the outcome. This vote reflects a deep ambivalence in the 

ruling elite about Bush's bellicose line, which was not as popular in US ruling circles as it 

was in London. Bush's margin of victory was provided by a group of southern Bush 

Democrats (Gore, Graham, Breaux, Robb, Shelby). In the House, a similar Bush war 

resolution passed by 250 to 183. Many Congressmen from blue-collar districts being 

pounded by the economic depression reflected the disillusionment of their constituents by 

voting against Bush and the war. But the resistance was not enough.

Despite the extremely narrow mandate he had extorted from the Congress, Bush now 

appeared in a gloating press conference: he had his blank check for war and genocide. 

Now Bush was careful to create pretexts for attacking Iraq, even if Saddam were to order 

his forces out of Kuwait. Bush noted that "it would be, at this date, I would say 

impossible to comply fully with the United Nations resolutions," and he "would still 

worry about it, because it might not be in full compliance." [fn 75] UN resolution 242, 

calling for Israel to withdraw from the territories occupied in the 1967 war, had been 

flouted for almost a quarter century, and the nation of Lebanon had just been snuffed out 

by Bush's friend Assad, but all of this paled into total irrelevance in comparison to the 

need to destroy Iraq. 

The mad dog of war was now unleashed on the world. Later, in early June, Bush would 

edify the Southern Baptist Convention with a tearful and convulsive account of his long 

night in Camp David as he prepared to give the order to attack. Bush's story, quite 

fantastic for a chief executive who had pursued his "splendid little war" with 

monomaniac fury since August 3, is a reflection of the Goebbels-like cynicism of the 

White House wordsmiths and propaganda technicians to whom it may be safely 

attributed. "For me, prayer has always been important but quite personal," Bush told the 

Baptists. "You know us Episcopalians." 

And, like a lot of people, I have worried a little but about shedding tears in public, or the 

mention of it. But as Barbara and I prayed at Camp David before the air war began, we 

were thinking about those young men and women overseas. And the tears started down 

the cheeks, and our minister smiled back, and I no longer worried how it looked to others. 

[fn 76] 

In delivering this fanciful account, Bush broke into tears once again, a behavior which 

showed more about his unresolved, and by that time public, thryoid difficulties, than it 

did about his qualms in waging war. An interesting question involves the identity of the 

minister mentioned by Bush. In order to drape his genocidal war policy with the mantle 

of Christian morality, Bush was at pains to keep pastors and clerics at his side during the 

development of the Gulf crisis. But a serious problem emerged in this regard when, in 

late October, the presiding bishop of the Episcopal Church, the Most Reverend Edmond 

L. Browning, raised public questions about the morality of going to war with Iraq. Since 

Bush regarded the Protestant fundamentalists of the Bible Belt as the indispensable 

constituency for his vindictive line, he and his handlers were convinced that it would be 

folly to go on the warpath without religious cover. This was provided by calling in Billy 

Graham, the Methodist evangelist based in Minneapolis, Minnesota. 

During the Nixon Administration, Billy Graham had become the virtual chaplain of the 

regime. Nixon liked to organize prayer services inside the White House, and Billy 

Graham was often called in to officiate at these. Graham was also an old friend of the 

Bush family; just after Bush had received the GOP vice presidential nomination in 1980, 

Graham had visited with George and Barbara at Kennebunkport for a campaign photo 

opportunity. [fn 77]

During the 1980's, Graham had run crusades in the Soviet bloc, something that is hard to 

do without intelligence connections. In May, 1982, he had created a furore with remarks 

that he had seen no evidence of religious repression in the USSR. "I am not a communist 

and have not joined the Communist party and was never asked to join the Communist 

Party," Graham had told reporters upon his arrival in New York. [fn 78] 

Now, during the week that Bush unleashed war and genocide, Graham became a fixture 

in the White House, where he was Bush's overnight houseguest. "George Bush has the 

highest moral standards of almost anyone I know," Graham told reporters. "Bush is the 

best friend I have in the world outside my immediate staff." Some noted that Graham had 

often abounded with fulsome praise for presidents, including Carter; power and 

godliness, for Graham, went together. The line he recited several days later at the 

National Prayer Breakfast was standard Bush boiler plate: "There come times in history 

when nations have to stand against some monstrous evil, like Nazism." On January 28, 

Bush would proclaim a virtual crusade against Arab Iraq: according to Bush, his war had 

"everything to do with what religion embodies, good versus evil, right versus wrong, 

human dignity and freedom versus tyranny and oppression. We will prevail because of 

the support of the American people, armed with a trust in God." [fn 79] 

But surely all was not spiritual that weekend in Camp David. One sign is that First Lady 

Barbara Bush came back with a broken leg. What had happened? A few weeks earlier, 

George and Bar had granted a joint interview to two fawning and sycophantic reporters 

from People weekly. During this interview, Bush was asked, "Mr. President, this is an 

understandably tough period. How do you deal with the stress?" Bush answered: "Well, I 

have this dog named Ranger and this wife named Barbara and a couple of grandchildren." 

At this point, Barbara Bush broke in to say "Thought you were gonna say, 'I kick the dog, 

kick the wife.'" [fn 80] Had Barbara Bush suffered the fate of a battered woman during 

that pre-war weekend in Camp David? The official story was that she had slid down an 

icy slope on a saucer sled and hit a tree, producing a "non-displaced fracture of the fibula 

bone in the left leg." According to Mrs. Bush's press secretary, Anna Perez, George had 

yelled "Bail out! Bail out!" as Mrs. Bush accelerated toward the tree, but she had not 

heeded his advice. The incident had allegedly occurred during a sledding party after 

church on Sunday, January 13, in the presence four of the Bush's grandchildren (ages 

6,4,4, and 1), and Bush loyalist Arnold Schwarzenegger, the chairman of the President's 

Council on Physcial Fitness. Bush's daughter Dorothy LeBlond and his daughter in law 

Margaret, may have been present or nearby, as may Schwarzenegger's wife Maria Shriver 

of NBC, and her infant daughter. But only the First Lady's press secretary spoke in public 

of the incident, which has therefore remained somewhat obscure. When the presidential 

party returned by helicopter to the White House that evening, Mrs. Bush was carried 

indoors in a wheelchair. [fn 81] 

On that same day, Soviet troops acting in the name of a self-styled "National Salvation 

Committee" massacred more than a dozen Lithuanian patriots. Bush's response was in the 

mildest and most craven of terms, saying that there was "no justification for the use of 

force," but taking absolutely no steps to bring that message home to Moscow; the New 

World Order was exposed once again as the law of the strong over the weak.

According to the official account, Bush signed the National Security Directive ordering 

the attack against Iraq at in the White House Oval Office at 10:30 AM on Tuesday 

morning, January 15, 1991. On Wednesday morning in Washington, when it was early 

evening in Baghdad, Bush ordered Scowcroft to call Cheney with a further instruction to 

implement the attack plan. The US air attack on Iraq accordingly took place between 6 

and 7 PM on Wednesday, January 16. The bombs began to fall during the first night in 

Baghdad after the expiration of Bush's deadline. [fn 82] Within 24 hours, Iraq retaliated 

with Scud missles against Israel and against US bases in Saudi Arabia. One day after that, 

Bush described the Scud attacks as "purely an act of terror." Bush's mental health had not 

gotten any better during the first days of the war; he showed signs of clinical hysteria, the 

refusal to recognize obvious facts. During this press conference, he was asked: 

Q: Why is it that any move, or...move for peace is considered an end run at the White 

House these days? 

Bush: Well, you obviously...what was the question? End run? 

Q: Yes. That is considered an end run, that people that still want to find a peaceful 

solution seem to be running into a brick wall. 

Bush: Oh, excuse me. The world is united, I think, in seeing that these United Nations 

resolutions are fulfilled [...] 

Bush was sensitive, as he always was, to any hint that the conflict was what it seemed to 

be, a war of the west against the Arabs. In a long monologue, he claimed that "we want to 

be the healers, we want to do what we can to facilitate what I might optimistically call a 

new world order. But the new world order should, should have a conciliatory component 

to it." Even Jordan, which was threatened with dismemberment over the short run might 

"continue to be a tremendously important country in this new world order," Bush 

claimed. [fn 83] Bush was buoyed by the poll reports alleging that his war was now 

supported by 76% of the US population. 

Day after day, Iraq military and above all civilian targets were subjected to a hail of 

bombs. The centerpiece of Bush's personal self-jusitification remained the equation 

Saddam=Hitler. "was it moral for us in 1939 to not stop Hitler from going into Poland?" 

Bush asked a group of Republican officials. One party worker described Bush as "a man 

obsessed and possessed by his mission" in the Gulf war. During those days, Bush was 

preparing his State of the Union address. At a press conference to introduce his new 

secretary of agriculture, GOP Illinois Congressman Edward Madigan, Bush made 

pugnacious statements that he was proceeding with business as usual despite the war. 

"We are not going to screech everything to a halt in terms of our domestic agenda. We're 

not going to screech everything to a halt in terms of the recreational activities...and I am 

not going to screech my life to a halt out of some fear about Saddam Hussein," said Bush. 

After making these remarks, he introduced Madigan as his new secretary of education. 

The reporters looked so perplexed that Bush realized his gaffe and corrected himself; 

Madigan would be his new "secretary of agriculture," he said. [fn 84] In White House

iefing sessions to prepare the domestic policy sections of the State of the Union 

address, Bush was described as "frankly, bored;" "you could almost see his mind 

wandering to the Gulf." 

There are indications that after a week to ten days of bombing, Bush was surprised and 

disappointed that all Iraqi resistance had not already collapsed. This is what some of his 

advisors were rumored in Washington to have promised him. 

The 1991 State of the Union was supposed to be the apotheosis of Bush as a warrior 

emperor. One of his themes was the "next American century," borrowed from Stimson 

and Luce. The apotheosis was somewhat dimmed by the economic difficulties the Gulf 

was had done nothing to assuage. Bush portrayed these problems as a mere ripple in "the 

largest peacetime economic expansion in history." "We will soon get this recession 

behind us," Bush promised. He conjured up "the long-held promise of a new world order- 

- where brutality will go unrewarded, and aggression will meet collective resistance." He 

urged this country to take up "the burden of leadership." For many, the reference was 

clear: 

Take up the White Man's burden-- Ye dare not stoop to less Nor call too loud on Freedom 

To cloke your weariness, 

had written Rudyard Kipling in 1899 as part of a British campaign to convince the United 

States to set up a colonial administration in the Phillipines. (As the Omaha World Herald 

had noted in that far-off time, "In other words, Mr. Kipling would have Uncle Sam take 

up John Bull's business." The racist jingo doggerel of imperialism caught Bush's mood 

precisely. 

After the war, it would be shown that the US bombers had concentrated their fire on the 

civilian infrastructure of Iraq, choosing targets of no immediate military relevance. The 

bombing was concentrated on systems providing potable water to cities, electrical 

generating facilities, bridges, highways, and other transportation infrastructure. This was 

cynically called the "bomb now, die later" strategy, since the goal of the bombing was to 

destroy civilian infrastructure in order to lower the relative potential population density of 

the country below the level of the Iraqi population, thus producing an astronomical rise in 

infant mortality, plagues, and pestilence. It was, in short, a population war. It was a 

cowardly, despicable way to fight. 

Bush had ordered all this, but he lied compulsively about it. After 3 weeks of bombing, 

he told a press conference that his bombers were going to "unprecedented lengths to 

avoid damage to civlians and holy places. We do not seek Iraq's destruction, nor do we 

seek to punish the Iraqi people for the decisions and policies of their leaders. In addition, 

we are doing everything possible and with great success to minimize collateral 

damage...." [fn 85] The air war was designed to gut the economic infrastructure of Iraq; 

an additional objective was to kill at least 100,000 members of the Iraqi armed forces. 

This could only be accomplished by storming the Iraqi positions of the ground, and this is 

what Bush was determined to do. Published accounts suggested that the original

executive order that started the war also contained instructions for a land battle to follow 

extensive bombing. This meant that all peace feelers must be vigorously rebuffed, on the 

model of what Acheson and Stimson had done to Japan during July of 1945. 

In those days, anti-war protesters had camped out in Lafayette Park, across Pennsylvania 

Avenue from the White House. They had been there since December 13. Bush had 

referred once to "those damned drums" and how they were keeping him awake at night. 

At his press conference of February 6, Bush told reporters that the drummers had been 

removed, not because he had ordered it, but because they were disturbing the guests at 

the posh Hay-Adams Hotel on the other side of the park. There was a law on decibels, he 

explained: 

And lo, people went forth with decibel count auditors. And they found the man got up to 

- this drummer, incessant drummers, got over 60, and they were moved out of there, and I 

hope they stay out of there because I don't want the people in the hotel to not have a good 

night's sleep. The drums have ceased, oddly enough. 

But just as Bush was speaking, reporters could hear the thumping resume in the park 

outside. The drummers, much to Bush's chagrin, were at it again. Soon Lafayette Park 

was fenced in by the Bushmen. 

On February 15, Radio Baghdad offered negotiations leading to the withdrawl of Iraqi 

forces from Kuwait. Bush, in tandem with the new British prime Minister, John Major, 

rejected this overture with parellel rhetoric. For Bush, Saddam's peace bid was "a cruel 

hoax;" for Major, it was "a bogus sham." The Kremlin, seeking to save face, found the 

proposal "encouraging." Iraq was now pulling key military units out of Kuwait, and Bush 

judged that the moment was ripe to call for an insurrection and military coup against 

Saddam Hussein and the Baath Party government. "There's another way for the 

bloodshed to stop, and that is for the Iraqi military and the Iraqi people to take matters 

into their own hands, to force Saddam Hussein, the dictator, to step aside." [fn 86] With 

this call, Bush triggered the simultaneous uprisings of the pro-Iranian Shiites in Iraq's 

southern provinces, and of the Kurds in the north, many of whom now foolishly 

concluded that US military assistance would be forthcoming. It was a cynical ploy, since 

Bush can be seen in retrospect to have had no intention whatever of backing up these 

rebellions. During the month of March, tens of thousand of additional casualties and 

untold human misery would be the sole results of these insurrections, which led to the 

mass exodus of the hapless and wretched Kurds into Iran and Turkey. 

The Soviets were still seeking to save half a face from a massacre which they had aided 

and abetted; diplomacy would also help take the mind of the world off the Baltic 

bloodshed of the Soviet special forces. During the week after Saddam Hussein's trial 

balloon for a pullout from Kuwait, Yevgeny Primakov attempted to assemble a ceasefire. 

Primakov's efforts were brushed aside with single-empire arrogance by Bush, who 

spoke off the cuff at a photo opportunity: "Very candidly...while expressing appreciation 

for his sending it to us, it falls well short of what would be required. As far as I am 

concerned, there are no negotiations. The goals have been set out. There will be no

concessions." Primakov had issued a call that "the slaughter must be stopped. I am not 

saying that the war was justified before, but its continuation cannot now be justified from 

any point of view. A people is perishing." Foreign Minister Bessmertnykh complained 

that "the plan was addressed to the Iraqi leadership, so [Bush] rejected the plan which did 

not belong to him." [fn 87] Diplomatically, the once mighty Soviet Union had ceased to 

exist; the collapse of the Soviet state had been accelerated by its seconding of the Anglo- 

American designs in the Gulf, and the opinions of the Kremlin now counted for nothing. 

Primakov and Tariq Aziz then proceeded to transform the original Soviet 8-point plan 

into a more demanding 6-point plan, including some of the demands of the Anglo- 

Americans on the timetable of withdrawal and other issues. Bush's answer to that, on the 

morning of Friday, February 22, was a 24-hour ultimatum to Iraq to begin an "immediate 

and unconditional withdrawal from Kuwait" or face an immediate attack by coalition 

land forces. Many Iraqi units were now already in retreat; the essence of the US demands 

was to make Iraq accept a pullout so rapid that all equipment and supplies must be left 

behind. It is clear that, even if Iraq had accepted Bush's terms, he would have found 

reasons to continue the air bombardment. During the following days, the principal 

activity of US planes was to bomb columns of Iraqi forces leaving Kuwait and retreating 

towards the north, towards Iraq, in exact compliance with the UN resolutions. But Bush 

now wanted to fulfill his quota of 100,000 dead Iraqi soldiers. During the evening of 

Saturday, February 23, Bush spoke from the White House announcing an order to Gen. 

Schwarzkopf to "use all forces, including ground forces, to eject the Iraqi army from 

Kuwait." [fn 88] It emerged in retrospect that many Iraqi military units had left Kuwait 

weeks before the final land battle. Well-informed observers thought that the Iraqi 

Republican Guard had been reduced to less than three functioning combat divisions by 

Bush's air and ground assaults, but it shortly became clear that there were at least five 

Republican Guard divisions in the field at something approaching full strength. Finally, 

on February 27, after 41 days of war, Bush ordered a cease-fire. "Our military objectives 

are met," proclaimed Bush. [fn 89] 

Because all reports on Operation Desert Shield and Operation Desert Storm were covered 

by the strictest military censorship, and because most news organizations of the US and 

the other coalition states were more than willing to operate under these conditions, most 

of the details of these operations are still in the realm of Anglo-American mind war. 

The coalition air fleets had carried out some 120,000 sorties against Iraq. If each sortie 

had claimed but a single Iraqi life, then 120,000 Iraqis had perished. In reality, total Iraqi 

casualties of killed, wounded, and missing, plus the civilian losses from famine, disease, 

and pestilence must have been in the neighborhood of 500,000 by the end of 1991. 

In early March, Bush addressed a special session of the Congress on what he chose to call 

the end of the war. This time it was Bush's personal apotheosis; he was frequently 

interrupted by manic applause. Bush's mind war had succeeded. Resistance to the war 

had been driven virtually underground; bloodthirsty racism ruled most public discourse 

for a time. It was one of the most wretched moments of the American spirit. Bush, who 

was consciously preparing new wars, was careful not to promise peace: "Even the new

world order cannot guarantee an era of perpetual peace." Bush now turned his attention to 

"the domestic front," where he was quick to make clear that the new world order begins 

at home: his main proposal was the administration's omnibus crime bill. One of the main 

features of this monstrous legislation was an unprecedented expansion in the use of the 

death penalty for a long list of federal crimes. Bush had enjoyed giving international 

ultimata so much that he decided to try one on the Congress: "If our forces could win the 

ground war in 100 hours, then surely the Congress can pass this legislation in 100 days. 

Let that be a promise we make tonight to the American people." [fn 90] Bring the killing 

back home, said Bush in effect. 

Many commentators, especially Bush's own allies in the neoconservative pro-Zionist 

camp, were greatly disappointed that Bush was terminating the hostilities without 

liquidating Saddam Hussein, and without guaranteeing the partition of Iraq. Bush was 

restrained by a series of considerations. Further penetration into Iraq would have 

necessitated the long-term occupation of large cities, exposing the occupiers to the 

dangers that the US Marines had faced in Beirut in 1982. If Bush were determined to 

wipe out the government of Iraq, then he would have to provide an occupation 

government, or else let the country collapse into civil war and partition. One of the big 

winners in any partition would surely be Iran; the mullah regime would use its Shiite 

organizations in southern Iraq to carve off a large piece of Iraqi territory, placing Iran in 

an excellent position to threaten both Saudi Arabia and Kuwait early in the postwar 

period. This would have caused much dismay in the Saudi royal family. Arab public 

opinion was inflamed to such a degree that most Arab governments would not have been 

able to participate in the destruction of the Iraqi Baath Party, since this was an objective 

that was clearly not covered by the UN resolutions. Based on these and other 

considerations, Bush appears to have made a characteristic snap decision to end the war. 

Bush ended the war with a claim that the US casualty list for the entire operation stood at 

223 killed; but, in keeping with the mind war censorship that had cloaked all the 

proceedings, no casualty list was ever published. The true number of those killed is 

therefore not known, and is likely to be much higher than that claimed by Bush. 

A part of southern Iraq was occupied by the US and other coalition forces. On March 14, 

Bush met with Mitterrand on the French island of Martinique and there was some falling 

out on questions of the future new world order "architecture" in the Middle East. On 

March 16, Bush met with British Prime Minister Major on Bermuda. Bush's public line 

was that there could be no normalization of relations with Iraq as long as Saddam 

Hussein remained in power. Since the days of the Treaty of Sevres at the end of World 

War I, London had been toying with the idea of an independent Kurdish state in eastern 

Anatolia. The British were also anxious to use the aftermath of the war in order to 

establish precedents in international law to undermine the sovereignty of independent 

nations, and to create ethnic enclaves short of a complete partition of Iraq. British, Israeli, 

and US assets had combined to provoke a large-scale Kurdish uprising in northern Iraq, 

and this produced a civil war in the country. But the Republican Guard, which had 

allegedly been destroyed by the coalition, and the Iraqi army, were still capable of 

defending the Baath Party government against these challenges, a factor which doubtless 

also cooled Bush's enthusiasm for further intervention.

During the latter half of March, calls were made for the creation of a Kurdish enclave in 

northern Iraq under the protection of the coalition. On April 2, the State Department 

restated the Bush administration line of non-intervention and "hands off" Iraqi internal 

affairs, and Bush himself repeated this line on April 3. But British pressure was about to 

create an extraordinary reversal, which showed the world that even after the departure of 

Thatcher, and while he was allegedly at the height of his glory, Bush was still taking 

orders from London. On April 5, Bush yielded partially to the clamor to intervene in 

favor of the Kurds, who had now been militarily defeated by the Iraqi army and were 

seeking refuge in Iran and in the Turkish mountains of southeast Anatolia. On April 7, 

US planes began air drops of supplies into these Turkish and Iraqi areas. Then, on April 

8, Major repeated his demand for "safe zone" enclaves for the Kurds to be created and 

guaranteed by the coalition in territory carved out of northern Iraq. It was a clear 

interference in Iraqi internal affairs, and a clear violation of international law, but the 

British were backed up by the choplogic theorizing of French Foreign Minister Roland 

Dumas, who advanced the theory of the "humanitarian intervention" as a fig-leaf for the 

sweeping power of wealthy imperialists to trample on the weak and the starving in the 

future. 

Bush was haunted by the spectre of getting bogged down in endless guerilla warfare in 

the mountains of northern Iraq, just as the Soviets had in Afghanistan. On April 13, Bush 

told an audience of 2,500 at Maxwell Air Force Base War College in Montgomery, 

Alabama: 

Internal conflicts have been raging in Iraq for many years, and we're helping out, and 

we're going to continue to help these refugees. But I do not want one single soldier or 

airman shoved into a civil war in Iraq that's been going on for ages. And I'm not going to 

have that. 

"Saddam's continued savagery has placed his regime outside the international order," said 

Bush. But "we will not interfere in Iraq's civil war. The Iraqi people must decide their 

own political future." [fn 91] 

But the British pressure was unrelenting; this was a chance to rewrite international law 

and to deal a crushing blow to previous concepts of sovereignty. Bush finally harkened to 

his master's voice. On April 16, he announced the total reversal of his own policy: 

...I have directed the US military to begin immediately to establish several encampments 

in northern Iraq where relief supplies for these refugees will be made available in large 

quantities and distributed in an orderly way. 

Among those he said he had consulted, Bush mentioned Major. But what about Bush's 

previous vehement pledges never to take such a step? One timid voice in the press 

conference ventured to ask: 

Q: Do you feel certain enough of their safety that you feel this is not inconsistent with 

your earlier statements about not putting one US soldier's life on the line?

Bush: Yes, I do. I think this is entirely different, and I think it's a-- I just feel it's what's 

needed in terms of helping these people. And so some may interpret it that way; I don't. I 

think it's purely humanitarian, and I think representations have been made as recently as 

today that they'd be-- you know, that these people would be safe. So I hope it proves that 

way. [fn 92] 

This decision created an Anglo-American enclave in northern Iraq that expanded during a 

period of several weeks before stabilizing. US forces left Iraqi territory by July 15, but 

some of them stayed behind as part of a very ominous rapid deployment force jointly 

created by the US, the UK, France, Italy, Belgium, and the Netherlands and based in 

southeast Turkey. This was called Operation Poised Hammer (in British parlance, Sword 

of Damocles), and was allegedly stationed to protect the Kurds from future attacks by 

Saddam. Many observers noted that this force was optimally positioned to go north and 

east as well as south and west, meaning that the Poised Hammer force had to be regarded 

as pre-positioned for a possible move into the southern, Islamic belt of the crumbling 

Soviet empire. 

On April 16 and April 29, Iraq, having complied with most of the cease-fire conditions 

imposed by Bush through the UN Security Council, requested that the economic embargo 

imposed in early August, 1990 be finally lifted so as to permit the country to buy food, 

medicine, and other basic goods on the world market, and to sell oil in order to pay for 

them. But Bush's committment to genocide was truly implacable. Bush first obstructed 

the Iraqi requests with a debate on the conditions for the payment of Iraqi reparations and 

the country's international financial debt, and then stated on May 20: "At this juncture, 

my view is we don't want to lift the sanctions as long as [Saddam Hussein] is in power." 

In the Congress, Rep. Tim Penny of Minneosta and Rep. Henry Gonzalez of Texas 

offered resolutions to relax the sanctions or to end them entirely, but the Bush machine 

blocked every move in that direction. Here Bush risked isolation in the court of world 

public opinion. On July 12, the Aga Khan returned from a visit to Iraq to propose that the 

sanctions be lifted. The lives of hundreds of thousands of Iraqi children were in danger 

because of the lack of clean water, food, medicine, and basic health services; during the 

summer of 1991, infant mortality in Iraq rose almost 400% over the pre-war period. 

The spring of 1991 brought a political signal that was very ominous for Bush's future. 

This bad omen for George came in the form of a New York Times op-ed written by 

William G. Hyland, the well-known Kissinger clone serving as editor for the magazine 

Foreign Affairs, the quarterly organ of the New York Council on Foreign Relations, and 

one of the flagship publications of the Eastern Anglophile Liberal Establishment. The 

article was entitled "Downgrade Foreign Policy," and appeared on May 20, 1991. 

Hyland's thesis was that "The United States has never been less threatened by foreign 

forces than it is today. But the unfortunate corollary is that never since the Great 

Depression has the threat to domestic well-being been greater." Hyland demanded that 

Bush pay more attention to domestic policy, and his proposals for US military 

disengagement abroad were radical enough to raise the eyebrows of the London 

Financial Times,; which called attention to Hyland's catalogue of Bush's "disastrous

domestic agenda: crime, drugs, education, urban crisis, federal budget deficits and a 

constant squeeze on the middle class, the backbone of our democracy." 

What Hyland's backers had in mind as remedies for these problems boiled down to 

modern versions of the Mussolini fascist corporate state. Hyland's litany that Bush had to 

pay more attention to domestic crises and especially the battered US economy soon 

became the stock rhetoric of Democratic presidential candidates demanding a transition 

from Bush's voluntary corporatism (the "thousand points of light") to the compulsory 

corporatism of Gen. Hugh Johnson's National Recovery Administration, with an 

economy organized into obligatory, state-controlled cartels to reduce wages and cut 

production. This was the reality that lurked behind the edifying rhetoric about poverty, 

joblessness, and the decline of the middle class purveyed by the official Democratic 

presidential contenders who finally emerged by the end of 1991. But for Bush, the 

Hyland article was a clear indication that Wall Street was becoming disenchanted with 

his policies. 

On a number of occasions, Bush threatened to renew the air war against Iraq. One threat 

of air strikes came between July 25 and July 28, using the issue of alleged Iraqi 

concealment of nuclear programs. Then, in what amounted to an early campaign foray 

into a number of western states, Bush made new threats between September 18 and 

September 20, including an enraged monologue at the Grand Canyon in the company of 

the ghoulish Scowcroft. 

Bush was determined to exploit the momentum gained during the violence and extortion 

of the Gulf crisis to further the cause of Anglo-American economic war and trade war 

against Germany, Japan, the developing countries, and the Soviet bloc. In mid-February, 

in the midst of the Gulf war, Bush's resident harpie at the Trade Representative's Office, 

Carla Hills, had virtually declared war against the western European Airbus consortium, 

accusing this group of firms of protectionism, subsidies, and violations of exisiting 

GATT regulations. On June 27, 1990, Bush had announced his "Enterprise for the 

Americas" in effect a plan for a free trade zone stretching from the North Pole to Tierra 

del Fuego, all to be subjected to unbridled looting by the US dollar. At that time Bush 

had stated that "the US stands ready to enter into free trade agreements with other 

markets in Latin America and the Caribbean... and the first step in this process is a trade 

agreement with Mexico." During the Gulf buildup, Bush had met with Mexican President 

Carlos Salinas de Gortari in Salinas's home town of Agualeguas in northern Mexico. The 

leading item on the agenda was the Wall Street demand for a US-Mexico free trade 

agreement which, together with the exisiting US-Canada free trade arrangement, would 

amount to a North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). The negotiation of this 

deal would begin during 1991. The essence of NAFTA was a wholly deregulated free 

trade zone in which remaining factories and other businesses in the United States would 

move their operations to Mexico in order to take advantage of an average hourly wage of 

98 cents an hour as against $11 an hour in US manufacturing. The legal minimum wage 

in Mexico was the equivalent of 59 cents an hour. It was a plan for runaway shops on an 

unprecedented scale; the Mexican sweat shops or "maquiladoras" were so brutal in their 

exploitative practices as to constitute an "Auschwitz below the border." Salinas visited

Washington on April 7, 1991, and Bush once again called for free trade with Mexico: 

"My administration is committed totally to the free trade agreement with Mexico and 

Canada," said Bush. "It is priority for the United States, the US government." 

Then there was the Uruguay round of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. The 

goal of the Bushmen in in the GATT talks was to press forward towards what Bush called 

"global free trade;" all nations were to be coerced into giving up their inherent sovereign 

rights to intervene in favor of their own farmers, industrialists, and other producers. An 

important aspect of this thrust was the Anglo-American demand that the European 

Community dismantle its system of payments to farmers. In October, at the UN, Bush 

would press for the completion of GATT: "The Uruguay Round offers hope to 

developing nations. I cannot stress enough...History shows that protectionism can destroy 

wealth within countries and poison relations between them. 

Bush demanded from the US Congress the ability to negotiate both GATT and NAFTA 

on a "fast track" basis. This meant that Bush wanted to be able to negotiate vital 

international trade agreements, and then submit them to Congress on an all-or-nothing, 

take-it-or-leave-it basis. The Congress could make no amendments nor add statements of 

clarification; such rubber-stamping would undermine the right of the senate to provide 

advice and consent in treaties. There was considerable resistance in Congress to the fast 

track for NAFTA and GATT, and this was backed up by the rank and file of the AFL- 

CIO trade unions, who did not wish to see their jobs exported. But the chances for 

stopping the fast track in the summer of 1991 were ruined by the defection of Missouri 

Congressman Richard Gephardt, whose ties to organized labor were strong, but who 

neverthless came out in favor of the fast track on May 9. Gephardt had clashed with Bush 

during 1989, when Bush was recorded in the congressional press gallery as complaining 

"I tell you, I'm displeased with Gephardt, the way he made it so really kind of personal." 

But during 1990, Gephardt had settled into the Bush Democrat mould, except for some 

opposition to Bush's war policy in the Gulf. By 1991, Gephardt was in Bush's pocket. 

The fast track cleared Congress on May 23. 

Bush sought to extend the zone of "free trade" looting ever southward. In mid-June, the 

Brazilian President Collor de Mello came to the White House, where Bush greeted him as 

"my kind of guy." Collor, like Salinas, was anxious to dissolve national sovereignty into 

a "free market." The discussion revolved around reducing trade barriers between the 

future NAFTA and the Southern Common Market of Brazil, Argentina, Paraguay, and 

Uruguay. Collor also pledged to preserve the Amazon rain forest, a demand that was 

becoming the focus of the UN's "Eco '92" conference set to take place in Brazil. Shortly 

after this, Bush would hold a Rose Garden ceremony to celebrate the triumphant progress 

of his Enterprise for the Americas free trade steamroller since its inception one year 

before. 

Continuing violence was the staple of the New World Order. Elections in India were 

scheduled for late May, and the likely victor was Rajiv Gandhi, whose mother had been 

assassinated by Anglo-American intelligence in 1984. Rajiv Gandhi, during his time in 

the opposition, had experienced a remarkable process of personal maturation. During the

Gulf crisis and the war against Iraq, he had used his position as chief of the opposition to 

force the weak Chandra Shakar government to reject a US demand for landing rights for 

US military aircraft transferring war material from the Philippines toward Saudi Arabia. 

If re-elected prime minister of India, Rajiv Gandhi would very likely have assumed a 

position of leadership among world forces determined to resist the Anglo-American New 

World Order; he also would have offered the best hope of frustrating London's gambit of 

a new Indo-Pakistani war according to the game plan in which Bush had participated 

back in 1970. The Anglo-American media did not conceal their venomous hatred of 

Rajiv. He was assassinated while campaigning on May 21, and his death was widely 

attributed in India to the CIA. 

Bush's approach to sabotaging and containing continental Europe including doing 

everything possible to create a new war on the Balkan flank of that continent. This was 

done as openly as possible, through a visit to Belgrade by James Baker. Baker met with 

the presidents of the two Yugoslav federal republics which had been seeking either a 

loose confederation or else their own outright independence, Milan Kucan of Slovenia 

and Franjo Tudjman of Croatia. Baker warned both that they would get no US 

recognition and no US economic aid if they seceded from the Yugoslav federation. "We 

came to Yugoslavia because of our concern about the crisis and about the dangers of a 

disintegration of this country. The concerns that we came to Yugoslavia with have not 

been allayed by the meetings we had today. We think that the situation is very serious," 

said Baker. The breakup of Yugoslavia would have "very tragic consequences." Baker 

added a very ominously: "We worry, frankly, about history repeating itself." Baker was 

talking about Sarajevo and how the conflict of Serbia with Austria-Hungary had 

detonated a general war and devastated Europe. Baker had a special meeting with the 

Serbian fascist strongman, Slobodan Milosevic, in which Baker encouraged the Serbian 

military to suppress any rebellion with military means. The federal army assaults on 

Slovenia, and then on Croatia, can be dated from these exchanges, which succeeded in 

creating the first war and the first bombing of civilians in central Europe since 1945. 

Interviews during this same time frame by Undersecretary of State Lawrence 

Eagleburger, the Kissinger Associates veteran who had been on the board of the US 

importer of Yugo automobiles, and on the board of a Yugoslav bank involved in drug 

money laundering, left no doubt of US intent: in Eagleburger's babbling, every other 

word was "civil war." 

US brokerage houses waxed eloquent over how the incipient Yugoslav civil war would 

prevent investment in most countries of central Europe, and would ruin the economic 

hinterland of united Germany. Yugoslavia had been ravaged by the conditionalities of the 

IMF during the 1980's, and it was this regime that Bush was imposing in Poland, and 

which he wanted to extend to the rest of eastern Europe and the republics emerging from 

the USSR. 

Gorbachov had been invited to the Group of Seven summit in London as a result of 

pressure from the continental Europeans which Bush and Major had been unable to 

withstand. But all that Gorbachov could bring home from this meeting was the promise 

of "technical assistance" from the IMF, meaning the advice of Jeffrey Sachs of Harvard,

an incompetent charlatan who had presided over the ruin of Poland. On the last two days 

of July, Bush went to Moscow for a summit with Gorbachov that centered on the signing 

of a treaty on reducing strategic armaments. Erstwhile condominium partners Gorbachov 

and Primakov pressed for economic assistance and investments, but all that Bush was 

willing to offer was a vague committment to forward to Congress the trade treaty of 

1990, which would provide, if approved, for the extension of the Most Favored Nation 

treatment to Moscow. Soviet black beret special forces units deliberately massacred six 

Lithuanian border guards as Bush was arriving, but Bush maintained a pose of studied 

disinterest in the freedom of the Baltics. And not only of the Baltics: after the sessions 

with Gorbachov were over, Bush went to Kiev, the capital of the Ukraine, where he 

rejected a private meeting with Ivan Drach, the leader of the Rukh, the main opposition 

movement. In the Ukrainian capital on August 1, "Chicken Kiev" Bush made his 

infamous speech in which he warned about the dangers inherent in nationalism. 

Bush's Kiev speech stands out in retrospect as compelling evidence of his relentless 

opposition to anticommunist and antisoviet movements in the moribund Soviet empire, 

and of his relentless desire to do evil. Typically, Bush quoted his idol, Theodore 

Roosevelt: "To be patronized is as offensive as to be insulted. No one of us cares 

permanently to have someone else conscientiously striving to do him good. What- we 

want to work with that someone else for the good of both of us." Then Bush got to the 

heart of the matter, his diehard support for Gorbachov and the imperial edifice erected by 

Lenin and Stalin: " Some people have urged the United States to choose between 

supporting President Gorbachov and supporting independence-minded leaders throughout 

the USSR. I consider this a false choice." And then, the crowning insult to the 

Ukrainians, who had been denied their nationhood for centuries: "...freedom is not the 

same as independence. Americans will not support those who seek in order to replace a 

far-off tyranny with a local despotism. They will not aid those who promote a suicidal 

nationalism based upon ethnic hatred." [fn 93] It was an insult the Ukrainians and other 

freedom fighters will not soon forget, and it had the benefit of opening the eyes of more 

than a few as to what kind of bird this Bush really was. 

Again Bush's policy was a recipe for destabilization, starvation, and war: he encouraged 

the Kremlin to crack down, but offered no economic cooperation, insisting instead on 

IMF super-austerity. During the third week after Bush had left Moscow, the abortive 

putsch of the Group of 8 took place. In the wake of the failed putsch, Bush was one of the 

last world leaders to announce the restoration of diplomatic relations with the Baltic 

states through the sending of an ambassador; Bush had delayed for three additional days 

in response to an explicit request from Gorbachov. By the time Bush had accepted Baltic 

freedom, it was September 2. Bush clung to Gorbachov long after the latter had in fact 

ceased to exist. Gorbachov was gone by the end of 1991, and the alternative rejected by 

Bush in Kiev turned out to have been the real one. 

Soviet policy led the agenda when Major visited Bush at Kennebunkport at the end of 

August. The two Anglo-Saxon champions proposed to offer the former USSR republics 

"practical help in converting their economy into one that works," as Major put it. This 

translated into accelerating the "special association" of the Soviet Union (and/or its

successor states) with the IMF, "with a view to full membership in due course for those 

who qualify" by virtue of their adoption of the disastrous Polish model. Bush urged 

Americans to wait "until the dust settles" and until "there are more cards on the table." "I 

got incidentally turned in for being testy," complained Bush about comment on his 

previous remarks stressing indifference to personnel changes in Moscow. "And I'm 

wondering what we're going to do for an encore next August, John," added Bush, 

"because last year, as you know, it was the Gulf." [fn 94] 

But for George Bush, the essence of the postwar months of 1991 was a succession of 

personal triumphs, a succession which he hoped to extend all the way to the 1992 

election. In mid-May, Queen Elizabeth II visited Washington in the context of a tour of 

several American cities. In an event which marked a new step in the moral degeneracy of 

the United States, Elizabeth Mountbatten-Windsor, lineal descendant of the hated George 

III of Hannover, became the first monarch of the United Kingdom ever to address a joint 

session of the Congress. Elizabeth spoke with the cynical hypocrisy which is the hallmark 

of Anglo-American propaganda. She portrayed Britain and the United States as united by 

the rejection of Mao's old dictum that political power "grows out of the barrel of a gun." 

She alleged that the spontaneous reaction of both Britain and the United States to the 

Kuwait crisis was the same, that it represented "an outrage to be reversed, both for the 

people of Kuwait and for the sake of the principle that naked aggression should not 

prevail." "Our views were identical and so were our responses," said Elizabeth, paying 

tribute to Bush. She also seemed to hint at open-ended committments in the Gulf with her 

line that "unfortunately, experience shows that great enterprises seldom end with a tidy 

and satisfactory flourish." One who preserved his honor by boycotting this session was 

Congressman Gus Savage, who called Elizabeth "the Queen of colonialism," presiding 

over an exploited empire in the third world. Bush basked in the praise directed to the 

leader of the free world, and for his part raised a few eyebrows by calling Britain "the 

mother country." Bush's enjoyment was marred by the exhaustion brought on by his 

thyroid problems. And not everyone appreciated Elizabeth: one Washington Post writer 

stirred up the Anglophiles by describing her as "this fusty cartoon, this upholstered relic 

in white gloves, this corgi-button defender of an ill-kept faith." [fn 95] 

In early June, there was the triumph accorded to General Schwarzkopf for the Gulf war. 

Bush viewed the parade and aircraft flyover from a reviewing stand set up in front of the 

White House, and met Schwarzkopf personally when he arrived. In the wake of the war, 

said Bush, "there is a new and wonderful feeling in America." In the Roman triumphs, 

the victorious general was crowned with bay leaves, and dressed in a purple toga 

embossed with golden stars. He also received the services of a slave who persistently 

reminded him that he was mortal, and that all glory was fleeting. Bush would have 

benefitted from the services of such a slave on that June 8. [fn 96] 

The high tide of Bush's megalomania as the emperor of the new world order was perhaps 

reached at the United Nations in September. It was an elaboration of the previous year's 

oration on the New World Order. First, Bush made clear what the developing sector 

could expect in the postwar world: "The world has learned that free markets provide 

levels of prosperity, growth, and happiness that centrally planned economies can never

offer...Here in the chamber we hear about North-South problems. But free and open 

trade, including unfettered access to markets and credit, offer developing countries the 

means of self-sufficiency and economic dignity. If the Uruguay round should fail, a new 

wave of protectionism could destroy our hopes for a better future." 

Bush then claimed credit, if not for the end of history, then for a revival of history in the 

areas which had been dominated by communism. "Communism held history captive for 

years....This revival of history ushers in a new era teeming with opportunities and 

perils....History's revival enables people to pursue their natural instincts for enterprise. 

Communism froze that progress until its failures became too much for even its defenders 

to bear." 

Bush then turned to the war of the coalition against Iraq which he celebrated as a "third 

historical breakthrough: international cooperation," a "measured, principled, deliberate 

and courageous response to Saddam Hussein," and, most ominously, "a model for the 

collective settlement of disputes." "And it is the United States view that we must keep the 

United Nations sanctions in place as long as [Saddam Hussein] remains in power." "This 

is not to say-- and let me be clear on this one-- that we should punish the Iraqi people." 

Bush demanded that the General Assembly take back its resolution equating Zionism 

with racism. Bush's approach to Israel was always balanced, always within the bounds of 

the Knesset; this concession balanced his prodding of Shamir to come to a peace 

conference which Bush wanted to hold in late October. 

Bush's peroration reverted to the theme of the Single Empire, the Anglo-Saxon New 

World Order: 

Finally, you may wonder about America's role in the new world that I have described. Let 

me assure you, the United States has no intention of striving for a Pax Americana. 

However, we will remain engaged. We will not retreat and pull back into isolationism. 

We will offer friendship and leadership. And in short, we seek a Pax Universalis built 

upon shared responsibilities and aspirations." [fn 97] 

The emperor of the new world order had spoken; now, woe to the vanquished! 

NOTES: 

1. Suetonius, The Lives of the Twelve Casears (New York: Modern Library, 1931), p. 258. 

2. Suetonius, p. 172. 

3. "Bush is Optimistic After Talks with Gorbachov," Washington Post,> March 14, 1985. 

4. Bob Woodward, The Commanders, p. 54-55.

5. "Bush Dismisses Gorbachov Complaint," Washington Post, April 8, 1989. 

6. "Reagan Is Concerned About Bush's Indecision," Washington Post, May 6, 1989. 

7. "Bush Rebukes Critics of Arms Policy," Washington Post, September 19, 1989. 

8. "Bush Hails 'Dramatic' Decision," Washington Post, November 10, 1989. 

9. "Bush: The Secret Presidency," Newsweek, January 1, 1990. 

10. "Berlin and Bush's Emotional Wall," Washington Post, November 14, 1989. 

11. "Text of President Bush's Address," Washington Post, November 23, 1989. 

12. People, April 9, 1990. 

13. See "Tracking Thyroid Problems," Washington Times, May 29, 1991. This article, anxious to prevent 

the reader from associating the broccoli outburst with the mental and thryoid problems of the spring of 

1990, hastens to add: "There is no evidence that lack of broccoli causes Graves disease." Graves disease 

was the official White House lable for Bush's thyroid malady, which medical professionals without political 

axes to grind have tended to classify as Basedow's disease. 

14. "Transcript of Bush-Gorbachov News Conference," Washington Post,> June 4, 1990. 

15. Jim Hoagland, "The Deal Behind the Summit," Washington Post, June 5, 1990. 

16. See "Marshall Says He Never Heard of Bush's Nominee," New York Times, July 27, 1990; "Marshall 

Slams Gavel on Souter," Washington Times, July 27, 1990. At about the same time that Marshall quit, Rep. 

William Gray of Philadelphia, the Democratic Majority Whip, announced his resignation from the House to 

become the president of the United Negro College Fund. Gray had been under heavy police state attack 

from the FBI, and was hounded from office. Within a few weeks, Bush had disposed of the top-ranking 

black officials of both the legislative and judicial branches of government. 

17. Hobart Rowen, "A Near-Depression," Washington Post, January 10, 1991. 

18. "Bush Opens Door to Tax-Hike Talks," Washington Post, May 8, 1990. 

19. Alan Friedman, "The Neil Bush Bailout," Vanity Fair, October, 1990. 

20. "Bush Defends Fitzwater in S&L Finger-Pointing," Washington Post, June 21, 1990. Bush vetoed H.R. 

770, the Family and Medical Leave Bill, which would have required employers with 50 or more employees 

to provide their workers with up to 12 weeks of unpaid>, job-protected leave each year to care for a new 

child or a seriously ill child, parent, or spouse, or to use as "medical leave" if an eployee is seriously ill. 

The measure only required the employer to continue health benefits while the employee was on leave. The 

House failed to override the veto by a 232 to 195 vote on July 23, 1990. 

21. "President Talks About a Family Matter," New York Times, July 12, 1990. 

22. "The Silver Fox Speaks Her Mind," People Weekly, August, 1990. 

23. At last report, Neil Bush was at large in Houston, Texas, where he had taken a job as a "new business 

director" with TransMedia Communications. This company is a subsidiary of Prime Network, a Denver-

ased firm which is owned by Bill Daniels, a friend of the Bush family. According to informed sources, 

Neil Bush's new job was secured with the help of John McMullen, a minority shareholder in Prime 

Network and owner of the Houston Astros baseball team. Neil was lodging at the Houstonian Hotel, which 

is also father George's voting address. According to press accounts, Neil Bush was still hoping to sell his 

home in Denver for about $500,000. See the Houston Chronicle, July 17, 1991. To help defray Neil's legal 

expenses, a fund has been established with the help of former Ohio Democratic Congressman and Skull and 

Bones member Thomas L. "Lud" Ashley, president of the Association of Bank Holding Companies. a 

lobbying group. In April, 1991 federal regulators ended their 14-month inquiry into Neil Bush by directing 

him to refrain from future conflicts of interest in his involvement with federally insured financial 

institutions. This was the mildest sanction in the official arsenal. In May, 1991, the FDIC agreed to settle 

their negligence suit with Neil Bush and the other Silverado figures for $49.5 million. See the New York 

Times, June 9, 1991. 

24. Webster G. Tarpley, "Is Bush Courting a Middle East war and new oil crisis?", Executive Intelligence 

Review, March 31, 1989. In early August, 1989, after the pro-Iranian Organization of the Oppressed of the 

Earth had announced the its execution of US Marine Lt. Col. William R. Higgins, Bush did post a 

battleship and a carrier to the eastern Mediterranean, and a carrier in the northern Arabian Sea, thus 

threatening both Iran and Syria, whose forces went on alert in the Bekaa Valley and elswehere. 

25. "Stop Bush's Rush to World War III," New Federalist, February 11, 1991. 

26. "Administration Attempts to Blunt Israeli Criticism," Washington Post, March 6, 1990. 

27. "For Bush, Life on the Run Catches Up," New York Times, July 6, 1990. 

28. Bush's Gulf Crisis: The Beginning of World War III?, EIR Special Report (Washington, September 

1990), pp. 27-28. 

29. Bon Woodward, The Commanders (New York, 1991), p. p. 205-206. 

30. Nora Boustany and Patrick E. Tyler, "Iraq Masses Troops at Kuwait Border," Washington Post, July 24, 

1990. See also New York Times, July 24, 1990. 

31. "US Pursues Diplomatic Solution in Persian Gulf Crisis, Warns Iraq,' July 25, 1990. 

32. Bush's Gulf Crisis: The Beginning of World War III ? (Washington: Executive Intelligence Review, 

1990), pp. 28-29. 

33. Woodward, Commanders, p. 218. 

34. Woodward, Commanders, p. 224-229. 



37. New York Times, August 4, 1990. 

38. Woodward, Commanders, p. 253. 

39. Woodward, Commanders, p. 254.

40. See Maureen Dowd, "The Guns of August Make a Dervish Bush Whirl Even Faster," New York Times, 

August 7, 1990, and "The Longest Week: How President Decided to Draw the Line," New York Times, 

August 9, 1990. 

41. "Decision Came Saturday at Camp David," Washington Post, August 9, 1990. 

42. "Transcript of News Conference Reamarks by Bush on Iraq Crisis," New York Times, August 6, 1990. 





47. "Bush's Talk of a 'New World Order:' Foreign Policy Tool or Mere Slogan?", Washington Post, May 

26, 1991. 


49. "Bush: Out of These Troubled Times... a New World Order," Washington Post, September 12, 1990/ 

50. Eleanor Clift, "The 'Carterization' of Bush, Newsweek, October 22, 1990. 

51. Facts on File, 1990, pp. 740-741. 

52. See Newsweek, October 22, 1990, p. 20 ff. 


54. "Bush Seeks Firing of Party Official," Washington Post, October 26, 1990. 

55. "Candidates Spurn Bush's Embrace," Washington Post, October 24, 1990. 

56. "On West Coast, President Rails Against Democrats," and "Bush Says Democrats 'Choked the 

Economy,'" Washington Post, October 27 and October 30, 1990. 

57. Kevin Phillips, "The Bush Blueprint Bombs," Newsweek, November 19, 1990. 

58. "Bush is Sharply Questioned By Lawmakers on Gulf Policy," Washington Post, October 31, 1990. 

59. Business week, November 19, 1990, 

60. New York Times, November 29 and November 11, 1990. 

61. Washington Times, November 8, 1990. 


63. James Reston, "Too Early for Bush to Dial 911," New York Times,> November 12, 1990.

64. New York Times, November 15, 1990. 

65. New York Times, November 16, 1990.> 


67. "Support for Gulf Policy Seen 'At Teetering Point,'" Washington Post, November 19, 1990. 

68. "Citing Geneva Incidents, US Will Protest to Swiss," Washington Post, November 25, 1990. 

70. Washington Post, December 1, 1990. 

71. New York Times, December 20, 1990. 



74. "Loans to Sen. Hatfield Forgiven, Records Show," Washington Post, May 10, 1991. 


76. "Sheddings Tears, Bush Tells Baptists of Praying as Gulf War Neared," New York Times June 6, 1991. 

77. See photo, Washington Post, August 4, 1980. 

78. "Billy Graham: 'I Am Not a Communist,'" Washington Post, May 20, 1982. 

79. "Bush and Saddam's Holy War of Words," Washington Post, February 3, 1991. 

80. People, December, 1990, p. 53. 

81. "First Lady Breaks Her Leg While Sledding," Washington Post, January 14, 1991. 

82. New York Times, January 18, 1991. 


84. "Describing Moral Debate, Bush Spellbinds Audience," Washington Post, January 26, 1991. 





89. Washington Post, February 28, 1991.

90. New York Times, March 7, 1991. 





95. Washington Post, May 17 and May 25, 1991. 


97. Facts on File, September 1991.

Chapter -XXV- THYROID STORM 

Caesar non super grammaticos 

(The emperor cannot defy the grammarians.) 

--Marcus Pomponius Marcellus to Tiberius 

When speaking in his capacity as an ideologue, George Bush has always expressed a 

great admiration for Theodore Roosevelt. When Bush moved into the Oval Office, he 

removed the portrait of Calvin Coolidge placed there by Reagan and replaced it with a 

likeness of the Rough Rider. Bush's references to his devotion to Theodore Roosevelt are 

strewn across his public career, and especially his White House years. They came thick 

and fast during the period of the Panama invasion, but were also prominent during the 

Gulf crisis. Here is one from late November, 1990: 

Certainly I get inspiration from Teddy Roosevelt. Actually there's a parallel, not an exact 

parallel obviously, between San Juan Hill and Kuwait City. I've just been reading an 

interesting treatise on Teddy Roosevelt; his conviction and his determination and his 

leadership inspire me. All of those things inspire Presidents, I think. [fn 1] 

Bush's endorsement for Teddy Roosevelt is an endorsement for a world outlook and for a 

policy orientation. Inseparably from that, it is also a statement of affinity for a certain 

form of psychopathology that is associated with Teddy. 

As one of the authors has shown [fn 2], Roosevelt's maternal uncle was Captain James D. 

Bulloch, the head of the Confederate intelligence services in Europe and the outfitter of 

the infamous Confederate raiders Alabama, Shenandoah, and others. Theodore 

Roosevelt's elevation to the presidency represented a personal union between the New 

York-Boston patrician financiers with the secessionist slaveholders. First and foremost, 

Teddy Roosevelt was a political steward of the Morgan interests which dominated Wall 

Street. We see that Teddy Roosevelt's networks shared some essential features with those 

of George Bush. In many ways, these are the same networks. 

In outlook and policy, Theodore Roosevelt was the president who elevated the solidarity 

of the white race, and especially of its alleged "Anglo-Saxon" component, above the 

ideas of the American Revolution. The argument was that shared "blood," language, 

culture, and the other bonds among the "English- speaking peoples" were far more 

important than the American System of Franklin, Washington, Hamilton, Henry Clay, 

and Lincoln. Roosevelt marked the end of the sharp animosity towards the British crown 

which had been left in American public life in the wake of British support for the 

Confederacy during the Civil War. Roosevelt directed a wave of race hatred against 

Chinese and other yellow- skinned orientals; against Latin Americans and peoples of 

Mediterranean origin; against Germans; and against black and brown skinned people in 

general.

Teddy Roosevelt was of course a militant imperialist and empire- builder. The "Roosevelt 

corollary" to the Monroe Doctrine is no corollary, but rather a total reversal of the 

original anti- colonialist intent of Monroe and his Secretary of State, John Quincy 

Adams. Teddy Roosevelt's claim to exercise international police powers over debtor 

nations launched a new imperialism, this time based in the United States. 

Teddy Roosevelt was a dedicated Malthusian who did everything he could to abort the 

economic development of the United States west of the Mississippi. This Malthusian 

environmentalism lives on in the administration of the "environmental president." In 

order to enforce his alien policies, Teddy Roosevelt was in the vanguard of the creation 

of a US domestic police state. He got his start by leading police-state attacks on the New 

York Tammany Democratic machine as New York City Police Commissioner, and later 

carried his assault to other constituency groupings, the kind Bush reviles today as special 

interests. Roosevelt founded the centerpiece of the US domestic police state apparatus, 

the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and made Charles Bonaparte, a relation of the 

French imperial house, the first FBI director. Roosevelt's program of "trust-busting," 

(which wiped out industrial forces opposed to the Morgan interests) and his 

conservationism led to the creation of a whole series of regulatory agencies, which are 

busily strangling US economic activity today. 

On a deeper level: if London had not been able to count on the United States as a future 

ally, it is doubtful that the British government would have encouraged Russia and France 

to go to war with Austria-Hungary and Germany in 1914. Without the short-term 

certainty of US intervention on the British side, the Bolshevik revolution would have 

been far less likely. Theodore Roosevelt's role as the first overtly and extravagantly 

Anglophile US president after the Civil War thus helped to pave the way for some of the 

greatest disasters of the twentieth century. 

Above and beyond all policy and strategic issues, Bush is attracted by the psychological 

Gestalt of Theodore Roosevelt. Teddy Roosevelt suffered from a very limited attention 

span. He was vain, self-centered, unstable and tended towards exhibitionism. The most 

concise summary of Teddy's pathology can be found in a letter by Sir Cecil Spring-Rice 

of the British Foreign Office, certainly one of the most important influences on 

Roosevelt's life; some would call him Teddy's British controller. When another British 

diplomat, Valentine Chirol, complained about Teddy's wandering focus and intermittent 

attention span, Spring-Rice replied: 

If you took an impetuous small boy on to a beach strewn with a great many exciting 

pebbles, you would not expect him to remain interested for long in one pebble. You must 

always remember that the President is about six. [fn 3] 

This restless and distracted inability to concentrate, this incapacity for the prolonged 

contemplation and examination of issues and problems, is one of the factors that made 

Teddy Roosevelt the psychological wreck that he was. Teddy could not think; the 

psychological background noise was far too loud. Instead, he was driven to undertake his

legendary hunting exploits of killing vast quantities of birds and animals, his prodigious 

feats of physical exercise and, later, his hollow martial posturing as a "Rough Rider." 

The polar opposite to Theodore Roosevelt on all of these points of world outlook and 

literary expression is Abraham Lincoln. Bush was often paid lip service to Lincoln as a 

great president, and even organized a lecture in the White House about the contributions 

of the Civil War president. But there have also been a few unguarded moments in which 

Bush has revealed his instinctive hatred for Lincoln. In mid-1990, Bush attended a 

performance at Ford's Theatre, which is still used for dramatic productions and other 

events in downtown Washington. At the end of the evening Bush was asked by a 

correspondent if he had enjoyed his evening. Bush remarked that whereas Lincoln had 

only been able to enjoy the first act of the play he had seen at Ford's he, Bush, had been 

able to enjoy the entire evening. This quip was reported in the British press. 

Bush's affinity for Teddy Roosevelt is based most profoundly on the shared cognitive 

impairment of these two political figures. In the case of Bush, the inability to think is 

expressed most demonstrably in the incoherence of verbal expression. Thanks in part to 

Dana Carvey, who has some insight into this side of Bush's character, the "Bushspeak" 

issue has been on the table at least since 1987-88. But Bush has been spewing out garbled 

verbiage for a very long time. The following sample was recorded by Elizabeth Drew in 

February, 1980, during a ride from Worcester, Masschusetts to Boston. Ms. Drew 

commented that Bush seemed to enjoy campaigning. Bush replied in part: 

I do. Isn't that awful? I really enjoy it, and I say 'awful' only because I'm just beginning to 

wonder what the hell's happening to me, you know, but I really do enjoy it. I loved going 

through that cafeteria, kidding with them and learning stuff and sitting and chatting and 

trying to be responsive to the person and yet have a concern for what concerns them. I 

mean it when I say I'm better. I'll be better, more sensitive, stronger, from things like that. 

And there is the smell of the greasepaint and that other crap; there's some of that. I mean, 

this is very different today. There was a time nobody'd stand out in even hot weather to 

see me. I was all alone four months ago, and here people are waiting. And there's a 

certain forward adrenaline that exists today. Hopefully, there will be more of them. 

Maybe not: maybe I'll be lousy and they'll go away, but that's part of the fun of it. Part of 

it is the process itself. It's a good process. [fn 4] 

The leading feature of this sample is Bush's total lack of rigor; his personal idiom is 

incapable of expressing causality or precision. Already the subject-object relations are 

blurred, antecedents are a realm of anything goes, and verbal action has dwindled to 

insignificance. Underneath the avid and enthusiastic persona is a mind that is petulant, 

bored, and blase' about everything that does not touch the interests of the ego. The result 

is an impression of overwhelming, undifferentiated banality. One is reminded of a 

narrative voice like the following: 

If you really want to hear about it, the first thing you'll probably want to know is where I 

was born, and what my lousy childhood was like, and how my parents were occupied and 

all before they had me, and all that David Copperfield kind of crap, but I don't feel like

going into it, if you want to know the truth. In the first place, that stuff bores me, and in 

the second place, my parents would have about two hemorrhages apiece if I told anything 

personal about them. They're quite touchy about anything like that, especially my father. 

[fn 5] 

The Holden Caulfield of J.D. Salinger's The Catcher in the Rye inhabited the world that 

also belonged to George Bush, the world of the northeast prep schools of the 1940's. 

Apart from the obvious parallels between George and Holden, there is the interesting 

question of whether Bush might have a closer relation to this literary personage. In the 

course of the errant Holden Caulfield's time in New York City, he takes a girlfriend to a 

matinee theatre performance; during the intermission the girlfriend, named Sally, spots 

"some jerk she knew on the other side of the lobby. Some guy in one of those very dark 

grey flannel suits and one of those checkered vests. Strictly Ivy League. Big deal." 

Holden recounts the later conversation between Sally and her friend: "You should've seen 

him when old Sally asked him how he liked the play. He was the kind of a phony that 

have to give themselves room when they answer somebody's question. He stepped back, 

and stepped right on the lady's foot behind him. He probably broke every toe in her body. 

He said the play itself was no masterpiece, but that the Lunts, of course, were absolute 

angels. Angels. For Chrissake. Angels. That killed me. Then he and Sally started talking 

about a lot of people they both knew. It was the phoniest conversation you ever heard in 

your life." "The worst part was, the jerk had one of those very phony, Ivy League voices, 

one of those very tired, snobby voices. He sounded just like a girl. He didn't hesitate to 

horn in on my date, the bastard. I even thought for a minute that he was going to get in 

the goddam cab with us when the show was over, because he walked about two blocks 

with us, but he said he had to meet a bunch of phonies for cocktails, he said. I could see 

them all sitting around in some bar, with their goddam checkered vests, criticizing shows 

and books and women in those tired, snobby voices. They kill me, those guys." 

Who was Sally's friend? "His name was George something - I don't even remember- and 

he went to Andover. Big, big deal." Who was the "phony Andover bastard" who so 

exasperated Holden Caulfield? Can this be a very early cameo appearance of George 

Herbert Walker Bush? J.D. Salinger is not known for giving interviews, but George 

Bush, Big Man on the Andover campus, would have been a figure of some note under the 

clock in the Biltmore during the early 1940's, which seems to be the epoch in which this 

episode is set. 

Bush's devotion to racist genetic determinism recalls a slightly earlier figure of the 

Eastern Liberal Establishment in literature; this is the Amory Blaine of F. Scott 

Fitzgerald's This Side of Paradise. For the egotist Amory Blaine, whose motto was "I 

know myself, but that is all," and who called out to an arch- traitor and arch-villain 

"Good-by, Aaron Burr, you and I knew strange corners of life," was also a believer in the 

superiority of whites and blondes. As Amory tells one of his college friends: 

We took the year-books for the last ten years and looked at the pictures of the senior 

council. I know you don't think much of that august body, but it does represent success 

here in a general way. Well, I suppose only about thrity-five per cent of every class here

are blonds, are really light--yet two-thirds of every senior council are light. We looked at 

pictures of ten years of them, mind you; that means that out of every fifteen light-haired 

men in the senior class one is on the senior council, and of the dark-haired men it's only 

one in fifty. [fn 6] 

The other figure from F. Scott Fitzgerald who shares traits with Bush is Nick Carraway, 

the recent Yale graduate who is the narrator of The Great Gatbsy. Nick Carraway was 

fascinated by Jay Gatbsy and other denizens of the demi-monde of organized crime, 

recalling George Bush's long personal friendship with Don Aronow and others of the 

Meyer Lansky milieu in Florida. 

Other aspects of Bush's outlook and mode of expression can be traced back to Dink 

Stover at Yale, a series of boy's novels by Owen Johnson which began coming out after 

the First World War, just after the Harriman brothers, Prescott Bush, and Neil Mallon had 

graduated. Dink Stover was a preppy from Lawrenceville who talked about democracy 

and equality during his first three years at Yale. He always helped old ladies and did the 

right thing. When Tap Day rolled around, Dink Stover was tapped by Skull and Bones. 

Key elements of Bush's public mask, or persona, correspond to the community-service 

oriented do-gooder Dink Stover, an early addition to the thousand points of light. 

Bush's language is the mirror of his personality, and it merits more than cursory 

examination. The most outstanding quality of Bushspeak is first of all its garbled 

incoherence and lost syntax. In one of his debates with Dukakis on September 25, 1988, 

Bush commented on the number of the homeless who are mentally ill: 

But-- and I-- look, mental-- that was a little overstated-- I'd say about 30 percent. [fn 7] 

Some may claim that the most dissociated utterances by Bush are not his own 

responsibility, but result rather from Bush's attempt to regurgitate the contents of verbal 

briefings and briefing books. This assertion has a specious credibility. In hyper-prepared 

appearances like the debate with Dukakis, Bush does have a tendency to spout lines that 

mix up phrases and one-liners that he has drilled. In an answer on defense policy during 

the same debate with Dukakis, Bush stated: "We are going to make some changes and 

some tough choices before we go to the deployment on the Midgetman missle, or on the 

Minuteman, whatever it is. We're going to have to- - the MX. We're going to have to do 

that." And then he added: "It's Christmas." And then, as the audience laughed, "Wouldn't 

it be nice to be the iceman so you never make a mistake?" The reference to Christmas 

was intended to be self- ironic; on September 7, 1988, Bush had announced that it was 

Pearl Harbor Day; now, on September 25, he was announcing that it was Christmas. 

But garbled incoherence is so much a staple of Bush's spoken discourse that it cannot be 

attributed solely to the pressure of his handlers; it is a life-long habit which has become 

more accentuated during the years of his presidency. In February 1988, Bush told 

prospective voters in the New Hampshire primary:

I have a tendency to avoid on and on and on, eloquent pleas. I don't talk much, but I 

believe, maybe not articulate much, but I feel. [fn 8] 

Was Bush worried about not being an exciting candidate? "Charisma short? Needing a 

charisma transplant? Not much," was his rejoinder. A high school student of Knoxville, 

Tennessee wanted to know if his president would seek ideas from foreign countries to 

improve education. Bush's riposte: 

Well, I'm going to kick that one right into the end zone of the Secretary of Education. 

But, yes, we have all-- he travels a good deal, goes abroad. We have a lot of people in the 

department that does that. We're having an international-- this is not as much education as 

dealing with the environment--a big international conference coming up. And we get it all 

the time--exchanges of ideas. But I think we've got-- we set out there-- and I want to give 

credit to your Governor McWherter and to your former Governor Lamar Alexander-- 

we've gotten great ideas for a national goals program from--in this country -- from the 

governors who were responding to, maybe, the principal of your high school, for heaven's 

sake. [fn 9] 

In a speech to graduating college seniors, Bush described the visit of the new 

Czechoslovak President, Vaclav Havel, to the White House in early 1990: 

And the look on his face, as the man who was in jail an dying, or living -- whatever-- for 

freedom, stood out there, hoping against hope for freedom. [fn 10] 

Bush once admitted that he had difficulty keeping the most elementary sense of direction 

in his mental life; he told a group of school children, "I read so much sometimes I start to 

read backwards, which is not very good." [fn 11] 

Bush is a bureaucrat and administrator at heart, with all the sinister overtones these have 

rightly acquired during the twentieth century. His discourse is highly bureaucratic, and is 

famous for being so. Bush's obsessions with "things", as in the notorious "vision thing," 

reflects the essence of Aristotelian bureaucratic cataloguing. We saw the "adversary 

thing" back in 1976; since then we have seen the "Super Tuesday thing," "the vice 

presidential thing," and a nostalgic glance at "this drilling thing," in reference to Bush's 

"experience in offshore drilling." [fn 12] When Bush talked by telephone with the 

astronauts of the space shuttle Atlantis, he asked, "How was the actual deployment 

thing?" Sometimes this can even occur in the plural, as in this reference to his dog 

Millie's puppies: "Kids just love those little fuzzy things." Bush's language is also 

peppered with the acronyms of the inside-the-beltway Washington functionary. "My 

allied colleagues and I should agree to take up these ideas at the C.S.C.E. summit this 

fall, to be held around the signing of the C.F.E. treaty," Bush said on one occasion. Those 

who do not know what GATT, SPRs, G-7, Start, Cocom, OTS, and Chapter VII mean are 

going to have a hard time following Bushspeak. [fn 13] And like all bureaucrats, Bush 

loves the passive voice. His stock reply on Iran- contra was, "Mistakes were made." Who 

made them? Bush's answer, which he alleges is borrowed from Yogi Berra, was "Don't 

make the wrong mistakes."

Very often Bush's pronouncements are designed for self-defense against his detractors. In 

the spring of 1988, Bush was asked his reaction to Garry Trudeau's Doonesbury comic 

strip, and to the political satire of Dana Carvey of Saturday Night Live. Bush answered: 

I used to get tense about that. My mother still does. She's 87. She doesn't like it when 

people say untrue and ugly things about her little boy. Having said that, it doesn't bother 

me any more. You know why, because we took a tremendous pounding, not just from 

elitists like Doonesbury, coming out of the elite of the elite, but untrue allegations, and 

you know I don't worry about it anymore, because the American people don't believe all 

this stuff. So I'm saying, why should I be all uptight? [fn 14] 

Although he likes to suggests that it is his opponents who are the real elitist, sometimes 

Bush has to defend his own patrician social background against criticism. When Bush 

was campaigning in New Jersey before the 1988 primary, he was asked if the patrician 

governor of that state, Tom Kean, had a background so similar to Bush's that he could not 

be considered as Bush's vice presidential running mate. Bush's reply: 

Did they ask Tom Kean when he was a great success in business, a great success in 

government, did they ask where he went to school or what his background was? Did they 

say, 'Tom, you can't be a very good governor because you weren't born in a log cabin in 

the middle of Newark'? No, they didn't ask that.... So I don't worry about fitting into some 

kind of mold. It's what you feel, what you believe, what kind of experience you've had." 

[fn 15] 

Many times the purpose of Bush's remarks is to evade questions. He often refused to talk 

about his role in Iran-contra: "I forgot to tell you, I don't talk about what I told the 

president," was a favorite line. Who would be his running mate? "I forgot to tell you, I'm 

not in the speculation business." Would he purge the Reaganites? "I forgot to tell you, 

we're going to have wholesale change." [fn 16] 

Bush has called himself "a restrained kind of guy." He has often denied having "a rancor 

in there" against his opposition, but his rage states have become increasingly difficult to 

control over the years. He was unable to control his temper when defending his kow-tow 

to Deng Xiao-ping during 1989; after a ranting defense of his China policy he thanked 

the press for their questions, saying: "So, I'm glad you asked it because then I vented a 

spleen here." [fn 17] Bush's rage episodes have often been associated with public 

criticism. Commenting once again on the Doonesbury comic strip, Bush once confessed: 

"Four years ago I'd go ballistic when I read some of this stuff. But hey, let him do his 

thing, and I'll do mine." "Ballistic" for Bush refers to a rage fit which might cause him to 

chew on the White House carpets; this is a not infrequent event. For lesser tantrums Bush 

has coined another expression, "semi-ballistic," as in an offhand remark during the 1988 

campaign about his feelings when given speech drafts which he finds unsuitable: 

"Everybody on this airplane will have seen me semi-ballistic when people hand me things 

that I'm simply not going to say."

Another feeling state which, judging from the evidence of his statements, is meaningful 

for Bush is the state of being "frantic." During the 1988 campaign, Bush was asked about 

his tendency to assail Dukakis. Bush replied" 

I don't feel frantic. I don't feel under any time constraints. There is a little bit of 

cholesterol rise, the frustration level going up. So I'm getting a little bit more combative. 

[fn 18] 

During 1989, Bush still faced grilling about Iran-contra from a reporter. "You're burning 

up time. The meter is running through the sand on you, and I am now filibustering," 

taunted Bush. [fn 19] 

Bush's pattern of uncontrollable rage states became worse during 1990, in the interwar 

period between Panama and Iraq. During February 1990, Bush came under fire for 

duplicity, lying to the press, and excessive secret diplomacy. After a night's sleep on Air 

Force One on the way to an anti-drug summit in Colombia, Bush came out of his quarters 

to confront the travelling press corps in a way that the Washington Post correspondent 

found "both testy and teasing." Bush, visibly furious, announced "a whole new 

relationship" with reporters. "From now on it's gonna be a little different. I think we have 

too many press conferences," ranted Bush. "It's not good. It's overexposure to the thing." 

Had he not slept well?, asked one reporter. Bush replied, 

I can't go into the details of that. Because someone will think it's too much sleep, 

someone will think it's too little. I'll give you a little insight into that. I had a very good 

night's sleep. And I've never-- if I felt better it'd be a frame-up. There's something you 

can use. 

Bush was incensed because he had denied that there was about to be a four-power 

conference on the future of Germany, and such a conference was announced the next day. 

Bush had been misleading about his plans for the Malta summit with Gorbachov, and he 

had kept secret the mission of Scowcroft and Eagleburger to Beijing on July 4, 1989. 

Various press accounts had noted these discrepancies, and Bush was now having a fit. 

Would he be signing a joint communique at the drug summit with Colombia, Peru and 

Bolivia? 

I hate to be secretive, say nothing of deceptive. But I'm not going to tell you that. 

Would he discuss possible US military interdiction of drug trafficking? 

I'm not going to discuss what I'm gonna bring up. 

Would the drug summit bring any surprise proposals? 

I'm not gonna discuss whether there are any surprises or not. This is a new thing. A new 

approach. Even if I don't discuss it. I'm not going to discuss it.

Would the Colombian government now abandon its policy of extraditing drug 

traffickers? 

Bush: I have no comment whatsoever on that. 

Q: Did you know about it? 

Bush: I have no comments on whether I knew about it. 

Q: Is it true? 

Bush: I can't comment on whether it's true or not. 

Q: Did we turn you into this? 

Bush: Yes. When I told you...that I didn't think there would be a deal [on the four-power 

conference on Germany], and then they shortly made a deal, and I'm hit for decieving 

you. So from now on it's going to be a little different. 

Would he schedule a summit with Gorbachov for June, 1990? Bush again refused to 

answer, "Because I'm not gonna be burned for holding out or doing something 

deceptive." Later the same afternoon, Marlin Fitzwater, the top White House spin doctor, 

attempted to interpret what had been an infantile fit of rage by assuring the reporters: "He 

was just kidding. He was having fun." [fn 20] In retrospect, it is also clear that Bush's 

thyroid was also on the warpath. 

Later the same spring, Bush went semi-ballistic when reporters declined to join him for 

jogging at 7:15 AM in Columbia, South Carolina. The White House reporters all got a 

wake-up call at 7 AM calling on them to join Bush for jogging in 15 minutes; usually the 

reporters watch Bush from the sidelines, but this time he was magnanimously inviting 

them to come running with him. There were no volunteers. Bush then bullied Rita 

Beamish of Associated Press into running with him, 13 laps around a football field for a 

total of 25 minutes. But even after that exertion, Bush was still full of fury. He proceeded 

to launch a diatribe at the press corps: 

The rest of you lazy guys, get out there and run. A fit America is a fine America. A fit 

America is a strong America. A fit America should include photo dogs [Bushspeak for 

photographers] as well as print reporters who slovenly sit back in the grandstands while 

some of us are out running. 

Bush then attacked the "boom men," who hold microphones on long poles to pick up 

Bush's remarks. Not long before, a boom man had accidentally dropped a microphone on 

a table in the Oval Office, and Bush had apoplectically complained of ruined antiques; 

had it been the Theodore Roosevelt desk? Bush railed that if the boom men exercised 

more, they would have more "strength in the forearms to keep these microphones up in

the air." One reporter responded to the tirade: "I do not get paid to play with the president 

when he feels like playing." [fn 21] 

When on vacation, Bush has always maintained a frenetic, hyperkinetic pace. After 

winning the 1988 election, Bush repaired to Delray Beach, Florida, to cavort with his 

plutocrat friend William Stamps Farrish III. Despite the exhausting rigors of the 

campaign, Bush "spent the bulk of his day exercising and resting: a quarter-mile swim, a 

20-minute run, and a nap." He came back from a two-mile run in an "upbeat, almost 

giddy mood." [fn 22] 

Bush's hyperkinetic antics at Kennebunkport during September, 1989 were described as 

follows by a first-hand observer: 

It was just an average day on President Bush's vacation. 

Hungering to catch a bluefish, he packed up his speedboat Fidelity and headed out to sea. 

But when he remembered that he had forgotten First Lady Barbara Bush, he turned the 

boat around and accidentally ran over a board, which broke a propeller. 

Undeterred by his disabled boat, the president took his party to the horseshoe pit, where 

they tossed several games for about 45 minutes as Mr. Bush exclaimed, "Mr. Smooth 

does it again" with each ringer. But soon that got old, and it was time to head to the golf 

course for 18 holes. 

This is President Bush, a man of nearly manic movement. All during his vacation, the last 

thing he did was relax. He's up at the crack of dawn for jogging, out on the tennis courts, 

teeing off for golf, pitching horseshoes, fishing, swimming, entertaining friends. 

Bush, in sum, "can't sit still"; he even accepted a dare from his grandchildren and dove 

off a stone pier into the Atlantic Ocean, which is kept cold along the Maine coast by the 

frigid Labrador current. [fn 23] 

George Herbert Walker had reformed the rules of golf, eliminating the stymie; George 

Bush transformed the game into a manic exercise called "speed golf," whose object is to 

complete 18 holes in the briefest possible interval of time. According to one journalist 

who attempted to match Bush's record of 1 hour 37 minutes for a threesome, as compared 

with almost four hours for leisurely golfers. Speed golf may not be for everyone, 

but it is President Bush's game, however. He calls it cart polo. Bush has taken a leisurely 

game and turned it into what one reporter called a forced march-- on wheels. "He barely 

gets out of the cart, whacks it, and he's gone," says Spike Heminway, Bush's longtime 

friend and frequent playing partner. Others have dubbed it aerobic golf, or golf in the fast 

lane. "Do you know who the winner is in speed golf?" a Portland, Maine doctor asked 

me. "The first one in the hole." [fn 24]

During the summer of 1989, "Bush revealed himself to be a playful yet relentless 

exhibitionist," wrote another commentator. "He was forever restless and rarely alone." 

Out on the golf course, he called for silence: "All right, the crowd is hushed. They sense 

that Mr. Smooth is back." Later, when it came time to play tennis, Bush ordered a press 

aide to round up the photo dogs and reporters to "come see what Mr. Smooth is like on 

the courts." [fn 25] For Newsweek, Bush's routine was a "pentathlon." 

Bush's desire for frenetic movement, seeking in space what has been lost in time, carries 

over into his notorious penchant for foreign travel. By July, 1991, he had logged 339,257 

miles on Air Force One, and visited 32 countries, having surpassed in less than 30 

months the previous record set by Nixon between 1969 and 1974. [fn 26] 

Bush has a history of psychosomatic illness. During the 1950's, when he was in his early 

thirties, he had been, according to his own account, a "chronic worrier." One morning 

during a "hectic business trip to London" Bush had fainted in his hotel room, and was 

unable to get to his feet. A hotel doctor thought he had food poisoning. Bush says he later 

sought treatment from Dr. Lillo Crain at the Texas Medical Center. Dr. Crain told Bush 

that he had a bleeding ulcer. "George, you're a classic ulcer type," Bush says he was told 

by Dr. Crain. "A young businessman with only one speed, all-out. You try to do too 

much and you worry too much." Bush says he expressed doubt there was any chance he 

could change his ways. The doctor replied, "There'd better be, or you won't be around in 

ten years, maybe five." Dr. Crain added: "If you want to keep this from happening again, 

it's up to you." [fn 27] Bush claims he worked at "channeling my energies", and "never 

suffered a relapse." 

After Bush's May 10, 1989 White House physical examination, a cyst was found on the 

third finger of Bush's right hand; this was surgically removed in October, 1989, and 

pronounced benign. This was allegedly Bush's only problem. On April 12, 1990, White 

House physician Dr. Burton Lee announced that Bush "is in truly excellent health." "He 

continues to keep extremely fit through vigorous physical activity." Bush was diagnosed 

with "early glaucoma" in his left eye, a condition that was treated with Betagen eye 

drops. X-rays of Bush's hips and back confirmed the presence of a "mild degenerative 

osteoarthritis," which allegedly had been discovered by previous examinations. [fn 2] On 

March 27, 1991, Bush was given another routine physical, and the White House doctors 

(and spin doctors) announced once again that their charge was in "excellent health." 

On May 4, 1991, Bush delivered an address at the commencement exercises of the 

University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. This campus had been the site of the first anti-war 

teach in of the Vietnam epoch, in 1965, and the Ann Arbor campus had been the scene of 

significant anti-war activity during Bush's Gulf adventure. Today Bar was also present. 

His new speech writer Tony Snow, the former editorial page editor of the Moonie 

Washington Times had contributed to a speech attacking the campus inquisition called 

"political correctness." The scene was the cavernous Michigan Stadium south of the main 

campus, a larger version of the Circus Maximus in Rome. Bush was looking for a wedge 

issue for the 1992 campaign, and the campus dictators of the politically correct were a big

target. There were hecklers with signs denouncing Bush, so he launched into his text with 

vigor: 

Although the movement arises from the laudable desire to sweep away the debris of 

racism and sexism and hatred, it replaces old prejudice with new ones. It declares certain 

topics off-limits, certain expressions off-limits, even certain gestures off- limits...In their 

own Orwellian way, crusades that demand correct behavior crush diversity in the name of 

diversity. 

At this point the hecklers came to life with loud chants of "Bush lies." Since the 

beginning of the Gulf crisis, Bush had been confronted by hostile demonstrators. We 

know from his 1965 debate with Ronnie Dugger how much he was upset by such 

"extremists." The chants kept going as the infuriated Bush struggled to be heard. 

The power to create also rests on other freedoms, especially the freedom -- and I think 

about that right now -- to speak one's mind. I had this written into the speech, and I didn't 

even know if these guys were going to be here. 

The demonstrators kept up the chorus of "Bush lies." Bush's temperature was rising from 

semi-ballistic to ballistic. He told the students to 

...fight back against the boring politics of division and derision. Let's trust our friends and 

colleagues to respond to reason....And I remind myself a lot of this: We must conquer the 

temptation to assign bad motives to people who disagree with us. [fn 29] 

After this speech, Bush flew to Andrews Air Force base and thence by helicopter to 

Camp David. During this period, Bush's White House chief of staff, John Sununu, had 

become the target of public criticism because of his frequent use of military aircraft for 

weekend vacations and skiing trips. Boy Gray had come forward as the enforcer of White 

House travel regulations against Sununu, whose motto was reportedly "fly free or die." 

There were also moves afoot to re-open the 1980 October surprise investigation, always a 

point of immense vulnerability for Bush. He had been forced to deny once again on May 

3 that he had engaged in secret dealings with the Khomeini regime to delay the release of 

the US hostages in Teheran. 

Slightly after 3:30 PM, Bush gathered his retinue of Secret Service agents and announced 

that it was time to go jogging. After about 30 minutes, he began complaining of fatigue 

and shortness of breath. He then proceeded to the Camp David infirmary, where Michael 

Nash, one of his resident team of doctors, determined that Bush was experiencing atrial 

fibrillation, an irregularity of the heartbeat. Nash recommended that Bush go to Bethesda 

Medical Center for treatment. Bush arrived at Bethesda at 6 PM. 

The news that Bush had entered the hospital at Bethesda was flashed by wire services 

around the planet. Bush was exhibiting a fast, irregular heart rhythm. The heart was 

working less efficiently, producing a tendency for shortness of breath, light- headedness, 

and even fainting. Sometimes atrial fibrillation is associated with a heart attack, or with

damage to a heart valve. The first step in Bush's treatment was the attempt to slow the 

heart rate and to restore the normal rhythm. After an hour of tests, doctors gave Bush 

digoxin, a drug used to restore the usual heart rhythm. When the digoxin proved unable 

to do the job alone, Bush's physicians began to administer another heart medication, 

procainamide. Though doctors claimed that Bush showed "some indications of a positive 

response" to this therapy, Bush's heart irregularity was resistant to the medicines and 

persisted through Sunday, May 5. Doctors also began to administer an anticoagultant 

drug, Coumadin, in addition to aspirin. Bush was thus being kept going with four 

different medications. 

At this point, Bush's medical team was forced to contemplate resorting to 

electrocardioversion, a procedure in which an electric shock is administered to the heart, 

momentarily stopping the heart and resetting its rhythm. This prospect was enough to 

create a crisis of the entire regime, since electrocardioversion would have required Bush 

to undergo general anesthesia, which in turn would have mandated the transfer of 

presidential powers to Vice President Dan Quayle. Back in 1985, we have seen that Bush 

was the beneficiary of such a transfer when Reagan underwent surgery for colon cancer. 

The transfer would have been accomplished under Section III of the Twenty-Fifth 

Amendment of the Constitution, which states that 

Whenever the President transmits to the President pro tempore of the Senate and the 

Speaker of the House of Representatives his written declaration that he is unable to 

discharge the powers and duties of his office, and until he transmits to them a written 

declaration to the contrary, such powers and duties shall be discharged by the Vice 

President as Acting President. 

The specter of Acting President Dan Quayle brought forth a wave of public expressions 

of consternation and dismay. According to a Washington Post-ABC public opinion poll 

published May 7, 57% of those responding said that in their opinion Quayle was not 

qualified to take over as Acting President. In the night between Sunday May 5 and 

Monday May 6, Bush was still experiencing sporadic episodes of an irregular heartbeat. 

But on the morning of Monday, May 6 his doctors suddenly pronounced him fit to return 

to the Oval Office, where he was seated at his desk by 9:30 AM, and resumed what was 

described as his normal work schedule. The doctors conceded only that they had asked 

Bush to curtail his usual frenetic schedule of recreational sports. 

Bush returned to work wired with a portable heart monitor. This was a device about the 

size of a telephone pager, with white wires leading to patches on his chest which 

measured the rate of his heartbeat. Bush stated that he was "Back to normal and the same 

old me." He declined to show off his heart monitor with the quip "Do you think I'm 

Lyndon Johnson?" LBJ had pulled up his shirt to show reporters a scar on his stomach 

after a gall bladder operation. [fn 30] 

On May 7, Bush's chief attending physician, Dr. Burton Lee, gave a briefing at Bethesda 

in which he disclosed that Bush's bout with atrial fibrillation had been caused by an 

overactive thyroid gland. Lee assured the press that the problem had been an overactive

thryoid secreting too much of the hormore thyroxin, which helps to regulate the body's 

metabolic rate. This hormone goes into the circulatory system, and thus can disturb the 

proper functioning of the heart. Lower the rate of production of thyroid hormone, and 

everything would return to normal, was the message. Lee said that Bush would undergo a 

thyroid scan and other tests to help determine the appropriate treatment. Contradicting 

earlier statements by Fitzwater that there had been no recent danger signals regarding 

Bush's health, Lee now revealed that Bush had experienced a small weight loss and 

episodes of unusual fatigue during jogging over the previous few weeks. The weight loss 

had been of eight or nine pounds during the month before Bush was hospitalized. Bush 

had been tired enough to complain, "Gee whiz, I must be getting old," on earlier joggings 

runs. [fn 31] Some of Bush's symptoms appear to have emerged in February, during the 

time of the Iraq war. Lee claimed that Bush had never undergone tests of his thyroid 

functions because he had shown no symptoms of thyroid disturbance-- a patent absurdity. 

According to Burton Lee, the first indication of a thyroid disturbance came on Monday 

morning, when a blood test showed that the level of thyroid hormone in Bush's blood was 

above normal. These results were then confirmed with repeated blood tests. 

The official White House line was that this was good news, since thyroid disorders were 

easily treated. Fitzwater recounted that "The President was overjoyed. It means the 

problem was not a problem with his heart and that it is virtually 100 percent treatable." 

Burton Lee chimed in with his opinion that biochemical hyperthyroidism is "easily 

treatable." 

On May 9, Bush's doctors announced that he was suffering from what they chose to call 

Graves' disease, a condition in which the thyroid gland becomes enlarged and produces 

excessive levels of hormone in response to "false messages" from other parts of the body 

about how much of the hormone is needed. Graves' disease is a disorder of the immune 

system in which the body produces an antibody which "mimics" the hormone that usually 

tells the thyroid how much thyroxin to produce. One decisive test was said to have 

involved Bush's swallowing of a small dose of radioactive iodine, followed by 

observation with a device resembling a geiger counter to obtain an image of the thyroid. 

This thyroid scan revealed a gland that was enlarged, and absorbing iodine at faster than 

the normal rate. During this press conference, Bush's medical team also conceded that 

Bush had experienced a renewed bout of atrial fibrillation in the form of a "rather brief 

episode" during the night of Tuesday, May 8. 

During this press conference, Burton Lee once again repeated the story that Bush's 

thyroid had never been tested during his previous annual or other checkups. He offered 

the estimate that Bush's thyroid condition had developed after his last medical checkup, 

which had been conducted on March 27, 1991. According to Dr. Kenneth Burman,a 

thyroid specialist at Walter Reed Army Medical Center who had been assigned to Bush's 

case, the issue of whether thyroid tests should be a part of routine physical examination 

was controversial. Burman added that his personal opinion was that such tests were not 

cost-effective! Press reports reflected surprise on the part of outside experts about this 

alleged neglect of thyroid testing. Also joining in this press conference was Dr. Bruce K. 

Lloyd, the chief of cardiology at Bethesda Medical Center.

Bush's doctors announced that he had ingested a dose of radioactive iodine on the 

morning of May 9. Bush drank this iodine at Bethesda. One thyroid expert, Dr. Bruce D. 

Weintraub of the National Institutes of Health, told the Washington Post that as a result 

of this thyroid cocktail, which was designed to destroy a large part of Bush's thyroid, the 

public might henceforth see "a slower and less frenetic George Bush." [fn 32] As a result 

of the radioactive cocktail, Bush was "mildly radioactive" for a few days, and was told to 

refrain from hugging his grandchildren for their protection. 

Some experts called attention to the allegedly bizarre anomaly that Barbara Bush had 

been diagnosed as suffering from Graves' disease in January, 1990, in the immediate 

wake of the Panama crisis. One of the antibodies associated with Graves' disease triggers 

abnormal deposits of fat behind the eyes, leading to the bulging eyes that are associated 

in the popular mind with hyperthyroid disorders. For some time after she was diagnosed, 

Mrs. Bush suffered from disturbances in her vision. In addition, during the summer of 

1990, the family dog Millie, a springer spaniel, was found to have contracted lupus, 

another autoimmune disease. Millie was treated with the steroid drug prednisone, and 

apparently recovered. Finally, it turned out that Bush's son Marvin, a resident of 

Alexandria, Virginia, was also afflicted by an autoimmune disorder, this time regional 

enteritis. 

As will shortly become clear, there would have been good reason to investigate Bush's 

frequent episodes of apoplectic rage as a causal factor in the autoimmune disorders of his 

immediate family circle. The most likely explanation for the afflictions of Millie and 

Barbara is that they were both driven frantic by George's obsessive and rage-filled 

outbursts in the White House family quarters. This may have included various forms of 

mental and even physical abuse. The emotional trauma of living with George would be 

more than enough to produce autoimmune problems in those around him. Perhaps in an 

attempt to distract attention from this highly plausible path of investigation, Marilyn 

Quayle was sent forward to tell CNN of a plan to test the water at the vice president's 

residence at the Naval Observatory, where George and Barbara had lived for eight years 

before moving to the White House. Mrs. Quayle told the media that Bush's White House 

physicians had "ordered all sorts of tests" on the water in the vice president's residence, 

which is over a century old. "Obviously there is a little bit of concern," said Mrs. Quayle. 

"It seems a little bit much of a coincidence. I don't worry overmuch about it, but I think 

it's something that does bear looking into." Mrs. Quayle added that she hoped the results 

of the tests "relieve a lot of people's minds-- definitely, I hope they relieve mine." 

What Marilyn Quayle was referring to was part of a program to test the water at the 

White House, the Naval Observatory, Camp David, and Kennebunkport. Sanitary 

engineers were said to be looking for concentrations of iodine and lithium, two chemicals 

which had been linked to thyroid disorders. Bush's doctors later said that they had 

ordered the tests in the hopes of uncovering clues to the remarkable coincidence of three 

autoimmune disorders in the Bush household, including the dog Millie. Bush's pose was 

one of studied skepticism: "You're kidding," he told reporters. "I'm not going to lose 

confidence in the water at the White House until we know a little more about this," Bush 

said. In any case, the water at the White House "tasted fine to me." [fn 33]

During the visit of Queen Elizabeth II of the United Kingdom, Bush described himself as 

"dead tired" on one occasion during the visit. During a May 20 press conference with 

Chancellor Helmut Kohl of Germany, Bush spoke with a raspy voice, and his attention 

seemed to wander. When asked about his poor performance with Kohl, Bush conceded 

that he had experienced "slowing down on the mental processes." On more than one 

occasion, he seemed to lose his train of thought during answers to the questions of the 

journalists. The raspy voice was still noticeable in a press conference on May 21. On that 

same day, the White House announced the results of what was billed as Bush's first 

complete checkup since the day he swallowed radioactive iodine. The White House said 

that Bush had lost a total of 13 pounds since the onset of the crisis, but had managed to 

gain back a pound and a half. Tests showed that Bush's thyroid functions were now in the 

low-normal range, it was further alleged. Doctors tried to explain away Bush's fatigue by 

saying that it reflected the body's adjustment to a thyroid gland which was overactive less 

than two weeks before, but had now possibly become underactive as a result of the 

radioactive iodine therapy, which had destroyed many thyroxin-producing cells. By this 

point, Bush was still taking digoxin, procainamide, Coumadin, aspirin, and nonradioactive 

iodine drops. These last, it was said, were designed to reduce the amounts of 

thyroxin entering the bloodstream. [fn 34] 

Bush was in Kennebunkport for Memorial Day, and the White House propaganda 

machine was churning out the line was that he was now well on his way to complete 

recovery. "I'm sleeping much better and I really do feel good and I wish I had about four 

more days here," Bush told the press. "Been taking a little sleep after lunch here, which is 

good. Been sleeping very well." During this weekend, Bush tried fishing at nine of his 

favorite locations. On Sunday, May 26, Bush played a total of 27 holes of golf. Reporters 

found that he was back to his old ways as he "circled the golf course like a man on a 

merry-go-round." When he "passed the 18th hole once again on this vacation, he 

exuberantly flung a golf club at his cart and looked horrified when it nearly hit one of his 

Secret Service guards." According to press reports, Bush was still suffering from dryness 

of mouth. He had reduced his intake of caffeine, and of alcohol. On Monday, May 27, 

Bush traveled to New Haven to speak at the Yale commencement, and lost three pounds 

due to the rigors of the trip. On Tuesday, after he had returned to Kennebunkport, he told 

reporters: "Yesterday I got a little tired at the end of the day, and today I feel fine. You 

have to pace yourself a little." [fn 35] 

Bush's speech at the Yale commencement was devoted to a pugnacious defense of his 

China policy, the policy of the kow-tow to the butchers of Beijing. In the words of one 

observer: "George Bush's address to the Yale graduating class was more like a tantrum 

than a speech. In it, he was defiant about renewing most-favored- nation trading status for 

the Chinese, and crushingly condescending to the opposition he faces. [...] The resolute 

commander-in-chief sounded like the querulous candidate of yesterday. He can do what 

he wants, talk out of both sides of his mouth and stage a preemptive strike on critics who 

say his position is immoral." [fn 36] 

On Wednesday, May 29, Bush proposed a freeze on the purchase and production of 

surface-to-surface missles in the Middle East. On this day Bush was again out on the golf

course, and questions about his health were raised once again by his ghastly personal 

appearance, which was best conveyed by a photograph appearing on the front page of the 

London Financial Times of Thursday, May 30. 

After the beginning of June, references to Bush's atrial fibrillation and thyroid crisis 

become exceedingly rare, a tribute to the power of the Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull 

and Bones networks. On September 5, Burton Lee announced that he had halted Bush's 

daily doses of procainamide and digoxin shortly after the middle of August. But Bush 

continued to take daily doses of coumadin to prevent blood clots, medication to replace 

lost thyroid hormore production, and aspirin every other day, also to prevent blood clots. 

This announcement came at the end of Bush's 29 day vacation in Kennebunkport. The 

White House spin was that Bush "appears to have overcome weight loss and fatigue 

associated with the thyroid condition, called Graves' disease, and treatment for it." [fn 37] 

Then, in mid-September, Bush underwent a two-hour medical examination designed to 

provide a "medical stamp of approval" for Bush's health as he prepared to run for re- 

election in 1992. "I gotta prove I'm well," said Bush as he went in for the checkup. 

According to Dr. Burman, "the president has been restored to his normal vigorous state of 

good health." Lee said that all tests had showed Bush's heart functions to be normal; he 

also claimed that there had been no recurrence of atrial fibrillation after May. Bush had 

commented in August that the only thing that could keep him from running for a second 

term would be a health problem. He now described his own condition as "100 percent. 

Perfect bill of health." [fn 38] And that, as far as the regime was concerned, was that. 

Despite the claims of Dr. Lee that political considerations played no role in his treatment, 

it is clear that all statements by White House physicians about Bush's physical and mental 

health must be regarded with the greatest skepticism; such pronouncements are likely to 

be as reliable as the censored war bulletins of Operation Desert Storm. Was there still a 

problem with Bush's health, including his mental health? The answer is an emphatic yes, 

a yes buttressed by the observation of continued paroxysms of obsessive rage on the part 

of Bush, who has not calmed down at all. Bush remains on an emotional roller-coaster, 

complete with the snap decisions so typical of the hyperthyroid personality. In short, 

Bush's thyroid and mental disorders have the most devastating implications for his ability 

to govern. 

The first question regards the nature and even the name of Bush's malady. According to a 

leading Baltimore psychiatrist who could not be described as politically hostile to Bush, it 

is clear that the man in the White House is suffering from the full-fledged symptoms of 

Basedow's disease. The difference between Graves' disease and Basedow's is more than a 

technical quibble: the term Graves' disease as used in the English-speaking world is 

misleading in that it plays down the symptoms of mental disturbance which are more 

explicitly associated with Basedow's disease. According to this specialist, it is pointless 

to test the water in the White House, the Naval Observatory, Kennebunkport, and Camp 

David, since it is well established that Basedow's disease is emotionally triggered. An 

emotional upheaval, psychic shock, or other mental trauma stimulates the master 

endocrine gland of the body, the pituitary gland, into an overproduction of its hormone, 

which in turn provokes an overactivity of the thyroid, speeding up overall metabolism

and further exacerbating the nervous and emotional crisis. This pattern of overstimulation 

of the mind, the pituitary, the thyroid, the mind, and so forth becomes a vicious, selffeeding 

cycle, which can be life threatening if it is not effectively treated. 

According to this Baltimore expert, the fact that Bush has experienced a pattern of atrial 

fibrillation is cause for concern not so much because of what it portends for Bush's heart, 

but rather because it shows that Bush's case of Basedow's disease is already well 

advanced, with a significant excess of thyroid hormone. The overproduction of thyroid 

hormone can theoretically be brought under control through the administration of 

radioactive iodine, but this does not mean that the disease itself is easy to treat or to bring 

under control with any finality. Precisely because Basedow's disease is emotionally 

triggered, a sudden increase in emotional stress can result in a renewal of erratic 

behavior. 

The good news, in the view of this expert, is that patients suffering from Basedow's 

disease do not have to be placed into a mental institution. Their symptoms can be 

managed, although they will continue to have their ups and downs. But such management 

requires a stress-free environment. The implications for Bush's further tenure in the 

White House are obvious enough: the Federal Aeronautics Administration will not grant 

a pilot's license of any kind to a person who has been diagnosed with Basedow's disease. 

The Baltimore specialist also pointed out that although samples of Bush's blood, taken by 

his White House doctors and frozen over a period of months and years, might be tested 

for thyroid hormone in order to answer the all-important question of when Bush's case of 

Basedow's disease actually began, these findings might be fragmentary because of the 

significant day-to-day variations in the level of thyroid hormone. If a sample had been 

taken after Bush heard the news that Iraqi Foreign Minister Tariq Aziz had declined to 

accept Bush's threatening letter handed to him by Secretary of State Baker, Bush's level 

of thyroid hormone that day might have been high enough to warrant immediate 

hospitalization. 

In the opinion of this expert, these points all represent standard, well-known medical 

doctrine which is not subject to any controversy among physicians and specialists. Bush's 

White House medical team must therefore be keenly aware of all of them. 

According to a California professor of radiology, hyperthyroidism is traditionally 

associated with patients who are irritable, restless, overactive, and emotionally labile. 

They often lack the ability to concentrate, and have symptoms of anxiety. They also 

exhibit impulsive behavior. In addition, there are outright psychiatric disorders which are 

associated with hyperthyroidism. This professor pointed to Bush's decision to initiate 

hostilities against Iraq, in which he rejected the advice of eight out of nine secretaries of 

defense, three former chairmen of the joint chiefs of staff, and other prominent experts in 

order to wage war. Could this kind of decision-making process be associated with Bush's 

hyperthyroidism? In this specialist's opinion it is difficult to say, because of the difficulty 

of determining with precision when Bush's hyperthyroid condition began. Bush's choice 

of Dan Quayle as a running mate might also fit into this type of pattern.

This California professor noted that there exists a literature on hyperthyroid patients who 

have developed schizophrenia. Sixty per cent of patients with hyperthyroidism show 

intellectual impairment of some degree. What will Bush be like if and when he becomes 

euthyroid? The California professor regarded this as a fascinating question to follow. 

According to a Venezuelan endocrinologist, hyperthyroidism must be regarded as a 

psycho-somatic illness characterized by obsessive states. When the patient is unable to 

consummate his or her obsession, then cardiac arrhythmia results. When this happens, the 

condition of the patient deteriorates. This mechanism strongly suggests that such thyroid 

patients be disqualified for posts that involve stress and weighty responsibilities. 

According to this expert, it would be difficult for Bush to remain in office until January, 

1993, and it would be madness for him to attempt a second term. This specialist has a 

background of research in the psychological causes of thyroid disorders; one form of the 

etiology of hyperthyroidism he has studied involves the tendency of young children 

whose parents have died to develop thyroid problems as a result of grief and 

bereavement. 

The question of the influence of Bush's hyperthyroid condition on his decison-making, 

especially his rageful and obsessive decisions to go to war in Panama and the Gulf, could 

not be avoided even by the pro-regime press. A New York Times article by Dr. Lawrence 

K. Altman, MD, posed the question, "does an overactive thyroid gland affect mood and 

judgment?" According to this piece, experts interviewed admitted that they had 

"wondered about a theoretical link between [Bush's] Graves' disease and his presidential 

decisions. Most experts believe that people with hyperthyroidism do not make decisions 

as well as they would normally." "An important question," wrote Altman, "is when Mr. 

Bush's case of Graves' disease began." One way to shed light on this question would be to 

test stored blood samples that Bush's doctors would routinely keep. But the Secret 

Service has a policy of destroying all such specimens for security reasons! According to 

Dr. Andre Van Herle of UCLA, among patients suffering from hyperthyroidism, "some 

are not disturbed at all; others are basket cases." Altman elaborates that 

people with hyperthyroid conditions can exhibit uncharacteristic behavior like showing 

shortened attention spans, making snap decisions, behaving frenetically, and tiring more 

easily than usual. People have been known to inexplicably get married or divorced when 

such important decisions are out of character. Students with overactive thyroids may be 

so jittery that they cannot sit through class or they do poorly on examinations. 

The worst form of hyperthyroidism, known as thyroid storm, can be charctarized by 

fever, marked weakness, muscle-wasting and psychosis. Mr. Bush's doctors have 

described his case as mild, and never near thyroid storm. 

According to Dr. Peter C. Whybrow, head of the department of psychiatry at the 

University of Pennsylvania, mild depression can be an initial symptom of hyperthyroid 

disorder. People with overactive thyroid glands "don't perform quite so well," in his view. 

"They feel, for reasons they cannot explain, a little agitated, a little preoccupied with 

themselves, jumpy. Their concentration is a little off." According to Altman, "some

experts have raised the possibility that Mr. Bush could have had a mildly overactive 

thyroid in the 1988 Presidential campaign, or even earlier." Any normal medical checkup 

administered by a private doctor would have detected Bush's thyroid ailment through a 

$20 blood test that is done automatically unless it is specifically ruled out by the 

physician in advance. [fn 39] 

These views were supplemented by a piece in the Washington Post by Abigail Trafford, 

the editor of that newspaper's weekly health supplement, who was herself a victim of 

Graves' disease. Ms. Trafford warned her readers of "the bad news: It is difficult to live 

with and adjust to Graves's disease. What's missing in all the upbeat press releases from 

the White House is the powerful emotional impact the disease has on many patients and 

the effects of hyperthyroidism on mood, behavior, and judgment. And while Graves' is, 

indeed, curable, it can take months, sometimes years, for people to get their thyroid 

function back to normal." Joshua L. Cohen, assistant professor of medicine at George 

Washington University, told Ms. Trafford that "Graves' disease strikes on a psychological 

basis and it strikes a population that is not used to the concept of being sick." According 

to Washington endocrinologist James N. Ramey, "There's no question that the emotions 

are severely out of whack." Terry Taylor, acting chief of endocrinology at Georgetown 

University Medical Center described Graves' patients: "Emotionally, they can be feeling 

very good and then very bad. There are a lot of ups and downs....They cry at TV ads.""It 

takes several half-lives to get the thyroid level in the blood down." Therefore some 

patients take three months to feel like "their old selves," and some take a year. Ms. 

Trafford recalls that on August 10, 1990, during the first week, of the Gulf crisis, when 

Bush left for his summer vacation in Maine, he was heard to say: 

Life goes on. Gotta keep moving. Can't stay in one place all the time. [fn 40] 

According to the Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing by Lillian Sholtis Brunner and 

Doris Smith Suddarth, hyperthyroidism "may appear after an emotional shock, nervous 

strain, or an infection -- but the exact significance of these relationships is not 

understood." According to these authors, "patients with well-developed hyperthyroidism 

exhibit a characterstic group of symptoms and signs. Their presenting symptom is often 

nervousness. They are emotionally hyperexcitable; their state of mind is apt to be irritable 

and apprehensive; they cannot sit quietly; they suffer from palpitation; and their pulse is 

abnormally rapid at rest as well as on exertion." The disease "may progress relentlessly, 

the untreated patient becoming emaciated, intensely nervous, delirious -- even disoriented 

-- and the heart eventually 'racing itself to death.'" These authors also point out that "no 

treatment for hyperthyroidism has been discovered that combats its basic cause," even 

though a number of forms of treatment are available. Within the context of treatment, the 

following "overview of nursing management" is recommended: 

The objectives of nursing care are to assist the patient in overcoming his symptoms and 

to help him return to a euthyroid condition. The nurse maintains a calm manner and 

understands that much of his nervousness and anxiety is beyond his control. Activities to 

lessen the irritability of the nervous system may include the following: protecting the 

patient from stressful experiences, such as upsetting visitors or the presence of annoying

or very ill patients; providing a cool and uncluttered environment; and encouraging the 

patient to enjoy pleasant music, light television entertainment, and interesting and 

relaxing hobbies. [fn 41] 

This is hardly a description of the White House situation room. 

During the course of this debate, newspapers printed summaries of substances which are 

thought to have an influence on thyroid activity. These included germs such as yersinia 

enterocolitica, certain types of retrovirus, lithium, iodine, and the so-called goitrogens. 

This last category includes chemicals found in vegetables such as broccoli and cabbage. 

The New York Times of May 19 carried two letters to the editor on this subject. One, 

from Professor Franklin M. Loew, Dean of the Tufts University Veterinary School, 

recalled that vegetables of the brassica family, such as brussel sprouts, kale, and broccoli 

contain substances that may help to prevent Graves' disease. The other letter reported that 

the popular guide, Prescription for Nutritional Healing, recommends plenty of broccoli to 

guard against the dangers of the overactive thyroid. All of this once again posed the 

question of Bush's outbursts about broccoli, which may have been urged on his by 

physicians seeking a way to mitigate some of his symptoms. 

Was Operation Desert Storm really Operation Thyroid Storm? On May 20, one of the 

most fanatical supporters of war against Iraq had attempted to pre-empt the discussion of 

the role of hyperthyroid mental instability in Bush's military decisions. This was William 

Safire, who wrote: 

Next, with more sinister intent, we can expect this question: To what extent was the 

President's uncharacteristically activist mindset after the Iraqi invasion affected by a 

hyperthyroid condition? Was he hyper last August 2? Did the overactive gland affect his 

decision to launch the air war or the ground war early this year? [fn 43] 

Bush himself had been asked to comment about this possibility. He replied that any idea 

that his warmongering in the Gulf had been facilitated by his thryoid disorder was "just 

plain, old- fashioned malarkey." Before leaving on a visit to St. Paul, Minnesota, Bush 

protested that his health was fine. "I'm not wary, you know, wondering what happens 

next," he said. It makes me happy everything's okay. They diagnosed it right, treated it 

right, and there's nothing more serious to it." Just after he had boarded Air Force One at 

Andrews Air Force Base for his trip to the Twin Cities, Bush called reporters together 

and declared: "I just want to say everything's fine." Asked about any side effects of the 

five medicines he was then taking, Bush answered that his medication "affects my 

tummy. But it doesn't affect my willingness and eagerness to get to the office." In an 

apparent allusion to Lincoln's celebrated comment on the alleged alcoholism of Gen. 

Grant, Bush even suggested that his thryoid excess may have been an advantage: "There's 

a great man who suggested, 'If that's your problem, then get more thyroid problems 

because it went very well, indeed.'" [fn 44]

During June, there were hints from Bush and his retinue that he might not run for 

president again in 1992. This was largely a cynical public relations ploy, attempting to 

generate a story when it was clear that Bush was monomaniacally obsessed with holding 

onto power as long his he could and by any means. On a visit to Los Angeles, Bush 

alluded to this question, and tried to portray himself as a man whose sense of duty to the 

voters would only allow him to consider re-election if he were in perfect condition. 

Would he run again? "I haven't decided. It's too early. Don't push me." There was the 

testy note again. Any reasons why he might not? "Can't really think of a reason except, 

certainly, health." 

I'd owe it to the American people to say, 'Hey, I'm up for the job for four more years.' I 

think [my] health's in good enough shape to certify, but I want to take a look at it later on. 

I can't tell you I feel perfect yet, but I'm getting there....I want to get off all this medicine. 

[fn 45] 

I'm absolutely convinced on that one -- if you had to ask me on that one today -- I think 

health's in good enough shape to certify, 'Yeah.' But I want to take a look at it later on. I 

don't know. I've got a strong-willed wife. Oh, she's strong. The Silver Fox, boy. 

It wouldn't be decided running from a battle. The fact if there's a battle, and there will be, 

that would make me inclined to say I'm going to be a candidate. [fn 46] 

As part of this same deception number, Barbara Bush also floated a trial balloon that 

George might renounce the second half of his birthright. Speaking of the period 1993- 

1997, Mrs. Bush told a reporter, "I wouldn't mind if he gave [those years] to me. I 

wouldn't mind if he didn't, I would not be terribly disappointed if he didn't run." In the 

course of this interview, Mrs. Bush also revealed that George, despite his hyperthyroid 

treatment, was still manic enough to want to play golf at the crack of dawn: "Sometimes 

he says to me at 5 in the morning, "If you played golf we could go out and play right 

now.'" Mrs. Bush admitted that she was now taking golf lessons; "I want to be with 

George," she explained. [fn 47] 

But six weeks later, during the course of the Moscow summit, Mrs. Bush rose above her 

personal concerns to look historical necessity straight in the eye: "I really think he has to 

run again, honestly." And why was that? "For the country's sake. I think he's got a lot left 

to do, and I think he has to. Now, I don't want that to be a public announcement." How 

about lingering doubts on Bush's physical condition? "He is well. And you know myths 

get started, and we've got to stop it. The president is very well. He jogged on Sunday and 

played 18 holes of golf. Plus we had a large group for dinner. The president is great." 

Repeating this line for ABC and NBC television, Mrs. Bush denied that she would try to 

talk George out of a bid for a second term. She suggested that such ideas were largely the 

creation of the press, a slightly disingenuous posture. [fn 48] 

As for the burning issue of Dan Quayle's precious bodily fluids, the tests ordered in May 

revealed that there was some lead in the old pipes at the Naval Observatory. Marilyn 

Quayle shared this vital intelligence with a group of Republican fat cats at a fundraiser in

Orlando, Florida. "We've gotten some reports back that weren't real heartening," said 

Marilyn. "We had higher lead [levels] than what was supposed to be there in some of the 

different spigots, but it wasn't all over the house. We want to have it redone because it 

didn't make any sense." But experts maintained that there is no connection between lead 

and Graves' disease. [fn 49] Of course, lead-lined goblets and other drinking vessels used 

by the wealthy during the Roman Empire have sometimes been cited as a factor in the 

notable mental instability of many emperors. 

In early August, Bush met with a group of perception pimps and other political advisers 

at his Camp David retreat. Pollster Bob Teeter was there, along with Robert Mosbacher, 

who was on the inside track to chair the campaign. Also present were Brady, Quayle, 

Sununu, William Kristol of Quayle's staff, and media expert Roger Ailes. A few days 

earlier, Bush had stated that "only a health problem" might make him drop out, but "I 

don't have one right now. On the same day, Burton Lee had certified Bush as being "in 

excellent health." [fn 50] By late October, the Bushmen were already holding $1000-aplate 

fundraising dinners, complete with Bush, Quayle, Mosbacher, and other heavies of 

the regime. Bush was running, with a vengeance. 

Comparing the evidence adduced here so far about the etiology and symptoms of 

Basedow's disease with Bush's pattern of activity in 1988-1991, three general conclusions 

are suggested: 

1. Since 1987-88 at the latest, George Bush has exhibited a marked tendency towards 

obsessive rage states, often expressed by compulsive public displays of extreme anger 

and lack of self- control. These obsessive rage states and the quasi-psychotic impulses 

behind them may be regarded as the probable psychological trigger for Basedow's 

disease, a psychosomatic, autoimmune disorder. 

2. There is much evidence that important decisions, including most notably Bush's 

decisions militarily to attack Panama and Iraq, were substantially facilitated by these 

obsessive rage states. 

3. There are indications that Bush's inability to kill or capture Saddam Hussein, combined 

with his inability to destroy the Baath party government of Iraq, frustrated of one of 

Bush's obsessive compulsions and may thus have contributed to a hyperthryoid crisis and 

the emergence of atrial fibrillation in early May of 1991. Alternatively, the accumulated 

tensions of the Gulf crisis, possibly in some combination with other events, may have 

been sufficient to precipitate Bush's hospitalization. 

The question that remains to be considered is whether Bush can be considered cured of 

the mental and physiological disorders involved with his hyperthyroid crisis. The answer 

is that Bush demonstrably continues to exhibit those symptoms of rage, irritability, 

uncontrollable outbursts, compulsive and frenetic activity, and impulsive decisions which 

we must conclude were part of the trigger for Basedow's disease in the first place. During 

the first six months after Bush drank his cocktail of radioactive iodine, and he did not 

become any more tranquil. His agenda has remained packed, and his sports calendar

frenetic. He still tends to make unpredictable snap decisions. He had often lost control of 

his emotions in public, most often through rage, but also through weeping and other 

forms of affective upheaval. 

June 5: Bush addressed the annual meeting of the Southern Baptist Convention in 

Atlanta, Georgia, and recounted his tearful Camp David decision to launch war in the 

Gulf. "And the tears started to roll down the cheeks, and our minister smiled back, and I 

no longer worried how it looked to others," Bush told the Baptists. As viewed by Andrew 

Rosenthal of the New York Times, the scene proceeded as follows: 

At that moment, Mr. Bush's voice broke, and tears filled his eyes. He brushed at them 

with a finger. Then he turned to one of the cameras near the lectern, flashed one of the 

incongruous grins that often appear in his moments of emotional discomfort, and pointed 

to his cheek. "Here we go," he said. 

Mr. Bush confessed to reporters afterward that he felt a little embarrassed by his display 

of emotion before the delegates. "I do that in church," he said. "Maybe in public it's a 

kind of a first, or maybe a third." [fn 51] 

According to other accounts, Bush's "voice cracked," and he "grew husky and choked." 

June 16: Bush visited Los Angeles to attend a party thrown by Malibu producer Jerry 

Weintraub, who has been responsible for such films as "The Karate Kid" and "My 

Stepmother is an Alien." Bush also played golf with Ronald Reagan, outdriving and 

outputting the aging former president. One press account suggests that Bush maintained 

his hyperhtyroid pace: 

Apart from playing golf, Mr. Bush continued his usual mad dash of recreation. This 

morning, he was in such a hurry to get to a tennis game that his motorcade roared off 

without his personal aide, his personal physician, and, more important, the military 

officer who carries codes for launching nuclear missles. Unnerved by this omission, 

White House aides hurriedly rounded up transportation and sped the officer to the tennis 

courts. 

During this trip, Bush also experienced a rage outburst set off by a reporter's reference to 

the 1988 Newsweek cover that explored "the wimp factor." This set Bush off as follows: 

You're talking to the wimp. You're talking to the guy that had a cover of a national 

magazine that I'll never forgive, put that label on me. [fn 52] 

July 11-12: On July 11, Bush received a visit from Japanese Prime Minister Toshiki 

Kaifu at Kennebunkport. He was asked about senate hearings on his nomination of 

Robert Gates to be head of the CIA. (With anything but a rubberstamp Congress, the 

Gates nomination would have had to be seen as a gratuitous provocation. Gates had been 

up to his neck in Iran-contra and the coverup thereof, and had withdrawn during a 

previous attempt to occupy the same office. Now Bush was stirring up the Iran-contra

affair once again. Washington rumor had it that Bush's first choice for the post had been 

Don Gregg, and that Bush's handlers had exahusted their energies in persuading Bush to 

renounce this even bigger provocation. When Bush had been forced to drop Gregg, he 

had insisted on Gates. Obsessions and hyperthyroidism had been at work in all this. Now 

Bush was asked about Gates: was his story credible that he knew nothing of illegal funds 

transfer when those above and below him in the chain of command knew all about it? 

Bush's first comment was moderate in tone: 

Doesn't stretch my credibility because I believe firmly in Bob Gates's word. And he's a 

man of total honor, and he should be confirmed as Director of Central Intelligence. And 

when you have behind-doors, closed-door allegations that nobody really knows anything 

about, I'm not sure where the fairness element comes in on that one, Jim. 

The next day, July 12, Bush engaged in a question and answer session with reporters. 

Bush was dressed in sporting togs, but today he was out of control. His first impulse was 

to escape from the reporters: 

Hey, listen. I've got to go now. Heavy recreation coming up before we go abroad, so I've 

got to keep going. 

He fought off some questions about Clarence Thomas allegedly smoking marijuana, 

commenting that this was not disqualifying. Then, there was a mention of Gates: 

Q: Has Gates told you about- 

That touched Bush's obsession of the day. Gates had been accused of complicity in Irancontra 

gun-running and drug running; but Bush himself had once again come under 

attack for his role in the October surprise conspiracy to delay the release of US hostages 

held in Teheran. Several days before, the former director of Central American affairs for 

the CIA, Alan Fiers, had admitted lying to Congress. Special prosecutor Lawrence Walsh 

was continuing his investigation, and it was now clear that the Senate would not vote on 

the Gates nomination until the autumn. At this point Bush broke in, and with a contorted 

face launched into an interminable enraged monologue, angrily brushing aside 

interruptions. The passages are worth reproducing here in detail because of the insight 

they afford into the workings of a tormented mind: 

Bush: Let me say something on the Gates matter. What are we coming to here? You're 

talking to somebody who had to prove his innocence --me--on the basis of rumor. It was 

alleged by people that we weren't sure who they were, that I was in Paris at some deal to 

keep Americans in captivity. That's what the allegation was against me. And I'm saying 

to myself, who's making these allegations? What's the evidence? What have we come to 

where a man has to prove his innocence against some fluid, movable charge? 

And now I'm thinking about Bob Gates. And I'm saying: What is this all about? Isn't the 

people that might be accusing him of something --shouldn't it be their responsibility 

under the American system of fairplay? I have full confidence in him. But what is this

system where we hear some leak in some newspaper that behind closed doors somebody 

has said something, and thus a lot of people run for cover? 

I have confidence in Gates. And if somebody wants to accuse him of something, the 

Senate is absolutely right in getting that determination made and asking for the evidence, 

but they ought not to have it obscured by some testimony that's been going on for four 

years. They ought not to accept a rumor. They ought not to panic and run like a covey of 

quail because somebody has made an allegation against a man whose work I trust and 

who, as I understand it, hasn't been fingered by what's coming out of this process. 

And so, I'm glad this has come up again because I think what we're entitled to in this 

country is fairplay, innocence until guilty. And yes, the Senate has an obligation, but let's 

call these witnesses that are supposed to know something bad. Isn't Bob Gates entitled to 

that? I mean, why let them run for cover and say let's hang it out all over next summer? 

Now, if Gates wants to do that, that's fine. But if somebody asked me about it, I'd say, 

hey, get the men up there that are making these -- 

Q: We don't understand-- 

Bush: Excuse me -- get the men up there that are making these allegations. Isn't that the 

American system of justice? What is it when we hear something leaked to a newspaper 

and we all run for cover because we're -- not me, because I know Bob Gates and I have 

total confidence in the man's integrity and honor. And if the Senate wants -- and the 

Senate, I think, now owes it to him to promptly call his accusers or those who they think - 

- who we understand from newspaper articles are supposedly making accusations against 

him. And don't let them stay under cover, "well, we can't do that because we have this 

other ongoing testimony" or some behind- closed-doors, what do they call these -indictment 

proceedings going on. That's not the American way. 

We sent this nomination up some time ago. And if everybody's going to get flustered and 

panic because of some allegation by some -- where we don't even know that the person is 

accusing him of anything -- all I'm saying is fairplay. The American -- 

Q: Do you think-- 

Bush: May I finish? The American people understand fairplay. And I just hope the Senate 

will keep this in mind. I have no argument with Senator Boren, Senator Murkowski 

wanting to get to the bottom of it. But this idea that it will be served by leaving it out all 

summer -- you know and I know there will be questions every single day -- what about 

this allegation? What about that? All I'm saying is, from everything I've seen, yes, let's 

get to the bottom of it, but lets' bring forward these people that are supposedly fingering 

him. Let's bring forward and let them stand there under oath before the Senate, as I think 

the Senate intends to do. But why wait? Why not -- this nomination has been there a long 

time, and now we're hearing that there's some process going on behind-closed-doors 

someplace by some witness who hasn't fingered Gates, but that's enough to hold this up.

If Bob Gates wants to hold it up, fine. If he says to me we want to delay it, fine. But other 

than that, let the American system of fairplay work. Let innocence until proven guilty be 

the guideline here. And let promptness-- we need a good-- a new Director to follow on an 

excellent Director, and we need it soon, to run this intelligence community. 

So, that's my position. And I'm glad, Jim, that you raised it again because I really feel 

strongly about this. I just don't think it's the American way to bring a good man down by 

rumor and insinuation. That's not the system. 

After several more questions and answers on Gates, there was a question on a move afoot 

in the House to launch the first formal investigation of the October surprise affair, 

including Bush's role. Was it a fishing expedition? 

Bush: Well, I wouldn't accuse the Speaker of that. The man --he's another one that's-- too 

much integrity to be in that mode. I think he's in a difficult position. But let's see the 

evidence, bring it forth. If they're still charging that I was in Paris on october 20th, if it's 

that kind of case, fine. But the evidence is --what happened-- you know, here's a good 

case. All this rumor, can't quite pin it down, but as Vice President, the President -- now 

President - - was supposed to have been in Paris in the month of October, specifically on 

October 20th. Who's accusing me? Well, nobody's really accusing you of it, but every 

paper's got it. 

We come forth with evidence which includes almost minute-by- minute certification as to 

where I was, and then they say, well, maybe that's laid to rest, but somebody else is 

supposed to have been someplace else. Maybe the way to lay it to rest is through what 

Foley's talking about. And if he decides that, look, he'll have full cooperation from me. 

How long can you keep denying your knowledge or involvement on something that didn't 

happen, as far as I know? But maybe he's got some other evidence. But it just seems a 

little wierd that it keeps going. You shoot down one thing, and somebody else raises 

another. 

Q: Are you certain that Casey had no dealings that could be interpreted -- 

Bush: I have no knowledge of what Casey can do, or did do. The man's dead. Let's have 

some more interviews with a dead man. You know what I mean? Get it? (Laughter). 

Q: I think so. (Laughter) 

Q: Mr. President, to clear -- 

Bush: Hey, I've got to go fishing, it's much more important than doing this. Yes, Helen? 

No. 

Q: Mr. President, to clear the air and get everything out in the open, could you order the 

release of the CIA telephone conversations?

Bush: I'm leaving all this in the hands of the legal authorities and I am not going to 

intervene in a court proceeding. I am not a lawyer. I don't want to have some 22-year old 

prosecutor jump up and say that the President has -- (Laughter)-- frustrated the process 

here. I don't know enough about that. You've got good lawyers that do. I don't know 

enough about scheduling or how evidence before grand juries work, and I'm disinclined 

to learn. But I do know a little something about fairplay. And all I'm trying to say is, let's 

revert to that standard. Let's use that as the guide here and not get caught up in some 

niggling, legal point. 

I'm seeing a man's character getting damaged, just as I feel mine was challenged when 

they said, hey, prove your innocence. You're guilty until innocent. Prove you weren't in 

Paris on -- whatever the hell it was -- October 20th. And here he went to the front yard at 

10:22. He was at the so-and-so embassy at 10:27. He was so and so. And finally, well, 

that one just fades into the sunset and along comes a bunch of other allegations by 

unnamed people that you can't find and can't put your -- like reaching out and touching a 

handful of whipped cream, you can't get ahold of it. I don't want to --I've been through a 

little bit-- but I don't want to see Bob Gates, a man of honor and integrity, go through it 

anymore. That's all I'm trying to say. 

Thank you. Have a neat day. [fn 53] 

July 20: Bush was on a foreign trip that included a meeting with Mitterrand in 

Rambouillet, near Paris, the G-7 meeting in London, and a trip to Turkey and Greece. 

According to press accounts, he was examined every day by Burton Lee. As one 

journalist travelling with Bush's party tells it, "Toward the end of the trip, [Bush] looked 

tired. Last Saturday [July 20], he could not recall the details of a speech he was to give in 

two days. 'It's a speech in the Rose Garden to some special group,' he told a news 

conference. 'Don't ask me any more.'" 

On Sunday, taking questions from reporters while posing for photographs with Suleyman 

Demirel, leader of a Turkish opposition party, Bush testily objected to the tone of an 

American radio reporter's question. "Now, wait a minute," Bush said. You don't ask in 

that tone; just ask the question." [fn 54] 

July 23: At a White House meeting with GOP leaders, even the New York Times could 

not ignore Bush's "apparent irritation" on the Gates issue, a leading Bush obsession. Bush 

was still furious about Gates being left to twist in the wind all summer. "I think the man 

deserves to be confirmed, and I've seen nothing other than innuendo and reports that he 

must have known this or something. I don't want to get started. [Understandable, after his 

previous nonstop rage monologue.] I told the cabinet yesterday how strongly I feel about 

this and so I will stand by this man." [fn 56] 

August 2: One day after returning to Washington from the Moscow summit, Bush gave a 

news conference in the Rose Garden that was heavily colored by obsessive rage, as can 

be seen from a front-page photograph in the next day's Washington Post, which shows 

him snarling and gesticulating. Bush's main theme was an attack on the Congress, "a

Congress that is frustratingly negative on everything." "I'm getting fired up thinking 

about it, Bush said. He then launched into a tirade: 

We've got excellent programs, and the only way when the other party controls the 

Congress is to defeat some of their lousy ideas and then keep saying to the American 

people, 'Have your congressman try the president's ideas. We need more farsighted 

people like me in Congress. 

So please, American people, -- let me look over this way -- please, do not listen to the 

charges by frantic Democrats who are trying to say we don't have a domestic policy when 

we have a good one. Give it a chance. Let the president's programs come up, and let's 

have some support for what he was elected to do. 

According to Bush, the Democrats "seem to have a concerted policy...to tear down the 

president." Asked about possible Democratic presidential candidates meeting with the 

widow of his family benefactor, Bush responded with muted anger, "These fellows who 

are very nice, very pleasant -- all go down to Pamela Harriman's farm down here, the 

bastion of democracy, and come back and tell me that we don't have a domestic program. 

C'mon. Lighten up out there." After the long diatribes, it was perhaps not surprising that 

someone asked Bush how he was feeling. "Right now, I feel like a million bucks," he 

replied. But he was adamant that it was time for his vacation: "I'm history...It's going to 

be a vacation. I think I've earned it, like a lot of Americans, and I'm looking forward to it. 

And it will not be denied." [fn 55] 

August 14: Bush's rage profile was once more on display as he called for an extension of 

the federal death penalty in a Pittsburgh speech that was also full of racist overtones. 

Addressing the National Convention of the Fraternal Order of Police, Bush ranted that 

"the time has come to show less compassion for the architects of crime and more 

compassion for its victims. Our citizens want and deserve to feel safe." "We must 

remember that the first obligation of a penal system is to punish those who break our 

laws....You can't turn bad people into saints." Bush wanted courts to be able to use 

evidence that had been seized illegally: "There's no reason -- none at all-- that good 

police officers should be penalized and criminals freed because a judge or a lawyer 

bungled a search warrant." Journalists noted that the speech and the setting were typical 

of the standard campaign event of 1988, which was often a police group endorsing Bush, 

courtesy of the CIA Office of Security. The photo of Bush in the Washington Post is 

expressive of Bush's anger when making the speech. [fn 57] 

August 21: The Soviet putsch was a trying time for Bush, who staked a great deal on his 

deal with Gorbachov. A remarkable flare- up by Bush came in response to the opinion 

expressed by Zviad Gamsakhurdia, the president of the Republic of Georgia, that 

Gorbachov was part of the conspiracy behind the coup. Bush, asked for a reaction, was 

incensed: 

Bush: --say to him he needs to get a little work done on the kind of statements he's 

making. I mean that's ridiculous. There's a man who has been also swimming against the

tide, it seems to me, a little bit. And I don't want to go overboard on this, but he ought to 

get with it and understand what's happening around the world. 

Q: Are you saying that-- 

Bush: To suggest that President Gorbachov would plot to put the people of the Soviet 

Union through this kind of trauma and the rest of the world through it just makes 

absolutely no sense at all. Now, I haven't heard him say that, so I want to hedge it. You've 

told me he said it; I haven't heard it. So, I've got to be very careful I don't react to 

something that may not be true. I learned that one a long time ago. 

Here we can see that Bush pulled himself together just enough to leave himself an escape 

hatch after he had blown his top. 

September 11: In a photo opportunity with Congressmen in which he was asked about his 

demand that the Congress postpone a vote on loan guarantees for Israel until January, 

1992, so as to permit a Middle East peace conference to take place in the meantime, Bush 

showed flareups of rage. Bush's ploy was widely thought to be part of the preparation of 

an Israeli "breakaway ally" scenario, in which Israel, defying the wishes of Washington, 

would wage war against Jordan, mass-deport the Palestinians, and possibly attack other 

Arab states. Bush had been accused of anti-semitism by a minority member of the Israeli 

cabinet. Was he going to lose a confrontation with the formidable Zionist lobby? This 

issue was Bush's obsession of the moment; his reply was testy and full of veiled threats: 

"Well, I don't know what you mean by lose on it. What I'm for is the peace process to be 

successful, and we're working diligently for that. [...] And so, what I'm suggesting is a 

simple delay here, in my view and in the view of all of us in the administration, is the 

best way to set the proper tone for these talks to start. And I feel very strongly about it. 

So, it's not a question of winning or losing in my view. Strong-willed people look at these 

matters differently. My view is that a delay is in the interest, and I'm going to fight for it. 

And I think the American people will back me on it if we take the case to the people. But 

what we're really trying to do is work it out without getting into a lot of confrontation." 

Was a confrontation not already taking place ? Bush answered, with his rage quotient 

rising: "I can take quite a few punches. We're talking about working harmoniously 

together in the spirit of cooperation. And I've seen comments from abroad that I didn't 

particularly appreciate. But we're the United States of America, and we have a leadership 

role around the world that has to be fulfilled. And I'm calling the shots in this question in 

the way that I think is best. And I've got some selling to do with certain Members of 

Congress, and that's understandable to me. So, we'll see how it comes out. But I'm not 

approaching this in the spirit of confrontation if that's the question. You haven't seen any 

real controversial statements coming out of here up till now." 

September 12: At a press conference, the issue of the Israeli loan guarantee postponement 

was once again the central theme. Bush was in a controlled rage state during his opening 

statement, and went ballistic during the questioning. A questioner noted that Bush 

sounded "very tough" on insisting on the delay. Bush:

I just sound principled. I am convinced that this debate would be counterproductive to 

peace. And I owe it to the Member of Congress to say it as forcefully as I can. I've worn 

out of the telephone in there and one ear, and I'm going to move to the other ear and keep 

on it. Because this is, peace is vital here, and we've worked too hard to have that request 

of mine denied. And I think the American people will support me. They know we support 

Israel. I've just detailed some of what we've done. So, there should be no question about 

that. I am giving the Congress -- and I did it with the leaders today, having an opportunity 

here, thank you, to do it here- - to give my best judgment. And I'm up against some 

powerful political forces, but I owe it to the American people to tell them how strongly I 

feel about the deferral. 

Q: Are those powerful political forces ungrateful for what you've done so far on a peace 

process? And why doesn't the peace argument sell with them? 

Bush: I think it will sell, but it's taken a little time. And we're up against a very strong and 

effective, sometimes, groups that go up to the Hill. I heard today there was something 

like a thousand lobbyists on the Hill working the other side of the question. We've got 

one lonely little guy down here doing it. However, I like this forum better too. 

This last passage was suffused with apoplectic fury. In the next question, Bush was asked 

if a columnist was right in commenting on Bush's stance, "It's your obsession." Bush 

denied it, but it was clear to all that he was both enraged and obsessed. [52 bis] 

Later Bush and his handlers concluded that he had overdone it, especially in his attack on 

the 1,000 Zionist lobbyists, and sent a letter to the heads of several Jewish organizations 

repeating his demand for the delay, but also saying that he was "concerned" lest his 

September 10 comments might have "caused apprehension" in the Jewish community; 

Bush reassured them that he "never meant to be pejorative in any sense." In a news 

analysis published 8 days later, a Washington Post observer found that Bush's "ardor is 

fueled by his anger," and quoted an unnamed official that for Bush the issue of Jewish 

settlements in the occupied territories was "a visceral thing." [fn 58] 

September 18: In a demagogic photo opportunity at the Grand Canyon, Bush again 

threatened to renew the bombing of Iraq. In remarks that recalled his psychotic rages 

against Saddam Hussein during the Gulf crisis, Bush raved that he was "fed up" with 

Saddam. Bush said that Saddam "may be testing and probing" his resolve, "but he knows 

better than to take on the United States of America." "I think the man will see that we are 

very serious about this, and he will do what he should have done in the first place: 

disclose and comply." 

October 11: Hoping that public attention was fixed on the Senate testimony of Anita Hill, 

Bush vetoed a bill to extend unemployment payments to more than 2 million Americans 

whose jobless benefits had run out. Bush had prepared this veto with a furious outburst 

against such an extension. At a $1000-a-plate Republican fundraising dinner in New 

Brunswick, New Jersey, Bush had lashed out angrily at a Congress which was "doing 

nothing but griping -- refusing to consider the new ideas and sending me a bunch of

garbage I will not sign. I'll continue to veto the bad stuff until we get good bills." Bush's 

argument was that the prolonged unemployment benefits were not needed because the 

recession was over anyway. He stressed his responsibility not to break the October, 1990 

budget agreement, which by that time was producing a budget deficit officially admitted 

to be over $1 billion per day. Later, as the existence of the depression began to penetrate 

the public consciousness, Bush had to backtrack on this tirade. [fn 61] 

October 24: Attempting to focus public anger on Congress in the wake of the Clarence 

Thomas hearings, Bush attacked the lawmakers as "a privileged class of rulers." "When 

Congress exempts itself from the very laws it writes for others, it strikes at its own 

reputation and shatters public confidence in government," he said. This was a transparent 

bid to increase police-state attacks on the Congress by subjecting the legislative branch to 

the oversight of law enforcement agencies which are part of the executive, a favorite 

Bush obsession. Bush demanded a special prosecutor to investigate the leaks of FBI 

information during the Thomas hearings, and said that FBI reports would henceforth only 

be shown, not given to the Hill. As Bush read through his tirade, his face twisted and 

tightened into a mask of rage and hate. At one point, perhaps in response to signals from 

his handlers, he paused and apologized to the audience for getting so worked up, but the 

issue meant a lot to him. [fn 62] 

October 30: Commenting on Bush's surprising acceptance of a compromise civil rights 

bill, Evans and Novak report that "Bush's capitulation on racial quotas has again chilled 

conservative Republicans still suffering from the year-old wound of his tax retreat." The 

columnists quote Democratic Rep. Vin Weber saying that "It's a sign that their reactions 

in times of crisis are not good." [fn 63] For months, Bush had sought to attack this 

legislation as a quota bill, and it was clear that he was preparing to use this as a way to 

inject racism into his 1992 campaign. Indeed, the racism/quota issue was widely seen as 

one of the few domestic wedge issues Bush could use for his campaign: his plan was to 

tell the white middle class that their economic decimation was the fault of blacks and 

other minorities benefitting from affirmative action programs. Then, in the wake of the 

Thomas hearings, he accepted a compromise and lost the issue. Was this an impulsive, 

hyperthyroid decision? 

October 31: Bush held the first official event of his re-election campaign on Halloween; it 

was a $1000-a-plate fundraiser at the Sheraton Astrodome in Houston. Bush offered an 

irate defense of his tenure in the presidency. But the audience of 800 GOP fat cats gave 

Bush only a tepid response. In the words of Elizabeth Ray, a local Republican candidate 

for district judge, "I thought the dinner was very subdued. Halfway into [Bush's] speech, 

people were still not clapping at some of the traditional times, and I thought to myself, 

'This is a very odd crowd.'" "It wasn't a pep rally," agreed her husband, a Houston 

business consultant. The heart of Bush's highly piqued performance was in these lines: 

Anyone who says we should retreat into an isolationistic cocoon is living in the last 

century, when we should be focused on the next century and the lives our children will 

lead. And they should know America's destiny has always been to lead. And if I have

anything to do with it, lead we will...I'm not going to let liberal Democratic carping keep 

me from leading. 

When Bush said "carping," he seemed to spit and hiss at the same time. Then, with his 

bile and andrenaline building to a crescendo of rage, Bush recalled the Gulf war and how 

far Schwarzkopf would have gotten if Congress had been in command. "Thank God I 

didn't have to listen to these carpers telling me how to run that war," Bush exploded in a 

paroxysm of fury. The implication was also clear: to checkmate Congress, go to war. 

It was during this trip to Texas that Bush began spouting his favorite anticyclical line, 

that it was a great time to buy a house and to buy a car. Many people across America 

thought that they were having enough trouble buying groceries. 

Bush's outburst this time reflected the rising tide of public awareness of the economic 

depression, and demands that he change his policy. Senator Mitchell had assailed Bush 

with unusual energy, noting that "President Bush's record for economic growth and job 

creation is worse than for any other president since Herbert Hoover. During Bush's 

presidency, our country has grown at a slower rate, with fewer jobs created than during 

any other presidency in the past 60 years." That hurt. Secretary Brady was later sent out 

to complain that he could not "understand why it is a function of leadership to try and 

remind the people in this country of the recession and Herbert Hoover." [fn 64] Brady 

was afraid even of the word, "depression." Earlier the same day Bush had taken part in a 

"virtual political brawl" in the cabinet room over the impact of the depression on politics, 

with predictions of the defeat of Bush's candidate, administrative fascist Richard 

Thornburgh, in the all-important Pennsylvania senate race. Bush's response had been 

primarily one of recrimination, judging from published accounts: he excoriated 

Republican congressional leaders for not toeing his line in the October, 1990 budget 

battles. Bush told these leaders that he did not think he could depend on Congressional 

Republicans voting with him if an economic package also contained new taxes. The 

meeting had been tense and acrimonious. [fn 65] 

A comment in Newsweek noted that "at a Houston fund-raising banquet last week, the 

president sounded downright petulant discussing the economy, as if he'd been forced to 

eat broccoli for dinner." [fn 66] 

November 2: Bush's psychological stability was further impacted by the devastation of 

his home at Walker's Point, in Kennebunkport, Maine, by a severe Atlantic storm. 

Because he was under fire for representing only the wealthy, he flew to Maine on a small 

executive jet, the military equivalent of a Grumman Gulfstream, rather than using Air 

Force One, a Boeing 747. The furniture and some walls on the ground floor were 

destroyed, and there was a considerable loss of family memorabilia. Bush found a 

photograph of father Prescott in a swampy area several hundred feet from the house. "It's 

devastating." "I can't believe it," said Bush. "A lot of this [was] stuff that you would call 

dear, not valuable, but things we bought in China or different trips. It's personal. You'll 

see 'em floating around out here." Bush also referred mystically to the importance of 

rebuilding and keeping a home by the ocean: "We'll be here. It means something to us.

It's our family strength, being this close to the ocean. We'll figure it out." Bushwatchers 

sensed that Bush's mental instability could only be exacerbated by this trauma. [fn 67] 

Bush once again looked ghastly on this outing, and about as old as King Canute. 

November 5: This was election day, and exit polls in the late afternoon showed a decisive 

defeat of Thornburgh in Pennsylvania, reflecting rising popular resentment of the Bush 

regime. The next day, Bush was scheduled to depart for a NATO meeting and Rome and 

then for a meeting with the leaders of the European Community in The Hague. But, 

abruptly and in time for the evening news programs, Bush announced that he was 

cancelling a later 10-day trip that was scheduled to have taken him to Japan, South 

Korea, Singapore, and Australia. The rationale offered for this reversal was that Bush 

wanted to stay in Washington until the end of November and work on getting his 

"domestic legislative package" through Congress. This explanation was incongruous for 

at least two reasons: first, the Congressional leadership clearly hoped to adjourn and go 

home for Thanksgiving recess by the time that Bush's scheduled trip to the Orient was to 

have begun. Secondly, Bush had no domestic legislative package. 

Some of Bush's closest associates were dismayed by his rapid collapse under pressure. "It 

makes it look like the Democrats have us on the total run," one senior administration 

official told the Washington Post. "This is ridiculous. We look like we're running around 

like chickens with our heads cut off," said a GOP official with close ties to the White 

House. The impression was that Bush had panicked when he became aware that the 

Democratic National Committee had produced a t-shirt celebrating Bush's "Anywhere but 

America Tour," listing trips completed and planned during 1991. Bush, who was 

watching his own support and popularity decline inexorably in the polls, had apparently 

been stampeded by the defeat of Thornburgh and wanted to propitiate public opinion by 

staying home. It looked very much like a hyperthyroid decision. 

This impression was magnified by the chaotic way that Bush's cancellation became 

known. According to the Washington Post "the shock of Bush's decision was intensified 

in Washington and Asia by the manner of its revelation. A White House official involved 

in trip planning said he heard of the postponement late Tuesday after a high-level meeting 

and just minutes before learning that NBC News had obtained the story, which was 

broadcast on its evening news program. Several Asian embassies in Washington heard 

the news from the press reports before receiving official word from the White House." 

On the way to Rome the next day, Bush was heard to complain about what he perhaps 

considered a leak: "You got the message oozed out of the White House before we had a 

chance to properly notify the parties," he berated the press on board Air Force One. "You 

guys are too good." [fn 68] 

Sometime during October, Bush had discussed with his handlers the possibility of 

cancelling the Asia trip while simultaneously proposing a set of measures allegedly 

designed to improve economic conditions, and challenging the Congress to stay in town 

long enough to pass this package. But Bush had been unable to assemble any such set of 

measures. One GOP official complained that Bush's announcement late on election day, 

1991 was "a cancellation without a purpose. This is nuts." [fn 69] This Asian trip,

featuring a stopover in Japan, was later re-scheduled to start on December 30 and to 

extend through the first week of the New Year. It was during this trip that Bush vomited 

and collapsed to the floor during a state dinner with Japanese Prime Minister Miyazawa. 

November 6: On the morning after the election, Bush had announced a 6:40 AM press 

conference in order to put on a demagogic show of concern for the plight of those born 

on the wrong side of the tracks before jetting off to a NATO summit in Rome. He 

admitted that he was "depressed" over the defeat of Thornburgh because the latter was 

such a good man. He lamely tried to explain his decision to remain in Washington at the 

end of the month as based on his experience that "all kinds of crazy things can happen 

with this crowd that controls the Senate and House." But Bush had another big flip-flop 

to offer: although he still denied the existence of a "recession," he was now concerned 

about "people that are hurting," and for these he was willing to "go the extra mile." He 

was now seeking a compromise bill to extend unemployment benefits. Within a week, a 

compromise had been reached with most of the concessions coming from Bush, on the 

model of the civil rights bill. Was it another impuslive, hyperthyroid moment? [fn 70] 

November 7: During his address to the NATO summit of 16 heads of state and heads of 

government, Bush departed from his prepared text and inserted the following sentence off 

the cuff into his remarks: 

If, my friends, your ultimate aim is to provide independently for your own defense, the 

time to tell us is today. 

This was in many respects the most astounding threat ever made by an American 

president to the leaders of the North Atlantic Alliance, which had always been 

considered, since 1949, as the cornerstone of US foreign policy. Bush now called the 

Atlantic Pact into question, apparently in a fit of rage. Press reports spoke of "clouds of 

suspicion" separating Bush from France and Germany; the State Department and the 

British were known to be hysterical about plans to expand the exisiting Franco-German 

brigade into a larger unit. US officials told one reporter that Bush had become 

"exasperated" by the Byzantine tactics of Tonton Mitterrand, known in Paris as "Le 

Florentin" in a misguided tribute to Machiavelli. These frictions apparently had 

contributed to Bush's outburst. James Baker and other spin doctors tried to play down the 

importance of this shocking episode. [fn 71] 

November 8: At a press conference in Rome, Bush turned in yet another furious tantrum. 

The basic issues were that his travel obsession had been denied, and that he did not want 

to brook increasing criticism. Bush "complained bitterly" that he had been forced to 

abandon his prized trip to Asia owing to "some carping by people that don't understand" 

his awesome responsibilities as world leader. Bush angrily maintained that to be "driven 

away" from an Asia trip "by people holding up silly T-shirts is ridiculous." As one 

journalist saw the scene, "Bush, his voice rising and eyelids narrowing, talked at length 

about a president's responsibilities in foreign policy and the importance of Japan to 

American jobs. His passionate response contained an undercurrent of regret that he 

approved the cancellation that some Republicans said this week was precipitous and too

eactive to the Democrats." Had calling off the trip somehow interfered with Bush's plans 

for unleashing the next war? Bush reverted to his favorite theme of his war leadership: "If 

I had had to listen to advice" of Congressional Democrats "to do something about the 

Persian Gulf, we'd have still been sitting there in the United States, fat, dumb, and happy, 

with Saddam Hussein maybe in Saudi Arabia." Bush also continued to deny the 

depression: "I'm not prepared to say we're in recession." For him, an alleged growth rate 

of 2.4% "is not recession. It does not fit the definition of recession." [fn 72] 

November 12: Bush's countenance was once more a mask of rage, venom, and hatred as 

he stumbled through another $1000-a-plate Republican fundraising dinner in Manhattan. 

He appeared thin and drawn. The take for Bush's campaign was estimated at $2.2 million, 

but press reports indicated that Bush's enraged monologue "prompted little applause or 

enthusiasm as the president moved from one topic to another, rarely devoting more than a 

few seconds to any theme." Bush's delivery was halting and confused, with signs of 

evident dissociation and a truncated attention span. The essence of the speech was a 

paranoid, self-righteous defense against critics named and unnamed. Bush labelled his 

tormentors as "tawdry," "phony," and "second- guessers." He pounded the lectern as he 

ranted, "I'm not going to be the javelin-catcher for the liberals in Congress anymore." "I 

am not going to apologize for one minute that I devote to advancing our economic 

principles aborad or working for world peace," postured the president of two wars and 

counting. 

November 12: Bush, speaking in New York and fumbling for bits of demagogy on the 

economic situation, expressed a vague desire to see lower interest rates for credit card 

holders. Many observers say that the two sentences on this topic uttered by Bush that day 

had been interpolated by chief of staff Sununu; Sununu later accused Bush of having adlibbed 

the pronouncement on his own initiative. One day later, the Senate 

overwhelmingly approved a bill to cap credit card interest rates. With this, the secondary 

market in credit card debt collapsed, threatening to blow off the coverup of the 

bankruptcy of the largest US banks. On Friday, November 15, the Dow Jones Industrial 

Average lost 4% of its value within a few hours, the biggest collapse since October 13, 

1989. Bush, running for cover, hastily despatched Treasury Secretary Brady to denounce 

the interest cap as "wacky." It was yet another impulsive volte-face by the erratic and 

unstable Bush. 

November 20: With Bush scheduled to sign a civil rights bill containing provisions which 

Bush had stigmatized as quotas and sworn he would resist to the death, the White House 

circulated a directive to federal agencies mandating the termination of all hiring policies 

designed to favor minority groups or women. Bush had not wanted any civil rights bill to 

be passed, preferring to keep the race issue in his quiver for the 1992 election, but he had 

been intimidated by the threat that Sen. Danforth and other Republicans would support a 

Democrat-sponsored bill, leaving Bush painfully isolated. That had already been an 

impulsive decision. 

Now Bush's attempted sleight of hand, signing a bill and simultaneously removing the 

hiring policies, caused a furore. "The president would have to lose his mind to make this

statement," said Kerry Scanlon, a lawyer for the NAACP Legal Defense and Educational 

Fund. Within hours, the offending directive had been withdrawn, and blamed exclusively 

on Boy Gray, the White House resident racist who had indeed drafted the directive, but 

on instructions from Bush. It was yet another example of an impulsive snap decision 

made by Bush under pressure. Intriguingly, November 20 was also the day that Bush 

personally pronounced the much-tabooed word: "DEPRESSION." "I don't want to 

emphasize just the bad things, to talk us into a depression," he had told some television 

stations owned by NBC. It was a landmark: presidents had made that word taboo for 

many decades. [fn 73] 

Towards the end of November, the pendulum of Bush's unpredictability had swing back: 

the Asia trip was being rescheduled for about a month later than originally planned. By 

now, the media were harping on the evident "disarray" in the White House, but none 

seemed to recall the thyroid episode of the springtime, nor the psychopathological trigger 

for the thyroid condition. 

Sometime during November, just about the time his approval ratings were about to go 

below 50%, Bush apparently received urgent advice to moderate his "mad dog" public 

profile in favor of a more conciliatory and affable posture. This occurred during the same 

month. 0hatever the details that led to the renovation of his image, he now began to 

exhibit concern for the victims of the Bush depression who, according to his litany, he 

now understood were "hurting." He began smiling more, and hissing somewhat less. 

Photo opportunities began to depict him fraternizing with the common people. 

But that postponed Far East trip continued to loom as Bush's nemesis. Because of his 

desire to be seen doing something to improve the lot of the comman man, Bush's handlers 

repackaged this trip as a crusade to open foreign markets to US exports, thus helping to 

defend American jobs. Bush accordingly took along the widely discredited top executives 

of GM, Ford, and Chrysler to symbolize his committment to the moribund US auto 

industry. These figures functioned like a Greek chorus of negative spin, pointing up 

Bush's misadventures and failures. The most outspoken of the Big Three bosses was 

predictably Chrysler's Lee Iacocca, of whom one reporter said that he would probably 

complain if the sun came up. 

Bush displayed decided mental instability during this trip. In Canberra, Australia, he 

flashed a well-known obscene gesture to a group of farmers who were protesting his "free 

trade" farm policies. Bush told a luncheon cruise in Sydney harbor, "I'm a man that 

knows every hand gesture you've ever seen-- and I haven't learned a new one since I've 

been here." As the Washington Post reported, "Down here, holding up the first two 

fingers to form a "V" with the back of the hand toward the subject is the same as holding 

up the middle finger in the United States. And that's just what Bush did from his 

limousine to a group of protesters as his motorcade passed through Canberra yesterday, 

apparently not knowing its significance. Or maybe he did." [fn 74] One is reminded of 

Nelson Rockefeller's antics on at least one occasion.

Then came Bush's visit to Japan, crowned by his seizure at a state dinner in the official 

residence of Prime Minister Miyazawa. Bush had vomited at least once before the dinner. 

"I got a preview in the receiving line. I turned to the prime minister and said, 'Would you 

please excuse me,' and I rushed into the men's room there. And I thought that had taken 

care of it, but back I came. It hadn't been halted. It was just the beginning." [fn 75] 

According to Treasury Secretary Brady, Bush had been urged to skip the state dinner 

altogether by his personal physician, Dr. Burton Lee, but Bush had rejected this advice 

out of hand, saying that his absence would "disrupt" the proceedings. [fn 76] After the 

vomiting and fainting scene was over, Bush was asked if he intended to slow down. 

"Nope," Bush retorted. It's just a 24-hour flu." [fn 77] The truth about Bush's collapse in 

Tokyo has yet to be told; but it was clear that Bush had learned nothing, and was still 

determined to impose his will on the universe. Bush's first efforts at campaign oratory 

after his return from Japan indicated that rage was once again winning the upper hand, 

which was not a good sign for Bush's ability to function on the campaign trail. 

In the light of the evidence reviewed here, it is evident that Bush's marked tendency 

towards rage episodes, public fits of anger, and obsessive fixations has not subsided. 

Indeed, Bush's uncontrollable temper tantrums have been if anything more severe during 

October and November, 1991, as his presidency began to buckle under the strain of the 

economic depression Bush was unable and unwilling to overcome. We must therefore 

conclude that the treatment received by Bush for his thyroid condition during May, 1991 

and the successive months has not remedied the mental and cognitive disturbances which 

were at the root of Bush's psychosomatic affliction, Basedow's disease. This means that 

Bush's health, and most especially his mental health, must be considered a decisive issue 

for the 1992 presidential campaign. Citizens must accordingly set aside White House 

propaganda statements and carefully consider the advisability of returning to the White 

House an individual who has demonstrably experienced psychotic episodes during his 

tenure in the White House, and who has presented no convincing evidence of remission. 

NOTES: 

1. "Tough and Tender Talk," People Weekly, December 17, 1990, p. 52. 

2. Anton Chaitkin, Treason in America, (New York, 1985), p. 476 ff. 

3. Cited in Chaitkin, p. 478. 

4. Elizabeth Drew, Portrait of an Election, (New York, 1981), p. 106. 

5. J.D. Salinger, The Catcher in the Rye, (New York: Bantam, 1986), p. 1. 

6. F. Scott Fitzgerald, This Side of Paradise, New York: Scribners, 1960), p. 128. 

7. Mary McGrory, "The Babbling Bush," Washington Post, September 29, 1988. 

8. Mary McGrory, loc. cit.

9. Maureen Dowd, "The Language Thing," The New York Times Magazine, July 29, 1990. 

10. Maureen Dowd, loc. cit. 

11. Maureen Dowd, loc. cit. 

12. David Hoffman, "Reading Bush's Lips," Washington Post, December 4, 1988. 

13. Maureen Dowd, op. cit. 

14. David Hoffman, op. cit. 

15. David Hoffman, loc. cit. 

16. David Hoffman, loc. cit. 


18. David Hoffman, op. cit. 


20. "Bush to News Media: Mum's Going to Be the Word," Washington Post,> February 16, 1990. 

21. "Bush Tells 'Slovenly' Press to Shape Up," Washington Post, May 13, 1990. 

22. "Transitioning in Florida," Washington Post, November 12, 1988. 

23. Gil Klein, "Bush Not Man to Sit Still," Media General Newspapers for the Sherman, Texas Democrat, 

September 7, 1989. 

24. Dan Balz, "The 18-Hole Drive to Play on Par With the President," Washington Post, Sept. 3, 1990. 

25. David Hoffman, "See How He Plays," Washington Post, September 3, 1989. 

26. "Peripatetic Bush to Break Nixon Travel Record," Washington Post,> July 27, 1991. 

27. George Bush and Vic Gold, Looking Forward (New York: Doubleday, 1987), p. 11-12. 

28. "Bush Has 'Early Glaucoma' In Left Eye, Tests Disclose," Washington Post, April 13, 1990. 

29. "President Assails Silencing of Unpopular Viewpoints," Washington Post, May 5, 1991. 

30. "Bush Diagnosis: Thyroid Ailment," Washington Post, May 8, 1991. 

31. "The Path to Diagnosis of the President's Ailment," Washington Post, May 11, 1991. 

32. Washington Post, May 10, 1991. 

33. New York Times, May 29, 1991.

34. New York Times>, May 22, 1991. 

35. Washington Times, May 29, 1991. 

36. Mary McGrory, "China and an Imperial President," Washington Post,> May 30, 1991. 


38. "Bush Gets 'Medical Stamp of Approval' for '92," Washington Post,> September 14, 1991. 

39. Lawrence K. Altman, MD, "President's Thyroid: Questions of Mood," New York Times, May 21, 1991. 

40. Abigail Trafford, "Me, Bush and Graves' Disease," Washington Post,> May 21, 1991. 

41. Lillian Sholtis Brunner and Doris Smith Suddarth, >Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing 

(Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1964), pp. 796, 798. 

43. William Safire, "After the Flutter," New York Times, May 20, 1991. 

44. "President is Bouyant About Health, Work," Washington Post, May 23, 1991. 

45. "Bush Drops Hint He Won't Run in '92," New York Post, June 17, 1991. 

46. "Among Notables, Bush Plays One Tough Room," New York Times,> June 17, 1991. 

47. Frank J. Murray, "First lady longs to have her husband to herself," Washington Times, June 17, 1991. 

48. "First Lady: Bush Must Run Again," Washington Post, August 1, 1991. 

49. "Lead Found in Quayles' Water Supply," Washington Post, June 23, 1991. 


51. Andrew Rosenthal, "Shedding Tears, Bush Tells Baptists of Praying as Gulf War Neared," New York 

Times, June 7, 1991. 

52. Andrew Rosenthal, "Among Notables, Bush Plays One Tough Room," New York Times, June 17, 

1991. 

53. Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents, Vol. XXVII, No. 28 (July 15, 1991), pp. 941, 944-947. 

54. "Peripatetic Bush to Break Travel Record," Washington Post, July 27, 1991. 

55. "President Sounds Themes of Likely '92 Campaign," Washington Post,> August 3, 1991. Photos of a 

furious Bush are on page A1 and page A4. 

56. New York Times, July 25, 1991. 

57. "Bush Anti-Crime Speech Echoes 1988 Campaign," Washington Post,> August 15, 1991. 

58. Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents, September 12, 1991, pp. 1242, 1253-1254.

59. "Bush Tries to Ease Loan Crisis," Washington Post, September 20, 1991. 


61. "Bush Vetoes $6.4 Billion Bill to Extend Jobless Benefits," Washington Post, October 12, 1991. 

62. "Bush Launches Strike at Congress," Washington Post, October 25, 1991. 

63. Evans and Novak, "It was a Surrender on Quotas," October 30, 1991. 

64. "Brady Favors Additional Interest rate Reductions," Washington Post, November 8, 1991. 

65. "President Hits Back at Critics," Washington Post, November 1, 1991. 

66. "Dragging Bush Home For Broccoli," Newsweek, November 11, 1991. 

67. "For the First Family, a Sense of Loss," Washington Post, November 3, 1991. 

68. "Deferral of Trip Raises Problems for US Policy," Washington Post,> November 7, 1991. 

69. "Bush Cancels Pacific Trip," Washington Post, November 6, 1991. 


71. "Bush Challenges Europeans To Define US NATO Role," Washington Post,> November 8, 1991. 

72. "President Defends Foreign Policy, Attacks Congressional Democrats," Washington Post, November 9, 

1991. 





77. Washington Post, January 9, 1992.

George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography - Get a Free Blog

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?